diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/2004-11-18-711-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 236275 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/2004-11-18-711.zip | bin | 0 -> 235544 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/711-8.txt | 10494 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/711.txt | 10494 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/allnq11.txt | 11426 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/allnq11.zip | bin | 0 -> 236555 bytes |
6 files changed, 32414 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/2004-11-18-711-h.zip b/old/2004-11-18-711-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60d0372 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/2004-11-18-711-h.zip diff --git a/old/2004-11-18-711.zip b/old/2004-11-18-711.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4963c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/old/2004-11-18-711.zip diff --git a/old/711-8.txt b/old/711-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb4ed19 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/711-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10494 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Allan Quatermain + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: November 18, 2004 [EBook #711] +Last Updated: November 26, 2012 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + + + + +Produced by Ng E-Ching, Singapore + + + + + + +ALLAN QUATERMAIN + +By H. Rider Haggard + + + +I inscribe this book of adventure to my son ARTHUR JOHN RIDER HAGGARD in +the hope that in days to come he, and many other boys whom I shall +never know, may, in the acts and thoughts of Allan Quatermain and his +companions, as herein recorded, find something to help him and them +to reach to what, with Sir Henry Curtis, I hold to be the highest rank +whereto we can attain--the state and dignity of English gentlemen. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + + INTRODUCTION + I THE CONSUL'S YARN + II THE BLACK HAND + III THE MISSION STATION + IV ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE + V UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE + VI THE NIGHT WEARS ON + VII A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT + VIII ALPHONSE EXPLAINS + IX INTO THE UNKNOWN + X THE ROSE OF FIRE + XI THE FROWNING CITY + XII THE SISTER QUEENS + XIII ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE + XIV THE FLOWER TEMPLE + XV SORAIS' SONG + XVI BEFORE THE STATUE + XVII THE STORM BREAKS + XVIII WAR! RED WAR! + XIX A STRANGE WEDDING + XX THE BATTLE OF THE PASS + XXI AWAY! AWAY! + XXII HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR + XXIII I HAVE SPOKEN + + + + +INTRODUCTION + + + +December 23 + +'I have just buried my boy, my poor handsome boy of whom I was so proud, +and my heart is broken. It is very hard having only one son to lose him +thus, but God's will be done. Who am I that I should complain? The great +wheel of Fate rolls on like a Juggernaut, and crushes us all in turn, +some soon, some late--it does not matter when, in the end, it crushes us +all. We do not prostrate ourselves before it like the poor Indians; we +fly hither and thither--we cry for mercy; but it is of no use, the black +Fate thunders on and in its season reduces us to powder. + +'Poor Harry to go so soon! just when his life was opening to him. He was +doing so well at the hospital, he had passed his last examination with +honours, and I was proud of them, much prouder than he was, I think. And +then he must needs go to that smallpox hospital. He wrote to me that he +was not afraid of smallpox and wanted to gain the experience; and now +the disease has killed him, and I, old and grey and withered, am left +to mourn over him, without a chick or child to comfort me. I might have +saved him, too--I have money enough for both of us, and much more than +enough--King Solomon's Mines provided me with that; but I said, "No, let +the boy earn his living, let him labour that he may enjoy rest." But the +rest has come to him before the labour. Oh, my boy, my boy! + +'I am like the man in the Bible who laid up much goods and builded +barns--goods for my boy and barns for him to store them in; and now his +soul has been required of him, and I am left desolate. I would that it +had been my soul and not my boy's! + +'We buried him this afternoon under the shadow of the grey and ancient +tower of the church of this village where my house is. It was a dreary +December afternoon, and the sky was heavy with snow, but not much was +falling. The coffin was put down by the grave, and a few big flakes lit +upon it. They looked very white upon the black cloth! There was a little +hitch about getting the coffin down into the grave--the necessary ropes +had been forgotten: so we drew back from it, and waited in silence +watching the big flakes fall gently one by one like heavenly +benedictions, and melt in tears on Harry's pall. But that was not all. +A robin redbreast came as bold as could be and lit upon the coffin and +began to sing. And then I am afraid that I broke down, and so did Sir +Henry Curtis, strong man though he is; and as for Captain Good, I saw +him turn away too; even in my own distress I could not help noticing +it.' + + +The above, signed 'Allan Quatermain', is an extract from my diary +written two years and more ago. I copy it down here because it seems to +me that it is the fittest beginning to the history that I am about to +write, if it please God to spare me to finish it. If not, well it does +not matter. That extract was penned seven thousand miles or so from the +spot where I now lie painfully and slowly writing this, with a pretty +girl standing by my side fanning the flies from my august countenance. +Harry is there and I am here, and yet somehow I cannot help feeling that +I am not far off Harry. + +When I was in England I used to live in a very fine house--at least +I call it a fine house, speaking comparatively, and judging from +the standard of the houses I have been accustomed to all my life in +Africa--not five hundred yards from the old church where Harry is +asleep, and thither I went after the funeral and ate some food; for it +is no good starving even if one has just buried all one's earthly +hopes. But I could not eat much, and soon I took to walking, or rather +limping--being permanently lame from the bite of a lion--up and down, +up and down the oak-panelled vestibule; for there is a vestibule in my +house in England. On all the four walls of this vestibule were placed +pairs of horns--about a hundred pairs altogether, all of which I had +shot myself. They are beautiful specimens, as I never keep any horns +which are not in every way perfect, unless it may be now and again on +account of the associations connected with them. In the centre of the +room, however, over the wide fireplace, there was a clear space left on +which I had fixed up all my rifles. Some of them I have had for forty +years, old muzzle-loaders that nobody would look at nowadays. One was an +elephant gun with strips of rimpi, or green hide, lashed round the stock +and locks, such as used to be owned by the Dutchmen--a 'roer' they call +it. That gun, the Boer I bought it from many years ago told me, had been +used by his father at the battle of the Blood River, just after Dingaan +swept into Natal and slaughtered six hundred men, women, and children, +so that the Boers named the place where they died 'Weenen', or the +'Place of Weeping'; and so it is called to this day, and always will be +called. And many an elephant have I shot with that old gun. She always +took a handful of black powder and a three-ounce ball, and kicked like +the very deuce. + +Well, up and down I walked, staring at the guns and the horns which +the guns had brought low; and as I did so there rose up in me a great +craving:--I would go away from this place where I lived idly and at +ease, back again to the wild land where I had spent my life, where I met +my dear wife and poor Harry was born, and so many things, good, bad, and +indifferent, had happened to me. The thirst for the wilderness was on +me; I could tolerate this place no more; I would go and die as I had +lived, among the wild game and the savages. Yes, as I walked, I began to +long to see the moonlight gleaming silvery white over the wide veldt and +mysterious sea of bush, and watch the lines of game travelling down the +ridges to the water. The ruling passion is strong in death, they say, +and my heart was dead that night. But, independently of my trouble, no +man who has for forty years lived the life I have, can with impunity go +coop himself in this prim English country, with its trim hedgerows +and cultivated fields, its stiff formal manners, and its well-dressed +crowds. He begins to long--ah, how he longs!--for the keen breath of the +desert air; he dreams of the sight of Zulu impis breaking on their foes +like surf upon the rocks, and his heart rises up in rebellion against +the strict limits of the civilized life. + +Ah! this civilization, what does it all come to? For forty years and +more I lived among savages, and studied them and their ways; and now for +several years I have lived here in England, and have in my own stupid +manner done my best to learn the ways of the children of light; and what +have I found? A great gulf fixed? No, only a very little one, that a +plain man's thought may spring across. I say that as the savage is, so +is the white man, only the latter is more inventive, and possesses the +faculty of combination; save and except also that the savage, as I have +known him, is to a large extent free from the greed of money, which +eats like a cancer into the heart of the white man. It is a depressing +conclusion, but in all essentials the savage and the child of +civilization are identical. I dare say that the highly civilized lady +reading this will smile at an old fool of a hunter's simplicity when +she thinks of her black bead-bedecked sister; and so will the superfine +cultured idler scientifically eating a dinner at his club, the cost of +which would keep a starving family for a week. And yet, my dear young +lady, what are those pretty things round your own neck?--they have a +strong family resemblance, especially when you wear that _very_ low +dress, to the savage woman's beads. Your habit of turning round and +round to the sound of horns and tom-toms, your fondness for pigments +and powders, the way in which you love to subjugate yourself to the rich +warrior who has captured you in marriage, and the quickness with which +your taste in feathered head-dresses varies--all these things suggest +touches of kinship; and you remember that in the fundamental principles +of your nature you are quite identical. As for you, sir, who also laugh, +let some man come and strike you in the face whilst you are enjoying +that marvellous-looking dish, and we shall soon see how much of the +savage there is in _you_. + +There, I might go on for ever, but what is the good? Civilization is +only savagery silver-gilt. A vainglory is it, and like a northern +light, comes but to fade and leave the sky more dark. Out of the soil +of barbarism it has grown like a tree, and, as I believe, into the +soil like a tree it will once more, sooner or later, fall again, as the +Egyptian civilization fell, as the Hellenic civilization fell, and as +the Roman civilization and many others of which the world has now lost +count, fell also. Do not let me, however, be understood as decrying our +modern institutions, representing as they do the gathered experience +of humanity applied for the good of all. Of course they have great +advantages--hospitals for instance; but then, remember, we breed +the sickly people who fill them. In a savage land they do not exist. +Besides, the question will arise: How many of these blessings are due to +Christianity as distinct from civilization? And so the balance sways and +the story runs--here a gain, there a loss, and Nature's great average +struck across the two, whereof the sum total forms one of the factors in +that mighty equation in which the result will equal the unknown quantity +of her purpose. + +I make no apology for this digression, especially as this is an +introduction which all young people and those who never like to think +(and it is a bad habit) will naturally skip. It seems to me very +desirable that we should sometimes try to understand the limitations +of our nature, so that we may not be carried away by the pride of +knowledge. Man's cleverness is almost indefinite, and stretches like an +elastic band, but human nature is like an iron ring. You can go round +and round it, you can polish it highly, you can even flatten it a little +on one side, whereby you will make it bulge out the other, but you will +_never_, while the world endures and man is man, increase its total +circumference. It is the one fixed unchangeable thing--fixed as the +stars, more enduring than the mountains, as unalterable as the way of +the Eternal. Human nature is God's kaleidoscope, and the little bits +of coloured glass which represent our passions, hopes, fears, joys, +aspirations towards good and evil and what not, are turned in His mighty +hand as surely and as certainly as it turns the stars, and continually +fall into new patterns and combinations. But the composing elements +remain the same, nor will there be one more bit of coloured glass nor +one less for ever and ever. + +This being so, supposing for the sake of argument we divide ourselves +into twenty parts, nineteen savage and one civilized, we must look +to the nineteen savage portions of our nature, if we would really +understand ourselves, and not to the twentieth, which, though so +insignificant in reality, is spread all over the other nineteen, making +them appear quite different from what they really are, as the blacking +does a boot, or the veneer a table. It is on the nineteen rough +serviceable savage portions that we fall back on emergencies, not on the +polished but unsubstantial twentieth. Civilization should wipe away our +tears, and yet we weep and cannot be comforted. Warfare is abhorrent +to her, and yet we strike out for hearth and home, for honour and fair +fame, and can glory in the blow. And so on, through everything. + +So, when the heart is stricken, and the head is humbled in the dust, +civilization fails us utterly. Back, back, we creep, and lay us like +little children on the great breast of Nature, she that perchance may +soothe us and make us forget, or at least rid remembrance of its sting. +Who has not in his great grief felt a longing to look upon the outward +features of the universal Mother; to lie on the mountains and watch the +clouds drive across the sky and hear the rollers break in thunder on the +shore, to let his poor struggling life mingle for a while in her life; +to feel the slow beat of her eternal heart, and to forget his woes, and +let his identity be swallowed in the vast imperceptibly moving energy of +her of whom we are, from whom we came, and with whom we shall again be +mingled, who gave us birth, and will in a day to come give us our burial +also. + +And so in my trouble, as I walked up and down the oak-panelled vestibule +of my house there in Yorkshire, I longed once more to throw myself into +the arms of Nature. Not the Nature which you know, the Nature that waves +in well-kept woods and smiles out in corn-fields, but Nature as she was +in the age when creation was complete, undefiled as yet by any human +sinks of sweltering humanity. I would go again where the wild game was, +back to the land whereof none know the history, back to the savages, +whom I love, although some of them are almost as merciless as Political +Economy. There, perhaps, I should be able to learn to think of poor +Harry lying in the churchyard, without feeling as though my heart would +break in two. + +And now there is an end of this egotistical talk, and there shall be +no more of it. But if you whose eyes may perchance one day fall upon my +written thoughts have got so far as this, I ask you to persevere, since +what I have to tell you is not without its interest, and it has never +been told before, nor will again. + + + + +CHAPTER I THE CONSUL'S YARN + + +A week had passed since the funeral of my poor boy Harry, and one +evening I was in my room walking up and down and thinking, when there +was a ring at the outer door. Going down the steps I opened it myself, +and in came my old friends Sir Henry Curtis and Captain John Good, +RN. They entered the vestibule and sat themselves down before the wide +hearth, where, I remember, a particularly good fire of logs was burning. + +'It is very kind of you to come round,' I said by way of making a +remark; 'it must have been heavy walking in the snow.' + +They said nothing, but Sir Henry slowly filled his pipe and lit it with +a burning ember. As he leant forward to do so the fire got hold of a +gassy bit of pine and flared up brightly, throwing the whole scene into +strong relief, and I thought, What a splendid-looking man he is! Calm, +powerful face, clear-cut features, large grey eyes, yellow beard and +hair--altogether a magnificent specimen of the higher type of humanity. +Nor did his form belie his face. I have never seen wider shoulders or a +deeper chest. Indeed, Sir Henry's girth is so great that, though he is +six feet two high, he does not strike one as a tall man. As I looked at +him I could not help thinking what a curious contrast my little dried-up +self presented to his grand face and form. Imagine to yourself a small, +withered, yellow-faced man of sixty-three, with thin hands, large brown +eyes, a head of grizzled hair cut short and standing up like a half-worn +scrubbing-brush--total weight in my clothes, nine stone six--and you +will get a very fair idea of Allan Quatermain, commonly called Hunter +Quatermain, or by the natives 'Macumazahn'--Anglicè, he who keeps a +bright look-out at night, or, in vulgar English, a sharp fellow who is +not to be taken in. + +Then there was Good, who is not like either of us, being short, dark, +stout--_very_ stout--with twinkling black eyes, in one of which an +eyeglass is everlastingly fixed. I say stout, but it is a mild term; +I regret to state that of late years Good has been running to fat in a +most disgraceful way. Sir Henry tells him that it comes from idleness +and over-feeding, and Good does not like it at all, though he cannot +deny it. + +We sat for a while, and then I got a match and lit the lamp that stood +ready on the table, for the half-light began to grow dreary, as it is +apt to do when one has a short week ago buried the hope of one's life. +Next, I opened a cupboard in the wainscoting and got a bottle of whisky +and some tumblers and water. I always like to do these things for +myself: it is irritating to me to have somebody continually at my elbow, +as though I were an eighteen-month-old baby. All this while Curtis and +Good had been silent, feeling, I suppose, that they had nothing to say +that could do me any good, and content to give me the comfort of their +presence and unspoken sympathy; for it was only their second visit since +the funeral. And it is, by the way, from the _presence_ of others that +we really derive support in our dark hours of grief, and not from their +talk, which often only serves to irritate us. Before a bad storm the +game always herd together, but they cease their calling. + +They sat and smoked and drank whisky and water, and I stood by the fire +also smoking and looking at them. + +At last I spoke. 'Old friends,' I said, 'how long is it since we got +back from Kukuanaland?' + +'Three years,' said Good. 'Why do you ask?' + +'I ask because I think that I have had a long enough spell of +civilization. I am going back to the veldt.' + +Sir Henry laid his head back in his arm-chair and laughed one of his +deep laughs. 'How very odd,' he said, 'eh, Good?' + +Good beamed at me mysteriously through his eyeglass and murmured, 'Yes, +odd--very odd.' + +'I don't quite understand,' said I, looking from one to the other, for I +dislike mysteries. + +'Don't you, old fellow?' said Sir Henry; 'then I will explain. As Good +and I were walking up here we had a talk.' + +'If Good was there you probably did,' I put in sarcastically, for Good +is a great hand at talking. 'And what may it have been about?' + +'What do you think?' asked Sir Henry. + +I shook my head. It was not likely that I should know what Good might be +talking about. He talks about so many things. + +'Well, it was about a little plan that I have formed--namely, that if +you were willing we should pack up our traps and go off to Africa on +another expedition.' + +I fairly jumped at his words. 'You don't say so!' I said. + +'Yes I do, though, and so does Good; don't you, Good?' + +'Rather,' said that gentleman. + +'Listen, old fellow,' went on Sir Henry, with considerable animation of +manner. 'I'm tired of it too, dead-tired of doing nothing more except +play the squire in a country that is sick of squires. For a year or more +I have been getting as restless as an old elephant who scents danger. I +am always dreaming of Kukuanaland and Gagool and King Solomon's Mines. +I can assure you I have become the victim of an almost unaccountable +craving. I am sick of shooting pheasants and partridges, and want to +have a go at some large game again. There, you know the feeling--when +one has once tasted brandy and water, milk becomes insipid to the +palate. That year we spent together up in Kukuanaland seems to me worth +all the other years of my life put together. I dare say that I am a fool +for my pains, but I can't help it; I long to go, and, what is more, I +mean to go.' He paused, and then went on again. 'And, after all, why +should I not go? I have no wife or parent, no chick or child to keep me. +If anything happens to me the baronetcy will go to my brother George and +his boy, as it would ultimately do in any case. I am of no importance to +any one.' + +'Ah!' I said, 'I thought you would come to that sooner or later. And +now, Good, what is your reason for wanting to trek; have you got one?' + +'I have,' said Good, solemnly. 'I never do anything without a reason; +and it isn't a lady--at least, if it is, it's several.' + +I looked at him again. Good is so overpoweringly frivolous. 'What is +it?' I said. + +'Well, if you really want to know, though I'd rather not speak of a +delicate and strictly personal matter, I'll tell you: I'm getting too +fat.' + +'Shut up, Good!' said Sir Henry. 'And now, Quatermain, tell us, where do +you propose going to?' + +I lit my pipe, which had gone out, before answering. + +'Have you people ever heard of Mt Kenia?' I asked. + +'Don't know the place,' said Good. + +'Did you ever hear of the Island of Lamu?' I asked again. + +'No. Stop, though--isn't it a place about 300 miles north of Zanzibar?' + +'Yes. Now listen. What I have to propose is this. That we go to Lamu and +thence make our way about 250 miles inland to Mt Kenia; from Mt Kenia on +inland to Mt Lekakisera, another 200 miles, or thereabouts, beyond which +no white man has to the best of my belief ever been; and then, if we get +so far, right on into the unknown interior. What do you say to that, my +hearties?' + +'It's a big order,' said Sir Henry, reflectively. + +'You are right,' I answered, 'it is; but I take it that we are all three +of us in search of a big order. We want a change of scene, and we are +likely to get one--a thorough change. All my life I have longed to visit +those parts, and I mean to do it before I die. My poor boy's death has +broken the last link between me and civilization, and I'm off to my +native wilds. And now I'll tell you another thing, and that is, that +for years and years I have heard rumours of a great white race which is +supposed to have its home somewhere up in this direction, and I have a +mind to see if there is any truth in them. If you fellows like to come, +well and good; if not, I'll go alone.' + +'I'm your man, though I don't believe in your white race,' said Sir +Henry Curtis, rising and placing his arm upon my shoulder. + +'Ditto,' remarked Good. 'I'll go into training at once. By all means +let's go to Mt Kenia and the other place with an unpronounceable name, +and look for a white race that does not exist. It's all one to me.' + +'When do you propose to start?' asked Sir Henry. + +'This day month,' I answered, 'by the British India steamboat; and +don't you be so certain that things have no existence because you do not +happen to have heard of them. Remember King Solomon's mines!' + + +Some fourteen weeks or so had passed since the date of this +conversation, and this history goes on its way in very different +surroundings. + +After much deliberation and inquiry we came to the conclusion that our +best starting-point for Mt Kenia would be from the neighbourhood of the +mouth of the Tana River, and not from Mombassa, a place over 100 miles +nearer Zanzibar. This conclusion we arrived at from information given to +us by a German trader whom we met upon the steamer at Aden. I think that +he was the dirtiest German I ever knew; but he was a good fellow, and +gave us a great deal of valuable information. 'Lamu,' said he, 'you +goes to Lamu--oh ze beautiful place!' and he turned up his fat face and +beamed with mild rapture. 'One year and a half I live there and never +change my shirt--never at all.' + +And so it came to pass that on arriving at the island we disembarked +with all our goods and chattels, and, not knowing where to go, marched +boldly up to the house of Her Majesty's Consul, where we were most +hospitably received. + +Lamu is a very curious place, but the things which stand out most +clearly in my memory in connection with it are its exceeding dirtiness +and its smells. These last are simply awful. Just below the Consulate is +the beach, or rather a mud bank that is called a beach. It is left quite +bare at low tide, and serves as a repository for all the filth, offal, +and refuse of the town. Here it is, too, that the women come to bury +coconuts in the mud, leaving them there till the outer husk is quite +rotten, when they dig them up again and use the fibres to make mats +with, and for various other purposes. As this process has been going on +for generations, the condition of the shore can be better imagined than +described. I have smelt many evil odours in the course of my life, but +the concentrated essence of stench which arose from that beach at Lamu +as we sat in the moonlit night--not under, but _on_ our friend the +Consul's hospitable roof--and sniffed it, makes the remembrance of them +very poor and faint. No wonder people get fever at Lamu. And yet the +place was not without a certain quaintness and charm of its own, though +possibly--indeed probably--it was one which would quickly pall. + +'Well, where are you gentlemen steering for?' asked our friend the +hospitable Consul, as we smoked our pipes after dinner. + +'We propose to go to Mt Kenia and then on to Mt Lekakisera,' answered +Sir Henry. 'Quatermain has got hold of some yarn about there being a +white race up in the unknown territories beyond.' + +The Consul looked interested, and answered that he had heard something +of that, too. + +'What have you heard?' I asked. + +'Oh, not much. All I know about it is that a year or so ago I got +a letter from Mackenzie, the Scotch missionary, whose station, "The +Highlands", is placed at the highest navigable point of the Tana River, +in which he said something about it.' + +'Have you the letter?' I asked. + +'No, I destroyed it; but I remember that he said that a man had +arrived at his station who declared that two months' journey beyond Mt +Lekakisera, which no white man has yet visited--at least, so far as +I know--he found a lake called Laga, and that then he went off to the +north-east, a month's journey, over desert and thorn veldt and great +mountains, till he came to a country where the people are white and live +in stone houses. Here he was hospitably entertained for a while, till +at last the priests of the country set it about that he was a devil, and +the people drove him away, and he journeyed for eight months and reached +Mackenzie's place, as I heard, dying. That's all I know; and if you ask +me, I believe that it is a lie; but if you want to find out more about +it, you had better go up the Tana to Mackenzie's place and ask him for +information.' + +Sir Henry and I looked at each other. Here was something tangible. + +'I think that we will go to Mr Mackenzie's,' I said. + +'Well,' answered the Consul, 'that is your best way, but I warn you that +you are likely to have a rough journey, for I hear that the Masai are +about, and, as you know, they are not pleasant customers. Your best plan +will be to choose a few picked men for personal servants and hunters, +and to hire bearers from village to village. It will give you an +infinity of trouble, but perhaps on the whole it will prove a cheaper +and more advantageous course than engaging a caravan, and you will be +less liable to desertion.' + +Fortunately there were at Lamu at this time a party of Wakwafi Askari +(soldiers). The Wakwafi, who are a cross between the Masai and the +Wataveta, are a fine manly race, possessing many of the good qualities +of the Zulu, and a great capacity for civilization. They are also great +hunters. As it happened, these particular men had recently been on a +long trip with an Englishman named Jutson, who had started from +Mombasa, a port about 150 miles below Lamu, and journeyed right round +Kilimanjaro, one of the highest known mountains in Africa. Poor fellow, +he had died of fever when on his return journey, and within a day's +march of Mombasa. It does seem hard that he should have gone off thus +when within a few hours of safety, and after having survived so many +perils, but so it was. His hunters buried him, and then came on to Lamu +in a dhow. Our friend the Consul suggested to us that we had better try +and hire these men, and accordingly on the following morning we started +to interview the party, accompanied by an interpreter. + +In due course we found them in a mud hut on the outskirts of the town. +Three of the men were sitting outside the hut, and fine frank-looking +fellows they were, having a more or less civilized appearance. To them +we cautiously opened the object of our visit, at first with very scant +success. They declared that they could not entertain any such idea, that +they were worn and weary with long travelling, and that their hearts +were sore at the loss of their master. They meant to go back to their +homes and rest awhile. This did not sound very promising, so by way of +effecting a diversion I asked where the remainder of them were. I was +told there were six, and I saw but three. One of the men said they slept +in the hut, and were yet resting after their labours--'sleep weighed +down their eyelids, and sorrow made their hearts as lead: it was best +to sleep, for with sleep came forgetfulness. But the men should be +awakened.' + +Presently they came out of the hut, yawning--the first two men being +evidently of the same race and style as those already before us; but the +appearance of the third and last nearly made me jump out of my skin. +He was a very tall, broad man, quite six foot three, I should say, but +gaunt, with lean, wiry-looking limbs. My first glance at him told me +that he was no Wakwafi: he was a pure bred Zulu. He came out with his +thin aristocratic-looking hand placed before his face to hide a yawn, so +I could only see that he was a 'Keshla' or ringed man {Endnote 1}, and +that he had a great three-cornered hole in his forehead. In another +second he removed his hand, revealing a powerful-looking Zulu face, with +a humorous mouth, a short woolly beard, tinged with grey, and a pair of +brown eyes keen as a hawk's. I knew my man at once, although I had not +seen him for twelve years. 'How do you do, Umslopogaas?' I said quietly +in Zulu. + +The tall man (who among his own people was commonly known as the +'Woodpecker', and also as the 'Slaughterer') started, and almost let +the long-handled battleaxe he held in his hand fall in his astonishment. +Next second he had recognized me, and was saluting me in an outburst of +sonorous language which made his companions the Wakwafi stare. + +'Koos' (chief), he began, 'Koos-y-Pagete! Koos-y-umcool! (Chief from of +old--mighty chief) Koos! Baba! (father) Macumazahn, old hunter, slayer +of elephants, eater up of lions, clever one! watchful one! brave one! +quick one! whose shot never misses, who strikes straight home, who +grasps a hand and holds it to the death (i.e. is a true friend) Koos! +Baba! Wise is the voice of our people that says, "Mountain never meets +with mountain, but at daybreak or at even man shall meet again with +man." Behold! a messenger came up from Natal, "Macumazahn is dead!" +cried he. "The land knows Macumazahn no more." That is years ago. And +now, behold, now in this strange place of stinks I find Macumazahn, my +friend. There is no room for doubt. The brush of the old jackal has +gone a little grey; but is not his eye as keen, and are not his teeth as +sharp? Ha! ha! Macumazahn, mindest thou how thou didst plant the ball in +the eye of the charging buffalo--mindest thou--' + +I had let him run on thus because I saw that his enthusiasm was +producing a marked effect upon the minds of the five Wakwafi, who +appeared to understand something of his talk; but now I thought it time +to put a stop to it, for there is nothing that I hate so much as this +Zulu system of extravagant praising--'bongering' as they call it. +'Silence!' I said. 'Has all thy noisy talk been stopped up since last +I saw thee that it breaks out thus, and sweeps us away? What doest thou +here with these men--thou whom I left a chief in Zululand? How is it +that thou art far from thine own place, and gathered together with +strangers?' + +Umslopogaas leant himself upon the head of his long battleaxe (which +was nothing else but a pole-axe, with a beautiful handle of rhinoceros +horn), and his grim face grew sad. + +'My Father,' he answered, 'I have a word to tell thee, but I cannot +speak it before these low people (umfagozana),' and he glanced at the +Wakwafi Askari; 'it is for thine own ear. My Father, this will I say,' +and here his face grew stern again, 'a woman betrayed me to the death, +and covered my name with shame--ay, my own wife, a round-faced girl, +betrayed me; but I escaped from death; ay, I broke from the very hands +of those who came to slay me. I struck but three blows with this mine +axe Inkosikaas--surely my Father will remember it--one to the right, one +to the left, and one in front, and yet I left three men dead. And then I +fled, and, as my Father knows, even now that I am old my feet are as the +feet of the Sassaby {Endnote 2}, and there breathes not the man who, by +running, can touch me again when once I have bounded from his side. On I +sped, and after me came the messengers of death, and their voice was as +the voice of dogs that hunt. From my own kraal I flew, and, as I passed, +she who had betrayed me was drawing water from the spring. I fleeted by +her like the shadow of Death, and as I went I smote with mine axe, and +lo! her head fell: it fell into the water pan. Then I fled north. Day +after day I journeyed on; for three moons I journeyed, resting not, +stopping not, but running on towards forgetfulness, till I met the +party of the white hunter who is now dead, and am come hither with his +servants. And nought have I brought with me. I who was high-born, ay, +of the blood of Chaka, the great king--a chief, and a captain of the +regiment of the Nkomabakosi--am a wanderer in strange places, a man +without a kraal. Nought have I brought save this mine axe; of all my +belongings this remains alone. They have divided my cattle; they have +taken my wives; and my children know my face no more. Yet with this +axe'--and he swung the formidable weapon round his head, making the +air hiss as he clove it--'will I cut another path to fortune. I have +spoken.' + +I shook my head at him. 'Umslopogaas,' I said, 'I know thee from of +old. Ever ambitious, ever plotting to be great, I fear me that thou hast +overreached thyself at last. Years ago, when thou wouldst have plotted +against Cetywayo, son of Panda, I warned thee, and thou didst listen. +But now, when I was not by thee to stay thy hand, thou hast dug a pit +for thine own feet to fall in. Is it not so? But what is done is done. +Who can make the dead tree green, or gaze again upon last year's light? +Who can recall the spoken word, or bring back the spirit of the fallen? +That which Time swallows comes not up again. Let it be forgotten! + +'And now, behold, Umslopogaas, I know thee for a great warrior and a +brave man, faithful to the death. Even in Zululand, where all the men +are brave, they called thee the "Slaughterer", and at night told stories +round the fire of thy strength and deeds. Hear me now. Thou seest this +great man, my friend'--and I pointed to Sir Henry; 'he also is a warrior +as great as thou, and, strong as thou art, he could throw thee over his +shoulder. Incubu is his name. And thou seest this one also; him with the +round stomach, the shining eye, and the pleasant face. Bougwan (glass +eye) is his name, and a good man is he and a true, being of a curious +tribe who pass their life upon the water, and live in floating kraals. + +'Now, we three whom thou seest would travel inland, past Dongo Egere, +the great white mountain (Mt Kenia), and far into the unknown beyond. +We know not what we shall find there; we go to hunt and seek adventures, +and new places, being tired of sitting still, with the same old things +around us. Wilt thou come with us? To thee shall be given command of all +our servants; but what shall befall thee, that I know not. Once before +we three journeyed thus, in search of adventure, and we took with us +a man such as thou--one Umbopa; and, behold, we left him the king of +a great country, with twenty Impis (regiments), each of 3,000 plumed +warriors, waiting on his word. How it shall go with thee, I know not; +mayhap death awaits thee and us. Wilt thou throw thyself to Fortune and +come, or fearest thou, Umslopogaas?' + +The great man smiled. 'Thou art not altogether right, Macumazahn,' he +said; 'I have plotted in my time, but it was not ambition that led me to +my fall; but, shame on me that I should have to say it, a fair woman's +face. Let it pass. So we are going to see something like the old times +again, Macumazahn, when we fought and hunted in Zululand? Ay, I will +come. Come life, come death, what care I, so that the blows fall fast +and the blood runs red? I grow old, I grow old, and I have not fought +enough! And yet am I a warrior among warriors; see my scars'--and he +pointed to countless cicatrices, stabs and cuts, that marked the skin of +his chest and legs and arms. 'See the hole in my head; the brains gushed +out therefrom, yet did I slay him who smote, and live. Knowest thou how +many men I have slain, in fair hand-to-hand combat, Macumazahn? See, +here is the tale of them'--and he pointed to long rows of notches cut +in the rhinoceros-horn handle of his axe. 'Number them, Macumazahn--one +hundred and three--and I have never counted but those whom I have +ripped open {Endnote 3}, nor have I reckoned those whom another man had +struck.' + +'Be silent,' I said, for I saw that he was getting the blood-fever on +him; 'be silent; well art thou called the "Slaughterer". We would not +hear of thy deeds of blood. Remember, if thou comest with us, we fight +not save in self-defence. Listen, we need servants. These men,' and I +pointed to the Wakwafi, who had retired a little way during our 'indaba' +(talk), 'say they will not come.' + +'Will not come!' shouted Umslopogaas; 'where is the dog who says he will +not come when my Father orders? Here, thou'--and with a single bound he +sprang upon the Wakwafi with whom I had first spoken, and, seizing him +by the arm, dragged him towards us. 'Thou dog!' he said, giving the +terrified man a shake, 'didst thou say that thou wouldst not go with my +Father? Say it once more and I will choke thee'--and his long fingers +closed round his throat as he said it--'thee, and those with thee. Hast +thou forgotten how I served thy brother?' + +'Nay, we will come with the white man,' gasped the man. + +'White man!' went on Umslopogaas, in simulated fury, which a very +little provocation would have made real enough; 'of whom speakest thou, +insolent dog?' + +'Nay, we will go with the great chief.' + +'So!' said Umslopogaas, in a quiet voice, as he suddenly released his +hold, so that the man fell backward. 'I thought you would.' + +'That man Umslopogaas seems to have a curious moral ascendency over his +companions,' Good afterwards remarked thoughtfully. + + + + +CHAPTER II THE BLACK HAND + + + +In due course we left Lamu, and ten days afterwards we found ourselves +at a spot called Charra, on the Tana River, having gone through many +adventures which need not be recorded here. Amongst other things we +visited a ruined city, of which there are many on this coast, and +which must once, to judge from their extent and the numerous remains of +mosques and stone houses, have been very populous places. These ruined +cities are immeasurably ancient, having, I believe, been places of +wealth and importance as far back as the Old Testament times, when they +were centres of trade with India and elsewhere. But their glory has +departed now--the slave trade has finished them--and where wealthy +merchants from all parts of the then civilized world stood and bargained +in the crowded market-places, the lion holds his court at night, and +instead of the chattering of slaves and the eager voices of the +bidders, his awful note goes echoing down the ruined corridors. At this +particular place we discovered on a mound, covered up with rank growth +and rubbish, two of the most beautiful stone doorways that it is +possible to conceive. The carving on them was simply exquisite, and I +only regret that we had no means of getting them away. No doubt they had +once been the entrances to a palace, of which, however, no traces were +now to be seen, though probably its ruins lay under the rising mound. + +Gone! quite gone! the way that everything must go. Like the nobles and +the ladies who lived within their gates, these cities have had their +day, and now they are as Babylon and Nineveh, and as London and Paris +will one day be. Nothing may endure. That is the inexorable law. Men +and women, empires and cities, thrones, principalities, and powers, +mountains, rivers, and unfathomed seas, worlds, spaces, and universes, +all have their day, and all must go. In this ruined and forgotten place +the moralist may behold a symbol of the universal destiny. For this +system of ours allows no room for standing still--nothing can loiter on +the road and check the progress of things upwards towards Life, or the +rush of things downwards towards Death. The stern policeman Fate moves +us and them on, on, uphill and downhill and across the level; there is +no resting-place for the weary feet, till at last the abyss swallows us, +and from the shores of the Transitory we are hurled into the sea of the +Eternal. + +At Charra we had a violent quarrel with the headman of the bearers we +had hired to go as far as this, and who now wished to extort large extra +payment from us. In the result he threatened to set the Masai--about +whom more anon--on to us. That night he, with all our hired bearers, +ran away, stealing most of the goods which had been entrusted to them +to carry. Luckily, however, they had not happened to steal our rifles, +ammunition, and personal effects; not because of any delicacy of feeling +on their part, but owing to the fact that they chanced to be in the +charge of the five Wakwafis. After that, it was clear to us that we had +had enough of caravans and of bearers. Indeed, we had not much left for +a caravan to carry. And yet, how were we to get on? + +It was Good who solved the question. 'Here is water,' he said, pointing +to the Tana River; 'and yesterday I saw a party of natives hunting +hippopotami in canoes. I understand that Mr Mackenzie's mission station +is on the Tana River. Why not get into canoes and paddle up to it?' + +This brilliant suggestion was, needless to say, received with +acclamation; and I instantly set to work to buy suitable canoes from +the surrounding natives. I succeeded after a delay of three days in +obtaining two large ones, each hollowed out of a single log of some +light wood, and capable of holding six people and baggage. For these two +canoes we had to pay nearly all our remaining cloth, and also many other +articles. + +On the day following our purchase of the two canoes we effected a +start. In the first canoe were Good, Sir Henry, and three of our +Wakwafi followers; in the second myself, Umslopogaas, and the other two +Wakwafis. As our course lay upstream, we had to keep four paddles at +work in each canoe, which meant that the whole lot of us, except Good, +had to row away like galley-slaves; and very exhausting work it was. I +say, except Good, for, of course, the moment that Good got into a boat +his foot was on his native heath, and he took command of the party. And +certainly he worked us. On shore Good is a gentle, mild-mannered man, +and given to jocosity; but, as we found to our cost, Good in a boat was +a perfect demon. To begin with, he knew all about it, and we didn't. On +all nautical subjects, from the torpedo fittings of a man-of-war down +to the best way of handling the paddle of an African canoe, he was a +perfect mine of information, which, to say the least of it, we were not. +Also his ideas of discipline were of the sternest, and, in short, he +came the royal naval officer over us pretty considerably, and paid us +out amply for all the chaff we were wont to treat him to on land; +but, on the other hand, I am bound to say that he managed the boats +admirably. + +After the first day Good succeeded, with the help of some cloth and a +couple of poles, in rigging up a sail in each canoe, which lightened our +labours not a little. But the current ran very strong against us, and at +the best we were not able to make more than twenty miles a day. Our +plan was to start at dawn, and paddle along till about half-past ten, +by which time the sun got too hot to allow of further exertion. Then we +moored our canoes to the bank, and ate our frugal meal; after which +we ate or otherwise amused ourselves till about three o'clock, when we +again started, and rowed till within an hour of sundown, when we called +a halt for the night. On landing in the evening, Good would at once set +to work, with the help of the Askari, to build a little 'scherm', or +small enclosure, fenced with thorn bushes, and to light a fire. I, with +Sir Henry and Umslopogaas, would go out to shoot something for the pot. +Generally this was an easy task, for all sorts of game abounded on the +banks of the Tana. One night Sir Henry shot a young cow-giraffe, of +which the marrow-bones were excellent; on another I got a couple of +waterbuck right and left; and once, to his own intense satisfaction, +Umslopogaas (who, like most Zulus, was a vile shot with a rifle) managed +to kill a fine fat eland with a Martini I had lent him. Sometimes +we varied our food by shooting some guinea-fowl, or bush-bustard +(paau)--both of which were numerous--with a shot-gun, or by catching +a supply of beautiful yellow fish, with which the waters of the Tana +swarmed, and which form, I believe, one of the chief food-supplies of +the crocodiles. + +Three days after our start an ominous incident occurred. We were just +drawing in to the bank to make our camp as usual for the night, when +we caught sight of a figure standing on a little knoll not forty +yards away, and intensely watching our approach. One glance was +sufficient--although I was personally unacquainted with the tribe--to +tell me that he was a Masai Elmoran, or young warrior. Indeed, had I +had any doubts, they would have quickly been dispelled by the terrified +ejaculation of '_Masai_!' that burst simultaneously from the lips of our +Wakwafi followers, who are, as I think I have said, themselves bastard +Masai. + +And what a figure he presented as he stood there in his savage war-gear! +Accustomed as I have been to savages all my life, I do not think that I +have ever before seen anything quite so ferocious or awe-inspiring. To +begin with, the man was enormously tall, quite as tall as Umslopogaas, I +should say, and beautifully, though somewhat slightly, shaped; but with +the face of a devil. In his right hand he held a spear about five and a +half feet long, the blade being two and a half feet in length, by nearly +three inches in width, and having an iron spike at the end of the +handle that measured more than a foot. On his left arm was a large +and well-made elliptical shield of buffalo hide, on which were painted +strange heraldic-looking devices. On his shoulders was a huge cape of +hawk's feathers, and round his neck was a 'naibere', or strip of cotton, +about seventeen feet long, by one and a half broad, with a stripe of +colour running down the middle of it. The tanned goatskin robe, which +formed his ordinary attire in times of peace, was tied lightly round his +waist, so as to serve the purposes of a belt, and through it were stuck, +on the right and left sides respectively, his short pear-shaped sime, or +sword, which is made of a single piece of steel, and carried in a wooden +sheath, and an enormous knobkerrie. But perhaps the most remarkable +feature of his attire consisted of a headdress of ostrich-feathers, +which was fixed on the chin, and passed in front of the ears to the +forehead, and, being shaped like an ellipse, completely framed the face, +so that the diabolical countenance appeared to project from a sort of +feather fire-screen. Round the ankles he wore black fringes of hair, +and, projecting from the upper portion of the calves, to which they were +attached, were long spurs like spikes, from which flowed down tufts of +the beautiful black and waving hair of the Colobus monkey. Such was the +elaborate array of the Masai Elmoran who stood watching the approach of +our two canoes, but it is one which, to be appreciated, must be seen; +only those who see it do not often live to describe it. Of course I +could not make out all these details of his full dress on the occasion +of this my first introduction, being, indeed, amply taken up with the +consideration of the general effect, but I had plenty of subsequent +opportunities of becoming acquainted with the items that went to make it +up. + +Whilst we were hesitating what to do, the Masai warrior drew himself +up in a dignified fashion, shook his huge spear at us, and, turning, +vanished on the further side of the slope. + +'Hulloa!' holloaed Sir Henry from the other boat; 'our friend the +caravan leader has been as good as his word, and set the Masai after us. +Do you think it will be safe to go ashore?' + +I did not think it would be at all safe; but, on the other hand, we had +no means of cooking in the canoes, and nothing that we could eat raw, +so it was difficult to know what to do. At last Umslopogaas simplified +matters by volunteering to go and reconnoitre, which he did, creeping +off into the bush like a snake, while we hung off in the stream waiting +for him. In half an hour he returned, and told us that there was not a +Masai to be seen anywhere about, but that he had discovered a spot where +they had recently been encamped, and that from various indications he +judged that they must have moved on an hour or so before; the man we saw +having, no doubt, been left to report upon our movements. + +Thereupon we landed; and, having posted a sentry, proceeded to cook and +eat our evening meal. This done, we took the situation into our serious +consideration. Of course, it was possible that the apparition of the +Masai warrior had nothing to do with us, that he was merely one of a +band bent upon some marauding and murdering expedition against another +tribe. But when we recalled the threat of the caravan leader, and +reflected on the ominous way in which the warrior had shaken his spear +at us, this did not appear very probable. On the contrary, what did +seem probable was that the party was after us and awaiting a favourable +opportunity to attack us. This being so, there were two things that +we could do--one of which was to go on, and the other to go back. The +latter idea was, however, rejected at once, it being obvious that we +should encounter as many dangers in retreat as in advance; and, besides, +we had made up our minds to journey onwards at any price. Under these +circumstances, however, we did not consider it safe to sleep ashore, so +we got into our canoes, and, paddling out into the middle of the stream, +which was not very wide here, managed to anchor them by means of big +stones fastened to ropes made of coconut-fibre, of which there were +several fathoms in each canoe. + +Here the mosquitoes nearly ate us up alive, and this, combined with +anxiety as to our position, effectually prevented me from sleeping as +the others were doing, notwithstanding the attacks of the aforesaid Tana +mosquitoes. And so I lay awake, smoking and reflecting on many things, +but, being of a practical turn of mind, chiefly on how we were to give +those Masai villains the slip. It was a beautiful moonlight night, and, +notwithstanding the mosquitoes, and the great risk we were running from +fever from sleeping in such a spot, and forgetting that I had the cramp +very badly in my right leg from squatting in a constrained position +in the canoe, and that the Wakwafi who was sleeping beside me smelt +horribly, I really began to enjoy myself. The moonbeams played upon the +surface of the running water that speeded unceasingly past us towards +the sea, like men's lives towards the grave, till it glittered like +a wide sheet of silver, that is in the open where the trees threw no +shadows. Near the banks, however, it was very dark, and the night wind +sighed sadly in the reeds. To our left, on the further side of the +river, was a little sandy bay which was clear of trees, and here I could +make out the forms of numerous antelopes advancing to the water, +till suddenly there came an ominous roar, whereupon they all made off +hurriedly. Then after a pause I caught sight of the massive form of His +Majesty the Lion, coming down to drink his fill after meat. Presently he +moved on, then came a crashing of the reeds about fifty yards above us, +and a few minutes later a huge black mass rose out of the water, about +twenty yards from me, and snorted. It was the head of a hippopotamus. +Down it went without a sound, only to rise again within five yards +of where I sat. This was decidedly too near to be comfortable, more +especially as the hippopotamus was evidently animated by intense +curiosity to know what on earth our canoes were. He opened his great +mouth, to yawn, I suppose, and gave me an excellent view of his ivories; +and I could not help reflecting how easily he could crunch up our frail +canoe with a single bite. Indeed, I had half a mind to give him a ball +from my eight-bore, but on reflection determined to let him alone unless +he actually charged the boat. Presently he sank again as noiselessly as +before, and I saw no more of him. Just then, on looking towards the bank +on our right, I fancied that I caught sight of a dark figure flitting +between the tree trunks. I have very keen sight, and I was almost sure +that I saw something, but whether it was bird, beast, or man I could not +say. At the moment, however, a dark cloud passed over the moon, and I +saw no more of it. Just then, too, although all the other sounds of +the forest had ceased, a species of horned owl with which I was well +acquainted began to hoot with great persistency. After that, save for +the rustling of trees and reeds when the wind caught them, there was +complete silence. + +But somehow, in the most unaccountable way, I had suddenly become +nervous. There was no particular reason why I should be, beyond the +ordinary reasons which surround the Central African traveller, and yet I +undoubtedly was. If there is one thing more than another of which I +have the most complete and entire scorn and disbelief, it is of +presentiments, and yet here I was all of a sudden filled with and +possessed by a most undoubted presentiment of approaching evil. I would +not give way to it, however, although I felt the cold perspiration stand +out upon my forehead. I would not arouse the others. Worse and worse I +grew, my pulse fluttered like a dying man's, my nerves thrilled with +the horrible sense of impotent terror which anybody who is subject to +nightmare will be familiar with, but still my will triumphed over my +fears, and I lay quiet (for I was half sitting, half lying, in the +bow of the canoe), only turning my face so as to command a view of +Umslopogaas and the two Wakwafi who were sleeping alongside of and +beyond me. + +In the distance I heard a hippopotamus splash faintly, then the owl +hooted again in a kind of unnatural screaming note {Endnote 4}, and +the wind began to moan plaintively through the trees, making a +heart-chilling music. Above was the black bosom of the cloud, and +beneath me swept the black flood of the water, and I felt as though I +and Death were utterly alone between them. It was very desolate. + +Suddenly my blood seemed to freeze in my veins, and my heart to stand +still. Was it fancy, or were we moving? I turned my eyes to look for +the other canoe which should be alongside of us. I could not see it, but +instead I saw a lean and clutching black hand lifting itself above +the gunwale of the little boat. Surely it was a nightmare! At the same +instant a dim but devilish-looking face appeared to rise out of the +water, and then came a lurch of the canoe, the quick flash of a knife, +and an awful yell from the Wakwafi who was sleeping by my side (the +same poor fellow whose odour had been annoying me), and something warm +spurted into my face. In an instant the spell was broken; I knew that it +was no nightmare, but that we were attacked by swimming Masai. Snatching +at the first weapon that came to hand, which happened to be Umslopogaas' +battleaxe, I struck with all my force in the direction in which I +had seen the flash of the knife. The blow fell upon a man's arm, and, +catching it against the thick wooden gunwale of the canoe, completely +severed it from the body just above the wrist. As for its owner, he +uttered no sound or cry. Like a ghost he came, and like a ghost he went, +leaving behind him a bloody hand still gripping a great knife, or rather +a short sword, that was buried in the heart of our poor servant. + +Instantly there arose a hubbub and confusion, and I fancied, rightly +or wrongly, that I made out several dark heads gliding away towards the +right-hand bank, whither we were rapidly drifting, for the rope by which +we were moored had been severed with a knife. As soon as I had realized +this fact, I also realized that the scheme had been to cut the boat +loose so that it should drift on to the right bank (as it would have +done with the natural swing of the current), where no doubt a party of +Masai were waiting to dig their shovel-headed spears into us. Seizing +one paddle myself, I told Umslopogaas to take another (for the remaining +Askari was too frightened and bewildered to be of any use), and together +we rowed vigorously out towards the middle of the stream; and not an +instant too soon, for in another minute we should have been aground, and +then there would have been an end of us. + +As soon as we were well out, we set to work to paddle the canoe upstream +again to where the other was moored; and very hard and dangerous work +it was in the dark, and with nothing but the notes of Good's stentorian +shouts, which he kept firing off at intervals like a fog-horn, to guide +us. But at last we fetched up, and were thankful to find that they +had not been molested at all. No doubt the owner of the same hand that +severed our rope should have severed theirs also, but was led away from +his purpose by an irresistible inclination to murder when he got the +chance, which, while it cost us a man and him his hand, undoubtedly +saved all the rest of us from massacre. Had it not been for that ghastly +apparition over the side of the boat--an apparition that I shall never +forget till my dying hour--the canoe would undoubtedly have drifted +ashore before I realized what had happened, and this history would never +have been written by me. + + + + +CHAPTER III THE MISSION STATION + + + +We made the remains of our rope fast to the other canoe, and sat waiting +for the dawn and congratulating ourselves upon our merciful escape, +which really seemed to result more from the special favour of Providence +than from our own care or prowess. At last it came, and I have not +often been more grateful to see the light, though so far as my canoe was +concerned it revealed a ghastly sight. There in the bottom of the little +boat lay the unfortunate Askari, the sime, or sword, in his bosom, and +the severed hand gripping the handle. I could not bear the sight, so +hauling up the stone which had served as an anchor to the other canoe, +we made it fast to the murdered man and dropped him overboard, and down +he went to the bottom, leaving nothing but a train of bubbles behind +him. Alas! when our time comes, most of us like him leave nothing but +bubbles behind, to show that we have been, and the bubbles soon burst. +The hand of his murderer we threw into the stream, where it slowly sank. +The sword, of which the handle was ivory, inlaid with gold (evidently +Arab work), I kept and used as a hunting-knife, and very useful it +proved. + +Then, a man having been transferred to my canoe, we once more started on +in very low spirits and not feeling at all comfortable as to the future, +but fondly hoping to arrive at the 'Highlands' station by night. To make +matters worse, within an hour of sunrise it came on to rain in torrents, +wetting us to the skin, and even necessitating the occasional baling +of the canoes, and as the rain beat down the wind we could not use the +sails, and had to get along as best as we could with our paddles. + +At eleven o'clock we halted on an open piece of ground on the left bank +of the river, and, the rain abating a little, managed to make a fire and +catch and broil some fish. We did not dare to wander about to search for +game. At two o'clock we got off again, taking a supply of broiled fish +with us, and shortly afterwards the rain came on harder than ever. Also +the river began to get exceedingly difficult to navigate on account of +the numerous rocks, reaches of shallow water, and the increased force of +the current; so that it soon became clear to us that we should not reach +the Rev. Mackenzie's hospitable roof that night--a prospect that did +not tend to enliven us. Toil as we would, we could not make more than +an average of a mile an hour, and at five o'clock in the afternoon (by +which time we were all utterly worn out) we reckoned that we were still +quite ten miles below the station. This being so, we set to work to +make the best arrangements we could for the night. After our recent +experience, we simply did not dare to land, more especially as the banks +of the Tana were clothed with dense bush that would have given cover to +five thousand Masai, and at first I thought that we were going to have +another night of it in the canoes. Fortunately, however, we espied a +little rocky islet, not more than fifteen miles or so square, situated +nearly in the middle of the river. For this we paddled, and, making fast +the canoes, landed and made ourselves as comfortable as circumstances +would permit, which was very uncomfortable indeed. As for the weather, +it continued to be simply vile, the rain coming down in sheets till we +were chilled to the marrow, and utterly preventing us from lighting a +fire. There was, however, one consoling circumstance about this rain; +our Askari declared that nothing would induce the Masai to make an +attack in it, as they intensely disliked moving about in the wet, +perhaps, as Good suggested, because they hate the idea of washing. We +ate some insipid and sodden cold fish--that is, with the exception of +Umslopogaas, who, like most Zulus, cannot bear fish--and took a pull of +brandy, of which we fortunately had a few bottles left, and then began +what, with one exception--when we same three white men nearly perished +of cold on the snow of Sheba's Breast in the course of our journey to +Kukuanaland--was, I think, the most trying night I ever experienced. It +seemed absolutely endless, and once or twice I feared that two of the +Askari would have died of the wet, cold, and exposure. Indeed, had it +not been for timely doses of brandy I am sure that they would have died, +for no African people can stand much exposure, which first paralyses and +then kills them. I could see that even that iron old warrior Umslopogaas +felt it keenly; though, in strange contrast to the Wakwafis, who +groaned and bemoaned their fate unceasingly, he never uttered a single +complaint. To make matters worse, about one in the morning we again +heard the owl's ominous hooting, and had at once to prepare ourselves +for another attack; though, if it had been attempted, I do not think +that we could have offered a very effective resistance. But either the +owl was a real one this time, or else the Masai were themselves too +miserable to think of offensive operations, which, indeed, they rarely, +if ever, undertake in bush veldt. At any rate, we saw nothing of them. + +At last the dawn came gliding across the water, wrapped in wreaths of +ghostly mist, and, with the daylight, the rain ceased; and then, out +came the glorious sun, sucking up the mists and warming the chill air. +Benumbed, and utterly exhausted, we dragged ourselves to our feet, and +went and stood in the bright rays, and were thankful for them. I can +quite understand how it is that primitive people become sun worshippers, +especially if their conditions of life render them liable to exposure. + +In half an hour more we were once again making fair progress with the +help of a good wind. Our spirits had returned with the sunshine, and +we were ready to laugh at difficulties and dangers that had been almost +crushing on the previous day. + +And so we went on cheerily till about eleven o'clock. Just as we were +thinking of halting as usual, to rest and try to shoot something to eat, +a sudden bend in the river brought us in sight of a substantial-looking +European house with a veranda round it, splendidly situated upon a hill, +and surrounded by a high stone wall with a ditch on the outer side. +Right against and overshadowing the house was an enormous pine, the +top of which we had seen through a glass for the last two days, but of +course without knowing that it marked the site of the mission station. +I was the first to see the house, and could not restrain myself from +giving a hearty cheer, in which the others, including the natives, +joined lustily. There was no thought of halting now. On we laboured, +for, unfortunately, though the house seemed quite near, it was still a +long way off by river, until at last, by one o'clock, we found ourselves +at the bottom of the slope on which the building stood. Running the +canoes to the bank, we disembarked, and were just hauling them up on +to the shore, when we perceived three figures, dressed in ordinary +English-looking clothes, hurrying down through a grove of trees to meet +us. + +'A gentleman, a lady, and a little girl,' ejaculated Good, after +surveying the trio through his eyeglass, 'walking in a civilized +fashion, through a civilized garden, to meet us in this place. Hang me, +if this isn't the most curious thing we have seen yet!' + +Good was right: it certainly did seem odd and out of place--more like a +scene out of a dream or an Italian opera than a real tangible fact; +and the sense of unreality was not lessened when we heard ourselves +addressed in good broad Scotch, which, however, I cannot reproduce. + +'How do you do, sirs,' said Mr Mackenzie, a grey-haired, angular man, +with a kindly face and red cheeks; 'I hope I see you very well. My +natives told me an hour ago they spied two canoes with white men in them +coming up the river; so we have just come down to meet you.' + +'And it is very glad that we are to see a white face again, let me tell +you,' put in the lady--a charming and refined-looking person. + +We took off our hats in acknowledgment, and proceeded to introduce +ourselves. + +'And now,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'you must all be hungry and weary; so come +on, gentlemen, come on, and right glad we are to see you. The last white +who visited us was Alphonse--you will see Alphonse presently--and that +was a year ago.' + +Meanwhile we had been walking up the slope of the hill, the lower +portion of which was fenced off, sometimes with quince fences and +sometimes with rough stone walls, into Kaffir gardens, just now full +of crops of mealies, pumpkins, potatoes, etc. In the corners of these +gardens were groups of neat mushroom-shaped huts, occupied by Mr +Mackenzie's mission natives, whose women and children came pouring +out to meet us as we walked. Through the centre of the gardens ran the +roadway up which we were walking. It was bordered on each side by a line +of orange trees, which, although they had only been planted ten years, +had in the lovely climate of the uplands below Mt Kenia, the base of +which is about 5,000 feet above the coastline level, already grown to +imposing proportions, and were positively laden with golden fruit. After +a stiffish climb of a quarter of a mile or so--for the hillside was +steep--we came to a splendid quince fence, also covered with fruit, +which enclosed, Mr Mackenzie told us, a space of about four acres +of ground that contained his private garden, house, church, and +outbuildings, and, indeed, the whole hilltop. And what a garden it was! +I have always loved a good garden, and I could have thrown up my hands +for joy when I saw Mr Mackenzie's. First there were rows upon rows of +standard European fruit-trees, all grafted; for on top of this hill the +climate was so temperate that nearly all the English vegetables, trees, +and flowers flourished luxuriantly, even including several varieties +of the apple, which, generally, runs to wood in a warm climate and +obstinately refuses to fruit. Then there were strawberries and tomatoes +(such tomatoes!), and melons and cucumbers, and, indeed, every sort of +vegetable and fruit. + +'Well, you have something like a garden!' I said, overpowered with +admiration not untouched by envy. + +'Yes,' answered the missionary, 'it is a very good garden, and has well +repaid my labour; but it is the climate that I have to thank. If you +stick a peach-stone into the ground it will bear fruit the fourth year, +and a rose-cutting will bloom in a year. It is a lovely clime.' + +Just then we came to a ditch about ten feet wide, and full of water, on +the other side of which was a loopholed stone wall eight feet high, and +with sharp flints plentifully set in mortar on the coping. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, pointing to the ditch and wall, 'this is my +magnum opus; at least, this and the church, which is the other side of +the house. It took me and twenty natives two years to dig the ditch and +build the wall, but I never felt safe till it was done; and now I can +defy all the savages in Africa, for the spring that fills the ditch +is inside the wall, and bubbles out at the top of the hill winter and +summer alike, and I always keep a store of four months' provision in the +house.' + +Crossing over a plank and through a very narrow opening in the wall, we +entered into what Mrs Mackenzie called _her_ domain--namely, the flower +garden, the beauty of which is really beyond my power to describe. I +do not think I ever saw such roses, gardenias, or camellias (all reared +from seeds or cuttings sent from England); and there was also a patch +given up to a collection of bulbous roots mostly collected by Miss +Flossie, Mr Mackenzie's little daughter, from the surrounding country, +some of which were surpassingly beautiful. In the middle of this garden, +and exactly opposite the veranda, a beautiful fountain of clear water +bubbled up from the ground, and fell into a stone-work basin which had +been carefully built to receive it, whence the overflow found its way by +means of a drain to the moat round the outer wall, this moat in its +turn serving as a reservoir, whence an unfailing supply of water +was available to irrigate all the gardens below. The house itself, a +massively built single-storied building, was roofed with slabs of stone, +and had a handsome veranda in front. It was built on three sides of +a square, the fourth side being taken up by the kitchens, which stood +separate from the house--a very good plan in a hot country. In the +centre of this square thus formed was, perhaps, the most remarkable +object that we had yet seen in this charming place, and that was a +single tree of the conifer tribe, varieties of which grow freely on the +highlands of this part of Africa. This splendid tree, which Mr Mackenzie +informed us was a landmark for fifty miles round, and which we had +ourselves seen for the last forty miles of our journey, must have been +nearly three hundred feet in height, the trunk measuring about sixteen +feet in diameter at a yard from the ground. For some seventy feet it +rose a beautiful tapering brown pillar without a single branch, but at +that height splendid dark green boughs, which, looked at from below, had +the appearance of gigantic fern-leaves, sprang out horizontally from +the trunk, projecting right over the house and flower-garden, to both of +which they furnished a grateful proportion of shade, without--being so +high up--offering any impediment to the passage of light and air. + +'What a beautiful tree!' exclaimed Sir Henry. + +'Yes, you are right; it is a beautiful tree. There is not another like +it in all the country round, that I know of,' answered Mr Mackenzie. 'I +call it my watch tower. As you see, I have a rope ladder fixed to the +lowest bough; and if I want to see anything that is going on within +fifteen miles or so, all I have to do is to run up it with a spyglass. +But you must be hungry, and I am sure the dinner is cooked. Come in, +my friends; it is but a rough place, but well enough for these savage +parts; and I can tell you what, we have got--a French cook.' And he led +the way on to the veranda. + +As I was following him, and wondering what on earth he could mean by +this, there suddenly appeared, through the door that opened on to the +veranda from the house, a dapper little man, dressed in a neat blue +cotton suit, with shoes made of tanned hide, and remarkable for a +bustling air and most enormous black mustachios, shaped into an +upward curve, and coming to a point for all the world like a pair of +buffalo-horns. + +'Madame bids me for to say that dinnar is sarved. Messieurs, my +compliments;' then suddenly perceiving Umslopogaas, who was loitering +along after us and playing with his battleaxe, he threw up his hands +in astonishment. 'Ah, mais quel homme!' he ejaculated in French, 'quel +sauvage affreux! Take but note of his huge choppare and the great pit in +his head.' + +'Ay,' said Mr Mackenzie; 'what are you talking about, Alphonse?' + +'Talking about!' replied the little Frenchman, his eyes still fixed upon +Umslopogaas, whose general appearance seemed to fascinate him; 'why I +talk of him'--and he rudely pointed--'of ce monsieur noir.' + +At this everybody began to laugh, and Umslopogaas, perceiving that he +was the object of remark, frowned ferociously, for he had a most lordly +dislike of anything like a personal liberty. + +'Parbleu!' said Alphonse, 'he is angered--he makes the grimace. I like +not his air. I vanish.' And he did with considerable rapidity. + +Mr Mackenzie joined heartily in the shout of laughter which we indulged +in. 'He is a queer character--Alphonse,' he said. 'By and by I will tell +you his history; in the meanwhile let us try his cooking.' + +'Might I ask,' said Sir Henry, after we had eaten a most excellent +dinner, 'how you came to have a French cook in these wilds?' + +'Oh,' answered Mrs Mackenzie, 'he arrived here of his own accord about +a year ago, and asked to be taken into our service. He had got into some +trouble in France, and fled to Zanzibar, where he found an application +had been made by the French Government for his extradition. Whereupon +he rushed off up-country, and fell in, when nearly starved, with our +caravan of men, who were bringing us our annual supply of goods, and was +brought on here. You should get him to tell you the story.' + +When dinner was over we lit our pipes, and Sir Henry proceeded to give +our host a description of our journey up here, over which he looked very +grave. + +'It is evident to me,' he said, 'that those rascally Masai are following +you, and I am very thankful that you have reached this house in +safety. I do not think that they will dare to attack you here. It is +unfortunate, though, that nearly all my men have gone down to the coast +with ivory and goods. There are two hundred of them in the caravan, and +the consequence is that I have not more than twenty men available for +defensive purposes in case they should attack us. But, still, I will +just give a few orders;' and, calling a black man who was loitering +about outside in the garden, he went to the window, and addressed him in +a Swahili dialect. The man listened, and then saluted and departed. + +'I am sure I devoutly hope that we shall bring no such calamity upon +you,' said I, anxiously, when he had taken his seat again. 'Rather than +bring those bloodthirsty villains about your ears, we will move on and +take our chance.' + +'You will do nothing of the sort. If the Masai come, they come, and +there is an end on it; and I think we can give them a pretty warm +greeting. I would not show any man the door for all the Masai in the +world.' + +'That reminds me,' I said, 'the Consul at Lamu told me that he had had +a letter from you, in which you said that a man had arrived here who +reported that he had come across a white people in the interior. Do you +think that there was any truth in his story? I ask, because I have once +or twice in my life heard rumours from natives who have come down from +the far north of the existence of such a race.' + +Mr Mackenzie, by way of answer, went out of the room and returned, +bringing with him a most curious sword. It was long, and all the blade, +which was very thick and heavy, was to within a quarter of an inch of +the cutting edge worked into an ornamental pattern exactly as we work +soft wood with a fret-saw, the steel, however, being invariably pierced +in such a way as not to interfere with the strength of the sword. This +in itself was sufficiently curious, but what was still more so was that +all the edges of the hollow spaces cut through the substance of the +blade were most beautifully inlaid with gold, which was in some way that +I cannot understand welded on to the steel {Endnote 5}. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'did you ever see a sword like that?' + +We all examined it and shook our heads. + +'Well, I have got it to show you, because this is what the man who said +he had seen the white people brought with him, and because it does more +or less give an air of truth to what I should otherwise have set down +as a lie. Look here; I will tell you all that I know about the matter, +which is not much. One afternoon, just before sunset, I was sitting on +the veranda, when a poor, miserable, starved-looking man came limping up +and squatted down before me. I asked him where he came from and what he +wanted, and thereon he plunged into a long rambling narrative about how +he belonged to a tribe far in the north, and how his tribe was destroyed +by another tribe, and he with a few other survivors driven still further +north past a lake named Laga. Thence, it appears, he made his way to +another lake that lay up in the mountains, "a lake without a bottom" +he called it, and here his wife and brother died of an infectious +sickness--probably smallpox--whereon the people drove him out of their +villages into the wilderness, where he wandered miserably over mountains +for ten days, after which he got into dense thorn forest, and was one +day found there by some _white men_ who were hunting, and who took him +to a place where all the people were white and lived in stone houses. +Here he remained a week shut up in a house, till one night a man with +a white beard, whom he understood to be a "medicine-man", came and +inspected him, after which he was led off and taken through the thorn +forest to the confines of the wilderness, and given food and this sword +(at least so he said), and turned loose.' + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, who had been listening with breathless interest, +'and what did he do then?' + +'Oh! he seems, according to his account, to have gone through sufferings +and hardships innumerable, and to have lived for weeks on roots and +berries, and such things as he could catch and kill. But somehow he did +live, and at last by slow degrees made his way south and reached this +place. What the details of his journey were I never learnt, for I told +him to return on the morrow, bidding one of my headmen look after him +for the night. The headman took him away, but the poor man had the itch +so badly that the headman's wife would not have him in the hut for fear +of catching it, so he was given a blanket and told to sleep outside. +As it happened, we had a lion hanging about here just then, and most +unhappily he winded this unfortunate wanderer, and, springing on him, +bit his head almost off without the people in the hut knowing anything +about it, and there was an end of him and his story about the white +people; and whether or no there is any truth in it is more than I can +tell you. What do you think, Mr Quatermain?' + +I shook my head, and answered, 'I don't know. There are so many queer +things hidden away in the heart of this great continent that I should +be sorry to assert that there was no truth in it. Anyhow, we mean to try +and find out. We intend to journey to Lekakisera, and thence, if we live +to get so far, to this Lake Laga; and, if there are any white people +beyond, we will do our best to find them.' + +'You are very venturesome people,' said Mr Mackenzie, with a smile, and +the subject dropped. + + + + +CHAPTER IV ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE + + + +After dinner we thoroughly inspected all the outbuildings and grounds +of the station, which I consider the most successful as well as the most +beautiful place of the sort that I have seen in Africa. We then returned +to the veranda, where we found Umslopogaas taking advantage of this +favourable opportunity to clean all the rifles thoroughly. This was the +only _work_ that he ever did or was asked to do, for as a Zulu chief it +was beneath his dignity to work with his hands; but such as it was he +did it very well. It was a curious sight to see the great Zulu sitting +there upon the floor, his battleaxe resting against the wall behind +him, whilst his long aristocratic-looking hands were busily employed, +delicately and with the utmost care, cleaning the mechanism of the +breech-loaders. He had a name for each gun. One--a double four-bore +belonging to Sir Henry--was the Thunderer; another, my 500 Express, +which had a peculiarly sharp report, was 'the little one who spoke like +a whip'; the Winchester repeaters were 'the women, who talked so fast +that you could not tell one word from another'; the six Martinis were +'the common people'; and so on with them all. It was very curious to +hear him addressing each gun as he cleaned it, as though it were an +individual, and in a vein of the quaintest humour. He did the same with +his battle-axe, which he seemed to look upon as an intimate friend, +and to which he would at times talk by the hour, going over all his old +adventures with it--and dreadful enough some of them were. By a piece of +grim humour, he had named this axe 'Inkosi-kaas', which is the Zulu word +for chieftainess. For a long while I could not make out why he gave it +such a name, and at last I asked him, when he informed me that the axe +was very evidently feminine, because of her womanly habit of prying very +deep into things, and that she was clearly a chieftainess because all +men fell down before her, struck dumb at the sight of her beauty and +power. In the same way he would consult 'Inkosi-kaas' if in any dilemma; +and when I asked him why he did so, he informed me it was because she +must needs be wise, having 'looked into so many people's brains'. + +I took up the axe and closely examined this formidable weapon. It was, +as I have said, of the nature of a pole-axe. The haft, made out of an +enormous rhinoceros horn, was three feet three inches long, about an +inch and a quarter thick, and with a knob at the end as large as a +Maltese orange, left there to prevent the hand from slipping. This +horn haft, though so massive, was as flexible as cane, and practically +unbreakable; but, to make assurance doubly sure, it was whipped round +at intervals of a few inches with copper wire--all the parts where the +hands grip being thus treated. Just above where the haft entered the +head were scored a number of little nicks, each nick representing a man +killed in battle with the weapon. The axe itself was made of the +most beautiful steel, and apparently of European manufacture, though +Umslopogaas did not know where it came from, having taken it from the +hand of a chief he had killed in battle many years before. It was not +very heavy, the head weighing two and a half pounds, as nearly as I +could judge. The cutting part was slightly concave in shape--not convex, +as it generally the case with savage battleaxes--and sharp as a razor, +measuring five and three-quarter inches across the widest part. From the +back of the axe sprang a stout spike four inches long, for the last two +of which it was hollow, and shaped like a leather punch, with an opening +for anything forced into the hollow at the punch end to be pushed +out above--in fact, in this respect it exactly resembled a butcher's +pole-axe. It was with this punch end, as we afterwards discovered, that +Umslopogaas usually struck when fighting, driving a neat round hole +in his adversary's skull, and only using the broad cutting edge for a +circular sweep, or sometimes in a melee. I think he considered the +punch a neater and more sportsmanlike tool, and it was from his habit +of pecking at his enemy with it that he got his name of 'Woodpecker'. +Certainly in his hands it was a terribly efficient one. + +Such was Umslopogaas' axe, Inkosi-kaas, the most remarkable and fatal +hand-to-hand weapon that I ever saw, and one which he cherished as +much as his own life. It scarcely ever left his hand except when he was +eating, and then he always sat with it under his leg. + +Just as I returned his axe to Umslopogaas, Miss Flossie came up and took +me off to see her collection of flowers, African liliums, and blooming +shrubs, some of which are very beautiful, many of the varieties being +quite unknown to me and also, I believe, to botanical science. I asked +her if she had ever seen or heard of the 'Goya' lily, which Central +African explorers have told me they have occasionally met with and whose +wonderful loveliness has filled them with astonishment. This lily, which +the natives say blooms only once in ten years, flourishes in the +most arid soil. Compared to the size of the bloom, the bulb is small, +generally weighing about four pounds. As for the flower itself (which +I afterwards saw under circumstances likely to impress its appearance +fixedly in my mind), I know not how to describe its beauty and +splendour, or the indescribable sweetness of its perfume. The +flower--for it has only one bloom--rises from the crown of the bulb on +a thick fleshy and flat-sided stem, the specimen that I saw measured +fourteen inches in diameter, and is somewhat trumpet-shaped like the +bloom of an ordinary 'longiflorum' set vertically. First there is +the green sheath, which in its early stage is not unlike that of a +water-lily, but which as the bloom opens splits into four portions and +curls back gracefully towards the stem. Then comes the bloom itself, a +single dazzling arch of white enclosing another cup of richest velvety +crimson, from the heart of which rises a golden-coloured pistil. I have +never seen anything to equal this bloom in beauty or fragrance, and as +I believe it is but little known, I take the liberty to describe it at +length. Looking at it for the first time I well remember that I realized +how even in a flower there dwells something of the majesty of its Maker. +To my great delight Miss Flossie told me that she knew the flower well +and had tried to grow it in her garden, but without success, adding, +however, that as it should be in bloom at this time of the year she +thought that she could procure me a specimen. + +After that I fell to asking her if she was not lonely up here among all +these savage people and without any companions of her own age. + +'Lonely?' she said. 'Oh, indeed no! I am as happy as the day is long, +and besides I have my own companions. Why, I should hate to be buried +in a crowd of white girls all just like myself so that nobody could tell +the difference! Here,' she said, giving her head a little toss, 'I am I; +and every native for miles around knows the "Water-lily",--for that is +what they call me--and is ready to do what I want, but in the books that +I have read about little girls in England it is not like that. Everybody +thinks them a trouble, and they have to do what their schoolmistress +likes. Oh! it would break my heart to be put in a cage like that and not +to be free--free as the air.' + +'Would you not like to learn?' I asked. + +'So I do learn. Father teaches me Latin and French and arithmetic.' + +'And are you never afraid among all these wild men?' + +'Afraid? Oh no! they never interfere with me. I think they believe that +I am "Ngai" (of the Divinity) because I am so white and have fair hair. +And look here,' and diving her little hand into the bodice of her dress +she produced a double-barrelled nickel-plated Derringer, 'I always carry +that loaded, and if anybody tried to touch me I should shoot him. Once +I shot a leopard that jumped upon my donkey as I was riding along. It +frightened me very much, but I shot it in the ear and it fell dead, +and I have its skin upon my bed. Look there!' she went on in an altered +voice, touching me on the arm and pointing to some far-away object, 'I +said just now that I had companions; there is one of them.' + +I looked, and for the first time there burst upon my sight the glory of +Mount Kenia. Hitherto the mountain had always been hidden in mist, but +now its radiant beauty was unveiled for many thousand feet, although +the base was still wrapped in vapour so that the lofty peak or pillar, +towering nearly twenty thousand feet into the sky, appeared to be a +fairy vision, hanging between earth and heaven, and based upon the +clouds. The solemn majesty and beauty of this white peak are together +beyond the power of my poor pen to describe. There it rose straight and +sheer--a glittering white glory, its crest piercing the very blue of +heaven. As I gazed at it with that little girl I felt my whole heart +lifted up with an indescribable emotion, and for a moment great and +wonderful thoughts seemed to break upon my mind, even as the arrows of +the setting sun were breaking upon Kenia's snows. Mr Mackenzie's natives +call the mountain the 'Finger of God', and to me it did seem eloquent +of immortal peace and of the pure high calm that surely lies above this +fevered world. Somewhere I had heard a line of poetry, + + A thing of beauty is a joy for ever, + +and now it came into my mind, and for the first time I thoroughly +understood what it meant. Base, indeed, would be the man who could look +upon that mighty snow-wreathed pile--that white old tombstone of the +years--and not feel his own utter insignificance, and, by whatever name +he calls Him, worship God in his heart. Such sights are like visions of +the spirit; they throw wide the windows of the chamber of our small +selfishness and let in a breath of that air that rushes round the +rolling spheres, and for a while illumine our darkness with a far-off +gleam of the white light which beats upon the Throne. + +Yes, such things of beauty are indeed a joy for ever, and I can well +understand what little Flossie meant when she talked of Kenia as her +companion. As Umslopogaas, savage old Zulu that he was, said when I +pointed out to him the peak hanging in the glittering air: 'A man might +look thereon for a thousand years and yet be hungry to see.' But he gave +rather another colour to his poetical idea when he added in a sort of +chant, and with a touch of that weird imagination for which the man was +remarkable, that when he was dead he should like his spirit to sit upon +that snow-clad peak for ever, and to rush down the steep white sides +in the breath of the whirlwind, or on the flash of the lightning, and +'slay, and slay, and slay'. + +'Slay what, you old bloodhound?' I asked. + +This rather puzzled him, but at length he answered-- + +'The other shadows.' + +'So thou wouldst continue thy murdering even after death?' I said. + +'I murder not,' he answered hotly; 'I kill in fair fight. Man is born to +kill. He who kills not when his blood is hot is a woman, and no man. The +people who kill not are slaves. I say I kill in fair fight; and when +I am "in the shadow", as you white men say, I hope to go on killing in +fair fight. May my shadow be accursed and chilled to the bone for ever +if it should fall to murdering like a bushman with his poisoned arrows!' +And he stalked away with much dignity, and left me laughing. + +Just then the spies whom our host had sent out in the morning to find +out if there were any traces of our Masai friends about, returned, +and reported that the country had been scoured for fifteen miles round +without a single Elmoran being seen, and that they believed that those +gentry had given up the pursuit and returned whence they came. Mr +Mackenzie gave a sigh of relief when he heard this, and so indeed did +we, for we had had quite enough of the Masai to last us for some time. +Indeed, the general opinion was that, finding we had reached the mission +station in safety, they had, knowing its strength, given up the pursuit +of us as a bad job. How ill-judged that view was the sequel will show. + +After the spies had gone, and Mrs Mackenzie and Flossie had retired for +the night, Alphonse, the little Frenchman, came out, and Sir Henry, who +is a very good French scholar, got him to tell us how he came to visit +Central Africa, which he did in a most extraordinary lingo, that for the +most part I shall not attempt to reproduce. + +'My grandfather,' he began, 'was a soldier of the Guard, and served +under Napoleon. He was in the retreat from Moscow, and lived for ten +days on his own leggings and a pair he stole from a comrade. He used to +get drunk--he died drunk, and I remember playing at drums on his coffin. +My father--' + +Here we suggested that he might skip his ancestry and come to the point. + +'Bien, messieurs!' replied this comical little man, with a polite bow. +'I did only wish to demonstrate that the military principle is not +hereditary. My grandfather was a splendid man, six feet two high, broad +in proportion, a swallower of fire and gaiters. Also he was remarkable +for his moustache. To me there remains the moustache and--nothing more. + +'I am, messieurs, a cook, and I was born at Marseilles. In that dear +town I spent my happy youth. For years and years I washed the dishes at +the Hotel Continental. Ah, those were golden days!' and he sighed. 'I am +a Frenchman. Need I say, messieurs, that I admire beauty? Nay, I adore +the fair. Messieurs, we admire all the roses in a garden, but we pluck +one. I plucked one, and alas, messieurs, it pricked my finger. She was +a chambermaid, her name Annette, her figure ravishing, her face +an angel's, her heart--alas, messieurs, that I should have to +own it!--black and slippery as a patent leather boot. I loved to +desperation, I adored her to despair. She transported me--in every +sense; she inspired me. Never have I cooked as I cooked (for I had been +promoted at the hotel) when Annette, my adored Annette, smiled on me. +Never'--and here his manly voice broke into a sob--'never shall I cook +so well again.' Here he melted into tears. + +'Come, cheer up!' said Sir Henry in French, smacking him smartly on the +back. 'There's no knowing what may happen, you know. To judge from your +dinner today, I should say you were in a fair way to recovery.' + +Alphonse stopped weeping, and began to rub his back. 'Monsieur,' he +said, 'doubtless means to console, but his hand is heavy. To continue: +we loved, and were happy in each other's love. The birds in their little +nest could not be happier than Alphonse and his Annette. Then came the +blow--sapristi!--when I think of it. Messieurs will forgive me if I wipe +away a tear. Mine was an evil number; I was drawn for the conscription. +Fortune would be avenged on me for having won the heart of Annette. + +'The evil moment came; I had to go. I tried to run away, but I was +caught by brutal soldiers, and they banged me with the butt-end +of muskets till my mustachios curled with pain. I had a cousin a +linen-draper, well-to-do, but very ugly. He had drawn a good number, +and sympathized when they thumped me. "To thee, my cousin," I said, "to +thee, in whose veins flows the blue blood of our heroic grandparent, to +thee I consign Annette. Watch over her whilst I hunt for glory in the +bloody field." + +'"Make your mind easy," said he; "I will." As the sequel shows, he did! + +'I went. I lived in barracks on black soup. I am a refined man and a +poet by nature, and I suffered tortures from the coarse horror of my +surroundings. There was a drill sergeant, and he had a cane. Ah, that +cane, how it curled! Alas, never can I forget it! + +'One morning came the news; my battalion was ordered to Tonquin. +The drill sergeant and the other coarse monsters rejoiced. I--I made +enquiries about Tonquin. They were not satisfactory. In Tonquin are +savage Chinese who rip you open. My artistic tastes--for I am also an +artist--recoiled from the idea of being ripped open. The great man makes +up his mind quickly. I made up my mind. I determined not to be ripped +open. I deserted. + +'I reached Marseilles disguised as an old man. I went to the house of +my cousin--he in whom runs my grandfather's heroic blood--and there sat +Annette. It was the season of cherries. They took a double stalk. At +each end was a cherry. My cousin put one into his mouth, Annette put +the other in hers. Then they drew the stalks in till their eyes met--and +alas, alas that I should have to say it!--they kissed. The game was +a pretty one, but it filled me with fury. The heroic blood of my +grandfather boiled up in me. I rushed into the kitchen. I struck my +cousin with the old man's crutch. He fell--I had slain him. Alas, I +believe that I did slay him. Annette screamed. The gendarmes came. I +fled. I reached the harbour. I hid aboard a vessel. The vessel put to +sea. The captain found me and beat me. He took an opportunity. He posted +a letter from a foreign port to the police. He did not put me ashore +because I cooked so well. I cooked for him all the way to Zanzibar. When +I asked for payment he kicked me. The blood of my heroic grandfather +boiled within me, and I shook my fist in his face and vowed to have my +revenge. He kicked me again. At Zanzibar there was a telegram. I cursed +the man who invented telegraphs. Now I curse him again. I was to be +arrested for desertion, for murder, and que sais-je? I escaped from +the prison. I fled, I starved. I met the men of Monsieur le Cure. They +brought me here. I am full of woe. But I return not to France. Better to +risk my life in these horrible places than to know the Bagne.' + +He paused, and we nearly choked with laughter, having to turn our faces +away. + +'Ah! you weep, messieurs,' he said. 'No wonder--it is a sad story.' + +'Perhaps,' said Sir Henry, 'the heroic blood of your grandparent will +triumph after all; perhaps you will still be great. At any rate we shall +see. And now I vote we go to bed. I am dead tired, and we had not much +sleep on that confounded rock last night.' + +And so we did, and very strange the tidy rooms and clean white sheets +seemed to us after our recent experiences. + + + + +CHAPTER V UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE + + + +Next morning at breakfast I missed Flossie and asked where she was. + +'Well,' said her mother, 'when I got up this morning I found a note put +outside my door in which--But here it is, you can read it for yourself,' +and she gave me the slip of paper on which the following was written:-- + +'Dearest M--,--It is just dawn, and I am off to the hills to get Mr Q--a +bloom of the lily he wants, so don't expect me till you see me. I have +taken the white donkey; and nurse and a couple of boys are coming with +me--also something to eat, as I may be away all day, for I am determined +to get the lily if I have to go twenty miles for it.--Flossie.' + + +'I hope she will be all right,' I said, a little anxiously; 'I never +meant her to trouble after the flower.' + +'Ah, Flossie can look after herself,' said her mother; 'she often goes +off in this way like a true child of the wilderness.' But Mr Mackenzie, +who came in just then and saw the note for the first time, looked rather +grave, though he said nothing. + +After breakfast was over I took him aside and asked him whether it would +not be possible to send after the girl and get her back, having in view +the possibility of there still being some Masai hanging about, at whose +hands she might come to harm. + +'I fear it would be of no use,' he answered. 'She may be fifteen miles +off by now, and it is impossible to say what path she has taken. +There are the hills;' and he pointed to a long range of rising ground +stretching almost parallel with the course followed by the river Tana, +but gradually sloping down to a dense bush-clad plain about five miles +short of the house. + +Here I suggested that we might get up the great tree over the house and +search the country round with a spyglass; and this, after Mr Mackenzie +had given some orders to his people to try and follow Flossie's spoor, +we did. + +The ascent of the mighty tree was rather an alarming performance, even +with a sound rope-ladder fixed at both ends to climb up, at least to a +landsman; but Good came up like a lamplighter. + +On reaching the height at which the first fern-shaped boughs sprang +from the bole, we stepped without any difficulty upon a platform made +of boards, nailed from one bough to another, and large enough to +accommodate a dozen people. As for the view, it was simply glorious. +In every direction the bush rolled away in great billows for miles and +miles, as far as the glass would show, only here and there broken by the +brighter green of patches of cultivation, or by the glittering surface +of lakes. To the northwest, Kenia reared his mighty head, and we could +trace the Tana river curling like a silver snake almost from his feet, +and far away beyond us towards the ocean. It is a glorious country, and +only wants the hand of civilized man to make it a most productive one. + +But look as we would, we could see no signs of Flossie and her donkey, +so at last we had to come down disappointed. On reaching the veranda I +found Umslopogaas sitting there, slowly and lightly sharpening his axe +with a small whetstone he always carried with him. + +'What doest thou, Umslopogaas?' I asked. + +'I smell blood,' was the answer; and I could get no more out of him. + +After dinner we again went up the tree and searched the surrounding +country with a spyglass, but without result. When we came down +Umslopogaas was still sharpening Inkosi-kaas, although she already had +an edge like a razor. Standing in front of him, and regarding him with a +mixture of fear and fascination, was Alphonse. And certainly he did seem +an alarming object--sitting there, Zulu fashion, on his haunches, a wild +look upon his intensely savage and yet intellectual face, sharpening, +sharpening, sharpening at the murderous-looking axe. + +'Oh, the monster, the horrible man!' said the little French cook, +lifting his hands in amazement. 'See but the hole in his head; the skin +beats on it up and down like a baby's! Who would nurse such a baby?' and +he burst out laughing at the idea. + +For a moment Umslopogaas looked up from his sharpening, and a sort of +evil light played in his dark eyes. + +'What does the little "buffalo-heifer" [so named by Umslopogaas, on +account of his mustachios and feminine characteristics] say? Let him be +careful, or I will cut his horns. Beware, little man monkey, beware!' + +Unfortunately Alphonse, who was getting over his fear of him, went on +laughing at 'ce drole d'un monsieur noir'. I was about to warn him to +desist, when suddenly the huge Zulu bounded off the veranda on to the +open space where Alphonse was standing, his features alive with a sort +of malicious enthusiasm, and began swinging the axe round and round over +the Frenchman's head. + +'Stand still,' I shouted; 'do not move as you value your life--he will +not hurt you;' but I doubt if Alphonse heard me, being, fortunately for +himself, almost petrified with horror. + +Then followed the most extraordinary display of sword, or rather of +axemanship, that I ever saw. First of all the axe went flying round +and round over the top of Alphonse's head, with an angry whirl and such +extraordinary swiftness that it looked like a continuous band of steel, +ever getting nearer and yet nearer to that unhappy individual's skull, +till at last it grazed it as it flew. Then suddenly the motion was +changed, and it seemed to literally flow up and down his body and limbs, +never more than an eighth of an inch from them, and yet never striking +them. It was a wonderful sight to see the little man fixed there, having +apparently realized that to move would be to run the risk of sudden +death, while his black tormentor towered over him, and wrapped him round +with the quick flashes of the axe. For a minute or more this went +on, till suddenly I saw the moving brightness travel down the side of +Alphonse's face, and then outwards and stop. As it did so a tuft of +something black fell to the ground; it was the tip of one of the little +Frenchman's curling mustachios. + +Umslopogaas leant upon the handle of Inkosi-kaas, and broke into a long, +low laugh; and Alphonse, overcome with fear, sank into a sitting posture +on the ground, while we stood astonished at this exhibition of almost +superhuman skill and mastery of a weapon. 'Inkosi-kaas is sharp enough,' +he shouted; 'the blow that clipped the "buffalo-heifer's" horn would +have split a man from the crown to the chin. Few could have struck it +but I; none could have struck it and not taken off the shoulder too. +Look, thou little heifer! Am I a good man to laugh at, thinkest thou? +For a space hast thou stood within a hair's-breadth of death. Laugh not +again, lest the hair's-breadth be wanting. I have spoken.' + +'What meanest thou by such mad tricks?' I asked of Umslopogaas, +indignantly. 'Surely thou art mad. Twenty times didst thou go near to +slaying the man.' + +'And yet, Macumazahn, I slew not. Thrice as Inkosi-kaas flew the spirit +entered into me to end him, and send her crashing through his skull; but +I did not. Nay, it was but a jest; but tell the "heifer" that it is not +well to mock at such as I. Now I go to make a shield, for I smell blood, +Macumazahn--of a truth I smell blood. Before the battle hast thou not +seen the vulture grow of a sudden in the sky? They smell the blood, +Macumazahn, and my scent is more keen than theirs. There is a dry +ox-hide down yonder; I go to make a shield.' + +'That is an uncomfortable retainer of yours,' said Mr Mackenzie, who had +witnessed this extraordinary scene. 'He has frightened Alphonse out of +his wits; look!' and he pointed to the Frenchman, who, with a scared +white face and trembling limbs, was making his way into the house. 'I +don't think that he will ever laugh at "le monsieur noir" again.' + +'Yes,' answered I, 'it is ill jesting with such as he. When he is roused +he is like a fiend, and yet he has a kind heart in his own fierce way. +I remember years ago seeing him nurse a sick child for a week. He is a +strange character, but true as steel, and a strong stick to rest on in +danger.' + +'He says he smells blood,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I only trust he is not +right. I am getting very fearful about my little girl. She must have +gone far, or she would be home by now. It is half-past three o'clock.' + +I pointed out that she had taken food with her, and very likely would +not in the ordinary course of events return till nightfall; but I myself +felt very anxious, and fear that my anxiety betrayed itself. + +Shortly after this, the people whom Mr Mackenzie had sent out to search +for Flossie returned, stating that they had followed the spoor of the +donkey for a couple of miles and had then lost it on some stony ground, +nor could they discover it again. They had, however, scoured the country +far and wide, but without success. + +After this the afternoon wore drearily on, and towards evening, there +still being no signs of Flossie, our anxiety grew very keen. As for the +poor mother, she was quite prostrated by her fears, and no wonder, but +the father kept his head wonderfully well. Everything that could be done +was done: people were sent out in all directions, shots were fired, and +a continuous outlook kept from the great tree, but without avail. + +And then it grew dark, and still no sign of fair-haired little Flossie. + +At eight o'clock we had supper. It was but a sorrowful meal, and Mrs +Mackenzie did not appear at it. We three also were very silent, for in +addition to our natural anxiety as to the fate of the child, we were +weighed down by the sense that we had brought this trouble on the head +of our kind host. When supper was nearly at an end I made an excuse to +leave the table. I wanted to get outside and think the situation over. I +went on to the veranda and, having lit my pipe, sat down on a seat about +a dozen feet from the right-hand end of the structure, which was, as +the reader may remember, exactly opposite one of the narrow doors of the +protecting wall that enclosed the house and flower garden. I had been +sitting there perhaps six or seven minutes when I thought I heard the +door move. I looked in that direction and I listened, but, being unable +to make out anything, concluded that I must have been mistaken. It was a +darkish night, the moon not having yet risen. + +Another minute passed, when suddenly something round fell with a soft +but heavy thud upon the stone flooring of the veranda, and came +bounding and rolling along past me. For a moment I did not rise, but sat +wondering what it could be. Finally, I concluded it must have been an +animal. Just then, however, another idea struck me, and I got up quick +enough. The thing lay quite still a few feet beyond me. I put down my +hand towards it and it did not move: clearly it was not an animal. My +hand touched it. It was soft and warm and heavy. Hurriedly I lifted it +and held it up against the faint starlight. + +_It was a newly severed human head!_ + +I am an old hand and not easily upset, but I own that that ghastly sight +made me feel sick. How had the thing come there? Whose was it? I put it +down and ran to the little doorway. I could see nothing, hear nobody. I +was about to go out into the darkness beyond, but remembering that to do +so was to expose myself to the risk of being stabbed, I drew back, +shut the door, and bolted it. Then I returned to the veranda, and in as +careless a voice as I could command called Curtis. I fear, however, that +my tones must have betrayed me, for not only Sir Henry but also Good and +Mackenzie rose from the table and came hurrying out. + +'What is it?' said the clergyman, anxiously. + +Then I had to tell them. + +Mr Mackenzie turned pale as death under his red skin. We were standing +opposite the hall door, and there was a light in it so that I could see. +He snatched the head up by the hair and held it against the light. + +'It is the head of one of the men who accompanied Flossie,' he said with +a gasp. 'Thank God it is not hers!' + +We all stood and stared at each other aghast. What was to be done? + +Just then there was a knocking at the door that I had bolted, and a +voice cried, 'Open, my father, open!' + +The door was unlocked, and in sped a terrified man. He was one of the +spies who had been sent out. + +'My father,' he cried, 'the Masai are on us! A great body of them have +passed round the hill and are moving towards the old stone kraal down +by the little stream. My father, make strong thy heart! In the midst +of them I saw the white ass, and on it sat the Water-lily [Flossie]. An +Elmoran [young warrior] led the ass, and by its side walked the nurse +weeping. The men who went with her in the morning I saw not.' + +'Was the child alive?' asked Mr Mackenzie, hoarsely. + +'She was white as the snow, but well, my father. They passed quite close +to me, and looking up from where I lay hid I saw her face against the +sky.' + +'God help her and us!' groaned the clergyman. + +'How many are there of them?' I asked. + +'More than two hundred--two hundred and half a hundred.' + +Once more we looked one on the other. What was to be done? Just then +there rose a loud insistent cry outside the wall. + +'Open the door, white man; open the door! A herald--a herald to speak +with thee.' Thus cried the voice. + +Umslopogaas ran to the wall, and, reaching with his long arms to the +coping, lifted his head above it and gazed over. + +'I see but one man,' he said. 'He is armed, and carries a basket in his +hand.' + +'Open the door,' I said. 'Umslopogaas, take thine axe and stand thereby. +Let one man pass. If another follows, slay.' + +The door was unbarred. In the shadow of the wall stood Umslopogaas, his +axe raised above his head to strike. Just then the moon came out. There +was a moment's pause, and then in stalked a Masai Elmoran, clad in the +full war panoply that I have already described, but bearing a large +basket in his hand. The moonlight shone bright upon his great spear +as he walked. He was physically a splendid man, apparently about +thirty-five years of age. Indeed, none of the Masai that I saw were +under six feet high, though mostly quite young. When he got opposite to +us he halted, put down the basket, and stuck the spike of his spear into +the ground, so that it stood upright. + +'Let us talk,' he said. 'The first messenger we sent to you could not +talk;' and he pointed to the head which lay upon the paving of the +stoep--a ghastly sight in the moonlight; 'but I have words to speak +if ye have ears to hear. Also I bring presents;' and he pointed to the +basket and laughed with an air of swaggering insolence that is perfectly +indescribable, and yet which one could not but admire, seeing that he +was surrounded by enemies. + +'Say on,' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'I am the "Lygonani" [war captain] of a party of the Masai of the Guasa +Amboni. I and my men followed these three white men,' and he pointed +to Sir Henry, Good, and myself, 'but they were too clever for us, and +escaped hither. We have a quarrel with them, and are going to kill +them.' + +'Are you, my friend?' said I to myself. + +'In following these men we this morning caught two black men, one +black woman, a white donkey, and a white girl. One of the black men we +killed--there is his head upon the pavement; the other ran away. The +black woman, the little white girl, and the white ass we took and +brought with us. In proof thereof have I brought this basket that she +carried. Is it not thy daughter's basket?' + +Mr Mackenzie nodded, and the warrior went on. + +'Good! With thee and thy daughter we have no quarrel, nor do we wish to +harm thee, save as to thy cattle, which we have already gathered, two +hundred and forty head--a beast for every man's father.' {Endnote 6} + +Here Mr Mackenzie gave a groan, as he greatly valued this herd of +cattle, which he bred with much care and trouble. + +'So, save for the cattle, thou mayst go free; more especially,' he added +frankly, glancing at the wall, 'as this place would be a difficult one +to take. But as to these men it is otherwise; we have followed them +for nights and days, and must kill them. Were we to return to our kraal +without having done so, all the girls would make a mock of us. So, +however troublesome it may be, they must die. + +'Now I have a proposition for thee. We would not harm the little girl; +she is too fair to harm, and has besides a brave spirit. Give us one of +these three men--a life for a life--and we will let her go, and throw in +the black woman with her also. This is a fair offer, white man. We ask +but for one, not for the three; we must take another opportunity to kill +the other two. I do not even pick my man, though I should prefer the +big one,' pointing to Sir Henry; 'he looks strong, and would die more +slowly.' + +'And if I say I will not yield the man?' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'Nay, say not so, white man,' answered the Masai, 'for then thy daughter +dies at dawn, and the woman with her says thou hast no other child. Were +she older I would take her for a servant; but as she is so young I will +slay her with my own hand--ay, with this very spear. Thou canst come and +see, an' thou wilt. I give thee a safe conduct;' and the fiend laughed +aloud as his brutal jest. + +Meanwhile I had been thinking rapidly, as one does in emergencies, and +had come to the conclusion that I would exchange myself against +Flossie. I scarcely like to mention the matter for fear it should be +misunderstood. Pray do not let any one be misled into thinking that +there was anything heroic about this, or any such nonsense. It was +merely a matter of common sense and common justice. My life was an old +and worthless one, hers was young and valuable. Her death would pretty +well kill her father and mother also, whilst nobody would be much the +worse for mine; indeed, several charitable institutions would have cause +to rejoice thereat. It was indirectly through me that the dear little +girl was in her present position. Lastly, a man was better fitted to +meet death in such a peculiarly awful form than a sweet young girl. Not, +however, that I meant to let these gentry torture me to death--I am far +too much of a coward to allow that, being naturally a timid man; my plan +was to see the girl safely exchanged and then to shoot myself, trusting +that the Almighty would take the peculiar circumstances of the case into +consideration and pardon the act. All this and more went through my mind +in very few seconds. + +'All right, Mackenzie,' I said, 'you can tell the man that I will +exchange myself against Flossie, only I stipulate that she shall be +safely in this house before they kill me.' + +'Eh?' said Sir Henry and Good simultaneously. 'That you don't.' + +'No, no,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I will have no man's blood upon my hands. +If it please God that my daughter should die this awful death, His will +be done. You are a brave man (which I am not by any means) and a noble +man, Quatermain, but you shall not go.' + +'If nothing else turns up I shall go,' I said decidedly. + +'This is an important matter,' said Mackenzie, addressing the Lygonani, +'and we must think it over. You shall have our answer at dawn.' + +'Very well, white man,' answered the savage indifferently; 'only +remember if thy answer is late thy little white bud will never grow into +a flower, that is all, for I shall cut it with this,' and he touched the +spear. 'I should have thought that thou wouldst play a trick and attack +us at night, but I know from the woman with the girl that your men are +down at the coast, and that thou hast but twenty men here. It is not +wise, white man,' he added with a laugh, 'to keep so small a garrison +for your "boma" [kraal]. Well, good night, and good night to you also, +other white men, whose eyelids I shall soon close once and for all. At +dawn thou wilt bring me word. If not, remember it shall be as I have +said.' Then turning to Umslopogaas, who had all the while been standing +behind him and shepherding him as it were, 'Open the door for me, +fellow, quick now.' + +This was too much for the old chief's patience. For the last ten minutes +his lips had been, figuratively speaking, positively watering over the +Masai Lygonani, and this he could not stand. Placing his long hand +on the Elmoran's shoulder he gripped it and gave him such a twist +as brought him face to face with himself. Then, thrusting his fierce +countenance to within a few inches of the Masai's evil feather-framed +features, he said in a low growling voice:-- + +'Seest thou me?' + +'Ay, fellow, I see thee.' + +'And seest thou this?' and he held Inkosi-kaas before his eyes. + +'Ay, fellow, I see the toy; what of it?' + +'Thou Masai dog, thou boasting windbag, thou capturer of little girls, +with this "toy" will I hew thee limb from limb. Well for thee that thou +art a herald, or even now would I strew thy members about the grass.' + +The Masai shook his great spear and laughed loud and long as he +answered, 'I would that thou stoodst against me man to man, and we would +see,' and again he turned to go still laughing. + +'Thou shalt stand against me man to man, be not afraid,' replied +Umslopogaas, still in the same ominous voice. 'Thou shalt stand face +to face with Umslopogaas, of the blood of Chaka, of the people of the +Amazulu, a captain in the regiment of the Nkomabakosi, as many have done +before, and bow thyself to Inkosi-kaas, as many have done before. Ay, +laugh on, laugh on! tomorrow night shall the jackals laugh as they +crunch thy ribs.' + +When the Lygonani had gone, one of us thought of opening the basket +he had brought as a proof that Flossie was really their prisoner. On +lifting the lid it was found to contain a most lovely specimen of both +bulb and flower of the Goya lily, which I have already described, in +full bloom and quite uninjured, and what was more a note in Flossie's +childish hand written in pencil upon a greasy piece of paper that had +been used to wrap up some food in:-- + +'Dearest Father and Mother,' ran the note, 'The Masai caught us when we +were coming home with the lily. I tried to escape but could not. They +killed Tom: the other man ran away. They have not hurt nurse and me, but +say that they mean to exchange us against one of Mr Quatermain's party. +_I will have nothing of the sort_. Do not let anybody give his life +for me. Try and attack them at night; they are going to feast on three +bullocks they have stolen and killed. I have my pistol, and if no +help comes by dawn I will shoot myself. They shall not kill me. If so, +remember me always, dearest father and mother. I am very frightened, +but I trust in God. I dare not write any more as they are beginning to +notice. Goodbye.--Flossie.' + + +Scrawled across the outside of this was 'Love to Mr Quatermain. They are +going to take the basket, so he will get the lily.' + +When I read those words, written by that brave little girl in an hour +of danger sufficiently near and horrible to have turned the brain of +a strong man, I own I wept, and once more in my heart I vowed that she +should not die while my life could be given to save her. + +Then eagerly, quickly, almost fiercely, we fell to discussing the +situation. Again I said that I would go, and again Mackenzie negatived +it, and Curtis and Good, like the true men that they are, vowed that, if +I did, they would go with me, and die back to back with me. + +'It is,' I said at last, 'absolutely necessary that an effort of some +sort should be made before the morning.' + +'Then let us attack them with what force we can muster, and take our +chance,' said Sir Henry. + +'Ay, ay,' growled Umslopogaas, in Zulu; 'spoken like a man, Incubu. What +is there to be afraid of? Two hundred and fifty Masai, forsooth! How +many are we? The chief there [Mr Mackenzie] has twenty men, and thou, +Macumazahn, hast five men, and there are also five white men--that is, +thirty men in all--enough, enough. Listen now, Macumazahn, thou who art +very clever and old in war. What says the maid? These men eat and make +merry; let it be their funeral feast. What said the dog whom I hope to +hew down at daybreak? That he feared no attack because we were so few. +Knowest thou the old kraal where the men have camped? I saw it this +morning; it is thus:' and he drew an oval on the floor; 'here is the big +entrance, filled up with thorn bushes, and opening on to a steep rise. +Why, Incubu, thou and I with axes will hold it against an hundred men +striving to break out! Look, now; thus shall the battle go. Just as the +light begins to glint upon the oxen's horns--not before, or it will be +too dark, and not later, or they will be awakening and perceive us--let +Bougwan creep round with ten men to the top end of the kraal, where the +narrow entrance is. Let them silently slay the sentry there so that he +makes no sound, and stand ready. Then, Incubu, let thee and me and one +of the Askari--the one with the broad chest--he is a brave man--creep to +the wide entrance that is filled with thorn bushes, and there also slay +the sentry, and armed with battleaxes take our stand also one on each +side of the pathway, and one a few paces beyond to deal with such as +pass the twain at the gate. It is there that the rush will come. That +will leave sixteen men. Let these men be divided into two parties, with +one of which shalt thou go, Macumazahn, and with one the "praying man" +[Mr Mackenzie], and, all armed with rifles, let them make their way +one to the right side of the kraal and one to the left; and when thou, +Macumazahn, lowest like an ox, all shall open fire with the guns upon +the sleeping men, being very careful not to hit the little maid. Then +shall Bougwan at the far end and his ten men raise the war-cry, and, +springing over the wall, put the Masai there to the sword. And it shall +happen that, being yet heavy with food and sleep, and bewildered by the +firing of the guns, the falling of men, and the spears of Bougwan, the +soldiers shall rise and rush like wild game towards the thorn-stopped +entrance, and there the bullets from either side shall plough through +them, and there shall Incubu and the Askari and I wait for those who +break across. Such is my plan, Macumazahn; if thou hast a better, name +it.' + +When he had done, I explained to the others such portions of his +scheme as they had failed to understand, and they all joined with me in +expressing the greatest admiration of the acute and skilful programme +devised by the old Zulu, who was indeed, in his own savage fashion, +the finest general I ever knew. After some discussion we determined to +accept the scheme, as it stood, it being the only one possible under the +circumstances, and giving the best chance of success that such a forlorn +hope would admit of--which, however, considering the enormous odds and +the character of our foe, was not very great. + +'Ah, old lion!' I said to Umslopogaas, 'thou knowest how to lie in wait +as well as how to bite, where to seize as well as where to hang on.' + +'Ay, ay, Macumazahn,' he answered. 'For thirty years have I been a +warrior, and have seen many things. It will be a good fight. I smell +blood--I tell thee, I smell blood.' + + + + +CHAPTER VI THE NIGHT WEARS ON + + + +As may be imagined, at the very first sign of a Masai the entire +population of the Mission Station had sought refuge inside the +stout stone wall, and were now to be seen--men, women, and countless +children--huddled up together in little groups, and all talking at once +in awed tones of the awfulness of Masai manners and customs, and of the +fate that they had to expect if those bloodthirsty savages succeeded in +getting over the stone wall. + +Immediately after we had settled upon the outline of our plan of action +as suggested by Umslopogaas, Mr Mackenzie sent for four sharp boys of +from twelve to fifteen years of age, and despatched them to various +points where they could keep an outlook upon the Masai camp, with others +to report from time to time what was going on. Other lads and even women +were stationed at intervals along the wall in order to guard against the +possibility of surprise. + +After this the twenty men who formed his whole available fighting force +were summoned by our host into the square formed by the house, and +there, standing by the bole of the great conifer, he earnestly addressed +them and our four Askari. Indeed, it formed a very impressive scene--one +not likely to be forgotten by anybody who witnessed it. Immediately by +the tree stood the angular form of Mr Mackenzie, one arm outstretched +as he talked, and the other resting against the giant bole, his hat off, +and his plain but kindly face clearly betraying the anguish of his mind. +Next to him was his poor wife, who, seated on a chair, had her face +hidden in her hand. On the other side of her was Alphonse, looking +exceedingly uncomfortable, and behind him stood the three of us, with +Umslopogaas' grim and towering form in the background, resting, as +usual, on his axe. In front stood and squatted the group of armed +men--some with rifles in their hands, and others with spears and +shields--following with eager attention every word that fell from the +speaker's lips. The white light of the moon peering in beneath the +lofty boughs threw a strange wild glamour over the scene, whilst the +melancholy soughing of the night wind passing through the millions of +pine needles overhead added a sadness of its own to what was already a +sufficiently tragic occasion. + +'Men,' said Mr Mackenzie, after he had put all the circumstances of the +case fully and clearly before them, and explained to them the proposed +plan of our forlorn hope--'men, for years I have been a good friend to +you, protecting you, teaching you, guarding you and yours from harm, and +ye have prospered with me. Ye have seen my child--the Water-lily, as ye +call her--grow year by year, from tenderest infancy to tender childhood, +and from childhood on towards maidenhood. She has been your children's +playmate, she has helped to tend you when sick, and ye have loved her.' + +'We have,' said a deep voice, 'and we will die to save her.' + +'I thank you from my heart--I thank you. Sure am I that now, in this +hour of darkest trouble; now that her young life is like to be cut off +by cruel and savage men--who of a truth "know not what they do"--ye will +strive your best to save her, and to save me and her mother from broken +hearts. Think, too, of your own wives and children. If she dies, her +death will be followed by an attack upon us here, and at the best, even +if we hold our own, your houses and gardens will be destroyed, and your +goods and cattle swept away. I am, as ye well know, a man of peace. +Never in all these years have I lifted my hand to shed man's blood; but +now I say strike, strike, in the name of God, Who bade us protect our +lives and homes. Swear to me,' he went on with added fervour--'swear to +me that whilst a man of you remains alive ye will strive your uttermost +with me and with these brave white men to save the child from a bloody +and cruel death.' + +'Say no more, my father,' said the same deep voice, that belonged to +a stalwart elder of the Mission; 'we swear it. May we and ours die the +death of dogs, and our bones be thrown to the jackals and the kites, +if we break the oath! It is a fearful thing to do, my father, so few to +strike at so many, yet will we do it or die in the doing. We swear!' + +'Ay, thus say we all,' chimed in the others. + +'Thus say we all,' said I. + +'It is well,' went on Mr Mackenzie. 'Ye are true men and not broken +reeds to lean on. And now, friends--white and black together--let us +kneel and offer up our humble supplication to the Throne of Power, +praying that He in the hollow of Whose hand lie all our lives, Who +giveth life and giveth death, may be pleased to make strong our arms +that we may prevail in what awaits us at the morning's light.' + +And he knelt down, an example that we all followed except Umslopogaas, +who still stood in the background, grimly leaning on Inkosi-kaas. The +fierce old Zulu had no gods and worshipped nought, unless it were his +battleaxe. + +'Oh God of gods!' began the clergyman, his deep voice, tremulous with +emotion, echoing up in the silence even to the leafy roof; 'Protector of +the oppressed, Refuge of those in danger, Guardian of the helpless, hear +Thou our prayer! Almighty Father, to Thee we come in supplication. +Hear Thou our prayer! Behold, one child hast Thou given us--an innocent +child, nurtured in Thy knowledge--and now she lies beneath the shadow of +the sword, in danger of a fearful death at the hands of savage men. Be +with her now, oh God, and comfort her! Save her, oh Heavenly Father! Oh +God of battle, Who teacheth our hands to war and our fingers to fight, +in Whose strength are hid the destinies of men, be Thou with us in the +hour of strife. When we go forth into the shadow of death, make Thou +us strong to conquer. Breathe Thou upon our foes and scatter them; +turn Thou their strength to water, and bring their high-blown pride to +nought; compass us about with Thy protection; throw over us the shield +of Thy power; forget us not now in the hour of our sore distress; help +us now that the cruel man would dash our little ones against the stones! +Hear Thou our prayer! And for those of us who, kneeling now on earth +in health before Thee, shall at the sunrise adore Thy Presence on +the Throne, hear our prayer! Make them clean, oh God; wash away their +offences in the blood of the Lamb; and when their spirits pass, oh +receive Thou them into the haven of the just. Go forth, oh Father, go +forth with us into the battle, as with the Israelites of old. Oh God of +battle, hear Thou our prayer!' + +He ceased, and after a moment's silence we all rose, and then began our +preparations in good earnest. As Umslopogaas said, it was time to stop +'talking' and get to business. The men who were to form each little +party were carefully selected, and still more carefully and minutely +instructed as to what was to be done. After much consideration it was +agreed that the ten men led by Good, whose duty it was to stampede the +camp, were not to carry firearms; that is, with the exception of Good +himself, who had a revolver as well as a short sword--the Masai 'sime' +which I had taken from the body of our poor servant who was murdered +in the canoe. We feared that if they had firearms the result of three +cross-fires carried on at once would be that some of our own people +would be shot; besides, it appeared to all of us that the work they +had to do would best be carried out with cold steel--especially to +Umslopogaas, who was, indeed, a great advocate of cold steel. We had +with us four Winchester repeating rifles, besides half a dozen Martinis. +I armed myself with one of the repeaters--my own; an excellent weapon +for this kind of work, where great rapidity of fire is desirable, and +fitted with ordinary flap-sights instead of the cumbersome sliding +mechanism which they generally have. Mr Mackenzie took another, and the +two remaining ones were given to two of his men who understood the +use of them and were noted shots. The Martinis and some rifles of +Mr Mackenzie's were served out, together with a plentiful supply of +ammunition, to the other natives who were to form the two parties whose +duty it was to be to open fire from separate sides of the kraal on the +sleeping Masai, and who were fortunately all more or less accustomed to +the use of a gun. + +As for Umslopogaas, we know how he was armed--with an axe. It may be +remembered that he, Sir Henry, and the strongest of the Askari were to +hold the thorn-stopped entrance to the kraal against the anticipated +rush of men striving to escape. Of course, for such a purpose as this +guns were useless. Therefore Sir Henry and the Askari proceeded to arm +themselves in like fashion. It so happened that Mr Mackenzie had in his +little store a selection of the very best and English-made hammer-backed +axe-heads. Sir Henry selected one of these weighing about two and a half +pounds and very broad in the blade, and the Askari took another a size +smaller. After Umslopogaas had put an extra edge on these two +axe-heads, we fixed them to three feet six helves, of which Mr Mackenzie +fortunately had some in stock, made of a light but exceedingly tough +native wood, something like English ash, only more springy. When two +suitable helves had been selected with great care and the ends of the +hafts notched to prevent the hand from slipping, the axe-heads were +fixed on them as firmly as possible, and the weapons immersed in a +bucket of water for half an hour. The result of this was to swell the +wood in the socket in such a fashion that nothing short of burning would +get it out again. When this important matter had been attended to +by Umslopogaas, I went into my room and proceeded to open a little +tin-lined deal case, which contained--what do you think?--nothing more +or less than four mail shirts. + +It had happened to us three on a previous journey that we had made in +another part of Africa to owe our lives to iron shirts of native make, +and remembering this, I had suggested before we started on our present +hazardous expedition that we should have some made to fit us. There +was a little difficulty about this, as armour-making is pretty well an +extinct art, but they can do most things in the way of steel work in +Birmingham if they are put to it and you will pay the price, and the +end of it was that they turned us out the loveliest steel shirts it is +possible to see. The workmanship was exceedingly fine, the web being +composed of thousands upon thousands of stout but tiny rings of the +best steel made. These shirts, or rather steel-sleeved and high-necked +jerseys, were lined with ventilated wash leather, were not bright, but +browned like the barrel of a gun; and mine weighed exactly seven pounds +and fitted me so well that I found I could wear it for days next to my +skin without being chafed. Sir Henry had two, one of the ordinary +make, viz. a jersey with little dependent flaps meant to afford some +protection to the upper part of the thighs, and another of his +own design fashioned on the pattern of the garments advertised as +'combinations' and weighing twelve pounds. This combination shirt, of +which the seat was made of wash-leather, protected the whole body down +to the knees, but was rather more cumbersome, inasmuch as it had to be +laced up at the back and, of course, involved some extra weight. With +these shirts were what looked like four brown cloth travelling caps with +ear pieces. Each of these caps was, however, quilted with steel links so +as to afford a most valuable protection for the head. + +It seems almost laughable to talk of steel shirts in these days of +bullets, against which they are of course quite useless; but where one +has to do with savages, armed with cutting weapons such as assegais or +battleaxes, they afford the most valuable protection, being, if well +made, quite invulnerable to them. I have often thought that if only the +English Government had in our savage wars, and more especially in the +Zulu war, thought fit to serve out light steel shirts, there would be +many a man alive today who, as it is, is dead and forgotten. + +To return: on the present occasion we blessed our foresight in bringing +these shirts, and also our good luck, in that they had not been stolen +by our rascally bearers when they ran away with our goods. As Curtis had +two, and after considerable deliberation, had made up his mind to wear +his combination one himself--the extra three or four pounds' weight +being a matter of no account to so strong a man, and the protection +afforded to the thighs being a very important matter to a fighting man +not armed with a shield of any kind--I suggested that he should lend the +other to Umslopogaas, who was to share the danger and the glory of his +post. He readily consented, and called the Zulu, who came bearing Sir +Henry's axe, which he had now fixed up to his satisfaction, with him. +When we showed him the steel shirt, and explained to him that we wanted +him to wear it, he at first declined, saying that he had fought in his +own skin for thirty years, and that he was not going to begin now to +fight in an iron one. Thereupon I took a heavy spear, and, spreading the +shirt upon the floor, drove the spear down upon it with all my strength, +the weapon rebounding without leaving a mark upon the tempered steel. +This exhibition half converted him; and when I pointed out to him how +necessary it was that he should not let any old-fashioned prejudices he +might possess stand in the way of a precaution which might preserve a +valuable life at a time when men were scarce, and also that if he wore +this shirt he might dispense with a shield, and so have both hands free, +he yielded at once, and proceeded to invest his frame with the 'iron +skin'. And indeed, although made for Sir Henry, it fitted the great Zulu +like a skin. The two men were almost of a height; and, though Curtis +looked the bigger man, I am inclined to think that the difference was +more imaginary than real, the fact being that, although he was plumper +and rounder, he was not really bigger, except in the arm. Umslopogaas +had, comparatively speaking, thin arms, but they were as strong as wire +ropes. At any rate, when they both stood, axe in hand, invested in +the brown mail, which clung to their mighty forms like a web garment, +showing the swell of every muscle and the curve of every line, they +formed a pair that any ten men might shrink from meeting. + +It was now nearly one o'clock in the morning, and the spies reported +that, after having drunk the blood of the oxen and eaten enormous +quantities of meat, the Masai were going to sleep round their +watchfires; but that sentries had been posted at each opening of the +kraal. Flossie, they added, was sitting not far from the wall in the +centre of the western side of the kraal, and by her were the nurse and +the white donkey, which was tethered to a peg. Her feet were bound with +a rope, and warriors were lying about all round her. + +As there was absolutely nothing further that could be done then we all +took some supper, and went to lie down for a couple of hours. I could +not help admiring the way in which old Umslopogaas flung himself upon +the floor, and, unmindful of what was hanging over him, instantly sank +into a deep sleep. I do not know how it was with the others, but I could +not do as much. Indeed, as is usual with me on these occasions, I am +sorry to say that I felt rather frightened; and, now that some of the +enthusiasm had gone out of me, and I began to calmly contemplate what we +had undertaken to do, truth compels me to add that I did not like it. +We were but thirty men all told, a good many of whom were no doubt quite +unused to fighting, and we were going to engage two hundred and fifty +of the fiercest, bravest, and most formidable savages in Africa, who, +to make matters worse, were protected by a stone wall. It was, indeed, +a mad undertaking, and what made it even madder was the exceeding +improbability of our being able to take up our positions without +attracting the notice of the sentries. Of course if we once did +that--and any slight accident, such as the chance discharge of a gun, +might do it--we were done for, for the whole camp would be up in a +second, and our only hope lay in surprise. + +The bed whereon I lay indulging in these uncomfortable reflections was +near an open window that looked on to the veranda, through which came an +extraordinary sound of groaning and weeping. For a time I could not make +out what it was, but at last I got up and, putting my head out of the +window, stared about. Presently I saw a dim figure kneeling on the end +of the veranda and beating his breast--in which I recognized Alphonse. +Not being able to understand his French talk or what on earth he was at, +I called to him and asked him what he was doing. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he sighed, 'I do make prayer for the souls of those whom +I shall slay tonight.' + +'Indeed,' I said, 'then I wish that you would do it a little more +quietly.' + +Alphonse retreated, and I heard no more of his groans. And so the time +passed, till at length Mr Mackenzie called me in a whisper through the +window, for of course everything had now to be done in the most absolute +silence. 'Three o'clock,' he said: 'we must begin to move at half-past.' + +I told him to come in, and presently he entered, and I am bound to say +that if it had not been that just then I had not got a laugh anywhere +about me, I should have exploded at the sight he presented armed for +battle. To begin with, he had on a clergyman's black swallow-tail and +a kind of broad-rimmed black felt hat, both of which he had donned on +account, he said, of their dark colour. In his hand was the Winchester +repeating rifle we had lent him; and stuck in an elastic cricketing +belt, like those worn by English boys, were, first, a huge +buckhorn-handled carving knife with a guard to it, and next a +long-barrelled Colt's revolver. + +'Ah, my friend,' he said, seeing me staring at his belt, 'you are +looking at my "carver". I thought it might come in handy if we came to +close quarters; it is excellent steel, and many is the pig I have killed +with it.' + +By this time everybody was up and dressing. I put on a light Norfolk +jacket over my mail shirt in order to have a pocket handy to hold my +cartridges, and buckled on my revolver. Good did the same, but Sir Henry +put on nothing except his mail shirt, steel-lined cap, and a pair of +'veldt-schoons' or soft hide shoes, his legs being bare from the knees +down. His revolver he strapped on round his middle outside the armoured +shirt. + +Meanwhile Umslopogaas was mustering the men in the square under the big +tree and going the rounds to see that each was properly armed, etc. At +the last moment we made one change. Finding that two of the men who were +to have gone with the firing parties knew little or nothing of guns, +but were good spearsmen, we took away their rifles, supplied them with +shields and long spears of the Masai pattern, and took them off to join +Curtis, Umslopogaas, and the Askari in holding the wide opening; it +having become clear to us that three men, however brave and strong, were +too few for the work. + + + + +CHAPTER VII A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT + + + +Then there was a pause, and we stood there in the chilly silent darkness +waiting till the moment came to start. It was, perhaps, the most trying +time of all--that slow, slow quarter of an hour. The minutes seemed +to drag along with leaden feet, and the quiet, the solemn hush, +that brooded over all--big, as it were, with a coming fate, was most +oppressive to the spirits. I once remember having to get up before +dawn to see a man hanged, and I then went through a very similar set of +sensations, only in the present instance my feelings were animated by +that more vivid and personal element which naturally appertains rather +to the person to be operated on than to the most sympathetic spectator. +The solemn faces of the men, well aware that the short passage of +an hour would mean for some, and perhaps all of them, the last great +passage to the unknown or oblivion; the bated whispers in which they +spoke; even Sir Henry's continuous and thoughtful examination of his +woodcutter's axe and the fidgety way in which Good kept polishing his +eyeglass, all told the same tale of nerves stretched pretty nigh to +breaking-point. Only Umslopogaas, leaning as usual upon Inkosi-kaas and +taking an occasional pinch of snuff, was to all appearance perfectly and +completely unmoved. Nothing could touch his iron nerves. + +The moon went down. For a long while she had been getting nearer and +nearer to the horizon. Now she finally sank and left the world in +darkness save for a faint grey tinge in the eastern sky that palely +heralded the dawn. + +Mr Mackenzie stood, watch in hand, his wife clinging to his arm and +striving to stifle her sobs. + +'Twenty minutes to four,' he said, 'it ought to be light enough to +attack at twenty minutes past four. Captain Good had better be moving, +he will want three or four minutes' start.' + +Good gave one final polish to his eyeglass, nodded to us in a jocular +sort of way--which I could not help feeling it must have cost him +something to muster up--and, ever polite, took off his steel-lined cap +to Mrs Mackenzie and started for his position at the head of the kraal, +to reach which he had to make a detour by some paths known to the +natives. + +Just then one of the boys came in and reported that everybody in the +Masai camp, with the exception of the two sentries who were walking +up and down in front of the respective entrances, appeared to be fast +asleep. Then the rest of us took the road. First came the guide, then +Sir Henry, Umslopogaas, the Wakwafi Askari, and Mr Mackenzie's +two mission natives armed with long spears and shields. I followed +immediately after with Alphonse and five natives all armed with guns, +and Mr Mackenzie brought up the rear with the six remaining natives. + +The cattle kraal where the Masai were camped lay at the foot of the +hill on which the house stood, or, roughly speaking, about eight hundred +yards from the Mission buildings. The first five hundred yards of this +distance we traversed quietly indeed, but at a good pace; after that we +crept forward as silently as a leopard on his prey, gliding like ghosts +from bush to bush and stone to stone. When I had gone a little way I +chanced to look behind me, and saw the redoubtable Alphonse staggering +along with white face and trembling knees, and his rifle, which was at +full cock, pointed directly at the small of my back. Having halted and +carefully put the rifle at 'safety', we started again, and all went well +till we were within one hundred yards or so of the kraal, when his teeth +began to chatter in the most aggressive way. + +'If you don't stop that I will kill you,' I whispered savagely; for the +idea of having all our lives sacrificed to a tooth-chattering cook was +too much for me. I began to fear that he would betray us, and heartily +wished we had left him behind. + +'But, monsieur, I cannot help it,' he answered, 'it is the cold.' + +Here was a dilemma, but fortunately I devised a plan. In the pocket of +the coat I had on was a small piece of dirty rag that I had used some +time before to clean a gun with. 'Put this in your mouth,' I whispered +again, giving him the rag; 'and if I hear another sound you are a dead +man.' I knew that that would stifle the clatter of his teeth. I must +have looked as if I meant what I said, for he instantly obeyed me, and +continued his journey in silence. + +Then we crept on again. + +At last we were within fifty yards of the kraal. Between us and it was +an open space of sloping grass with only one mimosa bush and a couple of +tussocks of a sort of thistle for cover. We were still hidden in fairly +thick bush. It was beginning to grow light. The stars had paled and a +sickly gleam played about the east and was reflected on the earth. We +could see the outline of the kraal clearly enough, and could also make +out the faint glimmer of the dying embers of the Masai camp-fires. We +halted and watched, for the sentry we knew was posted at the opening. +Presently he appeared, a fine tall fellow, walking idly up and down +within five paces of the thorn-stopped entrance. We had hoped to catch +him napping, but it was not to be. He seemed particularly wide awake. If +we could not kill that man, and kill him silently, we were lost. There +we crouched and watched him. Presently Umslopogaas, who was a few paces +ahead of me, turned and made a sign, and next second I saw him go +down on his stomach like a snake, and, taking an opportunity when +the sentry's head was turned, begin to work his way through the grass +without a sound. + +The unconscious sentry commenced to hum a little tune, and Umslopogaas +crept on. He reached the shelter of the mimosa bush unperceived and +there waited. Still the sentry walked up and down. Presently he turned +and looked over the wall into the camp. Instantly the human snake who +was stalking him glided on ten yards and got behind one of the tussocks +of the thistle-like plant, reaching it as the Elmoran turned again. As +he did so his eye fell upon this patch of thistles, and it seemed to +strike him that it did not look quite right. He advanced a pace towards +it--halted, yawned, stooped down, picked up a little pebble and threw +it at it. It hit Umslopogaas upon the head, luckily not upon the armour +shirt. Had it done so the clink would have betrayed us. Luckily, too, +the shirt was browned and not bright steel, which would certainly have +been detected. Apparently satisfied that there was nothing wrong, he +then gave over his investigations and contented himself with leaning +on his spear and standing gazing idly at the tuft. For at least three +minutes did he stand thus, plunged apparently in a gentle reverie, and +there we lay in the last extremity of anxiety, expecting every moment +that we should be discovered or that some untoward accident would +happen. I could hear Alphonse's teeth going like anything on the oiled +rag, and turning my head round made an awful face at him. But I am bound +to state that my own heart was at much the same game as the Frenchman's +castanets, while the perspiration was pouring from my body, causing the +wash-leather-lined shirt to stick to me unpleasantly, and altogether I +was in the pitiable state known by schoolboys as a 'blue fright'. + +At last the ordeal came to an end. The sentry glanced at the east, and +appeared to note with satisfaction that his period of duty was coming to +an end--as indeed it was, once and for all--for he rubbed his hands and +began to walk again briskly to warm himself. + +The moment his back was turned the long black snake glided on again, and +reached the other thistle tuft, which was within a couple of paces of +his return beat. + +Back came the sentry and strolled right past the tuft, utterly +unconscious of the presence that was crouching behind it. Had he looked +down he could scarcely have failed to see, but he did not do so. + +He passed, and then his hidden enemy erected himself, and with +outstretched hand followed in his tracks. + +A moment more, and, just as the Elmoran was about to turn, the great +Zulu made a spring, and in the growing light we could see his long lean +hands close round the Masai's throat. Then followed a convulsive twining +of the two dark bodies, and in another second I saw the Masai's head +bent back, and heard a sharp crack, something like that of a dry +twig snapping, and he fell down upon the ground, his limbs moving +spasmodically. + +Umslopogaas had put out all his iron strength and broken the warrior's +neck. + +For a moment he knelt upon his victim, still gripping his throat till he +was sure that there was nothing more to fear from him, and then he rose +and beckoned to us to advance, which we did on all fours, like a colony +of huge apes. On reaching the kraal we saw that the Masai had still +further choked this entrance, which was about ten feet wide--no doubt in +order to guard against attack--by dragging four or five tops of mimosa +trees up to it. So much the better for us, I reflected; the more +obstruction there was the slower would they be able to come through. +Here we separated; Mackenzie and his party creeping up under the shadow +of the wall to the left, while Sir Henry and Umslopogaas took their +stations one on each side of the thorn fence, the two spearmen and the +Askari lying down in front of it. I and my men crept on up the right +side of the kraal, which was about fifty paces long. + +When I was two-thirds up I halted, and placed my men at distances of +four paces from one another, keeping Alphonse close to me, however. Then +I peeped for the first time over the wall. It was getting fairly light +now, and the first thing I saw was the white donkey, exactly opposite +to me, and close by it I could make out the pale face of little Flossie, +who was sitting as the lad had described, some ten paces from the wall. +Round her lay many warriors, sleeping. At distances all over the surface +of the kraal were the remains of fires, round each of which slept some +five-and-twenty Masai, for the most part gorged with food. Now and then +a man would raise himself, yawn, and look at the east, which was turning +primrose; but none got up. I determined to wait another five minutes, +both to allow the light to increase, so that we could make better +shooting, and to give Good and his party--of whom we could see or hear +nothing--every opportunity to make ready. + +The quiet dawn began to throw her ever-widening mantle over plain and +forest and river--mighty Kenia, wrapped in the silence of eternal snows, +looked out across the earth--till presently a beam from the unrisen sun +lit upon his heaven-kissing crest and purpled it with blood; the sky +above grew blue, and tender as a mother's smile; a bird began to pipe +his morning song, and a little breeze passing through the bush shook +down the dewdrops in millions to refresh the waking world. Everywhere +was peace and the happiness of arising strength, everywhere save in the +heart of cruel man! + +Suddenly, just as I was nerving myself for the signal, having already +selected my man on whom I meant to open fire--a great fellow sprawling +on the ground within three feet of little Flossie--Alphonse's teeth +began to chatter again like the hoofs of a galloping giraffe, making a +great noise in the silence. The rag had dropped out in the agitation of +his mind. Instantly a Masai within three paces of us woke, and, sitting +up, gazed about him, looking for the cause of the sound. Moved beyond +myself, I brought the butt-end of my rifle down on to the pit of the +Frenchman's stomach. This stopped his chattering; but, as he doubled up, +he managed to let off his gun in such a manner that the bullet passed +within an inch of my head. + +There was no need for a signal now. From both sides of the kraal broke +out a waving line of fire, in which I myself joined, managing with a +snap shot to knock over my Masai by Flossie, just as he was jumping up. +Then from the top end of the kraal there rang an awful yell, in which +I rejoiced to recognize Good's piercing notes rising clear and shrill +above the din, and in another second followed such a scene as I have +never seen before nor shall again. With an universal howl of terror and +fury the brawny crowd of savages within the kraal sprang to their feet, +many of them to fall again beneath our well-directed hail of lead before +they had moved a yard. For a moment they stood undecided, and then +hearing the cries and curses that rose unceasingly from the top end +of the kraal, and bewildered by the storm of bullets, they as by one +impulse rushed down towards the thorn-stopped entrance. As they went we +kept pouring our fire with terrible effect into the thickening mob as +fast as we could load. I had emptied my repeater of the ten shots it +contained and was just beginning to slip in some more when I bethought +me of little Flossie. Looking up, I saw that the white donkey was lying +kicking, having been knocked over either by one of our bullets or a +Masai spear-thrust. There were no living Masai near, but the black nurse +was on her feet and with a spear cutting the rope that bound Flossie's +feet. Next second she ran to the wall of the kraal and began to climb +over it, an example which the little girl followed. But Flossie was +evidently very stiff and cramped, and could only go slowly, and as she +went two Masai flying down the kraal caught sight of her and rushed +towards her to kill her. The first fellow came up just as the poor +little girl, after a desperate effort to climb the wall, fell back into +the kraal. Up flashed the great spear, and as it did so a bullet from my +rifle found its home in the holder's ribs, and over he went like a shot +rabbit. But behind him was the other man, and, alas, I had only that +one cartridge in the magazine! Flossie had scrambled to her feet and was +facing the second man, who was advancing with raised spear. I turned my +head aside and felt sick as death. I could not bear to see him stab her. +Glancing up again, to my surprise I saw the Masai's spear lying on the +ground, while the man himself was staggering about with both hands to +his head. Suddenly I saw a puff of smoke proceeding apparently from +Flossie, and the man fell down headlong. Then I remembered the Derringer +pistol she carried, and saw that she had fired both barrels of it at +him, thereby saving her life. In another instant she had made an effort, +and assisted by the nurse, who was lying on the top, had scrambled over +the wall, and I knew that she was, comparatively speaking, safe. + +All this takes time to tell, but I do not suppose that it took more than +fifteen seconds to enact. I soon got the magazine of the repeater filled +again with cartridges, and once more opened fire, not on the seething +black mass which was gathering at the end of the kraal, but on fugitives +who bethought them to climb the wall. I picked off several of these men, +moving down towards the end of the kraal as I did so, and arriving at +the corner, or rather the bend of the oval, in time to see, and by means +of my rifle to assist in, the mighty struggle that took place there. + +By this time some two hundred Masai--allowing that we had up to the +present accounted for fifty--had gathered together in front of the +thorn-stopped entrance, driven thither by the spears of Good's men, +whom they doubtless supposed were a large force instead of being but ten +strong. For some reason it never occurred to them to try and rush the +wall, which they could have scrambled over with comparative ease; +they all made for the fence, which was really a strongly interwoven +fortification. With a bound the first warrior went at it, and even +before he touched the ground on the other side I saw Sir Henry's great +axe swing up and fall with awful force upon his feather head-piece, and +he sank into the middle of the thorns. Then with a yell and a crash they +began to break through as they might, and ever as they came the great +axe swung and Inkosi-kaas flashed and they fell dead one by one, each +man thus helping to build up a barrier against his fellows. Those who +escaped the axes of the pair fell at the hands of the Askari and the two +Mission Kaffirs, and those who passed scatheless from them were brought +low by my own and Mackenzie's fire. + +Faster and more furious grew the fighting. Single Masai would spring +upon the dead bodies of their comrades, and engage one or other of the +axemen with their long spears; but, thanks chiefly to the mail shirts, +the result was always the same. Presently there was a great swing of the +axe, a crashing sound, and another dead Masai. That is, if the man was +engaged with Sir Henry. If it was Umslopogaas that he fought with the +result indeed would be the same, but it would be differently attained. +It was but rarely that the Zulu used the crashing double-handed +stroke; on the contrary, he did little more than tap continually at his +adversary's head, pecking at it with the pole-axe end of the axe as a +woodpecker {Endnote 7} pecks at rotten wood. Presently a peck would go +home, and his enemy would drop down with a neat little circular hole +in his forehead or skull, exactly similar to that which a cheese-scoop +makes in a cheese. He never used the broad blade of the axe except when +hard pressed, or when striking at a shield. He told me afterwards that +he did not consider it sportsmanlike. + +Good and his men were quite close by now, and our people had to cease +firing into the mass for fear of killing some of them (as it was, one of +them was slain in this way). Mad and desperate with fear, the Masai by +a frantic effort burst through the thorn fence and piled-up dead, and, +sweeping Curtis, Umslopogaas, and the other three before them, into the +open. And now it was that we began to lose men fast. Down went our poor +Askari who was armed with the axe, a great spear standing out a foot +behind his back; and before long the two spearsmen who had stood with +him went down too, dying fighting like tigers; and others of our party +shared their fate. For a moment I feared the fight was lost--certainly +it trembled in the balance. I shouted to my men to cast down their +rifles, and to take spears and throw themselves into the melee. They +obeyed, their blood being now thoroughly up, and Mr Mackenzie's people +followed their example. + +This move had a momentary good result, but still the fight hung in the +balance. + +Our people fought magnificently, hurling themselves upon the dark mass +of Elmoran, hewing, thrusting, slaying, and being slain. And ever +above the din rose Good's awful yell of encouragement as he plunged to +wherever the fight was thickest; and ever, with an almost machine-like +regularity, the two axes rose and fell, carrying death and disablement +at every stroke. But I could see that the strain was beginning to tell +upon Sir Henry, who was bleeding from several flesh wounds: his breath +was coming in gasps, and the veins stood out on his forehead like blue +and knotted cords. Even Umslopogaas, man of iron that he was, was hard +pressed. I noticed that he had given up 'woodpecking', and was now using +the broad blade of Inkosi-kaas, 'browning' his enemy wherever he could +hit him, instead of drilling scientific holes in his head. I myself did +not go into the melee, but hovered outside like the swift 'back' in a +football scrimmage, putting a bullet through a Masai whenever I got a +chance. I was more use so. I fired forty-nine cartridges that morning, +and I did not miss many shots. + +Presently, do as we would, the beam of the balance began to rise against +us. We had not more than fifteen or sixteen effectives left now, and the +Masai had at least fifty. Of course if they had kept their heads, and +shaken themselves together, they could soon have made an end of the +matter; but that is just what they did not do, not having yet recovered +from their start, and some of them having actually fled from their +sleeping-places without their weapons. Still by now many individuals +were fighting with their normal courage and discretion, and this alone +was sufficient to defeat us. To make matters worse just then, when +Mackenzie's rifle was empty, a brawny savage armed with a 'sime', +or sword, made a rush for him. The clergyman flung down his gun, and +drawing his huge carver from his elastic belt (his revolver had dropped +out in the fight), they closed in desperate struggle. Presently, locked +in a close embrace, missionary and Masai rolled on the ground behind the +wall, and for some time I, being amply occupied with my own affairs, and +in keeping my skin from being pricked, remained in ignorance of his fate +or how the duel had ended. + +To and fro surged the fight, slowly turning round like the vortex of +a human whirlpool, and the matter began to look very bad for us. Just +then, however, a fortunate thing happened. Umslopogaas, either by +accident or design, broke out of the ring and engaged a warrior at some +few paces from it. As he did so, another man ran up and struck him with +all his force between his shoulders with his great spear, which, falling +on the tough steel shirt, failed to pierce it and rebounded. For a +moment the man stared aghast--protective armour being unknown among +these tribes--and then he yelled out at the top of his voice-- + +'_They are devils--bewitched, bewitched!_' And seized by a sudden panic, +he threw down his spear, and began to fly. I cut short his career with +a bullet, and Umslopogaas brained his man, and then the panic spread to +the others. + +'_Bewitched, bewitched!_' they cried, and tried to escape in every +direction, utterly demoralized and broken-spirited, for the most part +even throwing down their shields and spears. + +On the last scene of that dreadful fight I need not dwell. It was a +slaughter great and grim, in which no quarter was asked or given. One +incident, however, is worth detailing. Just as I was hoping that it was +all done with, suddenly from under a heap of slain where he had been +hiding, an unwounded warrior sprang up, and, clearing the piles of dying +dead like an antelope, sped like the wind up the kraal towards the +spot where I was standing at the moment. But he was not alone, for +Umslopogaas came gliding on his tracks with the peculiar swallow-like +motion for which he was noted, and as they neared me I recognized in the +Masai the herald of the previous night. Finding that, run as he would, +his pursuer was gaining on him, the man halted and turned round to give +battle. Umslopogaas also pulled up. + +'Ah, ah,' he cried, in mockery, to the Elmoran, 'it is thou whom I +talked with last night--the Lygonani! the Herald! the capturer of little +girls--he who would kill a little girl! And thou didst hope to stand man +to man and face to face with Umslopogaas, an Induna of the tribe of +the Maquilisini, of the people of the Amazulu? Behold, thy prayer is +granted! And I didst swear to hew thee limb from limb, thou insolent +dog. Behold, I will do it even now!' + +The Masai ground his teeth with fury, and charged at the Zulu with +his spear. As he came, Umslopogaas deftly stepped aside, and swinging +Inkosi-kaas high above his head with both hands, brought the broad blade +down with such fearful force from behind upon the Masai's shoulder just +where the neck is set into the frame, that its razor edge shore right +through bone and flesh and muscle, almost severing the head and one arm +from the body. + +'_Ou!_' ejaculated Umslopogaas, contemplating the corpse of his foe; 'I +have kept my word. It was a good stroke.' + + + + +CHAPTER VIII ALPHONSE EXPLAINS + + +And so the fight was ended. On returning from the shocking scene it +suddenly struck me that I had seen nothing of Alphonse since the moment, +some twenty minutes before--for though this fight has taken a long while +to describe, it did not take long in reality--when I had been forced +to hit him in the wind with the result of nearly getting myself shot. +Fearing that the poor little man had perished in the battle, I began to +hunt among the dead for his body, but, not being able either to see or +hear anything of it, I concluded that he must have survived, and walked +down the side of the kraal where we had first taken our stand, calling +him by name. Now some fifteen paces back from the kraal wall stood a +very ancient tree of the banyan species. So ancient was it that all the +inside had in the course of ages decayed away, leaving nothing but a +shell of bark. + +'Alphonse,' I called, as I walked down the wall. 'Alphonse!' + +'Oui, monsieur,' answered a voice. 'Here am I.' + +I looked round but could see nobody. 'Where?' I cried. + +'Here am I, monsieur, in the tree.' + +I looked, and there, peering out of a hole in the trunk of the banyan +about five feet from the ground, I saw a pale face and a pair of large +mustachios, one clipped short and the other as lamentably out of curl +as the tail of a newly whipped pug. Then, for the first time, I realized +what I had suspected before--namely, that Alphonse was an arrant coward. +I walked up to him. 'Come out of that hole,' I said. + +'Is it finished, monsieur?' he asked anxiously; 'quite finished? Ah, the +horrors I have undergone, and the prayers I have uttered!' + +'Come out, you little wretch,' I said, for I did not feel amiable; 'it +is all over.' + +'So, monsieur, then my prayers have prevailed? I emerge,' and he did. + +As we were walking down together to join the others, who were gathered +in a group by the wide entrance to the kraal, which now resembled a +veritable charnel-house, a Masai, who had escaped so far and been hiding +under a bush, suddenly sprang up and charged furiously at us. Off went +Alphonse with a howl of terror, and after him flew the Masai, bent upon +doing some execution before he died. He soon overtook the poor little +Frenchman, and would have finished him then and there had I not, just +as Alphonse made a last agonized double in the vain hope of avoiding the +yard of steel that was flashing in his immediate rear, managed to plant +a bullet between the Elmoran's broad shoulders, which brought matters +to a satisfactory conclusion so far as the Frenchman was concerned. But +just then he tripped and fell flat, and the body of the Masai fell right +on the top of him, moving convulsively in the death struggle. Thereupon +there arose such a series of piercing howls that I concluded that before +he died the savage must have managed to stab poor Alphonse. I ran up +in a hurry and pulled the Masai off, and there beneath him lay Alphonse +covered with blood and jerking himself about like a galvanized frog. +Poor fellow! thought I, he is done for, and kneeling down by him I began +to search for his wound as well as his struggles would allow. + +'Oh, the hole in my back!' he yelled. 'I am murdered. I am dead. Oh, +Annette!' + +I searched again, but could see no wound. Then the truth dawned on +me--the man was frightened, not hurt. + +'Get up!' I shouted, 'Get up. Aren't you ashamed of yourself? You are +not touched.' + +Thereupon he rose, not a penny the worse. 'But, monsieur, I thought I +was,' he said apologetically; 'I did not know that I had conquered.' +Then, giving the body of the Masai a kick, he ejaculated triumphantly, +'Ah, dog of a black savage, thou art dead; what victory!' + +Thoroughly disgusted, I left Alphonse to look after himself, which he +did by following me like a shadow, and proceeded to join the others by +the large entrance. The first thing that I saw was Mackenzie, seated on +a stone with a handkerchief twisted round his thigh, from which he was +bleeding freely, having, indeed, received a spear-thrust that passed +right through it, and still holding in his hand his favourite carving +knife now bent nearly double, from which I gathered that he had been +successful in his rough and tumble with the Elmoran. + +'Ah, Quatermain!' he sang out in a trembling, excited voice, 'so we have +conquered; but it is a sorry sight, a sorry sight;' and then breaking +into broad Scotch and glancing at the bent knife in his hand, 'It fashes +me sair to have bent my best carver on the breastbone of a savage,' and +he laughed hysterically. Poor fellow, what between his wound and the +killing excitement he had undergone his nerves were much shaken, and +no wonder! It is hard upon a man of peace and kindly heart to be called +upon to join in such a gruesome business. But there, fate puts us +sometimes into very comical positions! + +At the kraal entrance the scene was a strange one. The slaughter was +over by now, and the wounded men had been put out of their pain, for no +quarter had been given. The bush-closed entrance was trampled flat, and +in place of bushes it was filled with the bodies of dead men. Dead men, +everywhere dead men--they lay about in knots, they were flung by ones +and twos in every position upon the open spaces, for all the world like +the people on the grass in one of the London parks on a particularly hot +Sunday in August. In front of this entrance, on a space which had been +cleared of dead and of the shields and spears which were scattered in +all directions as they had fallen or been thrown from the hands of their +owners, stood and lay the survivors of the awful struggle, and at their +feet were four wounded men. We had gone into the fight thirty strong, +and of the thirty but fifteen remained alive, and five of them +(including Mr Mackenzie) were wounded, two mortally. Of those who held +the entrance, Curtis and the Zulu alone remained. Good had lost five men +killed, I had lost two killed, and Mackenzie no less than five out of +the six with him. As for the survivors they were, with the exception of +myself who had never come to close quarters, red from head to foot--Sir +Henry's armour might have been painted that colour--and utterly +exhausted, except Umslopogaas, who, as he grimly stood on a little +mound above a heap of dead, leaning as usual upon his axe, did not seem +particularly distressed, although the skin over the hole in his head +palpitated violently. + +'Ah, Macumazahn!' he said to me as I limped up, feeling very sick, 'I +told thee that it would be a good fight, and it has. Never have I seen a +better, or one more bravely fought. As for this iron shirt, surely it is +"tagati" [bewitched]; nothing could pierce it. Had it not been for the +garment I should have been _there_,' and he nodded towards the great +pile of dead men beneath him. + +'I give it thee; thou art a brave man,' said Sir Henry, briefly. + +'Koos!' answered the Zulu, deeply pleased both at the gift and the +compliment. 'Thou, too, Incubu, didst bear thyself as a man, but I must +give thee some lessons with the axe; thou dost waste thy strength.' + +Just then Mackenzie asked about Flossie, and we were all greatly +relieved when one of the men said he had seen her flying towards the +house with the nurse. Then bearing such of the wounded as could be moved +at the moment with us, we slowly made our way towards the Mission-house, +spent with toil and bloodshed, but with the glorious sense of victory +against overwhelming odds glowing in our hearts. We had saved the life +of the little maid, and taught the Masai of those parts a lesson that +they will not forget for ten years--but at what a cost! + +Painfully we made our way up the hill which, just a little more than an +hour before, we had descended under such different circumstances. At the +gate of the wall stood Mrs Mackenzie waiting for us. When her eyes fell +upon us, however, she shrieked out, and covered her face with her +hands, crying, 'Horrible, horrible!' Nor were her fears allayed when she +discovered her worthy husband being borne upon an improvized stretcher; +but her doubts as to the nature of his injury were soon set at rest. +Then when in a few brief words I had told her the upshot of the struggle +(of which Flossie, who had arrived in safety, had been able to explain +something) she came up to me and solemnly kissed me on the forehead. + +'God bless you all, Mr Quatermain; you have saved my child's life,' she +said simply. + +Then we went in and got our clothes off and doctored our wounds; I am +glad to say I had none, and Sir Henry's and Good's were, thanks to those +invaluable chain shirts, of a comparatively harmless nature, and to be +dealt with by means of a few stitches and sticking-plaster. Mackenzie's, +however, were serious, though fortunately the spear had not severed any +large artery. After that we had a bath, and what a luxury it was! And +having clad ourselves in ordinary clothes, proceeded to the dining-room, +where breakfast was set as usual. It was curious sitting down there, +drinking tea and eating toast in an ordinary nineteenth-century sort +of way just as though we had not employed the early hours in a regular +primitive hand-to-hand Middle-Ages kind of struggle. As Good said, +the whole thing seemed more as though one had had a bad nightmare just +before being called, than as a deed done. When we were finishing our +breakfast the door opened, and in came little Flossie, very pale +and tottery, but quite unhurt. She kissed us all and thanked us. I +congratulated her on the presence of mind she had shown in shooting the +Masai with her Derringer pistol, and thereby saving her own life. + +'Oh, don't talk of it!' she said, beginning to cry hysterically; 'I +shall never forget his face as he went turning round and round, never--I +can see it now.' + +I advised her to go to bed and get some sleep, which she did, and awoke +in the evening quite recovered, so far as her strength was concerned. It +struck me as an odd thing that a girl who could find the nerve to shoot +a huge black ruffian rushing to kill her with a spear should have been +so affected at the thought of it afterwards; but it is, after all, +characteristic of the sex. Poor Flossie! I fear that her nerves will not +get over that night in the Masai camp for many a long year. She told +me afterwards that it was the suspense that was so awful, having to sit +there hour after hour through the livelong night utterly ignorant as to +whether or not any attempt was to be made to rescue her. She said that +on the whole she did not expect it, knowing how few of us, and how many +of the Masai--who, by the way, came continually to stare at her, most of +them never having seen a white person before, and handled her arms and +hair with their filthy paws. She said also that she had made up her mind +that if she saw no signs of succour by the time the first rays of the +rising sun reached the kraal she would kill herself with the pistol, for +the nurse had heard the Lygonani say that they were to be tortured to +death as soon as the sun was up if one of the white men did not come in +their place. It was an awful resolution to have to take, but she meant +to act on it, and I have little doubt but what she would have done so. +Although she was at an age when in England girls are in the schoolroom +and come down to dessert, this 'child of the wilderness' had more +courage, discretion, and power of mind than many a woman of mature +age nurtured in idleness and luxury, with minds carefully drilled and +educated out of any originality or self-resource that nature may have +endowed them with. + +When breakfast was over we all turned in and had a good sleep, only +getting up in time for dinner; after which meal we once more adjourned, +together with all the available population--men, women, youths, and +girls--to the scene of the morning's slaughter, our object being to bury +our own dead and get rid of the Masai by flinging them into the Tana +River, which ran within fifty yards of the kraal. On reaching the spot +we disturbed thousands upon thousands of vultures and a sort of brown +bush eagle, which had been flocking to the feast from miles and +miles away. Often have I watched these great and repulsive birds, and +marvelled at the extraordinary speed with which they arrive on a scene +of slaughter. A buck falls to your rifle, and within a minute high in +the blue ether appears a speck that gradually grows into a vulture, then +another, and another. I have heard many theories advanced to account for +the wonderful power of perception nature has given these birds. My own, +founded on a good deal of observation, is that the vultures, gifted +as they are with powers of sight greater than those given by the most +powerful glass, quarter out the heavens among themselves, and hanging +in mid-air at a vast height--probably from two to three miles above the +earth--keep watch, each of them, over an enormous stretch of country. +Presently one of them spies food, and instantly begins to sink towards +it. Thereon his next neighbour in the airy heights sailing leisurely +through the blue gulf, at a distance perhaps of some miles, follows his +example, knowing that food has been sighted. Down he goes, and all the +vultures within sight of him follow after, and so do all those in sight +of them. In this way the vultures for twenty miles round can be summoned +to the feast in a few minutes. + +We buried our dead in solemn silence, Good being selected to read the +Burial Service over them (in the absence of Mr Mackenzie, confined to +bed), as he was generally allowed to possess the best voice and most +impressive manner. It was melancholy in the extreme, but, as Good said, +it might have been worse, for we might have had 'to bury ourselves'. I +pointed out that this would have been a difficult feat, but I knew what +he meant. + +Next we set to work to load an ox-wagon which had been brought round +from the Mission with the dead bodies of the Masai, having first +collected the spears, shields, and other arms. We loaded the wagon five +times, about fifty bodies to the load, and emptied it into the Tana. +From this it was evident that very few of the Masai could have escaped. +The crocodiles must have been well fed that night. One of the last +bodies we picked up was that of the sentry at the upper end. I asked +Good how he managed to kill him, and he told me that he had crept up +much as Umslopogaas had done, and stabbed him with his sword. He groaned +a good deal, but fortunately nobody heard him. As Good said, it was a +horrible thing to have to do, and most unpleasantly like cold-blooded +murder. + +And so with the last body that floated away down the current of the +Tana ended the incident of our attack on the Masai camp. The spears and +shields and other arms we took up to the Mission, where they filled an +outhouse. One incident, however, I must not forget to mention. As we +were returning from performing the obsequies of our Masai friends +we passed the hollow tree where Alphonse had secreted himself in +the morning. It so happened that the little man himself was with us +assisting in our unpleasant task with a far better will than he had +shown where live Masai were concerned. Indeed, for each body that he +handled he found an appropriate sarcasm. Alphonse throwing Masai into +the Tana was a very different creature from Alphonse flying for dear +life from the spear of a live Masai. He was quite merry and gay, he +clapped his hands and warbled snatches of French songs as the grim dead +warriors went 'splash' into the running waters to carry a message of +death and defiance to their kindred a hundred miles below. In short, +thinking that he wanted taking down a peg, I suggested holding a +court-martial on him for his conduct in the morning. + +Accordingly we brought him to the tree where he had hidden, and +proceeded to sit in judgment on him, Sir Henry explaining to him in the +very best French the unheard-of cowardice and enormity of his conduct, +more especially in letting the oiled rag out of his mouth, whereby he +nearly aroused the Masai camp with teeth-chattering and brought about +the failure of our plans: ending up with a request for an explanation. + +But if we expected to find Alphonse at a loss and put him to open shame +we were destined to be disappointed. He bowed and scraped and smiled, +and acknowledged that his conduct might at first blush appear strange, +but really it was not, inasmuch as his teeth were not chattering from +fear--oh, dear no! oh, certainly not! he marvelled how the 'messieurs' +could think of such a thing--but from the chill air of the morning. As +for the rag, if monsieur could have but tasted its evil flavour, being +compounded indeed of a mixture of stale paraffin oil, grease, and +gunpowder, monsieur himself would have spat it out. But he did nothing +of the sort; he determined to keep it there till, alas! his stomach +'revolted', and the rag was ejected in an access of involuntary +sickness. + +'And what have you to say about getting into the hollow tree?' asked Sir +Henry, keeping his countenance with difficulty. + +'But, monsieur, the explanation is easy; oh, most easy! it was thus: I +stood there by the kraal wall, and the little grey monsieur hit me in +the stomach so that my rifle exploded, and the battle began. I watched +whilst recovering myself from monsieur's cruel blow; then, messieurs, I +felt the heroic blood of my grandfather boil up in my veins. The sight +made me mad. I ground my teeth! Fire flashed from my eyes! I shouted +"En avant!" and longed to slay. Before my eyes there rose a vision of +my heroic grandfather! In short, I was mad! I was a warrior indeed! +But then in my heart I heard a small voice: "Alphonse," said the voice, +"restrain thyself, Alphonse! Give not way to this evil passion! These +men, though black, are brothers! And thou wouldst slay them? Cruel +Alphonse!" The voice was right. I knew it; I was about to perpetrate the +most horrible cruelties: to wound! to massacre! to tear limb from limb! +And how restrain myself? I looked round; I saw the tree, I perceived the +hole. "Entomb thyself," said the voice, "and hold on tight! Thou wilt +thus overcome temptation by main force!" It was bitter, just when the +blood of my heroic grandfather boiled most fiercely; but I obeyed! I +dragged my unwilling feet along; I entombed myself! Through the hole I +watched the battle! I shouted curses and defiance on the foe! I noted +them fall with satisfaction! Why not? I had not robbed them of their +lives. Their gore was not upon my head. The blood of my heroic--' + +'Oh, get along with you, you little cur!' broke out Sir Henry, with a +shout of laughter, and giving Alphonse a good kick which sent him flying +off with a rueful face. + +In the evening I had an interview with Mr Mackenzie, who was suffering +a good deal from his wounds, which Good, who was a skilful though +unqualified doctor, was treating him for. He told me that this +occurrence had taught him a lesson, and that, if he recovered safely, he +meant to hand over the Mission to a younger man, who was already on his +road to join him in his work, and return to England. + +'You see, Quatermain,' he said, 'I made up my mind to it, this very +morning, when we were creeping down those benighted savages. "If we live +through this and rescue Flossie alive," I said to myself, "I will go +home to England; I have had enough of savages." Well, I did not think +that we should live through it at the time; but thanks be to God and you +four, we have lived through it, and I mean to stick to my resolution, +lest a worse thing befall us. Another such time would kill my poor wife. +And besides, Quatermain, between you and me, I am well off; it is thirty +thousand pounds I am worth today, and every farthing of it made by +honest trade and savings in the bank at Zanzibar, for living here costs +me next to nothing. So though it will be hard to leave this place, which +I have made to blossom like a rose in the wilderness, and harder still +to leave the people I have taught, I shall go.' + +'I congratulate you on your decision,' answered I, 'for two reasons. +The first is, that you owe a duty to your wife and daughter, and more +especially to the latter, who should receive some education and mix with +girls of her own race, otherwise she will grow up wild, shunning her +kind. The other is, that as sure as I am standing here, sooner or later +the Masai will try to avenge the slaughter inflicted on them today. Two +or three men are sure to have escaped the confusion who will carry +the story back to their people, and the result will be that a great +expedition will one day be sent against you. It might be delayed for +a year, but sooner or later it will come. Therefore, if only for that +reason, I should go. When once they have learnt that you are no longer +here they may perhaps leave the place alone.' {Endnote 8} + +'You are quite right,' answered the clergyman. 'I will turn my back upon +this place in a month. But it will be a wrench, it will be a wrench.' + + + + +CHAPTER IX INTO THE UNKNOWN + + + +A week had passed, and we all sat at supper one night in the Mission +dining-room, feeling very much depressed in spirits, for the reason that +we were going to say goodbye to our kind friends, the Mackenzies, and +depart upon our way at dawn on the morrow. Nothing more had been seen +or heard of the Masai, and save for a spear or two which had been +overlooked and was rusting in the grass, and a few empty cartridges +where we had stood outside the wall, it would have been difficult to +tell that the old cattle kraal at the foot of the slope had been the +scene of so desperate a struggle. Mackenzie was, thanks chiefly to his +being so temperate a man, rapidly recovering from his wound, and could +get about on a pair of crutches; and as for the other wounded men, one +had died of gangrene, and the rest were in a fair way to recovery. Mr +Mackenzie's caravan of men had also returned from the coast, so that the +station was now amply garrisoned. + +Under these circumstances we concluded, warm and pressing as were the +invitations for us to stay, that it was time to move on, first to Mount +Kenia, and thence into the unknown in search of the mysterious white +race which we had set our hearts on discovering. This time we were going +to progress by means of the humble but useful donkey, of which we had +collected no less than a dozen, to carry our goods and chattels, and, if +necessary, ourselves. We had now but two Wakwafis left for servants, and +found it quite impossible to get other natives to venture with us into +the unknown parts we proposed to explore--and small blame to them. +After all, as Mr Mackenzie said, it was odd that three men, each of +whom possessed many of those things that are supposed to make life worth +living--health, sufficient means, and position, etc.--should from their +own pleasure start out upon a wild-goose chase, from which the chances +were they never would return. But then that is what Englishmen are, +adventurers to the backbone; and all our magnificent muster-roll of +colonies, each of which will in time become a great nation, testify to +the extraordinary value of the spirit of adventure which at first sight +looks like a mild form of lunacy. 'Adventurer'--he that goes out to meet +whatever may come. Well, that is what we all do in the world one way or +another, and, speaking for myself, I am proud of the title, because it +implies a brave heart and a trust in Providence. Besides, when many and +many a noted Croesus, at whose feet the people worship, and many and +many a time-serving and word-coining politician are forgotten, the names +of those grand-hearted old adventurers who have made England what she +is, will be remembered and taught with love and pride to little children +whose unshaped spirits yet slumber in the womb of centuries to be. Not +that we three can expect to be numbered with such as these, yet have we +done something--enough, perhaps, to throw a garment over the nakedness +of our folly. + +That evening, whilst we were sitting on the veranda, smoking a pipe +before turning in, who should come up to us but Alphonse, and, with a +magnificent bow, announce his wish for an interview. Being requested to +'fire away', he explained at some length that he was anxious to attach +himself to our party--a statement that astonished me not a little, +knowing what a coward the little man was. The reason, however, soon +appeared. Mr Mackenzie was going down to the coast, and thence on to +England. Now, if he went down country, Alphonse was persuaded that he +would be seized, extradited, sent to France, and to penal servitude. +This was the idea that haunted him, as King Charles's head haunted Mr +Dick, and he brooded over it till his imagination exaggerated the danger +ten times. As a matter of fact, the probability is that his offence +against the laws of his country had long ago been forgotten, and that +he would have been allowed to pass unmolested anywhere except in France; +but he could not be got to see this. Constitutional coward as the little +man was, he infinitely preferred to face the certain hardships and great +risks and dangers of such an expedition as ours, than to expose himself, +notwithstanding his intense longing for his native land, to the +possible scrutiny of a police officer--which is after all only another +exemplification of the truth that, to the majority of men, a far-off +foreseen danger, however shadowy, is much more terrible than the most +serious present emergency. After listening to what he had to say, we +consulted among ourselves, and finally agreed, with Mr Mackenzie's +knowledge and consent, to accept his offer. To begin with, we were very +short-handed, and Alphonse was a quick, active fellow, who could turn +his hand to anything, and cook--ah, he _could_ cook! I believe that +he would have made a palatable dish of those gaiters of his heroic +grandfather which he was so fond of talking about. Then he was a +good-tempered little man, and merry as a monkey, whilst his pompous, +vainglorious talk was a source of infinite amusement to us; and what is +more, he never bore malice. Of course, his being so pronounced a coward +was a great drawback to him, but now that we knew his weakness we could +more or less guard against it. So, after warning him of the undoubted +risks he was exposing himself to, we told him that we would accept +his offer on condition that he would promise implicit obedience to our +orders. We also promised to give him wages at the rate of ten pounds a +month should he ever return to a civilized country to receive them. To +all of this he agreed with alacrity, and retired to write a letter +to his Annette, which Mr Mackenzie promised to post when he got down +country. He read it to us afterwards, Sir Henry translating, and a +wonderful composition it was. I am sure the depth of his devotion and +the narration of his sufferings in a barbarous country, 'far, far from +thee, Annette, for whose adored sake I endure such sorrow,' ought to +have touched the feelings of the stoniest-hearted chambermaid. + +Well, the morrow came, and by seven o'clock the donkeys were all loaded, +and the time of parting was at hand. It was a melancholy business, +especially saying goodbye to dear little Flossie. She and I were great +friends, and often used to have talks together--but her nerves had never +got over the shock of that awful night when she lay in the power of +those bloodthirsty Masai. 'Oh, Mr Quatermain,' she cried, throwing her +arms round my neck and bursting into tears, 'I can't bear to say goodbye +to you. I wonder when we shall meet again?' + +'I don't know, my dear little girl,' I said, 'I am at one end of life +and you are at the other. I have but a short time before me at best, and +most things lie in the past, but I hope that for you there are many long +and happy years, and everything lies in the future. By-and-by you will +grow into a beautiful woman, Flossie, and all this wild life will be +like a far-off dream to you; but I hope, even if we never do meet again, +that you will think of your old friend and remember what I say to you +now. Always try to be good, my dear, and to do what is right, rather +than what happens to be pleasant, for in the end, whatever sneering +people may say, what is good and what is happy are the same. Be +unselfish, and whenever you can, give a helping hand to others--for the +world is full of suffering, my dear, and to alleviate it is the noblest +end that we can set before us. If you do that you will become a sweet +and God-fearing woman, and make many people's lives a little brighter, +and then you will not have lived, as so many of your sex do, in vain. +And now I have given you a lot of old-fashioned advice, and so I am +going to give you something to sweeten it with. You see this little +piece of paper. It is what is called a cheque. When we are gone give it +to your father with this note--not before, mind. You will marry one day, +my dear little Flossie, and it is to buy you a wedding present which +you are to wear, and your daughter after you, if you have one, in +remembrance of Hunter Quatermain.' + +Poor little Flossie cried very much, and gave me a lock of her bright +hair in return, which I still have. The cheque I gave her was for a +thousand pounds (which being now well off, and having no calls upon +me except those of charity, I could well afford), and in the note I +directed her father to invest it for her in Government security, and +when she married or came of age to buy her the best diamond necklace +he could get for the money and accumulated interest. I chose diamonds +because I think that now that King Solomon's Mines are lost to the +world, their price will never be much lower than it is at present, so +that if in after-life she should ever be in pecuniary difficulties, she +will be able to turn them into money. + +Well, at last we got off, after much hand-shaking, hat-waving, and also +farewell saluting from the natives, Alphonse weeping copiously (for he +has a warm heart) at parting with his master and mistress; and I was +not sorry for it at all, for I hate those goodbyes. Perhaps the most +affecting thing of all was to witness Umslopogaas' distress at parting +with Flossie, for whom the grim old warrior had conceived a strong +affection. He used to say that she was as sweet to see as the only star +on a dark night, and was never tired of loudly congratulating himself +on having killed the Lygonani who had threatened to murder her. And that +was the last we saw of the pleasant Mission-house--a true oasis in +the desert--and of European civilization. But I often think of the +Mackenzies, and wonder how they got down country, and if they are now +safe and well in England, and will ever see these words. Dear little +Flossie! I wonder how she fares there where there are no black folk to +do her imperious bidding, and no sky-piercing snow-clad Kenia for her to +look at when she gets up in the morning. And so goodbye to Flossie. + +After leaving the Mission-house we made our way, comparatively +unmolested, past the base of Mount Kenia, which the Masai call 'Donyo +Egere', or the 'speckled mountain', on account of the black patches +of rock that appear upon its mighty spire, where the sides are too +precipitous to allow of the snow lying on them; then on past the +lonely lake Baringo, where one of our two remaining Askari, having +unfortunately trodden on a puff-adder, died of snake-bite, in spite of +all our efforts to save him. Thence we proceeded a distance of about a +hundred and fifty miles to another magnificent snow-clad mountain called +Lekakisera, which has never, to the best of my belief, been visited +before by a European, but which I cannot now stop to describe. There +we rested a fortnight, and then started out into the trackless and +uninhabited forest of a vast district called Elgumi. In this forest +alone there are more elephants than I ever met with or heard of before. +The mighty mammals literally swarm there entirely unmolested by man, and +only kept down by the natural law that prevents any animals increasing +beyond the capacity of the country they inhabit to support them. +Needless to say, however, we did not shoot many of them, first because +we could not afford to waste ammunition, of which our stock was getting +perilously low, a donkey loaded with it having been swept away in +fording a flooded river; and secondly, because we could not carry away +the ivory, and did not wish to kill for the mere sake of slaughter. So +we let the great beasts be, only shooting one or two in self-protection. +In this district, the elephants, being unacquainted with the hunter and +his tender mercies, would allow one to walk up to within twenty yards of +them in the open, while they stood, with their great ears cocked for all +the world like puzzled and gigantic puppy-dogs, and stared at that new +and extraordinary phenomenon--man. Occasionally, when the inspection did +not prove satisfactory, the staring ended in a trumpet and a charge, +but this did not often happen. When it did we had to use our rifles. +Nor were elephants the only wild beasts in the great Elgumi forest. All +sorts of large game abounded, including lions--confound them! I have +always hated the sight of a lion since one bit my leg and lamed me for +life. As a consequence, another thing that abounded was the dreadful +tsetse fly, whose bite is death to domestic animals. Donkeys have, +together with men, hitherto been supposed to enjoy a peculiar immunity +from its attacks; but all I have to say, whether it was on account +of their poor condition, or because the tsetse in those parts is +more poisonous than usual, I do not know, but ours succumbed to its +onslaught. Fortunately, however, that was not till two months or so +after the bites had been inflicted, when suddenly, after a two days' +cold rain, they all died, and on removing the skins of several of them I +found the long yellow streaks upon the flesh which are characteristic of +death from bites from the tsetse, marking the spot where the insect had +inserted his proboscis. On emerging from the great Elgumi forest, +we, still steering northwards, in accordance with the information Mr +Mackenzie had collected from the unfortunate wanderer who reached him +only to die so tragically, struck the base in due course of the large +lake, called Laga by the natives, which is about fifty miles long by +twenty broad, and of which, it may be remembered, he made mention. +Thence we pushed on nearly a month's journey over great rolling uplands, +something like those in the Transvaal, but diversified by patches of +bush country. + +All this time we were continually ascending at the rate of about one +hundred feet every ten miles. Indeed the country was on a slope which +appeared to terminate at a mass of snow-tipped mountains, for which we +were steering, and where we learnt the second lake of which the wanderer +had spoken as the lake without a bottom was situated. At length we +arrived there, and, having ascertained that there _was_ a large lake on +top of the mountains, ascended three thousand feet more till we came to +a precipitous cliff or edge, to find a great sheet of water some +twenty miles square lying fifteen hundred feet below us, and evidently +occupying an extinct volcanic crater or craters of vast extent. +Perceiving villages on the border of this lake, we descended with +great difficulty through forests of pine trees, which now clothed the +precipitous sides of the crater, and were well received by the people, a +simple, unwarlike folk, who had never seen or even heard of a white man +before, and treated us with great reverence and kindness, supplying us +with as much food and milk as we could eat and drink. This wonderful +and beautiful lake lay, according to our aneroid, at a height of no less +than 11,450 feet above sea-level, and its climate was quite cold, and +not at all unlike that of England. Indeed, for the first three days of +our stay there we saw little or nothing of the scenery on account of an +unmistakable Scotch mist which prevailed. It was this rain that set the +tsetse poison working in our remaining donkeys, so that they all died. + +This disaster left us in a very awkward position, as we had now no +means of transport whatever, though on the other hand we had not much to +carry. Ammunition, too, was very short, amounting to but one hundred and +fifty rounds of rifle cartridges and some fifty shot-gun cartridges. +How to get on we did not know; indeed it seemed to us that we had about +reached the end of our tether. Even if we had been inclined to abandon +the object of our search, which, shadow as it was, was by no means the +case, it was ridiculous to think of forcing our way back some seven +hundred miles to the coast in our present plight; so we came to the +conclusion that the only thing to be done was to stop where we were--the +natives being so well disposed and food plentiful--for the present, and +abide events, and try to collect information as to the countries beyond. + +Accordingly, having purchased a capital log canoe, large enough to hold +us all and our baggage, from the headman of the village we were staying +in, presenting him with three empty cold-drawn brass cartridges by way +of payment, with which he was perfectly delighted, we set out to make +a tour of the lake in order to find the most favourable place to make a +camp. As we did not know if we should return to this village, we put all +our gear into the canoe, and also a quarter of cooked water-buck, which +when young is delicious eating, and off we set, natives having already +gone before us in light canoes to warn the inhabitants of the other +villages of our approach. + +As we were puddling leisurely along Good remarked upon the extraordinary +deep blue colour of the water, and said that he understood from the +natives, who were great fishermen--fish, indeed, being their principal +food--that the lake was supposed to be wonderfully deep, and to have +a hole at the bottom through which the water escaped and put out some +great fire that was raging below. + +I pointed out to him that what he had heard was probably a legend +arising from a tradition among the people which dated back to the time +when one of the extinct parasitic volcanic cones was in activity. We saw +several round the borders of the lake which had no doubt been working +at a period long subsequent to the volcanic death of the central crater +which now formed the bed of the lake itself. When it finally became +extinct the people would imagine that the water from the lake had run +down and put out the big fire below, more especially as, though it was +constantly fed by streams running from the snow-tipped peaks about, +there was no visible exit to it. + +The farther shore of the lake we found, on approaching it, to consist +of a vast perpendicular wall of rock, which held the water without any +intermediate sloping bank, as elsewhere. Accordingly we paddled parallel +with this precipice, at a distance of about a hundred paces from it, +shaping our course for the end of the lake, where we knew that there was +a large village. + +As we went we began to pass a considerable accumulation of floating +rushes, weed, boughs of trees, and other rubbish, brought, Good +supposed, to this spot by some current, which he was much puzzled to +account for. Whilst we were speculating about this, Sir Henry pointed +out a flock of large white swans, which were feeding on the drift some +little way ahead of us. Now I had already noticed swans flying about +this lake, and, having never come across them before in Africa, was +exceedingly anxious to obtain a specimen. I had questioned the natives +about them, and learnt that they came from over the mountain, always +arriving at certain periods of the year in the early morning, when it +was very easy to catch them, on account of their exhausted condition. +I also asked them what country they came from, when they shrugged their +shoulders, and said that on the top of the great black precipice was +stony inhospitable land, and beyond that were mountains with snow, and +full of wild beasts, where no people lived, and beyond the mountains +were hundreds of miles of dense thorn forest, so thick that even the +elephants could not get through it, much less men. Next I asked them if +they had ever heard of white people like ourselves living on the farther +side of the mountains and the thorn forest, whereat they laughed. But +afterwards a very old woman came and told me that when she was a little +girl her grandfather had told her that in his youth _his_ grandfather +had crossed the desert and the mountains, and pierced the thorn forest, +and seen a white people who lived in stone kraals beyond. Of course, +as this took the tale back some two hundred and fifty years, the +information was very indefinite; but still there it was again, and on +thinking it over I grew firmly convinced that there was some truth in +all these rumours, and equally firmly determined to solve the mystery. +Little did I guess in what an almost miraculous way my desire was to be +gratified. + +Well, we set to work to stalk the swans, which kept drawing, as they +fed, nearer and nearer to the precipice, and at last we pushed the canoe +under shelter of a patch of drift within forty yards of them. Sir Henry +had the shot-gun, loaded with No. 1, and, waiting for a chance, got two +in a line, and, firing at their necks, killed them both. Up rose the +rest, thirty or more of them, with a mighty splashing; and, as they did +so, he gave them the other barrel. Down came one fellow with a broken +wing, and I saw the leg of another drop and a few feathers start out of +his back; but he went on quite strong. Up went the swans, circling ever +higher till at last they were mere specks level with the top of the +frowning precipice, when I saw them form into a triangle and head off +for the unknown north-east. Meanwhile we had picked up our two dead +ones, and beautiful birds they were, weighing not less than about thirty +pounds each, and were chasing the winged one, which had scrambled over +a mass of driftweed into a pool of clear water beyond. Finding a +difficulty in forcing the canoe through the rubbish, I told our only +remaining Wakwafi servant, whom I knew to be an excellent swimmer, to +jump over, dive under the drift, and catch him, knowing that as there +were no crocodiles in this lake he could come to no harm. Entering into +the fun of the thing, the man obeyed, and soon was dodging about after +the winged swan in fine style, getting gradually nearer to the rock +wall, against which the water washed as he did so. + +Presently he gave up swimming after the swan, and began to cry out +that he was being carried away; and, indeed, we saw that, though he was +swimming with all his strength towards us, he was being drawn slowly to +the precipice. With a few desperate strokes of our paddles we pushed the +canoe through the crust of drift and rowed towards the man as hard as we +could, but, fast as we went, he was drawn faster to the rock. Suddenly I +saw that before us, just rising eighteen inches or so above the surface +of the lake, was what looked like the top of the arch of a submerged +cave or railway tunnel. Evidently, from the watermark on the rock +several feet above it, it was generally entirely submerged; but there +had been a dry season, and the cold had prevented the snow from melting +as freely as usual; so the lake was low and the arch showed. Towards +this arch our poor servant was being sucked with frightful rapidity. He +was not more than ten fathoms from it, and we were about twenty when I +saw it, and with little help from us the canoe flew along after him. +He struggled bravely, and I thought that we should have saved him, when +suddenly I perceived an expression of despair come upon his face, and +there before our eyes he was sucked down into the cruel swirling blue +depths, and vanished. At the same moment I felt our canoe seized as with +a mighty hand, and propelled with resistless force towards the rock. + +We realized our danger now and rowed, or rather paddled, furiously in +our attempt to get out of the vortex. In vain; in another second we were +flying straight for the arch like an arrow, and I thought that we were +lost. Luckily I retained sufficient presence of mind to shout out, +instantly setting the example by throwing myself into the bottom of the +canoe, 'Down on your faces--down!' and the others had the sense to take +the hint. In another instant there was a grinding noise, and the boat +was pushed down till the water began to trickle over the sides, and I +thought that we were gone. But no, suddenly the grinding ceased, and we +could again feel the canoe flying along. I turned my head a little--I +dared not lift it--and looked up. By the feeble light that yet reached +the canoe, I could make out that a dense arch of rock hung just over our +heads, and that was all. In another minute I could not even see as much +as that, for the faint light had merged into shadow, and the shadows had +been swallowed up in darkness, utter and complete. + +For an hour or so we lay there, not daring to lift our heads for fear +lest the brains should be dashed out of them, and scarcely able to speak +even, on account of the noise of the rushing water which drowned our +voices. Not, indeed, that we had much inclination to speak, seeing that +we were overwhelmed by the awfulness of our position and the imminent +fear of instant death, either by being dashed against the sides of the +cavern, or on a rock, or being sucked down in the raging waters, or +perhaps asphyxiated by want of air. All of these and many other modes of +death presented themselves to my imagination as I lay at the bottom +of the canoe, listening to the swirl of the hurrying waters which ran +whither we knew not. One only other sound could I hear, and that was +Alphonse's intermittent howl of terror coming from the centre of the +canoe, and even that seemed faint and unnatural. Indeed, the whole thing +overpowered my brain, and I began to believe that I was the victim of +some ghastly spirit-shaking nightmare. + + + + +CHAPTER X THE ROSE OF FIRE + + + +On we flew, drawn by the mighty current, till at last I noticed that +the sound of the water was not half so deafening as it had been, and +concluded that this must be because there was more room for the echoes +to disperse in. I could now hear Alphonse's howls much more distinctly; +they were made up of the oddest mixture of invocations to the Supreme +Power and the name of his beloved Annette that it is possible to +conceive; and, in short, though their evident earnestness saved them +from profanity, were, to say the least, very remarkable. Taking up a +paddle I managed to drive it into his ribs, whereon he, thinking that +the end had come, howled louder than ever. Then I slowly and cautiously +raised myself on my knees and stretched my hand upwards, but could touch +no roof. Next I took the paddle and lifted it above my head as high as +I could, but with the same result. I also thrust it out laterally to the +right and left, but could touch nothing except water. Then I bethought +me that there was in the boat, amongst our other remaining possessions, +a bull's-eye lantern and a tin of oil. I groped about and found it, and +having a match on me carefully lit it, and as soon as the flame had got +a hold of the wick I turned it on down the boat. As it happened, the +first thing the light lit on was the white and scared face of Alphonse, +who, thinking that it was all over at last, and that he was witnessing +a preliminary celestial phenomenon, gave a terrific yell and was with +difficulty reassured with the paddle. As for the other three, Good was +lying on the flat of his back, his eyeglass still fixed in his eye, and +gazing blankly into the upper darkness. Sir Henry had his head resting +on the thwarts of the canoe, and with his hand was trying to test the +speed of the water. But when the beam of light fell upon old Umslopogaas +I could really have laughed. I think I have said that we had put a roast +quarter of water-buck into the canoe. Well, it so happened that when we +all prostrated ourselves to avoid being swept out of the boat and into +the water by the rock roof, Umslopogaas's head had come down uncommonly +near this roast buck, and so soon as he had recovered a little from +the first shock of our position it occurred to him that he was hungry. +Thereupon he coolly cut off a chop with Inkosi-kaas, and was now +employed in eating it with every appearance of satisfaction. As he +afterwards explained, he thought that he was going 'on a long journey', +and preferred to start on a full stomach. It reminded me of the people +who are going to be hanged, and who are generally reported in the +English daily papers to have made 'an excellent breakfast'. + +As soon as the others saw that I had managed to light the lamp, we +bundled Alphonse into the farther end of the canoe with a threat which +calmed him down wonderfully, that if he would insist upon making the +darkness hideous with his cries we would put him out of suspense by +sending him to join the Wakwafi and wait for Annette in another sphere, +and began to discuss the situation as well as we could. First, however, +at Good's suggestion, we bound two paddles mast-fashion in the bows so +that they might give us warning against any sudden lowering of the +roof of the cave or waterway. It was clear to us that we were in an +underground river or, as Alphonse defined it, 'main drain', which +carried off the superfluous waters of the lake. Such rivers are well +known to exist in many parts of the world, but it has not often been the +evil fortune of explorers to travel by them. That the river was wide we +could clearly see, for the light from the bull's-eye lantern failed to +reach from shore to shore, although occasionally, when the current swept +us either to one side or the other, we could distinguish the rock wall +of the tunnel, which, as far as we could make out, appeared to arch +about twenty-five feet above our heads. As for the current itself, it +ran, Good estimated, at least eight knots, and, fortunately for us, was, +as is usual, fiercest in the middle of the stream. Still, our first act +was to arrange that one of us, with the lantern and a pole there was in +the canoe, should always be in the bows ready, if possible, to prevent +us from being stove in against the side of the cave or any projecting +rock. Umslopogaas, having already dined, took the first turn. This was +absolutely, with one exception, all that we could do towards preserving +our safety. The exception was that another of us took up a position in +the stern with a paddle by means of which it was possible to steer the +canoe more or less and to keep her from the sides of the cave. These +matters attended to, we made a somewhat sparing meal off the cold buck's +meat (for we did not know how long it might have to last us), and then +feeling in rather better spirits I gave my opinion that, serious as +it undoubtedly was, I did not consider our position altogether without +hope, unless, indeed, the natives were right, and the river plunged +straight down into the bowels of the earth. If not, it was clear that it +must emerge somewhere, probably on the other side of the mountains, and +in that case all we had to think of was to keep ourselves alive till +we got there, wherever 'there' might be. But, of course, as Good +lugubriously pointed out, on the other hand we might fall victims to +a hundred unsuspected horrors--or the river might go on winding away +inside the earth till it dried up, in which case our fate would indeed +be an awful one. + +'Well, let us hope for the best and prepare ourselves for the worst,' +said Sir Henry, who is always cheerful and even spirited--a very tower +of strength in the time of trouble. 'We have come out of so many queer +scrapes together, that somehow I almost fancy we shall come out of +this,' he added. + +This was excellent advice, and we proceeded to take it each in our +separate way--that is, except Alphonse, who had by now sunk into a sort +of terrified stupor. Good was at the helm and Umslopogaas in the bows, +so there was nothing left for Sir Henry and myself to do except to lie +down in the canoe and think. It certainly was a curious, and indeed +almost a weird, position to be placed in--rushing along, as we were, +through the bowels of the earth, borne on the bosom of a Stygian river, +something after the fashion of souls being ferried by Charon, as Curtis +said. And how dark it was! The feeble ray from our little lamp did but +serve to show the darkness. There in the bows sat old Umslopogaas, like +Pleasure in the poem, {Endnote 9} watchful and untiring, the pole ready +to his hand, and behind in the shadow I could just make out the form +of Good peering forward at the ray of light in order to make out how +to steer with the paddle that he held and now and again dipped into the +water. + +'Well, well,' thought I, 'you have come in search of adventures, Allan +my boy, and you have certainly got them. At your time of life, too! You +ought to be ashamed of yourself; but somehow you are not, and, awful as +it all is, perhaps you will pull through after all; and if you don't, +why, you cannot help it, you see! And when all's said and done an +underground river will make a very appropriate burying-place.' + +At first, however, I am bound to say that the strain upon the nerves was +very great. It is trying to the coolest and most experienced person not +to know from one hour to another if he has five minutes more to live, +but there is nothing in this world that one cannot get accustomed to, +and in time we began to get accustomed even to that. And, after all, +our anxiety, though no doubt natural, was, strictly speaking, illogical, +seeing that we never know what is going to happen to us the next minute, +even when we sit in a well-drained house with two policemen patrolling +under the window--nor how long we have to live. It is all arranged for +us, my sons, so what is the use of bothering? + +It was nearly midday when we made our dive into darkness, and we had set +our watch (Good and Umslopogaas) at two, having agreed that it should +be of a duration of five hours. At seven o'clock, accordingly, Sir Henry +and I went on, Sir Henry at the bow and I at the stern, and the other +two lay down and went to sleep. For three hours all went well, Sir Henry +only finding it necessary once to push us off from the side; and I that +but little steering was required to keep us straight, as the violent +current did all that was needed, though occasionally the canoe showed +a tendency which had to be guarded against to veer and travel broadside +on. What struck me as the most curious thing about this wonderful river +was: how did the air keep fresh? It was muggy and thick, no doubt, +but still not sufficiently so to render it bad or even remarkably +unpleasant. The only explanation that I can suggest is that the water of +the lake had sufficient air in it to keep the atmosphere of the tunnel +from absolute stagnation, this air being given out as it proceeded on +its headlong way. Of course I only give the solution of the mystery for +what it is worth, which perhaps is not much. + +When I had been for three hours or so at the helm, I began to notice a +decided change in the temperature, which was getting warmer. At first I +took no notice of it, but when, at the expiration of another half-hour, +I found that it was getting hotter and hotter, I called to Sir Henry and +asked him if he noticed it, or if it was only my imagination. 'Noticed +it!' he answered; 'I should think so. I am in a sort of Turkish bath.' +Just about then the others woke up gasping, and were obliged to begin +to discard their clothes. Here Umslopogaas had the advantage, for he did +not wear any to speak of, except a moocha. + +Hotter it grew, and hotter yet, till at last we could scarcely breathe, +and the perspiration poured out of us. Half an hour more, and though we +were all now stark naked, we could hardly bear it. The place was like +an antechamber of the infernal regions proper. I dipped my hand into +the water and drew it out almost with a cry; it was nearly boiling. We +consulted a little thermometer we had--the mercury stood at 123 degrees. +From the surface of the water rose a dense cloud of steam. Alphonse +groaned out that we were already in purgatory, which indeed we were, +though not in the sense that he meant it. Sir Henry suggested that we +must be passing near the seat of some underground volcanic fire, and +I am inclined to think, especially in the light of what subsequently +occurred, that he was right. Our sufferings for some time after this +really pass my powers of description. We no longer perspired, for all +the perspiration had been sweated out of us. We simply lay in the +bottom of the boat, which we were now physically incapable of directing, +feeling like hot embers, and I fancy undergoing very much the same +sensations that the poor fish do when they are dying on land--namely, +that of slow suffocation. Our skins began to crack, and the blood to +throb in our heads like the beating of a steam-engine. + +This had been going on for some time, when suddenly the river turned +a little, and I heard Sir Henry call out from the bows in a hoarse, +startled voice, and, looking up, saw a most wonderful and awful thing. +About half a mile ahead of us, and a little to the left of the centre of +the stream--which we could now see was about ninety feet broad--a huge +pillar-like jet of almost white flame rose from the surface of the water +and sprang fifty feet into the air, when it struck the roof and spread +out some forty feet in diameter, falling back in curved sheets of fire +shaped like the petals of a full-blown rose. Indeed this awful gas jet +resembled nothing so much as a great flaming flower rising out of the +black water. Below was the straight stalk, a foot or more thick, and +above the dreadful bloom. And as for the fearfulness of it and its +fierce and awesome beauty, who can describe it? Certainly I cannot. +Although we were now some five hundred yards away, it, notwithstanding +the steam, lit up the whole cavern as clear as day, and we could see +that the roof was here about forty feet above us, and washed perfectly +smooth with water. The rock was black, and here and there I could make +out long shining lines of ore running through it like great veins, but +of what metal they were I know not. + +On we rushed towards this pillar of fire, which gleamed fiercer than any +furnace ever lit by man. + +'Keep the boat to the right, Quatermain--to the right,' shouted Sir +Henry, and a minute afterwards I saw him fall forward senseless. +Alphonse had already gone. Good was the next to go. There they lay as +though dead; only Umslopogaas and I kept our senses. We were within +fifty yards of it now, and I saw the Zulu's head fall forward on his +hands. He had gone too, and I was alone. I could not breathe; the fierce +heat dried me up. For yards and yards round the great rose of fire the +rock-roof was red-hot. The wood of the boat was almost burning. I saw +the feathers on one of the dead swans begin to twist and shrivel up; but +I would not give in. I knew that if I did we should pass within three or +four yards of the gas jet and perish miserably. I set the paddle so as +to turn the canoe as far from it as possible, and held on grimly. + +My eyes seemed to be bursting from my head, and through my closed lids I +could see the fierce light. We were nearly opposite now; it roared like +all the fires of hell, and the water boiled furiously around it. Five +seconds more. We were past; I heard the roar behind me. + +Then I too fell senseless. The next thing that I recollect is feeling +a breath of air upon my face. My eyes opened with great difficulty. I +looked up. Far, far above me there was light, though around me was great +gloom. Then I remembered and looked. The canoe still floated down the +river, and in the bottom of it lay the naked forms of my companions. +'Were they dead?' I wondered. 'Was I left alone in this awful place?' +I knew not. Next I became conscious of a burning thirst. I put my hand +over the edge of the boat into the water and drew it up again with a +cry. No wonder: nearly all the skin was burnt off the back of it. The +water, however, was cold, or nearly so, and I drank pints and splashed +myself all over. My body seemed to suck up the fluid as one may see a +brick wall suck up rain after a drought; but where I was burnt the touch +of it caused intense pain. Then I bethought myself of the others, and, +dragging myself towards them with difficulty, I sprinkled them with +water, and to my joy they began to recover--Umslopogaas first, then the +others. Next they drank, absorbing water like so many sponges. Then, +feeling chilly--a queer contrast to our recent sensations--we began as +best we could to get into our clothes. As we did so Good pointed to the +port side of the canoe: it was all blistered with heat, and in places +actually charred. Had it been built like our civilized boats, Good said +that the planks would certainly have warped and let in enough water to +sink us; but fortunately it was dug out of the soft, willowy wood of a +single great tree, and had sides nearly three inches and a bottom four +inches thick. What that awful flame was we never discovered, but I +suppose that there was at this spot a crack or hole in the bed of +the river through which a vast volume of gas forced its way from its +volcanic home in the bowels of the earth towards the upper air. How +it first became ignited is, of course, impossible to say--probably, I +should think, from some spontaneous explosion of mephitic gases. + +As soon as we had got some things together and shaken ourselves together +a little, we set to work to make out where we were now. I have said that +there was light above, and on examination we found that it came from the +sky. Our river that was, Sir Henry said, a literal realization of the +wild vision of the poet {Endnote 10}, was no longer underground, but +was running on its darksome way, not now through 'caverns measureless to +man', but between two frightful cliffs which cannot have been less than +two thousand feet high. So high were they, indeed, that though the sky +was above us, where we were was dense gloom--not darkness indeed, but +the gloom of a room closely shuttered in the daytime. Up on either side +rose the great straight cliffs, grim and forbidding, till the eye grew +dizzy with trying to measure their sheer height. The little space of +sky that marked where they ended lay like a thread of blue upon their +soaring blackness, which was unrelieved by any tree or creeper. Here +and there, however, grew ghostly patches of a long grey lichen, hanging +motionless to the rock as the white beard to the chin of a dead man. It +seemed as though only the dregs or heavier part of the light had sunk to +the bottom of this awful place. No bright-winged sunbeam could fall so +low: they died far, far above our heads. + +By the river's edge was a little shore formed of round fragments of rock +washed into this shape by the constant action of water, and giving the +place the appearance of being strewn with thousands of fossil cannon +balls. Evidently when the water of the underground river is high there +is no beach at all, or very little, between the border of the stream +and the precipitous cliffs; but now there was a space of seven or eight +yards. And here, on this beach, we determined to land, in order to rest +ourselves a little after all that we had gone through and to stretch our +limbs. It was a dreadful place, but it would give an hour's respite from +the terrors of the river, and also allow of our repacking and arranging +the canoe. Accordingly we selected what looked like a favourable spot, +and with some little difficulty managed to beach the canoe and scramble +out on to the round, inhospitable pebbles. + +'My word,' called out Good, who was on shore the first, 'what an awful +place! It's enough to give one a fit.' And he laughed. + +Instantly a thundering voice took up his words, magnifying them a +hundred times. '_Give one a fit--Ho! ho! ho!'--'A fit, Ho! ho! ho!_' +answered another voice in wild accents from far up the cliff--_a fit! a +fit! a fit!_ chimed in voice after voice--each flinging the words to +and fro with shouts of awful laughter to the invisible lips of the other +till the whole place echoed with the words and with shrieks of fiendish +merriment, which at last ceased as suddenly as they had begun. + +'Oh, mon Dieu!' yelled Alphonse, startled quite out of such self-command +as he possessed. + +'_Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!_' the Titanic echoes thundered, +shrieked, and wailed in every conceivable tone. + +'Ah,' said Umslopogaas calmly, 'I clearly perceive that devils live +here. Well, the place looks like it.' + +I tried to explain to him that the cause of all the hubbub was a very +remarkable and interesting echo, but he would not believe it. + +'Ah,' he said, 'I know an echo when I hear one. There was one lived +opposite my kraal in Zululand, and the Intombis [maidens] used to talk +with it. But if what we hear is a full-grown echo, mine at home can only +have been a baby. No, no--they are devils up there. But I don't think +much of them, though,' he added, taking a pinch of snuff. 'They can +copy what one says, but they don't seem to be able to talk on their +own account, and they dare not show their faces,' and he relapsed into +silence, and apparently paid no further attention to such contemptible +fiends. + +After this we found it necessary to keep our conversation down to a +whisper--for it was really unbearable to have every word one uttered +tossed to and fro like a tennis-ball, as precipice called to precipice. + +But even our whispers ran up the rocks in mysterious murmurs till at +last they died away in long-drawn sighs of sound. Echoes are delightful +and romantic things, but we had more than enough of them in that +dreadful gulf. + +As soon as we had settled ourselves a little on the round stones, we +went on to wash and dress our burns as well as we could. As we had but a +little oil for the lantern, we could not spare any for this purpose, +so we skinned one of the swans, and used the fat off its breast, which +proved an excellent substitute. Then we repacked the canoe, and finally +began to take some food, of which I need scarcely say we were in need, +for our insensibility had endured for many hours, and it was, as our +watches showed, midday. Accordingly we seated ourselves in a circle, and +were soon engaged in discussing our cold meat with such appetite as we +could muster, which, in my case at any rate, was not much, as I felt +sick and faint after my sufferings of the previous night, and had +besides a racking headache. It was a curious meal. The gloom was so +intense that we could scarcely see the way to cut our food and convey +it to our mouths. Still we got on pretty well, till I happened to look +behind me--my attention being attracted by a noise of something crawling +over the stones, and perceived sitting upon a rock in my immediate rear +a huge species of black freshwater crab, only it was five times the size +of any crab I ever saw. This hideous and loathsome-looking animal had +projecting eyes that seemed to glare at one, very long and flexible +antennae or feelers, and gigantic claws. Nor was I especially favoured +with its company. From every quarter dozens of these horrid brutes were +creeping up, drawn, I suppose, by the smell of the food, from between +the round stones and out of holes in the precipice. Some were already +quite close to us. I stared quite fascinated by the unusual sight, and +as I did so I saw one of the beasts stretch out its huge claw and give +the unsuspecting Good such a nip behind that he jumped up with a howl, +and set the 'wild echoes flying' in sober earnest. Just then, too, +another, a very large one, got hold of Alphonse's leg, and declined +to part with it, and, as may be imagined, a considerable scene ensued. +Umslopogaas took his axe and cracked the shell of one with the flat of +it, whereon it set up a horrid screaming which the echoes multiplied +a thousandfold, and began to foam at the mouth, a proceeding that drew +hundreds more of its friends out of unsuspected holes and corners. +Those on the spot perceiving that the animal was hurt fell upon it like +creditors on a bankrupt, and literally rent it limb from limb with their +huge pincers and devoured it, using their claws to convey the fragments +to their mouths. Seizing whatever weapons were handy, such as stones +or paddles, we commenced a war upon the monsters--whose numbers were +increasing by leaps and bounds, and whose stench was overpowering. +So fast as we cracked their armour others seized the injured ones and +devoured them, foaming at the mouth, and screaming as they did so. Nor +did the brutes stop at that. When they could they nipped hold of us--and +awful nips they were--or tried to steal the meat. One enormous fellow +got hold of the swan we had skinned and began to drag it off. Instantly +a score of others flung themselves upon the prey, and then began a +ghastly and disgusting scene. How the monsters foamed and screamed, and +rent the flesh, and each other! It was a sickening and unnatural sight, +and one that will haunt all who saw it till their dying day--enacted as +it was in the deep, oppressive gloom, and set to the unceasing music of +the many-toned nerve-shaking echoes. Strange as it may seem to say +so, there was something so shockingly human about these fiendish +creatures--it was as though all the most evil passions and desires of +man had got into the shell of a magnified crab and gone mad. They were +so dreadfully courageous and intelligent, and they looked as if they +_understood_. The whole scene might have furnished material for another +canto of Dante's 'Inferno', as Curtis said. + + +'I say, you fellows, let's get out of this or we shall all go off our +heads,' sung out Good; and we were not slow to take the hint. Pushing +the canoe, around which the animals were now crawling by hundreds and +making vain attempts to climb, off the rocks, we bundled into it and got +out into mid-stream, leaving behind us the fragments of our meal and the +screaming, foaming, stinking mass of monsters in full possession of the +ground. + +'Those are the devils of the place,' said Umslopogaas with the air of +one who has solved a problem, and upon my word I felt almost inclined to +agree with him. + +Umslopogaas' remarks were like his axe--very much to the point. + +'What's to be done next?' said Sir Henry blankly. + +'Drift, I suppose,' I answered, and we drifted accordingly. All the +afternoon and well into the evening we floated on in the gloom beneath +the far-off line of blue sky, scarcely knowing when day ended and night +began, for down in that vast gulf the difference was not marked, till +at length Good pointed out a star hanging right above us, which, having +nothing better to do, we observed with great interest. Suddenly it +vanished, the darkness became intense, and a familiar murmuring sound +filled the air. 'Underground again,' I said with a groan, holding up the +lamp. Yes, there was no doubt about it. I could just make out the roof. +The chasm had come to an end and the tunnel had recommenced. And then +there began another long, long night of danger and horror. To describe +all its incidents would be too wearisome, so I will simply say that +about midnight we struck on a flat projecting rock in mid-stream and +were as nearly as possible overturned and drowned. However, at last we +got off, and went upon the uneven tenor of our way. And so the hours +passed till it was nearly three o'clock. Sir Henry, Good, and Alphonse +were asleep, utterly worn out; Umslopogaas was at the bow with the pole, +and I was steering, when I perceived that the rate at which we +were travelling had perceptibly increased. Then, suddenly, I heard +Umslopogaas make an exclamation, and next second came a sound as of +parting branches, and I became aware that the canoe was being forced +through hanging bushes or creepers. Another minute, and the breath of +sweet open air fanned my face, and I felt that we had emerged from the +tunnel and were floating upon clear water. I say felt, for I could +see nothing, the darkness being absolutely pitchy, as it often is just +before the dawn. But even this could scarcely damp my joy. We were out +of that dreadful river, and wherever we might have got to this at least +was something to be thankful for. And so I sat down and inhaled the +sweet night air and waited for the dawn with such patience as I could +command. + + + + +CHAPTER XI THE FROWNING CITY + + + +For an hour or more I sat waiting (Umslopogaas having meanwhile gone to +sleep also) till at length the east turned grey, and huge misty shapes +moved over the surface of the water like ghosts of long-forgotten dawns. +They were the vapours rising from their watery bed to greet the sun. +Then the grey turned to primrose, and the primrose grew to red. Next, +glorious bars of light sprang up across the eastern sky, and through +them the radiant messengers of the dawn came speeding upon their arrowy +way, scattering the ghostly vapours and awaking the mountains with +a kiss, as they flew from range to range and longitude to longitude. +Another moment, and the golden gates were open and the sun himself +came forth as a bridegroom from his chamber, with pomp and glory and a +flashing as of ten million spears, and embraced the night and covered +her with brightness, and it was day. + +But as yet I could see nothing save the beautiful blue sky above, for +over the water was a thick layer of mist exactly as though the whole +surface had been covered with billows of cotton wool. By degrees, +however, the sun sucked up the mists, and then I saw that we were afloat +upon a glorious sheet of blue water of which I could not make out the +shore. Some eight or ten miles behind us, however, there stretched as +far as the eye could reach a range of precipitous hills that formed a +retaining wall of the lake, and I have no doubt but that it was through +some entrance in these hills that the subterranean river found its way +into the open water. Indeed, I afterwards ascertained this to be the +fact, and it will be some indication of the extraordinary strength and +directness of the current of the mysterious river that the canoe, even +at this distance, was still answering to it. Presently, too, I, +or rather Umslopogaas, who woke up just then, discovered another +indication, and a very unpleasant one it was. Perceiving some whitish +object upon the water, Umslopogaas called my attention to it, and with +a few strokes of the paddle brought the canoe to the spot, whereupon +we discovered that the object was the body of a man floating face +downwards. This was bad enough, but imagine my horror when Umslopogaas +having turned him on to his back with the paddle, we recognized in the +sunken features the lineaments of--whom do you suppose? None other than +our poor servant who had been sucked down two days before in the waters +of the subterranean river. It quite frightened me. I thought that we had +left him behind for ever, and behold! borne by the current, he had +made the awful journey with us, and with us had reached the end. His +appearance also was dreadful, for he bore traces of having touched the +pillar of fire--one arm being completely shrivelled up and all his hair +being burnt off. The features were, as I have said, sunken, and yet they +preserved upon them that awful look of despair that I had seen upon +his living face as the poor fellow was sucked down. Really the sight +unnerved me, weary and shaken as I felt with all that we had gone +through, and I was heartily glad when suddenly and without any warning +the body began to sink just as though it had had a mission, which having +been accomplished, it retired; the real reason no doubt being that +turning it on its back allowed a free passage to the gas. Down it went +to the transparent depths--fathom after fathom we could trace its course +till at last a long line of bright air-bubbles, swiftly chasing each +other to the surface, alone remained where it had passed. At length +these, too, were gone, and that was an end of our poor servant. +Umslopogaas thoughtfully watched the body vanish. + +'What did he follow us for?' he asked. ''Tis an ill omen for thee and +me, Macumazahn.' And he laughed. + +I turned on him angrily, for I dislike these unpleasant suggestions. +If people have such ideas, they ought in common decency to keep them +to themselves. I detest individuals who make on the subject of their +disagreeable presentiments, or who, when they dream that they saw one +hanged as a common felon, or some such horror, will insist upon telling +one all about it at breakfast, even if they have to get up early to do +it. + +Just then, however, the others woke up and began to rejoice exceedingly +at finding that we were out of that dreadful river and once more beneath +the blue sky. Then followed a babel of talk and suggestions as to what +we were to do next, the upshot of all of which was that, as we were +excessively hungry, and had nothing whatsoever left to eat except a few +scraps of biltong (dried game-flesh), having abandoned all that remained +of our provisions to those horrible freshwater crabs, we determined to +make for the shore. But a new difficulty arose. We did not know where +the shore was, and, with the exception of the cliffs through which the +subterranean river made its entry, could see nothing but a wide expanse +of sparkling blue water. Observing, however, that the long flights of +aquatic birds kept flying from our left, we concluded that they were +advancing from their feeding-grounds on shore to pass the day in the +lake, and accordingly headed the boat towards the quarter whence they +came, and began to paddle. Before long, however, a stiffish breeze +sprang up, blowing directly in the direction we wanted, so we improvized +a sail with a blanket and the pole, which took us along merrily. This +done, we devoured the remnants of our biltong, washed down with the +sweet lake water, and then lit our pipes and awaited whatever might turn +up. + +When we had been sailing for an hour, Good, who was searching the +horizon with the spy-glass, suddenly announced joyfully that he saw +land, and pointed out that, from the change in the colour of the water, +he thought we must be approaching the mouth of a river. In another +minute we perceived a great golden dome, not unlike that of St Paul's, +piercing the morning mists, and while we were wondering what in the +world it could be, Good reported another and still more important +discovery, namely, that a small sailing-boat was advancing towards us. +This bit of news, which we were very shortly able to verify with our +own eyes, threw us into a considerable flutter. That the natives of this +unknown lake should understand the art of sailing seemed to suggest that +they possessed some degree of civilization. In a few more minutes it +became evident that the occupant or occupants of the advancing boat +had made us out. For a moment or two she hung in the wind as though in +doubt, and then came tacking towards us with great swiftness. In ten +more minutes she was within a hundred yards, and we saw that she was a +neat little boat--not a canoe 'dug out', but built more or less in the +European fashion with planks, and carrying a singularly large sail for +her size. But our attention was soon diverted from the boat to her crew, +which consisted of a man and a woman, _nearly as white as ourselves_. + +We stared at each other in amazement, thinking that we must be mistaken; +but no, there was no doubt about it. They were not fair, but the two +people in the boat were decidedly of a white as distinguished from a +black race, as white, for instance, as Spaniards or Italians. It was a +patent fact. So it was true, after all; and, mysteriously led by a Power +beyond our own, we had discovered this wonderful people. I could have +shouted for joy when I thought of the glory and the wonder of the thing; +and as it was, we all shook hands and congratulated each other on the +unexpected success of our wild search. All my life had I heard rumours +of a white race that existed in the highlands of this vast continent, +and longed to put them to the proof, and now here I saw it with my own +eyes, and was dumbfounded. Truly, as Sir Henry said, the old Roman was +right when he wrote 'Ex Africa semper aliquid novi', which he tells me +means that out of Africa there always comes some new thing. + +The man in the boat was of a good but not particularly fine physique, +and possessed straight black hair, regular aquiline features, and an +intelligent face. He was dressed in a brown cloth garment, something +like a flannel shirt without the sleeves, and in an unmistakable kilt of +the same material. The legs and feet were bare. Round the right arm and +left leg he wore thick rings of yellow metal that I judged to be gold. +The woman had a sweet face, wild and shy, with large eyes and curling +brown hair. Her dress was made of the same material as the man's, and +consisted, as we afterwards discovered, first of a linen under-garment +that hung down to her knee, and then of a single long strip of cloth, +about four feet wide by fifteen long, which was wound round the body in +graceful folds and finally flung over the left shoulder so that the end, +which was dyed blue or purple or some other colour, according to the +social standing of the wearer, hung down in front, the right arm +and breast being, however, left quite bare. A more becoming dress, +especially when, as in the present case, the wearer was young and +pretty, it is quite impossible to conceive. Good (who has an eye for +such things) was greatly struck with it, and so indeed was I. It was so +simple and yet so effective. + +Meanwhile, if we had been astonished at the appearance of the man and +woman, it was clear that they were far more astonished at us. As for the +man, he appeared to be overcome with fear and wonder, and for a while +hovered round our canoe, but would not approach. At last, however, +he came within hailing distance, and called to us in a language that +sounded soft and pleasing enough, but of which we could not understand +one word. So we hailed back in English, French, Latin, Greek, German, +Zulu, Dutch, Sisutu, Kukuana, and a few other native dialects that I +am acquainted with, but our visitor did not understand any of these +tongues; indeed, they appeared to bewilder him. As for the lady, she +was busily employed in taking stock of us, and Good was returning the +compliment by staring at her hard through his eyeglass, a proceeding +that she seemed rather to enjoy than otherwise. At length, the man, +being unable to make anything of us, suddenly turned his boat round and +began to head off for the shore, his little boat skimming away before +the wind like a swallow. As she passed across our bows the man turned to +attend to the large sail, and Good promptly took the opportunity to kiss +his hand to the young lady. I was horrified at this proceeding, both on +general grounds and because I feared that she might take offence, but +to my delight she did not, for, first glancing round and seeing that her +husband, or brother, or whoever he was, was engaged, she promptly kissed +hers back. + +'Ah!' said I. 'It seems that we have at last found a language that the +people of this country understand.' + +'In which case,' said Sir Henry, 'Good will prove an invaluable +interpreter.' + +I frowned, for I do not approve of Good's frivolities, and he knows +it, and I turned the conversation to more serious subjects. 'It is very +clear to me,' I said, 'that the man will be back before long with a host +of his fellows, so we had best make up our minds as to how we are going +to receive them.' + +'The question is how will they receive us?' said Sir Henry. + +As for Good he made no remark, but began to extract a small square tin +case that had accompanied us in all our wanderings from under a pile of +baggage. Now we had often remonstrated with Good about this tin case, +inasmuch as it had been an awkward thing to carry, and he had never +given any very explicit account as to its contents; but he had insisted +on keeping it, saying mysteriously that it might come in very useful one +day. + +'What on earth are you going to do, Good?' asked Sir Henry. + +'Do--why dress, of course! You don't expect me to appear in a new +country in these things, do you?' and he pointed to his soiled and worn +garments, which were however, like all Good's things, very tidy, and +with every tear neatly mended. + +We said no more, but watched his proceedings with breathless interest. +His first step was to get Alphonse, who was thoroughly competent in +such matters, to trim his hair and beard in the most approved fashion. +I think that if he had had some hot water and a cake of soap at hand +he would have shaved off the latter; but he had not. This done, he +suggested that we should lower the sail of the canoe and all take a +bath, which we did, greatly to the horror and astonishment of Alphonse, +who lifted his hands and ejaculated that these English were indeed a +wonderful people. Umslopogaas, who, though he was, like most high-bred +Zulus, scrupulously cleanly in his person, did not see the fun of +swimming about in a lake, also regarded the proceeding with mild +amusement. We got back into the canoe much refreshed by the cold water, +and sat to dry in the sun, whilst Good undid his tin box, and produced +first a beautiful clean white shirt, just as it had left a London steam +laundry, and then some garments wrapped first in brown, then in white, +and finally in silver paper. We watched this undoing with the tenderest +interest and much speculation. One by one Good removed the dull husks +that hid their splendours, carefully folding and replacing each piece +of paper as he did so; and there at last lay, in all the majesty of its +golden epaulettes, lace, and buttons, a Commander of the Royal Navy's +full-dress uniform--dress sword, cocked hat, shiny patent leather boots +and all. We literally gasped. + +'_What!_' we said, '_what!_ Are you going to put those things on?' + +'Certainly,' he answered composedly; 'you see so much depends upon a +first impression, especially,' he added, 'as I observe that there are +ladies about. One at least of us ought to be decently dressed.' + +We said no more; we were simply dumbfounded, especially when we +considered the artful way in which Good had concealed the contents of +that box for all these months. Only one suggestion did we make--namely, +that he should wear his mail shirt next his skin. He replied that he +feared it would spoil the set of his coat, now carefully spread in the +sun to take the creases out, but finally consented to this precautionary +measure. The most amusing part of the affair, however, was to see +old Umslopogaas's astonishment and Alphonse's delight at Good's +transformation. When at last he stood up in all his glory, even down to +the medals on his breast, and contemplated himself in the still waters +of the lake, after the fashion of the young gentleman in ancient +history, whose name I cannot remember, but who fell in love with his own +shadow, the old Zulu could no longer restrain his feelings. + +'Oh, Bougwan!' he said. 'Oh, Bougwan! I always thought thee an ugly +little man, and fat--fat as the cows at calving time; and now thou art +like a blue jay when he spreads his tail out. Surely, Bougwan, it hurts +my eyes to look at thee.' + +Good did not much like this allusion to his fat, which, to tell the +truth, was not very well deserved, for hard exercise had brought him +down three inches; but on the whole he was pleased at Umslopogaas's +admiration. As for Alphonse, he was quite delighted. + +'Ah! but Monsieur has the beautiful air--the air of the warrior. It +is the ladies who will say so when we come to get ashore. Monsieur is +complete; he puts me in mind of my heroic grand--' + +Here we stopped Alphonse. + +As we gazed upon the beauties thus revealed by Good, a spirit of +emulation filled our breasts, and we set to work to get ourselves up +as well as we could. The most, however, that we were able to do was to +array ourselves in our spare suits of shooting clothes, of which we +each had several, all the fine clothes in the world could never make it +otherwise than scrubby and insignificant; but Sir Henry looked what he +is, a magnificent man in his nearly new tweed suit, gaiters, and boots. +Alphonse also got himself up to kill, giving an extra turn to his +enormous moustaches. Even old Umslopogaas, who was not in a general way +given to the vain adorning of his body, took some oil out of the lantern +and a bit of tow, and polished up his head-ring with it till it shone +like Good's patent leather boots. Then he put on the mail shirt Sir +Henry had given him and his 'moocha', and, having cleaned up Inkosi-kaas +a little, stood forth complete. + +All this while, having hoisted the sail again as soon as we had finished +bathing, we had been progressing steadily for the land, or, rather, for +the mouth of a great river. Presently--in all about an hour and a half +after the little boat had left us--we saw emerging from the river +or harbour a large number of boats, ranging up to ten or twelve tons +burden. One of these was propelled by twenty-four oars, and most of +the rest sailed. Looking through the glass we soon made out that the +row-boat was an official vessel, her crew being all dressed in a sort of +uniform, whilst on the half-deck forward stood an old man of venerable +appearance, and with a flowing white beard, and a sword strapped to his +side, who was evidently the commander of the craft. The other boats were +apparently occupied by people brought out by curiosity, and were rowing +or sailing towards us as quickly as they could. + +'Now for it,' said I. 'What is the betting? Are they going to be +friendly or to put an end to us?' + +Nobody could answer this question, and, not liking the warlike +appearance of the old gentleman and his sword, we felt a little anxious. + +Just then Good spied a school of hippopotami on the water about two +hundred yards off us, and suggested that it would not be a bad plan to +impress the natives with a sense of our power by shooting some of them +if possible. This, unluckily enough, struck us as a good idea, and +accordingly we at once got out our eight-bore rifles, for which we still +had a few cartridges left, and prepared for action. There were four +of the animals, a big bull, a cow, and two young ones, one three +parts grown. We got up to them without difficulty, the great animals +contenting themselves with sinking down into the water and rising again +a few yards farther on; indeed, their excessive tameness struck me as +being peculiar. When the advancing boats were about five hundred yards +away, Sir Henry opened the ball by firing at the three parts grown young +one. The heavy bullet struck it fair between the eyes, and, crashing +through the skull, killed it, and it sank, leaving a long train of blood +behind it. At the same moment I fired at the cow, and Good at the +old bull. My shot took effect, but not fatally, and down went the +hippopotamus with a prodigious splashing, only to rise again presently +blowing and grunting furiously, dyeing all the water round her crimson, +when I killed her with the left barrel. Good, who is an execrable shot, +missed the head of the bull altogether, the bullet merely cutting the +side of his face as it passed. On glancing up, after I had fired my +second shot, I perceived that the people we had fallen among were +evidently ignorant of the nature of firearms, for the consternation +caused by our shots and their effect upon the animals was prodigious. +Some of the parties in the boats began to cry out in fear; others turned +and made off as hard as they could; and even the old gentleman with the +sword looked greatly puzzled and alarmed, and halted his big row-boat. +We had, however, but little time for observation, for just then the old +bull, rendered furious by the wound he had received, rose fair within +forty yards of us, glaring savagely. We all fired, and hit him in +various places, and down he went, badly wounded. Curiosity now began to +overcome the fear of the onlookers, and some of them sailed on up close +to us, amongst these being the man and woman whom we had first seen a +couple of hours or so before, who drew up almost alongside. Just then +the great brute rose again within ten yards of their base, and instantly +with a roar of fury made at it open-mouthed. The woman shrieked, and the +man tried to give the boat way, but without success. In another second +I saw the huge red jaws and gleaming ivories close with a crunch on the +frail craft, taking an enormous mouthful out of its side and capsizing +it. Down went the boat, leaving its occupants struggling in the water. +Next moment, before we could do anything towards saving them, the huge +and furious creature was up again and making open-mouthed at the poor +girl, who was struggling in the water. Lifting my rifle just as the +grinding jaws were about to close on her, I fired over her head right +down the hippopotamus's throat. Over he went, and commenced turning +round and round, snorting, and blowing red streams of blood through his +nostrils. Before he could recover himself, however, I let him have the +other barrel in the side of the throat, and that finished him. He +never moved or struggled again, but instantly sank. Our next effort +was directed towards saving the girl, the man having swum off towards +another boat; and in this we were fortunately successful, pulling +her into the canoe (amidst the shouts of the spectators) considerably +exhausted and frightened, but otherwise unhurt. + +Meanwhile the boats had gathered together at a distance, and we could +see that the occupants, who were evidently much frightened, +were consulting what to do. Without giving them time for further +consideration, which we thought might result unfavourably to ourselves, +we instantly took our paddles and advanced towards them, Good standing +in the bow and taking off his cocked hat politely in every direction, +his amiable features suffused by a bland but intelligent smile. Most of +the craft retreated as we advanced, but a few held their ground, while +the big row-boat came on to meet us. Presently we were alongside, and +I could see that our appearance--and especially Good's and +Umslopogaas's--filled the venerable-looking commander with astonishment, +not unmixed with awe. He was dressed after the same fashion as the man +we first met, except that his shirt was not made of brown cloth, but of +pure white linen hemmed with purple. The kilt, however, was identical, +and so were the thick rings of gold around the arm and beneath the +left knee. The rowers wore only a kilt, their bodies being naked to +the waist. Good took off his hat to the old gentleman with an extra +flourish, and inquired after his health in the purest English, to +which he replied by laying the first two fingers of his right hand +horizontally across his lips and holding them there for a moment, which +we took as his method of salutation. Then he also addressed some +remarks to us in the same soft accents that had distinguished our first +interviewer, which we were forced to indicate we did not understand by +shaking our heads and shrugging our shoulders. This last Alphonse, +being to the manner born, did to perfection, and in so polite a way that +nobody could take any offence. Then we came a standstill, till I, being +exceedingly hungry, thought I might as well call attention to the fact, +and did so first by opening my mouth and pointing down it, and then +rubbing my stomach. These signals the old gentleman clearly understood, +for he nodded his head vigorously, and pointed towards the harbour; and +at the same time one of the men on his boat threw us a line and motioned +to us to make it fast, which we did. The row-boat then took us in tow, +and went with great rapidity towards the mouth of the river, accompanied +by all the other boats. In about twenty minutes more we reached the +entrance to the harbour, which was crowded with boats full of people who +had come out to see us. We observed that all the occupants were more or +less of the same type, though some were fairer than others. Indeed, we +noticed certain ladies whose skin was of a most dazzling whiteness; +and the darkest shade of colour which we saw was about that of a rather +swarthy Spaniard. Presently the wide river gave a sweep, and when it did +so an exclamation of astonishment and delight burst from our lips as we +caught our first view of the place that we afterwards knew as Milosis, +or the Frowning City (from mi, which means city, and losis, a frown). + +At a distance of some five hundred yards from the river's bank rose a +sheer precipice of granite, two hundred feet or so in height, which had +no doubt once formed the bank itself--the intermediate space of land +now utilized as docks and roadways having been gained by draining, and +deepening and embanking the stream. + +On the brow of this precipice stood a great building of the same granite +that formed the cliff, built on three sides of a square, the fourth +side being open, save for a kind of battlement pierced at its base by a +little door. This imposing place we afterwards discovered was the palace +of the queen, or rather of the queens. At the back of the palace the +town sloped gently upwards to a flashing building of white marble, +crowned by the golden dome which we had already observed. The city was, +with the exception of this one building, entirely built of red granite, +and laid out in regular blocks with splendid roadways between. So far +as we could see also the houses were all one-storied and detached, with +gardens round them, which gave some relief to the eye wearied with the +vista of red granite. At the back of the palace a road of extraordinary +width stretched away up the hill for a distance of a mile and a half or +so, and appeared to terminate at an open space surrounding the gleaming +building that crowned the hill. But right in front of us was the +wonder and glory of Milosis--the great staircase of the palace, the +magnificence of which took our breath away. Let the reader imagine, +if he can, a splendid stairway, sixty-five feet from balustrade to +balustrade, consisting of two vast flights, each of one hundred and +twenty-five steps of eight inches in height by three feet broad, +connected by a flat resting-place sixty feet in length, and running from +the palace wall on the edge of the precipice down to meet a waterway +or canal cut to its foot from the river. This marvellous staircase +was supported upon a single enormous granite arch, of which the +resting-place between the two flights formed the crown; that is, the +connecting open space lay upon it. From this archway sprang a subsidiary +flying arch, or rather something that resembled a flying arch in shape, +such as none of us had seen in any other country, and of which the +beauty and wonder surpassed all that we had ever imagined. Three hundred +feet from point to point, and no less than five hundred and fifty round +the curve, that half-arc soared touching the bridge it supported for a +space of fifty feet only, one end resting on and built into the parent +archway, and the other embedded in the solid granite of the side of the +precipice. + +This staircase with its supports was, indeed, a work of which any living +man might have been proud, both on account of its magnitude and its +surpassing beauty. Four times, as we afterwards learnt, did the work, +which was commenced in remote antiquity, fail, and was then abandoned +for three centuries when half-finished, till at last there rose a +youthful engineer named Rademas, who said that he would complete it +successfully, and staked his life upon it. If he failed he was to be +hurled from the precipice he had undertaken to scale; if he succeeded, +he was to be rewarded by the hand of the king's daughter. Five years was +given to him to complete the work, and an unlimited supply of labour and +material. Three times did his arch fall, till at last, seeing failure +to be inevitable, he determined to commit suicide on the morrow of the +third collapse. That night, however, a beautiful woman came to him in a +dream and touched his forehead, and of a sudden he saw a vision of the +completed work, and saw too through the masonry and how the difficulties +connected with the flying arch that had hitherto baffled his genius were +to be overcome. Then he awoke and once more commenced the work, but on +a different plan, and behold! he achieved it, and on the last day of +the five years he led the princess his bride up the stair and into +the palace. And in due course he became king by right of his wife, and +founded the present Zu-Vendi dynasty, which is to this day called the +'House of the Stairway', thus proving once more how energy and talent +are the natural stepping-stones to grandeur. And to commemorate his +triumph he fashioned a statue of himself dreaming, and of the fair woman +who touched him on the forehead, and placed it in the great hall of the +palace, and there it stands to this day. + +Such was the great stair of Milosis, and such the city beyond. No wonder +they named it the 'Frowning City', for certainly those mighty works in +solid granite did seem to frown down upon our littleness in their sombre +splendour. This was so even in the sunshine, but when the storm-clouds +gathered on her imperial brow Milosis looked more like a supernatural +dwelling-place, or some imagining of a poet's brain, than what she is--a +mortal city, carven by the patient genius of generations out of the red +silence of the mountain side. + + + + +CHAPTER XII THE SISTER QUEENS + + + +The big rowing-boat glided on up the cutting that ran almost to the foot +of the vast stairway, and then halted at a flight of steps leading to +the landing-place. Here the old gentleman disembarked, and invited us to +do so likewise, which, having no alternative, and being nearly starved, +we did without hesitation--taking our rifles with us, however. As each +of us landed, our guide again laid his fingers on his lips and bowed +deeply, at the same time ordering back the crowds which had assembled to +gaze on us. The last to leave the canoe was the girl we had picked out +of the water, for whom her companion was waiting. Before she went away +she kissed my hand, I suppose as a token of gratitude for having saved +her from the fury of the hippopotamus; and it seemed to me that she had +by this time quite got over any fear she might have had of us, and was +by no means anxious to return in such a hurry to her lawful owners. At +any rate, she was going to kiss Good's hand as well as mine, when the +young man interfered and led her off. As soon as we were on shore, a +number of the men who had rowed the big boat took possession of our few +goods and chattels, and started with them up the splendid staircase, +our guide indicating to us by means of motions that the things were +perfectly safe. This done, he turned to the right and led the way to +a small house, which was, as I afterwards discovered, an inn. Entering +into a good-sized room, we saw that a wooden table was already furnished +with food, presumably in preparation for us. Here our guide motioned +us to be seated on a bench that ran the length of the table. We did +not require a second invitation, but at once fell to ravenously on the +viands before us, which were served on wooden platters, and consisted +of cold goat's-flesh, wrapped up in some kind of leaf that gave it a +delicious flavour, green vegetables resembling lettuces, brown bread, +and red wine poured from a skin into horn mugs. This wine was peculiarly +soft and good, having something of the flavour of Burgundy. Twenty +minutes after we sat down at that hospitable board we rose from it, +feeling like new men. After all that we had gone through we needed two +things, food and rest, and the food of itself was a great blessing to +us. Two girls of the same charming cast of face as the first whom we had +seen waited on us while we ate, and very nicely they did it. They were +also dressed in the same fashion namely, in a white linen petticoat +coming to the knee, and with the toga-like garment of brown cloth, +leaving bare the right arm and breast. I afterwards found out that +this was the national dress, and regulated by an iron custom, though of +course subject to variations. Thus, if the petticoat was pure white, +it signified that the wearer was unmarried; if white, with a straight +purple stripe round the edge, that she was married and a first or legal +wife; if with a black stripe, that she was a widow. In the same way the +toga, or 'kaf', as they call it, was of different shades of colour, from +pure white to the deepest brown, according to the rank of the wearer, +and embroidered at the end in various ways. This also applies to the +'shirts' or tunics worn by the men, which varied in material and colour; +but the kilts were always the same except as regards quality. One +thing, however, every man and woman in the country wore as the national +insignia, and that was the thick band of gold round the right arm above +the elbow, and the left leg beneath the knee. People of high rank also +wore a torque of gold round the neck, and I observed that our guide had +one on. + +So soon as we had finished our meal our venerable conductor, who had +been standing all the while, regarding us with inquiring eyes, and our +guns with something as like fear as his pride would allow him to show, +bowed towards Good, whom he evidently took for the leader of the party +on account of the splendour of his apparel, and once more led the way +through the door and to the foot of the great staircase. Here we paused +for a moment to admire two colossal lions, each hewn from a single block +of pure black marble, and standing rampant on the terminations of +the wide balustrades of the staircase. These lions are magnificently +executed, and it is said were sculptured by Rademas, the great prince +who designed the staircase, and who was without doubt, to judge from the +many beautiful examples of his art that we saw afterwards, one of the +finest sculptors who ever lived, either in this or any other country. +Then we climbed almost with a feeling of awe up that splendid stair, +a work executed for all time and that will, I do not doubt, be admired +thousands of years hence by generations unborn unless an earthquake +should throw it down. Even Umslopogaas, who as a general rule made it +a point of honour not to show astonishment, which he considered +undignified, was fairly startled out of himself, and asked if the +'bridge had been built by men or devils', which was his vague way of +alluding to any supernatural power. But Alphonse did not care about it. +Its solid grandeur jarred upon the frivolous little Frenchman, who said +that it was all 'tres magnifique, mais triste--ah, triste!' and went on +to suggest that it would be improved if the balustrades were _gilt_. + +On we went up the first flight of one hundred and twenty steps, across +the broad platform joining it to the second flight, where we paused +to admire the glorious view of one of the most beautiful stretches of +country that the world can show, edged by the blue waters of the lake. +Then we passed on up the stair till at last we reached the top, where we +found a large standing space to which there were three entrances, all +of small size. Two of these opened on to rather narrow galleries or +roadways cut in the face of the precipice that ran round the palace +walls and led to the principal thoroughfares of the city, and were +used by the inhabitants passing up and down from the docks. These were +defended by gates of bronze, and also, as we afterwards learnt, it was +possible to let down a portion of the roadways themselves by withdrawing +certain bolts, and thus render it quite impracticable for an enemy +to pass. The third entrance consisted of a flight of ten curved black +marble steps leading to a doorway cut in the palace wall. This wall was +in itself a work of art, being built of huge blocks of granite to +the height of forty feet, and so fashioned that its face was concave, +whereby it was rendered practically impossible for it to be scaled. To +this doorway our guide led us. The door, which was massive, and made +of wood protected by an outer gate of bronze, was closed; but on our +approach it was thrown wide, and we were met by the challenge of a +sentry, who was armed with a heavy triangular-bladed spear, not unlike a +bayonet in shape, and a cutting sword, and protected by breast and back +plates of skilfully prepared hippopotamus hide, and a small round shield +fashioned of the same tough material. The sword instantly attracted our +attention; it was practically identical with the one in the possession +of Mr Mackenzie which he had obtained from the ill-starred wanderer. +There was no mistaking the gold-lined fretwork cut in the thickness of +the blade. So the man had told the truth after all. Our guide instantly +gave a password, which the soldier acknowledged by letting the iron +shaft of his spear fall with a ringing sound upon the pavement, and we +passed on through the massive wall into the courtyard of the palace. +This was about forty yards square, and laid out in flower-beds full of +lovely shrubs and plants, many of which were quite new to me. Through +the centre of this garden ran a broad walk formed of powdered shells +brought from the lake in the place of gravel. Following this we came +to another doorway with a round heavy arch, which is hung with thick +curtains, for there are no doors in the palace itself. Then came another +short passage, and we were in the great hall of the palace, and once +more stood astonished at the simple and yet overpowering grandeur of the +place. + +The hall is, as we afterwards learnt, one hundred and fifty feet long by +eighty wide, and has a magnificent arched roof of carved wood. Down +the entire length of the building there are on either side, and at a +distance of twenty feet from the wall, slender shafts of black marble +springing sheer to the roof, beautifully fluted, and with carved +capitals. At one end of this great place which these pillars support is +the group of which I have already spoken as executed by the King Rademas +to commemorate his building of the staircase; and really, when we had +time to admire it, its loveliness almost struck us dumb. The group, of +which the figures are in white, and the rest is black marble, is +about half as large again as life, and represents a young man of +noble countenance and form sleeping heavily upon a couch. One arm is +carelessly thrown over the side of this couch, and his head reposes upon +the other, its curling locks partially hiding it. Bending over him, +her hand resting on his forehead, is a draped female form of such white +loveliness as to make the beholder's breath stand still. And as for the +calm glory that shines upon her perfect face--well, I can never hope to +describe it. But there it rests like the shadow of an angel's smile; and +power, love, and divinity all have their part in it. Her eyes are fixed +upon the sleeping youth, and perhaps the most extraordinary thing about +this beautiful work is the success with which the artist has succeeded +in depicting on the sleeper's worn and weary face the sudden rising of +a new and spiritual thought as the spell begins to work within his mind. +You can see that an inspiration is breaking in upon the darkness of the +man's soul as the dawn breaks in upon the darkness of night. It is a +glorious piece of statuary, and none but a genius could have conceived +it. Between each of the black marble columns is some such group of +figures, some allegorical, and some representing the persons and wives +of deceased monarchs or great men; but none of them, in our opinion, +comes up to the one I have described, although several are from the hand of +the sculptor and engineer, King Rademas. + +In the exact centre of the hall was a solid mass of black marble about +the size of a baby's arm-chair, which it rather resembled in appearance. +This, as we afterwards learnt, was the sacred stone of this remarkable +people, and on it their monarchs laid their hand after the ceremony +of coronation, and swore by the sun to safeguard the interests of the +empire, and to maintain its customs, traditions, and laws. This stone +was evidently exceedingly ancient (as indeed all stones are), and was +scored down its sides with long marks or lines, which Sir Henry said +proved it to have been a fragment that at some remote period in its +history had been ground in the iron jaws of glaciers. There was a +curious prophecy about this block of marble, which was reported among +the people to have fallen from the sun, to the effect that when it was +shattered into fragments a king of alien race should rule over the +land. As the stone, however, looked remarkably solid, the native princes +seemed to have a fair chance of keeping their own for many a long year. + +At the end of the hall is a dais spread with rich carpets, on which +two thrones are set side by side. These thrones are shaped like great +chairs, and made of solid gold. The seats are richly cushioned, but +the backs are left bare, and on each is carved the emblem of the sun, +shooting out his fiery rays in all directions. The footstools are golden +lions couchant, with yellow topazes set in them for eyes. There are no +other gems about them. + +The place is lighted by numerous but narrow windows, placed high up, +cut on the principle of the loopholes to be seen in ancient castles, but +innocent of glass, which was evidently unknown here. + +Such is a brief description of this splendid hall in which we now found +ourselves, compiled of course from our subsequent knowledge of it. +On this occasion we had but little time for observation, for when we +entered we perceived that a large number of men were gathered together +in front of the two thrones, which were unoccupied. The principal among +them were seated on carved wooden chairs ranged to the right and the +left of the thrones, but not in front of them, and were dressed in white +tunics, with various embroideries and different coloured edgings, and +armed with the usual pierced and gold-inlaid swords. To judge from the +dignity of their appearance, they seemed one and all to be individuals +of very great importance. Behind each of these great men stood a small +knot of followers and attendants. + +Seated by themselves, in a little group to the left of the throne, were +six men of a different stamp. Instead of wearing the ordinary kilt, they +were clothed in long robes of pure white linen, with the same symbol of +the sun that is to be seen on the back of the chairs, emblazoned in gold +thread upon the breast. This garment was girt up at the waist with a +simple golden curb-like chain, from which hung long elliptic plates of +the same metal, fashioned in shiny scales like those of a fish, that, as +their wearers moved, jingled and reflected the light. They were all men +of mature age and of a severe and impressive cast of features, which was +rendered still more imposing by the long beards they wore. + +The personality of one individual among them, however, impressed us +at once. He seemed to stand out among his fellows and refuse to be +overlooked. He was very old--eighty at least--and extremely tall, with +a long snow-white beard that hung nearly to his waist. His features were +aquiline and deeply cut, and his eyes were grey and cold-looking. The +heads of the others were bare, but this man wore a round cap entirely +covered with gold embroidery, from which we judged that he was a person +of great importance; and indeed we afterwards discovered that he was +Agon, the High Priest of the country. As we approached, all these men, +including the priests, rose and bowed to us with the greatest courtesy, +at the same time placing the two fingers across the lips in salutation. +Then soft-footed attendants advanced from between the pillars, bearing +seats, which were placed in a line in front of the thrones. We three sat +down, Alphonse and Umslopogaas standing behind us. Scarcely had we done +so when there came a blare of trumpets from some passage to the right, +and a similar blare from the left. Next a man with a long white wand +of ivory appeared just in front of the right-hand throne, and cried out +something in a loud voice, ending with the word _Nyleptha_, repeated +three times; and another man, similarly attired, called out a similar +sentence before the other throne, but ending with the word _Sorais_, +also repeated thrice. Then came the tramp of armed men from each +side entrance, and in filed about a score of picked and magnificently +accoutred guards, who formed up on each side of the thrones, and let +their heavy iron-handled spears fall simultaneously with a clash upon +the black marble flooring. Another double blare of trumpets, and in +from either side, each attended by six maidens, swept the two Queens of +Zu-Vendis, everybody in the hall rising to greet them as they came. + +I have seen beautiful women in my day, and am no longer thrown into +transports at the sight of a pretty face; but language fails me when I +try to give some idea of the blaze of loveliness that then broke upon +us in the persons of these sister Queens. Both were young--perhaps +five-and-twenty years of age--both were tall and exquisitely formed; +but there the likeness stopped. One, Nyleptha, was a woman of dazzling +fairness; her right arm and breast bare, after the custom of her people, +showed like snow even against her white and gold-embroidered 'kaf', or +toga. And as for her sweet face, all I can say is, that it was one that +few men could look on and forget. Her hair, a veritable crown of gold, +clustered in short ringlets over her shapely head, half hiding the ivory +brow, beneath which eyes of deep and glorious grey flashed out in tender +majesty. I cannot attempt to describe her other features, only the +mouth was most sweet, and curved like Cupid's bow, and over the whole +countenance there shone an indescribable look of loving-kindness, lit +up by a shadow of delicate humour that lay upon her face like a touch of +silver on a rosy cloud. + +She wore no jewels, but on her neck, arm, and knee were the usual +torques of gold, in this instance fashioned like a snake; and her dress +was of pure white linen of excessive fineness, plentifully embroidered +with gold and with the familiar symbols of the sun. + +Her twin sister, Sorais, was of a different and darker type of beauty. +Her hair was wavy like Nyleptha's but coal-black, and fell in masses +on her shoulders; her complexion was olive, her eyes large, dark, and +lustrous; the lips were full, and I thought rather cruel. Somehow her +face, quiet and even cold as it is, gave an idea of passion in repose, +and caused one to wonder involuntarily what its aspect would be if +anything occurred to break the calm. It reminded me of the deep sea, +that even on the bluest days never loses its visible stamp of power, and +in its murmuring sleep is yet instinct with the spirit of the storm. +Her figure, like her sister's, was almost perfect in its curves and +outlines, but a trifle more rounded, and her dress was absolutely the +same. + +As this lovely pair swept onwards to their respective thrones, amid the +deep attentive silence of the Court, I was bound to confess to myself +that they did indeed fulfil my idea of royalty. Royal they were in +every way--in form, in grace, and queenly dignity, and in the barbaric +splendour of their attendant pomp. But methought that they needed no +guards or gold to proclaim their power and bind the loyalty of wayward +men. A glance from those bright eyes or a smile from those sweet lips, +and while the red blood runs in the veins of youth women such as these +will never lack subjects ready to do their biddings to the death. + +But after all they were women first and queens afterwards, and therefore +not devoid of curiosity. As they passed to their seats I saw both of +them glance swiftly in our direction. I saw, too, that their eyes passed +by me, seeing nothing to charm them in the person of an insignificant +and grizzled old man. Then they looked with evident astonishment on +the grim form of old Umslopogaas, who raised his axe in salutation. +Attracted next by the splendour of Good's apparel, for a second their +glance rested on him like a humming moth upon a flower, then off it +darted to where Sir Henry Curtis stood, the sunlight from a window +playing upon his yellow hair and peaked beard, and marking the outlines +of his massive frame against the twilight of the somewhat gloomy hall. +He raised his eyes, and they met the fair Nyleptha's full, and thus for +the first time the goodliest man and woman that it has ever been my lot +to see looked one upon another. And why it was I know not, but I saw the +swift blood run up Nyleptha's skin as the pink lights run up the morning +sky. Red grew her fair bosom and shapely arm, red the swanlike neck; the +rounded cheeks blushed red as the petals of a rose, and then the crimson +flood sank back to whence it came and left her pale and trembling. + +I glanced at Sir Henry. He, too, had coloured up to the eyes. + +'Oh, my word!' thought I to myself, 'the ladies have come on the stage, +and now we may look to the plot to develop itself.' And I sighed and +shook my head, knowing that the beauty of a woman is like the beauty +of the lightning--a destructive thing and a cause of desolation. By +the time that I had finished my reflections both the Queens were on the +thrones, for all this had happened in about six seconds. Once more the +unseen trumpets blared out, and then the Court seated itself, and Queen +Sorais motioned to us to do likewise. + +Next from among the crowd whither he had withdrawn stepped forward our +guide, the old gentleman who had towed us ashore, holding by the +hand the girl whom we had seen first and afterwards rescued from the +hippopotamus. Having made obeisance he proceeded to address the Queens, +evidently describing to them the way and place where we had been found. +It was most amusing to watch the astonishment, not unmixed with fear, +reflected upon their faces as they listened to his tale. Clearly they +could not understand how we had reached the lake and been found floating +on it, and were inclined to attribute our presence to supernatural +causes. Then the narrative proceeded, as I judged from the frequent +appeals that our guide made to the girl, to the point where we had shot +the hippopotami, and we at once perceived that there was something +very wrong about those hippopotami, for the history was frequently +interrupted by indignant exclamations from the little group of +white-robed priests and even from the courtiers, while the two Queens +listened with an amazed expression, especially when our guide pointed to +the rifles in our hands as being the means of destruction. And here, to +make matters clear, I may as well explain at once that the inhabitants +of Zu-Vendis are sun-worshippers, and that for some reason or another +the hippopotamus is sacred among them. Not that they do not kill it, +because at a certain season of the year they slaughter thousands--which +are specially preserved in large lakes up the country--and use their +hides for armour for soldiers; but this does not prevent them from +considering these animals as sacred to the sun. {Endnote 11} Now, as ill +luck would have it, the particular hippopotami we had shot were a family +of tame animals that were kept in the mouth of the port and daily fed by +priests whose special duty it was to attend to them. When we shot them +I thought that the brutes were suspiciously tame, and this was, as we +afterwards ascertained, the cause of it. Thus it came about that in +attempting to show off we had committed sacrilege of a most aggravated +nature. + +When our guide had finished his tale, the old man with the long beard +and round cap, whose appearance I have already described, and who was, +as I have said, the High Priest of the country, and known by the name +of Agon, rose and commenced an impassioned harangue. I did not like the +look of his cold grey eye as he fixed it on us. I should have liked it +still less had I known that in the name of the outraged majesty of his +god he was demanding that the whole lot of us should be offered up as a +sacrifice by means of being burnt alive. + +After he had finished speaking the Queen Sorais addressed him in a soft +and musical voice, and appeared, to judge from his gestures of dissent, +to be putting the other side of the question before him. Then Nyleptha +spoke in liquid accents. Little did we know that she was pleading for +our lives. Finally, she turned and addressed a tall, soldierlike man of +middle age with a black beard and a long plain sword, whose name, as +we afterwards learnt, was Nasta, and who was the greatest lord in the +country; apparently appealing to him for support. Now when Sir Henry +had caught her eye and she had blushed so rosy red, I had seen that the +incident had not escaped this man's notice, and, what is more, that +it was eminently disagreeable to him, for he bit his lip and his +hand tightened on his sword-hilt. Afterwards we learnt that he was an +aspirant for the hand of this Queen in marriage, which accounted for it. +This being so, Nyleptha could not have appealed to a worse person, for, +speaking in slow, heavy tones, he appeared to confirm all that the High +Priest Agon had said. As he spoke, Sorais put her elbow on her knee, +and, resting her chin on her hand, looked at him with a suppressed smile +upon her lips, as though she saw through the man, and was determined to +be his match; but Nyleptha grew very angry, her cheek flushed, her eyes +flashed, and she did indeed look lovely. Finally she turned to Agon and +seemed to give some sort of qualified assent, for he bowed at her words; +and as she spoke she moved her hands as though to emphasize what she +said; while all the time Sorais kept her chin on her hand and smiled. +Then suddenly Nyleptha made a sign, the trumpets blew again, and +everybody rose to leave the hall save ourselves and the guards, whom she +motioned to stay. + +When they were all gone she bent forward and, smiling sweetly, partially +by signs and partially by exclamations made it clear to us that she +was very anxious to know where we came from. The difficulty was how to +explain, but at last an idea struck me. I had my large pocket-book in +my pocket and a pencil. Taking it out, I made a little sketch of a lake, +and then as best I could I drew the underground river and the lake +at the other end. When I had done this I advanced to the steps of the +throne and gave it to her. She understood it at once and clapped her +hands with delight, and then descending from the throne took it to her +sister Sorais, who also evidently understood. Next she took the pencil +from me, and after examining it with curiosity proceeded to make a +series of delightful little sketches, the first representing herself +holding out both hands in welcome, and a man uncommonly like Sir Henry +taking them. Next she drew a lovely little picture of a hippopotamus +rolling about dying in the water, and of an individual, in whom we had +no difficulty in recognizing Agon the High Priest, holding up his +hands in horror on the bank. Then followed a most alarming picture of a +dreadful fiery furnace and of the same figure, Agon, poking us into it +with a forked stick. This picture perfectly horrified me, but I was a +little reassured when she nodded sweetly and proceeded to make a fourth +drawing--a man again uncommonly like Sir Henry, and of two women, in +whom I recognized Sorais and herself, each with one arm around him, and +holding a sword in protection over him. To all of these Sorais, who +I saw was employed in carefully taking us all in--especially +Curtis--signified her approval by nodding. + +At last Nyleptha drew a final sketch of a rising sun, indicating that +she must go, and that we should meet on the following morning; whereat +Sir Henry looked so disappointed that she saw it, and, I suppose by +way of consolation, extended her hand to him to kiss, which he did with +pious fervour. At the same time Sorais, off whom Good had never taken +his eyeglass during the whole indaba [interview], rewarded him by giving +him her hand to kiss, though, while she did so, her eyes were fixed +upon Sir Henry. I am glad to say that I was not implicated in these +proceedings; neither of them gave _me_ her hand to kiss. + +Then Nyleptha turned and addressed the man who appeared to be in +command of the bodyguard, apparently from her manner and his frequent +obeisances, giving him very stringent and careful orders; after which, +with a somewhat coquettish nod and smile, she left the hall, followed by +Sorais and most of the guards. + +When the Queens had gone, the officer whom Nyleptha had addressed +came forward and with many tokens of deep respect led us from the hall +through various passages to a sumptuous set of apartments opening out of +a large central room lighted with brazen swinging lamps (for it was now +dusk) and richly carpeted and strewn with couches. On a table in the +centre of the room was set a profusion of food and fruit, and, what is +more, flowers. There was a delicious wine also in ancient-looking sealed +earthenware flagons, and beautifully chased golden and ivory cups to +drink it from. Servants, male and female, also were there to minister to +us, and whilst we ate, from some recess outside the apartment + + + 'The silver lute did speak between + The trumpet's lordly blowing;' + + +and altogether we found ourselves in a sort of earthly paradise which +was only disturbed by the vision of that disgusting High Priest who +intended to commit us to the flames. But so very weary were we with +our labours that we could scarcely keep ourselves awake through the +sumptuous meal, and as soon as it was over we indicated that we desired +to sleep. As a further precaution against surprise we left Umslopogaas +with his axe to sleep in the main chamber near the curtained doorways +leading to the apartments which we occupied respectively, Good and I in +the one, and Sir Henry and Alphonse in the other. Then throwing off our +clothes, with the exception of the mail shirts, which we considered it +safer to keep on, we flung ourselves down upon the low and luxurious +couches, and drew the silk-embroidered coverlids over us. + +In two minutes I was just dropping off when I was aroused by Good's +voice. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he said, 'did you ever see such eyes?' + +'Eyes!' I said, crossly; 'what eyes?' + +'Why, the Queen's, of course! Sorais, I mean--at least I think that is +her name.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' I yawned; 'I didn't notice them much: I suppose they +are good eyes,' and again I dropped off. + +Five minutes or so elapsed, and I was once more awakened. + +'I say, Quatermain,' said the voice. + +'Well,' I answered testily, 'what is it now?' + +'Did you notice her ankle? The shape--' + +This was more than I could stand. By my bed stood the veldtschoons I had +been wearing. Moved quite beyond myself, I took them up and threw them +straight at Good's head--and hit it. + +Afterwards I slept the sleep of the just, and a very heavy sleep it must +be. As for Good, I don't know if he went to sleep or if he continued to +pass Sorais' beauties in mental review, and, what is more, I don't care. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE + + + +And now the curtain is down for a few hours, and the actors in this +novel drama are plunged in dewy sleep. Perhaps we should except +Nyleptha, whom the reader may, if poetically inclined, imagine lying in +her bed of state encompassed by her maidens, tiring women, guards, and +all the other people and appurtenances that surround a throne, and yet +not able to slumber for thinking of the strangers who had visited a +country where no such strangers had ever come before, and wondering, as +she lay awake, who they were and what their past has been, and if she +was ugly compared to the women of their native place. I, however, not +being poetically inclined, will take advantage of the lull to give some +account of the people among whom we found ourselves, compiled, needless +to state, from information which we subsequently collected. + +The name of this country, to begin at the beginning, is Zu-Vendis, +from Zu, 'yellow', and Vendis, 'place or country'. Why it is called the +Yellow Country I have never been able to ascertain accurately, nor do +the inhabitants themselves know. Three reasons are, however, given, each +of which would suffice to account for it. The first is that the name +owes its origin to the great quantity of gold that is found in the land. +Indeed, in this respect Zu-Vendis is a veritable Eldorado, the precious +metal being extraordinarily plentiful. At present it is collected from +purely alluvial diggings, which we subsequently inspected, and which +are situated within a day's journey from Milosis, being mostly found in +pockets and in nuggets weighing from an ounce up to six or seven pounds +in weight. But other diggings of a similar nature are known to exist, +and I have besides seen great veins of gold-bearing quartz. In Zu-Vendis +gold is a much commoner metal than silver, and thus it has curiously +enough come to pass that silver is the legal tender of the country. + +The second reason given is, that at certain times of the year the native +grasses of the country, which are very sweet and good, turn as yellow +as ripe corn; and the third arises from a tradition that the people +were originally yellow skinned, but grew white after living for many +generations upon these high lands. Zu-Vendis is a country about the size +of France, is, roughly speaking, oval in shape; and on every side +cut off from the surrounding territory by illimitable forests of +impenetrable thorn, beyond which are said to be hundreds of miles of +morasses, deserts, and great mountains. It is, in short, a huge, high +tableland rising up in the centre of the dark continent, much as +in southern Africa flat-topped mountains rise from the level of the +surrounding veldt. Milosis itself lies, according to my aneroid, at a +level of about nine thousand feet above the sea, but most of the land +is even higher, the greatest elevation of the open country being, I +believe, about eleven thousand feet. As a consequence the climate +is, comparatively speaking, a cold one, being very similar to that of +southern England, only brighter and not so rainy. The land is, however, +exceedingly fertile, and grows all cereals and temperate fruits and +timber to perfection; and in the lower-lying parts even produces a hardy +variety of sugar-cane. Coal is found in great abundance, and in many +places crops out from the surface; and so is pure marble, both black and +white. The same may be said of almost every metal except silver, which +is scarce, and only to be obtained from a range of mountains in the +north. + +Zu-Vendis comprises in her boundaries a great variety of scenery, +including two ranges of snow-clad mountains, one on the western boundary +beyond the impenetrable belt of thorn forest, and the other piercing the +country from north to south, and passing at a distance of about eighty +miles from Milosis, from which town its higher peaks are distinctly +visible. This range forms the chief watershed of the land. There are +also three large lakes--the biggest, namely that whereon we emerged, and +which is named Milosis after the city, covering some two hundred square +miles of country--and numerous small ones, some of them salt. + +The population of this favoured land is, comparatively speaking, dense, +numbering at a rough estimate from ten to twelve millions. It is almost +purely agricultural in its habits, and divided into great classes as +in civilized countries. There is a territorial nobility, a considerable +middle class, formed principally of merchants, officers of the army, +etc.; but the great bulk of the people are well-to-do peasants who live +upon the lands of the lords, from whom they hold under a species of +feudal tenure. The best bred people in the country are, as I think I +have said, pure whites with a somewhat southern cast of countenance; but +the common herd are much darker, though they do not show any negro or +other African characteristics. As to their descent I can give no certain +information. Their written records, which extend back for about a +thousand years, give no hint of it. One very ancient chronicler does +indeed, in alluding to some old tradition that existed in his day, talk +of it as having probably originally 'come down with the people from the +coast', but that may mean little or nothing. In short, the origin of the +Zu-Vendi is lost in the mists of time. Whence they came or of what race +they are no man knows. Their architecture and some of their sculptures +suggest an Egyptian or possibly an Assyrian origin; but it is well +known that their present remarkable style of building has only sprung up +within the last eight hundred years, and they certainly retain no traces +of Egyptian theology or customs. Again, their appearance and some +of their habits are rather Jewish; but here again it seems hardly +conceivable that they should have utterly lost all traces of the Jewish +religion. Still, for aught I know, they may be one of the lost ten +tribes whom people are so fond of discovering all over the world, or +they may not. I do not know, and so can only describe them as I find +them, and leave wiser heads than mine to make what they can out of it, +if indeed this account should ever be read at all, which is exceedingly +doubtful. + +And now after I have said all this, I am, after all, going to hazard a +theory of my own, though it is only a very little one, as the young lady +said in mitigation of her baby. This theory is founded on a legend which +I have heard among the Arabs on the east coast, which is to the effect +that 'more than two thousand years ago' there were troubles in the +country which was known as Babylonia, and that thereon a vast horde of +Persians came down to Bushire, where they took ship and were driven by +the north-east monsoon to the east coast of Africa, where, according to +the legend, 'the sun and fire worshippers' fell into conflict with the +belt of Arab settlers who even then were settled on the east coast, and +finally broke their way through them, and, vanishing into the interior, +were no more seen. Now, I ask, is it not at least possible that the +Zu-Vendi people are the descendants of these 'sun and fire worshippers' +who broke through the Arabs and vanished? As a matter of fact, there +is a good deal in their characters and customs that tallies with the +somewhat vague ideas that I have of Persians. Of course we have no books +of reference here, but Sir Henry says that if his memory does not fail +him, there was a tremendous revolt in Babylon about 500 BC, whereon +a vast multitude were expelled from the city. Anyhow, it is a +well-established fact that there have been many separate emigrations +of Persians from the Persian Gulf to the east coast of Africa up to as +lately as seven hundred years ago. There are Persian tombs at Kilwa, on +the east coast, still in good repair, which bear dates showing them to +be just seven hundred years old. {Endnote 12} + +In addition to being an agricultural people, the Zu-Vendi are, oddly +enough, excessively warlike, and as they cannot from the exigencies of +their position make war upon other nations, they fight among each other +like the famed Kilkenny cats, with the happy result that the population +never outgrows the power of the country to support it. This habit of +theirs is largely fostered by the political condition of the country. +The monarchy is nominally an absolute one, save in so far as it is +tempered by the power of the priests and the informal council of the +great lords; but, as in many other institutions, the king's writ does +not run unquestioned throughout the length and breadth of the land. In +short, the whole system is a purely feudal one (though absolute serfdom +or slavery is unknown), all the great lords holding nominally from the +throne, but a number of them being practically independent, having the +power of life and death, waging war against and making peace with +their neighbours as the whim or their interests lead them, and even +on occasion rising in open rebellion against their royal master or +mistress, and, safely shut up in their castles and fenced cities, as far +from the seat of government, successfully defying them for years. + +Zu-Vendis has had its king-makers as well as England, a fact that will +be well appreciated when I state that eight different dynasties have sat +upon the throne in the last one thousand years, every one of which took +its rise from some noble family that succeeded in grasping the purple +after a sanguinary struggle. At the date of our arrival in the country +things were a little better than they had been for some centuries, +the last king, the father of Nyleptha and Sorais, having been an +exceptionally able and vigorous ruler, and, as a consequence, he kept +down the power of the priests and nobles. On his death, two years before +we reached Zu-Vendis, the twin sisters, his children, were, following +an ancient precedent, called to the throne, since an attempt to exclude +either would instantly have provoked a sanguinary civil war; but it +was generally felt in the country that this measure was a most +unsatisfactory one, and could hardly be expected to be permanent. +Indeed, as it was, the various intrigues that were set on foot by +ambitious nobles to obtain the hand of one or other of the queens in +marriage had disquieted the country, and the general opinion was that +there would be bloodshed before long. + +I will now pass on to the question of the Zu-Vendi religion, which +is nothing more or less than sun-worship of a pronounced and highly +developed character. Around this sun-worship is grouped the entire +social system of the Zu-Vendi. It sends its roots through every +institution and custom of the land. From the cradle to the grave the +Zu-Vendi follows the sun in every sense of the saying. As an infant he +is solemnly held up in its light and dedicated to 'the symbol of +good, the expression of power, and the hope of Eternity', the ceremony +answering to our baptism. Whilst still a tiny child, his parents point +out the glorious orb as the presence of a visible and beneficent god, +and he worships it at its up-rising and down-setting. Then when still +quite small, he goes, holding fast to the pendent end of his mother's +'kaf' (toga), up to the temple of the Sun of the nearest city, and +there, when at midday the bright beams strike down upon the golden +central altar and beat back the fire that burns thereon, he hears the +white-robed priests raise their solemn chant of praise and sees the +people fall down to adore, and then, amidst the blowing of the golden +trumpets, watches the sacrifice thrown into the fiery furnace beneath +the altar. Here he comes again to be declared 'a man' by the priests, +and consecrated to war and to good works; here before the solemn altar +he leads his bride; and here too, if differences shall unhappily arise, +he divorces her. + +And so on, down life's long pathway till the last mile is travelled, and +he comes again armed indeed, and with dignity, but no longer a man. Here +they bear him dead and lay his bier upon the falling brazen doors before +the eastern altar, and when the last ray from the setting sun falls +upon his white face the bolts are drawn and he vanishes into the raging +furnace beneath and is ended. + +The priests of the Sun do not marry, but are recruited as young men +specially devoted to the work by their parents and supported by the +State. The nomination to the higher offices of the priesthood lies with +the Crown, but once appointed the nominees cannot be dispossessed, and +it is scarcely too much to say that they really rule the land. To begin +with, they are a united body sworn to obedience and secrecy, so that +an order issued by the High Priest at Milosis will be instantly and +unhesitatingly acted upon by the resident priest of a little country +town three or four hundred miles off. They are the judges of the land, +criminal and civil, an appeal lying only to the lord paramount of +the district, and from him to the king; and they have, of course, +practically unlimited jurisdiction over religious and moral offences, +together with a right of excommunication, which, as in the faiths of +more highly civilized lands, is a very effective weapon. Indeed, their +rights and powers are almost unlimited, but I may as well state here +that the priests of the Sun are wise in their generation, and do not +push things too far. It is but very seldom that they go to extremes +against anybody, being more inclined to exercise the prerogative of +mercy than run the risk of exasperating the powerful and vigorous-minded +people on whose neck they have set their yoke, lest it should rise and +break it off altogether. + +Another source of the power of the priests is their practical monopoly +of learning, and their very considerable astronomical knowledge, which +enables them to keep a hold on the popular mind by predicting eclipses +and even comets. In Zu-Vendis only a few of the upper classes can read +and write, but nearly all the priests have this knowledge, and are +therefore looked upon as learned men. + +The law of the country is, on the whole, mild and just, but differs +in several respects from our civilized law. For instance, the law of +England is much more severe upon offences against property than against +the person, as becomes a people whose ruling passion is money. A man +may half kick his wife to death or inflict horrible sufferings upon his +children at a much cheaper rate of punishment than he can compound for +the theft of a pair of old boots. In Zu-Vendis this is not so, for there +they rightly or wrongly look upon the person as of more consequence +than goods and chattels, and not, as in England, as a sort of necessary +appendage to the latter. For murder the punishment is death, for treason +death, for defrauding the orphan and the widow, for sacrilege, and +for attempting to quit the country (which is looked on as a sacrilege) +death. In each case the method of execution is the same, and a rather +awful one. The culprit is thrown alive into the fiery furnace beneath +one of the altars to the Sun. For all other offences, including the +offence of idleness, the punishment is forced labour upon the vast +national buildings which are always going on in some part of the +country, with or without periodical floggings, according to the crime. + +The social system of the Zu-Vendi allows considerable liberty to the +individual, provided he does not offend against the laws and customs +of the country. They are polygamous in theory, though most of them +have only one wife on account of the expense. By law a man is bound to +provide a separate establishment for each wife. The first wife also is +the legal wife, and her children are said to be 'of the house of the +Father'. The children of the other wives are of the houses of their +respective mothers. This does not, however, imply any slur upon either +mother or children. Again, a first wife can, on entering into the +married state, make a bargain that her husband shall marry no other +wife. This, however, is very rarely done, as the women are the great +upholders of polygamy, which not only provides for their surplus numbers +but gives greater importance to the first wife, who is thus practically +the head of several households. Marriage is looked upon as primarily +a civil contract, and, subject to certain conditions and to a proper +provision for children, is dissoluble at the will of both contracting +parties, the divorce, or 'unloosing', being formally and ceremoniously +accomplished by going through certain portions of the marriage ceremony +backwards. + +The Zu-Vendi are on the whole a very kindly, pleasant, and light-hearted +people. They are not great traders and care little about money, only +working to earn enough to support themselves in that class of life in +which they were born. They are exceedingly conservative, and look with +disfavour upon changes. Their legal tender is silver, cut into little +squares of different weights; gold is the baser coin, and is about +of the same value as our silver. It is, however, much prized for its +beauty, and largely used for ornaments and decorative purposes. Most of +the trade, however, is carried on by means of sale and barter, payment +being made in kind. Agriculture is the great business of the country, +and is really well understood and carried out, most of the available +acreage being under cultivation. Great attention is also given to the +breeding of cattle and horses, the latter being unsurpassed by any I +have ever seen either in Europe or Africa. + +The land belongs theoretically to the Crown, and under the Crown to the +great lords, who again divide it among smaller lords, and so on down +to the little peasant farmer who works his forty 'reestu' (acres) on a +system of half-profits with his immediate lord. In fact the whole system +is, as I have said, distinctly feudal, and it interested us much to meet +with such an old friend far in the unknown heart of Africa. + +The taxes are very heavy. The State takes a third of a man's total +earnings, and the priesthood about five per cent on the remainder. +But on the other hand, if a man through any cause falls into bona fide +misfortune the State supports him in the position of life to which he +belongs. If he is idle, however, he is sent to work on the Government +undertakings, and the State looks after his wives and children. The +State also makes all the roads and builds all town houses, about which +great care is shown, letting them out to families at a small rent. It +also keeps up a standing army of about twenty thousand men, and provides +watchmen, etc. In return for their five per cent the priests attend to +the service of the temples, carry out all religious ceremonies, and keep +schools, where they teach whatever they think desirable, which is +not very much. Some of the temples also possess private property, but +priests as individuals cannot hold property. + +And now comes a question which I find some difficulty in answering. Are +the Zu-Vendi a civilized or barbarous people? Sometimes I think the one, +sometimes the other. In some branches of art they have attained the +very highest proficiency. Take for instance their buildings and their +statuary. I do not think that the latter can be equalled either in +beauty or imaginative power anywhere in the world, and as for the former +it may have been rivalled in ancient Egypt, but I am sure that it has +never been since. But, on the other hand, they are totally ignorant of +many other arts. Till Sir Henry, who happened to know something about +it, showed them how to do it by mixing silica and lime, they could +not make a piece of glass, and their crockery is rather primitive. A +water-clock is their nearest approach to a watch; indeed, ours delighted +them exceedingly. They know nothing about steam, electricity, or +gunpowder, and mercifully for themselves nothing about printing or the +penny post. Thus they are spared many evils, for of a truth our age has +learnt the wisdom of the old-world saying, 'He who increaseth knowledge, +increaseth sorrow.' + +As regards their religion, it is a natural one for imaginative people +who know no better, and might therefore be expected to turn to the +sun and worship him as the all-Father, but it cannot justly be called +elevating or spiritual. It is true that they do sometimes speak of the +sun as the 'garment of the Spirit', but it is a vague term, and what +they really adore is the fiery orb himself. They also call him the 'hope +of eternity', but here again the meaning is vague, and I doubt if the +phrase conveys any very clear impression to their minds. Some of them +do indeed believe in a future life for the good--I know Nyleptha does +firmly--but it is a private faith arising from the promptings of the +spirit, not an essential of their creed. So on the whole I cannot say +that I consider this sun-worship as a religion indicative of a civilized +people, however magnificent and imposing its ritual, or however moral +and high-sounding the maxims of its priests, many of whom, I am sure, +have their own opinions on the whole subject; though of course they have +nothing but praise for a system which provides them with so many of the +good things of this world. + +There are now only two more matters to which I need allude--namely, +the language and the system of calligraphy. As for the former, it is +soft-sounding, and very rich and flexible. Sir Henry says that it sounds +something like modern Greek, but of course it has no connection with it. +It is easy to acquire, being simple in its construction, and a peculiar +quality about it is its euphony, and the way in which the sound of +the words adapts itself to the meaning to be expressed. Long before we +mastered the language, we could frequently make out what was meant by +the ring of the sentence. It is on this account that the language lends +itself so well to poetical declamation, of which these remarkable +people are very fond. The Zu-Vendi alphabet seems, Sir Henry says, to +be derived, like every other known system of letters, from a Phoenician +source, and therefore more remotely still from the ancient Egyptian +hieratic writing. Whether this is a fact I cannot say, not being learned +in such matters. All I know about it is that their alphabet consists of +twenty-two characters, of which a few, notably B, E, and O, are not +very unlike our own. The whole affair is, however, clumsy and puzzling. +{Endnote 13} But as the people of Zu-Vendi are not given to the writing +of novels, or of anything except business documents and records of the +briefest character, it answers their purpose well enough. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV THE FLOWER TEMPLE + + + +It was half-past eight by my watch when I woke on the morning following +our arrival at Milosis, having slept almost exactly twelve hours, and +I must say that I did indeed feel better. Ah, what a blessed thing is +sleep! and what a difference twelve hours of it or so makes to us after +days and nights of toil and danger. It is like going to bed one man and +getting up another. + +I sat up upon my silken couch--never had I slept upon such a bed +before--and the first thing that I saw was Good's eyeglass fixed on me +from the recesses of his silken couch. There was nothing else of him to +be seen except his eyeglass, but I knew from the look of it that he was +awake, and waiting till I woke up to begin. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he commenced sure enough, 'did you observe her +skin? It is as smooth as the back of an ivory hairbrush.' + +'Now look here, Good,' I remonstrated, when there came a sound at the +curtain, which, on being drawn, admitted a functionary, who signified by +signs that he was there to lead us to the bath. We gladly consented, and +were conducted to a delightful marble chamber, with a pool of running +crystal water in the centre of it, into which we gaily plunged. When we +had bathed, we returned to our apartment and dressed, and then went into +the central room where we had supped on the previous evening, to find a +morning meal already prepared for us, and a capital meal it was, though +I should be puzzled to describe the dishes. After breakfast we lounged +round and admired the tapestries and carpets and some pieces of statuary +that were placed about, wondering the while what was going to happen +next. Indeed, by this time our minds were in such a state of complete +bewilderment that we were, as a matter of fact, ready for anything +that might arrive. As for our sense of astonishment, it was pretty well +obliterated. Whilst we were still thus engaged, our friend the captain +of the guard presented himself, and with many obeisances signified +that we were to follow him, which we did, not without doubts and +heart-searchings--for we guessed that the time had come when we should +have to settle the bill for those confounded hippopotami with our +cold-eyed friend Agon, the High Priest. However, there was no help for +it, and personally I took great comfort in the promise of the protection +of the sister Queens, knowing that if ladies have a will they can +generally find a way; so off we started as though we liked it. A +minute's walk through a passage and an outer court brought us to the +great double gates of the palace that open on to the wide highway which +runs uphill through the heart of Milosis to the Temple of the Sun a mile +away, and thence down the slope on the farther side of the temple to the +outer wall of the city. + +These gates are very large and massive, and an extraordinarily beautiful +work in metal. Between them--for one set is placed at the entrance to an +interior, and one at that of the exterior wall--is a fosse, forty-five +feet in width. This fosse is filled with water and spanned by a +drawbridge, which when lifted makes the palace nearly impregnable to +anything except siege guns. As we came, one half of the wide gates were +flung open, and we passed over the drawbridge and presently stood gazing +up one of the most imposing, if not the most imposing, roadways in the +world. It is a hundred feet from curb to curb, and on either side, +not cramped and crowded together, as is our European fashion, but each +standing in its own grounds, and built equidistant from and in similar +style to the rest, are a series of splendid, single-storied mansions, +all of red granite. These are the town houses of the nobles of the +Court, and stretch away in unbroken lines for a mile or more till the +eye is arrested by the glorious vision of the Temple of the Sun that +crowns the hill and heads the roadway. + +As we stood gazing at this splendid sight, of which more anon, there +suddenly dashed up to the gateway four chariots, each drawn by two +white horses. These chariots are two-wheeled, and made of wood. They are +fitted with a stout pole, the weight of which is supported by leathern +girths that form a portion of the harness. The wheels are made with four +spokes only, are tired with iron, and quite innocent of springs. In the +front of the chariot, and immediately over the pole, is a small seat for +the driver, railed round to prevent him from being jolted off. Inside +the machine itself are three low seats, one at each side, and one with +the back to the horses, opposite to which is the door. The whole vehicle +is lightly and yet strongly made, and, owing to the grace of the curves, +though primitive, not half so ugly as might be expected. + +But if the chariots left something to be desired, the horses did not. +They were simply splendid, not very large but strongly built, and well +ribbed up, with small heads, remarkably large and round hoofs, and a +great look of speed and blood. I have often wondered whence this breed, +which presents many distinct characteristics, came, but like that of its +owners, it history is obscure. Like the people the horses have always +been there. The first and last of these chariots were occupied by +guards, but the centre two were empty, except for the driver, and to +these we were conducted. Alphonse and I got into the first, and Sir +Henry, Good, and Umslopogaas into the one behind, and then suddenly +off we went. And we did go! Among the Zu-Vendi it is not usual to trot +horses either riding or driving, especially when the journey to be made +is a short one--they go at full gallop. As soon as we were seated the +driver called out, the horses sprang forward, and we were whirled +away at a speed sufficient to take one's breath, and which, till I got +accustomed to it, kept me in momentary fear of an upset. As for the +wretched Alphonse, he clung with a despairing face to the side of what +he called this 'devil of a fiacre', thinking that every moment was his +last. Presently it occurred to him to ask where we were going, and +I told him that, as far as I could ascertain, we were going to be +sacrificed by burning. You should have seen his face as he grasped the +side of the vehicle and cried out in his terror. + +But the wild-looking charioteer only leant forward over his flying +steeds and shouted; and the air, as it went singing past, bore away the +sound of Alphonse's lamentations. + +And now before us, in all its marvellous splendour and dazzling +loveliness, shone out the Temple of the Sun--the peculiar pride of the +Zu-Vendi, to whom it was what Solomon's, or rather Herod's, Temple was +to the Jews. The wealth, and skill, and labour of generations had been +given to the building of this wonderful place, which had been only +finally completed within the last fifty years. Nothing was spared that +the country could produce, and the result was indeed worthy of the +effort, not so much on account of its size--for there are larger fanes +in the world--as because of its perfect proportions, the richness and +beauty of its materials, and the wonderful workmanship. The building +(that stands by itself on a space of some eight acres of garden ground +on the hilltop, around which are the dwelling-places of the priests) +is built in the shape of a sunflower, with a dome-covered central hall, +from which radiate twelve petal-shaped courts, each dedicated to one of +the twelve months, and serving as the repositories of statues reared in +memory of the illustrious dead. The width of the circle beneath the dome +is three hundred feet, the height of the dome is four hundred feet, and +the length of the rays is one hundred and fifty feet, and the height of +their roofs three hundred feet, so that they run into the central dome +exactly as the petals of the sunflower run into the great raised heart. +Thus the exact measurement from the centre of the central altar to the +extreme point of any one of the rounded rays would be three hundred feet +(the width of the circle itself), or a total of six hundred feet from +the rounded extremity of one ray or petal to the extremity of the +opposite one. {Endnote 14} + +The building itself is of pure and polished white marble, which shows +out in marvellous contrast to the red granite of the frowning city, on +whose brow it glistens indeed like an imperial diadem upon the forehead +of a dusky queen. The outer surface of the dome and of the twelve petal +courts is covered entirely with thin sheets of beaten gold; and from the +extreme point of the roof of each of these petals a glorious golden form +with a trumpet in its hand and widespread wings is figured in the very +act of soaring into space. I really must leave whoever reads this to +imagine the surpassing beauty of these golden roofs flashing when the +sun strikes--flashing like a thousand fires aflame on a mountain of +polished marble--so fiercely that the reflection can be clearly seen +from the great peaks of the range a hundred miles away. + +It is a marvellous sight--this golden flower upborne upon the cool white +marble walls, and I doubt if the world can show such another. What makes +the whole effect even more gorgeous is that a belt of a hundred and +fifty feet around the marble wall of the temple is planted with an +indigenous species of sunflower, which were at the time when we first +saw them a sheet of golden bloom. + +The main entrance to this wonderful place is between the two +northernmost of the rays or petal courts, and is protected first by the +usual bronze gates, and then by doors made of solid marble, beautifully +carved with allegorical subjects and overlaid with gold. When these +are passed there is only the thickness of the wall, which is, however, +twenty-five feet (for the Zu-Vendi build for all time), and another +slight wall also of white marble, introduced in order to avoid causing a +visible gap in the inner skin of the wall, and you stand in the circular +hall under the great dome. Advancing to the central altar you look upon +as beautiful a sight as the imagination of man can conceive. You are in +the middle of the holy place, and above you the great white marble dome +(for the inner skin, like the outer, is of polished marble throughout) +arches away in graceful curves something like that of St Paul's in +London, only at a slighter angle, and from the funnel-like opening at +the exact apex a bright beam of light pours down upon the golden altar. +At the east and the west are other altars, and other beams of light stab +the sacred twilight to the heart. In every direction, 'white, mystic, +wonderful', open out the ray-like courts, each pierced through by a +single arrow of light that serves to illumine its lofty silence and +dimly to reveal the monuments of the dead. {Endnote 15} + +Overcome at so awe-inspiring a sight, the vast loveliness of which +thrills the nerves like a glance from beauty's eyes, you turn to the +central golden altar, in the midst of which, though you cannot see it +now, there burns a pale but steady flame crowned with curls of faint +blue smoke. It is of marble overlaid with pure gold, in shape round +like the sun, four feet in height, and thirty-six in circumference. +Here also, hinged to the foundations of the altar, are twelve petals +of beaten gold. All night and, except at one hour, all day also, these +petals are closed over the altar itself exactly as the petals of a +water-lily close over the yellow crown in stormy weather; but when the +sun at midday pierces through the funnel in the dome and lights upon the +golden flower, the petals open and reveal the hidden mystery, only to +close again when the ray has passed. + +Nor is this all. Standing in semicircles at equal distances from each +other on the north and south of the sacred place are ten golden angels, +or female winged forms, exquisitely shaped and draped. These figures, +which are slightly larger than life-size, stand with bent heads in an +attitude of adoration, their faces shadowed by their wings, and are most +imposing and of exceeding beauty. + +There is but one thing further which calls for description in this +altar, which is, that to the east the flooring in front of it is not of +pure white marble, as elsewhere throughout the building, but of solid +brass, and this is also the case in front of the other two altars. + +The eastern and western altars, which are semicircular in shape, and +placed against the wall of the building, are much less imposing, and +are not enfolded in golden petals. They are, however, also of gold, the +sacred fire burns on each, and a golden-winged figure stands on either +side of them. Two great golden rays run up the wall behind them, but +where the third or middle one should be is an opening in the wall, +wide on the outside, but narrow within, like a loophole turned inwards. +Through the eastern loophole stream the first beams of the rising sun, +and strike right across the circle, touching the folded petals of the +great gold flower as they pass till they impinge upon the western altar. +In the same way at night the last rays of the sinking sun rest for a +while on the eastern altar before they die away into darkness. It is the +promise of the dawn to the evening and the evening to the dawn. + +With the exception of those three altars and the winged figures about +them, the whole space beneath the vast white dome is utterly empty and +devoid of ornamentation--a circumstance that to my fancy adds greatly to +its splendour. + +Such is a brief description of this wonderful and lovely building, to +the glories of which, to my mind so much enhanced by their complete +simplicity, I only wish I had the power to do justice. But I cannot, so +it is useless talking more about it. But when I compare this great +work of genius to some of the tawdry buildings and tinsel ornamentation +produced in these latter days by European ecclesiastical architects, +I feel that even highly civilized art might learn something from the +Zu-Vendi masterpieces. I can only say that the exclamation which sprang +to my lips as soon as my eyes first became accustomed to the dim light +of that glorious building, and its white and curving beauties, perfect +and thrilling as those of a naked goddess, grew upon me one by one, was, +'Well! a dog would feel religious here.' It is vulgarly put, but perhaps +it conveys my meaning more clearly than any polished utterance. + +At the temple gates our party was received by a guard of soldiers, +who appeared to be under the orders of a priest; and by them we were +conducted into one of the ray or 'petal' courts, as the priests call +them, and there left for at least half-an-hour. Here we conferred +together, and realizing that we stood in great danger of our lives, +determined, if any attempt should be made upon us, to sell them as +dearly as we could--Umslopogaas announcing his fixed intention of +committing sacrilege on the person of Agon, the High Priest, by +splitting his head with Inkosi-kaas. From where we stood we could +perceive that an immense multitude were pouring into the temple, +evidently in expectation of some unusual event, and I could not help +fearing that we had to do with it. And here I may explain that every +day, when the sunlight falls upon the central altar, and the trumpets +sound, a burnt sacrifice is offered to the Sun, consisting generally of +the carcase of a sheep or ox, or sometimes of fruit or corn. This event +comes off about midday; of course, not always exactly at that hour, but +as Zu-Vendis is situated not far from the Line, although--being so +high above the sea it is very temperate--midday and the falling of the +sunlight on the altar were generally simultaneous. Today the sacrifice +was to take place at about eight minutes past twelve. + +Just at twelve o'clock a priest appeared, and made a sign, and the +officer of the guard signified to us that we were expected to advance, +which we did with the best grace that we could muster, all except +Alphonse, whose irrepressible teeth instantly began to chatter. In a +few seconds we were out of the court and looking at a vast sea of human +faces stretching away to the farthest limits of the great circle, +all straining to catch a glimpse of the mysterious strangers who +had committed sacrilege; the first strangers, mind you, who, to the +knowledge of the multitude, had ever set foot in Zu-Vendis since such +time that the memory of man runneth not to the contrary. + +As we appeared there was a murmur through the vast crowd that went +echoing away up the great dome, and we saw a visible blush of excitement +grow on the thousands of faces, like a pink light on a stretch of pale +cloud, and a very curious effect it was. On we passed down a lane cut +through the heart of the human mass, till presently we stood upon +the brazen patch of flooring to the east of the central altar, and +immediately facing it. For some thirty feet around the golden-winged +figures the space was roped off, and the multitudes stood outside +the ropes. Within were a circle of white-robed gold-cinctured priests +holding long golden trumpets in their hands, and immediately in front of +us was our friend Agon, the High Priest, with his curious cap upon his +head. His was the only covered head in that vast assemblage. We took +our stand upon the brazen space, little knowing what was prepared for +us beneath, but I noticed a curious hissing sound proceeding apparently +from the floor for which I could not account. Then came a pause, and I +looked around to see if there was any sign of the two Queens, Nyleptha +and Sorais, but they were not there. To the right of us, however, was a +bare space that I guessed was reserved for them. + +We waited, and presently a far-off trumpet blew, apparently high up in +the dome. Then came another murmur from the multitude, and up a long +lane, leading to the open space to our right, we saw the two Queens +walking side by side. Behind them were some nobles of the Court, among +whom I recognized the great lord Nasta, and behind them again a body of +about fifty guards. These last I was very glad to see. Presently they +had all arrived and taken their stand, the two Queens in the front, +the nobles to the right and left, and the guards in a double semicircle +behind them. + +Then came another silence, and Nyleptha looked up and caught my eye; +it seemed to me that there was meaning in her glance, and I watched it +narrowly. From my eye it travelled down to the brazen flooring, on +the outer edge of which we stood. Then followed a slight and almost +imperceptible sidelong movement of the head. I did not understand it, +and it was repeated. Then I guessed that she meant us to move back off +the brazen floor. One more glance and I was sure of it--there was +danger in standing on the floor. Sir Henry was placed on one side of me, +Umslopogaas on the other. Keeping my eyes fixed straight before me, I +whispered to them, first in Zulu and then in English, to draw slowly +back inch by inch till half their feet were resting on the marble +flooring where the brass ceased. Sir Henry whispered on to Good and +Alphonse, and slowly, very very slowly, we shifted backwards; so slowly +that nobody, except Nyleptha and Sorais, who saw everything seemed to +notice the movement. Then I glanced again at Nyleptha, and saw that, +by an almost imperceptible nod, she indicated approval. All the while +Agon's eyes were fixed upon the altar before him apparently in an +ecstasy of contemplation, and mine were fixed upon the small of his back +in another sort of ecstasy. Suddenly he flung up his long arm, and in a +solemn and resounding voice commenced a chant, of which for convenience' +sake I append a rough, a _very_ rough, translation here, though, of +course, I did not then comprehend its meaning. It was an invocation to +the Sun, and ran somewhat as follows:-- + + There is silence upon the face of the Earth and the waters thereof! + Yea, the silence doth brood on the waters like a nesting bird; + The silence sleepeth also upon the bosom of the profound darkness, + Only high up in the great spaces star doth speak unto star, + The Earth is faint with longing and wet with the tears of her desire; + The star-girdled night doth embrace her, but she is not comforted. + She lies enshrouded in mists like a corpse in the grave-clothes, + And stretches her pale hands to the East. + + Lo! away in the farthest East there is the shadow of a light; + The Earth seeth and lifts herself. She looks out from beneath + the hollow of her hand. + Then thy great angels fly forth from the Holy Place, oh Sun, + They shoot their fiery swords into the darkness and shrivel it up. + They climb the heavens and cast down the pale stars from their thrones; + Yea, they hurl the changeful stars back into the womb of the night; + They cause the moon to become wan as the face of a dying man, + And behold! Thy glory comes, oh Sun! + + Oh, Thou beautiful one, Thou drapest thyself in fire. + The wide heavens are thy pathway: thou rollest o'er them as a chariot. + The Earth is thy bride. Thou dost embrace her and + she brings forth children; + Yea, Thou favourest her, and she yields her increase. + Thou art the All Father and the giver of life, oh Sun. + The young children stretch out their hands and grow in thy brightness; + The old men creep forth and seeing remember their strength. + Only the dead forget Thee, oh Sun! + + When Thou art wroth then Thou dost hide Thy face; + Thou drawest around Thee a thick curtain of shadows. + Then the Earth grows cold and the Heavens are dismayed; + They tremble, and the sound thereof is the sound of thunder: + They weep, and their tears are outpoured in the rain; + They sigh, and the wild winds are the voice of their sighing. + The flowers die, the fruitful fields languish and turn pale; + The old men and the little children go unto their appointed place + When Thou withdrawest thy light, oh Sun! + + Say, what art Thou, oh Thou matchless Splendour-- + Who set Thee on high, oh Thou flaming Terror? + When didst Thou begin, and when is the day of Thy ending? + Thou art the raiment of the living Spirit. {Endnote 16} + None did place Thee on high, for Thou was the Beginning. + Thou shalt not be ended when thy children are forgotten; + Nay, Thou shalt never end, for thy hours are eternal. + Thou sittest on high within thy golden house and + measurest out the centuries. + Oh Father of Life! oh dark-dispelling Sun! + + +He ceased this solemn chant, which, though it seems a poor enough thing +after going through my mill, is really beautiful and impressive in the +original; and then, after a moment's pause, he glanced up towards the +funnel-sloped opening in the dome and added-- + +Oh Sun, descend upon thine Altar! + + +As he spoke a wonderful and a beautiful thing happened. Down from on +high flashed a splendid living ray of light, cleaving the twilight like +a sword of fire. Full upon the closed petals it fell and ran shimmering +down their golden sides, and then the glorious flower opened as though +beneath the bright influence. Slowly it opened, and as the great petals +fell wide and revealed the golden altar on which the fire ever burns, +the priests blew a blast upon the trumpets, and from all the people +there rose a shout of praise that beat against the domed roof and came +echoing down the marble walls. And now the flower altar was open, and +the sunlight fell full upon the tongue of sacred flame and beat it down, +so that it wavered, sank, and vanished into the hollow recesses whence +it rose. As it vanished, the mellow notes of the trumpets rolled out +once more. Again the old priest flung up his hands and called aloud-- + +We sacrifice to thee, oh Sun! + + +Once more I caught Nyleptha's eye; it was fixed upon the brazen +flooring. + +'Look out,' I said, aloud; and as I said it, I saw Agon bend forward and +touch something on the altar. As he did so, the great white sea of faces +around us turned red and then white again, and a deep breath went up +like a universal sigh. Nyleptha leant forward, and with an involuntary +movement covered her eyes with her hand. Sorais turned and whispered to +the officer of the royal bodyguard, and then with a rending sound the +whole of the brazen flooring slid from before our feet, and there in its +place was suddenly revealed a smooth marble shaft terminating in a most +awful raging furnace beneath the altar, big enough and hot enough to +heat the iron stern-post of a man-of-war. + +With a cry of terror we sprang backwards, all except the wretched +Alphonse, who was paralysed with fear, and would have fallen into the +fiery furnace which had been prepared for us, had not Sir Henry caught +him in his strong hand as he was vanishing and dragged him back. + +Instantly there arose the most fearful hubbub, and we four got back +to back, Alphonse dodging frantically round our little circle in his +attempts to take shelter under our legs. We all had our revolvers +on--for though we had been politely disarmed of our guns on leaving +the palace, of course these people did not know what a revolver was. +Umslopogaas, too, had his axe, of which no effort had been made to +deprive him, and now he whirled it round his head and sent his piercing +Zulu war-shout echoing up the marble walls in fine defiant fashion. +Next second, the priests, baffled of their prey, had drawn swords from +beneath their white robes and were leaping on us like hounds upon a +stag at bay. I saw that, dangerous as action might be, we must act or be +lost, so as the first man came bounding along--and a great tall fellow +he was--I sent a heavy revolver ball through him, and down he fell at +the mouth of the shaft, and slid, shrieking frantically, into the fiery +gulf that had been prepared for us. + +Whether it was his cries, or the, to them, awful sound and effect of +the pistol shot, or what, I know not, but the other priests halted, +paralysed and dismayed, and before they could come on again Sorais had +called out something, and we, together with the two Queens and most +of the courtiers, were being surrounded with a wall of armed men. In a +moment it was done, and still the priests hesitated, and the people hung +in the balance like a herd of startled buck as it were, making no sign +one way or the other. + +The last yell of the burning priest had died away, the fire had finished +him, and a great silence fell upon the place. + +Then the High Priest Agon turned, and his face was as the face of a +devil. 'Let the sacrifice be sacrificed,' he cried to the Queens. 'Has +not sacrilege enough been done by these strangers, and would ye, as +Queens, throw the cloak of your majesty over evildoers? Are not the +creatures sacred to the Sun dead? And is not a priest of the Sun also +dead, but now slain by the magic of these strangers, who come as the +winds out of heaven, whence we know not, and who are what we know not? +Beware, oh Queens, how ye tamper with the great majesty of the God, even +before His high altar! There is a Power that is more than your power; +there is a Justice that is higher than your justice. Beware how ye lift +an impious hand against it! Let the sacrifice be sacrificed, oh Queens.' + +Then Sorais made answer in her deep quiet tones, that always seemed to +me to have a suspicion of mockery about them, however serious the theme: +'Oh, Agon, thou hast spoken according to thy desire, and thou hast +spoken truth. But it is thou who wouldst lift an impious hand +against the justice of thy God. Bethink thee the midday sacrifice is +accomplished; the Sun hath claimed his priest as a sacrifice.' + +This was a novel idea, and the people applauded it. + +'Bethink thee what are these men? They are strangers found floating on +the bosom of a lake. Who brought them here? How came they here? How know +you that they also are not servants of the Sun? Is this the hospitality +that ye would have our nation show to those whom chance brings to +them, to throw them to the flames? Shame on you! Shame on you! What is +hospitality? To receive the stranger and show him favour. To bind up his +wounds, and find a pillow for his head, and food for him to eat. But thy +pillow is the fiery furnace, and thy food the hot savour of the flame. +Shame on thee, I say!' + +She paused a little to watch the effect of her speech upon the +multitude, and seeing that it was favourable, changed her tone from one +of remonstrance to one of command. + +'Ho! place there,' she cried; 'place, I say; make way for the Queens, +and those whom the Queens cover with their "kaf" (mantle).' + +'And if I refuse, oh Queen?' said Agon between his teeth. + +'Then will I cut a path with my guards,' was the proud answer; 'ay, +even in the presence of thy sanctuary, and through the bodies of thy +priests.' + +Agon turned livid with baffled fury. He glanced at the people as though +meditating an appeal to them, but saw clearly that their sympathies were +all the other way. The Zu-Vendi are a very curious and sociable people, +and great as was their sense of the enormity that we had committed in +shooting the sacred hippopotami, they did not like the idea of the only +real live strangers they had seen or heard of being consigned to a fiery +furnace, thereby putting an end for ever to their chance of extracting +knowledge and information from, and gossiping about us. Agon saw this +and hesitated, and then for the first time Nyleptha spoke in her soft +sweet voice. + +'Bethink thee, Agon,' she said, 'as my sister Queen has said, these men +may also be servants of the Sun. For themselves they cannot speak, for +their tongues are tied. Let the matter be adjourned till such time as +they have learnt our language. Who can be condemned without a hearing? +When these men can plead for themselves, then it will be time to put +them to the proof.' + +Here was a clever loophole of escape, and the vindictive old priest took +it, little as he liked it. + +'So be it, oh Queens,' he said. 'Let the men go in peace, and when they +have learnt our tongue then let them speak. And I, even I, will make +humble supplication at the altar lest pestilence fall on the land by +cause of the sacrilege.' + +These words were received with a murmur of applause, and in another +minute we were marching out of the temple surrounded by the royal +guards. + +But it was not till long afterwards that we learnt the exact substance +of what had passed, and how hardly our lives had been wrung out of the +cruel grip of the Zu-Vendi priesthood, in the face of which even the +Queens were practically powerless. Had it not been for their strenuous +efforts to protect us we should have been slain even before we set foot +in the Temple of the Sun. The attempt to drop us bodily into the fiery +pit as an offering was a last artifice to attain this end when several +others quite unsuspected by us had already failed. + + + + +CHAPTER XV SORAIS' SONG + + + +After our escape from Agon and his pious crew we returned to our +quarters in the palace and had a very good time. The two Queens, the +nobles and the people vied with each other in doing us honour and +showering gifts upon us. As for that painful little incident of the +hippopotami it sank into oblivion, where we were quite content to leave +it. Every day deputations and individuals waited on us to examine our +guns and clothing, our chain shirts, and our instruments, especially our +watches, with which they were much delighted. In short, we became quite +the rage, so much so that some of the fashionable young swells among +the Zu-Vendi began to copy the cut of some of our clothes, notably Sir +Henry's shooting jacket. One day, indeed, a deputation waited on us +and, as usual, Good donned his full-dress uniform for the occasion. This +deputation seemed somehow to be a different class to those who generally +came to visit us. They were little insignificant men of an excessively +polite, not to say servile, demeanour; and their attention appeared +to be chiefly taken up with observing the details of Good's full-dress +uniform, of which they took copious notes and measurements. Good was +much flattered at the time, not suspecting that he had to deal with the +six leading tailors of Milosis. A fortnight afterwards, however, when +on attending court as usual he had the pleasure of seeing some seven +or eight Zu-Vendi 'mashers' arrayed in all the glory of a very fair +imitation of his full-dress uniform, he changed his mind. I shall never +forget his face of astonishment and disgust. It was after this, chiefly +to avoid remark, and also because our clothes were wearing out and had +to be saved up, that we resolved to adopt the native dress; and a very +comfortable one we found it, though I am bound to say that I looked +sufficiently ridiculous in it, and as for Alphonse! Only Umslopogaas +would have none of these things; when his moocha was worn out the fierce +old Zulu made him a new one, and went about unconcerned, as grim and +naked as his own battleaxe. + +Meanwhile we pursued our study of the language steadily and made very +good progress. On the morning following our adventure in the temple, +three grave and reverend signiors presented themselves armed with +manuscript books, ink-horns and feather pens, and indicated that they +had been sent to teach us. So, with the exception of Umslopogaas, we all +buckled to with a will, doing four hours a day. As for Umslopogaas, he +would have none of that either. He did not wish to learn that 'woman's +talk', not he; and when one of the teachers advanced on him with a book +and an ink-horn and waved them before him in a mild persuasive way, much +as a churchwarden invitingly shakes the offertory bag under the nose of +a rich but niggardly parishioner, he sprang up with a fierce oath and +flashed Inkosi-kaas before the eyes of our learned friend, and there was +an end of the attempt to teach _him_ Zu-Vendi. + +Thus we spent our mornings in useful occupation which grew more and +more interesting as we proceeded, and the afternoons were given up to +recreation. Sometimes we made trips, notably one to the gold mines and +another to the marble quarries both of which I wish I had space and time +to describe; and sometimes we went out hunting buck with dogs trained +for that purpose, and a very exciting sport it is, as the country is +full of agricultural enclosures and our horses were magnificent. This +is not to be wondered at, seeing that the royal stables were at our +command, in addition to which we had four splendid saddle horses given +to us by Nyleptha. + +Sometimes, again, we went hawking, a pastime that is in great favour +among the Zu-Vendi, who generally fly their birds at a species of +partridge which is remarkable for the swiftness and strength of its +flight. When attacked by the hawk this bird appears to lose its head, +and, instead of seeking cover, flies high into the sky, thus offering +wonderful sport. I have seen one of these partridges soar up almost out +of sight when followed by the hawk. Still better sport is offered by a +variety of solitary snipe as big as a small woodcock, which is plentiful +in this country, and which is flown at with a very small, agile, and +highly-trained hawk with an almost red tail. The zigzagging of the great +snipe and the lightning rapidity of the flight and movements of the +red-tailed hawk make the pastime a delightful one. Another variety of +the same amusement is the hunting of a very small species of antelope +with trained eagles; and it certainly is a marvellous sight to see the +great bird soar and soar till he is nothing but a black speck in the +sunlight, and then suddenly come dashing down like a cannon-ball upon +some cowering buck that is hidden in a patch of grass from everything +but that piercing eye. Still finer is the spectacle when the eagle takes +the buck running. + +On other days we would pay visits to the country seats at some of the +great lords' beautiful fortified places, and the villages clustering +beneath their walls. Here we saw vineyards and corn-fields and well-kept +park-like grounds, with such timber in them as filled me with delight, +for I do love a good tree. There it stands so strong and sturdy, and yet +so beautiful, a very type of the best sort of man. How proudly it +lifts its bare head to the winter storms, and with what a full heart it +rejoices when the spring has come again! How grand its voice is, too, +when it talks with the wind: a thousand aeolian harps cannot equal the +beauty of the sighing of a great tree in leaf. All day it points to the +sunshine and all night to the stars, and thus passionless, and yet +full of life, it endures through the centuries, come storm, come shine, +drawing its sustenance from the cool bosom of its mother earth, and as +the slow years roll by, learning the great mysteries of growth and of +decay. And so on and on through generations, outliving individuals, +customs, dynasties--all save the landscape it adorns and human +nature--till the appointed day when the wind wins the long battle and +rejoices over a reclaimed space, or decay puts the last stroke to his +fungus-fingered work. + +Ah, one should always think twice before one cuts down a tree! + +In the evenings it was customary for Sir Henry, Good, and myself to +dine, or rather sup, with their Majesties--not every night, indeed, but +about three or four times a week, whenever they had not much company, or +the affairs of state would allow of it. And I am bound to say that those +little suppers were quite the most charming things of their sort that +I ever had to do with. How true is the saying that the very highest +in rank are always the most simple and kindly. It is from your +half-and-half sort of people that you get pomposity and vulgarity, the +difference between the two being very much what one sees every day in +England between the old, out-at-elbows, broken-down county family, and +the overbearing, purse-proud people who come and 'take the place'. I +really think that Nyleptha's greatest charm is her sweet simplicity, and +her kindly genuine interest even in little things. She is the simplest +woman I ever knew, and where her passions are not involved, one of the +sweetest; but she can look queenly enough when she likes, and be as +fierce as any savage too. + +For instance, never shall I forget that scene when I for the first time +was sure that she was really in love with Curtis. It came about in this +way--all through Good's weakness for ladies' society. When we had been +employed for some three months in learning Zu-Vendi, it struck Master +Good that he was getting rather tired of the old gentlemen who did us +the honour to lead us in the way that we should go, so he proceeded, +without saying a word to anybody else, to inform them that it was a +peculiar fact, but that we could not make any real progress in the +deeper intricacies of a foreign language unless we were taught by +ladies--young ladies, he was careful to explain. In his own country, he +pointed out, it was habitual to choose the very best-looking and most +charming girls who could be found to instruct any strangers who happened +to come that way, etc. + +All of this the old gentlemen swallowed open-mouthed. There was, +they admitted, reason in what he said, since the contemplation of the +beautiful, as their philosophy taught, induced a certain porosity of +mind similar to that produced upon the physical body by the healthful +influences of sun and air. Consequently it was probable that we might +absorb the Zu-Vendi tongue a little faster if suitable teachers could +be found. Another thing was that, as the female sex was naturally +loquacious, good practice would be gained in the viva voce department of +our studies. + +To all of this Good gravely assented, and the learned gentlemen +departed, assuring him that their orders were to fall in with our wishes +in every way, and that, if possible, our views should be met. + +Imagine, therefore the surprise and disgust of myself, and I trust and +believe Sir Henry, when, on entering the room where we were accustomed +to carry on our studies the following morning, we found, instead of +our usual venerable tutors, three of the best-looking young women whom +Milosis could produce--and that is saying a good deal--who blushed and +smiled and curtseyed, and gave us to understand that they were there +to carry on our instruction. Then Good, as we gazed at one another in +bewilderment, thought fit to explain, saying that it had slipped his +memory before--but the old gentlemen had told him, on the previous +evening, that it was absolutely necessary that our further education +should be carried on by the other sex. I was overwhelmed, and appealed +to Sir Henry for advice in such a crisis. + +'Well,' he said, 'you see the ladies are here, ain't they? If we sent +them away, don't you think it might hurt their feelings, eh? One doesn't +like to be rough, you see; and they look regular _blues_, don't they, +eh?' + +By this time Good had already begun his lessons with the handsomest of +the three, and so with a sigh I yielded. That day everything went very +well: the young ladies were certainly very clever, and they only smiled +when we blundered. I never saw Good so attentive to his books before, +and even Sir Henry appeared to tackle Zu-Vendi with a renewed zest. +'Ah,' thought I, 'will it always be thus?' + +Next day we were much more lively, our work was pleasingly interspersed +with questions about our native country, what the ladies were like +there, etc., all of which we answered as best as we could in Zu-Vendi, +and I heard Good assuring his teacher that her loveliness was to the +beauties of Europe as the sun to the moon, to which she replied with a +little toss of the head, that she was a plain teaching woman and nothing +else, and that it was not kind 'to deceive a poor girl so'. Then we had +a little singing that was really charming, so natural and unaffected. +The Zu-Vendi love-songs are most touching. On the third day we were all +quite intimate. Good narrated some of his previous love affairs to his +fair teacher, and so moved was she that her sighs mingled with his own. +I discoursed with mine, a merry blue-eyed girl, upon Zu-Vendian art, and +never saw that she was waiting for an opportunity to drop a specimen of +the cockroach tribe down my back, whilst in the corner Sir Henry and +his governess appeared, so far as I could judge, to be going through a +lesson framed on the great educational principles laid down by Wackford +Squeers Esq., though in a very modified or rather spiritualized form. +The lady softly repeated the Zu-Vendi word for 'hand', and he took hers; +'eyes', and he gazed deep into her brown orbs; 'lips', and--but just at +that moment _my_ young lady dropped the cockroach down my back and ran +away laughing. Now if there is one thing I loathe more than another it +is cockroaches, and moved quite beyond myself, and yet laughing at her +impudence, I took up the cushion she had been sitting on and threw it +after her. Imagine then my shame--my horror, and my distress--when the +door opened, and, attended by two guards only, in walked _Nyleptha_. +The cushion could not be recalled (it missed the girl and hit one of the +guards on the head), but I instantly and ineffectually tried to look as +though I had not thrown it. Good ceased his sighing, and began to murder +Zu-Vendi at the top of his voice, and Sir Henry whistled and looked +silly. As for the poor girls, they were utterly dumbfounded. + +And Nyleptha! she drew herself up till her frame seemed to tower even +above that of the tall guards, and her face went first red, and then +pale as death. + +'Guards,' she said in a quiet choked voice, and pointing at the fair but +unconscious disciple of Wackford Squeers, 'slay me that woman.' + +The men hesitated, as well they might. + +'Will ye do my bidding,' she said again in the same voice, 'or will ye +not?' + +Then they advanced upon the girl with uplifted spears. By this time Sir +Henry had recovered himself, and saw that the comedy was likely to turn +into a tragedy. + +'Stand back,' he said in a voice of thunder, at the same time getting in +front of the terrified girl. 'Shame on thee, Nyleptha--shame! Thou shalt +not kill her.' + +'Doubtless thou hast good reason to try to protect her. Thou couldst +hardly do less in honour,' answered the infuriated Queen; 'but she shall +die--she shall die,' and she stamped her little foot. + +'It is well,' he answered; 'then will I die with her. I am thy servant, +oh Queen; do with me even as thou wilt.' And he bowed towards her, and +fixed his clear eyes contemptuously on her face. + +'I could wish to slay thee too,' she answered; 'for thou dost make a +mock of me;' and then feeling that she was mastered, and I suppose not +knowing what else to do, she burst into such a storm of tears and looked +so royally lovely in her passionate distress, that, old as I am, I must +say I envied Curtis his task of supporting her. It was rather odd to see +him holding her in his arms considering what had just passed--a thought +that seemed to occur to herself, for presently she wrenched herself free +and went, leaving us all much disturbed. + +Presently, however, one of the guards returned with a message to the +girls that they were, on pain of death, to leave the city and return to +their homes in the country, and that no further harm would come to them; +and accordingly they went, one of them remarking philosophically that +it could not be helped, and that it was a satisfaction to know that they +had taught us a little serviceable Zu-Vendi. Mine was an exceedingly +nice girl, and, overlooking the cockroach, I made her a present of my +favourite lucky sixpence with a hole in it when she went away. After +that our former masters resumed their course of instruction, needless to +say to my great relief. + +That night, when in fear and trembling we attended the royal supper +table, we found that Nyleptha was laid up with a bad headache. That +headache lasted for three whole days; but on the fourth she was present +at supper as usual, and with the most gracious and sweet smile gave Sir +Henry her hand to lead her to the table. No allusion was made to the +little affair described above beyond her saying, with a charming air of +innocence, that when she came to see us at our studies the other day she +had been seized with a giddiness from which she had only now recovered. +She supposed, she added with a touch of the humour that was common to +her, that it was the sight of people working so hard which had affected +her. + +In reply Sir Henry said, dryly, that he had thought she did not look +quite herself on that day, whereat she flashed one of those quick +glances of hers at him, which if he had the feelings of a man must have +gone through him like a knife, and the subject dropped entirely. +Indeed, after supper was over Nyleptha condescended to put us through +an examination to see what we had learnt, and to express herself well +satisfied with the results. Indeed, she proceeded to give us, especially +Sir Henry, a lesson on her own account, and very interesting we found +it. + +And all the while that we talked, or rather tried to talk, and laughed, +Sorais would sit there in her carven ivory chair, and look at us and +read us all like a book, only from time to time saying a few words, and +smiling that quick ominous smile of hers which was more like a flash of +summer lightning on a dark cloud than anything else. And as near to her +as he dared would sit Good, worshipping through his eyeglass, for he +really was getting seriously devoted to this sombre beauty, of whom, +speaking personally, I felt terribly afraid. I watched her keenly, and +soon I found out that for all her apparent impassibility she was at +heart bitterly jealous of Nyleptha. Another thing I found out, and +the discovery filled me with dismay, and that was, that she _also_ was +growing devoted to Sir Henry Curtis. Of course I could not be sure; it +is not easy to read so cold and haughty a woman; but I noticed one or +two little things, and, as elephant hunters know, dried grass shows +which way the wind has set. + +And so another three months passed over us, by which time we had all +attained to a very considerable mastery of the Zu-Vendi language, +which is an easy one to learn. And as the time went on we became great +favourites with the people, and even with the courtiers, gaining an +enormous reputation for cleverness, because, as I think I have said, +Sir Henry was able to show them how to make glass, which was a national +want, and also, by the help of a twenty-year almanac that we had +with us, to predict various heavenly combinations which were +quite unsuspected by the native astronomers. We even succeeded in +demonstrating the principle of the steam-engine to a gathering of the +learned men, who were filled with amazement; and several other things of +the same sort we did. And so it came about that the people made up their +minds that we must on no account be allowed to go out of the country +(which indeed was an apparent impossibility even if we had wished it), +and we were advanced to great honour and made officers to the bodyguards +of the sister Queens while permanent quarters were assigned to us in the +palace, and our opinion was asked upon questions of national policy. + +But blue as the sky seemed, there was a cloud, and a big one, on the +horizon. We had indeed heard no more of those confounded hippopotami, +but it is not on that account to be supposed that our sacrilege was +forgotten, or the enmity of the great and powerful priesthood headed by +Agon appeased. On the contrary, it was burning the more fiercely because +it was necessarily suppressed, and what had perhaps begun in bigotry +was ending in downright direct hatred born of jealousy. Hitherto, the +priests had been the wise men of the land, and were on this account, as +well as from superstitious causes, looked on with peculiar veneration. +But our arrival, with our outlandish wisdom and our strange inventions +and hints of unimagined things, dealt a serious blow to this state of +affairs, and, among the educated Zu-Vendi, went far towards destroying +the priestly prestige. A still worse affront to them, however, was the +favour with which we were regarded, and the trust that was reposed in +us. All these things tended to make us excessively obnoxious to the +great sacerdotal clan, the most powerful because the most united faction +in the kingdom. + +Another source of imminent danger to us was the rising envy of some of +the great lords headed by Nasta, whose antagonism to us had at best +been but thinly veiled, and which now threatened to break out into open +flame. Nasta had for some years been a candidate for Nyleptha's hand in +marriage, and when we appeared on the scene I fancy, from all I could +gather, that though there were still many obstacles in his path, success +was by no means out of his reach. But now all this had changed; the coy +Nyleptha smiled no more in his direction, and he was not slow to guess +the cause. Infuriated and alarmed, he turned his attention to Sorais, +only to find that he might as well try to woo a mountain side. With a +bitter jest or two about his fickleness, that door was closed on him for +ever. So Nasta bethought himself of the thirty thousand wild swordsmen +who would pour down at his bidding through the northern mountain passes, +and no doubt vowed to adorn the gates of Milosis with our heads. + +But first he determined, as I learned, to make one more attempt and to +demand the hand of Nyleptha in the open Court after the formal annual +ceremony of the signing of the laws that had been proclaimed by the +Queens during the year. + +Of this astounding fact Nyleptha heard with simulated nonchalance, and +with a little trembling of the voice herself informed us of it as we sat +at supper on the night preceding the great ceremony of the law-giving. + +Sir Henry bit his lip, and do what he could to prevent it plainly showed +his agitation. + +'And what answer will the Queen be pleased to give to the great Lord?' +asked I, in a jesting manner. + +'Answer, Macumazahn' (for we had elected to pass by our Zulu names in +Zu-Vendis), she said, with a pretty shrug of her ivory shoulder. 'Nay, I +know not; what is a poor woman to do, when the wooer has thirty thousand +swords wherewith to urge his love?' And from under her long lashes she +glanced at Curtis. + +Just then we rose from the table to adjourn into another room. +'Quatermain, a word, quick,' said Sir Henry to me. 'Listen. I have never +spoken about it, but surely you have guessed: I love Nyleptha. What am I +to do?' + +Fortunately, I had more or less already taken the question into +consideration, and was therefore able to give such answer as seemed the +wisest to me. + +'You must speak to Nyleptha tonight,' I said. 'Now is your time, now or +never. Listen. In the sitting-chamber get near to her, and whisper to +her to meet you at midnight by the Rademas statue at the end of the +great hall. I will keep watch for you there. Now or never, Curtis.' + +We passed on into the other room. Nyleptha was sitting, her hands before +her, and a sad anxious look upon her lovely face. A little way off was +Sorais talking to Good in her slow measured tones. + +The time went on; in another quarter of an hour I knew that, according +to their habit, the Queens would retire. As yet, Sir Henry had had no +chance of saying a word in private: indeed, though we saw much of the +royal sisters, it was by no means easy to see them alone. I racked my +brains, and at last an idea came to me. + +'Will the Queen be pleased,' I said, bowing low before Sorais, 'to sing +to her servants? Our hearts are heavy this night; sing to us, oh Lady of +the Night' (Sorais' favourite name among the people). + +'My songs, Macumazahn, are not such as to lighten the heavy heart, yet +will I sing if it pleases thee,' she answered; and she rose and went a +few paces to a table whereon lay an instrument not unlike a zither, and +struck a few wandering chords. + +Then suddenly, like the notes of some deep-throated bird, her rounded +voice rang out in song so wildly sweet, and yet with so eerie and sad +a refrain, that it made the very blood stand still. Up, up soared the +golden notes, that seemed to melt far away, and then to grow again and +travel on, laden with all the sorrow of the world and all the despair of +the lost. It was a marvellous song, but I had not time to listen to +it properly. However, I got the words of it afterwards, and here is a +translation of its burden, so far as it admits of being translated at +all. + + + SORAIS' SONG + + As a desolate bird that through darkness its lost way is winging, + As a hand that is helplessly raised when Death's sickle is swinging, + So is life! ay, the life that lends passion and breath to my singing. + + As the nightingale's song that is full of a sweetness unspoken, + As a spirit unbarring the gates of the skies for a token, + So is love! ay, the love that shall fall when his pinion is broken. + + As the tramp of the legions when trumpets their challenge are sending, + As the shout of the Storm-god when lightnings the black sky are rending, + So is power! ay, the power that shall lie in the dust at its ending. + + So short is our life; yet with space for all things to forsake us, + A bitter delusion, a dream from which nought can awake us, + Till Death's dogging footsteps at morn or at eve shall o'ertake us. + + +Refrain + + Oh, the world is fair at the dawning--dawning--dawning, + But the red sun sinks in blood--the red sun sinks in blood. + + +I only wish that I could write down the music too. + +'Now, Curtis, now,' I whispered, when she began the second verse, and +turned my back. + +'Nyleptha,' he said--for my nerves were so much on the stretch that I +could hear every word, low as it was spoken, even through Sorais' divine +notes--'Nyleptha, I must speak with thee this night, upon my life I +must. Say me not nay; oh, say me not nay!' + +'How can I speak with thee?' she answered, looking fixedly before her; +'Queens are not like other people. I am surrounded and watched.' + +'Listen, Nyleptha, thus. I will be before the statue of Rademas in +the great hall at midnight. I have the countersign and can pass in. +Macumazahn will be there to keep guard, and with him the Zulu. Oh come, +my Queen, deny me not.' + +'It is not seemly,' she murmured, 'and tomorrow--' + +Just then the music began to die in the last wail of the refrain, and +Sorais slowly turned her round. + +'I will be there,' said Nyleptha, hurriedly; 'on thy life see that thou +fail me not.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVI BEFORE THE STATUE + + + +It was night--dead night--and the silence lay on the Frowning City like +a cloud. + +Secretly, as evildoers, Sir Henry Curtis, Umslopogaas, and myself +threaded our way through the passages towards a by-entrance to the great +Throne Chamber. Once we were met by the fierce rattling challenge of the +sentry. I gave the countersign, and the man grounded his spear and let +us pass. Also we were officers of the Queens' bodyguard, and in that +capacity had a right to come and go unquestioned. + +We gained the hall in safety. So empty and so still was it, that even +when we had passed the sound of our footsteps yet echoed up the lofty +walls, vibrating faintly and still more faintly against the carven roof, +like ghosts of the footsteps of dead men haunting the place that once +they trod. + +It was an eerie spot, and it oppressed me. The moon was full, and threw +great pencils and patches of light through the high windowless openings +in the walls, that lay pure and beautiful upon the blackness of the +marble floor, like white flowers on a coffin. One of these silver arrows +fell upon the statue of the sleeping Rademas, and of the angel form bent +over him, illumining it, and a small circle round it, with a soft clear +light, reminding me of that with which Catholics illumine the altars of +their cathedrals. + +Here by the statue we took our stand, and waited. Sir Henry and I close +together, Umslopogaas some paces off in the darkness, so that I could +only just make out his towering outline leaning on the outline of an +axe. + +So long did we wait that I almost fell asleep resting against the cold +marble, but was suddenly aroused by hearing Curtis give a quick catching +breath. Then from far away there came a little sound as though the +statues that lined the walls were whispering to each other some message +of the ages. + +It was the faint sweep of a lady's dress. Nearer it grew, and nearer +yet. We could see a figure steal from patch to patch of moonlight, and +even hear the soft fall of sandalled feet. Another second and I saw +the black silhouette of the old Zulu raise its arm in mute salute, and +Nyleptha was before us. + +Oh, how beautiful she looked as she paused a moment just within the +circle of the moonlight! Her hand was pressed upon her heart, and her +white bosom heaved beneath it. Round her head a broidered scarf was +loosely thrown, partially shadowing the perfect face, and thus rendering +it even more lovely; for beauty, dependent as it is to a certain extent +upon the imagination, is never so beautiful as when it is half hid. +There she stood radiant but half doubting, stately and yet so sweet. It +was but a moment, but I then and there fell in love with her myself, +and have remained so to this hour; for, indeed, she looked more like +an angel out of heaven than a loving, passionate, mortal woman. Low we +bowed before her, and then she spoke. + +'I have come,' she whispered, 'but it was at great risk. Ye know not how +I am watched. The priests watch me. Sorais watches me with those great +eyes of hers. My very guards are spies upon me. Nasta watches me too. +Oh, let him be careful!' and she stamped her foot. 'Let him be careful; +I am a woman, and therefore hard to drive. Ay, and I am a Queen, too, +and can still avenge. Let him be careful, I say, lest in place of giving +him my hand I take his head,' and she ended the outburst with a little +sob, and then smiled up at us bewitchingly and laughed. + +'Thou didst bid me come hither, my Lord Incubu' (Curtis had taught her +to call him so). 'Doubtless it is about business of the State, for I +know that thou art ever full of great ideas and plans for my welfare +and my people's. So even as a Queen should I have come, though I greatly +fear the dark alone,' and again she laughed and gave him a glance from +her grey eyes. + +At this point I thought it wise to move a little, since secrets 'of the +State' should not be made public property; but she would not let me go +far, peremptorily stopping me within five yards or so, saying that she +feared surprise. So it came to pass that, however unwillingly, I heard +all that passed. + +'Thou knowest, Nyleptha,' said Sir Henry, 'that it was for none of these +things that I asked thee to meet me at this lonely place. Nyleptha, +waste not the time in pleasantry, but listen to me, for--I love thee.' + +As he said the words I saw her face break up, as it were, and change. +The coquetry went out of it, and in its place there shone a great light +of love which seemed to glorify it, and make it like that of the marble +angel overhead. I could not help thinking that it must have been a touch +of prophetic instinct which made the long dead Rademas limn, in the +features of the angel of his inspiring vision, so strange a likeness of +his own descendant. Sir Henry, also, must have observed and been struck +by the likeness, for, catching the look upon Nyleptha's face, he glanced +quickly from it to the moonlit statue, and then back again at his +beloved. + +'Thou sayest thou dost love me,' she said in a low voice, 'and thy voice +rings true, but how am I to know that thou dost speak the truth?' + +'Though,' she went on with proud humility, and in the stately third +person which is so largely used by the Zu-Vendi, 'I be as nothing in the +eyes of my lord,' and she curtseyed towards him, 'who comes from among +a wonderful people, to whom my people are but children, yet here am I +a queen and a leader of men, and if I would go to battle a hundred +thousand spears shall sparkle in my train like stars glimmering down the +path of the bent moon. And although my beauty be a little thing in +the eyes of my lord,' and she lifted her broidered skirt and curtseyed +again, 'yet here among my own people am I held right fair, and ever +since I was a woman the great lords of my kingdom have made quarrel +concerning me, as though forsooth,' she added with a flash of passion, +'I were a deer to be pulled down by the hungriest wolf, or a horse to +be sold to the highest bidder. Let my lord pardon me if I weary my lord, +but it hath pleased my lord to say that he loves me, Nyleptha, a Queen +of the Zu-Vendi, and therefore would I say that though my love and my +hand be not much to my lord, yet to me are they all.' + +'Oh!' she cried, with a sudden and thrilling change of voice, and +modifying her dignified mode of address. 'Oh, how can I know that thou +lovest but me? How can I know that thou wilt not weary of me and seek +thine own place again, leaving me desolate? Who is there to tell me but +that thou lovest some other woman, some fair woman unknown to me, but +who yet draws breath beneath this same moon that shines on me tonight? +Tell me _how_ am I to know?' And she clasped her hands and stretched +them out towards him and looked appealingly into his face. + +'Nyleptha,' answered Sir Henry, adopting the Zu-Vendi way of speech; 'I +have told thee that I love thee; how am I to tell thee how much I love +thee? Is there then a measure for love? Yet will I try. I say not that I +have never looked upon another woman with favour, but this I say that +I love thee with all my life and with all my strength; that I love thee +now and shall love thee till I grow cold in death, ay, and as I believe +beyond my death, and on and on for ever: I say that thy voice is music +to my ear, and thy touch as water to a thirsty land, that when thou art +there the world is beautiful, and when I see thee not it is as though +the light was dead. Oh, Nyleptha, I will never leave thee; here and now +for thy dear sake I will forget my people and my father's house, yea, +I renounce them all. By thy side will I live, Nyleptha, and at thy side +will I die.' + +He paused and gazed at her earnestly, but she hung her head like a lily, +and said never a word. + +'Look!' he went on, pointing to the statue on which the moonlight played +so brightly. 'Thou seest that angel woman who rests her hand upon the +forehead of the sleeping man, and thou seest how at her touch his soul +flames up and shines out through his flesh, even as a lamp at the touch +of the fire, so is it with me and thee, Nyleptha. Thou hast awakened my +soul and called it forth, and now, Nyleptha, it is not mine, not mine, +but _thine_ and thine only. There is no more for me to say; in thy hands +is my life.' And he leaned back against the pedestal of the statue, +looking very pale, and his eyes shining, but proud and handsome as a +god. + +Slowly, slowly she raised her head, and fixed her wonderful eyes, all +alight with the greatness of her passion, full upon his face, as though +to read his very soul. Then at last she spoke, low indeed, but clearly +as a silver bell. + +'Of a truth, weak woman that I am, I do believe thee. Ill will be the +day for thee and for me also if it be my fate to learn that I have +believed a lie. And now hearken to me, oh man, who hath wandered here +from far to steal my heart and make me all thine own. I put my hand upon +thy hand thus, and thus I, whose lips have never kissed before, do kiss +thee on the brow; and now by my hand and by that first and holy kiss, +ay, by my people's weal and by my throne that like enough I shall lose +for thee--by the name of my high House, by the sacred Stone and by the +eternal majesty of the Sun, I swear that for thee will I live and die. +And I swear that I will love thee and thee only till death, ay, and +beyond, if as thou sayest there be a beyond, and that thy will shall be +my will, and thy ways my ways. + +'Oh see, see, my lord! thou knowest not how humble is she who loves; I, +who am a Queen, I kneel before thee, even at thy feet I do my homage;' +and the lovely impassioned creature flung herself down on her knees on +the cold marble before him. And after that I really do not know, for +I could stand it no longer, and cleared off to refresh myself with a +little of old Umslopogaas' society, leaving them to settle it their own +way, and a very long time they were about it. + +I found the old warrior leaning on Inkosi-kaas as usual, and surveying +the scene in the patch of moonlight with a grim smile of amusement. + +'Ah, Macumazahn,' he said, 'I suppose it is because I am getting old, +but I don't think that I shall ever learn to understand the ways of you +white people. Look there now, I pray thee, they are a pretty pair of +doves, but what is all the fuss about, Macumazahn? He wants a wife, and +she wants a husband, then why does he not pay his cows down {Endnote 17} +like a man and have done with it? It would save a deal of trouble, and +we should have had our night's sleep. But there they go, talk, talk, +talk, and kiss, kiss, kiss, like mad things. Eugh!' + +Some three-quarters of an hour afterwards the 'pair of doves' came +strolling towards us, Curtis looking slightly silly, and Nyleptha +remarking calmly that the moonlight made very pretty effects on the +marble. Then, for she was in a most gracious mood, she took my hand and +said that I was 'her Lord's' dear friend, and therefore most dear to +her--not a word for my own sake, you see. Next she lifted Umslopogaas' +axe, and examined it curiously, saying significantly as she did so that +he might soon have cause to use it in defence of her. + +After that she nodded prettily to us all, and casting a tender glance at +her lover, glided off into the darkness like a beautiful vision. + +When we got back to our quarters, which we did without accident, Curtis +asked me jocularly what I was thinking about. + +'I am wondering,' I answered, 'on what principle it is arranged that +some people should find beautiful queens to fall in love with them, +while others find nobody at all, or worse than nobody; and I am also +wondering how many brave men's lives this night's work will cost.' It +was rather nasty of me, perhaps, but somehow all the feelings do not +evaporate with age, and I could not help being a little jealous of my +old friend's luck. Vanity, my sons; vanity of vanities! + +On the following morning, Good was informed of the happy occurrence, +and positively rippled with smiles that, originating somewhere about the +mouth, slowly travelled up his face like the rings in a duckpond, till +they flowed over the brim of his eyeglass and went where sweet smiles +go. The fact of the matter, however, was that not only was Good rejoiced +about the thing on its own merits but also for personal reasons. He +adored Sorais quite as earnestly as Sir Henry adored Nyleptha, and his +adoration had not altogether prospered. Indeed, it had seemed to him and +to me also that the dark Cleopatra-like queen favoured Curtis in her own +curious inscrutable way much more than Good. Therefore it was a +relief to him to learn that his unconscious rival was permanently and +satisfactorily attached in another direction. His face fell a little, +however, when he was told that the whole thing was to be kept as secret +as the dead, above all from Sorais for the present, inasmuch as the +political convulsion which would follow such an announcement at the +moment would be altogether too great to face and would very possibly, if +prematurely made, shake Nyleptha from her throne. + +That morning we again attended in the Throne Hall, and I could not help +smiling to myself when I compared the visit to our last, and reflecting +that, if walls could speak, they would have strange tales to tell. + +What actresses women are! There, high upon her golden throne, draped in +her blazoned 'kaf' or robe of state, sat the fair Nyleptha, and when Sir +Henry came in a little late, dressed in the full uniform of an officer +of her guard and humbly bent himself before her, she merely acknowledged +his salute with a careless nod and turned her head coldly aside. It was +a very large Court, for not only did the signing of the laws attract +many outside of those whose duty it was to attend, but also the rumour +that Nasta was going to publicly ask the hand of Nyleptha in marriage +had gone abroad, with the result that the great hall was crowded to its +utmost capacity. There were our friends the priests in force, headed by +Agon, who regarded us with a vindictive eye; and a most imposing band +they were, with their long white embroidered robes girt with a golden +chain from which hung the fish-like scales. There, too, were a number +of the lords, each with a band of brilliantly attired attendants, and +prominent among them was Nasta, stroking his black beard meditatively +and looking unusually pleasant. It was a splendid and impressive sight, +especially when the officer after having read out each law handed them +to the Queens to sign, whereon the trumpets blared out and the Queens' +guard grounded their spears with a crash in salute. This reading and +signing of the laws took a long time, but at length it came to an end, +the last one reciting that 'whereas distinguished strangers, etc.', and +proceeding to confer on the three of us the rank of 'lords', together +with certain military commands and large estates bestowed by the Queen. +When it was read the trumpets blared and the spears clashed down as +usual, but I saw some of the lords turn and whisper to each other, while +Nasta ground his teeth. They did not like the favour that was shown to +us, which under all the circumstances was not perhaps unnatural. + +Then there came a pause, and Nasta stepped forward and bowing humbly, +though with no humility in his eye, craved a boon at the hands of the +Queen Nyleptha. + +Nyleptha turned a little pale, but bowed graciously, and prayed the +'well-beloved lord' to speak on, whereon in a few straightforward +soldier-like words he asked her hand in marriage. + +Then, before she could find words to answer, the High Priest Agon took +up the tale, and in a speech of real eloquence and power pointed out the +many advantages of the proposed alliance; how it would consolidate the +kingdom, for Nasta's dominions, of which he was virtually king, were to +Zu-Vendis much what Scotland used to be to England; how it would gratify +the wild mountaineers and be popular among the soldiery, for Nasta was +a famous general; how it would set her dynasty firmly on the throne, and +would gain the blessing and approval of the 'Sun', i.e. of the office +of the High Priest, and so on. Many of his arguments were undoubtedly +valid, and there was, looking at it from a political point of view, +everything to be said for the marriage. But unfortunately it is +difficult to play the game of politics with the persons of young and +lovely queens as though they were ivory effigies of themselves on a +chessboard. Nyleptha's face, while Agon spouted away, was a perfect +study; she smiled indeed, but beneath the smile it set like a stone, and +her eyes began to flash ominously. + +At last he stopped, and she prepared herself to answer. Before she did +so, however, Sorais leant towards her and said in a voice sufficiently +loud for me to catch what she said, 'Bethink thee well, my sister, ere +thou dost speak, for methinks that our thrones may hang upon thy words.' + +Nyleptha made no answer, and with a shrug and a smile Sorais leant back +again and listened. + +'Of a truth a great honour has been done to me,' she said, 'that my poor +hand should not only have been asked in marriage, but that Agon here +should be so swift to pronounce the blessing of the Sun upon my union. +Methinks that in another minute he would have wed us fast ere the bride +had said her say. Nasta, I thank thee, and I will bethink me of thy +words, but now as yet I have no mind for marriage, that is a cup of +which none know the taste until they begin to drink it. Again I thank +thee, Nasta,' and she made as though she would rise. + +The great lord's face turned almost as black as his beard with fury, for +he knew that the words amounted to a final refusal of his suit. + +'Thanks be to the Queen for her gracious words,' he said, restraining +himself with difficulty and looking anything but grateful, 'my heart +shall surely treasure them. And now I crave another boon, namely, the +royal leave to withdraw myself to my own poor cities in the north till +such time as the Queen shall say my suit nay or yea. Mayhap,' he added, +with a sneer, 'the Queen will be pleased to visit me there, and to bring +with her these stranger lords,' and he scowled darkly towards us. 'It is +but a poor country and a rough, but we are a hardy race of mountaineers, +and there shall be gathered thirty thousand swordsmen to shout a welcome +to her.' + +This speech, which was almost a declaration of rebellion, was received +in complete silence, but Nyleptha flushed up and answered it with +spirit. + +'Oh, surely, Nasta, I will come, and the strange lords in my train, and +for every man of thy mountaineers who calls thee Prince, will I bring +two from the lowlands who call me Queen, and we will see which is the +staunchest breed. Till then farewell.' + +The trumpets blared out, the Queens rose, and the great assembly broke +up in murmuring confusion, and for myself I went home with a heavy heart +foreseeing civil war. + +After this there was quiet for a few weeks. Curtis and the Queen did +not often meet, and exercised the utmost caution not to allow the true +relation in which they stood to each other to leak out; but do what they +would, rumours as hard to trace as a buzzing fly in a dark room, and yet +quite as audible, began to hum round and round, and at last to settle on +her throne. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII THE STORM BREAKS + + + +And now it was that the trouble which at first had been but a cloud as +large as a man's hand began to loom very black and big upon our horizon, +namely, Sorais' preference for Sir Henry. I saw the storm drawing nearer +and nearer; and so, poor fellow, did he. The affection of so lovely and +highly-placed a woman was not a thing that could in a general way be +considered a calamity by any man, but, situated as Curtis was, it was a +grievous burden to bear. + +To begin with, Nyleptha, though altogether charming, was, it must be +admitted, of a rather jealous disposition, and was sometimes apt to +visit on her lover's head her indignation at the marks of what Alphonse +would have called the 'distinguished consideration' with which her +royal sister favoured him. Then the enforced secrecy of his relation +to Nyleptha prevented Curtis from taking some opportunity of putting a +stop, or trying to put a stop, to this false condition of affairs, by +telling Sorais, in a casual but confidential way, that he was going to +marry her sister. A third sting in Sir Henry's honey was that he knew +that Good was honestly and sincerely attached to the ominous-looking +but most attractive Lady of the Night. Indeed, poor Bougwan was wasting +himself to a shadow of his fat and jolly self about her, his face +getting so thin that his eyeglass would scarcely stick in it; while she, +with a sort of careless coquetry, just gave him encouragement enough +to keep him going, thinking, no doubt, that he might be useful as a +stalking-horse. I tried to give him a hint, in as delicate a way as +I could, but he flew into a huff and would not listen to me, so I was +determined to let ill along, for fear of making it worse. Poor Good, he +really was very ludicrous in his distress, and went in for all sorts +of absurdities, under the belief that he was advancing his suit. One +of them was the writing--with the assistance of one of the grave and +revered signiors who instructed us, and who, whatever may have been the +measure of his erudition, did not understand how to scan a line--of a +most interminable Zu-Vendi love-song, of which the continually recurring +refrain was something about 'I will kiss thee; oh yes, I will kiss +thee!' Now among the Zu-Vendi it is a common and most harmless thing +for young men to serenade ladies at night, as I believe they do in the +southern countries of Europe, and sing all sorts of nonsensical songs to +them. The young men may or may not be serious; but no offence is meant +and none is taken, even by ladies of the highest rank, who accept the +whole thing as an English girl would a gracefully-turned compliment. + +Availing himself of this custom, Good bethought him that would serenade +Sorais, whose private apartments, together with those of her maidens, +were exactly opposite our own, on the further side of a narrow courtyard +which divided one section of the great palace from another. Accordingly, +having armed himself with a native zither, on which, being an adept +with the light guitar, he had easily learned to strum, he proceeded at +midnight--the fashionable hour for this sort of caterwauling--to make +night hideous with his amorous yells. I was fast asleep when they began, +but they soon woke me up--for Good possesses a tremendous voice and +has no notion of time--and I ran to my window-place to see what was the +matter. And there, standing in the full moonlight in the courtyard, I +perceived Good, adorned with an enormous ostrich feather head-dress and +a flowing silken cloak, which it is the right thing to wear upon these +occasions, and shouting out the abominable song which he and the old +gentleman had evolved, to a jerky, jingling accompaniment. From the +direction of the quarters of the maids of honour came a succession of +faint sniggerings; but the apartments of Sorais herself--whom I devoutly +pitied if she happened to be there--were silent as the grave. There +was absolutely no end to that awful song, with its eternal 'I will kiss +thee!' and at last neither I nor Sir Henry, whom I had summoned to +enjoy the sight, could stand it any longer; so, remembering the dear old +story, I put my head to the window opening, and shouted, 'For Heaven's +sake, Good, don't go on talking about it, but _kiss_ her and let's all +go to sleep!' That choked him off, and we had no more serenading. + +The whole thing formed a laughable incident in a tragic business. How +deeply thankful we ought to be that even the most serious matters have +generally a silver lining about them in the shape of a joke, if only +people could see it. The sense of humour is a very valuable possession +in life, and ought to be cultivated in the Board schools--especially in +Scotland. + +Well, the more Sir Henry held off the more Sorais came on, as is not +uncommon in such cases, till at last things got very queer indeed. +Evidently she was, by some strange perversity of mind, quite blinded to +the true state of the case; and I, for one, greatly dreaded the moment +of her awakening. Sorais was a dangerous woman to be mixed up with, +either with or without one's consent. At last the evil moment came, as I +saw it must come. One fine day, Good having gone out hawking, Sir Henry +and I were sitting quietly talking over the situation, especially with +reference to Sorais, when a Court messenger arrived with a written note, +which we with some difficulty deciphered, and which was to the effect +that 'the Queen Sorais commanded the attendance of the Lord Incubu in +her private apartments, whither he would be conducted by the bearer'. + +'Oh my word!' groaned Sir Henry. 'Can't you go instead, old fellow?' + +'Not if I know it,' I said with vigour. 'I had rather face a wounded +elephant with a shot-gun. Take care of your own business, my boy. If you +will be so fascinating you must take the consequences. I would not be in +your place for an empire.' + +'You remind me of when I was going to be flogged at school and the other +boys came to console me,' he said gloomily. 'What right has this Queen +to command my attendance, I should like to know? I won't go.' + +'But you must; you are one of her officers and bound to obey her, and +she knows it. And after all it will soon be over.' + +'That's just what they used to say,' he said again. 'I only hope she +won't put a knife into me. I believe that she is quite capable of it.' +And off he started very faintheartedly, and no wonder. + +I sat and waited, and at the end of about forty-five minutes he +returned, looking a good deal worse than when he went. + +'Give me something to drink,' he said hoarsely. + +I got him a cup of wine, and asked what was the matter. + +'What is the matter? Why if ever there was trouble there's trouble +now. You know when I left you? Well, I was shown straight into Sorais' +private chamber, and a wonderful place it is; and there she sat, quite +alone, upon a silken couch at the end of the room, playing gently upon +that zither of hers. I stood before her, and for a while she took no +notice of me, but kept on playing and singing a little, and very sweet +music it was. At last she looked up and smiled. + +'"So thou art come," she said. "I thought perchance thou hadst gone +about the Queen Nyleptha's business. Thou art ever on her business, and +I doubt not a good servant and a true." + +'To this I merely bowed, and said I was there to receive the Queen's +word. + +'"Ah yes, I would talk with thee, but be thou seated. It wearies me to +look so high," and she made room for me beside her on the couch, placing +herself with her back against the end, so as to have a view of my face. + +'"It is not meet," I said, "that I should make myself equal with the +Queen." + +'"I said be seated," was her answer, so I sat down, and she began to +look at me with those dark eyes of hers. There she sat like an incarnate +spirit of beauty, hardly talking at all, and when she did, very low, but +all the while looking at me. There was a white flower in her black hair, +and I tried to keep my eyes on it and count the petals, but it was of +no use. At last, whether it was her gaze, or the perfume in her hair, or +what I do not know, but I almost felt as though I was being mesmerized. +At last she roused herself. + +'"Incubu," she said, "lovest thou power?" + +'I replied that I supposed all men loved power of one sort or another. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "Lovest thou wealth?" + +'I said I liked wealth for what it brought. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "And lovest thou beauty?" + +'To this I replied that I was very fond of statuary and architecture, +or something silly of that sort, at which she frowned, and there was a +pause. By this time my nerves were on such a stretch that I was shaking +like a leaf. I knew that something awful was going to happen, but she +held me under a kind of spell, and I could not help myself. + +'"Incubu," she said at length, "wouldst thou be a king? Listen, wouldst +thou be a king? Behold, stranger, I am minded to make thee king of all +Zu-Vendis, ay and husband of Sorais of the Night. Nay, peace and hear +me. To no man among my people had I thus opened out my secret heart, but +thou art an outlander and therefore I speak without shame, knowing all I +have to offer and how hard it had been thee to ask. See, a crown lies at +thy feet, my lord Incubu, and with that fortune a woman whom some have +wished to woo. Now mayst thou answer, oh my chosen, and soft shall thy +words fall upon mine ears." + +'"Oh Sorais," I said, "I pray thee speak not thus"--you see I had +not time to pick and choose my words--"for this thing cannot be. I am +betrothed to thy sister Nyleptha, oh Sorais, and I love her and her +alone." + +'Next moment it struck me that I had said an awful thing, and I looked +up to see the results. When I spoke, Sorais' face was hidden in her +hands, and as my words reached her she slowly raised it, and I shrank +back dismayed. It was ashy white, and her eyes were flaming. She rose to +her feet and seemed to be choking, but the awful thing was that she was +so quiet about it all. Once she looked at a side table, on which lay a +dagger, and from it to me, as though she thought of killing me; but she +did not take it up. At last she spoke one word, and one only-- + +'"_Go!_" + +'And I went, and glad enough I was to get out of it, and here I am. Give +me another cup of wine, there's a good fellow, and tell me, what is to +be done?' + +I shook my head, for the affair was indeed serious. As one of the poets +says, + + +'Hell hath no fury like a woman scorned', + + +more especially if the woman is a queen and a Sorais, and indeed I +feared the very worst, including imminent danger to ourselves. + +'Nyleptha had better be told of this at once,' I said, 'and perhaps I +had better tell her; she might receive your account with suspicion.' + +'Who is captain of her guard tonight?' I went on. + +'Good.' + +'Very well then, there will be no chance of her being got at. Don't look +surprised. I don't think that her sister would stick at that. I suppose +one must tell Good of what has happened.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' said Sir Henry. 'It would hurt his feelings, poor +fellow! You see, he takes a lively personal interest in Sorais.' + +'That's true; and after all, perhaps there is no need to tell him. He +will find out the truth soon enough. Now, you mark my words, Sorais will +throw in her lot with Nasta, who is sulking up in the North there, +and there will be such a war as has not been known in Zu-Vendis for +centuries. Look there!' and I pointed to two Court messengers, who were +speeding away from the door of Sorais' private apartments. 'Now follow +me,' and I ran up a stairway into an outlook tower that rose from the +roof of our quarters, taking the spyglass with me, and looked out +over the palace wall. The first thing we saw was one of the messengers +speeding towards the Temple, bearing, without any doubt, the Queen's +word to the High Priest Agon, but for the other I searched in vain. +Presently, however, I spied a horseman riding furiously through the +northern gate of the city, and in him I recognized the other messenger. + +'Ah!' I said, 'Sorais is a woman of spirit. She is acting at once, and +will strike quick and hard. You have insulted her, my boy, and the blood +will flow in rivers before the stain is washed away, and yours with it, +if she can get hold of you. Well, I'm off to Nyleptha. Just you stop +where you are, old fellow, and try to get your nerves straight again. +You'll need them all, I can tell you, unless I have observed human +nature in the rough for fifty years for nothing.' And off I went +accordingly. + +I gained audience of the Queen without trouble. She was expecting +Curtis, and was not best pleased to see my mahogany-coloured face +instead. + +'Is there aught wrong with my Lord, Macumazahn, that he waits not upon +me? Say, is he sick?' + +I said that he was well enough, and then, without further ado, I plunged +into my story and told it from beginning to end. Oh, what a rage she +flew into! It was a sight to see her, she looked so lovely. + +'How darest thou come to me with such a tale?' she cried. 'It is a lie +to say that my Lord was making love to Sorais, my sister.' + +'Pardon me, oh Queen,' I answered, 'I said that Sorais was making love +to thy lord.' + +'Spin me no spiders' webs of words. Is not the thing the same thing? The +one giveth, the other taketh; but the gift passes, and what matters it +which is the most guilty? Sorais! oh, I hate her--Sorais is a queen +and my sister. She had not stooped so low had he not shown the way. +Oh, truly hath the poet said that man is like a snake, whom to touch is +poison, and whom none can hold.' + +'The remark, oh Queen, is excellent, but methinks thou hast misread the +poet. Nyleptha,' I went on, 'thou knowest well that thy words are empty +foolishness, and that this is no time for folly.' + +'How darest thou?' she broke in, stamping her foot. 'Hast my false lord +sent thee to me to insult me also? Who art thou, stranger, that thou +shouldst speak to me, the Queen, after this sort? How darest thou?' + +'Yea, I dare. Listen. The moments which thou dost waste in idle anger +may well cost thee thy crown and all of us our lives. Already Sorais' +horsemen go forth and call to arms. In three days' time Nasta will rouse +himself in his fastnesses like a lion in the evening, and his growling +will be heard throughout the North. The "Lady of the Night" (Sorais) +hath a sweet voice, and she will not sing in vain. Her banner will be +borne from range to range and valley to valley, and warriors will spring +up in its track like dust beneath a whirlwind; half the army will echo +her war-cry; and in every town and hamlet of this wide land the priests +will call out against the foreigner and will preach her cause as holy. I +have spoken, oh Queen!' + +Nyleptha was quite calm now; her jealous anger had passed; and putting +off the character of a lovely headstrong lady, with a rapidity and +completeness that distinguished her, she put on that of a queen and a +woman of business. The transformation was sudden but entire. + +'Thy words are very wise, Macumazahn. Forgive me my folly. Ah, what a +Queen I should be if only I had no heart! To be heartless--that is to +conquer all. Passion is like the lightning, it is beautiful, and it +links the earth to heaven, but alas it blinds! + +'And thou thinkest that my sister Sorais would levy war upon me. So be +it. She shall not prevail against me. I, too, have my friends and my +retainers. There are many, I say, who will shout "Nyleptha!" when my +pennon runs up on peak and pinnacle, and the light of my beacon fires +leaps tonight from crag to crag, bearing the message of my war. I will +break her strength and scatter her armies. Eternal night shall be the +portion of Sorais of the Night. Give me that parchment and the ink. So. +Now summon the officer in the ante-room. He is a trusty man.' + +I did as I was bid! and the man, a veteran and quiet-looking gentleman +of the guard, named Kara, entered, bowing low. + +'Take this parchment,' said Nyleptha; 'it is thy warrant; and guard +every place of in and outgoing in the apartments of my sister Sorais, +the "Lady of the Night", and a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. Let none come in +and none go out, or thy life shall pay the cost.' + +The man looked startled, but he merely said, 'The Queen's word be done,' +and departed. Then Nyleptha sent a messenger to Sir Henry, and presently +he arrived looking uncommonly uncomfortable. I thought that another +outburst was about to follow, but wonderful are the ways of woman; she +said not a word about Sorais and his supposed inconstancy, greeting him +with a friendly nod, and stating simply that she required his advice +upon high matters. All the same there was a look in her eye, and a sort +of suppressed energy in her manner towards him, that makes me think +that she had not forgotten the affair, but was keeping it for a private +occasion. + +Just after Curtis arrived the officer returned, and reported that Sorais +was _gone_. The bird had flown to the Temple, stating that she was +going, as was sometimes the custom among Zu-Vendi ladies of rank, to +spend the night in meditation before the altar. We looked at each other +significantly. The blow had fallen very soon. + +Then we set to work. + +Generals who could be trusted were summoned from their quarters, and +as much of the State affairs as was thought desirable was told to each, +strict injunctions being given to them to get all their available force +together. The same was done with such of the more powerful lords as +Nyleptha knew she could rely on, several of whom left that very day for +distant parts of the country to gather up their tribesmen and retainers. +Sealed orders were dispatched to the rulers of far-off cities, and some +twenty messengers were sent off before nightfall with instructions to +ride early and late till they reached the distant chiefs to whom their +letters were addressed: also many spies were set to work. All the +afternoon and evening we laboured, assisted by some confidential +scribes, Nyleptha showing an energy and resource of mind that astonished +me, and it was eight o'clock before we got back to our quarters. Here we +heard from Alphonse, who was deeply aggrieved because our non-return had +spoilt his dinner (for he had turned cook again now), that Good had come +back from his hawking and gone on duty. As instructions had already been +given to the officer of the outer guard to double the sentries at the +gate, and as we had no reason to fear any immediate danger, we did not +think it worth while to hunt him up and tell him anything of what had +passed, which at best was, under the peculiar circumstances of the case, +one of those tasks that one prefers to postpone, so after swallowing +our food we turned in to get some much-needed rest. Before we did +so, however, it occurred to Curtis to tell old Umslopogaas to keep +a look-out in the neighbourhood of Nyleptha's private apartments. +Umslopogaas was now well known about the place, and by the Queen's order +allowed to pass whither he would by the guards, a permission of which he +often availed himself by roaming about the palace during the still +hours in a nocturnal fashion that he favoured, and which is by no means +uncommon amongst black men generally. His presence in the corridors +would not, therefore, be likely to excite remark. Without any comment +the Zulu took up his axe and departed, and we also departed to bed. + +I seemed to have been asleep but a few minutes when I was awakened by a +peculiar sensation of uneasiness. I felt that somebody was in the room +and looking at me, and instantly sat up, to see to my surprise that it +was already dawn, and that there, standing at the foot of my couch and +looking peculiarly grim and gaunt in the grey light, was Umslopogaas +himself. + +'How long hast thou been there?' I asked testily, for it is not pleasant +to be aroused in such a fashion. + +'Mayhap the half of an hour, Macumazahn. I have a word for thee.' + +'Speak on,' I said, now wide enough awake. + +'As I was bid I went last night to the place of the White Queen and +hid myself behind a pillar in the second anteroom, beyond which is the +sleeping-place of the Queen. Bougwan (Good) was in the first anteroom +alone, and outside the curtain of that room was a sentry, but I had a +mind to see if I could pass in unseen, and I did, gliding behind them +both. There I waited for many hours, when suddenly I perceived a dark +figure coming secretly towards me. It was the figure of a woman, and in +her hand she held a dagger. Behind that figure crept another unseen by +the woman. It was Bougwan following in her tracks. His shoes were off, +and for so fat a man he followed very well. The woman passed me, and the +starlight shone upon her face.' + +'Who was it?' I asked impatiently. + +'The face was the face of the "Lady of the Night", and of a truth she is +well named. + +'I waited, and Bougwan passed me also. Then I followed. So we went +slowly and without a sound up the long chamber. First the woman, then +Bougwan, and then I; and the woman saw not Bougwan, and Bougwan saw not +me. At last the "Lady of the Night" came to the curtains that shut off +the sleeping place of the White Queen, and put out her left hand to part +them. She passed through, and so did Bougwan, and so did I. At the far +end of the room is the bed of the Queen, and on it she lay very fast +asleep. I could hear her breathe, and see one white arm lying on the +coverlid like a streak of snow on the dry grass. The "Lady of the Night" +doubled herself thus, and with the long knife lifted crept towards the +bed. So straight did she gaze thereat that she never thought to look +behind her. When she was quite close Bougwan touched her on the arm, and +she caught her breath and turned, and I saw the knife flash, and heard +it strike. Well was it for Bougwan that he had the skin of iron on him, +or he had been pierced. Then for the first time he saw who the woman +was, and without a word he fell back astonished, and unable to speak. +She, too, was astonished, and spoke not, but suddenly she laid her +finger on her lip, thus, and walked towards and through the curtain, +and with her went Bougwan. So close did she pass to me that her dress +touched me, and I was nigh to slaying her as she went. In the first +outer room she spoke to Bougwan in a whisper and, clasping her hands +thus, she pleaded with him, but what she said I know not. And so they +passed on to the second outer room, she pleading and he shaking his +head, and saying, "Nay, nay, nay". And it seemed to me that he was about +to call the guard, when she stopped talking and looked at him with great +eyes, and I saw that he was bewitched by her beauty. Then she stretched +out her hand and he kissed it, whereon I gathered myself together to +advance and take her, seeing that now had Bougwan become a woman, and no +longer knew the good from the evil, when behold! she was gone.' + +'Gone!' I ejaculated. + +'Ay, gone, and there stood Bougwan staring at the wall like one asleep, +and presently he went too, and I waited a while and came away also.' + +'Art thou sure, Umslopogaas,' said I, 'that thou hast not been a dreamer +this night?' + +In reply he opened his left hand, and produced about three inches of a +blade of a dagger of the finest steel. 'If I be, Macumazahn, behold what +the dream left with me. The knife broke upon Bougwan's bosom and as I +passed I picked this up in the sleeping-place of the White Queen.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII WAR! RED WAR! + + + +Telling Umslopogaas to wait, I tumbled into my clothes and went off +with him to Sir Henry's room, where the Zulu repeated his story word for +word. It was a sight to watch Curtis' face as he heard it. + +'Great Heavens!' he said: 'here have I been sleeping away while Nyleptha +was nearly murdered--and all through me, too. What a fiend that Sorais +must be! It would have served her well if Umslopogaas had cut her down +in the act.' + +'Ay,' said the Zulu. 'Fear not; I should have slain her ere she struck. +I was but waiting the moment.' + +I said nothing, but I could not help thinking that many a thousand +doomed lives would have been saved if he had meted out to Sorais the +fate she meant for her sister. And, as the issue proved, I was right. + +After he had told his tale Umslopogaas went off unconcernedly to get his +morning meal, and Sir Henry and I fell to talking. + +At first he was very bitter against Good, who, he said, was no longer +to be trusted, having designedly allowed Sorais to escape by some secret +stair when it was his duty to have handed her over to justice. Indeed, +he spoke in the most unmeasured terms on the matter. I let him run +on awhile, reflecting to myself how easy we find it to be hard on the +weaknesses of others, and how tender we are to our own. + +'Really, my dear fellow,' I said at length, 'one would never think, to +hear you talk, that you were the man who had an interview with this +same lady yesterday, and found it rather difficult to resist her +fascinations, notwithstanding your ties to one of the loveliest and most +loving women in the world. Now suppose it was Nyleptha who had tried to +murder Sorais, and _you_ had caught her, and she had pleaded with you, +would you have been so very eager to hand her over to an open shame, and +to death by fire? Just look at the matter through Good's eyeglass for a +minute before you denounce an old friend as a scoundrel.' + +He listened to this jobation submissively, and then frankly acknowledged +that he had spoken hardly. It is one of the best points in Sir Henry's +character that he is always ready to admit it when he is in the wrong. + +But, though I spoke up thus for Good, I was not blind to the fact that, +however natural his behaviour might be, it was obvious that he was being +involved in a very awkward and disgraceful complication. A foul and +wicked murder had been attempted, and he had let the murderess escape, +and thereby, among other things, allowed her to gain a complete +ascendency over himself. In fact, he was in a fair way to become her +tool--and no more dreadful fate can befall a man than to become the tool +of an unscrupulous woman, or indeed of any woman. There is but one +end to it: when he is broken, or has served her purpose, he is thrown +away--turned out on the world to hunt for his lost self-respect. Whilst +I was pondering thus, and wondering what was to be done--for the whole +subject was a thorny one--I suddenly heard a great clamour in the +courtyard outside, and distinguished the voice of Umslopogaas and +Alphonse, the former cursing furiously, and the latter yelling in +terror. + +Hurrying out to see what was the matter, I was met by a ludicrous sight. +The little Frenchman was running up the courtyard at an extraordinary +speed, and after him sped Umslopogaas like a great greyhound. Just as I +came out he caught him, and, lifting him right off his legs, carried him +some paces to a beautiful but very dense flowering shrub which bore a +flower not unlike the gardenia, but was covered with short thorns. Next, +despite his howls and struggles, he with one mighty thrust plunged poor +Alphonse head first into the bush, so that nothing but the calves of his +legs and heels remained in evidence. Then, satisfied with what he +had done, the Zulu folded his arms and stood grimly contemplating the +Frenchman's kicks, and listening to his yells, which were awful. + +'What art thou doing?' I said, running up. 'Wouldst thou kill the man? +Pull him out of the bush!' + +With a savage grunt he obeyed, seizing the wretched Alphonse by the +ankle, and with a jerk that must have nearly dislocated it, tearing +him out of the heart of the shrub. Never did I see such a sight as he +presented, his clothes half torn off his back, and bleeding as he was +in every direction from the sharp thorns. There he lay and yelled and +rolled, and there was no getting anything out of him. + +At last, however, he got up and, ensconcing himself behind me, cursed +old Umslopogaas by every saint in the calendar, vowing by the blood of +his heroic grandfather that he would poison him, and 'have his revenge'. + +At last I got to the truth of the matter. It appeared that Alphonse +habitually cooked Umslopogaas's porridge, which the latter ate for +breakfast in the corner of the courtyard, just as he would have done at +home in Zululand, from a gourd, and with a wooden spoon. Now Umslopogaas +had, like many Zulus, a great horror of fish, which he considered a +species of water-snake; so Alphonse, who was as fond of playing tricks +as a monkey, and who was also a consummate cook, determined to make him +eat some. Accordingly he grated up a quantity of white fish very finely, +and mixed it with the Zulu's porridge, who swallowed it nearly all down +in ignorance of what he was eating. But, unfortunately for Alphonse, he +could not restrain his joy at this sight, and came capering and peering +round, till at last Umslopogaas, who was very clever in his way, +suspected something, and, after a careful examination of the remains of +his porridge, discovered 'the buffalo heifer's trick', and, in revenge, +served him as I have said. Indeed, the little man was fortunate not +to get a broken neck for his pains; for, as one would have thought, he +might have learnt from the episode of his display of axemanship that 'le +Monsieur noir' was an ill person to play practical jokes upon. + +This incident was unimportant enough in itself, but I narrate it because +it led to serious consequences. As soon as he had stanched the bleeding +from his scratches and washed himself, Alphonse went off still cursing, +to recover his temper, a process which I knew from experience would take +a very long time. When he had gone I gave Umslopogaas a jobation and +told him that I was ashamed of his behaviour. + +'Ah, well, Macumazahn,' he said, 'you must be gentle with me, for +here is not my place. I am weary of it, weary to death of eating and +drinking, of sleeping and giving in marriage. I love not this soft +life in stone houses that takes the heart out of a man, and turns his +strength to water and his flesh to fat. I love not the white robes and +the delicate women, the blowing of trumpets and the flying of hawks. +When we fought the Masai at the kraal yonder, ah, then life was worth +the living, but here is never a blow struck in anger, and I begin to +think I shall go the way of my fathers and lift Inkosi-kaas no more,' +and he held up the axe and gazed at it in sorrow. + +'Ah,' I said, 'that is thy complaint, is it? Thou hast the +blood-sickness, hast thou? And the Woodpecker wants a tree. And at thy +age, too. Shame on thee! Umslopogaas.' + +'Ay, Macumazahn, mine is a red trade, yet is it better and more honest +than some. Better is it to slay a man in fair fight than to suck out his +heart's blood in buying and selling and usury after your white fashion. +Many a man have I slain, yet is there never a one that I should fear to +look in the face again, ay, many are there who once were friends, and +whom I should be right glad to snuff with. But there! there! thou hast +thy ways, and I mine: each to his own people and his own place. The +high-veldt ox will die in the fat bush country, and so is it with me, +Macumazahn. I am rough, I know it, and when my blood is warm I know not +what to do, but yet wilt thou be sorry when the night swallows me and +I am utterly lost in blackness, for in thy heart thou lovest me, my +father, Macumazahn the fox, though I be nought but a broken-down Zulu +war-dog--a chief for whom there is no room in his own kraal, an outcast +and a wanderer in strange places: ay, I love thee, Macumazahn, for we +have grown grey together, and there is that between us that cannot be +seen, and yet is too strong for breaking;' and he took his snuff-box, +which was made of an old brass cartridge, from the slit in his ear where +he always carried it, and handed it to me for me to help myself. + +I took the pinch of snuff with some emotion. It was quite true, I was +much attached to the bloodthirsty old ruffian. I do not know what was +the charm of his character, but it had a charm; perhaps it was its +fierce honesty and directness; perhaps one admired his almost superhuman +skill and strength, or it may have been simply that he was so absolutely +unique. Frankly, with all my experience of savages, I never knew a man +quite like him, he was so wise and yet such a child with it all; and +though it seems laughable to say so, like the hero of the Yankee parody, +he 'had a tender heart'. Anyway, I was very fond of him, though I should +never have thought of telling him so. + +'Ay, old wolf,' I said, 'thine is a strange love. Thou wouldst split me +to the chin if I stood in thy path tomorrow.' + +'Thou speakest truth, Macumazahn, that would I if it came in the way of +duty, but I should love thee all the same when the blow had gone fairly +home. Is there any chance of some fighting here, Macumazahn?' he went on +in an insinuating voice. 'Methought that what I saw last night did show +that the two great Queens were vexed one with another. Else had the +"Lady of the Night" not brought that dagger with her.' + +I agreed with him that it showed that more or less pique and irritation +existed between the ladies, and told him how things stood, and that they +were quarrelling over Incubu. + +'Ah, is it so?' he exclaimed, springing up in delight; 'then will there +be war as surely as the rivers rise in the rains--war to the end. Women +love the last blow as well as the last word, and when they fight for +love they are pitiless as a wounded buffalo. See thou, Macumazahn, a +woman will swim through blood to her desire, and think nought of it. +With these eyes have I seen it once, and twice also. Ah, Macumazahn, +we shall see this fine place of houses burning yet, and hear the battle +cries come ringing up the street. After all, I have not wandered for +nothing. Can this folk fight, think ye?' + +Just then Sir Henry joined us, and Good arrived, too, from another +direction, looking very pale and hollow-eyed. The moment Umslopogaas saw +the latter he stopped his bloodthirsty talk and greeted him. + +'Ah, Bougwan,' he cried, 'greeting to thee, Inkoos! Thou art surely +weary. Didst thou hunt too much yesterday?' Then, without waiting for an +answer, he went on-- + +'Listen, Bougwan, and I will tell thee a story; it is about a woman, +therefore wilt thou hear it, is it not so? + +'There was a man and he had a brother, and there was a woman who loved +the man's brother and was beloved of the man. But the man's brother had +a favourite wife and loved not the woman, and he made a mock of her. +Then the woman, being very cunning and fierce-hearted for revenge, took +counsel with herself and said to the man, "I love thee, and if thou wilt +make war upon thy brother I will marry thee." And he knew it was a lie, +yet because of his great love of the woman, who was very fair, did he +listen to her words and made war. And when many people had been killed +his brother sent to him, saying, "Why slayest thou me? What hurt have I +done unto thee? From my youth up have I not loved thee? When thou wast +little did I not nurture thee, and have we not gone down to war together +and divided the cattle, girl by girl, ox by ox, and cow by cow? Why +slayest thou me, my brother, son of my own mother?" + +'Then the man's heart was heavy, and he knew that his path was evil, +and he put aside the tempting of the woman and ceased to make war on his +brother, and lived at peace in the same kraal with him. And after a time +the woman came to him and said, "I have lost the past, I will be thy +wife." And in his heart he knew that it was a lie and that she thought +the evil thing, yet because of his love did he take her to wife. + +'And the very night that they were wed, when the man was plunged into a +deep sleep, did the woman arise and take his axe from his hand and creep +into the hut of his brother and slay him in his rest. Then did she slink +back like a gorged lioness and place the thong of the red axe back upon +his wrist and go her ways. + +'And at the dawning the people came shouting, "Lousta is slain in the +night," and they came unto the hut of the man, and there he lay asleep +and by him was the red axe. Then did they remember the war and say, "Lo! +he hath of a surety slain his brother," and they would have taken and +killed him, but he rose and fled swiftly, and as he fleeted by he slew +the woman. + +'But death could not wipe out the evil she had done, and on him rested +the weight of all her sin. Therefore is he an outcast and his name a +scorn among his own people; for on him, and him only, resteth the burden +of her who betrayed. And, therefore, does he wander afar, without a +kraal and without an ox or a wife, and therefore will he die afar like a +stricken buck and his name be accursed from generation to generation, +in that the people say that he slew his brother, Lousta, by treachery in +the night-time.' + +The old Zulu paused, and I saw that he was deeply agitated by his own +story. Presently he lifted his head, which he had bowed to his breast, +and went on: + +'I was the man, Bougwan. Ou! I was that man, and now hark thou! Even as +I am so wilt thou be--a tool, a plaything, an ox of burden to carry the +evil deeds of another. Listen! When thou didst creep after the "Lady +of the Night" I was hard upon thy track. When she struck thee with the +knife in the sleeping place of the White Queen I was there also; when +thou didst let her slip away like a snake in the stones I saw thee, and +I knew that she had bewitched thee and that a true man had abandoned the +truth, and he who aforetime loved a straight path had taken a crooked +way. Forgive me, my father, if my words are sharp, but out of a full +heart are they spoken. See her no more, so shalt thou go down with +honour to the grave. Else because of the beauty of a woman that weareth +as a garment of fur shalt thou be even as I am, and perchance with more +cause. I have said.' + +Throughout this long and eloquent address Good had been perfectly +silent, but when the tale began to shape itself so aptly to his own +case, he coloured up, and when he learnt that what had passed between +him and Sorais had been overseen he was evidently much distressed. And +now, when at last he spoke, it was in a tone of humility quite foreign +to him. + +'I must say,' he said, with a bitter little laugh, 'that I scarcely +thought that I should live to be taught my duty by a Zulu; but it just +shows what we can come to. I wonder if you fellows can understand how +humiliated I feel, and the bitterest part of it is that I deserve it +all. Of course I should have handed Sorais over to the guard, but +I could not, and that is a fact. I let her go and I promised to say +nothing, more is the shame to me. She told me that if I would side +with her she would marry me and make me king of this country, but thank +goodness I did find the heart to say that even to marry her I could not +desert my friends. And now you can do what you like, I deserve it all. +All I have to say is that I hope that you may never love a woman with +all your heart and then be so sorely tempted of her,' and he turned to +go. + +'Look here, old fellow,' said Sir Henry, 'just stop a minute. I have a +little tale to tell you too.' And he went on to narrate what had taken +place on the previous day between Sorais and himself. + +This was a finishing stroke to poor Good. It is not pleasant to any man +to learn that he has been made a tool of, but when the circumstances are +as peculiarly atrocious as in the present case, it is about as bitter a +pill as anybody can be called on to swallow. + +'Do you know,' he said, 'I think that between you, you fellows have +about worked a cure,' and he turned and walked away, and I for one felt +very sorry for him. Ah, if the moths would always carefully avoid the +candle, how few burnt wings there would be! + +That day was a Court day, when the Queens sat in the great hall and +received petitions, discussed laws, money grants, and so forth, and +thither we adjourned shortly afterwards. On our way we were joined by +Good, who was looking exceedingly depressed. + +When we got into the hall Nyleptha was already on her throne and +proceeding with business as usual, surrounded by councillors, courtiers, +lawyers, priests, and an unusually strong guard. It was, however, +easy to see from the air of excitement and expectation on the faces +of everybody present that nobody was paying much attention to ordinary +affairs, the fact being that the knowledge that civil war was imminent +had now got abroad. We saluted Nyleptha and took our accustomed places, +and for a little while things went on as usual, when suddenly the +trumpets began to call outside the palace, and from the great crowd that +was gathered there in anticipation of some unusual event there rose a +roar of '_Sorais! Sorais!_' + +Then came the roll of many chariot wheels, and presently the great +curtains at the end of the hall were drawn wide and through them entered +the 'Lady of the Night' herself. Nor did she come alone. Preceding her +was Agon, the High Priest, arrayed in his most gorgeous vestments, and +on either side were other priests. The reason for their presence was +obvious--coming with them it would have been sacrilege to attempt to +detain her. Behind her were a number of the great lords, and behind them +a small body of picked guards. A glance at Sorais herself was enough to +show that her mission was of no peaceful kind, for in place of her gold +embroidered 'kaf' she wore a shining tunic formed of golden scales, and +on her head a little golden helmet. In her hand, too, she bore a toy +spear, beautifully made and fashioned of solid silver. Up the hall she +came, looking like a lioness in her conscious pride and beauty, and as +she came the spectators fell back bowing and made a path for her. By the +sacred stone she halted, and laying her hand on it, she cried out with a +loud voice to Nyleptha on the throne, 'Hail, oh Queen!' + +'All hail, my royal sister!' answered Nyleptha. 'Draw thou near. Fear +not, I give thee safe conduct.' + +Sorais answered with a haughty look, and swept on up the hall till she +stood right before the thrones. + +'A boon, oh Queen!' she cried again. + +'Speak on, my sister; what is there that I can give thee who hath half +our kingdom?' + +'Thou canst tell me a true word--me and the people of Zu-Vendis. Art +thou, or art thou not, about to take this foreign wolf,' and she pointed +to Sir Henry with her toy spear, 'to be a husband to thee, and share thy +bed and throne?' + +Curtis winced at this, and turning towards Sorais, said to her in a low +voice, 'Methinks that yesterday thou hadst other names than wolf to call +me by, oh Queen!' and I saw her bite her lips as, like a danger flag, +the blood flamed red upon her face. As for Nyleptha, who is nothing if +not original, she, seeing that the thing was out, and that there was +nothing further to be gained by concealment, answered the question in +a novel and effectual manner, inspired thereto, as I firmly believe, by +coquetry and a desire to triumph over her rival. + +Up she rose and, descending from the throne, swept in all the glory +of her royal grace on to where her lover stood. There she stopped and +untwined the golden snake that was wound around her arm. Then she bade +him kneel, and he dropped on one knee on the marble before her, and +next, taking the golden snake with both her hands, she bent the pure +soft metal round his neck, and when it was fast, deliberately kissed him +on the brow and called him her 'dear lord'. + +'Thou seest,' she said, when the excited murmur of the spectators had +died away, addressing her sister as Sir Henry rose to his feet, 'I +have put my collar round the "wolf's" neck, and behold! he shall be my +watchdog, and that is my answer to thee, Queen Sorais, my sister, and to +those with thee. Fear not,' she went on, smiling sweetly on her lover, +and pointing to the golden snake she had twined round his massive +throat, 'if my yoke be heavy, yet is it of pure gold, and it shall not +gall thee.' + +Then, turning to the audience, she continued in a clear proud tone, 'Ay, +Lady of the Night, Lords, Priests, and People here gathered together, by +this sign do I take the foreigner to husband, even here in the face of +you all. What, am I a Queen, and yet not free to choose the man whom +I will love? Then should I be lower than the meanest girl in all my +provinces. Nay, he hath won my heart, and with it goes my hand, and +throne, and all I have--ay, had he been a beggar instead of a great lord +fairer and stronger than any here, and having more wisdom and knowledge +of strange things, I had given him all, how much more so being what he +is!' And she took his hand and gazed proudly on him, and holding it, +stood there boldly facing the people. And such was her sweetness and the +power and dignity of her person, and so beautiful she looked standing +hand in hand there at her lover's side, so sure of him and of herself, +and so ready to risk all things and endure all things for him, that most +of those who saw the sight, which I am sure no one of them will ever +forget, caught the fire from her eyes and the happy colour from her +blushing face, and cheered her like wild things. It was a bold stroke +for her to make, and it appealed to the imagination; but human nature +in Zu-Vendis, as elsewhere, loves that which is bold and not afraid to +break a rule, and is moreover peculiarly susceptible to appeals to its +poetical side. + +And so the people cheered till the roof rang; but Sorais of the Night +stood there with downcast eyes, for she could not bear to see her +sister's triumph, which robbed her of the man whom she had hoped to win, +and in the awfulness of her jealous anger she trembled and turned white +like an aspen in the wind. I think I have said somewhere of her that she +reminded me of the sea on a calm day, having the same aspect of sleeping +power about her. Well, it was all awake now, and like the face of the +furious ocean it awed and yet fascinated me. A really handsome woman +in a royal rage is always a beautiful sight, but such beauty and such +a rage I never saw combined before, and I can only say that the effect +produced was well worthy of the two. + +She lifted her white face, the teeth set, and there were purple rings +beneath her glowing eyes. Thrice she tried to speak and thrice she +failed, but at last her voice came. Raising her silver spear, she shook +it, and the light gleamed from it and from the golden scales of her +cuirass. + +'And thinkest thou, Nyleptha,' she said in notes which pealed through +the great hall like a clarion, 'thinkest thou that I, Sorais, a Queen +of the Zu-Vendi, will brook that this base outlander shall sit upon my +father's throne and rear up half-breeds to fill the place of the great +House of the Stairway? Never! never! while there is life in my bosom and +a man to follow me and a spear to strike with. Who is on my side? Who? + +'Now hand thou over this foreign wolf and those who came hither to prey +with him to the doom of fire, for have they not committed the deadly sin +against the sun? or, Nyleptha, I give thee War--red War! Ay, I say to +thee that the path of thy passion shall be marked out by the blazing of +thy towns and watered with the blood of those who cleave to thee. On thy +head rest the burden of the deed, and in thy ears ring the groans of the +dying and the cries of the widows and those who are left fatherless for +ever and for ever. + +'I tell thee I will tear thee, Nyleptha, the White Queen, from thy +throne, and that thou shalt be hurled--ay, hurled even from the topmost +stair of the great way to the foot thereof, in that thou hast covered +the name of the House of him who built it with black shame. And I tell +ye strangers--all save Bougwan, whom because thou didst do me a service +I will save alive if thou wilt leave these men and follow me' (here +poor Good shook his head vigorously and ejaculated 'Can't be done' in +English)--'that I will wrap you in sheets of gold and hang you yet alive +in chains from the four golden trumpets of the four angels that fly east +and west and north and south from the giddiest pinnacles of the Temple, +so that ye may be a token and a warning to the land. And as for thee, +Incubu, thou shalt die in yet another fashion that I will not tell thee +now.' + +She ceased, panting for breath, for her passion shook her like a storm, +and a murmur, partly of horror and partly of admiration, ran through the +hall. Then Nyleptha answered calmly and with dignity: + +'Ill would it become my place and dignity, oh sister, so to speak as +thou hast spoken and so to threat as thou hast threatened. Yet if thou +wilt make war, then will I strive to bear up against thee, for if my +hand seem soft, yet shalt thou find it of iron when it grips thine +armies by the throat. Sorais, I fear thee not. I weep for that which +thou wilt bring upon our people and on thyself, but for myself I say--I +fear thee not. Yet thou, who but yesterday didst strive to win my lover +and my lord from me, whom today thou dost call a "foreign wolf", to be +_thy_ lover and _thy_ lord' (here there was an immense sensation in the +hall), 'thou who but last night, as I have learnt but since thou didst +enter here, didst creep like a snake into my sleeping-place--ay, even by +a secret way, and wouldst have foully murdered me, thy sister, as I lay +asleep--' + +'It is false, it is false!' rang out Agon's and a score of other voices. + +'It is _not_ false,' said I, producing the broken point of the dagger +and holding it up. 'Where is the haft from which this flew, oh Sorais?' + +'It is not false,' cried Good, determined at last to act like a loyal +man. 'I took the Lady of the Night by the White Queen's bed, and on my +breast the dagger broke.' + +'Who is on my side?' cried Sorais, shaking her silver spear, for she +saw that public sympathy was turning against her. 'What, Bougwan, thou +comest not?' she said, addressing Good, who was standing close to her, +in a low, concentrated voice. 'Thou pale-souled fool, for a reward thou +shalt eat out thy heart with love of me and not be satisfied, and thou +mightest have been my husband and a king! At least I hold _thee_ in +chains that cannot be broken. + +'_War! War! War!_' she cried. 'Here, with my hand upon the sacred stone +that shall endure, so runs the prophecy, till the Zu-Vendi set their +necks beneath an alien yoke, I declare war to the end. Who follows +Sorais of the Night to victory and honour?' + +Instantly the whole concourse began to break up in indescribable +confusion. Many present hastened to throw in their lot with the 'Lady of +the Night', but some came from her following to us. Amongst the former +was an under officer of Nyleptha's own guard, who suddenly turned and +made a run for the doorway through which Sorais' people were already +passing. Umslopogaas, who was present and had taken the whole scene in, +seeing with admirable presence of mind that if this soldier got away +others would follow his example, seized the man, who drew his sword +and struck at him. Thereon the Zulu sprang back with a wild shout, and, +avoiding the sword cuts, began to peck at his foe with his terrible axe, +till in a few seconds the man's fate overtook him and he fell with a +clash heavily and quite dead upon the marble floor. + +This was the first blood spilt in the war. + +'Shut the gates,' I shouted, thinking that we might perhaps catch Sorais +so, and not being troubled with the idea of committing sacrilege. But +the order came too late, her guards were already passing through them, +and in another minute the streets echoed with the furious galloping of +horses and the rolling of her chariots. + +So, drawing half the people after her, Sorais was soon passing like a +whirlwind through the Frowning City on her road to her headquarters at +M'Arstuna, a fortress situated a hundred and thirty miles to the north +of Milosis. + +And after that the city was alive with the endless tramp of regiments +and preparations for the gathering war, and old Umslopogaas once +more began to sit in the sunshine and go through a show of sharpening +Inkosi-kaas's razor edge. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX A STRANGE WEDDING + + + +One person, however, did not succeed in getting out in time before the +gates were shut, and that was the High Priest Agon, who, as we had every +reason to believe, was Sorais' great ally, and the heart and soul of her +party. This cunning and ferocious old man had not forgiven us for those +hippopotami, or rather that was what he said. What he meant was that +he would never brook the introduction of our wider ways of thought and +foreign learning and influence while there was a possibility of stamping +us out. Also he knew that we possessed a different system of religion, +and no doubt was in daily terror of our attempting to introduce it into +Zu-Vendis. One day he asked me if we had any religion in our country, +and I told him that so far as I could remember we had ninety-five +different ones. You might have knocked him down with a feather, and +really it is difficult not to pity a high priest of a well-established +cult who is haunted by the possible approach of one or all of +ninety-five new religions. + +When we knew that Agon was caught, Nyleptha, Sir Henry, and I discussed +what was to be done with him. I was for closely incarcerating him, +but Nyleptha shook her head, saying that it would produce a disastrous +effect throughout the country. 'Ah!' she added, with a stamp of her +foot, 'if I win and am once really Queen, I will break the power of +those priests, with their rites and revels and dark secret ways.' I only +wished that old Agon could have heard her, it would have frightened him. + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, 'if we are not to imprison him, I suppose that +we may as well let him go. He is of no use here.' + +Nyleptha looked at him in a curious sort of way, and said in a dry +little voice, 'Thinkest thou so, my lord?' + +'Eh?' said Curtis. 'No, I do not see what is the use of keeping him.' + +She said nothing, but continued looking at him in a way that was as shy +as it was sweet. + +Then at last he understood. + +'Forgive me, Nyleptha,' he said, rather tremulously. 'Dost thou mean +that thou wilt marry me, even now?' + +'Nay, I know not; let my lord say,' was her rapid answer; 'but if my +lord wills, the priest is there and the altar is there'--pointing to the +entrance to a private chapel--'and am I not ready to do the will of my +lord? Listen, oh my lord! In eight days or less thou must leave me and +go down to war, for thou shalt lead my armies, and in war--men sometimes +fall, and so I would for a little space have had thee all my own, if +only for memory's sake;' and the tears overflowed her lovely eyes and +rolled down her face like heavy drops of dew down the red heart of a +rose. + +'Mayhap, too,' she went on, 'I shall lose my crown, and with my crown my +life and thine also. Sorais is very strong and very bitter, and if she +prevails she will not spare. Who can read the future? Happiness is the +world's White Bird, that alights seldom, and flies fast and far till one +day he is lost in the clouds. Therefore should we hold him fast if by +any chance he rests for a little space upon our hand. It is not wise to +neglect the present for the future, for who knows what the future will +be, Incubu? Let us pluck our flowers while the dew is on them, for when +the sun is up they wither and on the morrow will others bloom that we +shall never see.' And she lifted her sweet face to him and smiled into +his eyes, and once more I felt a curious pang of jealousy and turned and +went away. They never took much notice of whether I was there or not, +thinking, I suppose, that I was an old fool, and that it did not matter +one way or the other, and really I believe that they were right. + +So I went back to our quarters and ruminated over things in general, and +watched old Umslopogaas whetting his axe outside the window as a vulture +whets his beak beside a dying ox. + +And in about an hour's time Sir Henry came tearing over, looking +very radiant and wildly excited, and found Good and myself and even +Umslopogaas, and asked us if we should like to assist at a real wedding. +Of course we said yes, and off we went to the chapel, where we found +Agon looking as sulky as any High Priest possibly could, and no wonder. +It appeared that he and Nyleptha had a slight difference of opinion +about the coming ceremony. He had flatly refused to celebrate it, or to +allow any of his priests to do so, whereupon Nyleptha became very angry +and told him that she, as Queen, was head of the Church, and meant to +be obeyed. Indeed, she played the part of a Zu-Vendi Henry the Eighth to +perfection, and insisted that, if she wanted to be married, she would be +married, and that he should marry her. {Endnote 18} + +He still refused to go through the ceremony, so she clinched her +argument thus-- + +'Well, I cannot execute a High Priest, because there is an absurd +prejudice against it, and I cannot imprison him because all his +subordinates would raise a crying that would bring the stars down on +Zu-Vendis and crush it; but I _can_ leave him to contemplate the +altar of the Sun without anything to eat, because that is his natural +vocation, and if thou wilt not marry me, O Agon! thou shalt be placed +before the altar yonder with nought but a little water till such time as +thou hast reconsidered the matter.' + +Now, as it happened, Agon had been hurried away that morning without his +breakfast, and was already exceedingly hungry, so he presently modified +his views and consented to marry them, saying at the same time that he +washed his hands of all responsibility in the matter. + +So it chanced that presently, attended only by two of her favourite +maidens, came the Queen Nyleptha, with happy blushing face and downcast +eyes, dressed in pure white, without embroidery of any sort, as seems +to be the fashion on these occasions in most countries of the world. She +did not wear a single ornament, even her gold circlets were removed, +and I thought that if possible she looked more lovely than ever without +them, as really superbly beautiful women do. + +She came, curtseyed low to Sir Henry, and then took his hand and led him +up before the altar, and after a little pause, in a slow, clear voice +uttered the following words, which are customary in Zu-Vendis if the +bride desires and the man consents:-- + +'Thou dost swear by the Sun that thou wilt take no other woman to wife +unless I lay my hand upon her and bid her come?' + +'I swear it,' answered Sir Henry; adding in English, 'One is quite +enough for me.' + +Then Agon, who had been sulking in a corner near the altar, came forward +and gabbled off something into his beard at such a rate that I could not +follow it, but it appeared to be an invocation to the Sun to bless +the union and make it fruitful. I observed that Nyleptha listened very +closely to every word, and afterwards discovered that she was afraid +lest Agon should play her a trick, and by going through the invocations +backwards divorce them instead of marry them. At the end of the +invocations they were asked, as in our service, if they took each other +for husband and wife, and on their assenting they kissed each other +before the altar, and the service was over, so far as their rites were +concerned. But it seemed to me that there was yet something wanting, and +so I produced a Prayer-Book, which has, together with the 'Ingoldsby +Legends', that I often read when I lie awake at night, accompanied me in +all my later wanderings. I gave it to my poor boy Harry years ago, and +after his death I found it among his things and took it back again. + +'Curtis,' I said, 'I am not a clergyman, and I do not know if what I am +going to propose is allowable--I know it is not legal--but if you and +the Queen have no objection I should like to read the English marriage +service over you. It is a solemn step which you are taking, and I think +that you ought, so far as circumstances will allow, to give it the +sanction of your own religion.' + +'I have thought of that,' he said, 'and I wish you would. I do not feel +half married yet.' + +Nyleptha raised no objection, fully understanding that her husband +wished to celebrate the marriage according to the rites prevailing in +his own country, and so I set to work and read the service, from 'Dearly +beloved' to 'amazement', as well as I could; and when I came to 'I, +Henry, take thee, Nyleptha,' I translated, and also 'I, Nyleptha, take +thee, Henry,' which she repeated after me very well. Then Sir Henry took +a plain gold ring from his little finger and placed it on hers, and so +on to the end. The ring had been Curtis' mother's wedding-ring, and I +could not help thinking how astonished the dear old Yorkshire lady would +have been if she could have foreseen that her wedding-ring was to serve +a similar purpose for Nyleptha, a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. + +As for Agon, he was with difficulty kept calm while this second ceremony +was going on, for he at once understood that it was religious in its +nature, and doubtless bethought him of the ninety-five new faiths which +loomed so ominously in his eyes. Indeed, he at once set me down as a +rival High Priest, and hated me accordingly. However, in the end off he +went, positively bristling with indignation, and I knew that we might +look out for danger from his direction. + +And off went Good and I, and old Umslopogaas also, leaving the happy +pair to themselves, and very low we all felt. Marriages are supposed +to be cheerful things, but my experience is that they are very much the +reverse to everybody, except perhaps the two people chiefly interested. +They mean the breaking-up of so many old ties as well as the undertaking +of so many new ones, and there is always something sad about the passing +away of the old order. Now to take this case for instance: Sir Henry +Curtis is the best and kindest fellow and friend in the world, but he +has never been quite the same since that little scene in the chapel. +It is always Nyleptha this and Nyleptha that--Nyleptha, in short, +from morning till night in one way or another, either expressed or +understood. And as for the old friends--well, of course they have taken +the place that old friends ought to take, and which ladies are as a rule +very careful to see they do take when a man marries, and that is, the +second place. Yes, he would be angry if anybody said so, but it is a +fact for all that. He is not quite the same, and Nyleptha is very sweet +and very charming, but I think that she likes him to understand that she +has married _him_, and not Quatermain, Good, and Co. But there! what is +the use of grumbling? It is all very right and proper, as any married +lady would have no difficulty in explaining, and I am a selfish, jealous +old man, though I hope I never show it. + +So Good and I went and ate in silence and then indulged in an extra fine +flagon of old Zu-Vendian to keep our spirits up, and presently one of +our attendants came and told a story that gave us something to think +about. + +It may, perhaps, be remembered that, after his quarrel with Umslopogaas, +Alphonse had gone off in an exceedingly ill temper to sulk over his +scratches. Well, it appears that he walked right past the Temple to the +Sun, down the wide road on the further side of the slope it crowns, and +thence on into the beautiful park, or pleasure gardens, which are laid +out just beyond the outer wall. After wandering about there for a little +he started to return, but was met near the outer gate by Sorais' train +of chariots, which were galloping furiously along the great northern +road. When she caught sight of Alphonse, Sorais halted her train and +called to him. On approaching he was instantly seized and dragged +into one of the chariots and carried off, 'crying out loudly', as our +informant said, and as from my general knowledge of him I can well +believe. + +At first I was much puzzled to know what object Sorais could have had in +carrying off the poor little Frenchman. She could hardly stoop so low +as to try to wreak her fury on one whom she knew was only a servant. At +last, however, an idea occurred to me. We three were, as I think I have +said, much revered by the people of Zu-Vendis at large, both because +we were the first strangers they had ever seen, and because we were +supposed to be the possessors of almost supernatural wisdom. Indeed, +though Sorais' cry against the 'foreign wolves'--or, to translate it +more accurately, 'foreign hyenas'--was sure to go down very well with +the nobles and the priests, it was not as we learnt, likely to be +particularly effectual amongst the bulk of the population. The Zu-Vendi +people, like the Athenians of old, are ever seeking for some new thing, +and just because we were so new our presence was on the whole acceptable +to them. Again, Sir Henry's magnificent personal appearance made a deep +impression upon a race who possess a greater love of beauty than any +other I have ever been acquainted with. Beauty may be prized in other +countries, but in Zu-Vendis it is almost worshipped, as indeed +the national love of statuary shows. The people said openly in the +market-places that there was not a man in the country to touch Curtis in +personal appearance, as with the exception of Sorais there was no woman +who could compete with Nyleptha, and that therefore it was meet that +they should marry; and that he had been sent by the Sun as a husband for +their Queen. Now, from all this it will be seen that the outcry against +us was to a considerable extent fictitious, and nobody knew it better +than Sorais herself. Consequently it struck me that it might have +occurred to her that down in the country and among the country people, +it would be better to place the reason of her conflict with her sister +upon other and more general grounds than Nyleptha's marriage with the +stranger. It would be easy in a land where there had been so many civil +wars to rake out some old cry that would stir up the recollection of +buried feuds, and, indeed, she soon found an effectual one. This being +so, it was of great importance to her to have one of the strangers with +her whom she could show to the common people as a great Outlander, who +had been so struck by the justice of her cause that he had elected to +leave his companions and follow her standard. + +This, no doubt, was the cause of her anxiety to get a hold of Good, whom +she would have used till he ceased to be of service and then cast off. +But Good having drawn back she grasped at the opportunity of securing +Alphonse, who was not unlike him in personal appearance though smaller, +no doubt with the object of showing him off in the cities and country as +the great Bougwan himself. I told Good that I thought that that was her +plan, and his face was a sight to see--he was so horrified at the idea. + +'What,' he said, 'dress up that little wretch to represent me? Why, I +shall have to get out of the country! My reputation will be ruined for +ever.' + +I consoled him as well as I could, but it is not pleasant to be +personated all over a strange country by an arrant little coward, and I +can quite sympathize with his vexation. + +Well, that night Good and I messed as I have said in solitary grandeur, +feeling very much as though we had just returned from burying a friend +instead of marrying one, and next morning the work began in good +earnest. The messages and orders which had been despatched by Nyleptha +two days before now began to take effect, and multitudes of armed men +came pouring into the city. We saw, as may be imagined, but very little +of Nyleptha and not too much of Curtis during those next few days, +but Good and I sat daily with the council of generals and loyal +lords, drawing up plans of action, arranging commissariat matters, the +distribution of commands, and a hundred and one other things. Men came +in freely, and all the day long the great roads leading to Milosis were +spotted with the banners of lords arriving from their distant places to +rally round Nyleptha. + +After the first few days it became clear that we should be able to +take the field with about forty thousand infantry and twenty thousand +cavalry, a very respectable force considering how short was the time we +had to collect it, and that about half the regular army had elected to +follow Sorais. + +But if our force was large, Sorais' was, according to the reports +brought in day by day by our spies, much larger. She had taken up her +headquarters at a very strong town called M'Arstuna, situated, as I have +said, to the north of Milosis, and all the countryside was flocking to +her standard. Nasta had poured down from his highlands and was on +his way to join her with no less than twenty-five thousand of his +mountaineers, the most terrible soldiers to face in all Zu-Vendis. +Another mighty lord, named Belusha, who lived in the great +horse-breeding district, had come in with twelve thousand cavalry, and +so on. Indeed, what between one thing and another, it seemed certain +that she would gather a fully armed host of nearly one hundred thousand +men. + +And then came news that Sorais was proposing to break up her camp and +march on the Frowning City itself, desolating the country as she came. +Thereon arose the question whether it would be best to meet her at +Milosis or to go out and give her battle. When our opinion was asked +upon the subject, Good and I unhesitatingly gave it in favour of an +advance. If we were to shut ourselves up in the city and wait to be +attacked, it seemed to us that our inaction would be set down to fear. +It is so important, especially on an occasion of this sort, when a very +little will suffice to turn men's opinions one way or the other, to be +up and doing something. Ardour for a cause will soon evaporate if the +cause does not move but sits down to conquer. Therefore we cast our vote +for moving out and giving battle in the open, instead of waiting till we +were drawn from our walls like a badger from a hole. + +Sir Henry's opinion coincided with ours, and so, needless to say, did +that of Nyleptha, who, like a flint, was always ready to flash out fire. +A great map of the country was brought and spread out before her. About +thirty miles this side of M'Arstuna, where Sorais lay, and ninety odd +miles from Milosis, the road ran over a neck of land some two and a half +miles in width, and flanked on either side by forest-clad hills +which, without being lofty, would, if the road were blocked, be quite +impracticable for a great baggage-laden army to cross. She looked +earnestly at the map, and then, with a quickness of perception that in +some women amounts almost to an instinct, she laid her finger upon this +neck of rising ground, and turning to her husband, said, with a proud +air of confidence and a toss of the golden head-- + +'Here shalt thou meet Sorais' armies. I know the spot, here shalt thou +meet them, and drive them before thee like dust before the storm.' + +But Curtis looked grave and said nothing. + + + + +CHAPTER XX THE BATTLE OF THE PASS + + + +It was on the third morning after this incident of the map that Sir +Henry and I started. With the exception of a small guard, all the great +host had moved on the night before, leaving the Frowning City very +silent and empty. Indeed, it was found impossible to leave any garrison +with the exception of a personal guard for Nyleptha, and about a +thousand men who from sickness or one cause or another were unable to +proceed with the army; but as Milosis was practically impregnable, and +as our enemy was in front of and not behind us, this did not so much +matter. + +Good and Umslopogaas had gone on with the army, but Nyleptha accompanied +Sir Henry and myself to the city gates, riding a magnificent white horse +called Daylight, which was supposed to be the fleetest and most enduring +animal in Zu-Vendis. Her face bore traces of recent weeping, but there +were no tears in her eyes now, indeed she was bearing up bravely against +what must have been a bitter trial to her. At the gate she reined in +her horse and bade us farewell. On the previous day she had reviewed and +addressed the officers of the great army, speaking to them such high, +eloquent words, and expressing so complete a confidence in their valour +and in their ultimate victory, that she quite carried their hearts +away, and as she rode from rank to rank they cheered her till the ground +shook. And now today the same mood seemed to be on her. + +'Fare thee well, Macumazahn!' she said. 'Remember, I trust to thy wits, +which are as a needle to a spear-handle compared to those of my people, +to save us from Sorais. I know that thou wilt do thy duty.' + +I bowed and explained to her my horror of fighting, and my fear lest I +should lose my head, at which she laughed gently and turned to Curtis. + +'Fare thee well, my lord!' she said. 'Come back with victory, and as a +king, or on thy soldiers' spears.' {Endnote 19} + +Sir Henry said nothing, but turned his horse to go; perhaps he had a bit +of a lump in his throat. One gets over it afterwards, but these sort of +partings are trying when one has only been married a week. + +'Here,' added Nyleptha, 'will I greet thee when ye return in triumph. +And now, my lords, once more, farewell!' + +Then we rode on, but when we had gone a hundred and fifty yards or so, +we turned and perceived her still sitting on her horse at the same spot, +and looking out after us beneath her hand, and that was the last we saw +of her. About a mile farther on, however, we heard galloping behind +us, and looking round, saw a mounted soldier coming towards us, leading +Nyleptha's matchless steed--Daylight. + +'The Queen sends the white stallion as a farewell gift to her Lord +Incubu, and bids me tell my lord that he is the fleetest and most +enduring horse in all the land,' said the soldier, bending to his +saddle-bow before us. + +At first Sir Henry did not want to take the horse, saying that he was +too good for such rough work, but I persuaded him to do so, thinking +that Nyleptha would be hurt if he did not. Little did I guess at the +time what service that noble horse would render in our sorest need. It +is curious to look back and realize upon what trivial and apparently +coincidental circumstances great events frequently turn as easily and +naturally as a door on its hinges. + +Well, we took the horse, and a beauty he was, it was a perfect pleasure +to see him move, and Curtis having sent back his greetings and thanks, +we proceeded on our journey. + +By midday we overtook the rear-guard of the great army of which +Sir Henry then formally took over the command. It was a heavy +responsibility, and it oppressed him very much, but the Queen's +injunctions on the point were such as did not admit of being +trifled with. He was beginning to find out that greatness has its +responsibilities as well as its glories. + +Then we marched on without meeting with any opposition, almost indeed +without seeing anybody, for the populations of the towns and villages +along our route had for the most part fled, fearing lest they should +be caught between the two rival armies and ground to powder like grain +between the upper and the nether stones. + +On the evening of the fourth day, for the progress of so great a +multitude was necessarily slow, we camped two miles this side of the +neck or ridge I have spoken of, and our outposts brought us word that +Sorais with all her power was rolling down upon us, and had pitched her +camp that night ten miles the farther side of the neck. + +Accordingly before dawn we sent forward fifteen hundred cavalry to seize +the position. Scarcely had they occupied it, however, before they were +attacked by about as many of Sorais' horsemen, and a very smart little +cavalry fight ensued, with a loss to us of about thirty men killed. On +the advance of our supports, however, Sorais' force drew off, carrying +their dead and wounded with them. + +The main body of the army reached the neck about dinner-time, and I must +say that Nyleptha's judgment had not failed her, it was an admirable +place to give battle in, especially to a superior force. + +The road ran down a mile or more, through ground too broken to admit of +the handling of any considerable force, till it reached the crest of a +great green wave of land, that rolled down a gentle slope to the banks +of a little stream, and then rolled away again up a still gentler slope +to the plain beyond, the distance from the crest of the land-wave down +to the stream being a little over half a mile, and from the stream up to +the plain beyond a trifle less. The length of this wave of land at its +highest point, which corresponded exactly with the width of the neck of +the land between the wooded hills, was about two miles and a quarter, +and it was protected on either side by dense, rocky, bush-clad ground, +that afforded a most valuable cover to the flanks of the army and +rendered it almost impossible for them to be turned. + +It was on the hither slope of this neck of land that Curtis encamped +his army in the same formation that he had, after consultation with the +various generals, Good, and myself, determined that they should occupy +in the great pitched battle which now appeared to be imminent. + +Our force of sixty thousand men was, roughly speaking, divided +as follows. In the centre was a dense body of twenty thousand +foot-soldiers, armed with spears, swords, and hippopotamus-hide shields, +breast and back plates. {Endnote 20} These formed the chest of the army, +and were supported by five thousand foot, and three thousand horse in +reserve. On either side of this chest were stationed seven thousand +horse arranged in deep, majestic squadrons; and beyond and on either +side but slightly in front of them again were two bodies, each numbering +about seven thousand five hundred spearmen, forming the right and left +wings of the army, and each supported by a contingent of some fifteen +hundred cavalry. This makes in all sixty thousand men. + +Curtis commanded in chief, I was in command of the seven thousand horse +between the chest and right wing, which was commanded by Good, and the +other battalions and squadrons were entrusted to Zu-Vendis generals. + +Scarcely had we taken up our positions before Sorais' vast army began to +swarm on the opposite slope about a mile in front of us, till the whole +place seemed alive with the multitude of her spearpoints, and the ground +shook with the tramp of her battalions. It was evident that the spies +had not exaggerated; we were outnumbered by at least a third. At first +we expected that Sorais was going to attack us at once, as the clouds +of cavalry which hung upon her flanks executed some threatening +demonstrations, but she thought better of it, and there was no fight +that day. As for the formation of her great forces I cannot now describe +it with accuracy, and it would only serve to bewilder if I did, but I +may say, generally, that in its leading features it resembled our own, +only her reserve was much greater. + +Opposite our right wing, and forming Sorais' left wing, was a great army +of dark, wild-looking men, armed with sword and shield only, which, +I was informed, was composed of Nasta's twenty-five thousand savage +hillsmen. + +'My word, Good,' said I, when I saw them, 'you will catch it tomorrow +when those gentlemen charge!' whereat Good not unnaturally looked rather +anxious. + +All day we watched and waited, but nothing happened, and at last night +fell, and a thousand watch-fires twinkled brightly on the slopes, to +wane and die one by one like the stars they resembled. As the hours wore +on, the silence gradually gathered more deeply over the opposing hosts. + +It was a very wearying night, for in addition to the endless things that +had to be attended to, there was our gnawing suspense to reckon +with. The fray which tomorrow would witness would be so vast, and the +slaughter so awful, that stout indeed must the heart have been that was +not overwhelmed at the prospect. And when I thought of all that hung +upon it, I own I felt ill, and it made me very sad to reflect that +these mighty forces were gathered for destruction, simply to gratify the +jealous anger of a woman. This was the hidden power which was to send +those dense masses of cavalry, flashing like human thunderbolts across +the plain, and to roll together the fierce battalions as clouds when +hurricane meets hurricane. It was a dreadful thought, and set one +wondering about the responsibilities of the great ones of the earth. +Deep into the night we sat, with pale faces and heavy hearts, and took +counsel, whilst the sentries tramped up and down, down and up, and the +armed and plumed generals came and went, grim and shadow-like. + +And so the time wore away, till everything was ready for the coming +slaughter; and I lay down and thought, and tried to get a little rest, +but could not sleep for fear of the morrow--for who could say what the +morrow would bring forth? Misery and death, this was certain; beyond +that we knew not, and I confess I was very much afraid. But as I +realized then, it is useless to question that eternal Sphinx, the +future. From day to day she reads aloud the riddles of the yesterday, of +which the puzzled wordlings of all ages have not answered one, nor ever +will, guess they never so wildly or cry they never so loud. + +And so at length I gave up wondering, being forced humbly to leave the +issue in the balancing hands of Providence and the morrow. + +And at last up came the red sun, and the huge camps awoke with a clash, +and a roar, and gathered themselves together for battle. It was a +beautiful and awe-inspiring scene, and old Umslopogaas, leaning on his +axe, contemplated it with grim delight. + +'Never have I seen the like, Macumazahn, never,' he said. 'The battles +of my people are as the play of children to what this will be. Thinkest +thou that they will fight it out?' + +'Ay,' I answered sadly, 'to the death. Content thyself, "Woodpecker", +for once shalt thou peck thy fill.' + +Time went on, and still there was no sign of an attack. A force of +cavalry crossed the brook, indeed, and rode slowly along our front, +evidently taking stock of our position and numbers. With this we did +not attempt to interfere, as our decision was to stand strictly on the +defensive, and not to waste a single man. The men breakfasted and stood +to their arms, and the hours wore on. About midday, when the men were +eating their dinner, for we thought they would fight better on full +stomachs, a shout of '_Sorais, Sorais_' arose like thunder from the +enemy's extreme right, and taking the glass, I was able to clearly +distinguish the 'Lady of the Night' herself, surrounded by a glittering +staff, and riding slowly down the lines of her battalions. And as she +went, that mighty, thundering shout rolled along before her like the +rolling of ten thousand chariots, or the roaring of the ocean when the +gale turns suddenly and carries the noise of it to the listener's ears, +till the earth shook, and the air was full of the majesty of sound. + +Guessing that this was a prelude to the beginning of the battle, we +remained still and made ready. + +We had not long to wait. Suddenly, like flame from a cannon's mouth, out +shot two great tongue-like forces of cavalry, and came charging down the +slope towards the little stream, slowly at first, but gathering speed +as they came. Before they got to the stream, orders reached me from Sir +Henry, who evidently feared that the shock of such a charge, if allowed +to fall unbroken upon our infantry, would be too much for them, to send +five thousand sabres to meet the force opposite to me, at the moment +when it began to mount the stiffest of the rise about four hundred yards +from our lines. This I did, remaining behind myself with the rest of my +men. + +Off went the five thousand horsemen, drawn up in a wedge-like form, and +I must say that the general in command handled them very ably. Starting +at a hand gallop, for the first three hundred yards he rode straight at +the tip of the tongue-shaped mass of cavalry which, numbering, so far as +I could judge, about eight thousand sabres, was advancing to charge us. +Then he suddenly swerved to the right and put on the pace, and I saw the +great wedge curl round, and before the foe could check himself and turn +to meet it, strike him about halfway down his length, with a crashing +rending sound, like that of the breaking-up of vast sheets of ice. In +sank the great wedge, into his heart, and as it cut its way hundreds +of horsemen were thrown up on either side of it, just as the earth is +thrown up by a ploughshare, or more like still, as the foaming water +curls over beneath the bows of a rushing ship. In, yet in, vainly does +the tongue twist its ends round in agony, like an injured snake, +and strive to protect its centre; still farther in, by Heaven! right +through, and so, amid cheer after cheer from our watching thousands, +back again upon the severed ends, beating them down, driving them as +a gale drives spray, till at last, amidst the rushing of hundreds of +riderless horses, the flashing of swords, and the victorious clamour of +their pursuers, the great force crumples up like an empty glove, then +turns and gallops pell-mell for safety back to its own lines. + +I do not think it reached them more than two-thirds as strong as it +went out ten minutes before. The lines which were now advancing to the +attack, opened and swallowed them up, and my force returned, having +only suffered a loss of about five hundred men--not much, I thought, +considering the fierceness of the struggle. I could also see that the +opposing bodies of cavalry on our left wing were drawing back, but how +the fight went with them I do not quite know. It is as much as I can do +to describe what took place immediately around me. + +By this time the dense masses of the enemy's left, composed almost +entirely of Nasta's swordsmen, were across the little stream, and +with alternate yells of 'Nasta' and 'Sorais', with dancing banners and +gleaming swords, were swarming up towards us like ants. + +Again I received orders to try and check this movement, and also the +main advance against the chest of our army, by means of cavalry charges, +and this I did to the best of my ability, by continually sending +squadrons of about a thousand sabres out against them. These squadrons +did the enemy much damage, and it was a glorious sight to see them flash +down the hillside, and bury themselves like a living knife in the heart +of the foe. But, also, we lost many men, for after the experience of a +couple of these charges, which had drawn a sort of bloody St Andrew's +cross of dead and dying through the centre of Nasta's host, our foes +no longer attempted to offer an unyielding front to their irresistible +weight, but opened out to let the rush go through, throwing themselves +on the ground and hamstringing hundreds of horses as they passed. + +And so, notwithstanding all that we could do, the enemy drew nearer, +till at last he hurled himself upon Good's force of seven thousand five +hundred regulars, who were drawn up to receive them in three strong +squares. About the same time, too, an awful and heartshaking roar told +me that the main battle had closed in on the centre and extreme left. I +raised myself in my stirrups and looked down to my left; so far as the +eye could see there was a long dazzling shimmer of steel as the sun +glanced upon falling sword and thrusting spear. + +To and fro swung the contending lines in that dread struggle, now giving +way, now gaining a little in the mad yet ordered confusion of attack +and defence. But it was as much as I could do to keep count of what was +happening to our own wing; and, as for the moment the cavalry had fallen +back under cover of Good's three squares, I had a fair view of this. + +Nasta's wild swordsmen were now breaking in red waves against the sullen +rock-like squares. Time after time did they yell out their war-cries, +and hurl themselves furiously against the long triple ridges of spear +points, only to be rolled back as billows are when they meet the cliff. + +And so for four long hours the battle raged almost without a pause, and +at the end of that time, if we had gained nothing we had lost nothing. +Two attempts to turn our left flank by forcing a way through the wood by +which it was protected had been defeated; and as yet Nasta's swordsmen +had, notwithstanding their desperate efforts, entirely failed to break +Good's three squares, though they had thinned their numbers by quite a +third. + +As for the chest of the army where Sir Henry was with his staff and +Umslopogaas, it had suffered dreadfully, but it had held its own with +honour, and the same may be said of our left battle. + +At last the attacks slackened, and Sorais' army drew back, having, I +began to think, had enough of it. On this point, however, I was soon +undeceived, for splitting up her cavalry into comparatively small +squadrons, she charged us furiously with them, all along the line, +and then once more sullenly rolled her tens of thousands of sword and +spearmen down upon our weakened squares and squadrons; Sorais herself +directing the movement, as fearless as a lioness heading the main +attack. On they came like an avalanche--I saw her golden helm gleaming +in the van--our counter charges of cavalry entirely failing to check +their forward sweep. Now they had struck us, and our centre bent in like +a bow beneath the weight of their rush--it parted, and had not the ten +thousand men in reserve charged down to its support it must have +been utterly destroyed. As for Good's three squares, they were swept +backwards like boats upon an incoming tide, and the foremost one was +burst into and lost half its remaining men. But the effort was too +fierce and terrible to last. Suddenly the battle came, as it were, to a +turning-point, and for a minute or two stood still. + +Then it began to move towards Sorais' camp. Just then, too, Nasta's +fierce and almost invincible highlanders, either because they were +disheartened by their losses or by way of a ruse, fell back, and the +remains of Good's gallant squares, leaving the positions they had held +for so many hours, cheered wildly, and rashly followed them down the +slope, whereon the swarms of swordsmen turned to envelop them, and once +more flung themselves upon them with a yell. Taken thus on every side, +what remained of the first square was quickly destroyed, and I perceived +that the second, in which I could see Good himself mounted on a large +horse, was on the point of annihilation. A few more minutes and it was +broken, its streaming colours sank, and I lost sight of Good in the +confused and hideous slaughter that ensued. + +Presently, however, a cream-coloured horse with a snow-white mane +and tail burst from the ruins of the square and came rushing past me +riderless and with wide streaming reins, and in it I recognized the +charger that Good had been riding. Then I hesitated no longer, but +taking with me half my effective cavalry force, which now amounted to +between four and five thousand men, I commended myself to God, and, +without waiting for orders, I charged straight down upon Nasta's +swordsmen. Seeing me coming, and being warned by the thunder of my +horses' hoofs, the majority of them faced round, and gave us a right +warm welcome. Not an inch would they yield; in vain did we hack and +trample them down as we ploughed a broad red furrow through their +thousands; they seemed to re-arise by hundreds, driving their terrible +sharp swords into our horses, or severing their hamstrings, and then +hacking the troopers who came to the ground with them almost into +pieces. My horse was speedily killed under me, but luckily I had a fresh +one, my own favourite, a coal-black mare Nyleptha had given me, being +held in reserve behind, and on this I afterwards mounted. Meanwhile I +had to get along as best I could, for I was pretty well lost sight of +by my men in the mad confusion of the moment. My voice, of course, could +not be heard in the midst of the clanging of steel and the shrieks of +rage and agony. Presently I found myself mixed up with the remnants of +the square, which had formed round its leader Good, and was fighting +desperately for existence. I stumbled against somebody, and glancing +down, caught sight of Good's eyeglass. He had been beaten to his knee. +Over him was a great fellow swinging a heavy sword. Somehow I managed to +run the man through with the sime I had taken from the Masai whose hand +I had cut off; but as I did so, he dealt me a frightful blow on the left +side and breast with the sword, and though my chain shirt saved my life, +I felt that I was badly hurt. For a minute I fell on to my hands and +knees among the dead and dying, and turned sick and faint. When I +came to again I saw that Nasta's spearmen, or rather those of them who +remained, were retreating back across the stream, and that Good was +there by me smiling sweetly. + +'Near go that,' he shouted; 'but all's well that ends well.' + +I assented, but I could not help feeling that it had not ended well for +me. I was sorely hurt. + +Just then we saw the smaller bodies of cavalry stationed on our extreme +right and left, and which were now reinforced by the three thousand +sabres which we had held in reserve, flash out like arrows from their +posts and fall upon the disordered flanks of Sorais' forces, and that +charge decided the issue of the battle. In another minute or two the +enemy was in slow and sullen retreat across the little stream, where +they once more re-formed. Then came another lull, during which I managed +to get a second horse, and received my orders to advance from Sir Henry, +and then with one fierce deep-throated roar, with a waving of banners +and a wide flashing of steel, the remains of our army took the offensive +and began to sweep down, slowly indeed, but irresistibly from the +positions they had so gallantly held all day. + +At last it was our turn to attack. + +On we moved, over the piled-up masses of dead and dying, and were +approaching the stream, when suddenly I perceived an extraordinary +sight. Galloping wildly towards us, his arms tightly clasped around his +horse's neck, against which his blanched cheek was tightly pressed, was +a man arrayed in the full costume of a Zu-Vendi general, but in whom, as +he came nearer, I recognized none other than our lost Alphonse. It was +impossible even then to mistake those curling mustachios. In a minute he +was tearing through our ranks and narrowly escaped being cut down, till +at last somebody caught his horse's bridle, and he was brought to me +just as a momentary halt occurred in our advance to allow what remained +of our shattered squares to form into line. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he gasped out in a voice that was nearly inarticulate +with fright, 'grace to the sky, it is you! Ah, what I have endured! +But you win, monsieur, you win; they fly, the laches. But listen, +monsieur--I forget, it is no good; the Queen is to be murdered tomorrow +at the first light in the palace of Milosis; her guards will leave +their posts, and the priests are going to kill her. Ah yes! they little +thought it, but I was ensconced beneath a banner, and I heard it all.' + +'What?' I said, horror-struck; 'what do you mean?' + +'What I say, monsieur; that devil of a Nasta he went last night to +settle the affair with the Archbishop [Agon]. The guard will leave open +the little gate leading from the great stair and go away, and Nasta and +Agon's priests will come in and kill her. Themselves they would not kill +her.' + +'Come with me,' I said, and, shouting to the staff-officer next to me to +take over the command, I snatched his bridle and galloped as hard as I +could for the spot, between a quarter and half a mile off, where I saw +the royal pennon flying, and where I knew that I should find Curtis if +he were still alive. On we tore, our horses clearing heaps of dead and +dying men, and splashing through pools of blood, on past the long broken +lines of spearmen to where, mounted on the white stallion Nyleptha had +sent to him as a parting gift, I saw Sir Henry's form towering above the +generals who surrounded him. + +Just as we reached him the advance began again. A bloody cloth was bound +around his head, but I saw that his eye was as bright and keen as ever. +Beside him was old Umslopogaas, his axe red with blood, but looking +quite fresh and uninjured. + +'What's wrong, Quatermain?' he shouted. + +'Everything. There is a plot to murder the Queen tomorrow at dawn. +Alphonse here, who has just escaped from Sorais, has overheard it all,' +and I rapidly repeated to him what the Frenchman had told me. + +Curtis' face turned deadly pale and his jaw dropped. + +'At dawn,' he gasped, 'and it is now sunset; it dawns before four and we +are nearly a hundred miles off--nine hours at the outside. What is to be +done?' + +An idea entered into my head. 'Is that horse of yours fresh?' I said. + +'Yes, I have only just got on to him--when my last was killed, and he +has been fed.' + +'So is mine. Get off him, and let Umslopogaas mount; he can ride well. +We will be at Milosis before dawn, or if we are not--well, we cannot +help it. No, no; it is impossible for you to leave now. You would be +seen, and it would turn the fate of the battle. It is not half won yet. +The soldiers would think you were making a bolt of it. Quick now.' + +In a moment he was down, and at my bidding Umslopogaas sprang into the +empty saddle. + +'Now farewell,' I said. 'Send a thousand horsemen with remounts after +us in an hour if possible. Stay, despatch a general to the left wing to +take over the command and explain my absence.' + +'You will do your best to save her, Quatermain?' he said in a broken +voice. + +'Ay, that I will. Go on; you are being left behind.' + +He cast one glance at us, and accompanied by his staff galloped off to +join the advance, which by this time was fording the little brook that +now ran red with the blood of the fallen. + +As for Umslopogaas and myself, we left that dreadful field as arrows +leave a bow, and in a few minutes had passed right out of the sight of +slaughter, the smell of blood, and the turmoil and shouting, which only +came to our ears as a faint, far-off roaring like the sound of distant +breakers. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI AWAY! AWAY! + + + +At the top of the rise we halted for a second to breathe our horses; +and, turning, glanced at the battle beneath us, which, illumined as it +was by the fierce rays of the sinking sun staining the whole scene red, +looked from where we were more like some wild titanic picture than an +actual hand-to-hand combat. The distinguishing scenic effect from that +distance was the countless distinct flashes of light reflected from the +swords and spears, otherwise the panorama was not so grand as might have +been expected. The great green lap of sward in which the struggle was +being fought out, the bold round outline of the hills behind, and +the wide sweep of the plain beyond, seemed to dwarf it; and what was +tremendous enough when one was in it, grew insignificant when viewed +from the distance. But is it not thus with all the affairs and doings of +our race about which we blow the loud trumpet and make such a fuss and +worry? How utterly antlike, and morally and physically insignificant, +must they seem to the calm eyes that watch them from the arching depths +above! + +'We win the day, Macumazahn,' said old Umslopogaas, taking in the whole +situation with a glance of his practised eye. 'Look, the Lady of the +Night's forces give on every side, there is no stiffness left in them, +they bend like hot iron, they are fighting with but half a heart. But +alas! the battle will in a manner be drawn, for the darkness gathers, +and the regiments will not be able to follow and slay!'--and he shook +his head sadly. 'But,' he added, 'I do not think that they will fight +again. We have fed them with too strong a meat. Ah! it is well to have +lived! At last I have seen a fight worth seeing.' + +By this time we were on our way again, and as we went side by side I +told him what our mission was, and how that, if it failed, all the lives +that had been lost that day would have been lost in vain. + +'Ah!' he said, 'nigh on a hundred miles and no horses but these, and to +be there before the dawn! Well--away! away! man can but try, Macumazahn; +and mayhap we shall be there in time to split that old "witch-finder's" +[Agon's] skull for him. Once he wanted to burn us, the old "rain-maker", +did he? And now he would set a snare for my mother [Nyleptha], would he? +Good! So sure as my name is the name of the Woodpecker, so surely, be +my mother alive or dead, will I split him to the beard. Ay, by T'Chaka's +head I swear it!' and he shook Inkosi-kaas as he galloped. By now the +darkness was closing in, but fortunately there would be a moon later, +and the road was good. + +On we sped through the twilight, the two splendid horses we bestrode +had got their wind by this, and were sweeping along with a wide steady +stride that neither failed nor varied for mile upon mile. Down the side +of slopes we galloped, across wide vales that stretched to the foot +of far-off hills. Nearer and nearer grew the blue hills; now we were +travelling up their steeps, and now we were over and passing towards +others that sprang up like visions in the far, faint distance beyond. + +On, never pausing or drawing rein, through the perfect quiet of the +night, that was set like a song to the falling music of our horses' +hoofs; on, past deserted villages, where only some forgotten starving +dog howled a melancholy welcome; on, past lonely moated dwellings; on, +through the white patchy moonlight, that lay coldly upon the wide bosom +of the earth, as though there was no warmth in it; on, knee to knee, for +hour after hour! + +We spake not, but bent us forward on the necks of those two glorious +horses, and listened to their deep, long-drawn breaths as they filled +their great lungs, and to the regular unfaltering ring of their round +hoofs. Grim and black indeed did old Umslopogaas look beside me, mounted +upon the great white horse, like Death in the Revelation of St John, as +now and again lifting his fierce set face he gazed out along the road, +and pointed with his axe towards some distant rise or house. + +And so on, still on, without break or pause for hour after hour. + +At last I felt that even the splendid animal that I rode was beginning +to give out. I looked at my watch; it was nearly midnight, and we were +considerably more than half way. On the top of a rise was a little +spring, which I remembered because I had slept by it a few nights +before, and here I motioned to Umslopogaas to pull up, having determined +to give the horses and ourselves ten minutes to breathe in. He did so, +and we dismounted--that is to say, Umslopogaas did, and then helped me +off, for what with fatigue, stiffness, and the pain of my wound, I could +not do so for myself; and then the gallant horses stood panting there, +resting first one leg and then another, while the sweat fell drip, drip, +from them, and the steam rose and hung in pale clouds in the still night +air. + +Leaving Umslopogaas to hold the horses, I hobbled to the spring and +drank deep of its sweet waters. I had had nothing but a single mouthful +of wine since midday, when the battle began, and I was parched up, +though my fatigue was too great to allow me to feel hungry. Then, having +laved my fevered head and hands, I returned, and the Zulu went and +drank. Next we allowed the horses to take a couple of mouthfuls each--no +more; and oh, what a struggle we had to get the poor beasts away from +the water! There were yet two minutes, and I employed it in hobbling +up and down to try and relieve my stiffness, and in inspecting the +condition of the horses. My mare, gallant animal though she was, was +evidently much distressed; she hung her head, and her eye looked sick +and dull; but Daylight, Nyleptha's glorious horse--who, if he is served +aright, should, like the steeds who saved great Rameses in his need, +feed for the rest of his days out of a golden manger--was still +comparatively speaking fresh, notwithstanding the fact that he had had +by far the heavier weight to carry. He was 'tucked up', indeed, and +his legs were weary, but his eye was bright and clear, and he held his +shapely head up and gazed out into the darkness round him in a way that +seemed to say that whoever failed _he_ was good for those five-and-forty +miles that yet lay between us and Milosis. Then Umslopogaas helped me +into the saddle and--vigorous old savage that he was!--vaulted into his +own without touching a stirrup, and we were off once more, slowly at +first, till the horses got into their stride, and then more swiftly. So +we passed over another ten miles, and then came a long, weary rise of +some six or seven miles, and three times did my poor black mare nearly +come to the ground with me. But on the top she seemed to gather herself +together, and rattled down the slope with long, convulsive strides, +breathing in gasps. We did that three or four miles more swiftly than +any since we had started on our wild ride, but I felt it to be a last +effort, and I was right. Suddenly my poor horse took the bit between +her teeth and bolted furiously along a stretch of level ground for some +three or four hundred yards, and then, with two or three jerky strides, +pulled herself up and fell with a crash right on to her head, I rolling +myself free as she did so. As I struggled to my feet the brave beast +raised her head and looked at me with piteous bloodshot eyes, and then +her head dropped with a groan and she was dead. Her heart was broken. + +Umslopogaas pulled up beside the carcase, and I looked at him in dismay. +There were still more than twenty miles to do by dawn, and how were we +to do it with one horse? It seemed hopeless, but I had forgotten the old +Zulu's extraordinary running powers. + +Without a single word he sprang from the saddle and began to hoist me +into it. + +'What wilt thou do?' I asked. + +'Run,' he answered, seizing my stirrup-leather. + +Then off we went again, almost as fast as before; and oh, the relief +it was to me to get that change of horses! Anybody who has ever ridden +against time will know what it meant. + +Daylight sped along at a long stretching hand-gallop, giving the +gaunt Zulu a lift at every stride. It was a wonderful thing to see +old Umslopogaas run mile after mile, his lips slightly parted and his +nostrils agape like the horse's. Every five miles or so we stopped for a +few minutes to let him get his breath, and then flew on again. + +'Canst thou go farther,' I said at the third of these stoppages, 'or +shall I leave thee to follow me?' + +He pointed with his axe to a dim mass before us. It was the Temple of +the Sun, now not more than five miles away. + +'I reach it or I die,' he gasped. + +Oh, that last five miles! The skin was rubbed from the inside of my +legs, and every movement of my horse gave me anguish. Nor was that all. +I was exhausted with toil, want of food and sleep, and also suffering +very much from the blow I had received on my left side; it seemed as +though a piece of bone or something was slowly piercing into my lung. +Poor Daylight, too, was pretty nearly finished, and no wonder. But there +was a smell of dawn in the air, and we might not stay; better that all +three of us should die upon the road than that we should linger while +there was life in us. The air was thick and heavy, as it sometimes is +before the dawn breaks, and--another infallible sign in certain parts of +Zu-Vendis that sunrise is at hand--hundreds of little spiders pendant on +the end of long tough webs were floating about in it. These early-rising +creatures, or rather their webs, caught upon the horse's and our own +forms by scores, and, as we had neither the time nor the energy to brush +them off, we rushed along covered with hundreds of long grey threads +that streamed out a yard or more behind us--and a very strange +appearance they must have given us. + +And now before us are the huge brazen gates of the outer wall of the +Frowning City, and a new and horrible doubt strikes me: What if they +will not let us in? + +'_Open! open!_' I shout imperiously, at the same time giving the royal +password. '_Open! open!_ a messenger, a messenger with tidings of the +war!' + +'What news?' cried the guard. 'And who art thou that ridest so madly, +and who is that whose tongue lolls out'--and it actually did--'and who +runs by thee like a dog by a chariot?' + +'It is the Lord Macumazahn, and with him is his dog, his black dog. +_Open! open!_ I bring tidings.' + +The great gates ran back on their rollers, and the drawbridge fell with +a rattling crash, and we dashed on through the one and over the other. + +'What news, my lord, what news?' cried the guard. + +'Incubu rolls Sorais back, as the wind a cloud,' I answered, and was +gone. + +One more effort, gallant horse, and yet more gallant man! + +So, fall not now, Daylight, and hold thy life in thee for fifteen short +minutes more, old Zulu war-dog, and ye shall both live for ever in the +annals of the land. + +On, clattering through the sleeping streets. We are passing the Flower +Temple now--one mile more, only one little mile--hold on, keep your +life in thee, see the houses run past of themselves. Up, good horse, +up, there--but fifty yards now. Ah! you see your stables and stagger on +gallantly. + +'Thank God, the palace at last!' and see, the first arrows of the dawn +are striking on the Temple's golden dome. {Endnote 21} But shall I get +in here, or is the deed done and the way barred? + +Once more I give the password and shout '_Open! open!_' + +No answer, and my heart grows very faint. + +Again I call, and this time a single voice replies, and to my joy +I recognize it as belonging to Kara, a fellow-officer of Nyleptha's +guards, a man I know to be as honest as the light--indeed, the same whom +Nyleptha had sent to arrest Sorais on the day she fled to the temple. + +'Is it thou, Kara?' I cry; 'I am Macumazahn. Bid the guard let down the +bridge and throw wide the gate. Quick, quick!' + +Then followed a space that seemed to me endless, but at length the +bridge fell and one half of the gate opened and we got into the +courtyard, where at last poor Daylight fell down beneath me, as I +thought, dead. Except Kara, there was nobody to be seen, and his look +was wild, and his garments were all torn. He had opened the gate and let +down the bridge alone, and was now getting them up and shut again (as, +owing to a very ingenious arrangement of cranks and levers, one man +could easily do, and indeed generally did do). + +'Where are the guard?' I gasped, fearing his answer as I never feared +anything before. + +'I know not,' he answered; 'two hours ago, as I slept, was I seized and +bound by the watch under me, and but now, this very moment, have I freed +myself with my teeth. I fear, I greatly fear, that we are betrayed.' + +His words gave me fresh energy. Catching him by the arm, I staggered, +followed by Umslopogaas, who reeled after us like a drunken man, through +the courtyards, up the great hall, which was silent as the grave, +towards the Queen's sleeping-place. + +We reached the first ante-room--no guards; the second, still no guards. +Oh, surely the thing was done! we were too late after all, too late! The +silence and solitude of those great chambers was dreadful, and weighed +me down like an evil dream. On, right into Nyleptha's chamber we rushed +and staggered, sick at heart, fearing the very worst; we saw there was +a light in it, ay, and a figure bearing the light. Oh, thank God, it +is the White Queen herself, the Queen unharmed! There she stands in +her night gear, roused, by the clatter of our coming, from her bed, the +heaviness of sleep yet in her eyes, and a red blush of fear and shame +mantling her lovely breast and cheek. + +'Who is it?' she cries. 'What means this? Oh, Macumazahn, is it thou? +Why lookest thou so wildly? Thou comest as one bearing evil tidings--and +my lord--oh, tell me not my lord is dead--not dead!' she wailed, +wringing her white hands. + +'I left Incubu wounded, but leading the advance against Sorais last +night at sundown; therefore let thy heart have rest. Sorais is beaten +back all along her lines, and thy arms prevail.' + +'I knew it,' she cried in triumph. 'I knew that he would win; and they +called him Outlander, and shook their wise heads when I gave him the +command! Last night at sundown, sayest thou, and it is not yet dawn? +Surely--' + +'Throw a cloak around thee, Nyleptha,' I broke in, 'and give us wine +to drink; ay, and call thy maidens quick if thou wouldst save thyself +alive. Nay, stay not.' + +Thus adjured she ran and called through the curtains towards some room +beyond, and then hastily put on her sandals and a thick cloak, by which +time a dozen or so of half-dressed women were pouring into the room. + +'Follow us and be silent,' I said to them as they gazed with wondering +eyes, clinging one to another. So we went into the first ante-room. + +'Now,' I said, 'give us wine to drink and food, if ye have it, for we +are near to death.' + +The room was used as a mess-room for the officers of the guards, and +from a cupboard some flagons of wine and some cold flesh were brought +forth, and Umslopogaas and I drank, and felt life flow back into our +veins as the good red wine went down. + +'Hark to me, Nyleptha,' I said, as I put down the empty tankard. 'Hast +thou here among these thy waiting-ladies any two of discretion?' + +'Ay,' she said, 'surely.' + +'Then bid them go out by the side entrance to any citizens whom thou +canst bethink thee of as men loyal to thee, and pray them come armed, +with all honest folk that they can gather, to rescue thee from death. +Nay, question not; do as I say, and quickly. Kara here will let out the +maids.' + +She turned, and selecting two of the crowd of damsels, repeated the +words I had uttered, giving them besides a list of the names of the men +to whom each should run. + +'Go swiftly and secretly; go for your very lives,' I added. + +In another moment they had left with Kara, whom I told to rejoin us at +the door leading from the great courtyard on to the stairway as soon as +he had made fast behind the girls. Thither, too, Umslopogaas and I made +our way, followed by the Queen and her women. As we went we tore off +mouthfuls of food, and between them I told her what I knew of the danger +which encompassed her, and how we found Kara, and how all the guards and +men-servants were gone, and she was alone with her women in that great +place; and she told me, too, that a rumour had spread through the town +that our army had been utterly destroyed, and that Sorais was marching +in triumph on Milosis, and how in consequence thereof all men had fallen +away from her. + +Though all this takes some time to tell, we had not been but six or +seven minutes in the palace; and notwithstanding that the golden roof of +the temple being very lofty was ablaze with the rays of the rising sun, +it was not yet dawn, nor would be for another ten minutes. We were in +the courtyard now, and here my wound pained me so that I had to take +Nyleptha's arm, while Umslopogaas rolled along after us, eating as he +went. + +Now we were across it, and had reached the narrow doorway through the +palace wall that opened on to the mighty stair. + +I looked through and stood aghast, as well I might. The door was gone, +and so were the outer gates of bronze--entirely gone. They had been +taken from their hinges, and as we afterwards found, hurled from the +stairway to the ground two hundred feet beneath. There in front of us +was the semicircular standing-space, about twice the size of a large +oval dining-table, and the ten curved black marble steps leading on to +the main stair--and that was all. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR + + + +We looked at one another. + +'Thou seest,' I said, 'they have taken away the door. Is there aught +with which we may fill the place? Speak quickly for they will be on us +ere the daylight.' I spoke thus, because I knew that we must hold this +place or none, as there were no inner doors in the palace, the rooms +being separated one from another by curtains. I also knew that if +we could by any means defend this doorway the murderers could get in +nowhere else; for the palace is absolutely impregnable, that is, since +the secret door by which Sorais had entered on that memorable night of +attempted murder had, by Nyleptha's order, been closed up with masonry. + +'I have it,' said Nyleptha, who, as usual with her, rose to the +emergency in a wonderful way. 'On the farther side of the courtyard are +blocks of cut marble--the workmen brought them there for the bed of the +new statue of Incubu, my lord; let us block the door with them.' + +I jumped at the idea; and having despatched one of the remaining maidens +down the great stair to see if she could obtain assistance from the +docks below, where her father, who was a great merchant employing +many men, had his dwelling-place, and set another to watch through the +doorway, we made our way back across the courtyard to where the hewn +marble lay; and here we met Kara returning from despatching the first +two messengers. There were the marble blocks, sure enough, broad, +massive lumps, some six inches thick, and weighing about eighty pounds +each, and there, too, were a couple of implements like small stretchers, +that the workmen used to carry them on. Without delay we got some of the +blocks on to the stretchers, and four of the girls carried them to the +doorway. + +'Listen, Macumazahn,' said Umslopogaas, 'if those low fellows come, it +is I who will hold the stair against them till the door is built up. +Nay, nay, it will be a man's death: gainsay me not, old friend. It has +been a good day, let it now be good night. See, I throw myself down to +rest on the marble there; when their footsteps are nigh, wake thou me, +not before, for I need my strength,' and without a word he went outside +and flung himself down on the marble, and was instantly asleep. + +At this time, I too was overcome, and was forced to sit down by the +doorway, and content myself with directing operations. The girls +brought the block, while Kara and Nyleptha built them up across the +six-foot-wide doorway, a triple row of them, for less would be useless. +But the marble had to be brought forty yards and then there were forty +yards to run back, and though the girls laboured gloriously, even +staggering along alone, each with a block in her arms, it was slow work, +dreadfully slow. + +The light was growing now, and presently, in the silence, we heard a +commotion at the far-bottom of the stair, and the faint clinking of +armed men. As yet the wall was only two feet high, and we had been eight +minutes at the building of it. So they had come. Alphonse had heard +aright. + +The clanking sound came nearer, and in the ghostly grey of the dawning +we could make out long files of men, some fifty or so in all, slowly +creeping up the stair. They were now at the half-way standing place that +rested on the great flying arch; and here, perceiving that something +was going on above, they, to our great gain, halted for three or four +minutes and consulted, then slowly and cautiously advanced again. + +We had been nearly a quarter of an hour at the work now, and it was +almost three feet high. + +Then I woke Umslopogaas. The great man rose, stretched himself, and +swung Inkosi-kaas round his head. + +'It is well,' he said. 'I feel as a young man once more. My strength has +come back to me, ay, even as a lamp flares up before it dies. Fear not, +I shall fight a good fight; the wine and the sleep have put a new heart +into me. + +'Macumazahn, I have dreamed a dream. I dreamed that thou and I stood +together on a star, and looked down on the world, and thou wast as a +spirit, Macumazahn, for light flamed through thy flesh, but I could not +see what was the fashion of mine own face. The hour has come for us, +old hunter. So be it: we have had our time, but I would that in it I had +seen some more such fights as yesterday's. + +'Let them bury me after the fashion of my people, Macumazahn, and set +my eyes towards Zululand;' and he took my hand and shook it, and then +turned to face the advancing foe. + +Just then, to my astonishment, the Zu-Vendi officer Kara clambered over +our improvised wall in his quiet, determined sort of way, and took his +stand by the Zulu, unsheathing his sword as he did so. + +'What, comest thou too?' laughed out the old warrior. 'Welcome--a +welcome to thee, brave heart! Ow! for the man who can die like a man; +ow! for the death grip and the ringing of steel. Ow! we are ready. We +wet our beaks like eagles, our spears flash in the sun; we shake our +assegais, and are hungry to fight. Who comes to give greeting to the +Chieftainess [Inkosi-kaas]? Who would taste her kiss, whereof the fruit +is death? I, the Woodpecker, I, the Slaughterer, I the Swiftfooted! I, +Umslopogaas, of the tribe of the Maquilisini, of the people of Amazulu, +a captain of the regiment of the Nkomabakosi: I, Umslopogaas, the son +of Indabazimbi, the son of Arpi the son of Mosilikaatze, I of the royal +blood of T'Chaka, I of the King's House, I the Ringed Man, I the Induna, +I call to them as a buck calls, I challenge them, I await them. Ow! it +is thou, it is thou!' + +As he spake, or rather chanted, his wild war-song, the armed men, +among whom in the growing light I recognized both Nasta and Agon, came +streaming up the stair with a rush, and one big fellow, armed with a +heavy spear, dashed up the ten semicircular steps ahead of his comrades +and struck at the great Zulu with the spear. Umslopogaas moved his +body but not his legs, so that the blow missed him, and next instant +Inkosi-kaas crashed through headpiece, hair and skull, and the +man's corpse was rattling down the steps. As he dropped, his round +hippopotamus-hide shield fell from his hand on to the marble, and the +Zulu stooped down and seized it, still chanting as he did so. + +In another second the sturdy Kara had also slain a man, and then began a +scene the like of which has not been known to me. + +Up rushed the assailants, one, two, three at a time, and as fast as they +came, the axe crashed and the sword swung, and down they rolled again, +dead or dying. And ever as the fight thickened, the old Zulu's eye +seemed to get quicker and his arm stronger. He shouted out his war-cries +and the names of chiefs whom he had slain, and the blows of his awful +axe rained straight and true, shearing through everything they fell on. +There was none of the scientific method he was so fond of about this +last immortal fight of his; he had no time for it, but struck with his +full strength, and at every stroke a man sank in his tracks, and went +rattling down the marble steps. + +They hacked and hewed at him with swords and spears, wounding him in a +dozen places till he streamed red with blood; but the shield protected +his head and the chain-shirt his vitals, and for minute after minute, +aided by the gallant Zu-Vendi, he still held the stair. + +At last Kara's sword broke, and he grappled with a foe, and they rolled +down together, and he was cut to pieces, dying like the brave man that +he was. + +Umslopogaas was alone now, but he never blenched or turned. Shouting +out some wild Zulu battle-cry, he beat down a foe, ay, and another, and +another, till at last they drew back from the slippery blood-stained +steps, and stared at him with amazement, thinking that he was no mortal +man. + +The wall of marble block was four feet six high now, and hope rose in my +teeth as I leaned there against it a miserable helpless log, and ground +my teeth, and watched that glorious struggle. I could do no more for I +had lost my revolver in the battle. + +And old Umslopogaas, he leaned too on his good axe, and, faint as he +was with wounds, he mocked them, he called them 'women'--the grand old +warrior, standing there one against so many! And for a breathing space +none would come against him, notwithstanding Nasta's exhortations, till +at last old Agon, who, to do him justice, was a brave man, mad with +baffled rage, and seeing that the wall would soon be built and his plans +defeated, shook the great spear he held, and rushed up the dripping +steps. + +'Ah, ah!' shouted the Zulu, as he recognized the priest's flowing white +beard, 'it is thou, old "witch-finder"! Come on! I await thee, white +"medicine man"; come on! come on! I have sworn to slay thee, and I ever +keep my faith.' + +On he came, taking him at his word, and drave the big spear with such +force at Umslopogaas that it sunk right through the tough shield and +pierced him in the neck. The Zulu cast down the transfixed shield, and +that moment was Agon's last, for before he could free his spear +and strike again, with a shout of '_There's for thee, Rain-maker!_' +Umslopogaas gripped Inkosi-kaas with both hands and whirled on high and +drave her right on to his venerable head, so that Agon rolled down dead +among the corpses of his fellow-murderers, and there was an end to him +and his plots altogether. And even as he fell, a great cry rose from the +foot of the stair, and looking out through the portion of the doorway +that was yet unclosed, we saw armed men rushing up to the rescue, and +called an answer to their shouts. Then the would-be murderers who yet +remained on the stairway, and amongst whom I saw several priests, turned +to fly, but, having nowhere to go, were butchered as they fled. Only one +man stayed, and he was the great lord Nasta, Nyleptha's suitor, and +the father of the plot. For a moment the black-bearded Nasta stood with +bowed face leaning on his long sword as though in despair, and then, +with a dreadful shout, he too rushed up at the Zulu, and, swinging the +glittering sword around his head, dealt him such a mighty blow beneath +his guard, that the keen steel of the heavy blade bit right through the +chain armour and deep into Umslopogaas' side, for a moment paralysing +him and causing him to drop his axe. + +Raising the sword again, Nasta sprang forward to make an end of him, +but little he knew his foe. With a shake and a yell of fury, the Zulu +gathered himself together and sprang straight at Nasta's throat, as I +have sometimes seen a wounded lion spring. He struck him full as his +foot was on the topmost stair, and his long arms closing round him like +iron bands, down they rolled together struggling furiously. Nasta was a +strong man and a desperate, but he could not match the strongest man in +Zululand, sore wounded though he was, whose strength was as the strength +of a bull. In a minute the end came. I saw old Umslopogaas stagger +to his feet--ay, and saw him by a single gigantic effort swing up the +struggling Nasta and with a shout of triumph hurl him straight over the +parapet of the bridge, to be crushed to powder on the rocks two hundred +feet below. + +The succour which had been summoned by the girl who had passed down the +stair before the assassins passed up was at hand, and the loud shouts +which reached us from the outer gates told us that the town was also +aroused, and the men awakened by the women were calling to be admitted. +Some of Nyleptha's brave ladies, who in their night-shifts and with +their long hair streaming down their backs, just as they had been +aroused from rest, went off to admit them at the side entrance, whilst +others, assisted by the rescuing party outside, pushed and pulled down +the marble blocks they had placed there with so much labour. + +Soon the wall was down again, and through the doorway, followed by a +crowd of rescuers, staggered old Umslopogaas, an awful and, in a way, a +glorious figure. The man was a mass of wounds, and a glance at his wild +eye told me that he was dying. The 'keshla' gum-ring upon his head was +severed in two places by sword-cuts, one just over the curious hole in +his skull, and the blood poured down his face from the gashes. Also on +the right side of his neck was a stab from a spear, inflicted by +Agon; there was a deep cut on his left arm just below where the mail +shirt-sleeve stopped, and on the right side of his body the armour was +severed by a gash six inches long, where Nasta's mighty sword had bitten +through it and deep into its wearer's vitals. + +On, axe in hand, he staggered, that dreadful-looking, splendid savage, +and the ladies forgot to turn faint at the scene of blood, and +cheered him, as well they might, but he never stayed or heeded. With +outstretched arms and tottering gait he pursued his way, followed by us +all along the broad shell-strewn walk that ran through the courtyard, +past the spot where the blocks of marble lay, through the round arched +doorway and the thick curtains that hung within it, down the +short passage and into the great hall, which was now filling with +hastily-armed men, who poured through the side entrance. Straight up +the hall he went, leaving behind him a track of blood on the marble +pavement, till at last he reached the sacred stone, which stood in the +centre of it, and here his strength seemed to fail him, for he stopped +and leaned upon his axe. Then suddenly he lifted up his voice and cried +aloud-- + +'I die, I die--but it was a kingly fray. Where are they who came up the +great stair? I see them not. Art thou there, Macumazahn, or art thou +gone before to wait for me in the dark whither I go? The blood blinds +me--the place turns round--I hear the voice of waters.' + +Next, as though a new thought had struck him, he lifted the red axe and +kissed the blade. + +'Farewell, Inkosi-kaas,' he cried. 'Nay, nay, we will go together; we +cannot part, thou and I. We have lived too long one with another, thou +and I. + +'One more stroke, only one! A good stroke! a straight stroke! a +strong stroke!' and, drawing himself to his full height, with a wild +heart-shaking shout, he with both hands began to whirl the axe round his +head till it looked like a circle of flaming steel. Then, suddenly, with +awful force he brought it down straight on to the crown of the mass +of sacred stone. A shower of sparks flew up, and such was the almost +superhuman strength of the blow, that the massive marble split with +a rending sound into a score of pieces, whilst of Inkosi-kaas there +remained but some fragments of steel and a fibrous rope of shattered +horn that had been the handle. Down with a crash on to the pavement fell +the fragments of the holy stone, and down with a crash on to them, still +grasping the knob of Inkosi-kaas, fell the brave old Zulu--_dead_. + +And thus the hero died. + +A gasp of wonder and astonishment rose from all those who witnessed +the extraordinary sight, and then somebody cried, '_The prophecy! the +prophecy!_ He has shattered the sacred stone!' and at once a murmuring +arose. + +'Ay,' said Nyleptha, with that quick wit which distinguishes her. +'Ay, my people, he has shattered the stone, and behold the prophecy is +fulfilled, for a stranger king rules in Zu-Vendis. Incubu, my lord, hath +beat Sorais back, and I fear her no more, and to him who hath saved the +Crown it shall surely be. And this man,' she said, turning to me and +laying her hand upon my shoulder, 'wot ye that, though wounded in the +fight of yesterday, he rode with that old warrior who lies there, one +hundred miles 'twixt sun set and rise to save me from the plots of cruel +men. Ay, and he has saved me, by a very little, and therefore because of +the deeds that they have done--deeds of glory such as our history cannot +show the like--therefore I say that the name of Macumazahn and the name +of dead Umslopogaas, ay, and the name of Kara, my servant, who aided him +to hold the stair, shall be blazoned in letters of gold above my throne, +and shall be glorious for ever while the land endures. I, the Queen, +have said it.' + +This spirited speech was met with loud cheering, and I said that after +all we had only done our duty, as it is the fashion of both Englishmen +and Zulus to do, and there was nothing to make an outcry about; at +which they cheered still more, and then I was supported across the outer +courtyard to my old quarters, in order that I might be put to bed. As +I went, my eyes lit upon the brave horse Daylight that lay there, his +white head outstretched on the pavement, exactly as he had fallen on +entering the yard; and I bade those who supported me take me near him, +that I might look on the good beast once more before he was dragged +away. And as I looked, to my astonishment he opened his eyes and, +lifting his head a little, whinnied faintly. I could have shouted for +joy to find that he was not dead, only unfortunately I had not a shout +left in me; but as it was, grooms were sent for and he was lifted up +and wine poured down his throat, and in a fortnight he was as well and +strong as ever, and is the pride and joy of all the people of Milosis, +who, whenever they see him, point him out to the little children as the +'horse which saved the White Queen's life'. + +Then I went on and got off to bed, and was washed and had my mail shirt +removed. They hurt me a great deal in getting it off, and no wonder, for +on my left breast and side was a black bruise the size of a saucer. + +The next thing that I remember was the tramp of horsemen outside the +palace wall, some ten hours later. I raised myself and asked what was +the news, and they told me that a large body of cavalry sent by Curtis +to assist the Queen had arrived from the scene of the battle, which they +had left two hours after sundown. When they left, the wreck of Sorais' +army was in full retreat upon M'Arstuna, followed by all our effective +cavalry. Sir Henry was encamping the remains of his worn-out forces on +the site (such is the fortune of war) that Sorais had occupied the night +before, and proposed marching to M'Arstuna on the morrow. Having heard +this, I felt that I could die with a light heart, and then everything +became a blank. + + +When next I awoke the first thing I saw was the round disc of a +sympathetic eyeglass, behind which was Good. + +'How are you getting on, old chap?' said a voice from the neighbourhood +of the eyeglass. + +'What are you doing here?' I asked faintly. 'You ought to be at +M'Arstuna--have you run away, or what?' + +'M'Arstuna,' he replied cheerfully. 'Ah, M'Arstuna fell last +week--you've been unconscious for a fortnight, you see--with all the +honours of war, you know--trumpets blowing, flags flying, just as though +they had had the best of it; but for all that, weren't they glad to go. +Israel made for his tents, I can tell you--never saw such a sight in my +life.' + +'And Sorais?' I asked. + +'Sorais--oh, Sorais is a prisoner; they gave her up, the scoundrels,' he +added, with a change of tone--'sacrificed the Queen to save their skins, +you see. She is being brought up here, and I don't know what will happen +to her, poor soul!' and he sighed. + +'Where is Curtis?' I asked. + +'He is with Nyleptha. She rode out to meet us today, and there was +a grand to-do, I can tell you. He is coming to see you tomorrow; the +doctors (for there is a medical "faculty" in Zu-Vendis as elsewhere) +thought that he had better not come today.' + +I said nothing, but somehow I thought to myself that notwithstanding the +doctors he might have given me a look; but there, when a man is newly +married and has just gained a great victory, he is apt to listen to the +advice of doctors, and quite right too. + +Just then I heard a familiar voice informing me that 'Monsieur must +now couch himself,' and looking up perceived Alphonse's enormous black +mustachios curling away in the distance. + +'So you are here?' I said. + +'Mais oui, Monsieur; the war is now finished, my military instincts are +satisfied, and I return to nurse Monsieur.' + +I laughed, or rather tried to; but whatever may have been Alphonse's +failings as a warrior (and I fear that he did not come up to the level +of his heroic grandfather in this particular, showing thereby how true +is the saying that it is a bad thing to be overshadowed by some great +ancestral name), a better or kinder nurse never lived. Poor Alphonse! I +hope he will always think of me as kindly as I think of him. + +On the morrow I saw Curtis and Nyleptha with him, and he told me the +whole history of what had happened since Umslopogaas and I galloped +wildly away from the battle to save the life of the Queen. It seemed +to me that he had managed the thing exceedingly well, and showed great +ability as a general. Of course, however, our loss had been dreadfully +heavy--indeed, I am afraid to say how many perished in the desperate +battle I have described, but I know that the slaughter has appreciably +affected the male population of the country. He was very pleased to see +me, dear fellow that he is, and thanked me with tears in his eyes +for the little that I had been able to do. I saw him, however, start +violently when his eyes fell upon my face. + +As for Nyleptha, she was positively radiant now that 'her dear lord' had +come back with no other injury than an ugly scar on his forehead. I do +not believe that she allowed all the fearful slaughter that had taken +place to weigh ever so little in the balance against this one fact, or +even to greatly diminish her joy; and I cannot blame her for it, seeing +that it is the nature of loving woman to look at all things through the +spectacles of her love, and little does she reck of the misery of the +many if the happiness of the _one_ be assured. That is human nature, +which the Positivists tell us is just perfection; so no doubt it is all +right. + +'And what art thou going to do with Sorais?' I asked her. + +Instantly her bright brow darkened to a frown. + +'Sorais,' she said, with a little stamp of the foot; 'ah, but Sorais!' + +Sir Henry hastened to turn the subject. + +'You will soon be about and all right again now, old fellow,' he said. + +I shook my head and laughed. + +'Don't deceive yourselves,' I said. 'I may be about for a little, but +I shall never be all right again. I am a dying man, Curtis. I may die +slow, but die I must. Do you know I have been spitting blood all the +morning? I tell you there is something working away into my lung; I can +feel it. There, don't look distressed; I have had my day, and am ready +to go. Give me the mirror, will you? I want to look at myself.' + +He made some excuse, but I saw through it and insisted, and at last he +handed me one of the discs of polished silver set in a wooden frame like +a hand-screen, which serve as looking-glasses in Zu-Vendis. I looked and +put it down. + +'Ah,' I said quietly, 'I thought so; and you talk of my getting all +right!' I did not like to let them see how shocked I really was at my +own appearance. My grizzled stubby hair was turned snow-white, and my +yellow face was shrunk like an aged woman's and had two deep purple +rings painted beneath the eyes. + +Here Nyleptha began to cry, and Sir Henry again turned the subject, +telling me that the artists had taken a cast of the dead body of old +Umslopogaas, and that a great statue in black marble was to be erected +of him in the act of splitting the sacred stone, which was to be matched +by another statue in white marble of myself and the horse Daylight as he +appeared when, at the termination of that wild ride, he sank beneath me +in the courtyard of the palace. I have since seen these statues, which +at the time of writing this, six months after the battle, are nearly +finished; and very beautiful they are, especially that of Umslopogaas, +which is exactly like him. As for that of myself, it is good, but they +have idealized my ugly face a little, which is perhaps as well, seeing +that thousands of people will probably look at it in the centuries to +come, and it is not pleasant to look at ugly things. + +Then they told me that Umslopogaas' last wish had been carried out, and +that, instead of being cremated, as I shall be, after the usual custom +here, he had been tied up, Zulu fashion, with his knees beneath his +chin, and, having been wrapped in a thin sheet of beaten gold, entombed +in a hole hollowed out of the masonry of the semicircular space at the +top of the stair he defended so splendidly, which faces, as far as we +can judge, almost exactly towards Zululand. There he sits, and will sit +for ever, for they embalmed him with spices, and put him in an air-tight +stone coffer, keeping his grim watch beneath the spot he held alone +against a multitude; and the people say that at night his ghost rises +and stands shaking the phantom of Inkosi-kaas at phantom foes. Certainly +they fear during the dark hours to pass the place where the hero is +buried. + +Oddly enough, too, a new legend or prophecy has arisen in the land in +that unaccountable way in which such things to arise among barbarous +and semi-civilized people, blowing, like the wind, no man knows whence. +According to this saying, so long as the old Zulu sits there, looking +down the stairway he defended when alive, so long will the New House of +the Stairway, springing from the union of the Englishman and Nyleptha, +endure and flourish; but when he is taken from thence, or when, ages +after, his bones at last crumble into dust, the House will fall, and the +Stairway shall fall, and the Nation of the Zu-Vendi shall cease to be a +Nation. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII I HAVE SPOKEN + + + +It was a week after Nyleptha's visit, when I had begun to get about +a little in the middle of the day, that a message came to me from Sir +Henry to say that Sorais would be brought before them in the Queen's +first antechamber at midday, and requesting my attendance if possible. +Accordingly, greatly drawn by curiosity to see this unhappy woman once +more, I made shift, with the help of that kind little fellow Alphonse, +who is a perfect treasure to me, and that of another waiting-man, to +reach the antechamber. I got there, indeed, before anybody else, except +a few of the great Court officials who had been bidden to be present, +but I had scarcely seated myself before Sorais was brought in by a party +of guards, looking as beautiful and defiant as ever, but with a worn +expression on her proud face. She was, as usual, dressed in her royal +'kaf', emblazoned with the emblem of the Sun, and in her right hand she +still held the toy spear of silver. A pang of admiration and pity went +through me as I looked at her, and struggling to my feet I bowed deeply, +at the same time expressing my sorrow that I was not able, owing to my +condition, to remain standing before her. + +She coloured a little and then laughed bitterly. 'Thou dost forget, +Macumazahn,' she said, 'I am no more a Queen, save in blood; I am an +outcast and a prisoner, one whom all men should scorn, and none show +deference to.' + +'At least,' I replied, 'thou art still a lady, and therefore one to whom +deference is due. Also, thou art in an evil case, and therefore it is +doubly due.' + +'Ah!' she answered, with a little laugh, 'thou dost forget that I +would have wrapped thee in a sheet of gold and hung thee to the angel's +trumpet at the topmost pinnacle of the Temple.' + +'No,' I answered, 'I assure thee that I forgot it not; indeed, I often +thought of it when it seemed to me that the battle of the Pass was +turning against us; but the trumpet is there, and I am still here, +though perchance not for long, so why talk of it now?' + +'Ah!' she went on, 'the battle! the battle! Oh, would that I were once +more a Queen, if only for one little hour, and I would take such a +vengeance on those accursed jackals who deserted me in my need; that it +should only be spoken of in whispers; those woman, those pigeon-hearted +half-breeds who suffered themselves to be overcome!' and she choked in +her wrath. + +'Ay, and that little coward beside thee,' she went on, pointing at +Alphonse with the silver spear, whereat he looked very uncomfortable; +'he escaped and betrayed my plans. I tried to make a general of him, +telling the soldiers it was Bougwan, and to scourge valour into him' +(here Alphonse shivered at some unhappy recollection), 'but it was of no +avail. He hid beneath a banner in my tent and thus overheard my plans. I +would that I had slain him, but, alas! I held my hand. + +'And thou, Macumazahn, I have heard of what thou didst; thou art brave, +and hast a loyal heart. And the black one too, ah, he was a _man_. I +would fain have seen him hurl Nasta from the stairway.' + +'Thou art a strange woman, Sorais,' I said; 'I pray thee now plead with +the Queen Nyleptha, that perchance she may show mercy unto thee.' + +She laughed out loud. 'I plead for mercy!' she said and at that moment +the Queen entered, accompanied by Sir Henry and Good, and took her seat +with an impassive face. As for poor Good, he looked intensely ill at +ease. + +'Greeting, Sorais!' said Nyleptha, after a short pause. 'Thou hast rent +the kingdom like a rag, thou hast put thousands of my people to the +sword, thou hast twice basely plotted to destroy my life by murder, thou +hast sworn to slay my lord and his companions and to hurl me from the +Stairway. What hast thou to say why thou shouldst not die? Speak, O +Sorais!' + +'Methinks my sister the Queen hath forgotten the chief count of the +indictment,' answered Sorais in her slow musical tones. 'It runs thus: +"Thou didst strive to win the love of my lord Incubu." It is for this +crime that my sister will slay me, not because I levied war. It is +perchance happy for thee, Nyleptha, that I fixed my mind upon his love +too late. + +'Listen,' she went on, raising her voice. 'I have nought to say save +that I would I had won instead of lost. Do thou with me even as +thou wilt, O Queen, and let my lord the King there' (pointing to Sir +Henry)--'for now will he be King--carry out the sentence, as it is meet +he should, for as he is the beginning of the evil, let him also be the +end.' And she drew herself up and shot one angry glance at him from her +deep fringed eyes, and then began to toy with her spear. + +Sir Henry bent towards Nyleptha and whispered something that I could not +catch, and then the Queen spoke. + +'Sorais, ever have I been a good sister to thee. When our father died, +and there was much talk in the land as to whether thou shouldst sit +upon the throne with me, I being the elder, I gave my voice for thee and +said, "Nay, let her sit. She is twin with me; we were born at a birth; +wherefore should the one be preferred before the other?" And so has it +ever been 'twixt thee and me, my sister. But now thou knowest in what +sort thou hast repaid me, but I have prevailed, and thy life is forfeit, +Sorais. And yet art thou my sister, born at a birth with me, and we +played together when we were little and loved each other much, and at +night we slept in the same cot with our arms each around the other's +neck, and therefore even now does my heart go out to thee, Sorais. + +'But not for that would I spare thy life, for thy offence has been too +heavy; it doth drag down the wide wings of my mercy even to the ground. +Also, while thou dost live the land will never be at peace. + +'Yet shalt thou not die, Sorais, because my dear lord here hath begged +thy life of me as a boon; therefore as a boon and as a marriage gift +give I it to him, to do with even as he wills, knowing that, though +thou dost love him, he loves thee not, Sorais, for all thy beauty. Nay, +though thou art lovely as the night in all her stars, O Lady of the +Night, yet it is me his wife whom he loves, and not thee, and therefore +do I give thy life to him.' + +Sorais flushed up to her eyes and said nothing, and I do not think that +I ever saw a man look more miserable than did Sir Henry at that moment. +Somehow, Nyleptha's way of putting the thing, though true and forcible +enough, was not altogether pleasant. + +'I understand,' stammered Curtis, looking at Good, 'I understood that he +were attached--eh--attached to--to the Queen Sorais. I am--eh--not aware +what the--in short, the state of your feelings may be just now; but if +they happened to be that way inclined, it has struck me that--in short, +it might put a satisfactory end to an unpleasant business. The lady also +has ample private estates, where I am sure she would be at liberty to +live unmolested as far as we are concerned, eh, Nyleptha? Of course, I +only suggest.' + +'So far as I am concerned,' said Good, colouring up, 'I am quite willing +to forget the past; and if the Lady of the Night thinks me worth the +taking I will marry her tomorrow, or when she likes, and try to make her +a good husband.' + +All eyes were now turned to Sorais, who stood with that same slow smile +upon her beautiful face which I had noticed the first time that I ever +saw her. She paused a little while, and cleared her throat, and then +thrice she curtseyed low, once to Nyleptha, once to Curtis, and once to +Good, and began to speak in measured tones. + +'I thank thee, most gracious Queen and royal sister, for the +loving-kindness thou hast shown me from my youth up, and especially in +that thou hast been pleased to give my person and my fate as a gift +to the Lord Incubu--the King that is to be. May prosperity, peace and +plenty deck the life-path of one so merciful and so tender, even as +flowers do. Long mayst thou reign, O great and glorious Queen, and hold +thy husband's love in both thy hands, and many be the sons and daughters +of thy beauty. And I thank thee, my Lord Incubu--the King that is to +be--I thank thee a thousand times in that thou hast been pleased to +accept that gracious gift, and to pass it on to thy comrade in arms +and in adventure, the Lord Bougwan. Surely the act is worthy of thy +greatness, my Lord Incubu. And now, lastly, I thank thee also, my Lord +Bougwan, who in thy turn hast deigned to accept me and my poor beauty. +I thank thee a thousand times, and I will add that thou art a good and +honest man, and I put my hand upon my heart and swear that I would that +I could say thee "yea". And now that I have rendered thanks to all in +turn'--and again she smiled--'I will add one short word. + +'Little can you understand of me, Queen Nyleptha and my lords, if ye +know not that for me there is no middle path; that I scorn your pity and +hate you for it; that I cast off your forgiveness as though it were a +serpent's sting; and that standing here, betrayed, deserted, insulted, +and alone, I yet triumph over you, mock you, and defy you, one and all, +and _thus_ I answer you.' And then, of a sudden, before anybody guessed +what she intended to do, she drove the little silver spear she carried +in her hand into her side with such a strong and steady aim that the +keen point projected through her back, and she fell prone upon the +pavement. + +Nyleptha shrieked, and poor Good almost fainted at the sight, while the +rest of us rushed towards her. But Sorais of the Night lifted herself +upon her hand, and for a moment fixed her glorious eyes intently on +Curtis' face, as though there were some message in the glance, then +dropped her head and sighed, and with a sob her dark but splendid spirit +passed. + +Well, they gave her a royal funeral, and there was an end of her. + + +It was a month after the last act of the Sorais tragedy that a great +ceremony was held in the Flower Temple, and Curtis was formally declared +King-Consort of Zu-Vendis. I was too ill to go myself; and indeed, I +hate all that sort of thing, with the crowds and the trumpet-blowing and +banner-waving; but Good, who was there (in his full-dress uniform), came +back much impressed, and told me that Nyleptha had looked lovely, and +Curtis had borne himself in a right royal fashion, and had been received +with acclamations that left no doubt as to his popularity. Also he told +me that when the horse Daylight was led along in the procession, the +populace had shouted '_Macumazahn, Macumazahn!_' till they were hoarse, +and would only be appeased when he, Good, rose in his chariot and told +them that I was too ill to be present. + +Afterwards, too, Sir Henry, or rather the King, came to see me, looking +very tired, and vowing that he had never been so bored in his life; +but I dare say that that was a slight exaggeration. It is not in human +nature that a man should be altogether bored on such an extraordinary +occasion; and, indeed, as I pointed out to him, it was a marvellous +thing that a man, who but little more than one short year before had +entered a great country as an unknown wanderer, should today be +married to its beautiful and beloved Queen, and lifted, amidst public +rejoicings, to its throne. I even went the length to exhort him in the +future not to be carried away by the pride and pomp of absolute +power, but always to strive to remember that he was first a Christian +gentleman, and next a public servant, called by Providence to a great +and almost unprecedented trust. These remarks, which he might fairly +have resented, he was so good as to receive with patience, and even to +thank me for making them. + +It was immediately after this ceremony that I caused myself to be moved +to the house where I am now writing. It is a very pleasant country seat, +situated about two miles from the Frowning City, on to which it looks. +That was five months ago, during the whole of which time I have, being +confined to a kind of couch, employed my leisure in compiling this +history of our wanderings from my journal and from our joint memories. +It is probable that it will never be read, but it does not much matter +whether it is or not; at any rate, it has served to while away many +hours of suffering, for I have suffered a deal of pain lately. Thank +God, however, there will not be much more of it. + + +It is a week since I wrote the above, and now I take up my pen for the +last time, for I know that the end is at hand. My brain is still clear +and I can manage to write, though with difficulty. The pain in my lung, +which has been very bad during the last week, has suddenly quite left +me, and been succeeded by a feeling of numbness of which I cannot +mistake the meaning. And just as the pain has gone, so with it all fear +of that end has departed, and I feel only as though I were going to sink +into the arms of an unutterable rest. Happily, contentedly, and with the +same sense of security with which an infant lays itself to sleep in its +mother's arms, do I lay myself down in the arms of the Angel Death. All +the tremors, all the heart-shaking fears which have haunted me through +a life that seems long as I looked back upon it, have left me now; the +storms have passed, and the Star of our Eternal Hope shines clear and +steady on the horizon that seems so far from man, and yet is so very +near to me tonight. + +And so this is the end of it--a brief space of troubling, a few +restless, fevered, anguished years, and then the arms of that great +Angel Death. Many times have I been near to them, and now it is my turn +at last, and it is well. Twenty-four hours more and the world will be +gone from me, and with it all its hopes and all its fears. The air will +close in over the space that my form filled and my place know me no +more; for the dull breath of the world's forgetfulness will first dim +the brightness of my memory, and then blot it out for ever, and of a +truth I shall be dead. So is it with us all. How many millions have lain +as I lie, and thought these thoughts and been forgotten!--thousands upon +thousands of years ago they thought them, those dying men of the dim +past; and thousands on thousands of years hence will their descendants +think them and be in their turn forgotten. 'As the breath of the oxen +in winter, as the quick star that runs along the sky, as a little shadow +that loses itself at sunset,' as I once heard a Zulu called Ignosi put +it, such is the order of our life, the order that passeth away. + +Well, it is not a good world--nobody can say that it is, save those who +wilfully blind themselves to facts. How can a world be good in which +Money is the moving power, and Self-interest the guiding star? The +wonder is not that it is so bad, but that there should be any good left +in it. + +Still, now that my life is over, I am glad to have lived, glad to have +known the dear breath of woman's love, and that true friendship which +can even surpass the love of woman, glad to have heard the laughter of +little children, to have seen the sun and the moon and the stars, to +have felt the kiss of the salt sea on my face, and watched the wild game +trek down to the water in the moonlight. But I should not wish to live +again! + +Everything is changing to me. The darkness draws near, and the light +departs. And yet it seems to me that through that darkness I can already +see the shining welcome of many a long-lost face. Harry is there, and +others; one above all, to my mind the sweetest and most perfect woman +that ever gladdened this grey earth. But of her I have already written +elsewhere, and at length, so why speak of her now? Why speak of her +after this long silence, now that she is again so near to me, now that I +go where she has gone? + +The sinking sun is turning the golden roof of the great Temple to a +fiery flame, and my fingers tire. + +So to all who have known me, or known of me, to all who can think one +kindly thought of the old hunter, I stretch out my hand from the far-off +shore and bid a long farewell. + +And now into the hands of Almighty God, who sent it, do I commit my +spirit. + +'_I have spoken,_' as the Zulus say. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV BY ANOTHER HAND + + +A year has elapsed since our most dear friend Allan Quatermain wrote the +words '_I have spoken_' at the end of his record of our adventures. Nor +should I have ventured to make any additions to the record had it not +happened that by a most strange accident a chance has arisen of its +being conveyed to England. The chance is but a faint one, it is true; +but, as it is not probable that another will arise in our lifetimes, +Good and myself think that we may as well avail ourselves of it, such as +it is. During the last six months several Frontier Commissions have +been at work on the various boundaries of Zu-Vendis, with a view of +discovering whether there exists any possible means of ingress or egress +from the country, with the result that a channel of communication with +the outer world hitherto overlooked has been discovered. This channel, +apparently the only one (for I have discovered that it was by it that +the native who ultimately reached Mr Mackenzie's mission station, +and whose arrival in the country, together with the fact of his +expulsion--for he _did_ arrive about three years before ourselves--was +for reasons of their own kept a dead secret by the priests to whom he +was brought), is about to be effectually closed. But before this is +done, a messenger is to be despatched bearing with him this manuscript, +and also one or two letters from Good to his friends, and from myself to +my brother George, whom it deeply grieves me to think I shall never see +again, informing them, as our next heirs, that they are welcome to our +effects in England, if the Court of Probate will allow them to take them +{Endnote 22}, inasmuchas we have made up our minds never to return to +Europe. Indeed, it would be impossible for us to leave Zu-Vendis even if +we wished to do so. + +The messenger who is to go--and I wish him joy of his journey--is +Alphonse. For a long while he has been wearied to death of Zu-Vendis +and its inhabitants. 'Oh, oui, c'est beau,' he says, with an expressive +shrug; 'mais je m'ennuie; ce n'est pas chic.' Again, he complains +dreadfully of the absence of cafes and theatres, and moans continually +for his lost Annette, of whom he says he dreams three times a week. But +I fancy his secret cause of disgust at the country, putting aside the +homesickness to which every Frenchman is subject, is that the people +here laugh at him so dreadfully about his conduct on the occasion of the +great battle of the Pass about eighteen months ago, when he hid beneath +a banner in Sorais's tent in order to avoid being sent forth to fight, +which he says would have gone against his conscience. Even the little +boys call out at him in the streets, thereby offending his pride and +making his life unbearable. At any rate, he has determined to brave the +horrors of a journey of almost unprecedented difficulty and danger, and +also to run the risk of falling into the hands of the French police +to answer for a certain little indiscretion of his own some years old +(though I do not consider that a very serious matter), rather than +remain in ce triste pays. Poor Alphonse! we shall be very sorry to part +with him; but I sincerely trust, for his own sake and also for the sake +of this history, which is, I think, worth giving to the world, that he +may arrive in safety. If he does, and can carry the treasure we have +provided him with in the shape of bars of solid gold, he will be, +comparatively speaking, a rich man for life, and well able to marry his +Annette, if she is still in the land of the living and willing to marry +her Alphonse. + +Anyhow, on the chance, I may as well add a word or two to dear old +Quatermain's narrative. + +He died at dawn on the day following that on which he wrote the last +words of the last chapter. Nyleptha, Good and myself were present, and a +most touching and yet in its way beautiful scene it was. An hour before +the daybreak it became apparent to us that he was sinking, and our +distress was very keen. Indeed, Good melted into tears at the idea--a +fact that called forth a last gentle flicker of humour from our dying +friend, for even at that hour he could be humorous. Good's emotion had, +by loosening the muscles, naturally caused his eyeglass to fall from +its accustomed place, and Quatermain, who always observed everything, +observed this also. + +'At last,' he gasped, with an attempt at a smile, 'I have seen Good +without his eyeglass.' + +After that he said no more till the day broke, when he asked to be +lifted up to watch the rising of the sun for the last time. + +'In a very few minutes,' he said, after gazing earnestly at it, 'I shall +have passed through those golden gates.' + +Ten minutes afterwards he raised himself and looked us fixedly in the +face. + +'I am going a stranger journey than any we have ever taken together. +Think of me sometimes,' he murmured. 'God bless you all. I shall wait +for you.' And with a sigh he fell back dead. + +And so passed away a character that I consider went as near perfection +as any it has ever been my lot to encounter. + +Tender, constant, humorous, and possessing of many of the qualities that +go to make a poet, he was yet almost unrivalled as a man of action and +a citizen of the world. I never knew any one so competent to form an +accurate judgment of men and their motives. 'I have studied human nature +all my life,' he would say, 'and I ought to know something about it,' +and he certainly did. He had but two faults--one was his excessive +modesty, and the other a slight tendency which he had to be jealous of +anybody on whom he concentrated his affections. As regards the first of +these points, anybody who reads what he has written will be able to form +his own opinion; but I will add one last instance of it. + +As the reader will doubtless remember, it is a favourite trick of his to +talk of himself as a timid man, whereas really, though very cautious, +he possessed a most intrepid spirit, and, what is more, never lost his +head. Well, in the great battle of the Pass, where he got the wound that +finally killed him, one would imagine from the account which he gives +of the occurrence that it was a chance blow that fell on him in the +scrimmage. As a matter of fact, however, he was wounded in a most +gallant and successful attempt to save Good's life, at the risk and, as +it ultimately turned out, at the cost of his own. Good was down on the +ground, and one of Nasta's highlanders was about to dispatch him, when +Quatermain threw himself on to his prostrate form and received the blow +on his own body, and then, rising, killed the soldier. + +As regards his jealousy, a single instance which I give in justice to +myself and Nyleptha will suffice. The reader will, perhaps, recollect +that in one or two places he speaks as though Nyleptha monopolized me, +and he was left by both of us rather out in the cold. Now Nyleptha is +not perfect, any more than any other woman is, and she may be a little +exigeante at times, but as regards Quatermain the whole thing is pure +imagination. Thus when he complains about my not coming to see him when +he is ill, the fact was that, in spite of my entreaties, the doctors +positively forbade it. Those little remarks of his pained me very much +when I read them, for I loved Quatermain as dearly as though he were +my own father, and should never have dreamed of allowing my marriage to +interfere with that affection. But let it pass; it is, after all, but +one little weakness, which makes no great show among so many and such +lovable virtues. + +Well, he died, and Good read the Burial Service over him in the presence +of Nyleptha and myself; and then his remains were, in deference to the +popular clamour, accorded a great public funeral, or rather cremation. I +could not help thinking, however, as I marched in that long and splendid +procession up to the Temple, how he would have hated the whole thing +could he have been there to see it, for he had a horror of ostentation. + +And so, a few minutes before sunset, on the third night after his death, +they laid him on the brazen flooring before the altar, and waited for +the last ray of the setting sun to fall upon his face. Presently it +came, and struck him like a golden arrow, crowning the pale brows with +glory, and then the trumpets blew, and the flooring revolved, and all +that remained of our beloved friend fell into the furnace below. + +We shall never see his like again if we live a hundred years. He was +the ablest man, the truest gentleman, the firmest friend, the finest +sportsman, and, I believe, the best shot in all Africa. + +And so ended the very remarkable and adventurous life of Hunter +Quatermain. + + +Since then things have gone very well with us. Good has been, and still +is, busily employed in the construction of a navy on Lake Milosis and +another of the large lakes, by means of which we hope to be able to +increase trade and commerce, and also to overcome some very troublesome +and warlike sections of the population who live upon their borders. Poor +fellow! he is beginning to get over the sad death of that misguided but +most attractive woman, Sorais, but it is a sad blow to him, for he was +really deeply attached to her. I hope, however, that he will in time +make a suitable marriage and get that unhappy business out of his head. +Nyleptha has one or two young ladies in view, especially a daughter of +Nasta's (who was a widower), a very fine imperial-looking girl, but with +too much of her father's intriguing, and yet haughty, spirit to suit my +taste. + +As for myself, I should scarcely know where to begin if I set to work +to describe my doings, so I had best leave them undescribed, and content +myself with saying that, on the whole, I am getting on very well in my +curious position of King-Consort--better, indeed, than I had any right +to expect. But, of course, it is not all plain sailing, and I find the +responsibilities very heavy. Still, I hope to be able to do some good in +my time, and I intend to devote myself to two great ends--namely, to the +consolidation of the various clans which together make up the Zu-Vendi +people, under one strong central government, and to the sapping of the +power of the priesthood. The first of these reforms will, if it can +be carried out, put an end to the disastrous civil wars that have for +centuries devastated this country; and the second, besides removing a +source of political danger, will pave the road for the introduction of +true religion in the place of this senseless Sun worship. I yet hope to +see the shadow of the Cross of Christ lying on the golden dome of the +Flower Temple; or, if I do not, that my successors may. + +There is one more thing that I intend to devote myself to, and that is +the total exclusion of all foreigners from Zu-Vendis. Not, indeed, that +any more are ever likely to get here, but if they do, I warn them fairly +that they will be shown the shortest way out of the country. I do not +say this from any sense of inhospitality, but because I am convinced of +the sacred duty that rests upon me of preserving to this, on the +whole, upright and generous-hearted people the blessings of comparative +barbarism. Where would all my brave army be if some enterprising rascal +were to attack us with field-guns and Martini-Henrys? I cannot see that +gunpowder, telegraphs, steam, daily newspapers, universal suffrage, +etc., etc., have made mankind one whit the happier than they used to +be, and I am certain that they have brought many evils in their train. +I have no fancy for handing over this beautiful country to be torn and +fought for by speculators, tourists, politicians and teachers, whose +voice is as the voice of Babel, just as those horrible creatures in the +valley of the underground river tore and fought for the body of the wild +swan; nor will I endow it with the greed, drunkenness, new diseases, +gunpowder, and general demoralization which chiefly mark the progress +of civilization amongst unsophisticated peoples. If in due course it +pleases Providence to throw Zu-Vendis open to the world, that is another +matter; but of myself I will not take the responsibility, and I may add +that Good entirely approves of my decision. Farewell. + +Henry Curtis + + +December 15, 18--. + +PS--I quite forgot to say that about nine months ago Nyleptha (who +is very well and, in my eyes at any rate, more beautiful than ever) +presented me with a son and heir. He is a regular curly-haired, +blue-eyed young Englishman in looks, and, though he is destined, if he +lives, to inherit the throne of Zu-Vendis, I hope I may be able to bring +him up to become what an English gentleman should be, and generally +is--which is to my mind even a prouder and a finer thing than being +born heir apparent to the great House of the Stairway, and, indeed, the +highest rank that a man can reach upon this earth. + +H. C. + + + + +NOTE BY GEORGE CURTIS, Esq. + + + +The MS of this history, addressed to me in the handwriting of my dear +brother Henry Curtis, whom we had given up for dead, and bearing the +Aden postmark, reached me in safety on December 20, 18--, or a little +more than two years after it left his hands in the far centre of Africa, +and I hasten to give the astonishing story it contains to the world. +Speaking for myself, I have read it with very mixed feelings; for though +it is a great relief to know that he and Good are alive and strangely +prosperous, I cannot but feel that for me and for all their friends they +might as well be dead, since we can never hope to see them more. + +They have cut themselves off from old England and from their homes and +their relations for ever, and perhaps, under the circumstances, they +were right and wise to do so. + +How the MS came to be posted I have been quite unable to discover; but +I presume, from the fact of its being posted at all, that the little +Frenchman, Alphonse, accomplished his hazardous journey in safety. I +have, however, advertised for him and caused various inquiries to +be made in Marseilles and elsewhere with a view of discovering his +whereabouts, but so far without the slightest success. Possibly he is +dead, and the packet was posted by another hand; or possibly he is now +happily wedded to his Annette, but still fears the vengeance of the law, +and prefers to remain incognito. I cannot say, I have not yet abandoned +my hopes of finding him, but I am bound to say that they grow fainter +day by day, and one great obstacle to my search is that nowhere in +the whole history does Mr Quatermain mention his surname. He is always +spoken of as 'Alphonse', and there are so many Alphonses. The letters +which my brother Henry says he is sending with the packet of manuscript +have never arrived, so I presume that they are lost or destroyed. + +George Curtis + + + + +AUTHORITIES + + + +A novelist is not usually asked, like a historian, for his 'Quellen'. +As I have, however, judging from certain experiences in the past, +some reason to anticipate such a demand, I wish to acknowledge my +indebtedness to Mr Thomson's admirable history of travel 'Through Masai +Land' for much information as to the habits and customs of the tribes +inhabiting that portion of the East Coast, and the country where +they live; also to my brother, John G. Haggard, RN, HBM's consul at +Madagascar, and formerly consul at Lamu, for many details furnished by +him of the mode of life and war of those engaging people the Masai; also +to my sister-in-law, Mrs John Haggard, who kindly put the lines of p. +183 into rhyme for me; also to an extract in a review from some book of +travel of which I cannot recollect the name, to which I owe the idea of +the great crabs in the valley of the subterranean river. {Endnote 23} +But if I remember right, the crabs in the book when irritated projected +their eyes quite out of their heads. I regret that I was not able to +'plagiarize' this effect, but I felt that, although crabs may, and +doubtless do, behave thus in real life, in romance they 'will not do +so.' + +There is an underground river in 'Peter Wilkins', but at the time of +writing the foregoing pages I had not read that quaint but entertaining +work. + +It has been pointed out to me that there exists a similarity between the +scene of Umslopogaas frightening Alphonse with his axe and a scene in +Far from the Madding Crowd. I regret this coincidence, and believe that +the talented author of that work will not be inclined to accuse me of +literary immorality on its account. + +Finally, I may say that Mr Quatermain's little Frenchman appears to +belong to the same class of beings as those English ladies whose long +yellow teeth and feet of enormous size excite our hearty amusement in +the pages of the illustrated Gallic press. + +The Writer of 'Allan Quatermain' + + +Endnote 1 + +Among the Zulus a man assumes the ring, which is made of a species of +black gum twisted in with the hair, and polished a brilliant black, +when he has reached a certain dignity and age, or is the husband of a +sufficient number of wives. Till he is in a position to wear a ring he +is looked on as a boy, though he may be thirty-five years of age, or +even more.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 2 + +One of the fleetest of the African antelopes.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 3 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom of opening the stomach of a dead foe. They +have a superstition that, if this is not done, as the body of their +enemy swells up so will the bodies of those who killed him swell up.--A. +Q. + + +Endnote 4 + +No doubt this owl was a wingless bird. I afterwards learnt that the +hooting of an owl is a favourite signal among the Masai tribes.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 5 + +Since I saw the above I have examined hundreds of these swords, but +have never been able to discover how the gold plates were inlaid in the +fretwork. The armourers who make them in Zu-vendis bind themselves by +oath not to reveal the secret.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 6 + +The Masai Elmoran or young warriors can own no property, so all the +booty they may win in battle belongs to their fathers alone.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 7 + +As I think I have already said, one of Umslopogaas's Zulu names was the +'Woodpecker'. I could never make out why he was called so until I +saw him in action with Inkosi-kaas, when I at once recognized the +resemblance.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 8 + +By a sad coincidence, since the above was written by Mr Quatermain, the +Masai have, in April 1886, massacred a missionary and his wife--Mr and +Mrs Houghton--on this very Tana River, and at the spot described. These +are, I believe, the first white people who are known to have fallen +victims to this cruel tribe.--Editor. + + +Endnote 9 + +Mr Allan Quatermain misquotes--Pleasure sat at the helm.--Editor. + + +Endnote 10 + + Where Alph the sacred river ran + Through caverns measureless to man + Down to a sunless sea + + +Endnote 11 + +Mr Quatermain does not seem to have been aware that it is common for +animal-worshipping people to annually sacrifice the beasts they adore. +See Herodotus, ii. 45.--Editor. + + +Endnote 12 + +There is another theory which might account for the origin of the +Zu-Vendi which does not seem to have struck my friend Mr Quatermain +and his companions, and that is, that they are descendants of the +Phoenicians. The cradle of the Phoenician race is supposed to have +been on the western shore of the Persian Gulf. Thence, as there is +good evidence to show, they emigrated in two streams, one of which took +possession of the shores of Palestine, while the other is supposed by +savants to have immigrated down the coast of Eastern Africa where, +near Mozambique, signs and remains of their occupation are not wanting. +Indeed, it would have been very extraordinary if they did not, when +leaving the Persian Gulf, make straight for the East Coast, seeing that +the north-east monsoon blows for six months in the year dead in that +direction, while for the other six months it blows back again. And, by +the way of illustrating the probability, I may add that to this day a +very extensive trade is carried on between the Persian Gulf and Lamu and +other East African ports as far south as Madagascar, which is of course +the ancient Ebony Isle of the 'Arabian Nights'.--Editor. + + +Endnote 13 + +There are twenty-two letters in the Phoenician alphabet (see Appendix, +Maspero's Histoire ancienne des peuples de l'Orient, p. 746, etc.) +Unfortunately Mr Quatermain gives us no specimen of the Zu-Vendi +writing, but what he here states seems to go a long way towards +substantiating the theory advanced in the note on p. 149.--Editor. + + +Endnote 14 + +These are internal measurements.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 15 + +Light was also admitted by sliding shutters under the eaves of the dome +and in the roof.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 16 + +This line is interesting as being one of the few allusions to be found +in the Zu-Vendi ritual to a vague divine essence independent of the +material splendour of the orb they worship. 'Taia', the word used +here, has a very indeterminate meaning, and signifies essence, vital +principle, spirit, or even God. + + +Endnote 17 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 18 + +In Zu-Vendis members of the Royal House can only be married by the High +Priest or a formally appointed deputy.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 19 + +Alluding to the Zu-Vendi custom of carrying dead officers on a framework +of spears. + + +Endnote 20 + +The Zu-Vendi people do not use bows.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 21 + +Of course, the roof of the Temple, being so high, caught the light some +time before the breaking of the dawn.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 22 + +Of course the Court of Probate would allow nothing of the sort.--Editor. + + +Endnote 23 + +It is suggested to me that this book is The Cruise of the "Falcon", with +which work I am personally unacquainted. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + +***** This file should be named 711-8.txt or 711-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/1/711/ + +Produced by Ng E-Ching, Singapore + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/711.txt b/old/711.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3fd4c27 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/711.txt @@ -0,0 +1,10494 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Allan Quatermain + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: November 18, 2004 [EBook #711] +Last Updated: November 26, 2012 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + + + + +Produced by Ng E-Ching, Singapore + + + + + + +ALLAN QUATERMAIN + +By H. Rider Haggard + + + +I inscribe this book of adventure to my son ARTHUR JOHN RIDER HAGGARD in +the hope that in days to come he, and many other boys whom I shall +never know, may, in the acts and thoughts of Allan Quatermain and his +companions, as herein recorded, find something to help him and them +to reach to what, with Sir Henry Curtis, I hold to be the highest rank +whereto we can attain--the state and dignity of English gentlemen. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + + INTRODUCTION + I THE CONSUL'S YARN + II THE BLACK HAND + III THE MISSION STATION + IV ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE + V UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE + VI THE NIGHT WEARS ON + VII A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT + VIII ALPHONSE EXPLAINS + IX INTO THE UNKNOWN + X THE ROSE OF FIRE + XI THE FROWNING CITY + XII THE SISTER QUEENS + XIII ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE + XIV THE FLOWER TEMPLE + XV SORAIS' SONG + XVI BEFORE THE STATUE + XVII THE STORM BREAKS + XVIII WAR! RED WAR! + XIX A STRANGE WEDDING + XX THE BATTLE OF THE PASS + XXI AWAY! AWAY! + XXII HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR + XXIII I HAVE SPOKEN + + + + +INTRODUCTION + + + +December 23 + +'I have just buried my boy, my poor handsome boy of whom I was so proud, +and my heart is broken. It is very hard having only one son to lose him +thus, but God's will be done. Who am I that I should complain? The great +wheel of Fate rolls on like a Juggernaut, and crushes us all in turn, +some soon, some late--it does not matter when, in the end, it crushes us +all. We do not prostrate ourselves before it like the poor Indians; we +fly hither and thither--we cry for mercy; but it is of no use, the black +Fate thunders on and in its season reduces us to powder. + +'Poor Harry to go so soon! just when his life was opening to him. He was +doing so well at the hospital, he had passed his last examination with +honours, and I was proud of them, much prouder than he was, I think. And +then he must needs go to that smallpox hospital. He wrote to me that he +was not afraid of smallpox and wanted to gain the experience; and now +the disease has killed him, and I, old and grey and withered, am left +to mourn over him, without a chick or child to comfort me. I might have +saved him, too--I have money enough for both of us, and much more than +enough--King Solomon's Mines provided me with that; but I said, "No, let +the boy earn his living, let him labour that he may enjoy rest." But the +rest has come to him before the labour. Oh, my boy, my boy! + +'I am like the man in the Bible who laid up much goods and builded +barns--goods for my boy and barns for him to store them in; and now his +soul has been required of him, and I am left desolate. I would that it +had been my soul and not my boy's! + +'We buried him this afternoon under the shadow of the grey and ancient +tower of the church of this village where my house is. It was a dreary +December afternoon, and the sky was heavy with snow, but not much was +falling. The coffin was put down by the grave, and a few big flakes lit +upon it. They looked very white upon the black cloth! There was a little +hitch about getting the coffin down into the grave--the necessary ropes +had been forgotten: so we drew back from it, and waited in silence +watching the big flakes fall gently one by one like heavenly +benedictions, and melt in tears on Harry's pall. But that was not all. +A robin redbreast came as bold as could be and lit upon the coffin and +began to sing. And then I am afraid that I broke down, and so did Sir +Henry Curtis, strong man though he is; and as for Captain Good, I saw +him turn away too; even in my own distress I could not help noticing +it.' + + +The above, signed 'Allan Quatermain', is an extract from my diary +written two years and more ago. I copy it down here because it seems to +me that it is the fittest beginning to the history that I am about to +write, if it please God to spare me to finish it. If not, well it does +not matter. That extract was penned seven thousand miles or so from the +spot where I now lie painfully and slowly writing this, with a pretty +girl standing by my side fanning the flies from my august countenance. +Harry is there and I am here, and yet somehow I cannot help feeling that +I am not far off Harry. + +When I was in England I used to live in a very fine house--at least +I call it a fine house, speaking comparatively, and judging from +the standard of the houses I have been accustomed to all my life in +Africa--not five hundred yards from the old church where Harry is +asleep, and thither I went after the funeral and ate some food; for it +is no good starving even if one has just buried all one's earthly +hopes. But I could not eat much, and soon I took to walking, or rather +limping--being permanently lame from the bite of a lion--up and down, +up and down the oak-panelled vestibule; for there is a vestibule in my +house in England. On all the four walls of this vestibule were placed +pairs of horns--about a hundred pairs altogether, all of which I had +shot myself. They are beautiful specimens, as I never keep any horns +which are not in every way perfect, unless it may be now and again on +account of the associations connected with them. In the centre of the +room, however, over the wide fireplace, there was a clear space left on +which I had fixed up all my rifles. Some of them I have had for forty +years, old muzzle-loaders that nobody would look at nowadays. One was an +elephant gun with strips of rimpi, or green hide, lashed round the stock +and locks, such as used to be owned by the Dutchmen--a 'roer' they call +it. That gun, the Boer I bought it from many years ago told me, had been +used by his father at the battle of the Blood River, just after Dingaan +swept into Natal and slaughtered six hundred men, women, and children, +so that the Boers named the place where they died 'Weenen', or the +'Place of Weeping'; and so it is called to this day, and always will be +called. And many an elephant have I shot with that old gun. She always +took a handful of black powder and a three-ounce ball, and kicked like +the very deuce. + +Well, up and down I walked, staring at the guns and the horns which +the guns had brought low; and as I did so there rose up in me a great +craving:--I would go away from this place where I lived idly and at +ease, back again to the wild land where I had spent my life, where I met +my dear wife and poor Harry was born, and so many things, good, bad, and +indifferent, had happened to me. The thirst for the wilderness was on +me; I could tolerate this place no more; I would go and die as I had +lived, among the wild game and the savages. Yes, as I walked, I began to +long to see the moonlight gleaming silvery white over the wide veldt and +mysterious sea of bush, and watch the lines of game travelling down the +ridges to the water. The ruling passion is strong in death, they say, +and my heart was dead that night. But, independently of my trouble, no +man who has for forty years lived the life I have, can with impunity go +coop himself in this prim English country, with its trim hedgerows +and cultivated fields, its stiff formal manners, and its well-dressed +crowds. He begins to long--ah, how he longs!--for the keen breath of the +desert air; he dreams of the sight of Zulu impis breaking on their foes +like surf upon the rocks, and his heart rises up in rebellion against +the strict limits of the civilized life. + +Ah! this civilization, what does it all come to? For forty years and +more I lived among savages, and studied them and their ways; and now for +several years I have lived here in England, and have in my own stupid +manner done my best to learn the ways of the children of light; and what +have I found? A great gulf fixed? No, only a very little one, that a +plain man's thought may spring across. I say that as the savage is, so +is the white man, only the latter is more inventive, and possesses the +faculty of combination; save and except also that the savage, as I have +known him, is to a large extent free from the greed of money, which +eats like a cancer into the heart of the white man. It is a depressing +conclusion, but in all essentials the savage and the child of +civilization are identical. I dare say that the highly civilized lady +reading this will smile at an old fool of a hunter's simplicity when +she thinks of her black bead-bedecked sister; and so will the superfine +cultured idler scientifically eating a dinner at his club, the cost of +which would keep a starving family for a week. And yet, my dear young +lady, what are those pretty things round your own neck?--they have a +strong family resemblance, especially when you wear that _very_ low +dress, to the savage woman's beads. Your habit of turning round and +round to the sound of horns and tom-toms, your fondness for pigments +and powders, the way in which you love to subjugate yourself to the rich +warrior who has captured you in marriage, and the quickness with which +your taste in feathered head-dresses varies--all these things suggest +touches of kinship; and you remember that in the fundamental principles +of your nature you are quite identical. As for you, sir, who also laugh, +let some man come and strike you in the face whilst you are enjoying +that marvellous-looking dish, and we shall soon see how much of the +savage there is in _you_. + +There, I might go on for ever, but what is the good? Civilization is +only savagery silver-gilt. A vainglory is it, and like a northern +light, comes but to fade and leave the sky more dark. Out of the soil +of barbarism it has grown like a tree, and, as I believe, into the +soil like a tree it will once more, sooner or later, fall again, as the +Egyptian civilization fell, as the Hellenic civilization fell, and as +the Roman civilization and many others of which the world has now lost +count, fell also. Do not let me, however, be understood as decrying our +modern institutions, representing as they do the gathered experience +of humanity applied for the good of all. Of course they have great +advantages--hospitals for instance; but then, remember, we breed +the sickly people who fill them. In a savage land they do not exist. +Besides, the question will arise: How many of these blessings are due to +Christianity as distinct from civilization? And so the balance sways and +the story runs--here a gain, there a loss, and Nature's great average +struck across the two, whereof the sum total forms one of the factors in +that mighty equation in which the result will equal the unknown quantity +of her purpose. + +I make no apology for this digression, especially as this is an +introduction which all young people and those who never like to think +(and it is a bad habit) will naturally skip. It seems to me very +desirable that we should sometimes try to understand the limitations +of our nature, so that we may not be carried away by the pride of +knowledge. Man's cleverness is almost indefinite, and stretches like an +elastic band, but human nature is like an iron ring. You can go round +and round it, you can polish it highly, you can even flatten it a little +on one side, whereby you will make it bulge out the other, but you will +_never_, while the world endures and man is man, increase its total +circumference. It is the one fixed unchangeable thing--fixed as the +stars, more enduring than the mountains, as unalterable as the way of +the Eternal. Human nature is God's kaleidoscope, and the little bits +of coloured glass which represent our passions, hopes, fears, joys, +aspirations towards good and evil and what not, are turned in His mighty +hand as surely and as certainly as it turns the stars, and continually +fall into new patterns and combinations. But the composing elements +remain the same, nor will there be one more bit of coloured glass nor +one less for ever and ever. + +This being so, supposing for the sake of argument we divide ourselves +into twenty parts, nineteen savage and one civilized, we must look +to the nineteen savage portions of our nature, if we would really +understand ourselves, and not to the twentieth, which, though so +insignificant in reality, is spread all over the other nineteen, making +them appear quite different from what they really are, as the blacking +does a boot, or the veneer a table. It is on the nineteen rough +serviceable savage portions that we fall back on emergencies, not on the +polished but unsubstantial twentieth. Civilization should wipe away our +tears, and yet we weep and cannot be comforted. Warfare is abhorrent +to her, and yet we strike out for hearth and home, for honour and fair +fame, and can glory in the blow. And so on, through everything. + +So, when the heart is stricken, and the head is humbled in the dust, +civilization fails us utterly. Back, back, we creep, and lay us like +little children on the great breast of Nature, she that perchance may +soothe us and make us forget, or at least rid remembrance of its sting. +Who has not in his great grief felt a longing to look upon the outward +features of the universal Mother; to lie on the mountains and watch the +clouds drive across the sky and hear the rollers break in thunder on the +shore, to let his poor struggling life mingle for a while in her life; +to feel the slow beat of her eternal heart, and to forget his woes, and +let his identity be swallowed in the vast imperceptibly moving energy of +her of whom we are, from whom we came, and with whom we shall again be +mingled, who gave us birth, and will in a day to come give us our burial +also. + +And so in my trouble, as I walked up and down the oak-panelled vestibule +of my house there in Yorkshire, I longed once more to throw myself into +the arms of Nature. Not the Nature which you know, the Nature that waves +in well-kept woods and smiles out in corn-fields, but Nature as she was +in the age when creation was complete, undefiled as yet by any human +sinks of sweltering humanity. I would go again where the wild game was, +back to the land whereof none know the history, back to the savages, +whom I love, although some of them are almost as merciless as Political +Economy. There, perhaps, I should be able to learn to think of poor +Harry lying in the churchyard, without feeling as though my heart would +break in two. + +And now there is an end of this egotistical talk, and there shall be +no more of it. But if you whose eyes may perchance one day fall upon my +written thoughts have got so far as this, I ask you to persevere, since +what I have to tell you is not without its interest, and it has never +been told before, nor will again. + + + + +CHAPTER I THE CONSUL'S YARN + + +A week had passed since the funeral of my poor boy Harry, and one +evening I was in my room walking up and down and thinking, when there +was a ring at the outer door. Going down the steps I opened it myself, +and in came my old friends Sir Henry Curtis and Captain John Good, +RN. They entered the vestibule and sat themselves down before the wide +hearth, where, I remember, a particularly good fire of logs was burning. + +'It is very kind of you to come round,' I said by way of making a +remark; 'it must have been heavy walking in the snow.' + +They said nothing, but Sir Henry slowly filled his pipe and lit it with +a burning ember. As he leant forward to do so the fire got hold of a +gassy bit of pine and flared up brightly, throwing the whole scene into +strong relief, and I thought, What a splendid-looking man he is! Calm, +powerful face, clear-cut features, large grey eyes, yellow beard and +hair--altogether a magnificent specimen of the higher type of humanity. +Nor did his form belie his face. I have never seen wider shoulders or a +deeper chest. Indeed, Sir Henry's girth is so great that, though he is +six feet two high, he does not strike one as a tall man. As I looked at +him I could not help thinking what a curious contrast my little dried-up +self presented to his grand face and form. Imagine to yourself a small, +withered, yellow-faced man of sixty-three, with thin hands, large brown +eyes, a head of grizzled hair cut short and standing up like a half-worn +scrubbing-brush--total weight in my clothes, nine stone six--and you +will get a very fair idea of Allan Quatermain, commonly called Hunter +Quatermain, or by the natives 'Macumazahn'--Anglice, he who keeps a +bright look-out at night, or, in vulgar English, a sharp fellow who is +not to be taken in. + +Then there was Good, who is not like either of us, being short, dark, +stout--_very_ stout--with twinkling black eyes, in one of which an +eyeglass is everlastingly fixed. I say stout, but it is a mild term; +I regret to state that of late years Good has been running to fat in a +most disgraceful way. Sir Henry tells him that it comes from idleness +and over-feeding, and Good does not like it at all, though he cannot +deny it. + +We sat for a while, and then I got a match and lit the lamp that stood +ready on the table, for the half-light began to grow dreary, as it is +apt to do when one has a short week ago buried the hope of one's life. +Next, I opened a cupboard in the wainscoting and got a bottle of whisky +and some tumblers and water. I always like to do these things for +myself: it is irritating to me to have somebody continually at my elbow, +as though I were an eighteen-month-old baby. All this while Curtis and +Good had been silent, feeling, I suppose, that they had nothing to say +that could do me any good, and content to give me the comfort of their +presence and unspoken sympathy; for it was only their second visit since +the funeral. And it is, by the way, from the _presence_ of others that +we really derive support in our dark hours of grief, and not from their +talk, which often only serves to irritate us. Before a bad storm the +game always herd together, but they cease their calling. + +They sat and smoked and drank whisky and water, and I stood by the fire +also smoking and looking at them. + +At last I spoke. 'Old friends,' I said, 'how long is it since we got +back from Kukuanaland?' + +'Three years,' said Good. 'Why do you ask?' + +'I ask because I think that I have had a long enough spell of +civilization. I am going back to the veldt.' + +Sir Henry laid his head back in his arm-chair and laughed one of his +deep laughs. 'How very odd,' he said, 'eh, Good?' + +Good beamed at me mysteriously through his eyeglass and murmured, 'Yes, +odd--very odd.' + +'I don't quite understand,' said I, looking from one to the other, for I +dislike mysteries. + +'Don't you, old fellow?' said Sir Henry; 'then I will explain. As Good +and I were walking up here we had a talk.' + +'If Good was there you probably did,' I put in sarcastically, for Good +is a great hand at talking. 'And what may it have been about?' + +'What do you think?' asked Sir Henry. + +I shook my head. It was not likely that I should know what Good might be +talking about. He talks about so many things. + +'Well, it was about a little plan that I have formed--namely, that if +you were willing we should pack up our traps and go off to Africa on +another expedition.' + +I fairly jumped at his words. 'You don't say so!' I said. + +'Yes I do, though, and so does Good; don't you, Good?' + +'Rather,' said that gentleman. + +'Listen, old fellow,' went on Sir Henry, with considerable animation of +manner. 'I'm tired of it too, dead-tired of doing nothing more except +play the squire in a country that is sick of squires. For a year or more +I have been getting as restless as an old elephant who scents danger. I +am always dreaming of Kukuanaland and Gagool and King Solomon's Mines. +I can assure you I have become the victim of an almost unaccountable +craving. I am sick of shooting pheasants and partridges, and want to +have a go at some large game again. There, you know the feeling--when +one has once tasted brandy and water, milk becomes insipid to the +palate. That year we spent together up in Kukuanaland seems to me worth +all the other years of my life put together. I dare say that I am a fool +for my pains, but I can't help it; I long to go, and, what is more, I +mean to go.' He paused, and then went on again. 'And, after all, why +should I not go? I have no wife or parent, no chick or child to keep me. +If anything happens to me the baronetcy will go to my brother George and +his boy, as it would ultimately do in any case. I am of no importance to +any one.' + +'Ah!' I said, 'I thought you would come to that sooner or later. And +now, Good, what is your reason for wanting to trek; have you got one?' + +'I have,' said Good, solemnly. 'I never do anything without a reason; +and it isn't a lady--at least, if it is, it's several.' + +I looked at him again. Good is so overpoweringly frivolous. 'What is +it?' I said. + +'Well, if you really want to know, though I'd rather not speak of a +delicate and strictly personal matter, I'll tell you: I'm getting too +fat.' + +'Shut up, Good!' said Sir Henry. 'And now, Quatermain, tell us, where do +you propose going to?' + +I lit my pipe, which had gone out, before answering. + +'Have you people ever heard of Mt Kenia?' I asked. + +'Don't know the place,' said Good. + +'Did you ever hear of the Island of Lamu?' I asked again. + +'No. Stop, though--isn't it a place about 300 miles north of Zanzibar?' + +'Yes. Now listen. What I have to propose is this. That we go to Lamu and +thence make our way about 250 miles inland to Mt Kenia; from Mt Kenia on +inland to Mt Lekakisera, another 200 miles, or thereabouts, beyond which +no white man has to the best of my belief ever been; and then, if we get +so far, right on into the unknown interior. What do you say to that, my +hearties?' + +'It's a big order,' said Sir Henry, reflectively. + +'You are right,' I answered, 'it is; but I take it that we are all three +of us in search of a big order. We want a change of scene, and we are +likely to get one--a thorough change. All my life I have longed to visit +those parts, and I mean to do it before I die. My poor boy's death has +broken the last link between me and civilization, and I'm off to my +native wilds. And now I'll tell you another thing, and that is, that +for years and years I have heard rumours of a great white race which is +supposed to have its home somewhere up in this direction, and I have a +mind to see if there is any truth in them. If you fellows like to come, +well and good; if not, I'll go alone.' + +'I'm your man, though I don't believe in your white race,' said Sir +Henry Curtis, rising and placing his arm upon my shoulder. + +'Ditto,' remarked Good. 'I'll go into training at once. By all means +let's go to Mt Kenia and the other place with an unpronounceable name, +and look for a white race that does not exist. It's all one to me.' + +'When do you propose to start?' asked Sir Henry. + +'This day month,' I answered, 'by the British India steamboat; and +don't you be so certain that things have no existence because you do not +happen to have heard of them. Remember King Solomon's mines!' + + +Some fourteen weeks or so had passed since the date of this +conversation, and this history goes on its way in very different +surroundings. + +After much deliberation and inquiry we came to the conclusion that our +best starting-point for Mt Kenia would be from the neighbourhood of the +mouth of the Tana River, and not from Mombassa, a place over 100 miles +nearer Zanzibar. This conclusion we arrived at from information given to +us by a German trader whom we met upon the steamer at Aden. I think that +he was the dirtiest German I ever knew; but he was a good fellow, and +gave us a great deal of valuable information. 'Lamu,' said he, 'you +goes to Lamu--oh ze beautiful place!' and he turned up his fat face and +beamed with mild rapture. 'One year and a half I live there and never +change my shirt--never at all.' + +And so it came to pass that on arriving at the island we disembarked +with all our goods and chattels, and, not knowing where to go, marched +boldly up to the house of Her Majesty's Consul, where we were most +hospitably received. + +Lamu is a very curious place, but the things which stand out most +clearly in my memory in connection with it are its exceeding dirtiness +and its smells. These last are simply awful. Just below the Consulate is +the beach, or rather a mud bank that is called a beach. It is left quite +bare at low tide, and serves as a repository for all the filth, offal, +and refuse of the town. Here it is, too, that the women come to bury +coconuts in the mud, leaving them there till the outer husk is quite +rotten, when they dig them up again and use the fibres to make mats +with, and for various other purposes. As this process has been going on +for generations, the condition of the shore can be better imagined than +described. I have smelt many evil odours in the course of my life, but +the concentrated essence of stench which arose from that beach at Lamu +as we sat in the moonlit night--not under, but _on_ our friend the +Consul's hospitable roof--and sniffed it, makes the remembrance of them +very poor and faint. No wonder people get fever at Lamu. And yet the +place was not without a certain quaintness and charm of its own, though +possibly--indeed probably--it was one which would quickly pall. + +'Well, where are you gentlemen steering for?' asked our friend the +hospitable Consul, as we smoked our pipes after dinner. + +'We propose to go to Mt Kenia and then on to Mt Lekakisera,' answered +Sir Henry. 'Quatermain has got hold of some yarn about there being a +white race up in the unknown territories beyond.' + +The Consul looked interested, and answered that he had heard something +of that, too. + +'What have you heard?' I asked. + +'Oh, not much. All I know about it is that a year or so ago I got +a letter from Mackenzie, the Scotch missionary, whose station, "The +Highlands", is placed at the highest navigable point of the Tana River, +in which he said something about it.' + +'Have you the letter?' I asked. + +'No, I destroyed it; but I remember that he said that a man had +arrived at his station who declared that two months' journey beyond Mt +Lekakisera, which no white man has yet visited--at least, so far as +I know--he found a lake called Laga, and that then he went off to the +north-east, a month's journey, over desert and thorn veldt and great +mountains, till he came to a country where the people are white and live +in stone houses. Here he was hospitably entertained for a while, till +at last the priests of the country set it about that he was a devil, and +the people drove him away, and he journeyed for eight months and reached +Mackenzie's place, as I heard, dying. That's all I know; and if you ask +me, I believe that it is a lie; but if you want to find out more about +it, you had better go up the Tana to Mackenzie's place and ask him for +information.' + +Sir Henry and I looked at each other. Here was something tangible. + +'I think that we will go to Mr Mackenzie's,' I said. + +'Well,' answered the Consul, 'that is your best way, but I warn you that +you are likely to have a rough journey, for I hear that the Masai are +about, and, as you know, they are not pleasant customers. Your best plan +will be to choose a few picked men for personal servants and hunters, +and to hire bearers from village to village. It will give you an +infinity of trouble, but perhaps on the whole it will prove a cheaper +and more advantageous course than engaging a caravan, and you will be +less liable to desertion.' + +Fortunately there were at Lamu at this time a party of Wakwafi Askari +(soldiers). The Wakwafi, who are a cross between the Masai and the +Wataveta, are a fine manly race, possessing many of the good qualities +of the Zulu, and a great capacity for civilization. They are also great +hunters. As it happened, these particular men had recently been on a +long trip with an Englishman named Jutson, who had started from +Mombasa, a port about 150 miles below Lamu, and journeyed right round +Kilimanjaro, one of the highest known mountains in Africa. Poor fellow, +he had died of fever when on his return journey, and within a day's +march of Mombasa. It does seem hard that he should have gone off thus +when within a few hours of safety, and after having survived so many +perils, but so it was. His hunters buried him, and then came on to Lamu +in a dhow. Our friend the Consul suggested to us that we had better try +and hire these men, and accordingly on the following morning we started +to interview the party, accompanied by an interpreter. + +In due course we found them in a mud hut on the outskirts of the town. +Three of the men were sitting outside the hut, and fine frank-looking +fellows they were, having a more or less civilized appearance. To them +we cautiously opened the object of our visit, at first with very scant +success. They declared that they could not entertain any such idea, that +they were worn and weary with long travelling, and that their hearts +were sore at the loss of their master. They meant to go back to their +homes and rest awhile. This did not sound very promising, so by way of +effecting a diversion I asked where the remainder of them were. I was +told there were six, and I saw but three. One of the men said they slept +in the hut, and were yet resting after their labours--'sleep weighed +down their eyelids, and sorrow made their hearts as lead: it was best +to sleep, for with sleep came forgetfulness. But the men should be +awakened.' + +Presently they came out of the hut, yawning--the first two men being +evidently of the same race and style as those already before us; but the +appearance of the third and last nearly made me jump out of my skin. +He was a very tall, broad man, quite six foot three, I should say, but +gaunt, with lean, wiry-looking limbs. My first glance at him told me +that he was no Wakwafi: he was a pure bred Zulu. He came out with his +thin aristocratic-looking hand placed before his face to hide a yawn, so +I could only see that he was a 'Keshla' or ringed man {Endnote 1}, and +that he had a great three-cornered hole in his forehead. In another +second he removed his hand, revealing a powerful-looking Zulu face, with +a humorous mouth, a short woolly beard, tinged with grey, and a pair of +brown eyes keen as a hawk's. I knew my man at once, although I had not +seen him for twelve years. 'How do you do, Umslopogaas?' I said quietly +in Zulu. + +The tall man (who among his own people was commonly known as the +'Woodpecker', and also as the 'Slaughterer') started, and almost let +the long-handled battleaxe he held in his hand fall in his astonishment. +Next second he had recognized me, and was saluting me in an outburst of +sonorous language which made his companions the Wakwafi stare. + +'Koos' (chief), he began, 'Koos-y-Pagete! Koos-y-umcool! (Chief from of +old--mighty chief) Koos! Baba! (father) Macumazahn, old hunter, slayer +of elephants, eater up of lions, clever one! watchful one! brave one! +quick one! whose shot never misses, who strikes straight home, who +grasps a hand and holds it to the death (i.e. is a true friend) Koos! +Baba! Wise is the voice of our people that says, "Mountain never meets +with mountain, but at daybreak or at even man shall meet again with +man." Behold! a messenger came up from Natal, "Macumazahn is dead!" +cried he. "The land knows Macumazahn no more." That is years ago. And +now, behold, now in this strange place of stinks I find Macumazahn, my +friend. There is no room for doubt. The brush of the old jackal has +gone a little grey; but is not his eye as keen, and are not his teeth as +sharp? Ha! ha! Macumazahn, mindest thou how thou didst plant the ball in +the eye of the charging buffalo--mindest thou--' + +I had let him run on thus because I saw that his enthusiasm was +producing a marked effect upon the minds of the five Wakwafi, who +appeared to understand something of his talk; but now I thought it time +to put a stop to it, for there is nothing that I hate so much as this +Zulu system of extravagant praising--'bongering' as they call it. +'Silence!' I said. 'Has all thy noisy talk been stopped up since last +I saw thee that it breaks out thus, and sweeps us away? What doest thou +here with these men--thou whom I left a chief in Zululand? How is it +that thou art far from thine own place, and gathered together with +strangers?' + +Umslopogaas leant himself upon the head of his long battleaxe (which +was nothing else but a pole-axe, with a beautiful handle of rhinoceros +horn), and his grim face grew sad. + +'My Father,' he answered, 'I have a word to tell thee, but I cannot +speak it before these low people (umfagozana),' and he glanced at the +Wakwafi Askari; 'it is for thine own ear. My Father, this will I say,' +and here his face grew stern again, 'a woman betrayed me to the death, +and covered my name with shame--ay, my own wife, a round-faced girl, +betrayed me; but I escaped from death; ay, I broke from the very hands +of those who came to slay me. I struck but three blows with this mine +axe Inkosikaas--surely my Father will remember it--one to the right, one +to the left, and one in front, and yet I left three men dead. And then I +fled, and, as my Father knows, even now that I am old my feet are as the +feet of the Sassaby {Endnote 2}, and there breathes not the man who, by +running, can touch me again when once I have bounded from his side. On I +sped, and after me came the messengers of death, and their voice was as +the voice of dogs that hunt. From my own kraal I flew, and, as I passed, +she who had betrayed me was drawing water from the spring. I fleeted by +her like the shadow of Death, and as I went I smote with mine axe, and +lo! her head fell: it fell into the water pan. Then I fled north. Day +after day I journeyed on; for three moons I journeyed, resting not, +stopping not, but running on towards forgetfulness, till I met the +party of the white hunter who is now dead, and am come hither with his +servants. And nought have I brought with me. I who was high-born, ay, +of the blood of Chaka, the great king--a chief, and a captain of the +regiment of the Nkomabakosi--am a wanderer in strange places, a man +without a kraal. Nought have I brought save this mine axe; of all my +belongings this remains alone. They have divided my cattle; they have +taken my wives; and my children know my face no more. Yet with this +axe'--and he swung the formidable weapon round his head, making the +air hiss as he clove it--'will I cut another path to fortune. I have +spoken.' + +I shook my head at him. 'Umslopogaas,' I said, 'I know thee from of +old. Ever ambitious, ever plotting to be great, I fear me that thou hast +overreached thyself at last. Years ago, when thou wouldst have plotted +against Cetywayo, son of Panda, I warned thee, and thou didst listen. +But now, when I was not by thee to stay thy hand, thou hast dug a pit +for thine own feet to fall in. Is it not so? But what is done is done. +Who can make the dead tree green, or gaze again upon last year's light? +Who can recall the spoken word, or bring back the spirit of the fallen? +That which Time swallows comes not up again. Let it be forgotten! + +'And now, behold, Umslopogaas, I know thee for a great warrior and a +brave man, faithful to the death. Even in Zululand, where all the men +are brave, they called thee the "Slaughterer", and at night told stories +round the fire of thy strength and deeds. Hear me now. Thou seest this +great man, my friend'--and I pointed to Sir Henry; 'he also is a warrior +as great as thou, and, strong as thou art, he could throw thee over his +shoulder. Incubu is his name. And thou seest this one also; him with the +round stomach, the shining eye, and the pleasant face. Bougwan (glass +eye) is his name, and a good man is he and a true, being of a curious +tribe who pass their life upon the water, and live in floating kraals. + +'Now, we three whom thou seest would travel inland, past Dongo Egere, +the great white mountain (Mt Kenia), and far into the unknown beyond. +We know not what we shall find there; we go to hunt and seek adventures, +and new places, being tired of sitting still, with the same old things +around us. Wilt thou come with us? To thee shall be given command of all +our servants; but what shall befall thee, that I know not. Once before +we three journeyed thus, in search of adventure, and we took with us +a man such as thou--one Umbopa; and, behold, we left him the king of +a great country, with twenty Impis (regiments), each of 3,000 plumed +warriors, waiting on his word. How it shall go with thee, I know not; +mayhap death awaits thee and us. Wilt thou throw thyself to Fortune and +come, or fearest thou, Umslopogaas?' + +The great man smiled. 'Thou art not altogether right, Macumazahn,' he +said; 'I have plotted in my time, but it was not ambition that led me to +my fall; but, shame on me that I should have to say it, a fair woman's +face. Let it pass. So we are going to see something like the old times +again, Macumazahn, when we fought and hunted in Zululand? Ay, I will +come. Come life, come death, what care I, so that the blows fall fast +and the blood runs red? I grow old, I grow old, and I have not fought +enough! And yet am I a warrior among warriors; see my scars'--and he +pointed to countless cicatrices, stabs and cuts, that marked the skin of +his chest and legs and arms. 'See the hole in my head; the brains gushed +out therefrom, yet did I slay him who smote, and live. Knowest thou how +many men I have slain, in fair hand-to-hand combat, Macumazahn? See, +here is the tale of them'--and he pointed to long rows of notches cut +in the rhinoceros-horn handle of his axe. 'Number them, Macumazahn--one +hundred and three--and I have never counted but those whom I have +ripped open {Endnote 3}, nor have I reckoned those whom another man had +struck.' + +'Be silent,' I said, for I saw that he was getting the blood-fever on +him; 'be silent; well art thou called the "Slaughterer". We would not +hear of thy deeds of blood. Remember, if thou comest with us, we fight +not save in self-defence. Listen, we need servants. These men,' and I +pointed to the Wakwafi, who had retired a little way during our 'indaba' +(talk), 'say they will not come.' + +'Will not come!' shouted Umslopogaas; 'where is the dog who says he will +not come when my Father orders? Here, thou'--and with a single bound he +sprang upon the Wakwafi with whom I had first spoken, and, seizing him +by the arm, dragged him towards us. 'Thou dog!' he said, giving the +terrified man a shake, 'didst thou say that thou wouldst not go with my +Father? Say it once more and I will choke thee'--and his long fingers +closed round his throat as he said it--'thee, and those with thee. Hast +thou forgotten how I served thy brother?' + +'Nay, we will come with the white man,' gasped the man. + +'White man!' went on Umslopogaas, in simulated fury, which a very +little provocation would have made real enough; 'of whom speakest thou, +insolent dog?' + +'Nay, we will go with the great chief.' + +'So!' said Umslopogaas, in a quiet voice, as he suddenly released his +hold, so that the man fell backward. 'I thought you would.' + +'That man Umslopogaas seems to have a curious moral ascendency over his +companions,' Good afterwards remarked thoughtfully. + + + + +CHAPTER II THE BLACK HAND + + + +In due course we left Lamu, and ten days afterwards we found ourselves +at a spot called Charra, on the Tana River, having gone through many +adventures which need not be recorded here. Amongst other things we +visited a ruined city, of which there are many on this coast, and +which must once, to judge from their extent and the numerous remains of +mosques and stone houses, have been very populous places. These ruined +cities are immeasurably ancient, having, I believe, been places of +wealth and importance as far back as the Old Testament times, when they +were centres of trade with India and elsewhere. But their glory has +departed now--the slave trade has finished them--and where wealthy +merchants from all parts of the then civilized world stood and bargained +in the crowded market-places, the lion holds his court at night, and +instead of the chattering of slaves and the eager voices of the +bidders, his awful note goes echoing down the ruined corridors. At this +particular place we discovered on a mound, covered up with rank growth +and rubbish, two of the most beautiful stone doorways that it is +possible to conceive. The carving on them was simply exquisite, and I +only regret that we had no means of getting them away. No doubt they had +once been the entrances to a palace, of which, however, no traces were +now to be seen, though probably its ruins lay under the rising mound. + +Gone! quite gone! the way that everything must go. Like the nobles and +the ladies who lived within their gates, these cities have had their +day, and now they are as Babylon and Nineveh, and as London and Paris +will one day be. Nothing may endure. That is the inexorable law. Men +and women, empires and cities, thrones, principalities, and powers, +mountains, rivers, and unfathomed seas, worlds, spaces, and universes, +all have their day, and all must go. In this ruined and forgotten place +the moralist may behold a symbol of the universal destiny. For this +system of ours allows no room for standing still--nothing can loiter on +the road and check the progress of things upwards towards Life, or the +rush of things downwards towards Death. The stern policeman Fate moves +us and them on, on, uphill and downhill and across the level; there is +no resting-place for the weary feet, till at last the abyss swallows us, +and from the shores of the Transitory we are hurled into the sea of the +Eternal. + +At Charra we had a violent quarrel with the headman of the bearers we +had hired to go as far as this, and who now wished to extort large extra +payment from us. In the result he threatened to set the Masai--about +whom more anon--on to us. That night he, with all our hired bearers, +ran away, stealing most of the goods which had been entrusted to them +to carry. Luckily, however, they had not happened to steal our rifles, +ammunition, and personal effects; not because of any delicacy of feeling +on their part, but owing to the fact that they chanced to be in the +charge of the five Wakwafis. After that, it was clear to us that we had +had enough of caravans and of bearers. Indeed, we had not much left for +a caravan to carry. And yet, how were we to get on? + +It was Good who solved the question. 'Here is water,' he said, pointing +to the Tana River; 'and yesterday I saw a party of natives hunting +hippopotami in canoes. I understand that Mr Mackenzie's mission station +is on the Tana River. Why not get into canoes and paddle up to it?' + +This brilliant suggestion was, needless to say, received with +acclamation; and I instantly set to work to buy suitable canoes from +the surrounding natives. I succeeded after a delay of three days in +obtaining two large ones, each hollowed out of a single log of some +light wood, and capable of holding six people and baggage. For these two +canoes we had to pay nearly all our remaining cloth, and also many other +articles. + +On the day following our purchase of the two canoes we effected a +start. In the first canoe were Good, Sir Henry, and three of our +Wakwafi followers; in the second myself, Umslopogaas, and the other two +Wakwafis. As our course lay upstream, we had to keep four paddles at +work in each canoe, which meant that the whole lot of us, except Good, +had to row away like galley-slaves; and very exhausting work it was. I +say, except Good, for, of course, the moment that Good got into a boat +his foot was on his native heath, and he took command of the party. And +certainly he worked us. On shore Good is a gentle, mild-mannered man, +and given to jocosity; but, as we found to our cost, Good in a boat was +a perfect demon. To begin with, he knew all about it, and we didn't. On +all nautical subjects, from the torpedo fittings of a man-of-war down +to the best way of handling the paddle of an African canoe, he was a +perfect mine of information, which, to say the least of it, we were not. +Also his ideas of discipline were of the sternest, and, in short, he +came the royal naval officer over us pretty considerably, and paid us +out amply for all the chaff we were wont to treat him to on land; +but, on the other hand, I am bound to say that he managed the boats +admirably. + +After the first day Good succeeded, with the help of some cloth and a +couple of poles, in rigging up a sail in each canoe, which lightened our +labours not a little. But the current ran very strong against us, and at +the best we were not able to make more than twenty miles a day. Our +plan was to start at dawn, and paddle along till about half-past ten, +by which time the sun got too hot to allow of further exertion. Then we +moored our canoes to the bank, and ate our frugal meal; after which +we ate or otherwise amused ourselves till about three o'clock, when we +again started, and rowed till within an hour of sundown, when we called +a halt for the night. On landing in the evening, Good would at once set +to work, with the help of the Askari, to build a little 'scherm', or +small enclosure, fenced with thorn bushes, and to light a fire. I, with +Sir Henry and Umslopogaas, would go out to shoot something for the pot. +Generally this was an easy task, for all sorts of game abounded on the +banks of the Tana. One night Sir Henry shot a young cow-giraffe, of +which the marrow-bones were excellent; on another I got a couple of +waterbuck right and left; and once, to his own intense satisfaction, +Umslopogaas (who, like most Zulus, was a vile shot with a rifle) managed +to kill a fine fat eland with a Martini I had lent him. Sometimes +we varied our food by shooting some guinea-fowl, or bush-bustard +(paau)--both of which were numerous--with a shot-gun, or by catching +a supply of beautiful yellow fish, with which the waters of the Tana +swarmed, and which form, I believe, one of the chief food-supplies of +the crocodiles. + +Three days after our start an ominous incident occurred. We were just +drawing in to the bank to make our camp as usual for the night, when +we caught sight of a figure standing on a little knoll not forty +yards away, and intensely watching our approach. One glance was +sufficient--although I was personally unacquainted with the tribe--to +tell me that he was a Masai Elmoran, or young warrior. Indeed, had I +had any doubts, they would have quickly been dispelled by the terrified +ejaculation of '_Masai_!' that burst simultaneously from the lips of our +Wakwafi followers, who are, as I think I have said, themselves bastard +Masai. + +And what a figure he presented as he stood there in his savage war-gear! +Accustomed as I have been to savages all my life, I do not think that I +have ever before seen anything quite so ferocious or awe-inspiring. To +begin with, the man was enormously tall, quite as tall as Umslopogaas, I +should say, and beautifully, though somewhat slightly, shaped; but with +the face of a devil. In his right hand he held a spear about five and a +half feet long, the blade being two and a half feet in length, by nearly +three inches in width, and having an iron spike at the end of the +handle that measured more than a foot. On his left arm was a large +and well-made elliptical shield of buffalo hide, on which were painted +strange heraldic-looking devices. On his shoulders was a huge cape of +hawk's feathers, and round his neck was a 'naibere', or strip of cotton, +about seventeen feet long, by one and a half broad, with a stripe of +colour running down the middle of it. The tanned goatskin robe, which +formed his ordinary attire in times of peace, was tied lightly round his +waist, so as to serve the purposes of a belt, and through it were stuck, +on the right and left sides respectively, his short pear-shaped sime, or +sword, which is made of a single piece of steel, and carried in a wooden +sheath, and an enormous knobkerrie. But perhaps the most remarkable +feature of his attire consisted of a headdress of ostrich-feathers, +which was fixed on the chin, and passed in front of the ears to the +forehead, and, being shaped like an ellipse, completely framed the face, +so that the diabolical countenance appeared to project from a sort of +feather fire-screen. Round the ankles he wore black fringes of hair, +and, projecting from the upper portion of the calves, to which they were +attached, were long spurs like spikes, from which flowed down tufts of +the beautiful black and waving hair of the Colobus monkey. Such was the +elaborate array of the Masai Elmoran who stood watching the approach of +our two canoes, but it is one which, to be appreciated, must be seen; +only those who see it do not often live to describe it. Of course I +could not make out all these details of his full dress on the occasion +of this my first introduction, being, indeed, amply taken up with the +consideration of the general effect, but I had plenty of subsequent +opportunities of becoming acquainted with the items that went to make it +up. + +Whilst we were hesitating what to do, the Masai warrior drew himself +up in a dignified fashion, shook his huge spear at us, and, turning, +vanished on the further side of the slope. + +'Hulloa!' holloaed Sir Henry from the other boat; 'our friend the +caravan leader has been as good as his word, and set the Masai after us. +Do you think it will be safe to go ashore?' + +I did not think it would be at all safe; but, on the other hand, we had +no means of cooking in the canoes, and nothing that we could eat raw, +so it was difficult to know what to do. At last Umslopogaas simplified +matters by volunteering to go and reconnoitre, which he did, creeping +off into the bush like a snake, while we hung off in the stream waiting +for him. In half an hour he returned, and told us that there was not a +Masai to be seen anywhere about, but that he had discovered a spot where +they had recently been encamped, and that from various indications he +judged that they must have moved on an hour or so before; the man we saw +having, no doubt, been left to report upon our movements. + +Thereupon we landed; and, having posted a sentry, proceeded to cook and +eat our evening meal. This done, we took the situation into our serious +consideration. Of course, it was possible that the apparition of the +Masai warrior had nothing to do with us, that he was merely one of a +band bent upon some marauding and murdering expedition against another +tribe. But when we recalled the threat of the caravan leader, and +reflected on the ominous way in which the warrior had shaken his spear +at us, this did not appear very probable. On the contrary, what did +seem probable was that the party was after us and awaiting a favourable +opportunity to attack us. This being so, there were two things that +we could do--one of which was to go on, and the other to go back. The +latter idea was, however, rejected at once, it being obvious that we +should encounter as many dangers in retreat as in advance; and, besides, +we had made up our minds to journey onwards at any price. Under these +circumstances, however, we did not consider it safe to sleep ashore, so +we got into our canoes, and, paddling out into the middle of the stream, +which was not very wide here, managed to anchor them by means of big +stones fastened to ropes made of coconut-fibre, of which there were +several fathoms in each canoe. + +Here the mosquitoes nearly ate us up alive, and this, combined with +anxiety as to our position, effectually prevented me from sleeping as +the others were doing, notwithstanding the attacks of the aforesaid Tana +mosquitoes. And so I lay awake, smoking and reflecting on many things, +but, being of a practical turn of mind, chiefly on how we were to give +those Masai villains the slip. It was a beautiful moonlight night, and, +notwithstanding the mosquitoes, and the great risk we were running from +fever from sleeping in such a spot, and forgetting that I had the cramp +very badly in my right leg from squatting in a constrained position +in the canoe, and that the Wakwafi who was sleeping beside me smelt +horribly, I really began to enjoy myself. The moonbeams played upon the +surface of the running water that speeded unceasingly past us towards +the sea, like men's lives towards the grave, till it glittered like +a wide sheet of silver, that is in the open where the trees threw no +shadows. Near the banks, however, it was very dark, and the night wind +sighed sadly in the reeds. To our left, on the further side of the +river, was a little sandy bay which was clear of trees, and here I could +make out the forms of numerous antelopes advancing to the water, +till suddenly there came an ominous roar, whereupon they all made off +hurriedly. Then after a pause I caught sight of the massive form of His +Majesty the Lion, coming down to drink his fill after meat. Presently he +moved on, then came a crashing of the reeds about fifty yards above us, +and a few minutes later a huge black mass rose out of the water, about +twenty yards from me, and snorted. It was the head of a hippopotamus. +Down it went without a sound, only to rise again within five yards +of where I sat. This was decidedly too near to be comfortable, more +especially as the hippopotamus was evidently animated by intense +curiosity to know what on earth our canoes were. He opened his great +mouth, to yawn, I suppose, and gave me an excellent view of his ivories; +and I could not help reflecting how easily he could crunch up our frail +canoe with a single bite. Indeed, I had half a mind to give him a ball +from my eight-bore, but on reflection determined to let him alone unless +he actually charged the boat. Presently he sank again as noiselessly as +before, and I saw no more of him. Just then, on looking towards the bank +on our right, I fancied that I caught sight of a dark figure flitting +between the tree trunks. I have very keen sight, and I was almost sure +that I saw something, but whether it was bird, beast, or man I could not +say. At the moment, however, a dark cloud passed over the moon, and I +saw no more of it. Just then, too, although all the other sounds of +the forest had ceased, a species of horned owl with which I was well +acquainted began to hoot with great persistency. After that, save for +the rustling of trees and reeds when the wind caught them, there was +complete silence. + +But somehow, in the most unaccountable way, I had suddenly become +nervous. There was no particular reason why I should be, beyond the +ordinary reasons which surround the Central African traveller, and yet I +undoubtedly was. If there is one thing more than another of which I +have the most complete and entire scorn and disbelief, it is of +presentiments, and yet here I was all of a sudden filled with and +possessed by a most undoubted presentiment of approaching evil. I would +not give way to it, however, although I felt the cold perspiration stand +out upon my forehead. I would not arouse the others. Worse and worse I +grew, my pulse fluttered like a dying man's, my nerves thrilled with +the horrible sense of impotent terror which anybody who is subject to +nightmare will be familiar with, but still my will triumphed over my +fears, and I lay quiet (for I was half sitting, half lying, in the +bow of the canoe), only turning my face so as to command a view of +Umslopogaas and the two Wakwafi who were sleeping alongside of and +beyond me. + +In the distance I heard a hippopotamus splash faintly, then the owl +hooted again in a kind of unnatural screaming note {Endnote 4}, and +the wind began to moan plaintively through the trees, making a +heart-chilling music. Above was the black bosom of the cloud, and +beneath me swept the black flood of the water, and I felt as though I +and Death were utterly alone between them. It was very desolate. + +Suddenly my blood seemed to freeze in my veins, and my heart to stand +still. Was it fancy, or were we moving? I turned my eyes to look for +the other canoe which should be alongside of us. I could not see it, but +instead I saw a lean and clutching black hand lifting itself above +the gunwale of the little boat. Surely it was a nightmare! At the same +instant a dim but devilish-looking face appeared to rise out of the +water, and then came a lurch of the canoe, the quick flash of a knife, +and an awful yell from the Wakwafi who was sleeping by my side (the +same poor fellow whose odour had been annoying me), and something warm +spurted into my face. In an instant the spell was broken; I knew that it +was no nightmare, but that we were attacked by swimming Masai. Snatching +at the first weapon that came to hand, which happened to be Umslopogaas' +battleaxe, I struck with all my force in the direction in which I +had seen the flash of the knife. The blow fell upon a man's arm, and, +catching it against the thick wooden gunwale of the canoe, completely +severed it from the body just above the wrist. As for its owner, he +uttered no sound or cry. Like a ghost he came, and like a ghost he went, +leaving behind him a bloody hand still gripping a great knife, or rather +a short sword, that was buried in the heart of our poor servant. + +Instantly there arose a hubbub and confusion, and I fancied, rightly +or wrongly, that I made out several dark heads gliding away towards the +right-hand bank, whither we were rapidly drifting, for the rope by which +we were moored had been severed with a knife. As soon as I had realized +this fact, I also realized that the scheme had been to cut the boat +loose so that it should drift on to the right bank (as it would have +done with the natural swing of the current), where no doubt a party of +Masai were waiting to dig their shovel-headed spears into us. Seizing +one paddle myself, I told Umslopogaas to take another (for the remaining +Askari was too frightened and bewildered to be of any use), and together +we rowed vigorously out towards the middle of the stream; and not an +instant too soon, for in another minute we should have been aground, and +then there would have been an end of us. + +As soon as we were well out, we set to work to paddle the canoe upstream +again to where the other was moored; and very hard and dangerous work +it was in the dark, and with nothing but the notes of Good's stentorian +shouts, which he kept firing off at intervals like a fog-horn, to guide +us. But at last we fetched up, and were thankful to find that they +had not been molested at all. No doubt the owner of the same hand that +severed our rope should have severed theirs also, but was led away from +his purpose by an irresistible inclination to murder when he got the +chance, which, while it cost us a man and him his hand, undoubtedly +saved all the rest of us from massacre. Had it not been for that ghastly +apparition over the side of the boat--an apparition that I shall never +forget till my dying hour--the canoe would undoubtedly have drifted +ashore before I realized what had happened, and this history would never +have been written by me. + + + + +CHAPTER III THE MISSION STATION + + + +We made the remains of our rope fast to the other canoe, and sat waiting +for the dawn and congratulating ourselves upon our merciful escape, +which really seemed to result more from the special favour of Providence +than from our own care or prowess. At last it came, and I have not +often been more grateful to see the light, though so far as my canoe was +concerned it revealed a ghastly sight. There in the bottom of the little +boat lay the unfortunate Askari, the sime, or sword, in his bosom, and +the severed hand gripping the handle. I could not bear the sight, so +hauling up the stone which had served as an anchor to the other canoe, +we made it fast to the murdered man and dropped him overboard, and down +he went to the bottom, leaving nothing but a train of bubbles behind +him. Alas! when our time comes, most of us like him leave nothing but +bubbles behind, to show that we have been, and the bubbles soon burst. +The hand of his murderer we threw into the stream, where it slowly sank. +The sword, of which the handle was ivory, inlaid with gold (evidently +Arab work), I kept and used as a hunting-knife, and very useful it +proved. + +Then, a man having been transferred to my canoe, we once more started on +in very low spirits and not feeling at all comfortable as to the future, +but fondly hoping to arrive at the 'Highlands' station by night. To make +matters worse, within an hour of sunrise it came on to rain in torrents, +wetting us to the skin, and even necessitating the occasional baling +of the canoes, and as the rain beat down the wind we could not use the +sails, and had to get along as best as we could with our paddles. + +At eleven o'clock we halted on an open piece of ground on the left bank +of the river, and, the rain abating a little, managed to make a fire and +catch and broil some fish. We did not dare to wander about to search for +game. At two o'clock we got off again, taking a supply of broiled fish +with us, and shortly afterwards the rain came on harder than ever. Also +the river began to get exceedingly difficult to navigate on account of +the numerous rocks, reaches of shallow water, and the increased force of +the current; so that it soon became clear to us that we should not reach +the Rev. Mackenzie's hospitable roof that night--a prospect that did +not tend to enliven us. Toil as we would, we could not make more than +an average of a mile an hour, and at five o'clock in the afternoon (by +which time we were all utterly worn out) we reckoned that we were still +quite ten miles below the station. This being so, we set to work to +make the best arrangements we could for the night. After our recent +experience, we simply did not dare to land, more especially as the banks +of the Tana were clothed with dense bush that would have given cover to +five thousand Masai, and at first I thought that we were going to have +another night of it in the canoes. Fortunately, however, we espied a +little rocky islet, not more than fifteen miles or so square, situated +nearly in the middle of the river. For this we paddled, and, making fast +the canoes, landed and made ourselves as comfortable as circumstances +would permit, which was very uncomfortable indeed. As for the weather, +it continued to be simply vile, the rain coming down in sheets till we +were chilled to the marrow, and utterly preventing us from lighting a +fire. There was, however, one consoling circumstance about this rain; +our Askari declared that nothing would induce the Masai to make an +attack in it, as they intensely disliked moving about in the wet, +perhaps, as Good suggested, because they hate the idea of washing. We +ate some insipid and sodden cold fish--that is, with the exception of +Umslopogaas, who, like most Zulus, cannot bear fish--and took a pull of +brandy, of which we fortunately had a few bottles left, and then began +what, with one exception--when we same three white men nearly perished +of cold on the snow of Sheba's Breast in the course of our journey to +Kukuanaland--was, I think, the most trying night I ever experienced. It +seemed absolutely endless, and once or twice I feared that two of the +Askari would have died of the wet, cold, and exposure. Indeed, had it +not been for timely doses of brandy I am sure that they would have died, +for no African people can stand much exposure, which first paralyses and +then kills them. I could see that even that iron old warrior Umslopogaas +felt it keenly; though, in strange contrast to the Wakwafis, who +groaned and bemoaned their fate unceasingly, he never uttered a single +complaint. To make matters worse, about one in the morning we again +heard the owl's ominous hooting, and had at once to prepare ourselves +for another attack; though, if it had been attempted, I do not think +that we could have offered a very effective resistance. But either the +owl was a real one this time, or else the Masai were themselves too +miserable to think of offensive operations, which, indeed, they rarely, +if ever, undertake in bush veldt. At any rate, we saw nothing of them. + +At last the dawn came gliding across the water, wrapped in wreaths of +ghostly mist, and, with the daylight, the rain ceased; and then, out +came the glorious sun, sucking up the mists and warming the chill air. +Benumbed, and utterly exhausted, we dragged ourselves to our feet, and +went and stood in the bright rays, and were thankful for them. I can +quite understand how it is that primitive people become sun worshippers, +especially if their conditions of life render them liable to exposure. + +In half an hour more we were once again making fair progress with the +help of a good wind. Our spirits had returned with the sunshine, and +we were ready to laugh at difficulties and dangers that had been almost +crushing on the previous day. + +And so we went on cheerily till about eleven o'clock. Just as we were +thinking of halting as usual, to rest and try to shoot something to eat, +a sudden bend in the river brought us in sight of a substantial-looking +European house with a veranda round it, splendidly situated upon a hill, +and surrounded by a high stone wall with a ditch on the outer side. +Right against and overshadowing the house was an enormous pine, the +top of which we had seen through a glass for the last two days, but of +course without knowing that it marked the site of the mission station. +I was the first to see the house, and could not restrain myself from +giving a hearty cheer, in which the others, including the natives, +joined lustily. There was no thought of halting now. On we laboured, +for, unfortunately, though the house seemed quite near, it was still a +long way off by river, until at last, by one o'clock, we found ourselves +at the bottom of the slope on which the building stood. Running the +canoes to the bank, we disembarked, and were just hauling them up on +to the shore, when we perceived three figures, dressed in ordinary +English-looking clothes, hurrying down through a grove of trees to meet +us. + +'A gentleman, a lady, and a little girl,' ejaculated Good, after +surveying the trio through his eyeglass, 'walking in a civilized +fashion, through a civilized garden, to meet us in this place. Hang me, +if this isn't the most curious thing we have seen yet!' + +Good was right: it certainly did seem odd and out of place--more like a +scene out of a dream or an Italian opera than a real tangible fact; +and the sense of unreality was not lessened when we heard ourselves +addressed in good broad Scotch, which, however, I cannot reproduce. + +'How do you do, sirs,' said Mr Mackenzie, a grey-haired, angular man, +with a kindly face and red cheeks; 'I hope I see you very well. My +natives told me an hour ago they spied two canoes with white men in them +coming up the river; so we have just come down to meet you.' + +'And it is very glad that we are to see a white face again, let me tell +you,' put in the lady--a charming and refined-looking person. + +We took off our hats in acknowledgment, and proceeded to introduce +ourselves. + +'And now,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'you must all be hungry and weary; so come +on, gentlemen, come on, and right glad we are to see you. The last white +who visited us was Alphonse--you will see Alphonse presently--and that +was a year ago.' + +Meanwhile we had been walking up the slope of the hill, the lower +portion of which was fenced off, sometimes with quince fences and +sometimes with rough stone walls, into Kaffir gardens, just now full +of crops of mealies, pumpkins, potatoes, etc. In the corners of these +gardens were groups of neat mushroom-shaped huts, occupied by Mr +Mackenzie's mission natives, whose women and children came pouring +out to meet us as we walked. Through the centre of the gardens ran the +roadway up which we were walking. It was bordered on each side by a line +of orange trees, which, although they had only been planted ten years, +had in the lovely climate of the uplands below Mt Kenia, the base of +which is about 5,000 feet above the coastline level, already grown to +imposing proportions, and were positively laden with golden fruit. After +a stiffish climb of a quarter of a mile or so--for the hillside was +steep--we came to a splendid quince fence, also covered with fruit, +which enclosed, Mr Mackenzie told us, a space of about four acres +of ground that contained his private garden, house, church, and +outbuildings, and, indeed, the whole hilltop. And what a garden it was! +I have always loved a good garden, and I could have thrown up my hands +for joy when I saw Mr Mackenzie's. First there were rows upon rows of +standard European fruit-trees, all grafted; for on top of this hill the +climate was so temperate that nearly all the English vegetables, trees, +and flowers flourished luxuriantly, even including several varieties +of the apple, which, generally, runs to wood in a warm climate and +obstinately refuses to fruit. Then there were strawberries and tomatoes +(such tomatoes!), and melons and cucumbers, and, indeed, every sort of +vegetable and fruit. + +'Well, you have something like a garden!' I said, overpowered with +admiration not untouched by envy. + +'Yes,' answered the missionary, 'it is a very good garden, and has well +repaid my labour; but it is the climate that I have to thank. If you +stick a peach-stone into the ground it will bear fruit the fourth year, +and a rose-cutting will bloom in a year. It is a lovely clime.' + +Just then we came to a ditch about ten feet wide, and full of water, on +the other side of which was a loopholed stone wall eight feet high, and +with sharp flints plentifully set in mortar on the coping. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, pointing to the ditch and wall, 'this is my +magnum opus; at least, this and the church, which is the other side of +the house. It took me and twenty natives two years to dig the ditch and +build the wall, but I never felt safe till it was done; and now I can +defy all the savages in Africa, for the spring that fills the ditch +is inside the wall, and bubbles out at the top of the hill winter and +summer alike, and I always keep a store of four months' provision in the +house.' + +Crossing over a plank and through a very narrow opening in the wall, we +entered into what Mrs Mackenzie called _her_ domain--namely, the flower +garden, the beauty of which is really beyond my power to describe. I +do not think I ever saw such roses, gardenias, or camellias (all reared +from seeds or cuttings sent from England); and there was also a patch +given up to a collection of bulbous roots mostly collected by Miss +Flossie, Mr Mackenzie's little daughter, from the surrounding country, +some of which were surpassingly beautiful. In the middle of this garden, +and exactly opposite the veranda, a beautiful fountain of clear water +bubbled up from the ground, and fell into a stone-work basin which had +been carefully built to receive it, whence the overflow found its way by +means of a drain to the moat round the outer wall, this moat in its +turn serving as a reservoir, whence an unfailing supply of water +was available to irrigate all the gardens below. The house itself, a +massively built single-storied building, was roofed with slabs of stone, +and had a handsome veranda in front. It was built on three sides of +a square, the fourth side being taken up by the kitchens, which stood +separate from the house--a very good plan in a hot country. In the +centre of this square thus formed was, perhaps, the most remarkable +object that we had yet seen in this charming place, and that was a +single tree of the conifer tribe, varieties of which grow freely on the +highlands of this part of Africa. This splendid tree, which Mr Mackenzie +informed us was a landmark for fifty miles round, and which we had +ourselves seen for the last forty miles of our journey, must have been +nearly three hundred feet in height, the trunk measuring about sixteen +feet in diameter at a yard from the ground. For some seventy feet it +rose a beautiful tapering brown pillar without a single branch, but at +that height splendid dark green boughs, which, looked at from below, had +the appearance of gigantic fern-leaves, sprang out horizontally from +the trunk, projecting right over the house and flower-garden, to both of +which they furnished a grateful proportion of shade, without--being so +high up--offering any impediment to the passage of light and air. + +'What a beautiful tree!' exclaimed Sir Henry. + +'Yes, you are right; it is a beautiful tree. There is not another like +it in all the country round, that I know of,' answered Mr Mackenzie. 'I +call it my watch tower. As you see, I have a rope ladder fixed to the +lowest bough; and if I want to see anything that is going on within +fifteen miles or so, all I have to do is to run up it with a spyglass. +But you must be hungry, and I am sure the dinner is cooked. Come in, +my friends; it is but a rough place, but well enough for these savage +parts; and I can tell you what, we have got--a French cook.' And he led +the way on to the veranda. + +As I was following him, and wondering what on earth he could mean by +this, there suddenly appeared, through the door that opened on to the +veranda from the house, a dapper little man, dressed in a neat blue +cotton suit, with shoes made of tanned hide, and remarkable for a +bustling air and most enormous black mustachios, shaped into an +upward curve, and coming to a point for all the world like a pair of +buffalo-horns. + +'Madame bids me for to say that dinnar is sarved. Messieurs, my +compliments;' then suddenly perceiving Umslopogaas, who was loitering +along after us and playing with his battleaxe, he threw up his hands +in astonishment. 'Ah, mais quel homme!' he ejaculated in French, 'quel +sauvage affreux! Take but note of his huge choppare and the great pit in +his head.' + +'Ay,' said Mr Mackenzie; 'what are you talking about, Alphonse?' + +'Talking about!' replied the little Frenchman, his eyes still fixed upon +Umslopogaas, whose general appearance seemed to fascinate him; 'why I +talk of him'--and he rudely pointed--'of ce monsieur noir.' + +At this everybody began to laugh, and Umslopogaas, perceiving that he +was the object of remark, frowned ferociously, for he had a most lordly +dislike of anything like a personal liberty. + +'Parbleu!' said Alphonse, 'he is angered--he makes the grimace. I like +not his air. I vanish.' And he did with considerable rapidity. + +Mr Mackenzie joined heartily in the shout of laughter which we indulged +in. 'He is a queer character--Alphonse,' he said. 'By and by I will tell +you his history; in the meanwhile let us try his cooking.' + +'Might I ask,' said Sir Henry, after we had eaten a most excellent +dinner, 'how you came to have a French cook in these wilds?' + +'Oh,' answered Mrs Mackenzie, 'he arrived here of his own accord about +a year ago, and asked to be taken into our service. He had got into some +trouble in France, and fled to Zanzibar, where he found an application +had been made by the French Government for his extradition. Whereupon +he rushed off up-country, and fell in, when nearly starved, with our +caravan of men, who were bringing us our annual supply of goods, and was +brought on here. You should get him to tell you the story.' + +When dinner was over we lit our pipes, and Sir Henry proceeded to give +our host a description of our journey up here, over which he looked very +grave. + +'It is evident to me,' he said, 'that those rascally Masai are following +you, and I am very thankful that you have reached this house in +safety. I do not think that they will dare to attack you here. It is +unfortunate, though, that nearly all my men have gone down to the coast +with ivory and goods. There are two hundred of them in the caravan, and +the consequence is that I have not more than twenty men available for +defensive purposes in case they should attack us. But, still, I will +just give a few orders;' and, calling a black man who was loitering +about outside in the garden, he went to the window, and addressed him in +a Swahili dialect. The man listened, and then saluted and departed. + +'I am sure I devoutly hope that we shall bring no such calamity upon +you,' said I, anxiously, when he had taken his seat again. 'Rather than +bring those bloodthirsty villains about your ears, we will move on and +take our chance.' + +'You will do nothing of the sort. If the Masai come, they come, and +there is an end on it; and I think we can give them a pretty warm +greeting. I would not show any man the door for all the Masai in the +world.' + +'That reminds me,' I said, 'the Consul at Lamu told me that he had had +a letter from you, in which you said that a man had arrived here who +reported that he had come across a white people in the interior. Do you +think that there was any truth in his story? I ask, because I have once +or twice in my life heard rumours from natives who have come down from +the far north of the existence of such a race.' + +Mr Mackenzie, by way of answer, went out of the room and returned, +bringing with him a most curious sword. It was long, and all the blade, +which was very thick and heavy, was to within a quarter of an inch of +the cutting edge worked into an ornamental pattern exactly as we work +soft wood with a fret-saw, the steel, however, being invariably pierced +in such a way as not to interfere with the strength of the sword. This +in itself was sufficiently curious, but what was still more so was that +all the edges of the hollow spaces cut through the substance of the +blade were most beautifully inlaid with gold, which was in some way that +I cannot understand welded on to the steel {Endnote 5}. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'did you ever see a sword like that?' + +We all examined it and shook our heads. + +'Well, I have got it to show you, because this is what the man who said +he had seen the white people brought with him, and because it does more +or less give an air of truth to what I should otherwise have set down +as a lie. Look here; I will tell you all that I know about the matter, +which is not much. One afternoon, just before sunset, I was sitting on +the veranda, when a poor, miserable, starved-looking man came limping up +and squatted down before me. I asked him where he came from and what he +wanted, and thereon he plunged into a long rambling narrative about how +he belonged to a tribe far in the north, and how his tribe was destroyed +by another tribe, and he with a few other survivors driven still further +north past a lake named Laga. Thence, it appears, he made his way to +another lake that lay up in the mountains, "a lake without a bottom" +he called it, and here his wife and brother died of an infectious +sickness--probably smallpox--whereon the people drove him out of their +villages into the wilderness, where he wandered miserably over mountains +for ten days, after which he got into dense thorn forest, and was one +day found there by some _white men_ who were hunting, and who took him +to a place where all the people were white and lived in stone houses. +Here he remained a week shut up in a house, till one night a man with +a white beard, whom he understood to be a "medicine-man", came and +inspected him, after which he was led off and taken through the thorn +forest to the confines of the wilderness, and given food and this sword +(at least so he said), and turned loose.' + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, who had been listening with breathless interest, +'and what did he do then?' + +'Oh! he seems, according to his account, to have gone through sufferings +and hardships innumerable, and to have lived for weeks on roots and +berries, and such things as he could catch and kill. But somehow he did +live, and at last by slow degrees made his way south and reached this +place. What the details of his journey were I never learnt, for I told +him to return on the morrow, bidding one of my headmen look after him +for the night. The headman took him away, but the poor man had the itch +so badly that the headman's wife would not have him in the hut for fear +of catching it, so he was given a blanket and told to sleep outside. +As it happened, we had a lion hanging about here just then, and most +unhappily he winded this unfortunate wanderer, and, springing on him, +bit his head almost off without the people in the hut knowing anything +about it, and there was an end of him and his story about the white +people; and whether or no there is any truth in it is more than I can +tell you. What do you think, Mr Quatermain?' + +I shook my head, and answered, 'I don't know. There are so many queer +things hidden away in the heart of this great continent that I should +be sorry to assert that there was no truth in it. Anyhow, we mean to try +and find out. We intend to journey to Lekakisera, and thence, if we live +to get so far, to this Lake Laga; and, if there are any white people +beyond, we will do our best to find them.' + +'You are very venturesome people,' said Mr Mackenzie, with a smile, and +the subject dropped. + + + + +CHAPTER IV ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE + + + +After dinner we thoroughly inspected all the outbuildings and grounds +of the station, which I consider the most successful as well as the most +beautiful place of the sort that I have seen in Africa. We then returned +to the veranda, where we found Umslopogaas taking advantage of this +favourable opportunity to clean all the rifles thoroughly. This was the +only _work_ that he ever did or was asked to do, for as a Zulu chief it +was beneath his dignity to work with his hands; but such as it was he +did it very well. It was a curious sight to see the great Zulu sitting +there upon the floor, his battleaxe resting against the wall behind +him, whilst his long aristocratic-looking hands were busily employed, +delicately and with the utmost care, cleaning the mechanism of the +breech-loaders. He had a name for each gun. One--a double four-bore +belonging to Sir Henry--was the Thunderer; another, my 500 Express, +which had a peculiarly sharp report, was 'the little one who spoke like +a whip'; the Winchester repeaters were 'the women, who talked so fast +that you could not tell one word from another'; the six Martinis were +'the common people'; and so on with them all. It was very curious to +hear him addressing each gun as he cleaned it, as though it were an +individual, and in a vein of the quaintest humour. He did the same with +his battle-axe, which he seemed to look upon as an intimate friend, +and to which he would at times talk by the hour, going over all his old +adventures with it--and dreadful enough some of them were. By a piece of +grim humour, he had named this axe 'Inkosi-kaas', which is the Zulu word +for chieftainess. For a long while I could not make out why he gave it +such a name, and at last I asked him, when he informed me that the axe +was very evidently feminine, because of her womanly habit of prying very +deep into things, and that she was clearly a chieftainess because all +men fell down before her, struck dumb at the sight of her beauty and +power. In the same way he would consult 'Inkosi-kaas' if in any dilemma; +and when I asked him why he did so, he informed me it was because she +must needs be wise, having 'looked into so many people's brains'. + +I took up the axe and closely examined this formidable weapon. It was, +as I have said, of the nature of a pole-axe. The haft, made out of an +enormous rhinoceros horn, was three feet three inches long, about an +inch and a quarter thick, and with a knob at the end as large as a +Maltese orange, left there to prevent the hand from slipping. This +horn haft, though so massive, was as flexible as cane, and practically +unbreakable; but, to make assurance doubly sure, it was whipped round +at intervals of a few inches with copper wire--all the parts where the +hands grip being thus treated. Just above where the haft entered the +head were scored a number of little nicks, each nick representing a man +killed in battle with the weapon. The axe itself was made of the +most beautiful steel, and apparently of European manufacture, though +Umslopogaas did not know where it came from, having taken it from the +hand of a chief he had killed in battle many years before. It was not +very heavy, the head weighing two and a half pounds, as nearly as I +could judge. The cutting part was slightly concave in shape--not convex, +as it generally the case with savage battleaxes--and sharp as a razor, +measuring five and three-quarter inches across the widest part. From the +back of the axe sprang a stout spike four inches long, for the last two +of which it was hollow, and shaped like a leather punch, with an opening +for anything forced into the hollow at the punch end to be pushed +out above--in fact, in this respect it exactly resembled a butcher's +pole-axe. It was with this punch end, as we afterwards discovered, that +Umslopogaas usually struck when fighting, driving a neat round hole +in his adversary's skull, and only using the broad cutting edge for a +circular sweep, or sometimes in a melee. I think he considered the +punch a neater and more sportsmanlike tool, and it was from his habit +of pecking at his enemy with it that he got his name of 'Woodpecker'. +Certainly in his hands it was a terribly efficient one. + +Such was Umslopogaas' axe, Inkosi-kaas, the most remarkable and fatal +hand-to-hand weapon that I ever saw, and one which he cherished as +much as his own life. It scarcely ever left his hand except when he was +eating, and then he always sat with it under his leg. + +Just as I returned his axe to Umslopogaas, Miss Flossie came up and took +me off to see her collection of flowers, African liliums, and blooming +shrubs, some of which are very beautiful, many of the varieties being +quite unknown to me and also, I believe, to botanical science. I asked +her if she had ever seen or heard of the 'Goya' lily, which Central +African explorers have told me they have occasionally met with and whose +wonderful loveliness has filled them with astonishment. This lily, which +the natives say blooms only once in ten years, flourishes in the +most arid soil. Compared to the size of the bloom, the bulb is small, +generally weighing about four pounds. As for the flower itself (which +I afterwards saw under circumstances likely to impress its appearance +fixedly in my mind), I know not how to describe its beauty and +splendour, or the indescribable sweetness of its perfume. The +flower--for it has only one bloom--rises from the crown of the bulb on +a thick fleshy and flat-sided stem, the specimen that I saw measured +fourteen inches in diameter, and is somewhat trumpet-shaped like the +bloom of an ordinary 'longiflorum' set vertically. First there is +the green sheath, which in its early stage is not unlike that of a +water-lily, but which as the bloom opens splits into four portions and +curls back gracefully towards the stem. Then comes the bloom itself, a +single dazzling arch of white enclosing another cup of richest velvety +crimson, from the heart of which rises a golden-coloured pistil. I have +never seen anything to equal this bloom in beauty or fragrance, and as +I believe it is but little known, I take the liberty to describe it at +length. Looking at it for the first time I well remember that I realized +how even in a flower there dwells something of the majesty of its Maker. +To my great delight Miss Flossie told me that she knew the flower well +and had tried to grow it in her garden, but without success, adding, +however, that as it should be in bloom at this time of the year she +thought that she could procure me a specimen. + +After that I fell to asking her if she was not lonely up here among all +these savage people and without any companions of her own age. + +'Lonely?' she said. 'Oh, indeed no! I am as happy as the day is long, +and besides I have my own companions. Why, I should hate to be buried +in a crowd of white girls all just like myself so that nobody could tell +the difference! Here,' she said, giving her head a little toss, 'I am I; +and every native for miles around knows the "Water-lily",--for that is +what they call me--and is ready to do what I want, but in the books that +I have read about little girls in England it is not like that. Everybody +thinks them a trouble, and they have to do what their schoolmistress +likes. Oh! it would break my heart to be put in a cage like that and not +to be free--free as the air.' + +'Would you not like to learn?' I asked. + +'So I do learn. Father teaches me Latin and French and arithmetic.' + +'And are you never afraid among all these wild men?' + +'Afraid? Oh no! they never interfere with me. I think they believe that +I am "Ngai" (of the Divinity) because I am so white and have fair hair. +And look here,' and diving her little hand into the bodice of her dress +she produced a double-barrelled nickel-plated Derringer, 'I always carry +that loaded, and if anybody tried to touch me I should shoot him. Once +I shot a leopard that jumped upon my donkey as I was riding along. It +frightened me very much, but I shot it in the ear and it fell dead, +and I have its skin upon my bed. Look there!' she went on in an altered +voice, touching me on the arm and pointing to some far-away object, 'I +said just now that I had companions; there is one of them.' + +I looked, and for the first time there burst upon my sight the glory of +Mount Kenia. Hitherto the mountain had always been hidden in mist, but +now its radiant beauty was unveiled for many thousand feet, although +the base was still wrapped in vapour so that the lofty peak or pillar, +towering nearly twenty thousand feet into the sky, appeared to be a +fairy vision, hanging between earth and heaven, and based upon the +clouds. The solemn majesty and beauty of this white peak are together +beyond the power of my poor pen to describe. There it rose straight and +sheer--a glittering white glory, its crest piercing the very blue of +heaven. As I gazed at it with that little girl I felt my whole heart +lifted up with an indescribable emotion, and for a moment great and +wonderful thoughts seemed to break upon my mind, even as the arrows of +the setting sun were breaking upon Kenia's snows. Mr Mackenzie's natives +call the mountain the 'Finger of God', and to me it did seem eloquent +of immortal peace and of the pure high calm that surely lies above this +fevered world. Somewhere I had heard a line of poetry, + + A thing of beauty is a joy for ever, + +and now it came into my mind, and for the first time I thoroughly +understood what it meant. Base, indeed, would be the man who could look +upon that mighty snow-wreathed pile--that white old tombstone of the +years--and not feel his own utter insignificance, and, by whatever name +he calls Him, worship God in his heart. Such sights are like visions of +the spirit; they throw wide the windows of the chamber of our small +selfishness and let in a breath of that air that rushes round the +rolling spheres, and for a while illumine our darkness with a far-off +gleam of the white light which beats upon the Throne. + +Yes, such things of beauty are indeed a joy for ever, and I can well +understand what little Flossie meant when she talked of Kenia as her +companion. As Umslopogaas, savage old Zulu that he was, said when I +pointed out to him the peak hanging in the glittering air: 'A man might +look thereon for a thousand years and yet be hungry to see.' But he gave +rather another colour to his poetical idea when he added in a sort of +chant, and with a touch of that weird imagination for which the man was +remarkable, that when he was dead he should like his spirit to sit upon +that snow-clad peak for ever, and to rush down the steep white sides +in the breath of the whirlwind, or on the flash of the lightning, and +'slay, and slay, and slay'. + +'Slay what, you old bloodhound?' I asked. + +This rather puzzled him, but at length he answered-- + +'The other shadows.' + +'So thou wouldst continue thy murdering even after death?' I said. + +'I murder not,' he answered hotly; 'I kill in fair fight. Man is born to +kill. He who kills not when his blood is hot is a woman, and no man. The +people who kill not are slaves. I say I kill in fair fight; and when +I am "in the shadow", as you white men say, I hope to go on killing in +fair fight. May my shadow be accursed and chilled to the bone for ever +if it should fall to murdering like a bushman with his poisoned arrows!' +And he stalked away with much dignity, and left me laughing. + +Just then the spies whom our host had sent out in the morning to find +out if there were any traces of our Masai friends about, returned, +and reported that the country had been scoured for fifteen miles round +without a single Elmoran being seen, and that they believed that those +gentry had given up the pursuit and returned whence they came. Mr +Mackenzie gave a sigh of relief when he heard this, and so indeed did +we, for we had had quite enough of the Masai to last us for some time. +Indeed, the general opinion was that, finding we had reached the mission +station in safety, they had, knowing its strength, given up the pursuit +of us as a bad job. How ill-judged that view was the sequel will show. + +After the spies had gone, and Mrs Mackenzie and Flossie had retired for +the night, Alphonse, the little Frenchman, came out, and Sir Henry, who +is a very good French scholar, got him to tell us how he came to visit +Central Africa, which he did in a most extraordinary lingo, that for the +most part I shall not attempt to reproduce. + +'My grandfather,' he began, 'was a soldier of the Guard, and served +under Napoleon. He was in the retreat from Moscow, and lived for ten +days on his own leggings and a pair he stole from a comrade. He used to +get drunk--he died drunk, and I remember playing at drums on his coffin. +My father--' + +Here we suggested that he might skip his ancestry and come to the point. + +'Bien, messieurs!' replied this comical little man, with a polite bow. +'I did only wish to demonstrate that the military principle is not +hereditary. My grandfather was a splendid man, six feet two high, broad +in proportion, a swallower of fire and gaiters. Also he was remarkable +for his moustache. To me there remains the moustache and--nothing more. + +'I am, messieurs, a cook, and I was born at Marseilles. In that dear +town I spent my happy youth. For years and years I washed the dishes at +the Hotel Continental. Ah, those were golden days!' and he sighed. 'I am +a Frenchman. Need I say, messieurs, that I admire beauty? Nay, I adore +the fair. Messieurs, we admire all the roses in a garden, but we pluck +one. I plucked one, and alas, messieurs, it pricked my finger. She was +a chambermaid, her name Annette, her figure ravishing, her face +an angel's, her heart--alas, messieurs, that I should have to +own it!--black and slippery as a patent leather boot. I loved to +desperation, I adored her to despair. She transported me--in every +sense; she inspired me. Never have I cooked as I cooked (for I had been +promoted at the hotel) when Annette, my adored Annette, smiled on me. +Never'--and here his manly voice broke into a sob--'never shall I cook +so well again.' Here he melted into tears. + +'Come, cheer up!' said Sir Henry in French, smacking him smartly on the +back. 'There's no knowing what may happen, you know. To judge from your +dinner today, I should say you were in a fair way to recovery.' + +Alphonse stopped weeping, and began to rub his back. 'Monsieur,' he +said, 'doubtless means to console, but his hand is heavy. To continue: +we loved, and were happy in each other's love. The birds in their little +nest could not be happier than Alphonse and his Annette. Then came the +blow--sapristi!--when I think of it. Messieurs will forgive me if I wipe +away a tear. Mine was an evil number; I was drawn for the conscription. +Fortune would be avenged on me for having won the heart of Annette. + +'The evil moment came; I had to go. I tried to run away, but I was +caught by brutal soldiers, and they banged me with the butt-end +of muskets till my mustachios curled with pain. I had a cousin a +linen-draper, well-to-do, but very ugly. He had drawn a good number, +and sympathized when they thumped me. "To thee, my cousin," I said, "to +thee, in whose veins flows the blue blood of our heroic grandparent, to +thee I consign Annette. Watch over her whilst I hunt for glory in the +bloody field." + +'"Make your mind easy," said he; "I will." As the sequel shows, he did! + +'I went. I lived in barracks on black soup. I am a refined man and a +poet by nature, and I suffered tortures from the coarse horror of my +surroundings. There was a drill sergeant, and he had a cane. Ah, that +cane, how it curled! Alas, never can I forget it! + +'One morning came the news; my battalion was ordered to Tonquin. +The drill sergeant and the other coarse monsters rejoiced. I--I made +enquiries about Tonquin. They were not satisfactory. In Tonquin are +savage Chinese who rip you open. My artistic tastes--for I am also an +artist--recoiled from the idea of being ripped open. The great man makes +up his mind quickly. I made up my mind. I determined not to be ripped +open. I deserted. + +'I reached Marseilles disguised as an old man. I went to the house of +my cousin--he in whom runs my grandfather's heroic blood--and there sat +Annette. It was the season of cherries. They took a double stalk. At +each end was a cherry. My cousin put one into his mouth, Annette put +the other in hers. Then they drew the stalks in till their eyes met--and +alas, alas that I should have to say it!--they kissed. The game was +a pretty one, but it filled me with fury. The heroic blood of my +grandfather boiled up in me. I rushed into the kitchen. I struck my +cousin with the old man's crutch. He fell--I had slain him. Alas, I +believe that I did slay him. Annette screamed. The gendarmes came. I +fled. I reached the harbour. I hid aboard a vessel. The vessel put to +sea. The captain found me and beat me. He took an opportunity. He posted +a letter from a foreign port to the police. He did not put me ashore +because I cooked so well. I cooked for him all the way to Zanzibar. When +I asked for payment he kicked me. The blood of my heroic grandfather +boiled within me, and I shook my fist in his face and vowed to have my +revenge. He kicked me again. At Zanzibar there was a telegram. I cursed +the man who invented telegraphs. Now I curse him again. I was to be +arrested for desertion, for murder, and que sais-je? I escaped from +the prison. I fled, I starved. I met the men of Monsieur le Cure. They +brought me here. I am full of woe. But I return not to France. Better to +risk my life in these horrible places than to know the Bagne.' + +He paused, and we nearly choked with laughter, having to turn our faces +away. + +'Ah! you weep, messieurs,' he said. 'No wonder--it is a sad story.' + +'Perhaps,' said Sir Henry, 'the heroic blood of your grandparent will +triumph after all; perhaps you will still be great. At any rate we shall +see. And now I vote we go to bed. I am dead tired, and we had not much +sleep on that confounded rock last night.' + +And so we did, and very strange the tidy rooms and clean white sheets +seemed to us after our recent experiences. + + + + +CHAPTER V UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE + + + +Next morning at breakfast I missed Flossie and asked where she was. + +'Well,' said her mother, 'when I got up this morning I found a note put +outside my door in which--But here it is, you can read it for yourself,' +and she gave me the slip of paper on which the following was written:-- + +'Dearest M--,--It is just dawn, and I am off to the hills to get Mr Q--a +bloom of the lily he wants, so don't expect me till you see me. I have +taken the white donkey; and nurse and a couple of boys are coming with +me--also something to eat, as I may be away all day, for I am determined +to get the lily if I have to go twenty miles for it.--Flossie.' + + +'I hope she will be all right,' I said, a little anxiously; 'I never +meant her to trouble after the flower.' + +'Ah, Flossie can look after herself,' said her mother; 'she often goes +off in this way like a true child of the wilderness.' But Mr Mackenzie, +who came in just then and saw the note for the first time, looked rather +grave, though he said nothing. + +After breakfast was over I took him aside and asked him whether it would +not be possible to send after the girl and get her back, having in view +the possibility of there still being some Masai hanging about, at whose +hands she might come to harm. + +'I fear it would be of no use,' he answered. 'She may be fifteen miles +off by now, and it is impossible to say what path she has taken. +There are the hills;' and he pointed to a long range of rising ground +stretching almost parallel with the course followed by the river Tana, +but gradually sloping down to a dense bush-clad plain about five miles +short of the house. + +Here I suggested that we might get up the great tree over the house and +search the country round with a spyglass; and this, after Mr Mackenzie +had given some orders to his people to try and follow Flossie's spoor, +we did. + +The ascent of the mighty tree was rather an alarming performance, even +with a sound rope-ladder fixed at both ends to climb up, at least to a +landsman; but Good came up like a lamplighter. + +On reaching the height at which the first fern-shaped boughs sprang +from the bole, we stepped without any difficulty upon a platform made +of boards, nailed from one bough to another, and large enough to +accommodate a dozen people. As for the view, it was simply glorious. +In every direction the bush rolled away in great billows for miles and +miles, as far as the glass would show, only here and there broken by the +brighter green of patches of cultivation, or by the glittering surface +of lakes. To the northwest, Kenia reared his mighty head, and we could +trace the Tana river curling like a silver snake almost from his feet, +and far away beyond us towards the ocean. It is a glorious country, and +only wants the hand of civilized man to make it a most productive one. + +But look as we would, we could see no signs of Flossie and her donkey, +so at last we had to come down disappointed. On reaching the veranda I +found Umslopogaas sitting there, slowly and lightly sharpening his axe +with a small whetstone he always carried with him. + +'What doest thou, Umslopogaas?' I asked. + +'I smell blood,' was the answer; and I could get no more out of him. + +After dinner we again went up the tree and searched the surrounding +country with a spyglass, but without result. When we came down +Umslopogaas was still sharpening Inkosi-kaas, although she already had +an edge like a razor. Standing in front of him, and regarding him with a +mixture of fear and fascination, was Alphonse. And certainly he did seem +an alarming object--sitting there, Zulu fashion, on his haunches, a wild +look upon his intensely savage and yet intellectual face, sharpening, +sharpening, sharpening at the murderous-looking axe. + +'Oh, the monster, the horrible man!' said the little French cook, +lifting his hands in amazement. 'See but the hole in his head; the skin +beats on it up and down like a baby's! Who would nurse such a baby?' and +he burst out laughing at the idea. + +For a moment Umslopogaas looked up from his sharpening, and a sort of +evil light played in his dark eyes. + +'What does the little "buffalo-heifer" [so named by Umslopogaas, on +account of his mustachios and feminine characteristics] say? Let him be +careful, or I will cut his horns. Beware, little man monkey, beware!' + +Unfortunately Alphonse, who was getting over his fear of him, went on +laughing at 'ce drole d'un monsieur noir'. I was about to warn him to +desist, when suddenly the huge Zulu bounded off the veranda on to the +open space where Alphonse was standing, his features alive with a sort +of malicious enthusiasm, and began swinging the axe round and round over +the Frenchman's head. + +'Stand still,' I shouted; 'do not move as you value your life--he will +not hurt you;' but I doubt if Alphonse heard me, being, fortunately for +himself, almost petrified with horror. + +Then followed the most extraordinary display of sword, or rather of +axemanship, that I ever saw. First of all the axe went flying round +and round over the top of Alphonse's head, with an angry whirl and such +extraordinary swiftness that it looked like a continuous band of steel, +ever getting nearer and yet nearer to that unhappy individual's skull, +till at last it grazed it as it flew. Then suddenly the motion was +changed, and it seemed to literally flow up and down his body and limbs, +never more than an eighth of an inch from them, and yet never striking +them. It was a wonderful sight to see the little man fixed there, having +apparently realized that to move would be to run the risk of sudden +death, while his black tormentor towered over him, and wrapped him round +with the quick flashes of the axe. For a minute or more this went +on, till suddenly I saw the moving brightness travel down the side of +Alphonse's face, and then outwards and stop. As it did so a tuft of +something black fell to the ground; it was the tip of one of the little +Frenchman's curling mustachios. + +Umslopogaas leant upon the handle of Inkosi-kaas, and broke into a long, +low laugh; and Alphonse, overcome with fear, sank into a sitting posture +on the ground, while we stood astonished at this exhibition of almost +superhuman skill and mastery of a weapon. 'Inkosi-kaas is sharp enough,' +he shouted; 'the blow that clipped the "buffalo-heifer's" horn would +have split a man from the crown to the chin. Few could have struck it +but I; none could have struck it and not taken off the shoulder too. +Look, thou little heifer! Am I a good man to laugh at, thinkest thou? +For a space hast thou stood within a hair's-breadth of death. Laugh not +again, lest the hair's-breadth be wanting. I have spoken.' + +'What meanest thou by such mad tricks?' I asked of Umslopogaas, +indignantly. 'Surely thou art mad. Twenty times didst thou go near to +slaying the man.' + +'And yet, Macumazahn, I slew not. Thrice as Inkosi-kaas flew the spirit +entered into me to end him, and send her crashing through his skull; but +I did not. Nay, it was but a jest; but tell the "heifer" that it is not +well to mock at such as I. Now I go to make a shield, for I smell blood, +Macumazahn--of a truth I smell blood. Before the battle hast thou not +seen the vulture grow of a sudden in the sky? They smell the blood, +Macumazahn, and my scent is more keen than theirs. There is a dry +ox-hide down yonder; I go to make a shield.' + +'That is an uncomfortable retainer of yours,' said Mr Mackenzie, who had +witnessed this extraordinary scene. 'He has frightened Alphonse out of +his wits; look!' and he pointed to the Frenchman, who, with a scared +white face and trembling limbs, was making his way into the house. 'I +don't think that he will ever laugh at "le monsieur noir" again.' + +'Yes,' answered I, 'it is ill jesting with such as he. When he is roused +he is like a fiend, and yet he has a kind heart in his own fierce way. +I remember years ago seeing him nurse a sick child for a week. He is a +strange character, but true as steel, and a strong stick to rest on in +danger.' + +'He says he smells blood,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I only trust he is not +right. I am getting very fearful about my little girl. She must have +gone far, or she would be home by now. It is half-past three o'clock.' + +I pointed out that she had taken food with her, and very likely would +not in the ordinary course of events return till nightfall; but I myself +felt very anxious, and fear that my anxiety betrayed itself. + +Shortly after this, the people whom Mr Mackenzie had sent out to search +for Flossie returned, stating that they had followed the spoor of the +donkey for a couple of miles and had then lost it on some stony ground, +nor could they discover it again. They had, however, scoured the country +far and wide, but without success. + +After this the afternoon wore drearily on, and towards evening, there +still being no signs of Flossie, our anxiety grew very keen. As for the +poor mother, she was quite prostrated by her fears, and no wonder, but +the father kept his head wonderfully well. Everything that could be done +was done: people were sent out in all directions, shots were fired, and +a continuous outlook kept from the great tree, but without avail. + +And then it grew dark, and still no sign of fair-haired little Flossie. + +At eight o'clock we had supper. It was but a sorrowful meal, and Mrs +Mackenzie did not appear at it. We three also were very silent, for in +addition to our natural anxiety as to the fate of the child, we were +weighed down by the sense that we had brought this trouble on the head +of our kind host. When supper was nearly at an end I made an excuse to +leave the table. I wanted to get outside and think the situation over. I +went on to the veranda and, having lit my pipe, sat down on a seat about +a dozen feet from the right-hand end of the structure, which was, as +the reader may remember, exactly opposite one of the narrow doors of the +protecting wall that enclosed the house and flower garden. I had been +sitting there perhaps six or seven minutes when I thought I heard the +door move. I looked in that direction and I listened, but, being unable +to make out anything, concluded that I must have been mistaken. It was a +darkish night, the moon not having yet risen. + +Another minute passed, when suddenly something round fell with a soft +but heavy thud upon the stone flooring of the veranda, and came +bounding and rolling along past me. For a moment I did not rise, but sat +wondering what it could be. Finally, I concluded it must have been an +animal. Just then, however, another idea struck me, and I got up quick +enough. The thing lay quite still a few feet beyond me. I put down my +hand towards it and it did not move: clearly it was not an animal. My +hand touched it. It was soft and warm and heavy. Hurriedly I lifted it +and held it up against the faint starlight. + +_It was a newly severed human head!_ + +I am an old hand and not easily upset, but I own that that ghastly sight +made me feel sick. How had the thing come there? Whose was it? I put it +down and ran to the little doorway. I could see nothing, hear nobody. I +was about to go out into the darkness beyond, but remembering that to do +so was to expose myself to the risk of being stabbed, I drew back, +shut the door, and bolted it. Then I returned to the veranda, and in as +careless a voice as I could command called Curtis. I fear, however, that +my tones must have betrayed me, for not only Sir Henry but also Good and +Mackenzie rose from the table and came hurrying out. + +'What is it?' said the clergyman, anxiously. + +Then I had to tell them. + +Mr Mackenzie turned pale as death under his red skin. We were standing +opposite the hall door, and there was a light in it so that I could see. +He snatched the head up by the hair and held it against the light. + +'It is the head of one of the men who accompanied Flossie,' he said with +a gasp. 'Thank God it is not hers!' + +We all stood and stared at each other aghast. What was to be done? + +Just then there was a knocking at the door that I had bolted, and a +voice cried, 'Open, my father, open!' + +The door was unlocked, and in sped a terrified man. He was one of the +spies who had been sent out. + +'My father,' he cried, 'the Masai are on us! A great body of them have +passed round the hill and are moving towards the old stone kraal down +by the little stream. My father, make strong thy heart! In the midst +of them I saw the white ass, and on it sat the Water-lily [Flossie]. An +Elmoran [young warrior] led the ass, and by its side walked the nurse +weeping. The men who went with her in the morning I saw not.' + +'Was the child alive?' asked Mr Mackenzie, hoarsely. + +'She was white as the snow, but well, my father. They passed quite close +to me, and looking up from where I lay hid I saw her face against the +sky.' + +'God help her and us!' groaned the clergyman. + +'How many are there of them?' I asked. + +'More than two hundred--two hundred and half a hundred.' + +Once more we looked one on the other. What was to be done? Just then +there rose a loud insistent cry outside the wall. + +'Open the door, white man; open the door! A herald--a herald to speak +with thee.' Thus cried the voice. + +Umslopogaas ran to the wall, and, reaching with his long arms to the +coping, lifted his head above it and gazed over. + +'I see but one man,' he said. 'He is armed, and carries a basket in his +hand.' + +'Open the door,' I said. 'Umslopogaas, take thine axe and stand thereby. +Let one man pass. If another follows, slay.' + +The door was unbarred. In the shadow of the wall stood Umslopogaas, his +axe raised above his head to strike. Just then the moon came out. There +was a moment's pause, and then in stalked a Masai Elmoran, clad in the +full war panoply that I have already described, but bearing a large +basket in his hand. The moonlight shone bright upon his great spear +as he walked. He was physically a splendid man, apparently about +thirty-five years of age. Indeed, none of the Masai that I saw were +under six feet high, though mostly quite young. When he got opposite to +us he halted, put down the basket, and stuck the spike of his spear into +the ground, so that it stood upright. + +'Let us talk,' he said. 'The first messenger we sent to you could not +talk;' and he pointed to the head which lay upon the paving of the +stoep--a ghastly sight in the moonlight; 'but I have words to speak +if ye have ears to hear. Also I bring presents;' and he pointed to the +basket and laughed with an air of swaggering insolence that is perfectly +indescribable, and yet which one could not but admire, seeing that he +was surrounded by enemies. + +'Say on,' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'I am the "Lygonani" [war captain] of a party of the Masai of the Guasa +Amboni. I and my men followed these three white men,' and he pointed +to Sir Henry, Good, and myself, 'but they were too clever for us, and +escaped hither. We have a quarrel with them, and are going to kill +them.' + +'Are you, my friend?' said I to myself. + +'In following these men we this morning caught two black men, one +black woman, a white donkey, and a white girl. One of the black men we +killed--there is his head upon the pavement; the other ran away. The +black woman, the little white girl, and the white ass we took and +brought with us. In proof thereof have I brought this basket that she +carried. Is it not thy daughter's basket?' + +Mr Mackenzie nodded, and the warrior went on. + +'Good! With thee and thy daughter we have no quarrel, nor do we wish to +harm thee, save as to thy cattle, which we have already gathered, two +hundred and forty head--a beast for every man's father.' {Endnote 6} + +Here Mr Mackenzie gave a groan, as he greatly valued this herd of +cattle, which he bred with much care and trouble. + +'So, save for the cattle, thou mayst go free; more especially,' he added +frankly, glancing at the wall, 'as this place would be a difficult one +to take. But as to these men it is otherwise; we have followed them +for nights and days, and must kill them. Were we to return to our kraal +without having done so, all the girls would make a mock of us. So, +however troublesome it may be, they must die. + +'Now I have a proposition for thee. We would not harm the little girl; +she is too fair to harm, and has besides a brave spirit. Give us one of +these three men--a life for a life--and we will let her go, and throw in +the black woman with her also. This is a fair offer, white man. We ask +but for one, not for the three; we must take another opportunity to kill +the other two. I do not even pick my man, though I should prefer the +big one,' pointing to Sir Henry; 'he looks strong, and would die more +slowly.' + +'And if I say I will not yield the man?' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'Nay, say not so, white man,' answered the Masai, 'for then thy daughter +dies at dawn, and the woman with her says thou hast no other child. Were +she older I would take her for a servant; but as she is so young I will +slay her with my own hand--ay, with this very spear. Thou canst come and +see, an' thou wilt. I give thee a safe conduct;' and the fiend laughed +aloud as his brutal jest. + +Meanwhile I had been thinking rapidly, as one does in emergencies, and +had come to the conclusion that I would exchange myself against +Flossie. I scarcely like to mention the matter for fear it should be +misunderstood. Pray do not let any one be misled into thinking that +there was anything heroic about this, or any such nonsense. It was +merely a matter of common sense and common justice. My life was an old +and worthless one, hers was young and valuable. Her death would pretty +well kill her father and mother also, whilst nobody would be much the +worse for mine; indeed, several charitable institutions would have cause +to rejoice thereat. It was indirectly through me that the dear little +girl was in her present position. Lastly, a man was better fitted to +meet death in such a peculiarly awful form than a sweet young girl. Not, +however, that I meant to let these gentry torture me to death--I am far +too much of a coward to allow that, being naturally a timid man; my plan +was to see the girl safely exchanged and then to shoot myself, trusting +that the Almighty would take the peculiar circumstances of the case into +consideration and pardon the act. All this and more went through my mind +in very few seconds. + +'All right, Mackenzie,' I said, 'you can tell the man that I will +exchange myself against Flossie, only I stipulate that she shall be +safely in this house before they kill me.' + +'Eh?' said Sir Henry and Good simultaneously. 'That you don't.' + +'No, no,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I will have no man's blood upon my hands. +If it please God that my daughter should die this awful death, His will +be done. You are a brave man (which I am not by any means) and a noble +man, Quatermain, but you shall not go.' + +'If nothing else turns up I shall go,' I said decidedly. + +'This is an important matter,' said Mackenzie, addressing the Lygonani, +'and we must think it over. You shall have our answer at dawn.' + +'Very well, white man,' answered the savage indifferently; 'only +remember if thy answer is late thy little white bud will never grow into +a flower, that is all, for I shall cut it with this,' and he touched the +spear. 'I should have thought that thou wouldst play a trick and attack +us at night, but I know from the woman with the girl that your men are +down at the coast, and that thou hast but twenty men here. It is not +wise, white man,' he added with a laugh, 'to keep so small a garrison +for your "boma" [kraal]. Well, good night, and good night to you also, +other white men, whose eyelids I shall soon close once and for all. At +dawn thou wilt bring me word. If not, remember it shall be as I have +said.' Then turning to Umslopogaas, who had all the while been standing +behind him and shepherding him as it were, 'Open the door for me, +fellow, quick now.' + +This was too much for the old chief's patience. For the last ten minutes +his lips had been, figuratively speaking, positively watering over the +Masai Lygonani, and this he could not stand. Placing his long hand +on the Elmoran's shoulder he gripped it and gave him such a twist +as brought him face to face with himself. Then, thrusting his fierce +countenance to within a few inches of the Masai's evil feather-framed +features, he said in a low growling voice:-- + +'Seest thou me?' + +'Ay, fellow, I see thee.' + +'And seest thou this?' and he held Inkosi-kaas before his eyes. + +'Ay, fellow, I see the toy; what of it?' + +'Thou Masai dog, thou boasting windbag, thou capturer of little girls, +with this "toy" will I hew thee limb from limb. Well for thee that thou +art a herald, or even now would I strew thy members about the grass.' + +The Masai shook his great spear and laughed loud and long as he +answered, 'I would that thou stoodst against me man to man, and we would +see,' and again he turned to go still laughing. + +'Thou shalt stand against me man to man, be not afraid,' replied +Umslopogaas, still in the same ominous voice. 'Thou shalt stand face +to face with Umslopogaas, of the blood of Chaka, of the people of the +Amazulu, a captain in the regiment of the Nkomabakosi, as many have done +before, and bow thyself to Inkosi-kaas, as many have done before. Ay, +laugh on, laugh on! tomorrow night shall the jackals laugh as they +crunch thy ribs.' + +When the Lygonani had gone, one of us thought of opening the basket +he had brought as a proof that Flossie was really their prisoner. On +lifting the lid it was found to contain a most lovely specimen of both +bulb and flower of the Goya lily, which I have already described, in +full bloom and quite uninjured, and what was more a note in Flossie's +childish hand written in pencil upon a greasy piece of paper that had +been used to wrap up some food in:-- + +'Dearest Father and Mother,' ran the note, 'The Masai caught us when we +were coming home with the lily. I tried to escape but could not. They +killed Tom: the other man ran away. They have not hurt nurse and me, but +say that they mean to exchange us against one of Mr Quatermain's party. +_I will have nothing of the sort_. Do not let anybody give his life +for me. Try and attack them at night; they are going to feast on three +bullocks they have stolen and killed. I have my pistol, and if no +help comes by dawn I will shoot myself. They shall not kill me. If so, +remember me always, dearest father and mother. I am very frightened, +but I trust in God. I dare not write any more as they are beginning to +notice. Goodbye.--Flossie.' + + +Scrawled across the outside of this was 'Love to Mr Quatermain. They are +going to take the basket, so he will get the lily.' + +When I read those words, written by that brave little girl in an hour +of danger sufficiently near and horrible to have turned the brain of +a strong man, I own I wept, and once more in my heart I vowed that she +should not die while my life could be given to save her. + +Then eagerly, quickly, almost fiercely, we fell to discussing the +situation. Again I said that I would go, and again Mackenzie negatived +it, and Curtis and Good, like the true men that they are, vowed that, if +I did, they would go with me, and die back to back with me. + +'It is,' I said at last, 'absolutely necessary that an effort of some +sort should be made before the morning.' + +'Then let us attack them with what force we can muster, and take our +chance,' said Sir Henry. + +'Ay, ay,' growled Umslopogaas, in Zulu; 'spoken like a man, Incubu. What +is there to be afraid of? Two hundred and fifty Masai, forsooth! How +many are we? The chief there [Mr Mackenzie] has twenty men, and thou, +Macumazahn, hast five men, and there are also five white men--that is, +thirty men in all--enough, enough. Listen now, Macumazahn, thou who art +very clever and old in war. What says the maid? These men eat and make +merry; let it be their funeral feast. What said the dog whom I hope to +hew down at daybreak? That he feared no attack because we were so few. +Knowest thou the old kraal where the men have camped? I saw it this +morning; it is thus:' and he drew an oval on the floor; 'here is the big +entrance, filled up with thorn bushes, and opening on to a steep rise. +Why, Incubu, thou and I with axes will hold it against an hundred men +striving to break out! Look, now; thus shall the battle go. Just as the +light begins to glint upon the oxen's horns--not before, or it will be +too dark, and not later, or they will be awakening and perceive us--let +Bougwan creep round with ten men to the top end of the kraal, where the +narrow entrance is. Let them silently slay the sentry there so that he +makes no sound, and stand ready. Then, Incubu, let thee and me and one +of the Askari--the one with the broad chest--he is a brave man--creep to +the wide entrance that is filled with thorn bushes, and there also slay +the sentry, and armed with battleaxes take our stand also one on each +side of the pathway, and one a few paces beyond to deal with such as +pass the twain at the gate. It is there that the rush will come. That +will leave sixteen men. Let these men be divided into two parties, with +one of which shalt thou go, Macumazahn, and with one the "praying man" +[Mr Mackenzie], and, all armed with rifles, let them make their way +one to the right side of the kraal and one to the left; and when thou, +Macumazahn, lowest like an ox, all shall open fire with the guns upon +the sleeping men, being very careful not to hit the little maid. Then +shall Bougwan at the far end and his ten men raise the war-cry, and, +springing over the wall, put the Masai there to the sword. And it shall +happen that, being yet heavy with food and sleep, and bewildered by the +firing of the guns, the falling of men, and the spears of Bougwan, the +soldiers shall rise and rush like wild game towards the thorn-stopped +entrance, and there the bullets from either side shall plough through +them, and there shall Incubu and the Askari and I wait for those who +break across. Such is my plan, Macumazahn; if thou hast a better, name +it.' + +When he had done, I explained to the others such portions of his +scheme as they had failed to understand, and they all joined with me in +expressing the greatest admiration of the acute and skilful programme +devised by the old Zulu, who was indeed, in his own savage fashion, +the finest general I ever knew. After some discussion we determined to +accept the scheme, as it stood, it being the only one possible under the +circumstances, and giving the best chance of success that such a forlorn +hope would admit of--which, however, considering the enormous odds and +the character of our foe, was not very great. + +'Ah, old lion!' I said to Umslopogaas, 'thou knowest how to lie in wait +as well as how to bite, where to seize as well as where to hang on.' + +'Ay, ay, Macumazahn,' he answered. 'For thirty years have I been a +warrior, and have seen many things. It will be a good fight. I smell +blood--I tell thee, I smell blood.' + + + + +CHAPTER VI THE NIGHT WEARS ON + + + +As may be imagined, at the very first sign of a Masai the entire +population of the Mission Station had sought refuge inside the +stout stone wall, and were now to be seen--men, women, and countless +children--huddled up together in little groups, and all talking at once +in awed tones of the awfulness of Masai manners and customs, and of the +fate that they had to expect if those bloodthirsty savages succeeded in +getting over the stone wall. + +Immediately after we had settled upon the outline of our plan of action +as suggested by Umslopogaas, Mr Mackenzie sent for four sharp boys of +from twelve to fifteen years of age, and despatched them to various +points where they could keep an outlook upon the Masai camp, with others +to report from time to time what was going on. Other lads and even women +were stationed at intervals along the wall in order to guard against the +possibility of surprise. + +After this the twenty men who formed his whole available fighting force +were summoned by our host into the square formed by the house, and +there, standing by the bole of the great conifer, he earnestly addressed +them and our four Askari. Indeed, it formed a very impressive scene--one +not likely to be forgotten by anybody who witnessed it. Immediately by +the tree stood the angular form of Mr Mackenzie, one arm outstretched +as he talked, and the other resting against the giant bole, his hat off, +and his plain but kindly face clearly betraying the anguish of his mind. +Next to him was his poor wife, who, seated on a chair, had her face +hidden in her hand. On the other side of her was Alphonse, looking +exceedingly uncomfortable, and behind him stood the three of us, with +Umslopogaas' grim and towering form in the background, resting, as +usual, on his axe. In front stood and squatted the group of armed +men--some with rifles in their hands, and others with spears and +shields--following with eager attention every word that fell from the +speaker's lips. The white light of the moon peering in beneath the +lofty boughs threw a strange wild glamour over the scene, whilst the +melancholy soughing of the night wind passing through the millions of +pine needles overhead added a sadness of its own to what was already a +sufficiently tragic occasion. + +'Men,' said Mr Mackenzie, after he had put all the circumstances of the +case fully and clearly before them, and explained to them the proposed +plan of our forlorn hope--'men, for years I have been a good friend to +you, protecting you, teaching you, guarding you and yours from harm, and +ye have prospered with me. Ye have seen my child--the Water-lily, as ye +call her--grow year by year, from tenderest infancy to tender childhood, +and from childhood on towards maidenhood. She has been your children's +playmate, she has helped to tend you when sick, and ye have loved her.' + +'We have,' said a deep voice, 'and we will die to save her.' + +'I thank you from my heart--I thank you. Sure am I that now, in this +hour of darkest trouble; now that her young life is like to be cut off +by cruel and savage men--who of a truth "know not what they do"--ye will +strive your best to save her, and to save me and her mother from broken +hearts. Think, too, of your own wives and children. If she dies, her +death will be followed by an attack upon us here, and at the best, even +if we hold our own, your houses and gardens will be destroyed, and your +goods and cattle swept away. I am, as ye well know, a man of peace. +Never in all these years have I lifted my hand to shed man's blood; but +now I say strike, strike, in the name of God, Who bade us protect our +lives and homes. Swear to me,' he went on with added fervour--'swear to +me that whilst a man of you remains alive ye will strive your uttermost +with me and with these brave white men to save the child from a bloody +and cruel death.' + +'Say no more, my father,' said the same deep voice, that belonged to +a stalwart elder of the Mission; 'we swear it. May we and ours die the +death of dogs, and our bones be thrown to the jackals and the kites, +if we break the oath! It is a fearful thing to do, my father, so few to +strike at so many, yet will we do it or die in the doing. We swear!' + +'Ay, thus say we all,' chimed in the others. + +'Thus say we all,' said I. + +'It is well,' went on Mr Mackenzie. 'Ye are true men and not broken +reeds to lean on. And now, friends--white and black together--let us +kneel and offer up our humble supplication to the Throne of Power, +praying that He in the hollow of Whose hand lie all our lives, Who +giveth life and giveth death, may be pleased to make strong our arms +that we may prevail in what awaits us at the morning's light.' + +And he knelt down, an example that we all followed except Umslopogaas, +who still stood in the background, grimly leaning on Inkosi-kaas. The +fierce old Zulu had no gods and worshipped nought, unless it were his +battleaxe. + +'Oh God of gods!' began the clergyman, his deep voice, tremulous with +emotion, echoing up in the silence even to the leafy roof; 'Protector of +the oppressed, Refuge of those in danger, Guardian of the helpless, hear +Thou our prayer! Almighty Father, to Thee we come in supplication. +Hear Thou our prayer! Behold, one child hast Thou given us--an innocent +child, nurtured in Thy knowledge--and now she lies beneath the shadow of +the sword, in danger of a fearful death at the hands of savage men. Be +with her now, oh God, and comfort her! Save her, oh Heavenly Father! Oh +God of battle, Who teacheth our hands to war and our fingers to fight, +in Whose strength are hid the destinies of men, be Thou with us in the +hour of strife. When we go forth into the shadow of death, make Thou +us strong to conquer. Breathe Thou upon our foes and scatter them; +turn Thou their strength to water, and bring their high-blown pride to +nought; compass us about with Thy protection; throw over us the shield +of Thy power; forget us not now in the hour of our sore distress; help +us now that the cruel man would dash our little ones against the stones! +Hear Thou our prayer! And for those of us who, kneeling now on earth +in health before Thee, shall at the sunrise adore Thy Presence on +the Throne, hear our prayer! Make them clean, oh God; wash away their +offences in the blood of the Lamb; and when their spirits pass, oh +receive Thou them into the haven of the just. Go forth, oh Father, go +forth with us into the battle, as with the Israelites of old. Oh God of +battle, hear Thou our prayer!' + +He ceased, and after a moment's silence we all rose, and then began our +preparations in good earnest. As Umslopogaas said, it was time to stop +'talking' and get to business. The men who were to form each little +party were carefully selected, and still more carefully and minutely +instructed as to what was to be done. After much consideration it was +agreed that the ten men led by Good, whose duty it was to stampede the +camp, were not to carry firearms; that is, with the exception of Good +himself, who had a revolver as well as a short sword--the Masai 'sime' +which I had taken from the body of our poor servant who was murdered +in the canoe. We feared that if they had firearms the result of three +cross-fires carried on at once would be that some of our own people +would be shot; besides, it appeared to all of us that the work they +had to do would best be carried out with cold steel--especially to +Umslopogaas, who was, indeed, a great advocate of cold steel. We had +with us four Winchester repeating rifles, besides half a dozen Martinis. +I armed myself with one of the repeaters--my own; an excellent weapon +for this kind of work, where great rapidity of fire is desirable, and +fitted with ordinary flap-sights instead of the cumbersome sliding +mechanism which they generally have. Mr Mackenzie took another, and the +two remaining ones were given to two of his men who understood the +use of them and were noted shots. The Martinis and some rifles of +Mr Mackenzie's were served out, together with a plentiful supply of +ammunition, to the other natives who were to form the two parties whose +duty it was to be to open fire from separate sides of the kraal on the +sleeping Masai, and who were fortunately all more or less accustomed to +the use of a gun. + +As for Umslopogaas, we know how he was armed--with an axe. It may be +remembered that he, Sir Henry, and the strongest of the Askari were to +hold the thorn-stopped entrance to the kraal against the anticipated +rush of men striving to escape. Of course, for such a purpose as this +guns were useless. Therefore Sir Henry and the Askari proceeded to arm +themselves in like fashion. It so happened that Mr Mackenzie had in his +little store a selection of the very best and English-made hammer-backed +axe-heads. Sir Henry selected one of these weighing about two and a half +pounds and very broad in the blade, and the Askari took another a size +smaller. After Umslopogaas had put an extra edge on these two +axe-heads, we fixed them to three feet six helves, of which Mr Mackenzie +fortunately had some in stock, made of a light but exceedingly tough +native wood, something like English ash, only more springy. When two +suitable helves had been selected with great care and the ends of the +hafts notched to prevent the hand from slipping, the axe-heads were +fixed on them as firmly as possible, and the weapons immersed in a +bucket of water for half an hour. The result of this was to swell the +wood in the socket in such a fashion that nothing short of burning would +get it out again. When this important matter had been attended to +by Umslopogaas, I went into my room and proceeded to open a little +tin-lined deal case, which contained--what do you think?--nothing more +or less than four mail shirts. + +It had happened to us three on a previous journey that we had made in +another part of Africa to owe our lives to iron shirts of native make, +and remembering this, I had suggested before we started on our present +hazardous expedition that we should have some made to fit us. There +was a little difficulty about this, as armour-making is pretty well an +extinct art, but they can do most things in the way of steel work in +Birmingham if they are put to it and you will pay the price, and the +end of it was that they turned us out the loveliest steel shirts it is +possible to see. The workmanship was exceedingly fine, the web being +composed of thousands upon thousands of stout but tiny rings of the +best steel made. These shirts, or rather steel-sleeved and high-necked +jerseys, were lined with ventilated wash leather, were not bright, but +browned like the barrel of a gun; and mine weighed exactly seven pounds +and fitted me so well that I found I could wear it for days next to my +skin without being chafed. Sir Henry had two, one of the ordinary +make, viz. a jersey with little dependent flaps meant to afford some +protection to the upper part of the thighs, and another of his +own design fashioned on the pattern of the garments advertised as +'combinations' and weighing twelve pounds. This combination shirt, of +which the seat was made of wash-leather, protected the whole body down +to the knees, but was rather more cumbersome, inasmuch as it had to be +laced up at the back and, of course, involved some extra weight. With +these shirts were what looked like four brown cloth travelling caps with +ear pieces. Each of these caps was, however, quilted with steel links so +as to afford a most valuable protection for the head. + +It seems almost laughable to talk of steel shirts in these days of +bullets, against which they are of course quite useless; but where one +has to do with savages, armed with cutting weapons such as assegais or +battleaxes, they afford the most valuable protection, being, if well +made, quite invulnerable to them. I have often thought that if only the +English Government had in our savage wars, and more especially in the +Zulu war, thought fit to serve out light steel shirts, there would be +many a man alive today who, as it is, is dead and forgotten. + +To return: on the present occasion we blessed our foresight in bringing +these shirts, and also our good luck, in that they had not been stolen +by our rascally bearers when they ran away with our goods. As Curtis had +two, and after considerable deliberation, had made up his mind to wear +his combination one himself--the extra three or four pounds' weight +being a matter of no account to so strong a man, and the protection +afforded to the thighs being a very important matter to a fighting man +not armed with a shield of any kind--I suggested that he should lend the +other to Umslopogaas, who was to share the danger and the glory of his +post. He readily consented, and called the Zulu, who came bearing Sir +Henry's axe, which he had now fixed up to his satisfaction, with him. +When we showed him the steel shirt, and explained to him that we wanted +him to wear it, he at first declined, saying that he had fought in his +own skin for thirty years, and that he was not going to begin now to +fight in an iron one. Thereupon I took a heavy spear, and, spreading the +shirt upon the floor, drove the spear down upon it with all my strength, +the weapon rebounding without leaving a mark upon the tempered steel. +This exhibition half converted him; and when I pointed out to him how +necessary it was that he should not let any old-fashioned prejudices he +might possess stand in the way of a precaution which might preserve a +valuable life at a time when men were scarce, and also that if he wore +this shirt he might dispense with a shield, and so have both hands free, +he yielded at once, and proceeded to invest his frame with the 'iron +skin'. And indeed, although made for Sir Henry, it fitted the great Zulu +like a skin. The two men were almost of a height; and, though Curtis +looked the bigger man, I am inclined to think that the difference was +more imaginary than real, the fact being that, although he was plumper +and rounder, he was not really bigger, except in the arm. Umslopogaas +had, comparatively speaking, thin arms, but they were as strong as wire +ropes. At any rate, when they both stood, axe in hand, invested in +the brown mail, which clung to their mighty forms like a web garment, +showing the swell of every muscle and the curve of every line, they +formed a pair that any ten men might shrink from meeting. + +It was now nearly one o'clock in the morning, and the spies reported +that, after having drunk the blood of the oxen and eaten enormous +quantities of meat, the Masai were going to sleep round their +watchfires; but that sentries had been posted at each opening of the +kraal. Flossie, they added, was sitting not far from the wall in the +centre of the western side of the kraal, and by her were the nurse and +the white donkey, which was tethered to a peg. Her feet were bound with +a rope, and warriors were lying about all round her. + +As there was absolutely nothing further that could be done then we all +took some supper, and went to lie down for a couple of hours. I could +not help admiring the way in which old Umslopogaas flung himself upon +the floor, and, unmindful of what was hanging over him, instantly sank +into a deep sleep. I do not know how it was with the others, but I could +not do as much. Indeed, as is usual with me on these occasions, I am +sorry to say that I felt rather frightened; and, now that some of the +enthusiasm had gone out of me, and I began to calmly contemplate what we +had undertaken to do, truth compels me to add that I did not like it. +We were but thirty men all told, a good many of whom were no doubt quite +unused to fighting, and we were going to engage two hundred and fifty +of the fiercest, bravest, and most formidable savages in Africa, who, +to make matters worse, were protected by a stone wall. It was, indeed, +a mad undertaking, and what made it even madder was the exceeding +improbability of our being able to take up our positions without +attracting the notice of the sentries. Of course if we once did +that--and any slight accident, such as the chance discharge of a gun, +might do it--we were done for, for the whole camp would be up in a +second, and our only hope lay in surprise. + +The bed whereon I lay indulging in these uncomfortable reflections was +near an open window that looked on to the veranda, through which came an +extraordinary sound of groaning and weeping. For a time I could not make +out what it was, but at last I got up and, putting my head out of the +window, stared about. Presently I saw a dim figure kneeling on the end +of the veranda and beating his breast--in which I recognized Alphonse. +Not being able to understand his French talk or what on earth he was at, +I called to him and asked him what he was doing. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he sighed, 'I do make prayer for the souls of those whom +I shall slay tonight.' + +'Indeed,' I said, 'then I wish that you would do it a little more +quietly.' + +Alphonse retreated, and I heard no more of his groans. And so the time +passed, till at length Mr Mackenzie called me in a whisper through the +window, for of course everything had now to be done in the most absolute +silence. 'Three o'clock,' he said: 'we must begin to move at half-past.' + +I told him to come in, and presently he entered, and I am bound to say +that if it had not been that just then I had not got a laugh anywhere +about me, I should have exploded at the sight he presented armed for +battle. To begin with, he had on a clergyman's black swallow-tail and +a kind of broad-rimmed black felt hat, both of which he had donned on +account, he said, of their dark colour. In his hand was the Winchester +repeating rifle we had lent him; and stuck in an elastic cricketing +belt, like those worn by English boys, were, first, a huge +buckhorn-handled carving knife with a guard to it, and next a +long-barrelled Colt's revolver. + +'Ah, my friend,' he said, seeing me staring at his belt, 'you are +looking at my "carver". I thought it might come in handy if we came to +close quarters; it is excellent steel, and many is the pig I have killed +with it.' + +By this time everybody was up and dressing. I put on a light Norfolk +jacket over my mail shirt in order to have a pocket handy to hold my +cartridges, and buckled on my revolver. Good did the same, but Sir Henry +put on nothing except his mail shirt, steel-lined cap, and a pair of +'veldt-schoons' or soft hide shoes, his legs being bare from the knees +down. His revolver he strapped on round his middle outside the armoured +shirt. + +Meanwhile Umslopogaas was mustering the men in the square under the big +tree and going the rounds to see that each was properly armed, etc. At +the last moment we made one change. Finding that two of the men who were +to have gone with the firing parties knew little or nothing of guns, +but were good spearsmen, we took away their rifles, supplied them with +shields and long spears of the Masai pattern, and took them off to join +Curtis, Umslopogaas, and the Askari in holding the wide opening; it +having become clear to us that three men, however brave and strong, were +too few for the work. + + + + +CHAPTER VII A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT + + + +Then there was a pause, and we stood there in the chilly silent darkness +waiting till the moment came to start. It was, perhaps, the most trying +time of all--that slow, slow quarter of an hour. The minutes seemed +to drag along with leaden feet, and the quiet, the solemn hush, +that brooded over all--big, as it were, with a coming fate, was most +oppressive to the spirits. I once remember having to get up before +dawn to see a man hanged, and I then went through a very similar set of +sensations, only in the present instance my feelings were animated by +that more vivid and personal element which naturally appertains rather +to the person to be operated on than to the most sympathetic spectator. +The solemn faces of the men, well aware that the short passage of +an hour would mean for some, and perhaps all of them, the last great +passage to the unknown or oblivion; the bated whispers in which they +spoke; even Sir Henry's continuous and thoughtful examination of his +woodcutter's axe and the fidgety way in which Good kept polishing his +eyeglass, all told the same tale of nerves stretched pretty nigh to +breaking-point. Only Umslopogaas, leaning as usual upon Inkosi-kaas and +taking an occasional pinch of snuff, was to all appearance perfectly and +completely unmoved. Nothing could touch his iron nerves. + +The moon went down. For a long while she had been getting nearer and +nearer to the horizon. Now she finally sank and left the world in +darkness save for a faint grey tinge in the eastern sky that palely +heralded the dawn. + +Mr Mackenzie stood, watch in hand, his wife clinging to his arm and +striving to stifle her sobs. + +'Twenty minutes to four,' he said, 'it ought to be light enough to +attack at twenty minutes past four. Captain Good had better be moving, +he will want three or four minutes' start.' + +Good gave one final polish to his eyeglass, nodded to us in a jocular +sort of way--which I could not help feeling it must have cost him +something to muster up--and, ever polite, took off his steel-lined cap +to Mrs Mackenzie and started for his position at the head of the kraal, +to reach which he had to make a detour by some paths known to the +natives. + +Just then one of the boys came in and reported that everybody in the +Masai camp, with the exception of the two sentries who were walking +up and down in front of the respective entrances, appeared to be fast +asleep. Then the rest of us took the road. First came the guide, then +Sir Henry, Umslopogaas, the Wakwafi Askari, and Mr Mackenzie's +two mission natives armed with long spears and shields. I followed +immediately after with Alphonse and five natives all armed with guns, +and Mr Mackenzie brought up the rear with the six remaining natives. + +The cattle kraal where the Masai were camped lay at the foot of the +hill on which the house stood, or, roughly speaking, about eight hundred +yards from the Mission buildings. The first five hundred yards of this +distance we traversed quietly indeed, but at a good pace; after that we +crept forward as silently as a leopard on his prey, gliding like ghosts +from bush to bush and stone to stone. When I had gone a little way I +chanced to look behind me, and saw the redoubtable Alphonse staggering +along with white face and trembling knees, and his rifle, which was at +full cock, pointed directly at the small of my back. Having halted and +carefully put the rifle at 'safety', we started again, and all went well +till we were within one hundred yards or so of the kraal, when his teeth +began to chatter in the most aggressive way. + +'If you don't stop that I will kill you,' I whispered savagely; for the +idea of having all our lives sacrificed to a tooth-chattering cook was +too much for me. I began to fear that he would betray us, and heartily +wished we had left him behind. + +'But, monsieur, I cannot help it,' he answered, 'it is the cold.' + +Here was a dilemma, but fortunately I devised a plan. In the pocket of +the coat I had on was a small piece of dirty rag that I had used some +time before to clean a gun with. 'Put this in your mouth,' I whispered +again, giving him the rag; 'and if I hear another sound you are a dead +man.' I knew that that would stifle the clatter of his teeth. I must +have looked as if I meant what I said, for he instantly obeyed me, and +continued his journey in silence. + +Then we crept on again. + +At last we were within fifty yards of the kraal. Between us and it was +an open space of sloping grass with only one mimosa bush and a couple of +tussocks of a sort of thistle for cover. We were still hidden in fairly +thick bush. It was beginning to grow light. The stars had paled and a +sickly gleam played about the east and was reflected on the earth. We +could see the outline of the kraal clearly enough, and could also make +out the faint glimmer of the dying embers of the Masai camp-fires. We +halted and watched, for the sentry we knew was posted at the opening. +Presently he appeared, a fine tall fellow, walking idly up and down +within five paces of the thorn-stopped entrance. We had hoped to catch +him napping, but it was not to be. He seemed particularly wide awake. If +we could not kill that man, and kill him silently, we were lost. There +we crouched and watched him. Presently Umslopogaas, who was a few paces +ahead of me, turned and made a sign, and next second I saw him go +down on his stomach like a snake, and, taking an opportunity when +the sentry's head was turned, begin to work his way through the grass +without a sound. + +The unconscious sentry commenced to hum a little tune, and Umslopogaas +crept on. He reached the shelter of the mimosa bush unperceived and +there waited. Still the sentry walked up and down. Presently he turned +and looked over the wall into the camp. Instantly the human snake who +was stalking him glided on ten yards and got behind one of the tussocks +of the thistle-like plant, reaching it as the Elmoran turned again. As +he did so his eye fell upon this patch of thistles, and it seemed to +strike him that it did not look quite right. He advanced a pace towards +it--halted, yawned, stooped down, picked up a little pebble and threw +it at it. It hit Umslopogaas upon the head, luckily not upon the armour +shirt. Had it done so the clink would have betrayed us. Luckily, too, +the shirt was browned and not bright steel, which would certainly have +been detected. Apparently satisfied that there was nothing wrong, he +then gave over his investigations and contented himself with leaning +on his spear and standing gazing idly at the tuft. For at least three +minutes did he stand thus, plunged apparently in a gentle reverie, and +there we lay in the last extremity of anxiety, expecting every moment +that we should be discovered or that some untoward accident would +happen. I could hear Alphonse's teeth going like anything on the oiled +rag, and turning my head round made an awful face at him. But I am bound +to state that my own heart was at much the same game as the Frenchman's +castanets, while the perspiration was pouring from my body, causing the +wash-leather-lined shirt to stick to me unpleasantly, and altogether I +was in the pitiable state known by schoolboys as a 'blue fright'. + +At last the ordeal came to an end. The sentry glanced at the east, and +appeared to note with satisfaction that his period of duty was coming to +an end--as indeed it was, once and for all--for he rubbed his hands and +began to walk again briskly to warm himself. + +The moment his back was turned the long black snake glided on again, and +reached the other thistle tuft, which was within a couple of paces of +his return beat. + +Back came the sentry and strolled right past the tuft, utterly +unconscious of the presence that was crouching behind it. Had he looked +down he could scarcely have failed to see, but he did not do so. + +He passed, and then his hidden enemy erected himself, and with +outstretched hand followed in his tracks. + +A moment more, and, just as the Elmoran was about to turn, the great +Zulu made a spring, and in the growing light we could see his long lean +hands close round the Masai's throat. Then followed a convulsive twining +of the two dark bodies, and in another second I saw the Masai's head +bent back, and heard a sharp crack, something like that of a dry +twig snapping, and he fell down upon the ground, his limbs moving +spasmodically. + +Umslopogaas had put out all his iron strength and broken the warrior's +neck. + +For a moment he knelt upon his victim, still gripping his throat till he +was sure that there was nothing more to fear from him, and then he rose +and beckoned to us to advance, which we did on all fours, like a colony +of huge apes. On reaching the kraal we saw that the Masai had still +further choked this entrance, which was about ten feet wide--no doubt in +order to guard against attack--by dragging four or five tops of mimosa +trees up to it. So much the better for us, I reflected; the more +obstruction there was the slower would they be able to come through. +Here we separated; Mackenzie and his party creeping up under the shadow +of the wall to the left, while Sir Henry and Umslopogaas took their +stations one on each side of the thorn fence, the two spearmen and the +Askari lying down in front of it. I and my men crept on up the right +side of the kraal, which was about fifty paces long. + +When I was two-thirds up I halted, and placed my men at distances of +four paces from one another, keeping Alphonse close to me, however. Then +I peeped for the first time over the wall. It was getting fairly light +now, and the first thing I saw was the white donkey, exactly opposite +to me, and close by it I could make out the pale face of little Flossie, +who was sitting as the lad had described, some ten paces from the wall. +Round her lay many warriors, sleeping. At distances all over the surface +of the kraal were the remains of fires, round each of which slept some +five-and-twenty Masai, for the most part gorged with food. Now and then +a man would raise himself, yawn, and look at the east, which was turning +primrose; but none got up. I determined to wait another five minutes, +both to allow the light to increase, so that we could make better +shooting, and to give Good and his party--of whom we could see or hear +nothing--every opportunity to make ready. + +The quiet dawn began to throw her ever-widening mantle over plain and +forest and river--mighty Kenia, wrapped in the silence of eternal snows, +looked out across the earth--till presently a beam from the unrisen sun +lit upon his heaven-kissing crest and purpled it with blood; the sky +above grew blue, and tender as a mother's smile; a bird began to pipe +his morning song, and a little breeze passing through the bush shook +down the dewdrops in millions to refresh the waking world. Everywhere +was peace and the happiness of arising strength, everywhere save in the +heart of cruel man! + +Suddenly, just as I was nerving myself for the signal, having already +selected my man on whom I meant to open fire--a great fellow sprawling +on the ground within three feet of little Flossie--Alphonse's teeth +began to chatter again like the hoofs of a galloping giraffe, making a +great noise in the silence. The rag had dropped out in the agitation of +his mind. Instantly a Masai within three paces of us woke, and, sitting +up, gazed about him, looking for the cause of the sound. Moved beyond +myself, I brought the butt-end of my rifle down on to the pit of the +Frenchman's stomach. This stopped his chattering; but, as he doubled up, +he managed to let off his gun in such a manner that the bullet passed +within an inch of my head. + +There was no need for a signal now. From both sides of the kraal broke +out a waving line of fire, in which I myself joined, managing with a +snap shot to knock over my Masai by Flossie, just as he was jumping up. +Then from the top end of the kraal there rang an awful yell, in which +I rejoiced to recognize Good's piercing notes rising clear and shrill +above the din, and in another second followed such a scene as I have +never seen before nor shall again. With an universal howl of terror and +fury the brawny crowd of savages within the kraal sprang to their feet, +many of them to fall again beneath our well-directed hail of lead before +they had moved a yard. For a moment they stood undecided, and then +hearing the cries and curses that rose unceasingly from the top end +of the kraal, and bewildered by the storm of bullets, they as by one +impulse rushed down towards the thorn-stopped entrance. As they went we +kept pouring our fire with terrible effect into the thickening mob as +fast as we could load. I had emptied my repeater of the ten shots it +contained and was just beginning to slip in some more when I bethought +me of little Flossie. Looking up, I saw that the white donkey was lying +kicking, having been knocked over either by one of our bullets or a +Masai spear-thrust. There were no living Masai near, but the black nurse +was on her feet and with a spear cutting the rope that bound Flossie's +feet. Next second she ran to the wall of the kraal and began to climb +over it, an example which the little girl followed. But Flossie was +evidently very stiff and cramped, and could only go slowly, and as she +went two Masai flying down the kraal caught sight of her and rushed +towards her to kill her. The first fellow came up just as the poor +little girl, after a desperate effort to climb the wall, fell back into +the kraal. Up flashed the great spear, and as it did so a bullet from my +rifle found its home in the holder's ribs, and over he went like a shot +rabbit. But behind him was the other man, and, alas, I had only that +one cartridge in the magazine! Flossie had scrambled to her feet and was +facing the second man, who was advancing with raised spear. I turned my +head aside and felt sick as death. I could not bear to see him stab her. +Glancing up again, to my surprise I saw the Masai's spear lying on the +ground, while the man himself was staggering about with both hands to +his head. Suddenly I saw a puff of smoke proceeding apparently from +Flossie, and the man fell down headlong. Then I remembered the Derringer +pistol she carried, and saw that she had fired both barrels of it at +him, thereby saving her life. In another instant she had made an effort, +and assisted by the nurse, who was lying on the top, had scrambled over +the wall, and I knew that she was, comparatively speaking, safe. + +All this takes time to tell, but I do not suppose that it took more than +fifteen seconds to enact. I soon got the magazine of the repeater filled +again with cartridges, and once more opened fire, not on the seething +black mass which was gathering at the end of the kraal, but on fugitives +who bethought them to climb the wall. I picked off several of these men, +moving down towards the end of the kraal as I did so, and arriving at +the corner, or rather the bend of the oval, in time to see, and by means +of my rifle to assist in, the mighty struggle that took place there. + +By this time some two hundred Masai--allowing that we had up to the +present accounted for fifty--had gathered together in front of the +thorn-stopped entrance, driven thither by the spears of Good's men, +whom they doubtless supposed were a large force instead of being but ten +strong. For some reason it never occurred to them to try and rush the +wall, which they could have scrambled over with comparative ease; +they all made for the fence, which was really a strongly interwoven +fortification. With a bound the first warrior went at it, and even +before he touched the ground on the other side I saw Sir Henry's great +axe swing up and fall with awful force upon his feather head-piece, and +he sank into the middle of the thorns. Then with a yell and a crash they +began to break through as they might, and ever as they came the great +axe swung and Inkosi-kaas flashed and they fell dead one by one, each +man thus helping to build up a barrier against his fellows. Those who +escaped the axes of the pair fell at the hands of the Askari and the two +Mission Kaffirs, and those who passed scatheless from them were brought +low by my own and Mackenzie's fire. + +Faster and more furious grew the fighting. Single Masai would spring +upon the dead bodies of their comrades, and engage one or other of the +axemen with their long spears; but, thanks chiefly to the mail shirts, +the result was always the same. Presently there was a great swing of the +axe, a crashing sound, and another dead Masai. That is, if the man was +engaged with Sir Henry. If it was Umslopogaas that he fought with the +result indeed would be the same, but it would be differently attained. +It was but rarely that the Zulu used the crashing double-handed +stroke; on the contrary, he did little more than tap continually at his +adversary's head, pecking at it with the pole-axe end of the axe as a +woodpecker {Endnote 7} pecks at rotten wood. Presently a peck would go +home, and his enemy would drop down with a neat little circular hole +in his forehead or skull, exactly similar to that which a cheese-scoop +makes in a cheese. He never used the broad blade of the axe except when +hard pressed, or when striking at a shield. He told me afterwards that +he did not consider it sportsmanlike. + +Good and his men were quite close by now, and our people had to cease +firing into the mass for fear of killing some of them (as it was, one of +them was slain in this way). Mad and desperate with fear, the Masai by +a frantic effort burst through the thorn fence and piled-up dead, and, +sweeping Curtis, Umslopogaas, and the other three before them, into the +open. And now it was that we began to lose men fast. Down went our poor +Askari who was armed with the axe, a great spear standing out a foot +behind his back; and before long the two spearsmen who had stood with +him went down too, dying fighting like tigers; and others of our party +shared their fate. For a moment I feared the fight was lost--certainly +it trembled in the balance. I shouted to my men to cast down their +rifles, and to take spears and throw themselves into the melee. They +obeyed, their blood being now thoroughly up, and Mr Mackenzie's people +followed their example. + +This move had a momentary good result, but still the fight hung in the +balance. + +Our people fought magnificently, hurling themselves upon the dark mass +of Elmoran, hewing, thrusting, slaying, and being slain. And ever +above the din rose Good's awful yell of encouragement as he plunged to +wherever the fight was thickest; and ever, with an almost machine-like +regularity, the two axes rose and fell, carrying death and disablement +at every stroke. But I could see that the strain was beginning to tell +upon Sir Henry, who was bleeding from several flesh wounds: his breath +was coming in gasps, and the veins stood out on his forehead like blue +and knotted cords. Even Umslopogaas, man of iron that he was, was hard +pressed. I noticed that he had given up 'woodpecking', and was now using +the broad blade of Inkosi-kaas, 'browning' his enemy wherever he could +hit him, instead of drilling scientific holes in his head. I myself did +not go into the melee, but hovered outside like the swift 'back' in a +football scrimmage, putting a bullet through a Masai whenever I got a +chance. I was more use so. I fired forty-nine cartridges that morning, +and I did not miss many shots. + +Presently, do as we would, the beam of the balance began to rise against +us. We had not more than fifteen or sixteen effectives left now, and the +Masai had at least fifty. Of course if they had kept their heads, and +shaken themselves together, they could soon have made an end of the +matter; but that is just what they did not do, not having yet recovered +from their start, and some of them having actually fled from their +sleeping-places without their weapons. Still by now many individuals +were fighting with their normal courage and discretion, and this alone +was sufficient to defeat us. To make matters worse just then, when +Mackenzie's rifle was empty, a brawny savage armed with a 'sime', +or sword, made a rush for him. The clergyman flung down his gun, and +drawing his huge carver from his elastic belt (his revolver had dropped +out in the fight), they closed in desperate struggle. Presently, locked +in a close embrace, missionary and Masai rolled on the ground behind the +wall, and for some time I, being amply occupied with my own affairs, and +in keeping my skin from being pricked, remained in ignorance of his fate +or how the duel had ended. + +To and fro surged the fight, slowly turning round like the vortex of +a human whirlpool, and the matter began to look very bad for us. Just +then, however, a fortunate thing happened. Umslopogaas, either by +accident or design, broke out of the ring and engaged a warrior at some +few paces from it. As he did so, another man ran up and struck him with +all his force between his shoulders with his great spear, which, falling +on the tough steel shirt, failed to pierce it and rebounded. For a +moment the man stared aghast--protective armour being unknown among +these tribes--and then he yelled out at the top of his voice-- + +'_They are devils--bewitched, bewitched!_' And seized by a sudden panic, +he threw down his spear, and began to fly. I cut short his career with +a bullet, and Umslopogaas brained his man, and then the panic spread to +the others. + +'_Bewitched, bewitched!_' they cried, and tried to escape in every +direction, utterly demoralized and broken-spirited, for the most part +even throwing down their shields and spears. + +On the last scene of that dreadful fight I need not dwell. It was a +slaughter great and grim, in which no quarter was asked or given. One +incident, however, is worth detailing. Just as I was hoping that it was +all done with, suddenly from under a heap of slain where he had been +hiding, an unwounded warrior sprang up, and, clearing the piles of dying +dead like an antelope, sped like the wind up the kraal towards the +spot where I was standing at the moment. But he was not alone, for +Umslopogaas came gliding on his tracks with the peculiar swallow-like +motion for which he was noted, and as they neared me I recognized in the +Masai the herald of the previous night. Finding that, run as he would, +his pursuer was gaining on him, the man halted and turned round to give +battle. Umslopogaas also pulled up. + +'Ah, ah,' he cried, in mockery, to the Elmoran, 'it is thou whom I +talked with last night--the Lygonani! the Herald! the capturer of little +girls--he who would kill a little girl! And thou didst hope to stand man +to man and face to face with Umslopogaas, an Induna of the tribe of +the Maquilisini, of the people of the Amazulu? Behold, thy prayer is +granted! And I didst swear to hew thee limb from limb, thou insolent +dog. Behold, I will do it even now!' + +The Masai ground his teeth with fury, and charged at the Zulu with +his spear. As he came, Umslopogaas deftly stepped aside, and swinging +Inkosi-kaas high above his head with both hands, brought the broad blade +down with such fearful force from behind upon the Masai's shoulder just +where the neck is set into the frame, that its razor edge shore right +through bone and flesh and muscle, almost severing the head and one arm +from the body. + +'_Ou!_' ejaculated Umslopogaas, contemplating the corpse of his foe; 'I +have kept my word. It was a good stroke.' + + + + +CHAPTER VIII ALPHONSE EXPLAINS + + +And so the fight was ended. On returning from the shocking scene it +suddenly struck me that I had seen nothing of Alphonse since the moment, +some twenty minutes before--for though this fight has taken a long while +to describe, it did not take long in reality--when I had been forced +to hit him in the wind with the result of nearly getting myself shot. +Fearing that the poor little man had perished in the battle, I began to +hunt among the dead for his body, but, not being able either to see or +hear anything of it, I concluded that he must have survived, and walked +down the side of the kraal where we had first taken our stand, calling +him by name. Now some fifteen paces back from the kraal wall stood a +very ancient tree of the banyan species. So ancient was it that all the +inside had in the course of ages decayed away, leaving nothing but a +shell of bark. + +'Alphonse,' I called, as I walked down the wall. 'Alphonse!' + +'Oui, monsieur,' answered a voice. 'Here am I.' + +I looked round but could see nobody. 'Where?' I cried. + +'Here am I, monsieur, in the tree.' + +I looked, and there, peering out of a hole in the trunk of the banyan +about five feet from the ground, I saw a pale face and a pair of large +mustachios, one clipped short and the other as lamentably out of curl +as the tail of a newly whipped pug. Then, for the first time, I realized +what I had suspected before--namely, that Alphonse was an arrant coward. +I walked up to him. 'Come out of that hole,' I said. + +'Is it finished, monsieur?' he asked anxiously; 'quite finished? Ah, the +horrors I have undergone, and the prayers I have uttered!' + +'Come out, you little wretch,' I said, for I did not feel amiable; 'it +is all over.' + +'So, monsieur, then my prayers have prevailed? I emerge,' and he did. + +As we were walking down together to join the others, who were gathered +in a group by the wide entrance to the kraal, which now resembled a +veritable charnel-house, a Masai, who had escaped so far and been hiding +under a bush, suddenly sprang up and charged furiously at us. Off went +Alphonse with a howl of terror, and after him flew the Masai, bent upon +doing some execution before he died. He soon overtook the poor little +Frenchman, and would have finished him then and there had I not, just +as Alphonse made a last agonized double in the vain hope of avoiding the +yard of steel that was flashing in his immediate rear, managed to plant +a bullet between the Elmoran's broad shoulders, which brought matters +to a satisfactory conclusion so far as the Frenchman was concerned. But +just then he tripped and fell flat, and the body of the Masai fell right +on the top of him, moving convulsively in the death struggle. Thereupon +there arose such a series of piercing howls that I concluded that before +he died the savage must have managed to stab poor Alphonse. I ran up +in a hurry and pulled the Masai off, and there beneath him lay Alphonse +covered with blood and jerking himself about like a galvanized frog. +Poor fellow! thought I, he is done for, and kneeling down by him I began +to search for his wound as well as his struggles would allow. + +'Oh, the hole in my back!' he yelled. 'I am murdered. I am dead. Oh, +Annette!' + +I searched again, but could see no wound. Then the truth dawned on +me--the man was frightened, not hurt. + +'Get up!' I shouted, 'Get up. Aren't you ashamed of yourself? You are +not touched.' + +Thereupon he rose, not a penny the worse. 'But, monsieur, I thought I +was,' he said apologetically; 'I did not know that I had conquered.' +Then, giving the body of the Masai a kick, he ejaculated triumphantly, +'Ah, dog of a black savage, thou art dead; what victory!' + +Thoroughly disgusted, I left Alphonse to look after himself, which he +did by following me like a shadow, and proceeded to join the others by +the large entrance. The first thing that I saw was Mackenzie, seated on +a stone with a handkerchief twisted round his thigh, from which he was +bleeding freely, having, indeed, received a spear-thrust that passed +right through it, and still holding in his hand his favourite carving +knife now bent nearly double, from which I gathered that he had been +successful in his rough and tumble with the Elmoran. + +'Ah, Quatermain!' he sang out in a trembling, excited voice, 'so we have +conquered; but it is a sorry sight, a sorry sight;' and then breaking +into broad Scotch and glancing at the bent knife in his hand, 'It fashes +me sair to have bent my best carver on the breastbone of a savage,' and +he laughed hysterically. Poor fellow, what between his wound and the +killing excitement he had undergone his nerves were much shaken, and +no wonder! It is hard upon a man of peace and kindly heart to be called +upon to join in such a gruesome business. But there, fate puts us +sometimes into very comical positions! + +At the kraal entrance the scene was a strange one. The slaughter was +over by now, and the wounded men had been put out of their pain, for no +quarter had been given. The bush-closed entrance was trampled flat, and +in place of bushes it was filled with the bodies of dead men. Dead men, +everywhere dead men--they lay about in knots, they were flung by ones +and twos in every position upon the open spaces, for all the world like +the people on the grass in one of the London parks on a particularly hot +Sunday in August. In front of this entrance, on a space which had been +cleared of dead and of the shields and spears which were scattered in +all directions as they had fallen or been thrown from the hands of their +owners, stood and lay the survivors of the awful struggle, and at their +feet were four wounded men. We had gone into the fight thirty strong, +and of the thirty but fifteen remained alive, and five of them +(including Mr Mackenzie) were wounded, two mortally. Of those who held +the entrance, Curtis and the Zulu alone remained. Good had lost five men +killed, I had lost two killed, and Mackenzie no less than five out of +the six with him. As for the survivors they were, with the exception of +myself who had never come to close quarters, red from head to foot--Sir +Henry's armour might have been painted that colour--and utterly +exhausted, except Umslopogaas, who, as he grimly stood on a little +mound above a heap of dead, leaning as usual upon his axe, did not seem +particularly distressed, although the skin over the hole in his head +palpitated violently. + +'Ah, Macumazahn!' he said to me as I limped up, feeling very sick, 'I +told thee that it would be a good fight, and it has. Never have I seen a +better, or one more bravely fought. As for this iron shirt, surely it is +"tagati" [bewitched]; nothing could pierce it. Had it not been for the +garment I should have been _there_,' and he nodded towards the great +pile of dead men beneath him. + +'I give it thee; thou art a brave man,' said Sir Henry, briefly. + +'Koos!' answered the Zulu, deeply pleased both at the gift and the +compliment. 'Thou, too, Incubu, didst bear thyself as a man, but I must +give thee some lessons with the axe; thou dost waste thy strength.' + +Just then Mackenzie asked about Flossie, and we were all greatly +relieved when one of the men said he had seen her flying towards the +house with the nurse. Then bearing such of the wounded as could be moved +at the moment with us, we slowly made our way towards the Mission-house, +spent with toil and bloodshed, but with the glorious sense of victory +against overwhelming odds glowing in our hearts. We had saved the life +of the little maid, and taught the Masai of those parts a lesson that +they will not forget for ten years--but at what a cost! + +Painfully we made our way up the hill which, just a little more than an +hour before, we had descended under such different circumstances. At the +gate of the wall stood Mrs Mackenzie waiting for us. When her eyes fell +upon us, however, she shrieked out, and covered her face with her +hands, crying, 'Horrible, horrible!' Nor were her fears allayed when she +discovered her worthy husband being borne upon an improvized stretcher; +but her doubts as to the nature of his injury were soon set at rest. +Then when in a few brief words I had told her the upshot of the struggle +(of which Flossie, who had arrived in safety, had been able to explain +something) she came up to me and solemnly kissed me on the forehead. + +'God bless you all, Mr Quatermain; you have saved my child's life,' she +said simply. + +Then we went in and got our clothes off and doctored our wounds; I am +glad to say I had none, and Sir Henry's and Good's were, thanks to those +invaluable chain shirts, of a comparatively harmless nature, and to be +dealt with by means of a few stitches and sticking-plaster. Mackenzie's, +however, were serious, though fortunately the spear had not severed any +large artery. After that we had a bath, and what a luxury it was! And +having clad ourselves in ordinary clothes, proceeded to the dining-room, +where breakfast was set as usual. It was curious sitting down there, +drinking tea and eating toast in an ordinary nineteenth-century sort +of way just as though we had not employed the early hours in a regular +primitive hand-to-hand Middle-Ages kind of struggle. As Good said, +the whole thing seemed more as though one had had a bad nightmare just +before being called, than as a deed done. When we were finishing our +breakfast the door opened, and in came little Flossie, very pale +and tottery, but quite unhurt. She kissed us all and thanked us. I +congratulated her on the presence of mind she had shown in shooting the +Masai with her Derringer pistol, and thereby saving her own life. + +'Oh, don't talk of it!' she said, beginning to cry hysterically; 'I +shall never forget his face as he went turning round and round, never--I +can see it now.' + +I advised her to go to bed and get some sleep, which she did, and awoke +in the evening quite recovered, so far as her strength was concerned. It +struck me as an odd thing that a girl who could find the nerve to shoot +a huge black ruffian rushing to kill her with a spear should have been +so affected at the thought of it afterwards; but it is, after all, +characteristic of the sex. Poor Flossie! I fear that her nerves will not +get over that night in the Masai camp for many a long year. She told +me afterwards that it was the suspense that was so awful, having to sit +there hour after hour through the livelong night utterly ignorant as to +whether or not any attempt was to be made to rescue her. She said that +on the whole she did not expect it, knowing how few of us, and how many +of the Masai--who, by the way, came continually to stare at her, most of +them never having seen a white person before, and handled her arms and +hair with their filthy paws. She said also that she had made up her mind +that if she saw no signs of succour by the time the first rays of the +rising sun reached the kraal she would kill herself with the pistol, for +the nurse had heard the Lygonani say that they were to be tortured to +death as soon as the sun was up if one of the white men did not come in +their place. It was an awful resolution to have to take, but she meant +to act on it, and I have little doubt but what she would have done so. +Although she was at an age when in England girls are in the schoolroom +and come down to dessert, this 'child of the wilderness' had more +courage, discretion, and power of mind than many a woman of mature +age nurtured in idleness and luxury, with minds carefully drilled and +educated out of any originality or self-resource that nature may have +endowed them with. + +When breakfast was over we all turned in and had a good sleep, only +getting up in time for dinner; after which meal we once more adjourned, +together with all the available population--men, women, youths, and +girls--to the scene of the morning's slaughter, our object being to bury +our own dead and get rid of the Masai by flinging them into the Tana +River, which ran within fifty yards of the kraal. On reaching the spot +we disturbed thousands upon thousands of vultures and a sort of brown +bush eagle, which had been flocking to the feast from miles and +miles away. Often have I watched these great and repulsive birds, and +marvelled at the extraordinary speed with which they arrive on a scene +of slaughter. A buck falls to your rifle, and within a minute high in +the blue ether appears a speck that gradually grows into a vulture, then +another, and another. I have heard many theories advanced to account for +the wonderful power of perception nature has given these birds. My own, +founded on a good deal of observation, is that the vultures, gifted +as they are with powers of sight greater than those given by the most +powerful glass, quarter out the heavens among themselves, and hanging +in mid-air at a vast height--probably from two to three miles above the +earth--keep watch, each of them, over an enormous stretch of country. +Presently one of them spies food, and instantly begins to sink towards +it. Thereon his next neighbour in the airy heights sailing leisurely +through the blue gulf, at a distance perhaps of some miles, follows his +example, knowing that food has been sighted. Down he goes, and all the +vultures within sight of him follow after, and so do all those in sight +of them. In this way the vultures for twenty miles round can be summoned +to the feast in a few minutes. + +We buried our dead in solemn silence, Good being selected to read the +Burial Service over them (in the absence of Mr Mackenzie, confined to +bed), as he was generally allowed to possess the best voice and most +impressive manner. It was melancholy in the extreme, but, as Good said, +it might have been worse, for we might have had 'to bury ourselves'. I +pointed out that this would have been a difficult feat, but I knew what +he meant. + +Next we set to work to load an ox-wagon which had been brought round +from the Mission with the dead bodies of the Masai, having first +collected the spears, shields, and other arms. We loaded the wagon five +times, about fifty bodies to the load, and emptied it into the Tana. +From this it was evident that very few of the Masai could have escaped. +The crocodiles must have been well fed that night. One of the last +bodies we picked up was that of the sentry at the upper end. I asked +Good how he managed to kill him, and he told me that he had crept up +much as Umslopogaas had done, and stabbed him with his sword. He groaned +a good deal, but fortunately nobody heard him. As Good said, it was a +horrible thing to have to do, and most unpleasantly like cold-blooded +murder. + +And so with the last body that floated away down the current of the +Tana ended the incident of our attack on the Masai camp. The spears and +shields and other arms we took up to the Mission, where they filled an +outhouse. One incident, however, I must not forget to mention. As we +were returning from performing the obsequies of our Masai friends +we passed the hollow tree where Alphonse had secreted himself in +the morning. It so happened that the little man himself was with us +assisting in our unpleasant task with a far better will than he had +shown where live Masai were concerned. Indeed, for each body that he +handled he found an appropriate sarcasm. Alphonse throwing Masai into +the Tana was a very different creature from Alphonse flying for dear +life from the spear of a live Masai. He was quite merry and gay, he +clapped his hands and warbled snatches of French songs as the grim dead +warriors went 'splash' into the running waters to carry a message of +death and defiance to their kindred a hundred miles below. In short, +thinking that he wanted taking down a peg, I suggested holding a +court-martial on him for his conduct in the morning. + +Accordingly we brought him to the tree where he had hidden, and +proceeded to sit in judgment on him, Sir Henry explaining to him in the +very best French the unheard-of cowardice and enormity of his conduct, +more especially in letting the oiled rag out of his mouth, whereby he +nearly aroused the Masai camp with teeth-chattering and brought about +the failure of our plans: ending up with a request for an explanation. + +But if we expected to find Alphonse at a loss and put him to open shame +we were destined to be disappointed. He bowed and scraped and smiled, +and acknowledged that his conduct might at first blush appear strange, +but really it was not, inasmuch as his teeth were not chattering from +fear--oh, dear no! oh, certainly not! he marvelled how the 'messieurs' +could think of such a thing--but from the chill air of the morning. As +for the rag, if monsieur could have but tasted its evil flavour, being +compounded indeed of a mixture of stale paraffin oil, grease, and +gunpowder, monsieur himself would have spat it out. But he did nothing +of the sort; he determined to keep it there till, alas! his stomach +'revolted', and the rag was ejected in an access of involuntary +sickness. + +'And what have you to say about getting into the hollow tree?' asked Sir +Henry, keeping his countenance with difficulty. + +'But, monsieur, the explanation is easy; oh, most easy! it was thus: I +stood there by the kraal wall, and the little grey monsieur hit me in +the stomach so that my rifle exploded, and the battle began. I watched +whilst recovering myself from monsieur's cruel blow; then, messieurs, I +felt the heroic blood of my grandfather boil up in my veins. The sight +made me mad. I ground my teeth! Fire flashed from my eyes! I shouted +"En avant!" and longed to slay. Before my eyes there rose a vision of +my heroic grandfather! In short, I was mad! I was a warrior indeed! +But then in my heart I heard a small voice: "Alphonse," said the voice, +"restrain thyself, Alphonse! Give not way to this evil passion! These +men, though black, are brothers! And thou wouldst slay them? Cruel +Alphonse!" The voice was right. I knew it; I was about to perpetrate the +most horrible cruelties: to wound! to massacre! to tear limb from limb! +And how restrain myself? I looked round; I saw the tree, I perceived the +hole. "Entomb thyself," said the voice, "and hold on tight! Thou wilt +thus overcome temptation by main force!" It was bitter, just when the +blood of my heroic grandfather boiled most fiercely; but I obeyed! I +dragged my unwilling feet along; I entombed myself! Through the hole I +watched the battle! I shouted curses and defiance on the foe! I noted +them fall with satisfaction! Why not? I had not robbed them of their +lives. Their gore was not upon my head. The blood of my heroic--' + +'Oh, get along with you, you little cur!' broke out Sir Henry, with a +shout of laughter, and giving Alphonse a good kick which sent him flying +off with a rueful face. + +In the evening I had an interview with Mr Mackenzie, who was suffering +a good deal from his wounds, which Good, who was a skilful though +unqualified doctor, was treating him for. He told me that this +occurrence had taught him a lesson, and that, if he recovered safely, he +meant to hand over the Mission to a younger man, who was already on his +road to join him in his work, and return to England. + +'You see, Quatermain,' he said, 'I made up my mind to it, this very +morning, when we were creeping down those benighted savages. "If we live +through this and rescue Flossie alive," I said to myself, "I will go +home to England; I have had enough of savages." Well, I did not think +that we should live through it at the time; but thanks be to God and you +four, we have lived through it, and I mean to stick to my resolution, +lest a worse thing befall us. Another such time would kill my poor wife. +And besides, Quatermain, between you and me, I am well off; it is thirty +thousand pounds I am worth today, and every farthing of it made by +honest trade and savings in the bank at Zanzibar, for living here costs +me next to nothing. So though it will be hard to leave this place, which +I have made to blossom like a rose in the wilderness, and harder still +to leave the people I have taught, I shall go.' + +'I congratulate you on your decision,' answered I, 'for two reasons. +The first is, that you owe a duty to your wife and daughter, and more +especially to the latter, who should receive some education and mix with +girls of her own race, otherwise she will grow up wild, shunning her +kind. The other is, that as sure as I am standing here, sooner or later +the Masai will try to avenge the slaughter inflicted on them today. Two +or three men are sure to have escaped the confusion who will carry +the story back to their people, and the result will be that a great +expedition will one day be sent against you. It might be delayed for +a year, but sooner or later it will come. Therefore, if only for that +reason, I should go. When once they have learnt that you are no longer +here they may perhaps leave the place alone.' {Endnote 8} + +'You are quite right,' answered the clergyman. 'I will turn my back upon +this place in a month. But it will be a wrench, it will be a wrench.' + + + + +CHAPTER IX INTO THE UNKNOWN + + + +A week had passed, and we all sat at supper one night in the Mission +dining-room, feeling very much depressed in spirits, for the reason that +we were going to say goodbye to our kind friends, the Mackenzies, and +depart upon our way at dawn on the morrow. Nothing more had been seen +or heard of the Masai, and save for a spear or two which had been +overlooked and was rusting in the grass, and a few empty cartridges +where we had stood outside the wall, it would have been difficult to +tell that the old cattle kraal at the foot of the slope had been the +scene of so desperate a struggle. Mackenzie was, thanks chiefly to his +being so temperate a man, rapidly recovering from his wound, and could +get about on a pair of crutches; and as for the other wounded men, one +had died of gangrene, and the rest were in a fair way to recovery. Mr +Mackenzie's caravan of men had also returned from the coast, so that the +station was now amply garrisoned. + +Under these circumstances we concluded, warm and pressing as were the +invitations for us to stay, that it was time to move on, first to Mount +Kenia, and thence into the unknown in search of the mysterious white +race which we had set our hearts on discovering. This time we were going +to progress by means of the humble but useful donkey, of which we had +collected no less than a dozen, to carry our goods and chattels, and, if +necessary, ourselves. We had now but two Wakwafis left for servants, and +found it quite impossible to get other natives to venture with us into +the unknown parts we proposed to explore--and small blame to them. +After all, as Mr Mackenzie said, it was odd that three men, each of +whom possessed many of those things that are supposed to make life worth +living--health, sufficient means, and position, etc.--should from their +own pleasure start out upon a wild-goose chase, from which the chances +were they never would return. But then that is what Englishmen are, +adventurers to the backbone; and all our magnificent muster-roll of +colonies, each of which will in time become a great nation, testify to +the extraordinary value of the spirit of adventure which at first sight +looks like a mild form of lunacy. 'Adventurer'--he that goes out to meet +whatever may come. Well, that is what we all do in the world one way or +another, and, speaking for myself, I am proud of the title, because it +implies a brave heart and a trust in Providence. Besides, when many and +many a noted Croesus, at whose feet the people worship, and many and +many a time-serving and word-coining politician are forgotten, the names +of those grand-hearted old adventurers who have made England what she +is, will be remembered and taught with love and pride to little children +whose unshaped spirits yet slumber in the womb of centuries to be. Not +that we three can expect to be numbered with such as these, yet have we +done something--enough, perhaps, to throw a garment over the nakedness +of our folly. + +That evening, whilst we were sitting on the veranda, smoking a pipe +before turning in, who should come up to us but Alphonse, and, with a +magnificent bow, announce his wish for an interview. Being requested to +'fire away', he explained at some length that he was anxious to attach +himself to our party--a statement that astonished me not a little, +knowing what a coward the little man was. The reason, however, soon +appeared. Mr Mackenzie was going down to the coast, and thence on to +England. Now, if he went down country, Alphonse was persuaded that he +would be seized, extradited, sent to France, and to penal servitude. +This was the idea that haunted him, as King Charles's head haunted Mr +Dick, and he brooded over it till his imagination exaggerated the danger +ten times. As a matter of fact, the probability is that his offence +against the laws of his country had long ago been forgotten, and that +he would have been allowed to pass unmolested anywhere except in France; +but he could not be got to see this. Constitutional coward as the little +man was, he infinitely preferred to face the certain hardships and great +risks and dangers of such an expedition as ours, than to expose himself, +notwithstanding his intense longing for his native land, to the +possible scrutiny of a police officer--which is after all only another +exemplification of the truth that, to the majority of men, a far-off +foreseen danger, however shadowy, is much more terrible than the most +serious present emergency. After listening to what he had to say, we +consulted among ourselves, and finally agreed, with Mr Mackenzie's +knowledge and consent, to accept his offer. To begin with, we were very +short-handed, and Alphonse was a quick, active fellow, who could turn +his hand to anything, and cook--ah, he _could_ cook! I believe that +he would have made a palatable dish of those gaiters of his heroic +grandfather which he was so fond of talking about. Then he was a +good-tempered little man, and merry as a monkey, whilst his pompous, +vainglorious talk was a source of infinite amusement to us; and what is +more, he never bore malice. Of course, his being so pronounced a coward +was a great drawback to him, but now that we knew his weakness we could +more or less guard against it. So, after warning him of the undoubted +risks he was exposing himself to, we told him that we would accept +his offer on condition that he would promise implicit obedience to our +orders. We also promised to give him wages at the rate of ten pounds a +month should he ever return to a civilized country to receive them. To +all of this he agreed with alacrity, and retired to write a letter +to his Annette, which Mr Mackenzie promised to post when he got down +country. He read it to us afterwards, Sir Henry translating, and a +wonderful composition it was. I am sure the depth of his devotion and +the narration of his sufferings in a barbarous country, 'far, far from +thee, Annette, for whose adored sake I endure such sorrow,' ought to +have touched the feelings of the stoniest-hearted chambermaid. + +Well, the morrow came, and by seven o'clock the donkeys were all loaded, +and the time of parting was at hand. It was a melancholy business, +especially saying goodbye to dear little Flossie. She and I were great +friends, and often used to have talks together--but her nerves had never +got over the shock of that awful night when she lay in the power of +those bloodthirsty Masai. 'Oh, Mr Quatermain,' she cried, throwing her +arms round my neck and bursting into tears, 'I can't bear to say goodbye +to you. I wonder when we shall meet again?' + +'I don't know, my dear little girl,' I said, 'I am at one end of life +and you are at the other. I have but a short time before me at best, and +most things lie in the past, but I hope that for you there are many long +and happy years, and everything lies in the future. By-and-by you will +grow into a beautiful woman, Flossie, and all this wild life will be +like a far-off dream to you; but I hope, even if we never do meet again, +that you will think of your old friend and remember what I say to you +now. Always try to be good, my dear, and to do what is right, rather +than what happens to be pleasant, for in the end, whatever sneering +people may say, what is good and what is happy are the same. Be +unselfish, and whenever you can, give a helping hand to others--for the +world is full of suffering, my dear, and to alleviate it is the noblest +end that we can set before us. If you do that you will become a sweet +and God-fearing woman, and make many people's lives a little brighter, +and then you will not have lived, as so many of your sex do, in vain. +And now I have given you a lot of old-fashioned advice, and so I am +going to give you something to sweeten it with. You see this little +piece of paper. It is what is called a cheque. When we are gone give it +to your father with this note--not before, mind. You will marry one day, +my dear little Flossie, and it is to buy you a wedding present which +you are to wear, and your daughter after you, if you have one, in +remembrance of Hunter Quatermain.' + +Poor little Flossie cried very much, and gave me a lock of her bright +hair in return, which I still have. The cheque I gave her was for a +thousand pounds (which being now well off, and having no calls upon +me except those of charity, I could well afford), and in the note I +directed her father to invest it for her in Government security, and +when she married or came of age to buy her the best diamond necklace +he could get for the money and accumulated interest. I chose diamonds +because I think that now that King Solomon's Mines are lost to the +world, their price will never be much lower than it is at present, so +that if in after-life she should ever be in pecuniary difficulties, she +will be able to turn them into money. + +Well, at last we got off, after much hand-shaking, hat-waving, and also +farewell saluting from the natives, Alphonse weeping copiously (for he +has a warm heart) at parting with his master and mistress; and I was +not sorry for it at all, for I hate those goodbyes. Perhaps the most +affecting thing of all was to witness Umslopogaas' distress at parting +with Flossie, for whom the grim old warrior had conceived a strong +affection. He used to say that she was as sweet to see as the only star +on a dark night, and was never tired of loudly congratulating himself +on having killed the Lygonani who had threatened to murder her. And that +was the last we saw of the pleasant Mission-house--a true oasis in +the desert--and of European civilization. But I often think of the +Mackenzies, and wonder how they got down country, and if they are now +safe and well in England, and will ever see these words. Dear little +Flossie! I wonder how she fares there where there are no black folk to +do her imperious bidding, and no sky-piercing snow-clad Kenia for her to +look at when she gets up in the morning. And so goodbye to Flossie. + +After leaving the Mission-house we made our way, comparatively +unmolested, past the base of Mount Kenia, which the Masai call 'Donyo +Egere', or the 'speckled mountain', on account of the black patches +of rock that appear upon its mighty spire, where the sides are too +precipitous to allow of the snow lying on them; then on past the +lonely lake Baringo, where one of our two remaining Askari, having +unfortunately trodden on a puff-adder, died of snake-bite, in spite of +all our efforts to save him. Thence we proceeded a distance of about a +hundred and fifty miles to another magnificent snow-clad mountain called +Lekakisera, which has never, to the best of my belief, been visited +before by a European, but which I cannot now stop to describe. There +we rested a fortnight, and then started out into the trackless and +uninhabited forest of a vast district called Elgumi. In this forest +alone there are more elephants than I ever met with or heard of before. +The mighty mammals literally swarm there entirely unmolested by man, and +only kept down by the natural law that prevents any animals increasing +beyond the capacity of the country they inhabit to support them. +Needless to say, however, we did not shoot many of them, first because +we could not afford to waste ammunition, of which our stock was getting +perilously low, a donkey loaded with it having been swept away in +fording a flooded river; and secondly, because we could not carry away +the ivory, and did not wish to kill for the mere sake of slaughter. So +we let the great beasts be, only shooting one or two in self-protection. +In this district, the elephants, being unacquainted with the hunter and +his tender mercies, would allow one to walk up to within twenty yards of +them in the open, while they stood, with their great ears cocked for all +the world like puzzled and gigantic puppy-dogs, and stared at that new +and extraordinary phenomenon--man. Occasionally, when the inspection did +not prove satisfactory, the staring ended in a trumpet and a charge, +but this did not often happen. When it did we had to use our rifles. +Nor were elephants the only wild beasts in the great Elgumi forest. All +sorts of large game abounded, including lions--confound them! I have +always hated the sight of a lion since one bit my leg and lamed me for +life. As a consequence, another thing that abounded was the dreadful +tsetse fly, whose bite is death to domestic animals. Donkeys have, +together with men, hitherto been supposed to enjoy a peculiar immunity +from its attacks; but all I have to say, whether it was on account +of their poor condition, or because the tsetse in those parts is +more poisonous than usual, I do not know, but ours succumbed to its +onslaught. Fortunately, however, that was not till two months or so +after the bites had been inflicted, when suddenly, after a two days' +cold rain, they all died, and on removing the skins of several of them I +found the long yellow streaks upon the flesh which are characteristic of +death from bites from the tsetse, marking the spot where the insect had +inserted his proboscis. On emerging from the great Elgumi forest, +we, still steering northwards, in accordance with the information Mr +Mackenzie had collected from the unfortunate wanderer who reached him +only to die so tragically, struck the base in due course of the large +lake, called Laga by the natives, which is about fifty miles long by +twenty broad, and of which, it may be remembered, he made mention. +Thence we pushed on nearly a month's journey over great rolling uplands, +something like those in the Transvaal, but diversified by patches of +bush country. + +All this time we were continually ascending at the rate of about one +hundred feet every ten miles. Indeed the country was on a slope which +appeared to terminate at a mass of snow-tipped mountains, for which we +were steering, and where we learnt the second lake of which the wanderer +had spoken as the lake without a bottom was situated. At length we +arrived there, and, having ascertained that there _was_ a large lake on +top of the mountains, ascended three thousand feet more till we came to +a precipitous cliff or edge, to find a great sheet of water some +twenty miles square lying fifteen hundred feet below us, and evidently +occupying an extinct volcanic crater or craters of vast extent. +Perceiving villages on the border of this lake, we descended with +great difficulty through forests of pine trees, which now clothed the +precipitous sides of the crater, and were well received by the people, a +simple, unwarlike folk, who had never seen or even heard of a white man +before, and treated us with great reverence and kindness, supplying us +with as much food and milk as we could eat and drink. This wonderful +and beautiful lake lay, according to our aneroid, at a height of no less +than 11,450 feet above sea-level, and its climate was quite cold, and +not at all unlike that of England. Indeed, for the first three days of +our stay there we saw little or nothing of the scenery on account of an +unmistakable Scotch mist which prevailed. It was this rain that set the +tsetse poison working in our remaining donkeys, so that they all died. + +This disaster left us in a very awkward position, as we had now no +means of transport whatever, though on the other hand we had not much to +carry. Ammunition, too, was very short, amounting to but one hundred and +fifty rounds of rifle cartridges and some fifty shot-gun cartridges. +How to get on we did not know; indeed it seemed to us that we had about +reached the end of our tether. Even if we had been inclined to abandon +the object of our search, which, shadow as it was, was by no means the +case, it was ridiculous to think of forcing our way back some seven +hundred miles to the coast in our present plight; so we came to the +conclusion that the only thing to be done was to stop where we were--the +natives being so well disposed and food plentiful--for the present, and +abide events, and try to collect information as to the countries beyond. + +Accordingly, having purchased a capital log canoe, large enough to hold +us all and our baggage, from the headman of the village we were staying +in, presenting him with three empty cold-drawn brass cartridges by way +of payment, with which he was perfectly delighted, we set out to make +a tour of the lake in order to find the most favourable place to make a +camp. As we did not know if we should return to this village, we put all +our gear into the canoe, and also a quarter of cooked water-buck, which +when young is delicious eating, and off we set, natives having already +gone before us in light canoes to warn the inhabitants of the other +villages of our approach. + +As we were puddling leisurely along Good remarked upon the extraordinary +deep blue colour of the water, and said that he understood from the +natives, who were great fishermen--fish, indeed, being their principal +food--that the lake was supposed to be wonderfully deep, and to have +a hole at the bottom through which the water escaped and put out some +great fire that was raging below. + +I pointed out to him that what he had heard was probably a legend +arising from a tradition among the people which dated back to the time +when one of the extinct parasitic volcanic cones was in activity. We saw +several round the borders of the lake which had no doubt been working +at a period long subsequent to the volcanic death of the central crater +which now formed the bed of the lake itself. When it finally became +extinct the people would imagine that the water from the lake had run +down and put out the big fire below, more especially as, though it was +constantly fed by streams running from the snow-tipped peaks about, +there was no visible exit to it. + +The farther shore of the lake we found, on approaching it, to consist +of a vast perpendicular wall of rock, which held the water without any +intermediate sloping bank, as elsewhere. Accordingly we paddled parallel +with this precipice, at a distance of about a hundred paces from it, +shaping our course for the end of the lake, where we knew that there was +a large village. + +As we went we began to pass a considerable accumulation of floating +rushes, weed, boughs of trees, and other rubbish, brought, Good +supposed, to this spot by some current, which he was much puzzled to +account for. Whilst we were speculating about this, Sir Henry pointed +out a flock of large white swans, which were feeding on the drift some +little way ahead of us. Now I had already noticed swans flying about +this lake, and, having never come across them before in Africa, was +exceedingly anxious to obtain a specimen. I had questioned the natives +about them, and learnt that they came from over the mountain, always +arriving at certain periods of the year in the early morning, when it +was very easy to catch them, on account of their exhausted condition. +I also asked them what country they came from, when they shrugged their +shoulders, and said that on the top of the great black precipice was +stony inhospitable land, and beyond that were mountains with snow, and +full of wild beasts, where no people lived, and beyond the mountains +were hundreds of miles of dense thorn forest, so thick that even the +elephants could not get through it, much less men. Next I asked them if +they had ever heard of white people like ourselves living on the farther +side of the mountains and the thorn forest, whereat they laughed. But +afterwards a very old woman came and told me that when she was a little +girl her grandfather had told her that in his youth _his_ grandfather +had crossed the desert and the mountains, and pierced the thorn forest, +and seen a white people who lived in stone kraals beyond. Of course, +as this took the tale back some two hundred and fifty years, the +information was very indefinite; but still there it was again, and on +thinking it over I grew firmly convinced that there was some truth in +all these rumours, and equally firmly determined to solve the mystery. +Little did I guess in what an almost miraculous way my desire was to be +gratified. + +Well, we set to work to stalk the swans, which kept drawing, as they +fed, nearer and nearer to the precipice, and at last we pushed the canoe +under shelter of a patch of drift within forty yards of them. Sir Henry +had the shot-gun, loaded with No. 1, and, waiting for a chance, got two +in a line, and, firing at their necks, killed them both. Up rose the +rest, thirty or more of them, with a mighty splashing; and, as they did +so, he gave them the other barrel. Down came one fellow with a broken +wing, and I saw the leg of another drop and a few feathers start out of +his back; but he went on quite strong. Up went the swans, circling ever +higher till at last they were mere specks level with the top of the +frowning precipice, when I saw them form into a triangle and head off +for the unknown north-east. Meanwhile we had picked up our two dead +ones, and beautiful birds they were, weighing not less than about thirty +pounds each, and were chasing the winged one, which had scrambled over +a mass of driftweed into a pool of clear water beyond. Finding a +difficulty in forcing the canoe through the rubbish, I told our only +remaining Wakwafi servant, whom I knew to be an excellent swimmer, to +jump over, dive under the drift, and catch him, knowing that as there +were no crocodiles in this lake he could come to no harm. Entering into +the fun of the thing, the man obeyed, and soon was dodging about after +the winged swan in fine style, getting gradually nearer to the rock +wall, against which the water washed as he did so. + +Presently he gave up swimming after the swan, and began to cry out +that he was being carried away; and, indeed, we saw that, though he was +swimming with all his strength towards us, he was being drawn slowly to +the precipice. With a few desperate strokes of our paddles we pushed the +canoe through the crust of drift and rowed towards the man as hard as we +could, but, fast as we went, he was drawn faster to the rock. Suddenly I +saw that before us, just rising eighteen inches or so above the surface +of the lake, was what looked like the top of the arch of a submerged +cave or railway tunnel. Evidently, from the watermark on the rock +several feet above it, it was generally entirely submerged; but there +had been a dry season, and the cold had prevented the snow from melting +as freely as usual; so the lake was low and the arch showed. Towards +this arch our poor servant was being sucked with frightful rapidity. He +was not more than ten fathoms from it, and we were about twenty when I +saw it, and with little help from us the canoe flew along after him. +He struggled bravely, and I thought that we should have saved him, when +suddenly I perceived an expression of despair come upon his face, and +there before our eyes he was sucked down into the cruel swirling blue +depths, and vanished. At the same moment I felt our canoe seized as with +a mighty hand, and propelled with resistless force towards the rock. + +We realized our danger now and rowed, or rather paddled, furiously in +our attempt to get out of the vortex. In vain; in another second we were +flying straight for the arch like an arrow, and I thought that we were +lost. Luckily I retained sufficient presence of mind to shout out, +instantly setting the example by throwing myself into the bottom of the +canoe, 'Down on your faces--down!' and the others had the sense to take +the hint. In another instant there was a grinding noise, and the boat +was pushed down till the water began to trickle over the sides, and I +thought that we were gone. But no, suddenly the grinding ceased, and we +could again feel the canoe flying along. I turned my head a little--I +dared not lift it--and looked up. By the feeble light that yet reached +the canoe, I could make out that a dense arch of rock hung just over our +heads, and that was all. In another minute I could not even see as much +as that, for the faint light had merged into shadow, and the shadows had +been swallowed up in darkness, utter and complete. + +For an hour or so we lay there, not daring to lift our heads for fear +lest the brains should be dashed out of them, and scarcely able to speak +even, on account of the noise of the rushing water which drowned our +voices. Not, indeed, that we had much inclination to speak, seeing that +we were overwhelmed by the awfulness of our position and the imminent +fear of instant death, either by being dashed against the sides of the +cavern, or on a rock, or being sucked down in the raging waters, or +perhaps asphyxiated by want of air. All of these and many other modes of +death presented themselves to my imagination as I lay at the bottom +of the canoe, listening to the swirl of the hurrying waters which ran +whither we knew not. One only other sound could I hear, and that was +Alphonse's intermittent howl of terror coming from the centre of the +canoe, and even that seemed faint and unnatural. Indeed, the whole thing +overpowered my brain, and I began to believe that I was the victim of +some ghastly spirit-shaking nightmare. + + + + +CHAPTER X THE ROSE OF FIRE + + + +On we flew, drawn by the mighty current, till at last I noticed that +the sound of the water was not half so deafening as it had been, and +concluded that this must be because there was more room for the echoes +to disperse in. I could now hear Alphonse's howls much more distinctly; +they were made up of the oddest mixture of invocations to the Supreme +Power and the name of his beloved Annette that it is possible to +conceive; and, in short, though their evident earnestness saved them +from profanity, were, to say the least, very remarkable. Taking up a +paddle I managed to drive it into his ribs, whereon he, thinking that +the end had come, howled louder than ever. Then I slowly and cautiously +raised myself on my knees and stretched my hand upwards, but could touch +no roof. Next I took the paddle and lifted it above my head as high as +I could, but with the same result. I also thrust it out laterally to the +right and left, but could touch nothing except water. Then I bethought +me that there was in the boat, amongst our other remaining possessions, +a bull's-eye lantern and a tin of oil. I groped about and found it, and +having a match on me carefully lit it, and as soon as the flame had got +a hold of the wick I turned it on down the boat. As it happened, the +first thing the light lit on was the white and scared face of Alphonse, +who, thinking that it was all over at last, and that he was witnessing +a preliminary celestial phenomenon, gave a terrific yell and was with +difficulty reassured with the paddle. As for the other three, Good was +lying on the flat of his back, his eyeglass still fixed in his eye, and +gazing blankly into the upper darkness. Sir Henry had his head resting +on the thwarts of the canoe, and with his hand was trying to test the +speed of the water. But when the beam of light fell upon old Umslopogaas +I could really have laughed. I think I have said that we had put a roast +quarter of water-buck into the canoe. Well, it so happened that when we +all prostrated ourselves to avoid being swept out of the boat and into +the water by the rock roof, Umslopogaas's head had come down uncommonly +near this roast buck, and so soon as he had recovered a little from +the first shock of our position it occurred to him that he was hungry. +Thereupon he coolly cut off a chop with Inkosi-kaas, and was now +employed in eating it with every appearance of satisfaction. As he +afterwards explained, he thought that he was going 'on a long journey', +and preferred to start on a full stomach. It reminded me of the people +who are going to be hanged, and who are generally reported in the +English daily papers to have made 'an excellent breakfast'. + +As soon as the others saw that I had managed to light the lamp, we +bundled Alphonse into the farther end of the canoe with a threat which +calmed him down wonderfully, that if he would insist upon making the +darkness hideous with his cries we would put him out of suspense by +sending him to join the Wakwafi and wait for Annette in another sphere, +and began to discuss the situation as well as we could. First, however, +at Good's suggestion, we bound two paddles mast-fashion in the bows so +that they might give us warning against any sudden lowering of the +roof of the cave or waterway. It was clear to us that we were in an +underground river or, as Alphonse defined it, 'main drain', which +carried off the superfluous waters of the lake. Such rivers are well +known to exist in many parts of the world, but it has not often been the +evil fortune of explorers to travel by them. That the river was wide we +could clearly see, for the light from the bull's-eye lantern failed to +reach from shore to shore, although occasionally, when the current swept +us either to one side or the other, we could distinguish the rock wall +of the tunnel, which, as far as we could make out, appeared to arch +about twenty-five feet above our heads. As for the current itself, it +ran, Good estimated, at least eight knots, and, fortunately for us, was, +as is usual, fiercest in the middle of the stream. Still, our first act +was to arrange that one of us, with the lantern and a pole there was in +the canoe, should always be in the bows ready, if possible, to prevent +us from being stove in against the side of the cave or any projecting +rock. Umslopogaas, having already dined, took the first turn. This was +absolutely, with one exception, all that we could do towards preserving +our safety. The exception was that another of us took up a position in +the stern with a paddle by means of which it was possible to steer the +canoe more or less and to keep her from the sides of the cave. These +matters attended to, we made a somewhat sparing meal off the cold buck's +meat (for we did not know how long it might have to last us), and then +feeling in rather better spirits I gave my opinion that, serious as +it undoubtedly was, I did not consider our position altogether without +hope, unless, indeed, the natives were right, and the river plunged +straight down into the bowels of the earth. If not, it was clear that it +must emerge somewhere, probably on the other side of the mountains, and +in that case all we had to think of was to keep ourselves alive till +we got there, wherever 'there' might be. But, of course, as Good +lugubriously pointed out, on the other hand we might fall victims to +a hundred unsuspected horrors--or the river might go on winding away +inside the earth till it dried up, in which case our fate would indeed +be an awful one. + +'Well, let us hope for the best and prepare ourselves for the worst,' +said Sir Henry, who is always cheerful and even spirited--a very tower +of strength in the time of trouble. 'We have come out of so many queer +scrapes together, that somehow I almost fancy we shall come out of +this,' he added. + +This was excellent advice, and we proceeded to take it each in our +separate way--that is, except Alphonse, who had by now sunk into a sort +of terrified stupor. Good was at the helm and Umslopogaas in the bows, +so there was nothing left for Sir Henry and myself to do except to lie +down in the canoe and think. It certainly was a curious, and indeed +almost a weird, position to be placed in--rushing along, as we were, +through the bowels of the earth, borne on the bosom of a Stygian river, +something after the fashion of souls being ferried by Charon, as Curtis +said. And how dark it was! The feeble ray from our little lamp did but +serve to show the darkness. There in the bows sat old Umslopogaas, like +Pleasure in the poem, {Endnote 9} watchful and untiring, the pole ready +to his hand, and behind in the shadow I could just make out the form +of Good peering forward at the ray of light in order to make out how +to steer with the paddle that he held and now and again dipped into the +water. + +'Well, well,' thought I, 'you have come in search of adventures, Allan +my boy, and you have certainly got them. At your time of life, too! You +ought to be ashamed of yourself; but somehow you are not, and, awful as +it all is, perhaps you will pull through after all; and if you don't, +why, you cannot help it, you see! And when all's said and done an +underground river will make a very appropriate burying-place.' + +At first, however, I am bound to say that the strain upon the nerves was +very great. It is trying to the coolest and most experienced person not +to know from one hour to another if he has five minutes more to live, +but there is nothing in this world that one cannot get accustomed to, +and in time we began to get accustomed even to that. And, after all, +our anxiety, though no doubt natural, was, strictly speaking, illogical, +seeing that we never know what is going to happen to us the next minute, +even when we sit in a well-drained house with two policemen patrolling +under the window--nor how long we have to live. It is all arranged for +us, my sons, so what is the use of bothering? + +It was nearly midday when we made our dive into darkness, and we had set +our watch (Good and Umslopogaas) at two, having agreed that it should +be of a duration of five hours. At seven o'clock, accordingly, Sir Henry +and I went on, Sir Henry at the bow and I at the stern, and the other +two lay down and went to sleep. For three hours all went well, Sir Henry +only finding it necessary once to push us off from the side; and I that +but little steering was required to keep us straight, as the violent +current did all that was needed, though occasionally the canoe showed +a tendency which had to be guarded against to veer and travel broadside +on. What struck me as the most curious thing about this wonderful river +was: how did the air keep fresh? It was muggy and thick, no doubt, +but still not sufficiently so to render it bad or even remarkably +unpleasant. The only explanation that I can suggest is that the water of +the lake had sufficient air in it to keep the atmosphere of the tunnel +from absolute stagnation, this air being given out as it proceeded on +its headlong way. Of course I only give the solution of the mystery for +what it is worth, which perhaps is not much. + +When I had been for three hours or so at the helm, I began to notice a +decided change in the temperature, which was getting warmer. At first I +took no notice of it, but when, at the expiration of another half-hour, +I found that it was getting hotter and hotter, I called to Sir Henry and +asked him if he noticed it, or if it was only my imagination. 'Noticed +it!' he answered; 'I should think so. I am in a sort of Turkish bath.' +Just about then the others woke up gasping, and were obliged to begin +to discard their clothes. Here Umslopogaas had the advantage, for he did +not wear any to speak of, except a moocha. + +Hotter it grew, and hotter yet, till at last we could scarcely breathe, +and the perspiration poured out of us. Half an hour more, and though we +were all now stark naked, we could hardly bear it. The place was like +an antechamber of the infernal regions proper. I dipped my hand into +the water and drew it out almost with a cry; it was nearly boiling. We +consulted a little thermometer we had--the mercury stood at 123 degrees. +From the surface of the water rose a dense cloud of steam. Alphonse +groaned out that we were already in purgatory, which indeed we were, +though not in the sense that he meant it. Sir Henry suggested that we +must be passing near the seat of some underground volcanic fire, and +I am inclined to think, especially in the light of what subsequently +occurred, that he was right. Our sufferings for some time after this +really pass my powers of description. We no longer perspired, for all +the perspiration had been sweated out of us. We simply lay in the +bottom of the boat, which we were now physically incapable of directing, +feeling like hot embers, and I fancy undergoing very much the same +sensations that the poor fish do when they are dying on land--namely, +that of slow suffocation. Our skins began to crack, and the blood to +throb in our heads like the beating of a steam-engine. + +This had been going on for some time, when suddenly the river turned +a little, and I heard Sir Henry call out from the bows in a hoarse, +startled voice, and, looking up, saw a most wonderful and awful thing. +About half a mile ahead of us, and a little to the left of the centre of +the stream--which we could now see was about ninety feet broad--a huge +pillar-like jet of almost white flame rose from the surface of the water +and sprang fifty feet into the air, when it struck the roof and spread +out some forty feet in diameter, falling back in curved sheets of fire +shaped like the petals of a full-blown rose. Indeed this awful gas jet +resembled nothing so much as a great flaming flower rising out of the +black water. Below was the straight stalk, a foot or more thick, and +above the dreadful bloom. And as for the fearfulness of it and its +fierce and awesome beauty, who can describe it? Certainly I cannot. +Although we were now some five hundred yards away, it, notwithstanding +the steam, lit up the whole cavern as clear as day, and we could see +that the roof was here about forty feet above us, and washed perfectly +smooth with water. The rock was black, and here and there I could make +out long shining lines of ore running through it like great veins, but +of what metal they were I know not. + +On we rushed towards this pillar of fire, which gleamed fiercer than any +furnace ever lit by man. + +'Keep the boat to the right, Quatermain--to the right,' shouted Sir +Henry, and a minute afterwards I saw him fall forward senseless. +Alphonse had already gone. Good was the next to go. There they lay as +though dead; only Umslopogaas and I kept our senses. We were within +fifty yards of it now, and I saw the Zulu's head fall forward on his +hands. He had gone too, and I was alone. I could not breathe; the fierce +heat dried me up. For yards and yards round the great rose of fire the +rock-roof was red-hot. The wood of the boat was almost burning. I saw +the feathers on one of the dead swans begin to twist and shrivel up; but +I would not give in. I knew that if I did we should pass within three or +four yards of the gas jet and perish miserably. I set the paddle so as +to turn the canoe as far from it as possible, and held on grimly. + +My eyes seemed to be bursting from my head, and through my closed lids I +could see the fierce light. We were nearly opposite now; it roared like +all the fires of hell, and the water boiled furiously around it. Five +seconds more. We were past; I heard the roar behind me. + +Then I too fell senseless. The next thing that I recollect is feeling +a breath of air upon my face. My eyes opened with great difficulty. I +looked up. Far, far above me there was light, though around me was great +gloom. Then I remembered and looked. The canoe still floated down the +river, and in the bottom of it lay the naked forms of my companions. +'Were they dead?' I wondered. 'Was I left alone in this awful place?' +I knew not. Next I became conscious of a burning thirst. I put my hand +over the edge of the boat into the water and drew it up again with a +cry. No wonder: nearly all the skin was burnt off the back of it. The +water, however, was cold, or nearly so, and I drank pints and splashed +myself all over. My body seemed to suck up the fluid as one may see a +brick wall suck up rain after a drought; but where I was burnt the touch +of it caused intense pain. Then I bethought myself of the others, and, +dragging myself towards them with difficulty, I sprinkled them with +water, and to my joy they began to recover--Umslopogaas first, then the +others. Next they drank, absorbing water like so many sponges. Then, +feeling chilly--a queer contrast to our recent sensations--we began as +best we could to get into our clothes. As we did so Good pointed to the +port side of the canoe: it was all blistered with heat, and in places +actually charred. Had it been built like our civilized boats, Good said +that the planks would certainly have warped and let in enough water to +sink us; but fortunately it was dug out of the soft, willowy wood of a +single great tree, and had sides nearly three inches and a bottom four +inches thick. What that awful flame was we never discovered, but I +suppose that there was at this spot a crack or hole in the bed of +the river through which a vast volume of gas forced its way from its +volcanic home in the bowels of the earth towards the upper air. How +it first became ignited is, of course, impossible to say--probably, I +should think, from some spontaneous explosion of mephitic gases. + +As soon as we had got some things together and shaken ourselves together +a little, we set to work to make out where we were now. I have said that +there was light above, and on examination we found that it came from the +sky. Our river that was, Sir Henry said, a literal realization of the +wild vision of the poet {Endnote 10}, was no longer underground, but +was running on its darksome way, not now through 'caverns measureless to +man', but between two frightful cliffs which cannot have been less than +two thousand feet high. So high were they, indeed, that though the sky +was above us, where we were was dense gloom--not darkness indeed, but +the gloom of a room closely shuttered in the daytime. Up on either side +rose the great straight cliffs, grim and forbidding, till the eye grew +dizzy with trying to measure their sheer height. The little space of +sky that marked where they ended lay like a thread of blue upon their +soaring blackness, which was unrelieved by any tree or creeper. Here +and there, however, grew ghostly patches of a long grey lichen, hanging +motionless to the rock as the white beard to the chin of a dead man. It +seemed as though only the dregs or heavier part of the light had sunk to +the bottom of this awful place. No bright-winged sunbeam could fall so +low: they died far, far above our heads. + +By the river's edge was a little shore formed of round fragments of rock +washed into this shape by the constant action of water, and giving the +place the appearance of being strewn with thousands of fossil cannon +balls. Evidently when the water of the underground river is high there +is no beach at all, or very little, between the border of the stream +and the precipitous cliffs; but now there was a space of seven or eight +yards. And here, on this beach, we determined to land, in order to rest +ourselves a little after all that we had gone through and to stretch our +limbs. It was a dreadful place, but it would give an hour's respite from +the terrors of the river, and also allow of our repacking and arranging +the canoe. Accordingly we selected what looked like a favourable spot, +and with some little difficulty managed to beach the canoe and scramble +out on to the round, inhospitable pebbles. + +'My word,' called out Good, who was on shore the first, 'what an awful +place! It's enough to give one a fit.' And he laughed. + +Instantly a thundering voice took up his words, magnifying them a +hundred times. '_Give one a fit--Ho! ho! ho!'--'A fit, Ho! ho! ho!_' +answered another voice in wild accents from far up the cliff--_a fit! a +fit! a fit!_ chimed in voice after voice--each flinging the words to +and fro with shouts of awful laughter to the invisible lips of the other +till the whole place echoed with the words and with shrieks of fiendish +merriment, which at last ceased as suddenly as they had begun. + +'Oh, mon Dieu!' yelled Alphonse, startled quite out of such self-command +as he possessed. + +'_Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!_' the Titanic echoes thundered, +shrieked, and wailed in every conceivable tone. + +'Ah,' said Umslopogaas calmly, 'I clearly perceive that devils live +here. Well, the place looks like it.' + +I tried to explain to him that the cause of all the hubbub was a very +remarkable and interesting echo, but he would not believe it. + +'Ah,' he said, 'I know an echo when I hear one. There was one lived +opposite my kraal in Zululand, and the Intombis [maidens] used to talk +with it. But if what we hear is a full-grown echo, mine at home can only +have been a baby. No, no--they are devils up there. But I don't think +much of them, though,' he added, taking a pinch of snuff. 'They can +copy what one says, but they don't seem to be able to talk on their +own account, and they dare not show their faces,' and he relapsed into +silence, and apparently paid no further attention to such contemptible +fiends. + +After this we found it necessary to keep our conversation down to a +whisper--for it was really unbearable to have every word one uttered +tossed to and fro like a tennis-ball, as precipice called to precipice. + +But even our whispers ran up the rocks in mysterious murmurs till at +last they died away in long-drawn sighs of sound. Echoes are delightful +and romantic things, but we had more than enough of them in that +dreadful gulf. + +As soon as we had settled ourselves a little on the round stones, we +went on to wash and dress our burns as well as we could. As we had but a +little oil for the lantern, we could not spare any for this purpose, +so we skinned one of the swans, and used the fat off its breast, which +proved an excellent substitute. Then we repacked the canoe, and finally +began to take some food, of which I need scarcely say we were in need, +for our insensibility had endured for many hours, and it was, as our +watches showed, midday. Accordingly we seated ourselves in a circle, and +were soon engaged in discussing our cold meat with such appetite as we +could muster, which, in my case at any rate, was not much, as I felt +sick and faint after my sufferings of the previous night, and had +besides a racking headache. It was a curious meal. The gloom was so +intense that we could scarcely see the way to cut our food and convey +it to our mouths. Still we got on pretty well, till I happened to look +behind me--my attention being attracted by a noise of something crawling +over the stones, and perceived sitting upon a rock in my immediate rear +a huge species of black freshwater crab, only it was five times the size +of any crab I ever saw. This hideous and loathsome-looking animal had +projecting eyes that seemed to glare at one, very long and flexible +antennae or feelers, and gigantic claws. Nor was I especially favoured +with its company. From every quarter dozens of these horrid brutes were +creeping up, drawn, I suppose, by the smell of the food, from between +the round stones and out of holes in the precipice. Some were already +quite close to us. I stared quite fascinated by the unusual sight, and +as I did so I saw one of the beasts stretch out its huge claw and give +the unsuspecting Good such a nip behind that he jumped up with a howl, +and set the 'wild echoes flying' in sober earnest. Just then, too, +another, a very large one, got hold of Alphonse's leg, and declined +to part with it, and, as may be imagined, a considerable scene ensued. +Umslopogaas took his axe and cracked the shell of one with the flat of +it, whereon it set up a horrid screaming which the echoes multiplied +a thousandfold, and began to foam at the mouth, a proceeding that drew +hundreds more of its friends out of unsuspected holes and corners. +Those on the spot perceiving that the animal was hurt fell upon it like +creditors on a bankrupt, and literally rent it limb from limb with their +huge pincers and devoured it, using their claws to convey the fragments +to their mouths. Seizing whatever weapons were handy, such as stones +or paddles, we commenced a war upon the monsters--whose numbers were +increasing by leaps and bounds, and whose stench was overpowering. +So fast as we cracked their armour others seized the injured ones and +devoured them, foaming at the mouth, and screaming as they did so. Nor +did the brutes stop at that. When they could they nipped hold of us--and +awful nips they were--or tried to steal the meat. One enormous fellow +got hold of the swan we had skinned and began to drag it off. Instantly +a score of others flung themselves upon the prey, and then began a +ghastly and disgusting scene. How the monsters foamed and screamed, and +rent the flesh, and each other! It was a sickening and unnatural sight, +and one that will haunt all who saw it till their dying day--enacted as +it was in the deep, oppressive gloom, and set to the unceasing music of +the many-toned nerve-shaking echoes. Strange as it may seem to say +so, there was something so shockingly human about these fiendish +creatures--it was as though all the most evil passions and desires of +man had got into the shell of a magnified crab and gone mad. They were +so dreadfully courageous and intelligent, and they looked as if they +_understood_. The whole scene might have furnished material for another +canto of Dante's 'Inferno', as Curtis said. + + +'I say, you fellows, let's get out of this or we shall all go off our +heads,' sung out Good; and we were not slow to take the hint. Pushing +the canoe, around which the animals were now crawling by hundreds and +making vain attempts to climb, off the rocks, we bundled into it and got +out into mid-stream, leaving behind us the fragments of our meal and the +screaming, foaming, stinking mass of monsters in full possession of the +ground. + +'Those are the devils of the place,' said Umslopogaas with the air of +one who has solved a problem, and upon my word I felt almost inclined to +agree with him. + +Umslopogaas' remarks were like his axe--very much to the point. + +'What's to be done next?' said Sir Henry blankly. + +'Drift, I suppose,' I answered, and we drifted accordingly. All the +afternoon and well into the evening we floated on in the gloom beneath +the far-off line of blue sky, scarcely knowing when day ended and night +began, for down in that vast gulf the difference was not marked, till +at length Good pointed out a star hanging right above us, which, having +nothing better to do, we observed with great interest. Suddenly it +vanished, the darkness became intense, and a familiar murmuring sound +filled the air. 'Underground again,' I said with a groan, holding up the +lamp. Yes, there was no doubt about it. I could just make out the roof. +The chasm had come to an end and the tunnel had recommenced. And then +there began another long, long night of danger and horror. To describe +all its incidents would be too wearisome, so I will simply say that +about midnight we struck on a flat projecting rock in mid-stream and +were as nearly as possible overturned and drowned. However, at last we +got off, and went upon the uneven tenor of our way. And so the hours +passed till it was nearly three o'clock. Sir Henry, Good, and Alphonse +were asleep, utterly worn out; Umslopogaas was at the bow with the pole, +and I was steering, when I perceived that the rate at which we +were travelling had perceptibly increased. Then, suddenly, I heard +Umslopogaas make an exclamation, and next second came a sound as of +parting branches, and I became aware that the canoe was being forced +through hanging bushes or creepers. Another minute, and the breath of +sweet open air fanned my face, and I felt that we had emerged from the +tunnel and were floating upon clear water. I say felt, for I could +see nothing, the darkness being absolutely pitchy, as it often is just +before the dawn. But even this could scarcely damp my joy. We were out +of that dreadful river, and wherever we might have got to this at least +was something to be thankful for. And so I sat down and inhaled the +sweet night air and waited for the dawn with such patience as I could +command. + + + + +CHAPTER XI THE FROWNING CITY + + + +For an hour or more I sat waiting (Umslopogaas having meanwhile gone to +sleep also) till at length the east turned grey, and huge misty shapes +moved over the surface of the water like ghosts of long-forgotten dawns. +They were the vapours rising from their watery bed to greet the sun. +Then the grey turned to primrose, and the primrose grew to red. Next, +glorious bars of light sprang up across the eastern sky, and through +them the radiant messengers of the dawn came speeding upon their arrowy +way, scattering the ghostly vapours and awaking the mountains with +a kiss, as they flew from range to range and longitude to longitude. +Another moment, and the golden gates were open and the sun himself +came forth as a bridegroom from his chamber, with pomp and glory and a +flashing as of ten million spears, and embraced the night and covered +her with brightness, and it was day. + +But as yet I could see nothing save the beautiful blue sky above, for +over the water was a thick layer of mist exactly as though the whole +surface had been covered with billows of cotton wool. By degrees, +however, the sun sucked up the mists, and then I saw that we were afloat +upon a glorious sheet of blue water of which I could not make out the +shore. Some eight or ten miles behind us, however, there stretched as +far as the eye could reach a range of precipitous hills that formed a +retaining wall of the lake, and I have no doubt but that it was through +some entrance in these hills that the subterranean river found its way +into the open water. Indeed, I afterwards ascertained this to be the +fact, and it will be some indication of the extraordinary strength and +directness of the current of the mysterious river that the canoe, even +at this distance, was still answering to it. Presently, too, I, +or rather Umslopogaas, who woke up just then, discovered another +indication, and a very unpleasant one it was. Perceiving some whitish +object upon the water, Umslopogaas called my attention to it, and with +a few strokes of the paddle brought the canoe to the spot, whereupon +we discovered that the object was the body of a man floating face +downwards. This was bad enough, but imagine my horror when Umslopogaas +having turned him on to his back with the paddle, we recognized in the +sunken features the lineaments of--whom do you suppose? None other than +our poor servant who had been sucked down two days before in the waters +of the subterranean river. It quite frightened me. I thought that we had +left him behind for ever, and behold! borne by the current, he had +made the awful journey with us, and with us had reached the end. His +appearance also was dreadful, for he bore traces of having touched the +pillar of fire--one arm being completely shrivelled up and all his hair +being burnt off. The features were, as I have said, sunken, and yet they +preserved upon them that awful look of despair that I had seen upon +his living face as the poor fellow was sucked down. Really the sight +unnerved me, weary and shaken as I felt with all that we had gone +through, and I was heartily glad when suddenly and without any warning +the body began to sink just as though it had had a mission, which having +been accomplished, it retired; the real reason no doubt being that +turning it on its back allowed a free passage to the gas. Down it went +to the transparent depths--fathom after fathom we could trace its course +till at last a long line of bright air-bubbles, swiftly chasing each +other to the surface, alone remained where it had passed. At length +these, too, were gone, and that was an end of our poor servant. +Umslopogaas thoughtfully watched the body vanish. + +'What did he follow us for?' he asked. ''Tis an ill omen for thee and +me, Macumazahn.' And he laughed. + +I turned on him angrily, for I dislike these unpleasant suggestions. +If people have such ideas, they ought in common decency to keep them +to themselves. I detest individuals who make on the subject of their +disagreeable presentiments, or who, when they dream that they saw one +hanged as a common felon, or some such horror, will insist upon telling +one all about it at breakfast, even if they have to get up early to do +it. + +Just then, however, the others woke up and began to rejoice exceedingly +at finding that we were out of that dreadful river and once more beneath +the blue sky. Then followed a babel of talk and suggestions as to what +we were to do next, the upshot of all of which was that, as we were +excessively hungry, and had nothing whatsoever left to eat except a few +scraps of biltong (dried game-flesh), having abandoned all that remained +of our provisions to those horrible freshwater crabs, we determined to +make for the shore. But a new difficulty arose. We did not know where +the shore was, and, with the exception of the cliffs through which the +subterranean river made its entry, could see nothing but a wide expanse +of sparkling blue water. Observing, however, that the long flights of +aquatic birds kept flying from our left, we concluded that they were +advancing from their feeding-grounds on shore to pass the day in the +lake, and accordingly headed the boat towards the quarter whence they +came, and began to paddle. Before long, however, a stiffish breeze +sprang up, blowing directly in the direction we wanted, so we improvized +a sail with a blanket and the pole, which took us along merrily. This +done, we devoured the remnants of our biltong, washed down with the +sweet lake water, and then lit our pipes and awaited whatever might turn +up. + +When we had been sailing for an hour, Good, who was searching the +horizon with the spy-glass, suddenly announced joyfully that he saw +land, and pointed out that, from the change in the colour of the water, +he thought we must be approaching the mouth of a river. In another +minute we perceived a great golden dome, not unlike that of St Paul's, +piercing the morning mists, and while we were wondering what in the +world it could be, Good reported another and still more important +discovery, namely, that a small sailing-boat was advancing towards us. +This bit of news, which we were very shortly able to verify with our +own eyes, threw us into a considerable flutter. That the natives of this +unknown lake should understand the art of sailing seemed to suggest that +they possessed some degree of civilization. In a few more minutes it +became evident that the occupant or occupants of the advancing boat +had made us out. For a moment or two she hung in the wind as though in +doubt, and then came tacking towards us with great swiftness. In ten +more minutes she was within a hundred yards, and we saw that she was a +neat little boat--not a canoe 'dug out', but built more or less in the +European fashion with planks, and carrying a singularly large sail for +her size. But our attention was soon diverted from the boat to her crew, +which consisted of a man and a woman, _nearly as white as ourselves_. + +We stared at each other in amazement, thinking that we must be mistaken; +but no, there was no doubt about it. They were not fair, but the two +people in the boat were decidedly of a white as distinguished from a +black race, as white, for instance, as Spaniards or Italians. It was a +patent fact. So it was true, after all; and, mysteriously led by a Power +beyond our own, we had discovered this wonderful people. I could have +shouted for joy when I thought of the glory and the wonder of the thing; +and as it was, we all shook hands and congratulated each other on the +unexpected success of our wild search. All my life had I heard rumours +of a white race that existed in the highlands of this vast continent, +and longed to put them to the proof, and now here I saw it with my own +eyes, and was dumbfounded. Truly, as Sir Henry said, the old Roman was +right when he wrote 'Ex Africa semper aliquid novi', which he tells me +means that out of Africa there always comes some new thing. + +The man in the boat was of a good but not particularly fine physique, +and possessed straight black hair, regular aquiline features, and an +intelligent face. He was dressed in a brown cloth garment, something +like a flannel shirt without the sleeves, and in an unmistakable kilt of +the same material. The legs and feet were bare. Round the right arm and +left leg he wore thick rings of yellow metal that I judged to be gold. +The woman had a sweet face, wild and shy, with large eyes and curling +brown hair. Her dress was made of the same material as the man's, and +consisted, as we afterwards discovered, first of a linen under-garment +that hung down to her knee, and then of a single long strip of cloth, +about four feet wide by fifteen long, which was wound round the body in +graceful folds and finally flung over the left shoulder so that the end, +which was dyed blue or purple or some other colour, according to the +social standing of the wearer, hung down in front, the right arm +and breast being, however, left quite bare. A more becoming dress, +especially when, as in the present case, the wearer was young and +pretty, it is quite impossible to conceive. Good (who has an eye for +such things) was greatly struck with it, and so indeed was I. It was so +simple and yet so effective. + +Meanwhile, if we had been astonished at the appearance of the man and +woman, it was clear that they were far more astonished at us. As for the +man, he appeared to be overcome with fear and wonder, and for a while +hovered round our canoe, but would not approach. At last, however, +he came within hailing distance, and called to us in a language that +sounded soft and pleasing enough, but of which we could not understand +one word. So we hailed back in English, French, Latin, Greek, German, +Zulu, Dutch, Sisutu, Kukuana, and a few other native dialects that I +am acquainted with, but our visitor did not understand any of these +tongues; indeed, they appeared to bewilder him. As for the lady, she +was busily employed in taking stock of us, and Good was returning the +compliment by staring at her hard through his eyeglass, a proceeding +that she seemed rather to enjoy than otherwise. At length, the man, +being unable to make anything of us, suddenly turned his boat round and +began to head off for the shore, his little boat skimming away before +the wind like a swallow. As she passed across our bows the man turned to +attend to the large sail, and Good promptly took the opportunity to kiss +his hand to the young lady. I was horrified at this proceeding, both on +general grounds and because I feared that she might take offence, but +to my delight she did not, for, first glancing round and seeing that her +husband, or brother, or whoever he was, was engaged, she promptly kissed +hers back. + +'Ah!' said I. 'It seems that we have at last found a language that the +people of this country understand.' + +'In which case,' said Sir Henry, 'Good will prove an invaluable +interpreter.' + +I frowned, for I do not approve of Good's frivolities, and he knows +it, and I turned the conversation to more serious subjects. 'It is very +clear to me,' I said, 'that the man will be back before long with a host +of his fellows, so we had best make up our minds as to how we are going +to receive them.' + +'The question is how will they receive us?' said Sir Henry. + +As for Good he made no remark, but began to extract a small square tin +case that had accompanied us in all our wanderings from under a pile of +baggage. Now we had often remonstrated with Good about this tin case, +inasmuch as it had been an awkward thing to carry, and he had never +given any very explicit account as to its contents; but he had insisted +on keeping it, saying mysteriously that it might come in very useful one +day. + +'What on earth are you going to do, Good?' asked Sir Henry. + +'Do--why dress, of course! You don't expect me to appear in a new +country in these things, do you?' and he pointed to his soiled and worn +garments, which were however, like all Good's things, very tidy, and +with every tear neatly mended. + +We said no more, but watched his proceedings with breathless interest. +His first step was to get Alphonse, who was thoroughly competent in +such matters, to trim his hair and beard in the most approved fashion. +I think that if he had had some hot water and a cake of soap at hand +he would have shaved off the latter; but he had not. This done, he +suggested that we should lower the sail of the canoe and all take a +bath, which we did, greatly to the horror and astonishment of Alphonse, +who lifted his hands and ejaculated that these English were indeed a +wonderful people. Umslopogaas, who, though he was, like most high-bred +Zulus, scrupulously cleanly in his person, did not see the fun of +swimming about in a lake, also regarded the proceeding with mild +amusement. We got back into the canoe much refreshed by the cold water, +and sat to dry in the sun, whilst Good undid his tin box, and produced +first a beautiful clean white shirt, just as it had left a London steam +laundry, and then some garments wrapped first in brown, then in white, +and finally in silver paper. We watched this undoing with the tenderest +interest and much speculation. One by one Good removed the dull husks +that hid their splendours, carefully folding and replacing each piece +of paper as he did so; and there at last lay, in all the majesty of its +golden epaulettes, lace, and buttons, a Commander of the Royal Navy's +full-dress uniform--dress sword, cocked hat, shiny patent leather boots +and all. We literally gasped. + +'_What!_' we said, '_what!_ Are you going to put those things on?' + +'Certainly,' he answered composedly; 'you see so much depends upon a +first impression, especially,' he added, 'as I observe that there are +ladies about. One at least of us ought to be decently dressed.' + +We said no more; we were simply dumbfounded, especially when we +considered the artful way in which Good had concealed the contents of +that box for all these months. Only one suggestion did we make--namely, +that he should wear his mail shirt next his skin. He replied that he +feared it would spoil the set of his coat, now carefully spread in the +sun to take the creases out, but finally consented to this precautionary +measure. The most amusing part of the affair, however, was to see +old Umslopogaas's astonishment and Alphonse's delight at Good's +transformation. When at last he stood up in all his glory, even down to +the medals on his breast, and contemplated himself in the still waters +of the lake, after the fashion of the young gentleman in ancient +history, whose name I cannot remember, but who fell in love with his own +shadow, the old Zulu could no longer restrain his feelings. + +'Oh, Bougwan!' he said. 'Oh, Bougwan! I always thought thee an ugly +little man, and fat--fat as the cows at calving time; and now thou art +like a blue jay when he spreads his tail out. Surely, Bougwan, it hurts +my eyes to look at thee.' + +Good did not much like this allusion to his fat, which, to tell the +truth, was not very well deserved, for hard exercise had brought him +down three inches; but on the whole he was pleased at Umslopogaas's +admiration. As for Alphonse, he was quite delighted. + +'Ah! but Monsieur has the beautiful air--the air of the warrior. It +is the ladies who will say so when we come to get ashore. Monsieur is +complete; he puts me in mind of my heroic grand--' + +Here we stopped Alphonse. + +As we gazed upon the beauties thus revealed by Good, a spirit of +emulation filled our breasts, and we set to work to get ourselves up +as well as we could. The most, however, that we were able to do was to +array ourselves in our spare suits of shooting clothes, of which we +each had several, all the fine clothes in the world could never make it +otherwise than scrubby and insignificant; but Sir Henry looked what he +is, a magnificent man in his nearly new tweed suit, gaiters, and boots. +Alphonse also got himself up to kill, giving an extra turn to his +enormous moustaches. Even old Umslopogaas, who was not in a general way +given to the vain adorning of his body, took some oil out of the lantern +and a bit of tow, and polished up his head-ring with it till it shone +like Good's patent leather boots. Then he put on the mail shirt Sir +Henry had given him and his 'moocha', and, having cleaned up Inkosi-kaas +a little, stood forth complete. + +All this while, having hoisted the sail again as soon as we had finished +bathing, we had been progressing steadily for the land, or, rather, for +the mouth of a great river. Presently--in all about an hour and a half +after the little boat had left us--we saw emerging from the river +or harbour a large number of boats, ranging up to ten or twelve tons +burden. One of these was propelled by twenty-four oars, and most of +the rest sailed. Looking through the glass we soon made out that the +row-boat was an official vessel, her crew being all dressed in a sort of +uniform, whilst on the half-deck forward stood an old man of venerable +appearance, and with a flowing white beard, and a sword strapped to his +side, who was evidently the commander of the craft. The other boats were +apparently occupied by people brought out by curiosity, and were rowing +or sailing towards us as quickly as they could. + +'Now for it,' said I. 'What is the betting? Are they going to be +friendly or to put an end to us?' + +Nobody could answer this question, and, not liking the warlike +appearance of the old gentleman and his sword, we felt a little anxious. + +Just then Good spied a school of hippopotami on the water about two +hundred yards off us, and suggested that it would not be a bad plan to +impress the natives with a sense of our power by shooting some of them +if possible. This, unluckily enough, struck us as a good idea, and +accordingly we at once got out our eight-bore rifles, for which we still +had a few cartridges left, and prepared for action. There were four +of the animals, a big bull, a cow, and two young ones, one three +parts grown. We got up to them without difficulty, the great animals +contenting themselves with sinking down into the water and rising again +a few yards farther on; indeed, their excessive tameness struck me as +being peculiar. When the advancing boats were about five hundred yards +away, Sir Henry opened the ball by firing at the three parts grown young +one. The heavy bullet struck it fair between the eyes, and, crashing +through the skull, killed it, and it sank, leaving a long train of blood +behind it. At the same moment I fired at the cow, and Good at the +old bull. My shot took effect, but not fatally, and down went the +hippopotamus with a prodigious splashing, only to rise again presently +blowing and grunting furiously, dyeing all the water round her crimson, +when I killed her with the left barrel. Good, who is an execrable shot, +missed the head of the bull altogether, the bullet merely cutting the +side of his face as it passed. On glancing up, after I had fired my +second shot, I perceived that the people we had fallen among were +evidently ignorant of the nature of firearms, for the consternation +caused by our shots and their effect upon the animals was prodigious. +Some of the parties in the boats began to cry out in fear; others turned +and made off as hard as they could; and even the old gentleman with the +sword looked greatly puzzled and alarmed, and halted his big row-boat. +We had, however, but little time for observation, for just then the old +bull, rendered furious by the wound he had received, rose fair within +forty yards of us, glaring savagely. We all fired, and hit him in +various places, and down he went, badly wounded. Curiosity now began to +overcome the fear of the onlookers, and some of them sailed on up close +to us, amongst these being the man and woman whom we had first seen a +couple of hours or so before, who drew up almost alongside. Just then +the great brute rose again within ten yards of their base, and instantly +with a roar of fury made at it open-mouthed. The woman shrieked, and the +man tried to give the boat way, but without success. In another second +I saw the huge red jaws and gleaming ivories close with a crunch on the +frail craft, taking an enormous mouthful out of its side and capsizing +it. Down went the boat, leaving its occupants struggling in the water. +Next moment, before we could do anything towards saving them, the huge +and furious creature was up again and making open-mouthed at the poor +girl, who was struggling in the water. Lifting my rifle just as the +grinding jaws were about to close on her, I fired over her head right +down the hippopotamus's throat. Over he went, and commenced turning +round and round, snorting, and blowing red streams of blood through his +nostrils. Before he could recover himself, however, I let him have the +other barrel in the side of the throat, and that finished him. He +never moved or struggled again, but instantly sank. Our next effort +was directed towards saving the girl, the man having swum off towards +another boat; and in this we were fortunately successful, pulling +her into the canoe (amidst the shouts of the spectators) considerably +exhausted and frightened, but otherwise unhurt. + +Meanwhile the boats had gathered together at a distance, and we could +see that the occupants, who were evidently much frightened, +were consulting what to do. Without giving them time for further +consideration, which we thought might result unfavourably to ourselves, +we instantly took our paddles and advanced towards them, Good standing +in the bow and taking off his cocked hat politely in every direction, +his amiable features suffused by a bland but intelligent smile. Most of +the craft retreated as we advanced, but a few held their ground, while +the big row-boat came on to meet us. Presently we were alongside, and +I could see that our appearance--and especially Good's and +Umslopogaas's--filled the venerable-looking commander with astonishment, +not unmixed with awe. He was dressed after the same fashion as the man +we first met, except that his shirt was not made of brown cloth, but of +pure white linen hemmed with purple. The kilt, however, was identical, +and so were the thick rings of gold around the arm and beneath the +left knee. The rowers wore only a kilt, their bodies being naked to +the waist. Good took off his hat to the old gentleman with an extra +flourish, and inquired after his health in the purest English, to +which he replied by laying the first two fingers of his right hand +horizontally across his lips and holding them there for a moment, which +we took as his method of salutation. Then he also addressed some +remarks to us in the same soft accents that had distinguished our first +interviewer, which we were forced to indicate we did not understand by +shaking our heads and shrugging our shoulders. This last Alphonse, +being to the manner born, did to perfection, and in so polite a way that +nobody could take any offence. Then we came a standstill, till I, being +exceedingly hungry, thought I might as well call attention to the fact, +and did so first by opening my mouth and pointing down it, and then +rubbing my stomach. These signals the old gentleman clearly understood, +for he nodded his head vigorously, and pointed towards the harbour; and +at the same time one of the men on his boat threw us a line and motioned +to us to make it fast, which we did. The row-boat then took us in tow, +and went with great rapidity towards the mouth of the river, accompanied +by all the other boats. In about twenty minutes more we reached the +entrance to the harbour, which was crowded with boats full of people who +had come out to see us. We observed that all the occupants were more or +less of the same type, though some were fairer than others. Indeed, we +noticed certain ladies whose skin was of a most dazzling whiteness; +and the darkest shade of colour which we saw was about that of a rather +swarthy Spaniard. Presently the wide river gave a sweep, and when it did +so an exclamation of astonishment and delight burst from our lips as we +caught our first view of the place that we afterwards knew as Milosis, +or the Frowning City (from mi, which means city, and losis, a frown). + +At a distance of some five hundred yards from the river's bank rose a +sheer precipice of granite, two hundred feet or so in height, which had +no doubt once formed the bank itself--the intermediate space of land +now utilized as docks and roadways having been gained by draining, and +deepening and embanking the stream. + +On the brow of this precipice stood a great building of the same granite +that formed the cliff, built on three sides of a square, the fourth +side being open, save for a kind of battlement pierced at its base by a +little door. This imposing place we afterwards discovered was the palace +of the queen, or rather of the queens. At the back of the palace the +town sloped gently upwards to a flashing building of white marble, +crowned by the golden dome which we had already observed. The city was, +with the exception of this one building, entirely built of red granite, +and laid out in regular blocks with splendid roadways between. So far +as we could see also the houses were all one-storied and detached, with +gardens round them, which gave some relief to the eye wearied with the +vista of red granite. At the back of the palace a road of extraordinary +width stretched away up the hill for a distance of a mile and a half or +so, and appeared to terminate at an open space surrounding the gleaming +building that crowned the hill. But right in front of us was the +wonder and glory of Milosis--the great staircase of the palace, the +magnificence of which took our breath away. Let the reader imagine, +if he can, a splendid stairway, sixty-five feet from balustrade to +balustrade, consisting of two vast flights, each of one hundred and +twenty-five steps of eight inches in height by three feet broad, +connected by a flat resting-place sixty feet in length, and running from +the palace wall on the edge of the precipice down to meet a waterway +or canal cut to its foot from the river. This marvellous staircase +was supported upon a single enormous granite arch, of which the +resting-place between the two flights formed the crown; that is, the +connecting open space lay upon it. From this archway sprang a subsidiary +flying arch, or rather something that resembled a flying arch in shape, +such as none of us had seen in any other country, and of which the +beauty and wonder surpassed all that we had ever imagined. Three hundred +feet from point to point, and no less than five hundred and fifty round +the curve, that half-arc soared touching the bridge it supported for a +space of fifty feet only, one end resting on and built into the parent +archway, and the other embedded in the solid granite of the side of the +precipice. + +This staircase with its supports was, indeed, a work of which any living +man might have been proud, both on account of its magnitude and its +surpassing beauty. Four times, as we afterwards learnt, did the work, +which was commenced in remote antiquity, fail, and was then abandoned +for three centuries when half-finished, till at last there rose a +youthful engineer named Rademas, who said that he would complete it +successfully, and staked his life upon it. If he failed he was to be +hurled from the precipice he had undertaken to scale; if he succeeded, +he was to be rewarded by the hand of the king's daughter. Five years was +given to him to complete the work, and an unlimited supply of labour and +material. Three times did his arch fall, till at last, seeing failure +to be inevitable, he determined to commit suicide on the morrow of the +third collapse. That night, however, a beautiful woman came to him in a +dream and touched his forehead, and of a sudden he saw a vision of the +completed work, and saw too through the masonry and how the difficulties +connected with the flying arch that had hitherto baffled his genius were +to be overcome. Then he awoke and once more commenced the work, but on +a different plan, and behold! he achieved it, and on the last day of +the five years he led the princess his bride up the stair and into +the palace. And in due course he became king by right of his wife, and +founded the present Zu-Vendi dynasty, which is to this day called the +'House of the Stairway', thus proving once more how energy and talent +are the natural stepping-stones to grandeur. And to commemorate his +triumph he fashioned a statue of himself dreaming, and of the fair woman +who touched him on the forehead, and placed it in the great hall of the +palace, and there it stands to this day. + +Such was the great stair of Milosis, and such the city beyond. No wonder +they named it the 'Frowning City', for certainly those mighty works in +solid granite did seem to frown down upon our littleness in their sombre +splendour. This was so even in the sunshine, but when the storm-clouds +gathered on her imperial brow Milosis looked more like a supernatural +dwelling-place, or some imagining of a poet's brain, than what she is--a +mortal city, carven by the patient genius of generations out of the red +silence of the mountain side. + + + + +CHAPTER XII THE SISTER QUEENS + + + +The big rowing-boat glided on up the cutting that ran almost to the foot +of the vast stairway, and then halted at a flight of steps leading to +the landing-place. Here the old gentleman disembarked, and invited us to +do so likewise, which, having no alternative, and being nearly starved, +we did without hesitation--taking our rifles with us, however. As each +of us landed, our guide again laid his fingers on his lips and bowed +deeply, at the same time ordering back the crowds which had assembled to +gaze on us. The last to leave the canoe was the girl we had picked out +of the water, for whom her companion was waiting. Before she went away +she kissed my hand, I suppose as a token of gratitude for having saved +her from the fury of the hippopotamus; and it seemed to me that she had +by this time quite got over any fear she might have had of us, and was +by no means anxious to return in such a hurry to her lawful owners. At +any rate, she was going to kiss Good's hand as well as mine, when the +young man interfered and led her off. As soon as we were on shore, a +number of the men who had rowed the big boat took possession of our few +goods and chattels, and started with them up the splendid staircase, +our guide indicating to us by means of motions that the things were +perfectly safe. This done, he turned to the right and led the way to +a small house, which was, as I afterwards discovered, an inn. Entering +into a good-sized room, we saw that a wooden table was already furnished +with food, presumably in preparation for us. Here our guide motioned +us to be seated on a bench that ran the length of the table. We did +not require a second invitation, but at once fell to ravenously on the +viands before us, which were served on wooden platters, and consisted +of cold goat's-flesh, wrapped up in some kind of leaf that gave it a +delicious flavour, green vegetables resembling lettuces, brown bread, +and red wine poured from a skin into horn mugs. This wine was peculiarly +soft and good, having something of the flavour of Burgundy. Twenty +minutes after we sat down at that hospitable board we rose from it, +feeling like new men. After all that we had gone through we needed two +things, food and rest, and the food of itself was a great blessing to +us. Two girls of the same charming cast of face as the first whom we had +seen waited on us while we ate, and very nicely they did it. They were +also dressed in the same fashion namely, in a white linen petticoat +coming to the knee, and with the toga-like garment of brown cloth, +leaving bare the right arm and breast. I afterwards found out that +this was the national dress, and regulated by an iron custom, though of +course subject to variations. Thus, if the petticoat was pure white, +it signified that the wearer was unmarried; if white, with a straight +purple stripe round the edge, that she was married and a first or legal +wife; if with a black stripe, that she was a widow. In the same way the +toga, or 'kaf', as they call it, was of different shades of colour, from +pure white to the deepest brown, according to the rank of the wearer, +and embroidered at the end in various ways. This also applies to the +'shirts' or tunics worn by the men, which varied in material and colour; +but the kilts were always the same except as regards quality. One +thing, however, every man and woman in the country wore as the national +insignia, and that was the thick band of gold round the right arm above +the elbow, and the left leg beneath the knee. People of high rank also +wore a torque of gold round the neck, and I observed that our guide had +one on. + +So soon as we had finished our meal our venerable conductor, who had +been standing all the while, regarding us with inquiring eyes, and our +guns with something as like fear as his pride would allow him to show, +bowed towards Good, whom he evidently took for the leader of the party +on account of the splendour of his apparel, and once more led the way +through the door and to the foot of the great staircase. Here we paused +for a moment to admire two colossal lions, each hewn from a single block +of pure black marble, and standing rampant on the terminations of +the wide balustrades of the staircase. These lions are magnificently +executed, and it is said were sculptured by Rademas, the great prince +who designed the staircase, and who was without doubt, to judge from the +many beautiful examples of his art that we saw afterwards, one of the +finest sculptors who ever lived, either in this or any other country. +Then we climbed almost with a feeling of awe up that splendid stair, +a work executed for all time and that will, I do not doubt, be admired +thousands of years hence by generations unborn unless an earthquake +should throw it down. Even Umslopogaas, who as a general rule made it +a point of honour not to show astonishment, which he considered +undignified, was fairly startled out of himself, and asked if the +'bridge had been built by men or devils', which was his vague way of +alluding to any supernatural power. But Alphonse did not care about it. +Its solid grandeur jarred upon the frivolous little Frenchman, who said +that it was all 'tres magnifique, mais triste--ah, triste!' and went on +to suggest that it would be improved if the balustrades were _gilt_. + +On we went up the first flight of one hundred and twenty steps, across +the broad platform joining it to the second flight, where we paused +to admire the glorious view of one of the most beautiful stretches of +country that the world can show, edged by the blue waters of the lake. +Then we passed on up the stair till at last we reached the top, where we +found a large standing space to which there were three entrances, all +of small size. Two of these opened on to rather narrow galleries or +roadways cut in the face of the precipice that ran round the palace +walls and led to the principal thoroughfares of the city, and were +used by the inhabitants passing up and down from the docks. These were +defended by gates of bronze, and also, as we afterwards learnt, it was +possible to let down a portion of the roadways themselves by withdrawing +certain bolts, and thus render it quite impracticable for an enemy +to pass. The third entrance consisted of a flight of ten curved black +marble steps leading to a doorway cut in the palace wall. This wall was +in itself a work of art, being built of huge blocks of granite to +the height of forty feet, and so fashioned that its face was concave, +whereby it was rendered practically impossible for it to be scaled. To +this doorway our guide led us. The door, which was massive, and made +of wood protected by an outer gate of bronze, was closed; but on our +approach it was thrown wide, and we were met by the challenge of a +sentry, who was armed with a heavy triangular-bladed spear, not unlike a +bayonet in shape, and a cutting sword, and protected by breast and back +plates of skilfully prepared hippopotamus hide, and a small round shield +fashioned of the same tough material. The sword instantly attracted our +attention; it was practically identical with the one in the possession +of Mr Mackenzie which he had obtained from the ill-starred wanderer. +There was no mistaking the gold-lined fretwork cut in the thickness of +the blade. So the man had told the truth after all. Our guide instantly +gave a password, which the soldier acknowledged by letting the iron +shaft of his spear fall with a ringing sound upon the pavement, and we +passed on through the massive wall into the courtyard of the palace. +This was about forty yards square, and laid out in flower-beds full of +lovely shrubs and plants, many of which were quite new to me. Through +the centre of this garden ran a broad walk formed of powdered shells +brought from the lake in the place of gravel. Following this we came +to another doorway with a round heavy arch, which is hung with thick +curtains, for there are no doors in the palace itself. Then came another +short passage, and we were in the great hall of the palace, and once +more stood astonished at the simple and yet overpowering grandeur of the +place. + +The hall is, as we afterwards learnt, one hundred and fifty feet long by +eighty wide, and has a magnificent arched roof of carved wood. Down +the entire length of the building there are on either side, and at a +distance of twenty feet from the wall, slender shafts of black marble +springing sheer to the roof, beautifully fluted, and with carved +capitals. At one end of this great place which these pillars support is +the group of which I have already spoken as executed by the King Rademas +to commemorate his building of the staircase; and really, when we had +time to admire it, its loveliness almost struck us dumb. The group, of +which the figures are in white, and the rest is black marble, is +about half as large again as life, and represents a young man of +noble countenance and form sleeping heavily upon a couch. One arm is +carelessly thrown over the side of this couch, and his head reposes upon +the other, its curling locks partially hiding it. Bending over him, +her hand resting on his forehead, is a draped female form of such white +loveliness as to make the beholder's breath stand still. And as for the +calm glory that shines upon her perfect face--well, I can never hope to +describe it. But there it rests like the shadow of an angel's smile; and +power, love, and divinity all have their part in it. Her eyes are fixed +upon the sleeping youth, and perhaps the most extraordinary thing about +this beautiful work is the success with which the artist has succeeded +in depicting on the sleeper's worn and weary face the sudden rising of +a new and spiritual thought as the spell begins to work within his mind. +You can see that an inspiration is breaking in upon the darkness of the +man's soul as the dawn breaks in upon the darkness of night. It is a +glorious piece of statuary, and none but a genius could have conceived +it. Between each of the black marble columns is some such group of +figures, some allegorical, and some representing the persons and wives +of deceased monarchs or great men; but none of them, in our opinion, +comes up to the one I have described, although several are from the hand of +the sculptor and engineer, King Rademas. + +In the exact centre of the hall was a solid mass of black marble about +the size of a baby's arm-chair, which it rather resembled in appearance. +This, as we afterwards learnt, was the sacred stone of this remarkable +people, and on it their monarchs laid their hand after the ceremony +of coronation, and swore by the sun to safeguard the interests of the +empire, and to maintain its customs, traditions, and laws. This stone +was evidently exceedingly ancient (as indeed all stones are), and was +scored down its sides with long marks or lines, which Sir Henry said +proved it to have been a fragment that at some remote period in its +history had been ground in the iron jaws of glaciers. There was a +curious prophecy about this block of marble, which was reported among +the people to have fallen from the sun, to the effect that when it was +shattered into fragments a king of alien race should rule over the +land. As the stone, however, looked remarkably solid, the native princes +seemed to have a fair chance of keeping their own for many a long year. + +At the end of the hall is a dais spread with rich carpets, on which +two thrones are set side by side. These thrones are shaped like great +chairs, and made of solid gold. The seats are richly cushioned, but +the backs are left bare, and on each is carved the emblem of the sun, +shooting out his fiery rays in all directions. The footstools are golden +lions couchant, with yellow topazes set in them for eyes. There are no +other gems about them. + +The place is lighted by numerous but narrow windows, placed high up, +cut on the principle of the loopholes to be seen in ancient castles, but +innocent of glass, which was evidently unknown here. + +Such is a brief description of this splendid hall in which we now found +ourselves, compiled of course from our subsequent knowledge of it. +On this occasion we had but little time for observation, for when we +entered we perceived that a large number of men were gathered together +in front of the two thrones, which were unoccupied. The principal among +them were seated on carved wooden chairs ranged to the right and the +left of the thrones, but not in front of them, and were dressed in white +tunics, with various embroideries and different coloured edgings, and +armed with the usual pierced and gold-inlaid swords. To judge from the +dignity of their appearance, they seemed one and all to be individuals +of very great importance. Behind each of these great men stood a small +knot of followers and attendants. + +Seated by themselves, in a little group to the left of the throne, were +six men of a different stamp. Instead of wearing the ordinary kilt, they +were clothed in long robes of pure white linen, with the same symbol of +the sun that is to be seen on the back of the chairs, emblazoned in gold +thread upon the breast. This garment was girt up at the waist with a +simple golden curb-like chain, from which hung long elliptic plates of +the same metal, fashioned in shiny scales like those of a fish, that, as +their wearers moved, jingled and reflected the light. They were all men +of mature age and of a severe and impressive cast of features, which was +rendered still more imposing by the long beards they wore. + +The personality of one individual among them, however, impressed us +at once. He seemed to stand out among his fellows and refuse to be +overlooked. He was very old--eighty at least--and extremely tall, with +a long snow-white beard that hung nearly to his waist. His features were +aquiline and deeply cut, and his eyes were grey and cold-looking. The +heads of the others were bare, but this man wore a round cap entirely +covered with gold embroidery, from which we judged that he was a person +of great importance; and indeed we afterwards discovered that he was +Agon, the High Priest of the country. As we approached, all these men, +including the priests, rose and bowed to us with the greatest courtesy, +at the same time placing the two fingers across the lips in salutation. +Then soft-footed attendants advanced from between the pillars, bearing +seats, which were placed in a line in front of the thrones. We three sat +down, Alphonse and Umslopogaas standing behind us. Scarcely had we done +so when there came a blare of trumpets from some passage to the right, +and a similar blare from the left. Next a man with a long white wand +of ivory appeared just in front of the right-hand throne, and cried out +something in a loud voice, ending with the word _Nyleptha_, repeated +three times; and another man, similarly attired, called out a similar +sentence before the other throne, but ending with the word _Sorais_, +also repeated thrice. Then came the tramp of armed men from each +side entrance, and in filed about a score of picked and magnificently +accoutred guards, who formed up on each side of the thrones, and let +their heavy iron-handled spears fall simultaneously with a clash upon +the black marble flooring. Another double blare of trumpets, and in +from either side, each attended by six maidens, swept the two Queens of +Zu-Vendis, everybody in the hall rising to greet them as they came. + +I have seen beautiful women in my day, and am no longer thrown into +transports at the sight of a pretty face; but language fails me when I +try to give some idea of the blaze of loveliness that then broke upon +us in the persons of these sister Queens. Both were young--perhaps +five-and-twenty years of age--both were tall and exquisitely formed; +but there the likeness stopped. One, Nyleptha, was a woman of dazzling +fairness; her right arm and breast bare, after the custom of her people, +showed like snow even against her white and gold-embroidered 'kaf', or +toga. And as for her sweet face, all I can say is, that it was one that +few men could look on and forget. Her hair, a veritable crown of gold, +clustered in short ringlets over her shapely head, half hiding the ivory +brow, beneath which eyes of deep and glorious grey flashed out in tender +majesty. I cannot attempt to describe her other features, only the +mouth was most sweet, and curved like Cupid's bow, and over the whole +countenance there shone an indescribable look of loving-kindness, lit +up by a shadow of delicate humour that lay upon her face like a touch of +silver on a rosy cloud. + +She wore no jewels, but on her neck, arm, and knee were the usual +torques of gold, in this instance fashioned like a snake; and her dress +was of pure white linen of excessive fineness, plentifully embroidered +with gold and with the familiar symbols of the sun. + +Her twin sister, Sorais, was of a different and darker type of beauty. +Her hair was wavy like Nyleptha's but coal-black, and fell in masses +on her shoulders; her complexion was olive, her eyes large, dark, and +lustrous; the lips were full, and I thought rather cruel. Somehow her +face, quiet and even cold as it is, gave an idea of passion in repose, +and caused one to wonder involuntarily what its aspect would be if +anything occurred to break the calm. It reminded me of the deep sea, +that even on the bluest days never loses its visible stamp of power, and +in its murmuring sleep is yet instinct with the spirit of the storm. +Her figure, like her sister's, was almost perfect in its curves and +outlines, but a trifle more rounded, and her dress was absolutely the +same. + +As this lovely pair swept onwards to their respective thrones, amid the +deep attentive silence of the Court, I was bound to confess to myself +that they did indeed fulfil my idea of royalty. Royal they were in +every way--in form, in grace, and queenly dignity, and in the barbaric +splendour of their attendant pomp. But methought that they needed no +guards or gold to proclaim their power and bind the loyalty of wayward +men. A glance from those bright eyes or a smile from those sweet lips, +and while the red blood runs in the veins of youth women such as these +will never lack subjects ready to do their biddings to the death. + +But after all they were women first and queens afterwards, and therefore +not devoid of curiosity. As they passed to their seats I saw both of +them glance swiftly in our direction. I saw, too, that their eyes passed +by me, seeing nothing to charm them in the person of an insignificant +and grizzled old man. Then they looked with evident astonishment on +the grim form of old Umslopogaas, who raised his axe in salutation. +Attracted next by the splendour of Good's apparel, for a second their +glance rested on him like a humming moth upon a flower, then off it +darted to where Sir Henry Curtis stood, the sunlight from a window +playing upon his yellow hair and peaked beard, and marking the outlines +of his massive frame against the twilight of the somewhat gloomy hall. +He raised his eyes, and they met the fair Nyleptha's full, and thus for +the first time the goodliest man and woman that it has ever been my lot +to see looked one upon another. And why it was I know not, but I saw the +swift blood run up Nyleptha's skin as the pink lights run up the morning +sky. Red grew her fair bosom and shapely arm, red the swanlike neck; the +rounded cheeks blushed red as the petals of a rose, and then the crimson +flood sank back to whence it came and left her pale and trembling. + +I glanced at Sir Henry. He, too, had coloured up to the eyes. + +'Oh, my word!' thought I to myself, 'the ladies have come on the stage, +and now we may look to the plot to develop itself.' And I sighed and +shook my head, knowing that the beauty of a woman is like the beauty +of the lightning--a destructive thing and a cause of desolation. By +the time that I had finished my reflections both the Queens were on the +thrones, for all this had happened in about six seconds. Once more the +unseen trumpets blared out, and then the Court seated itself, and Queen +Sorais motioned to us to do likewise. + +Next from among the crowd whither he had withdrawn stepped forward our +guide, the old gentleman who had towed us ashore, holding by the +hand the girl whom we had seen first and afterwards rescued from the +hippopotamus. Having made obeisance he proceeded to address the Queens, +evidently describing to them the way and place where we had been found. +It was most amusing to watch the astonishment, not unmixed with fear, +reflected upon their faces as they listened to his tale. Clearly they +could not understand how we had reached the lake and been found floating +on it, and were inclined to attribute our presence to supernatural +causes. Then the narrative proceeded, as I judged from the frequent +appeals that our guide made to the girl, to the point where we had shot +the hippopotami, and we at once perceived that there was something +very wrong about those hippopotami, for the history was frequently +interrupted by indignant exclamations from the little group of +white-robed priests and even from the courtiers, while the two Queens +listened with an amazed expression, especially when our guide pointed to +the rifles in our hands as being the means of destruction. And here, to +make matters clear, I may as well explain at once that the inhabitants +of Zu-Vendis are sun-worshippers, and that for some reason or another +the hippopotamus is sacred among them. Not that they do not kill it, +because at a certain season of the year they slaughter thousands--which +are specially preserved in large lakes up the country--and use their +hides for armour for soldiers; but this does not prevent them from +considering these animals as sacred to the sun. {Endnote 11} Now, as ill +luck would have it, the particular hippopotami we had shot were a family +of tame animals that were kept in the mouth of the port and daily fed by +priests whose special duty it was to attend to them. When we shot them +I thought that the brutes were suspiciously tame, and this was, as we +afterwards ascertained, the cause of it. Thus it came about that in +attempting to show off we had committed sacrilege of a most aggravated +nature. + +When our guide had finished his tale, the old man with the long beard +and round cap, whose appearance I have already described, and who was, +as I have said, the High Priest of the country, and known by the name +of Agon, rose and commenced an impassioned harangue. I did not like the +look of his cold grey eye as he fixed it on us. I should have liked it +still less had I known that in the name of the outraged majesty of his +god he was demanding that the whole lot of us should be offered up as a +sacrifice by means of being burnt alive. + +After he had finished speaking the Queen Sorais addressed him in a soft +and musical voice, and appeared, to judge from his gestures of dissent, +to be putting the other side of the question before him. Then Nyleptha +spoke in liquid accents. Little did we know that she was pleading for +our lives. Finally, she turned and addressed a tall, soldierlike man of +middle age with a black beard and a long plain sword, whose name, as +we afterwards learnt, was Nasta, and who was the greatest lord in the +country; apparently appealing to him for support. Now when Sir Henry +had caught her eye and she had blushed so rosy red, I had seen that the +incident had not escaped this man's notice, and, what is more, that +it was eminently disagreeable to him, for he bit his lip and his +hand tightened on his sword-hilt. Afterwards we learnt that he was an +aspirant for the hand of this Queen in marriage, which accounted for it. +This being so, Nyleptha could not have appealed to a worse person, for, +speaking in slow, heavy tones, he appeared to confirm all that the High +Priest Agon had said. As he spoke, Sorais put her elbow on her knee, +and, resting her chin on her hand, looked at him with a suppressed smile +upon her lips, as though she saw through the man, and was determined to +be his match; but Nyleptha grew very angry, her cheek flushed, her eyes +flashed, and she did indeed look lovely. Finally she turned to Agon and +seemed to give some sort of qualified assent, for he bowed at her words; +and as she spoke she moved her hands as though to emphasize what she +said; while all the time Sorais kept her chin on her hand and smiled. +Then suddenly Nyleptha made a sign, the trumpets blew again, and +everybody rose to leave the hall save ourselves and the guards, whom she +motioned to stay. + +When they were all gone she bent forward and, smiling sweetly, partially +by signs and partially by exclamations made it clear to us that she +was very anxious to know where we came from. The difficulty was how to +explain, but at last an idea struck me. I had my large pocket-book in +my pocket and a pencil. Taking it out, I made a little sketch of a lake, +and then as best I could I drew the underground river and the lake +at the other end. When I had done this I advanced to the steps of the +throne and gave it to her. She understood it at once and clapped her +hands with delight, and then descending from the throne took it to her +sister Sorais, who also evidently understood. Next she took the pencil +from me, and after examining it with curiosity proceeded to make a +series of delightful little sketches, the first representing herself +holding out both hands in welcome, and a man uncommonly like Sir Henry +taking them. Next she drew a lovely little picture of a hippopotamus +rolling about dying in the water, and of an individual, in whom we had +no difficulty in recognizing Agon the High Priest, holding up his +hands in horror on the bank. Then followed a most alarming picture of a +dreadful fiery furnace and of the same figure, Agon, poking us into it +with a forked stick. This picture perfectly horrified me, but I was a +little reassured when she nodded sweetly and proceeded to make a fourth +drawing--a man again uncommonly like Sir Henry, and of two women, in +whom I recognized Sorais and herself, each with one arm around him, and +holding a sword in protection over him. To all of these Sorais, who +I saw was employed in carefully taking us all in--especially +Curtis--signified her approval by nodding. + +At last Nyleptha drew a final sketch of a rising sun, indicating that +she must go, and that we should meet on the following morning; whereat +Sir Henry looked so disappointed that she saw it, and, I suppose by +way of consolation, extended her hand to him to kiss, which he did with +pious fervour. At the same time Sorais, off whom Good had never taken +his eyeglass during the whole indaba [interview], rewarded him by giving +him her hand to kiss, though, while she did so, her eyes were fixed +upon Sir Henry. I am glad to say that I was not implicated in these +proceedings; neither of them gave _me_ her hand to kiss. + +Then Nyleptha turned and addressed the man who appeared to be in +command of the bodyguard, apparently from her manner and his frequent +obeisances, giving him very stringent and careful orders; after which, +with a somewhat coquettish nod and smile, she left the hall, followed by +Sorais and most of the guards. + +When the Queens had gone, the officer whom Nyleptha had addressed +came forward and with many tokens of deep respect led us from the hall +through various passages to a sumptuous set of apartments opening out of +a large central room lighted with brazen swinging lamps (for it was now +dusk) and richly carpeted and strewn with couches. On a table in the +centre of the room was set a profusion of food and fruit, and, what is +more, flowers. There was a delicious wine also in ancient-looking sealed +earthenware flagons, and beautifully chased golden and ivory cups to +drink it from. Servants, male and female, also were there to minister to +us, and whilst we ate, from some recess outside the apartment + + + 'The silver lute did speak between + The trumpet's lordly blowing;' + + +and altogether we found ourselves in a sort of earthly paradise which +was only disturbed by the vision of that disgusting High Priest who +intended to commit us to the flames. But so very weary were we with +our labours that we could scarcely keep ourselves awake through the +sumptuous meal, and as soon as it was over we indicated that we desired +to sleep. As a further precaution against surprise we left Umslopogaas +with his axe to sleep in the main chamber near the curtained doorways +leading to the apartments which we occupied respectively, Good and I in +the one, and Sir Henry and Alphonse in the other. Then throwing off our +clothes, with the exception of the mail shirts, which we considered it +safer to keep on, we flung ourselves down upon the low and luxurious +couches, and drew the silk-embroidered coverlids over us. + +In two minutes I was just dropping off when I was aroused by Good's +voice. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he said, 'did you ever see such eyes?' + +'Eyes!' I said, crossly; 'what eyes?' + +'Why, the Queen's, of course! Sorais, I mean--at least I think that is +her name.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' I yawned; 'I didn't notice them much: I suppose they +are good eyes,' and again I dropped off. + +Five minutes or so elapsed, and I was once more awakened. + +'I say, Quatermain,' said the voice. + +'Well,' I answered testily, 'what is it now?' + +'Did you notice her ankle? The shape--' + +This was more than I could stand. By my bed stood the veldtschoons I had +been wearing. Moved quite beyond myself, I took them up and threw them +straight at Good's head--and hit it. + +Afterwards I slept the sleep of the just, and a very heavy sleep it must +be. As for Good, I don't know if he went to sleep or if he continued to +pass Sorais' beauties in mental review, and, what is more, I don't care. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE + + + +And now the curtain is down for a few hours, and the actors in this +novel drama are plunged in dewy sleep. Perhaps we should except +Nyleptha, whom the reader may, if poetically inclined, imagine lying in +her bed of state encompassed by her maidens, tiring women, guards, and +all the other people and appurtenances that surround a throne, and yet +not able to slumber for thinking of the strangers who had visited a +country where no such strangers had ever come before, and wondering, as +she lay awake, who they were and what their past has been, and if she +was ugly compared to the women of their native place. I, however, not +being poetically inclined, will take advantage of the lull to give some +account of the people among whom we found ourselves, compiled, needless +to state, from information which we subsequently collected. + +The name of this country, to begin at the beginning, is Zu-Vendis, +from Zu, 'yellow', and Vendis, 'place or country'. Why it is called the +Yellow Country I have never been able to ascertain accurately, nor do +the inhabitants themselves know. Three reasons are, however, given, each +of which would suffice to account for it. The first is that the name +owes its origin to the great quantity of gold that is found in the land. +Indeed, in this respect Zu-Vendis is a veritable Eldorado, the precious +metal being extraordinarily plentiful. At present it is collected from +purely alluvial diggings, which we subsequently inspected, and which +are situated within a day's journey from Milosis, being mostly found in +pockets and in nuggets weighing from an ounce up to six or seven pounds +in weight. But other diggings of a similar nature are known to exist, +and I have besides seen great veins of gold-bearing quartz. In Zu-Vendis +gold is a much commoner metal than silver, and thus it has curiously +enough come to pass that silver is the legal tender of the country. + +The second reason given is, that at certain times of the year the native +grasses of the country, which are very sweet and good, turn as yellow +as ripe corn; and the third arises from a tradition that the people +were originally yellow skinned, but grew white after living for many +generations upon these high lands. Zu-Vendis is a country about the size +of France, is, roughly speaking, oval in shape; and on every side +cut off from the surrounding territory by illimitable forests of +impenetrable thorn, beyond which are said to be hundreds of miles of +morasses, deserts, and great mountains. It is, in short, a huge, high +tableland rising up in the centre of the dark continent, much as +in southern Africa flat-topped mountains rise from the level of the +surrounding veldt. Milosis itself lies, according to my aneroid, at a +level of about nine thousand feet above the sea, but most of the land +is even higher, the greatest elevation of the open country being, I +believe, about eleven thousand feet. As a consequence the climate +is, comparatively speaking, a cold one, being very similar to that of +southern England, only brighter and not so rainy. The land is, however, +exceedingly fertile, and grows all cereals and temperate fruits and +timber to perfection; and in the lower-lying parts even produces a hardy +variety of sugar-cane. Coal is found in great abundance, and in many +places crops out from the surface; and so is pure marble, both black and +white. The same may be said of almost every metal except silver, which +is scarce, and only to be obtained from a range of mountains in the +north. + +Zu-Vendis comprises in her boundaries a great variety of scenery, +including two ranges of snow-clad mountains, one on the western boundary +beyond the impenetrable belt of thorn forest, and the other piercing the +country from north to south, and passing at a distance of about eighty +miles from Milosis, from which town its higher peaks are distinctly +visible. This range forms the chief watershed of the land. There are +also three large lakes--the biggest, namely that whereon we emerged, and +which is named Milosis after the city, covering some two hundred square +miles of country--and numerous small ones, some of them salt. + +The population of this favoured land is, comparatively speaking, dense, +numbering at a rough estimate from ten to twelve millions. It is almost +purely agricultural in its habits, and divided into great classes as +in civilized countries. There is a territorial nobility, a considerable +middle class, formed principally of merchants, officers of the army, +etc.; but the great bulk of the people are well-to-do peasants who live +upon the lands of the lords, from whom they hold under a species of +feudal tenure. The best bred people in the country are, as I think I +have said, pure whites with a somewhat southern cast of countenance; but +the common herd are much darker, though they do not show any negro or +other African characteristics. As to their descent I can give no certain +information. Their written records, which extend back for about a +thousand years, give no hint of it. One very ancient chronicler does +indeed, in alluding to some old tradition that existed in his day, talk +of it as having probably originally 'come down with the people from the +coast', but that may mean little or nothing. In short, the origin of the +Zu-Vendi is lost in the mists of time. Whence they came or of what race +they are no man knows. Their architecture and some of their sculptures +suggest an Egyptian or possibly an Assyrian origin; but it is well +known that their present remarkable style of building has only sprung up +within the last eight hundred years, and they certainly retain no traces +of Egyptian theology or customs. Again, their appearance and some +of their habits are rather Jewish; but here again it seems hardly +conceivable that they should have utterly lost all traces of the Jewish +religion. Still, for aught I know, they may be one of the lost ten +tribes whom people are so fond of discovering all over the world, or +they may not. I do not know, and so can only describe them as I find +them, and leave wiser heads than mine to make what they can out of it, +if indeed this account should ever be read at all, which is exceedingly +doubtful. + +And now after I have said all this, I am, after all, going to hazard a +theory of my own, though it is only a very little one, as the young lady +said in mitigation of her baby. This theory is founded on a legend which +I have heard among the Arabs on the east coast, which is to the effect +that 'more than two thousand years ago' there were troubles in the +country which was known as Babylonia, and that thereon a vast horde of +Persians came down to Bushire, where they took ship and were driven by +the north-east monsoon to the east coast of Africa, where, according to +the legend, 'the sun and fire worshippers' fell into conflict with the +belt of Arab settlers who even then were settled on the east coast, and +finally broke their way through them, and, vanishing into the interior, +were no more seen. Now, I ask, is it not at least possible that the +Zu-Vendi people are the descendants of these 'sun and fire worshippers' +who broke through the Arabs and vanished? As a matter of fact, there +is a good deal in their characters and customs that tallies with the +somewhat vague ideas that I have of Persians. Of course we have no books +of reference here, but Sir Henry says that if his memory does not fail +him, there was a tremendous revolt in Babylon about 500 BC, whereon +a vast multitude were expelled from the city. Anyhow, it is a +well-established fact that there have been many separate emigrations +of Persians from the Persian Gulf to the east coast of Africa up to as +lately as seven hundred years ago. There are Persian tombs at Kilwa, on +the east coast, still in good repair, which bear dates showing them to +be just seven hundred years old. {Endnote 12} + +In addition to being an agricultural people, the Zu-Vendi are, oddly +enough, excessively warlike, and as they cannot from the exigencies of +their position make war upon other nations, they fight among each other +like the famed Kilkenny cats, with the happy result that the population +never outgrows the power of the country to support it. This habit of +theirs is largely fostered by the political condition of the country. +The monarchy is nominally an absolute one, save in so far as it is +tempered by the power of the priests and the informal council of the +great lords; but, as in many other institutions, the king's writ does +not run unquestioned throughout the length and breadth of the land. In +short, the whole system is a purely feudal one (though absolute serfdom +or slavery is unknown), all the great lords holding nominally from the +throne, but a number of them being practically independent, having the +power of life and death, waging war against and making peace with +their neighbours as the whim or their interests lead them, and even +on occasion rising in open rebellion against their royal master or +mistress, and, safely shut up in their castles and fenced cities, as far +from the seat of government, successfully defying them for years. + +Zu-Vendis has had its king-makers as well as England, a fact that will +be well appreciated when I state that eight different dynasties have sat +upon the throne in the last one thousand years, every one of which took +its rise from some noble family that succeeded in grasping the purple +after a sanguinary struggle. At the date of our arrival in the country +things were a little better than they had been for some centuries, +the last king, the father of Nyleptha and Sorais, having been an +exceptionally able and vigorous ruler, and, as a consequence, he kept +down the power of the priests and nobles. On his death, two years before +we reached Zu-Vendis, the twin sisters, his children, were, following +an ancient precedent, called to the throne, since an attempt to exclude +either would instantly have provoked a sanguinary civil war; but it +was generally felt in the country that this measure was a most +unsatisfactory one, and could hardly be expected to be permanent. +Indeed, as it was, the various intrigues that were set on foot by +ambitious nobles to obtain the hand of one or other of the queens in +marriage had disquieted the country, and the general opinion was that +there would be bloodshed before long. + +I will now pass on to the question of the Zu-Vendi religion, which +is nothing more or less than sun-worship of a pronounced and highly +developed character. Around this sun-worship is grouped the entire +social system of the Zu-Vendi. It sends its roots through every +institution and custom of the land. From the cradle to the grave the +Zu-Vendi follows the sun in every sense of the saying. As an infant he +is solemnly held up in its light and dedicated to 'the symbol of +good, the expression of power, and the hope of Eternity', the ceremony +answering to our baptism. Whilst still a tiny child, his parents point +out the glorious orb as the presence of a visible and beneficent god, +and he worships it at its up-rising and down-setting. Then when still +quite small, he goes, holding fast to the pendent end of his mother's +'kaf' (toga), up to the temple of the Sun of the nearest city, and +there, when at midday the bright beams strike down upon the golden +central altar and beat back the fire that burns thereon, he hears the +white-robed priests raise their solemn chant of praise and sees the +people fall down to adore, and then, amidst the blowing of the golden +trumpets, watches the sacrifice thrown into the fiery furnace beneath +the altar. Here he comes again to be declared 'a man' by the priests, +and consecrated to war and to good works; here before the solemn altar +he leads his bride; and here too, if differences shall unhappily arise, +he divorces her. + +And so on, down life's long pathway till the last mile is travelled, and +he comes again armed indeed, and with dignity, but no longer a man. Here +they bear him dead and lay his bier upon the falling brazen doors before +the eastern altar, and when the last ray from the setting sun falls +upon his white face the bolts are drawn and he vanishes into the raging +furnace beneath and is ended. + +The priests of the Sun do not marry, but are recruited as young men +specially devoted to the work by their parents and supported by the +State. The nomination to the higher offices of the priesthood lies with +the Crown, but once appointed the nominees cannot be dispossessed, and +it is scarcely too much to say that they really rule the land. To begin +with, they are a united body sworn to obedience and secrecy, so that +an order issued by the High Priest at Milosis will be instantly and +unhesitatingly acted upon by the resident priest of a little country +town three or four hundred miles off. They are the judges of the land, +criminal and civil, an appeal lying only to the lord paramount of +the district, and from him to the king; and they have, of course, +practically unlimited jurisdiction over religious and moral offences, +together with a right of excommunication, which, as in the faiths of +more highly civilized lands, is a very effective weapon. Indeed, their +rights and powers are almost unlimited, but I may as well state here +that the priests of the Sun are wise in their generation, and do not +push things too far. It is but very seldom that they go to extremes +against anybody, being more inclined to exercise the prerogative of +mercy than run the risk of exasperating the powerful and vigorous-minded +people on whose neck they have set their yoke, lest it should rise and +break it off altogether. + +Another source of the power of the priests is their practical monopoly +of learning, and their very considerable astronomical knowledge, which +enables them to keep a hold on the popular mind by predicting eclipses +and even comets. In Zu-Vendis only a few of the upper classes can read +and write, but nearly all the priests have this knowledge, and are +therefore looked upon as learned men. + +The law of the country is, on the whole, mild and just, but differs +in several respects from our civilized law. For instance, the law of +England is much more severe upon offences against property than against +the person, as becomes a people whose ruling passion is money. A man +may half kick his wife to death or inflict horrible sufferings upon his +children at a much cheaper rate of punishment than he can compound for +the theft of a pair of old boots. In Zu-Vendis this is not so, for there +they rightly or wrongly look upon the person as of more consequence +than goods and chattels, and not, as in England, as a sort of necessary +appendage to the latter. For murder the punishment is death, for treason +death, for defrauding the orphan and the widow, for sacrilege, and +for attempting to quit the country (which is looked on as a sacrilege) +death. In each case the method of execution is the same, and a rather +awful one. The culprit is thrown alive into the fiery furnace beneath +one of the altars to the Sun. For all other offences, including the +offence of idleness, the punishment is forced labour upon the vast +national buildings which are always going on in some part of the +country, with or without periodical floggings, according to the crime. + +The social system of the Zu-Vendi allows considerable liberty to the +individual, provided he does not offend against the laws and customs +of the country. They are polygamous in theory, though most of them +have only one wife on account of the expense. By law a man is bound to +provide a separate establishment for each wife. The first wife also is +the legal wife, and her children are said to be 'of the house of the +Father'. The children of the other wives are of the houses of their +respective mothers. This does not, however, imply any slur upon either +mother or children. Again, a first wife can, on entering into the +married state, make a bargain that her husband shall marry no other +wife. This, however, is very rarely done, as the women are the great +upholders of polygamy, which not only provides for their surplus numbers +but gives greater importance to the first wife, who is thus practically +the head of several households. Marriage is looked upon as primarily +a civil contract, and, subject to certain conditions and to a proper +provision for children, is dissoluble at the will of both contracting +parties, the divorce, or 'unloosing', being formally and ceremoniously +accomplished by going through certain portions of the marriage ceremony +backwards. + +The Zu-Vendi are on the whole a very kindly, pleasant, and light-hearted +people. They are not great traders and care little about money, only +working to earn enough to support themselves in that class of life in +which they were born. They are exceedingly conservative, and look with +disfavour upon changes. Their legal tender is silver, cut into little +squares of different weights; gold is the baser coin, and is about +of the same value as our silver. It is, however, much prized for its +beauty, and largely used for ornaments and decorative purposes. Most of +the trade, however, is carried on by means of sale and barter, payment +being made in kind. Agriculture is the great business of the country, +and is really well understood and carried out, most of the available +acreage being under cultivation. Great attention is also given to the +breeding of cattle and horses, the latter being unsurpassed by any I +have ever seen either in Europe or Africa. + +The land belongs theoretically to the Crown, and under the Crown to the +great lords, who again divide it among smaller lords, and so on down +to the little peasant farmer who works his forty 'reestu' (acres) on a +system of half-profits with his immediate lord. In fact the whole system +is, as I have said, distinctly feudal, and it interested us much to meet +with such an old friend far in the unknown heart of Africa. + +The taxes are very heavy. The State takes a third of a man's total +earnings, and the priesthood about five per cent on the remainder. +But on the other hand, if a man through any cause falls into bona fide +misfortune the State supports him in the position of life to which he +belongs. If he is idle, however, he is sent to work on the Government +undertakings, and the State looks after his wives and children. The +State also makes all the roads and builds all town houses, about which +great care is shown, letting them out to families at a small rent. It +also keeps up a standing army of about twenty thousand men, and provides +watchmen, etc. In return for their five per cent the priests attend to +the service of the temples, carry out all religious ceremonies, and keep +schools, where they teach whatever they think desirable, which is +not very much. Some of the temples also possess private property, but +priests as individuals cannot hold property. + +And now comes a question which I find some difficulty in answering. Are +the Zu-Vendi a civilized or barbarous people? Sometimes I think the one, +sometimes the other. In some branches of art they have attained the +very highest proficiency. Take for instance their buildings and their +statuary. I do not think that the latter can be equalled either in +beauty or imaginative power anywhere in the world, and as for the former +it may have been rivalled in ancient Egypt, but I am sure that it has +never been since. But, on the other hand, they are totally ignorant of +many other arts. Till Sir Henry, who happened to know something about +it, showed them how to do it by mixing silica and lime, they could +not make a piece of glass, and their crockery is rather primitive. A +water-clock is their nearest approach to a watch; indeed, ours delighted +them exceedingly. They know nothing about steam, electricity, or +gunpowder, and mercifully for themselves nothing about printing or the +penny post. Thus they are spared many evils, for of a truth our age has +learnt the wisdom of the old-world saying, 'He who increaseth knowledge, +increaseth sorrow.' + +As regards their religion, it is a natural one for imaginative people +who know no better, and might therefore be expected to turn to the +sun and worship him as the all-Father, but it cannot justly be called +elevating or spiritual. It is true that they do sometimes speak of the +sun as the 'garment of the Spirit', but it is a vague term, and what +they really adore is the fiery orb himself. They also call him the 'hope +of eternity', but here again the meaning is vague, and I doubt if the +phrase conveys any very clear impression to their minds. Some of them +do indeed believe in a future life for the good--I know Nyleptha does +firmly--but it is a private faith arising from the promptings of the +spirit, not an essential of their creed. So on the whole I cannot say +that I consider this sun-worship as a religion indicative of a civilized +people, however magnificent and imposing its ritual, or however moral +and high-sounding the maxims of its priests, many of whom, I am sure, +have their own opinions on the whole subject; though of course they have +nothing but praise for a system which provides them with so many of the +good things of this world. + +There are now only two more matters to which I need allude--namely, +the language and the system of calligraphy. As for the former, it is +soft-sounding, and very rich and flexible. Sir Henry says that it sounds +something like modern Greek, but of course it has no connection with it. +It is easy to acquire, being simple in its construction, and a peculiar +quality about it is its euphony, and the way in which the sound of +the words adapts itself to the meaning to be expressed. Long before we +mastered the language, we could frequently make out what was meant by +the ring of the sentence. It is on this account that the language lends +itself so well to poetical declamation, of which these remarkable +people are very fond. The Zu-Vendi alphabet seems, Sir Henry says, to +be derived, like every other known system of letters, from a Phoenician +source, and therefore more remotely still from the ancient Egyptian +hieratic writing. Whether this is a fact I cannot say, not being learned +in such matters. All I know about it is that their alphabet consists of +twenty-two characters, of which a few, notably B, E, and O, are not +very unlike our own. The whole affair is, however, clumsy and puzzling. +{Endnote 13} But as the people of Zu-Vendi are not given to the writing +of novels, or of anything except business documents and records of the +briefest character, it answers their purpose well enough. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV THE FLOWER TEMPLE + + + +It was half-past eight by my watch when I woke on the morning following +our arrival at Milosis, having slept almost exactly twelve hours, and +I must say that I did indeed feel better. Ah, what a blessed thing is +sleep! and what a difference twelve hours of it or so makes to us after +days and nights of toil and danger. It is like going to bed one man and +getting up another. + +I sat up upon my silken couch--never had I slept upon such a bed +before--and the first thing that I saw was Good's eyeglass fixed on me +from the recesses of his silken couch. There was nothing else of him to +be seen except his eyeglass, but I knew from the look of it that he was +awake, and waiting till I woke up to begin. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he commenced sure enough, 'did you observe her +skin? It is as smooth as the back of an ivory hairbrush.' + +'Now look here, Good,' I remonstrated, when there came a sound at the +curtain, which, on being drawn, admitted a functionary, who signified by +signs that he was there to lead us to the bath. We gladly consented, and +were conducted to a delightful marble chamber, with a pool of running +crystal water in the centre of it, into which we gaily plunged. When we +had bathed, we returned to our apartment and dressed, and then went into +the central room where we had supped on the previous evening, to find a +morning meal already prepared for us, and a capital meal it was, though +I should be puzzled to describe the dishes. After breakfast we lounged +round and admired the tapestries and carpets and some pieces of statuary +that were placed about, wondering the while what was going to happen +next. Indeed, by this time our minds were in such a state of complete +bewilderment that we were, as a matter of fact, ready for anything +that might arrive. As for our sense of astonishment, it was pretty well +obliterated. Whilst we were still thus engaged, our friend the captain +of the guard presented himself, and with many obeisances signified +that we were to follow him, which we did, not without doubts and +heart-searchings--for we guessed that the time had come when we should +have to settle the bill for those confounded hippopotami with our +cold-eyed friend Agon, the High Priest. However, there was no help for +it, and personally I took great comfort in the promise of the protection +of the sister Queens, knowing that if ladies have a will they can +generally find a way; so off we started as though we liked it. A +minute's walk through a passage and an outer court brought us to the +great double gates of the palace that open on to the wide highway which +runs uphill through the heart of Milosis to the Temple of the Sun a mile +away, and thence down the slope on the farther side of the temple to the +outer wall of the city. + +These gates are very large and massive, and an extraordinarily beautiful +work in metal. Between them--for one set is placed at the entrance to an +interior, and one at that of the exterior wall--is a fosse, forty-five +feet in width. This fosse is filled with water and spanned by a +drawbridge, which when lifted makes the palace nearly impregnable to +anything except siege guns. As we came, one half of the wide gates were +flung open, and we passed over the drawbridge and presently stood gazing +up one of the most imposing, if not the most imposing, roadways in the +world. It is a hundred feet from curb to curb, and on either side, +not cramped and crowded together, as is our European fashion, but each +standing in its own grounds, and built equidistant from and in similar +style to the rest, are a series of splendid, single-storied mansions, +all of red granite. These are the town houses of the nobles of the +Court, and stretch away in unbroken lines for a mile or more till the +eye is arrested by the glorious vision of the Temple of the Sun that +crowns the hill and heads the roadway. + +As we stood gazing at this splendid sight, of which more anon, there +suddenly dashed up to the gateway four chariots, each drawn by two +white horses. These chariots are two-wheeled, and made of wood. They are +fitted with a stout pole, the weight of which is supported by leathern +girths that form a portion of the harness. The wheels are made with four +spokes only, are tired with iron, and quite innocent of springs. In the +front of the chariot, and immediately over the pole, is a small seat for +the driver, railed round to prevent him from being jolted off. Inside +the machine itself are three low seats, one at each side, and one with +the back to the horses, opposite to which is the door. The whole vehicle +is lightly and yet strongly made, and, owing to the grace of the curves, +though primitive, not half so ugly as might be expected. + +But if the chariots left something to be desired, the horses did not. +They were simply splendid, not very large but strongly built, and well +ribbed up, with small heads, remarkably large and round hoofs, and a +great look of speed and blood. I have often wondered whence this breed, +which presents many distinct characteristics, came, but like that of its +owners, it history is obscure. Like the people the horses have always +been there. The first and last of these chariots were occupied by +guards, but the centre two were empty, except for the driver, and to +these we were conducted. Alphonse and I got into the first, and Sir +Henry, Good, and Umslopogaas into the one behind, and then suddenly +off we went. And we did go! Among the Zu-Vendi it is not usual to trot +horses either riding or driving, especially when the journey to be made +is a short one--they go at full gallop. As soon as we were seated the +driver called out, the horses sprang forward, and we were whirled +away at a speed sufficient to take one's breath, and which, till I got +accustomed to it, kept me in momentary fear of an upset. As for the +wretched Alphonse, he clung with a despairing face to the side of what +he called this 'devil of a fiacre', thinking that every moment was his +last. Presently it occurred to him to ask where we were going, and +I told him that, as far as I could ascertain, we were going to be +sacrificed by burning. You should have seen his face as he grasped the +side of the vehicle and cried out in his terror. + +But the wild-looking charioteer only leant forward over his flying +steeds and shouted; and the air, as it went singing past, bore away the +sound of Alphonse's lamentations. + +And now before us, in all its marvellous splendour and dazzling +loveliness, shone out the Temple of the Sun--the peculiar pride of the +Zu-Vendi, to whom it was what Solomon's, or rather Herod's, Temple was +to the Jews. The wealth, and skill, and labour of generations had been +given to the building of this wonderful place, which had been only +finally completed within the last fifty years. Nothing was spared that +the country could produce, and the result was indeed worthy of the +effort, not so much on account of its size--for there are larger fanes +in the world--as because of its perfect proportions, the richness and +beauty of its materials, and the wonderful workmanship. The building +(that stands by itself on a space of some eight acres of garden ground +on the hilltop, around which are the dwelling-places of the priests) +is built in the shape of a sunflower, with a dome-covered central hall, +from which radiate twelve petal-shaped courts, each dedicated to one of +the twelve months, and serving as the repositories of statues reared in +memory of the illustrious dead. The width of the circle beneath the dome +is three hundred feet, the height of the dome is four hundred feet, and +the length of the rays is one hundred and fifty feet, and the height of +their roofs three hundred feet, so that they run into the central dome +exactly as the petals of the sunflower run into the great raised heart. +Thus the exact measurement from the centre of the central altar to the +extreme point of any one of the rounded rays would be three hundred feet +(the width of the circle itself), or a total of six hundred feet from +the rounded extremity of one ray or petal to the extremity of the +opposite one. {Endnote 14} + +The building itself is of pure and polished white marble, which shows +out in marvellous contrast to the red granite of the frowning city, on +whose brow it glistens indeed like an imperial diadem upon the forehead +of a dusky queen. The outer surface of the dome and of the twelve petal +courts is covered entirely with thin sheets of beaten gold; and from the +extreme point of the roof of each of these petals a glorious golden form +with a trumpet in its hand and widespread wings is figured in the very +act of soaring into space. I really must leave whoever reads this to +imagine the surpassing beauty of these golden roofs flashing when the +sun strikes--flashing like a thousand fires aflame on a mountain of +polished marble--so fiercely that the reflection can be clearly seen +from the great peaks of the range a hundred miles away. + +It is a marvellous sight--this golden flower upborne upon the cool white +marble walls, and I doubt if the world can show such another. What makes +the whole effect even more gorgeous is that a belt of a hundred and +fifty feet around the marble wall of the temple is planted with an +indigenous species of sunflower, which were at the time when we first +saw them a sheet of golden bloom. + +The main entrance to this wonderful place is between the two +northernmost of the rays or petal courts, and is protected first by the +usual bronze gates, and then by doors made of solid marble, beautifully +carved with allegorical subjects and overlaid with gold. When these +are passed there is only the thickness of the wall, which is, however, +twenty-five feet (for the Zu-Vendi build for all time), and another +slight wall also of white marble, introduced in order to avoid causing a +visible gap in the inner skin of the wall, and you stand in the circular +hall under the great dome. Advancing to the central altar you look upon +as beautiful a sight as the imagination of man can conceive. You are in +the middle of the holy place, and above you the great white marble dome +(for the inner skin, like the outer, is of polished marble throughout) +arches away in graceful curves something like that of St Paul's in +London, only at a slighter angle, and from the funnel-like opening at +the exact apex a bright beam of light pours down upon the golden altar. +At the east and the west are other altars, and other beams of light stab +the sacred twilight to the heart. In every direction, 'white, mystic, +wonderful', open out the ray-like courts, each pierced through by a +single arrow of light that serves to illumine its lofty silence and +dimly to reveal the monuments of the dead. {Endnote 15} + +Overcome at so awe-inspiring a sight, the vast loveliness of which +thrills the nerves like a glance from beauty's eyes, you turn to the +central golden altar, in the midst of which, though you cannot see it +now, there burns a pale but steady flame crowned with curls of faint +blue smoke. It is of marble overlaid with pure gold, in shape round +like the sun, four feet in height, and thirty-six in circumference. +Here also, hinged to the foundations of the altar, are twelve petals +of beaten gold. All night and, except at one hour, all day also, these +petals are closed over the altar itself exactly as the petals of a +water-lily close over the yellow crown in stormy weather; but when the +sun at midday pierces through the funnel in the dome and lights upon the +golden flower, the petals open and reveal the hidden mystery, only to +close again when the ray has passed. + +Nor is this all. Standing in semicircles at equal distances from each +other on the north and south of the sacred place are ten golden angels, +or female winged forms, exquisitely shaped and draped. These figures, +which are slightly larger than life-size, stand with bent heads in an +attitude of adoration, their faces shadowed by their wings, and are most +imposing and of exceeding beauty. + +There is but one thing further which calls for description in this +altar, which is, that to the east the flooring in front of it is not of +pure white marble, as elsewhere throughout the building, but of solid +brass, and this is also the case in front of the other two altars. + +The eastern and western altars, which are semicircular in shape, and +placed against the wall of the building, are much less imposing, and +are not enfolded in golden petals. They are, however, also of gold, the +sacred fire burns on each, and a golden-winged figure stands on either +side of them. Two great golden rays run up the wall behind them, but +where the third or middle one should be is an opening in the wall, +wide on the outside, but narrow within, like a loophole turned inwards. +Through the eastern loophole stream the first beams of the rising sun, +and strike right across the circle, touching the folded petals of the +great gold flower as they pass till they impinge upon the western altar. +In the same way at night the last rays of the sinking sun rest for a +while on the eastern altar before they die away into darkness. It is the +promise of the dawn to the evening and the evening to the dawn. + +With the exception of those three altars and the winged figures about +them, the whole space beneath the vast white dome is utterly empty and +devoid of ornamentation--a circumstance that to my fancy adds greatly to +its splendour. + +Such is a brief description of this wonderful and lovely building, to +the glories of which, to my mind so much enhanced by their complete +simplicity, I only wish I had the power to do justice. But I cannot, so +it is useless talking more about it. But when I compare this great +work of genius to some of the tawdry buildings and tinsel ornamentation +produced in these latter days by European ecclesiastical architects, +I feel that even highly civilized art might learn something from the +Zu-Vendi masterpieces. I can only say that the exclamation which sprang +to my lips as soon as my eyes first became accustomed to the dim light +of that glorious building, and its white and curving beauties, perfect +and thrilling as those of a naked goddess, grew upon me one by one, was, +'Well! a dog would feel religious here.' It is vulgarly put, but perhaps +it conveys my meaning more clearly than any polished utterance. + +At the temple gates our party was received by a guard of soldiers, +who appeared to be under the orders of a priest; and by them we were +conducted into one of the ray or 'petal' courts, as the priests call +them, and there left for at least half-an-hour. Here we conferred +together, and realizing that we stood in great danger of our lives, +determined, if any attempt should be made upon us, to sell them as +dearly as we could--Umslopogaas announcing his fixed intention of +committing sacrilege on the person of Agon, the High Priest, by +splitting his head with Inkosi-kaas. From where we stood we could +perceive that an immense multitude were pouring into the temple, +evidently in expectation of some unusual event, and I could not help +fearing that we had to do with it. And here I may explain that every +day, when the sunlight falls upon the central altar, and the trumpets +sound, a burnt sacrifice is offered to the Sun, consisting generally of +the carcase of a sheep or ox, or sometimes of fruit or corn. This event +comes off about midday; of course, not always exactly at that hour, but +as Zu-Vendis is situated not far from the Line, although--being so +high above the sea it is very temperate--midday and the falling of the +sunlight on the altar were generally simultaneous. Today the sacrifice +was to take place at about eight minutes past twelve. + +Just at twelve o'clock a priest appeared, and made a sign, and the +officer of the guard signified to us that we were expected to advance, +which we did with the best grace that we could muster, all except +Alphonse, whose irrepressible teeth instantly began to chatter. In a +few seconds we were out of the court and looking at a vast sea of human +faces stretching away to the farthest limits of the great circle, +all straining to catch a glimpse of the mysterious strangers who +had committed sacrilege; the first strangers, mind you, who, to the +knowledge of the multitude, had ever set foot in Zu-Vendis since such +time that the memory of man runneth not to the contrary. + +As we appeared there was a murmur through the vast crowd that went +echoing away up the great dome, and we saw a visible blush of excitement +grow on the thousands of faces, like a pink light on a stretch of pale +cloud, and a very curious effect it was. On we passed down a lane cut +through the heart of the human mass, till presently we stood upon +the brazen patch of flooring to the east of the central altar, and +immediately facing it. For some thirty feet around the golden-winged +figures the space was roped off, and the multitudes stood outside +the ropes. Within were a circle of white-robed gold-cinctured priests +holding long golden trumpets in their hands, and immediately in front of +us was our friend Agon, the High Priest, with his curious cap upon his +head. His was the only covered head in that vast assemblage. We took +our stand upon the brazen space, little knowing what was prepared for +us beneath, but I noticed a curious hissing sound proceeding apparently +from the floor for which I could not account. Then came a pause, and I +looked around to see if there was any sign of the two Queens, Nyleptha +and Sorais, but they were not there. To the right of us, however, was a +bare space that I guessed was reserved for them. + +We waited, and presently a far-off trumpet blew, apparently high up in +the dome. Then came another murmur from the multitude, and up a long +lane, leading to the open space to our right, we saw the two Queens +walking side by side. Behind them were some nobles of the Court, among +whom I recognized the great lord Nasta, and behind them again a body of +about fifty guards. These last I was very glad to see. Presently they +had all arrived and taken their stand, the two Queens in the front, +the nobles to the right and left, and the guards in a double semicircle +behind them. + +Then came another silence, and Nyleptha looked up and caught my eye; +it seemed to me that there was meaning in her glance, and I watched it +narrowly. From my eye it travelled down to the brazen flooring, on +the outer edge of which we stood. Then followed a slight and almost +imperceptible sidelong movement of the head. I did not understand it, +and it was repeated. Then I guessed that she meant us to move back off +the brazen floor. One more glance and I was sure of it--there was +danger in standing on the floor. Sir Henry was placed on one side of me, +Umslopogaas on the other. Keeping my eyes fixed straight before me, I +whispered to them, first in Zulu and then in English, to draw slowly +back inch by inch till half their feet were resting on the marble +flooring where the brass ceased. Sir Henry whispered on to Good and +Alphonse, and slowly, very very slowly, we shifted backwards; so slowly +that nobody, except Nyleptha and Sorais, who saw everything seemed to +notice the movement. Then I glanced again at Nyleptha, and saw that, +by an almost imperceptible nod, she indicated approval. All the while +Agon's eyes were fixed upon the altar before him apparently in an +ecstasy of contemplation, and mine were fixed upon the small of his back +in another sort of ecstasy. Suddenly he flung up his long arm, and in a +solemn and resounding voice commenced a chant, of which for convenience' +sake I append a rough, a _very_ rough, translation here, though, of +course, I did not then comprehend its meaning. It was an invocation to +the Sun, and ran somewhat as follows:-- + + There is silence upon the face of the Earth and the waters thereof! + Yea, the silence doth brood on the waters like a nesting bird; + The silence sleepeth also upon the bosom of the profound darkness, + Only high up in the great spaces star doth speak unto star, + The Earth is faint with longing and wet with the tears of her desire; + The star-girdled night doth embrace her, but she is not comforted. + She lies enshrouded in mists like a corpse in the grave-clothes, + And stretches her pale hands to the East. + + Lo! away in the farthest East there is the shadow of a light; + The Earth seeth and lifts herself. She looks out from beneath + the hollow of her hand. + Then thy great angels fly forth from the Holy Place, oh Sun, + They shoot their fiery swords into the darkness and shrivel it up. + They climb the heavens and cast down the pale stars from their thrones; + Yea, they hurl the changeful stars back into the womb of the night; + They cause the moon to become wan as the face of a dying man, + And behold! Thy glory comes, oh Sun! + + Oh, Thou beautiful one, Thou drapest thyself in fire. + The wide heavens are thy pathway: thou rollest o'er them as a chariot. + The Earth is thy bride. Thou dost embrace her and + she brings forth children; + Yea, Thou favourest her, and she yields her increase. + Thou art the All Father and the giver of life, oh Sun. + The young children stretch out their hands and grow in thy brightness; + The old men creep forth and seeing remember their strength. + Only the dead forget Thee, oh Sun! + + When Thou art wroth then Thou dost hide Thy face; + Thou drawest around Thee a thick curtain of shadows. + Then the Earth grows cold and the Heavens are dismayed; + They tremble, and the sound thereof is the sound of thunder: + They weep, and their tears are outpoured in the rain; + They sigh, and the wild winds are the voice of their sighing. + The flowers die, the fruitful fields languish and turn pale; + The old men and the little children go unto their appointed place + When Thou withdrawest thy light, oh Sun! + + Say, what art Thou, oh Thou matchless Splendour-- + Who set Thee on high, oh Thou flaming Terror? + When didst Thou begin, and when is the day of Thy ending? + Thou art the raiment of the living Spirit. {Endnote 16} + None did place Thee on high, for Thou was the Beginning. + Thou shalt not be ended when thy children are forgotten; + Nay, Thou shalt never end, for thy hours are eternal. + Thou sittest on high within thy golden house and + measurest out the centuries. + Oh Father of Life! oh dark-dispelling Sun! + + +He ceased this solemn chant, which, though it seems a poor enough thing +after going through my mill, is really beautiful and impressive in the +original; and then, after a moment's pause, he glanced up towards the +funnel-sloped opening in the dome and added-- + +Oh Sun, descend upon thine Altar! + + +As he spoke a wonderful and a beautiful thing happened. Down from on +high flashed a splendid living ray of light, cleaving the twilight like +a sword of fire. Full upon the closed petals it fell and ran shimmering +down their golden sides, and then the glorious flower opened as though +beneath the bright influence. Slowly it opened, and as the great petals +fell wide and revealed the golden altar on which the fire ever burns, +the priests blew a blast upon the trumpets, and from all the people +there rose a shout of praise that beat against the domed roof and came +echoing down the marble walls. And now the flower altar was open, and +the sunlight fell full upon the tongue of sacred flame and beat it down, +so that it wavered, sank, and vanished into the hollow recesses whence +it rose. As it vanished, the mellow notes of the trumpets rolled out +once more. Again the old priest flung up his hands and called aloud-- + +We sacrifice to thee, oh Sun! + + +Once more I caught Nyleptha's eye; it was fixed upon the brazen +flooring. + +'Look out,' I said, aloud; and as I said it, I saw Agon bend forward and +touch something on the altar. As he did so, the great white sea of faces +around us turned red and then white again, and a deep breath went up +like a universal sigh. Nyleptha leant forward, and with an involuntary +movement covered her eyes with her hand. Sorais turned and whispered to +the officer of the royal bodyguard, and then with a rending sound the +whole of the brazen flooring slid from before our feet, and there in its +place was suddenly revealed a smooth marble shaft terminating in a most +awful raging furnace beneath the altar, big enough and hot enough to +heat the iron stern-post of a man-of-war. + +With a cry of terror we sprang backwards, all except the wretched +Alphonse, who was paralysed with fear, and would have fallen into the +fiery furnace which had been prepared for us, had not Sir Henry caught +him in his strong hand as he was vanishing and dragged him back. + +Instantly there arose the most fearful hubbub, and we four got back +to back, Alphonse dodging frantically round our little circle in his +attempts to take shelter under our legs. We all had our revolvers +on--for though we had been politely disarmed of our guns on leaving +the palace, of course these people did not know what a revolver was. +Umslopogaas, too, had his axe, of which no effort had been made to +deprive him, and now he whirled it round his head and sent his piercing +Zulu war-shout echoing up the marble walls in fine defiant fashion. +Next second, the priests, baffled of their prey, had drawn swords from +beneath their white robes and were leaping on us like hounds upon a +stag at bay. I saw that, dangerous as action might be, we must act or be +lost, so as the first man came bounding along--and a great tall fellow +he was--I sent a heavy revolver ball through him, and down he fell at +the mouth of the shaft, and slid, shrieking frantically, into the fiery +gulf that had been prepared for us. + +Whether it was his cries, or the, to them, awful sound and effect of +the pistol shot, or what, I know not, but the other priests halted, +paralysed and dismayed, and before they could come on again Sorais had +called out something, and we, together with the two Queens and most +of the courtiers, were being surrounded with a wall of armed men. In a +moment it was done, and still the priests hesitated, and the people hung +in the balance like a herd of startled buck as it were, making no sign +one way or the other. + +The last yell of the burning priest had died away, the fire had finished +him, and a great silence fell upon the place. + +Then the High Priest Agon turned, and his face was as the face of a +devil. 'Let the sacrifice be sacrificed,' he cried to the Queens. 'Has +not sacrilege enough been done by these strangers, and would ye, as +Queens, throw the cloak of your majesty over evildoers? Are not the +creatures sacred to the Sun dead? And is not a priest of the Sun also +dead, but now slain by the magic of these strangers, who come as the +winds out of heaven, whence we know not, and who are what we know not? +Beware, oh Queens, how ye tamper with the great majesty of the God, even +before His high altar! There is a Power that is more than your power; +there is a Justice that is higher than your justice. Beware how ye lift +an impious hand against it! Let the sacrifice be sacrificed, oh Queens.' + +Then Sorais made answer in her deep quiet tones, that always seemed to +me to have a suspicion of mockery about them, however serious the theme: +'Oh, Agon, thou hast spoken according to thy desire, and thou hast +spoken truth. But it is thou who wouldst lift an impious hand +against the justice of thy God. Bethink thee the midday sacrifice is +accomplished; the Sun hath claimed his priest as a sacrifice.' + +This was a novel idea, and the people applauded it. + +'Bethink thee what are these men? They are strangers found floating on +the bosom of a lake. Who brought them here? How came they here? How know +you that they also are not servants of the Sun? Is this the hospitality +that ye would have our nation show to those whom chance brings to +them, to throw them to the flames? Shame on you! Shame on you! What is +hospitality? To receive the stranger and show him favour. To bind up his +wounds, and find a pillow for his head, and food for him to eat. But thy +pillow is the fiery furnace, and thy food the hot savour of the flame. +Shame on thee, I say!' + +She paused a little to watch the effect of her speech upon the +multitude, and seeing that it was favourable, changed her tone from one +of remonstrance to one of command. + +'Ho! place there,' she cried; 'place, I say; make way for the Queens, +and those whom the Queens cover with their "kaf" (mantle).' + +'And if I refuse, oh Queen?' said Agon between his teeth. + +'Then will I cut a path with my guards,' was the proud answer; 'ay, +even in the presence of thy sanctuary, and through the bodies of thy +priests.' + +Agon turned livid with baffled fury. He glanced at the people as though +meditating an appeal to them, but saw clearly that their sympathies were +all the other way. The Zu-Vendi are a very curious and sociable people, +and great as was their sense of the enormity that we had committed in +shooting the sacred hippopotami, they did not like the idea of the only +real live strangers they had seen or heard of being consigned to a fiery +furnace, thereby putting an end for ever to their chance of extracting +knowledge and information from, and gossiping about us. Agon saw this +and hesitated, and then for the first time Nyleptha spoke in her soft +sweet voice. + +'Bethink thee, Agon,' she said, 'as my sister Queen has said, these men +may also be servants of the Sun. For themselves they cannot speak, for +their tongues are tied. Let the matter be adjourned till such time as +they have learnt our language. Who can be condemned without a hearing? +When these men can plead for themselves, then it will be time to put +them to the proof.' + +Here was a clever loophole of escape, and the vindictive old priest took +it, little as he liked it. + +'So be it, oh Queens,' he said. 'Let the men go in peace, and when they +have learnt our tongue then let them speak. And I, even I, will make +humble supplication at the altar lest pestilence fall on the land by +cause of the sacrilege.' + +These words were received with a murmur of applause, and in another +minute we were marching out of the temple surrounded by the royal +guards. + +But it was not till long afterwards that we learnt the exact substance +of what had passed, and how hardly our lives had been wrung out of the +cruel grip of the Zu-Vendi priesthood, in the face of which even the +Queens were practically powerless. Had it not been for their strenuous +efforts to protect us we should have been slain even before we set foot +in the Temple of the Sun. The attempt to drop us bodily into the fiery +pit as an offering was a last artifice to attain this end when several +others quite unsuspected by us had already failed. + + + + +CHAPTER XV SORAIS' SONG + + + +After our escape from Agon and his pious crew we returned to our +quarters in the palace and had a very good time. The two Queens, the +nobles and the people vied with each other in doing us honour and +showering gifts upon us. As for that painful little incident of the +hippopotami it sank into oblivion, where we were quite content to leave +it. Every day deputations and individuals waited on us to examine our +guns and clothing, our chain shirts, and our instruments, especially our +watches, with which they were much delighted. In short, we became quite +the rage, so much so that some of the fashionable young swells among +the Zu-Vendi began to copy the cut of some of our clothes, notably Sir +Henry's shooting jacket. One day, indeed, a deputation waited on us +and, as usual, Good donned his full-dress uniform for the occasion. This +deputation seemed somehow to be a different class to those who generally +came to visit us. They were little insignificant men of an excessively +polite, not to say servile, demeanour; and their attention appeared +to be chiefly taken up with observing the details of Good's full-dress +uniform, of which they took copious notes and measurements. Good was +much flattered at the time, not suspecting that he had to deal with the +six leading tailors of Milosis. A fortnight afterwards, however, when +on attending court as usual he had the pleasure of seeing some seven +or eight Zu-Vendi 'mashers' arrayed in all the glory of a very fair +imitation of his full-dress uniform, he changed his mind. I shall never +forget his face of astonishment and disgust. It was after this, chiefly +to avoid remark, and also because our clothes were wearing out and had +to be saved up, that we resolved to adopt the native dress; and a very +comfortable one we found it, though I am bound to say that I looked +sufficiently ridiculous in it, and as for Alphonse! Only Umslopogaas +would have none of these things; when his moocha was worn out the fierce +old Zulu made him a new one, and went about unconcerned, as grim and +naked as his own battleaxe. + +Meanwhile we pursued our study of the language steadily and made very +good progress. On the morning following our adventure in the temple, +three grave and reverend signiors presented themselves armed with +manuscript books, ink-horns and feather pens, and indicated that they +had been sent to teach us. So, with the exception of Umslopogaas, we all +buckled to with a will, doing four hours a day. As for Umslopogaas, he +would have none of that either. He did not wish to learn that 'woman's +talk', not he; and when one of the teachers advanced on him with a book +and an ink-horn and waved them before him in a mild persuasive way, much +as a churchwarden invitingly shakes the offertory bag under the nose of +a rich but niggardly parishioner, he sprang up with a fierce oath and +flashed Inkosi-kaas before the eyes of our learned friend, and there was +an end of the attempt to teach _him_ Zu-Vendi. + +Thus we spent our mornings in useful occupation which grew more and +more interesting as we proceeded, and the afternoons were given up to +recreation. Sometimes we made trips, notably one to the gold mines and +another to the marble quarries both of which I wish I had space and time +to describe; and sometimes we went out hunting buck with dogs trained +for that purpose, and a very exciting sport it is, as the country is +full of agricultural enclosures and our horses were magnificent. This +is not to be wondered at, seeing that the royal stables were at our +command, in addition to which we had four splendid saddle horses given +to us by Nyleptha. + +Sometimes, again, we went hawking, a pastime that is in great favour +among the Zu-Vendi, who generally fly their birds at a species of +partridge which is remarkable for the swiftness and strength of its +flight. When attacked by the hawk this bird appears to lose its head, +and, instead of seeking cover, flies high into the sky, thus offering +wonderful sport. I have seen one of these partridges soar up almost out +of sight when followed by the hawk. Still better sport is offered by a +variety of solitary snipe as big as a small woodcock, which is plentiful +in this country, and which is flown at with a very small, agile, and +highly-trained hawk with an almost red tail. The zigzagging of the great +snipe and the lightning rapidity of the flight and movements of the +red-tailed hawk make the pastime a delightful one. Another variety of +the same amusement is the hunting of a very small species of antelope +with trained eagles; and it certainly is a marvellous sight to see the +great bird soar and soar till he is nothing but a black speck in the +sunlight, and then suddenly come dashing down like a cannon-ball upon +some cowering buck that is hidden in a patch of grass from everything +but that piercing eye. Still finer is the spectacle when the eagle takes +the buck running. + +On other days we would pay visits to the country seats at some of the +great lords' beautiful fortified places, and the villages clustering +beneath their walls. Here we saw vineyards and corn-fields and well-kept +park-like grounds, with such timber in them as filled me with delight, +for I do love a good tree. There it stands so strong and sturdy, and yet +so beautiful, a very type of the best sort of man. How proudly it +lifts its bare head to the winter storms, and with what a full heart it +rejoices when the spring has come again! How grand its voice is, too, +when it talks with the wind: a thousand aeolian harps cannot equal the +beauty of the sighing of a great tree in leaf. All day it points to the +sunshine and all night to the stars, and thus passionless, and yet +full of life, it endures through the centuries, come storm, come shine, +drawing its sustenance from the cool bosom of its mother earth, and as +the slow years roll by, learning the great mysteries of growth and of +decay. And so on and on through generations, outliving individuals, +customs, dynasties--all save the landscape it adorns and human +nature--till the appointed day when the wind wins the long battle and +rejoices over a reclaimed space, or decay puts the last stroke to his +fungus-fingered work. + +Ah, one should always think twice before one cuts down a tree! + +In the evenings it was customary for Sir Henry, Good, and myself to +dine, or rather sup, with their Majesties--not every night, indeed, but +about three or four times a week, whenever they had not much company, or +the affairs of state would allow of it. And I am bound to say that those +little suppers were quite the most charming things of their sort that +I ever had to do with. How true is the saying that the very highest +in rank are always the most simple and kindly. It is from your +half-and-half sort of people that you get pomposity and vulgarity, the +difference between the two being very much what one sees every day in +England between the old, out-at-elbows, broken-down county family, and +the overbearing, purse-proud people who come and 'take the place'. I +really think that Nyleptha's greatest charm is her sweet simplicity, and +her kindly genuine interest even in little things. She is the simplest +woman I ever knew, and where her passions are not involved, one of the +sweetest; but she can look queenly enough when she likes, and be as +fierce as any savage too. + +For instance, never shall I forget that scene when I for the first time +was sure that she was really in love with Curtis. It came about in this +way--all through Good's weakness for ladies' society. When we had been +employed for some three months in learning Zu-Vendi, it struck Master +Good that he was getting rather tired of the old gentlemen who did us +the honour to lead us in the way that we should go, so he proceeded, +without saying a word to anybody else, to inform them that it was a +peculiar fact, but that we could not make any real progress in the +deeper intricacies of a foreign language unless we were taught by +ladies--young ladies, he was careful to explain. In his own country, he +pointed out, it was habitual to choose the very best-looking and most +charming girls who could be found to instruct any strangers who happened +to come that way, etc. + +All of this the old gentlemen swallowed open-mouthed. There was, +they admitted, reason in what he said, since the contemplation of the +beautiful, as their philosophy taught, induced a certain porosity of +mind similar to that produced upon the physical body by the healthful +influences of sun and air. Consequently it was probable that we might +absorb the Zu-Vendi tongue a little faster if suitable teachers could +be found. Another thing was that, as the female sex was naturally +loquacious, good practice would be gained in the viva voce department of +our studies. + +To all of this Good gravely assented, and the learned gentlemen +departed, assuring him that their orders were to fall in with our wishes +in every way, and that, if possible, our views should be met. + +Imagine, therefore the surprise and disgust of myself, and I trust and +believe Sir Henry, when, on entering the room where we were accustomed +to carry on our studies the following morning, we found, instead of +our usual venerable tutors, three of the best-looking young women whom +Milosis could produce--and that is saying a good deal--who blushed and +smiled and curtseyed, and gave us to understand that they were there +to carry on our instruction. Then Good, as we gazed at one another in +bewilderment, thought fit to explain, saying that it had slipped his +memory before--but the old gentlemen had told him, on the previous +evening, that it was absolutely necessary that our further education +should be carried on by the other sex. I was overwhelmed, and appealed +to Sir Henry for advice in such a crisis. + +'Well,' he said, 'you see the ladies are here, ain't they? If we sent +them away, don't you think it might hurt their feelings, eh? One doesn't +like to be rough, you see; and they look regular _blues_, don't they, +eh?' + +By this time Good had already begun his lessons with the handsomest of +the three, and so with a sigh I yielded. That day everything went very +well: the young ladies were certainly very clever, and they only smiled +when we blundered. I never saw Good so attentive to his books before, +and even Sir Henry appeared to tackle Zu-Vendi with a renewed zest. +'Ah,' thought I, 'will it always be thus?' + +Next day we were much more lively, our work was pleasingly interspersed +with questions about our native country, what the ladies were like +there, etc., all of which we answered as best as we could in Zu-Vendi, +and I heard Good assuring his teacher that her loveliness was to the +beauties of Europe as the sun to the moon, to which she replied with a +little toss of the head, that she was a plain teaching woman and nothing +else, and that it was not kind 'to deceive a poor girl so'. Then we had +a little singing that was really charming, so natural and unaffected. +The Zu-Vendi love-songs are most touching. On the third day we were all +quite intimate. Good narrated some of his previous love affairs to his +fair teacher, and so moved was she that her sighs mingled with his own. +I discoursed with mine, a merry blue-eyed girl, upon Zu-Vendian art, and +never saw that she was waiting for an opportunity to drop a specimen of +the cockroach tribe down my back, whilst in the corner Sir Henry and +his governess appeared, so far as I could judge, to be going through a +lesson framed on the great educational principles laid down by Wackford +Squeers Esq., though in a very modified or rather spiritualized form. +The lady softly repeated the Zu-Vendi word for 'hand', and he took hers; +'eyes', and he gazed deep into her brown orbs; 'lips', and--but just at +that moment _my_ young lady dropped the cockroach down my back and ran +away laughing. Now if there is one thing I loathe more than another it +is cockroaches, and moved quite beyond myself, and yet laughing at her +impudence, I took up the cushion she had been sitting on and threw it +after her. Imagine then my shame--my horror, and my distress--when the +door opened, and, attended by two guards only, in walked _Nyleptha_. +The cushion could not be recalled (it missed the girl and hit one of the +guards on the head), but I instantly and ineffectually tried to look as +though I had not thrown it. Good ceased his sighing, and began to murder +Zu-Vendi at the top of his voice, and Sir Henry whistled and looked +silly. As for the poor girls, they were utterly dumbfounded. + +And Nyleptha! she drew herself up till her frame seemed to tower even +above that of the tall guards, and her face went first red, and then +pale as death. + +'Guards,' she said in a quiet choked voice, and pointing at the fair but +unconscious disciple of Wackford Squeers, 'slay me that woman.' + +The men hesitated, as well they might. + +'Will ye do my bidding,' she said again in the same voice, 'or will ye +not?' + +Then they advanced upon the girl with uplifted spears. By this time Sir +Henry had recovered himself, and saw that the comedy was likely to turn +into a tragedy. + +'Stand back,' he said in a voice of thunder, at the same time getting in +front of the terrified girl. 'Shame on thee, Nyleptha--shame! Thou shalt +not kill her.' + +'Doubtless thou hast good reason to try to protect her. Thou couldst +hardly do less in honour,' answered the infuriated Queen; 'but she shall +die--she shall die,' and she stamped her little foot. + +'It is well,' he answered; 'then will I die with her. I am thy servant, +oh Queen; do with me even as thou wilt.' And he bowed towards her, and +fixed his clear eyes contemptuously on her face. + +'I could wish to slay thee too,' she answered; 'for thou dost make a +mock of me;' and then feeling that she was mastered, and I suppose not +knowing what else to do, she burst into such a storm of tears and looked +so royally lovely in her passionate distress, that, old as I am, I must +say I envied Curtis his task of supporting her. It was rather odd to see +him holding her in his arms considering what had just passed--a thought +that seemed to occur to herself, for presently she wrenched herself free +and went, leaving us all much disturbed. + +Presently, however, one of the guards returned with a message to the +girls that they were, on pain of death, to leave the city and return to +their homes in the country, and that no further harm would come to them; +and accordingly they went, one of them remarking philosophically that +it could not be helped, and that it was a satisfaction to know that they +had taught us a little serviceable Zu-Vendi. Mine was an exceedingly +nice girl, and, overlooking the cockroach, I made her a present of my +favourite lucky sixpence with a hole in it when she went away. After +that our former masters resumed their course of instruction, needless to +say to my great relief. + +That night, when in fear and trembling we attended the royal supper +table, we found that Nyleptha was laid up with a bad headache. That +headache lasted for three whole days; but on the fourth she was present +at supper as usual, and with the most gracious and sweet smile gave Sir +Henry her hand to lead her to the table. No allusion was made to the +little affair described above beyond her saying, with a charming air of +innocence, that when she came to see us at our studies the other day she +had been seized with a giddiness from which she had only now recovered. +She supposed, she added with a touch of the humour that was common to +her, that it was the sight of people working so hard which had affected +her. + +In reply Sir Henry said, dryly, that he had thought she did not look +quite herself on that day, whereat she flashed one of those quick +glances of hers at him, which if he had the feelings of a man must have +gone through him like a knife, and the subject dropped entirely. +Indeed, after supper was over Nyleptha condescended to put us through +an examination to see what we had learnt, and to express herself well +satisfied with the results. Indeed, she proceeded to give us, especially +Sir Henry, a lesson on her own account, and very interesting we found +it. + +And all the while that we talked, or rather tried to talk, and laughed, +Sorais would sit there in her carven ivory chair, and look at us and +read us all like a book, only from time to time saying a few words, and +smiling that quick ominous smile of hers which was more like a flash of +summer lightning on a dark cloud than anything else. And as near to her +as he dared would sit Good, worshipping through his eyeglass, for he +really was getting seriously devoted to this sombre beauty, of whom, +speaking personally, I felt terribly afraid. I watched her keenly, and +soon I found out that for all her apparent impassibility she was at +heart bitterly jealous of Nyleptha. Another thing I found out, and +the discovery filled me with dismay, and that was, that she _also_ was +growing devoted to Sir Henry Curtis. Of course I could not be sure; it +is not easy to read so cold and haughty a woman; but I noticed one or +two little things, and, as elephant hunters know, dried grass shows +which way the wind has set. + +And so another three months passed over us, by which time we had all +attained to a very considerable mastery of the Zu-Vendi language, +which is an easy one to learn. And as the time went on we became great +favourites with the people, and even with the courtiers, gaining an +enormous reputation for cleverness, because, as I think I have said, +Sir Henry was able to show them how to make glass, which was a national +want, and also, by the help of a twenty-year almanac that we had +with us, to predict various heavenly combinations which were +quite unsuspected by the native astronomers. We even succeeded in +demonstrating the principle of the steam-engine to a gathering of the +learned men, who were filled with amazement; and several other things of +the same sort we did. And so it came about that the people made up their +minds that we must on no account be allowed to go out of the country +(which indeed was an apparent impossibility even if we had wished it), +and we were advanced to great honour and made officers to the bodyguards +of the sister Queens while permanent quarters were assigned to us in the +palace, and our opinion was asked upon questions of national policy. + +But blue as the sky seemed, there was a cloud, and a big one, on the +horizon. We had indeed heard no more of those confounded hippopotami, +but it is not on that account to be supposed that our sacrilege was +forgotten, or the enmity of the great and powerful priesthood headed by +Agon appeased. On the contrary, it was burning the more fiercely because +it was necessarily suppressed, and what had perhaps begun in bigotry +was ending in downright direct hatred born of jealousy. Hitherto, the +priests had been the wise men of the land, and were on this account, as +well as from superstitious causes, looked on with peculiar veneration. +But our arrival, with our outlandish wisdom and our strange inventions +and hints of unimagined things, dealt a serious blow to this state of +affairs, and, among the educated Zu-Vendi, went far towards destroying +the priestly prestige. A still worse affront to them, however, was the +favour with which we were regarded, and the trust that was reposed in +us. All these things tended to make us excessively obnoxious to the +great sacerdotal clan, the most powerful because the most united faction +in the kingdom. + +Another source of imminent danger to us was the rising envy of some of +the great lords headed by Nasta, whose antagonism to us had at best +been but thinly veiled, and which now threatened to break out into open +flame. Nasta had for some years been a candidate for Nyleptha's hand in +marriage, and when we appeared on the scene I fancy, from all I could +gather, that though there were still many obstacles in his path, success +was by no means out of his reach. But now all this had changed; the coy +Nyleptha smiled no more in his direction, and he was not slow to guess +the cause. Infuriated and alarmed, he turned his attention to Sorais, +only to find that he might as well try to woo a mountain side. With a +bitter jest or two about his fickleness, that door was closed on him for +ever. So Nasta bethought himself of the thirty thousand wild swordsmen +who would pour down at his bidding through the northern mountain passes, +and no doubt vowed to adorn the gates of Milosis with our heads. + +But first he determined, as I learned, to make one more attempt and to +demand the hand of Nyleptha in the open Court after the formal annual +ceremony of the signing of the laws that had been proclaimed by the +Queens during the year. + +Of this astounding fact Nyleptha heard with simulated nonchalance, and +with a little trembling of the voice herself informed us of it as we sat +at supper on the night preceding the great ceremony of the law-giving. + +Sir Henry bit his lip, and do what he could to prevent it plainly showed +his agitation. + +'And what answer will the Queen be pleased to give to the great Lord?' +asked I, in a jesting manner. + +'Answer, Macumazahn' (for we had elected to pass by our Zulu names in +Zu-Vendis), she said, with a pretty shrug of her ivory shoulder. 'Nay, I +know not; what is a poor woman to do, when the wooer has thirty thousand +swords wherewith to urge his love?' And from under her long lashes she +glanced at Curtis. + +Just then we rose from the table to adjourn into another room. +'Quatermain, a word, quick,' said Sir Henry to me. 'Listen. I have never +spoken about it, but surely you have guessed: I love Nyleptha. What am I +to do?' + +Fortunately, I had more or less already taken the question into +consideration, and was therefore able to give such answer as seemed the +wisest to me. + +'You must speak to Nyleptha tonight,' I said. 'Now is your time, now or +never. Listen. In the sitting-chamber get near to her, and whisper to +her to meet you at midnight by the Rademas statue at the end of the +great hall. I will keep watch for you there. Now or never, Curtis.' + +We passed on into the other room. Nyleptha was sitting, her hands before +her, and a sad anxious look upon her lovely face. A little way off was +Sorais talking to Good in her slow measured tones. + +The time went on; in another quarter of an hour I knew that, according +to their habit, the Queens would retire. As yet, Sir Henry had had no +chance of saying a word in private: indeed, though we saw much of the +royal sisters, it was by no means easy to see them alone. I racked my +brains, and at last an idea came to me. + +'Will the Queen be pleased,' I said, bowing low before Sorais, 'to sing +to her servants? Our hearts are heavy this night; sing to us, oh Lady of +the Night' (Sorais' favourite name among the people). + +'My songs, Macumazahn, are not such as to lighten the heavy heart, yet +will I sing if it pleases thee,' she answered; and she rose and went a +few paces to a table whereon lay an instrument not unlike a zither, and +struck a few wandering chords. + +Then suddenly, like the notes of some deep-throated bird, her rounded +voice rang out in song so wildly sweet, and yet with so eerie and sad +a refrain, that it made the very blood stand still. Up, up soared the +golden notes, that seemed to melt far away, and then to grow again and +travel on, laden with all the sorrow of the world and all the despair of +the lost. It was a marvellous song, but I had not time to listen to +it properly. However, I got the words of it afterwards, and here is a +translation of its burden, so far as it admits of being translated at +all. + + + SORAIS' SONG + + As a desolate bird that through darkness its lost way is winging, + As a hand that is helplessly raised when Death's sickle is swinging, + So is life! ay, the life that lends passion and breath to my singing. + + As the nightingale's song that is full of a sweetness unspoken, + As a spirit unbarring the gates of the skies for a token, + So is love! ay, the love that shall fall when his pinion is broken. + + As the tramp of the legions when trumpets their challenge are sending, + As the shout of the Storm-god when lightnings the black sky are rending, + So is power! ay, the power that shall lie in the dust at its ending. + + So short is our life; yet with space for all things to forsake us, + A bitter delusion, a dream from which nought can awake us, + Till Death's dogging footsteps at morn or at eve shall o'ertake us. + + +Refrain + +Oh, the world is fair at the dawning--dawning--dawning, +But the red sun sinks in blood--the red sun sinks in blood. + + +I only wish that I could write down the music too. + +'Now, Curtis, now,' I whispered, when she began the second verse, and +turned my back. + +'Nyleptha,' he said--for my nerves were so much on the stretch that I +could hear every word, low as it was spoken, even through Sorais' divine +notes--'Nyleptha, I must speak with thee this night, upon my life I +must. Say me not nay; oh, say me not nay!' + +'How can I speak with thee?' she answered, looking fixedly before her; +'Queens are not like other people. I am surrounded and watched.' + +'Listen, Nyleptha, thus. I will be before the statue of Rademas in +the great hall at midnight. I have the countersign and can pass in. +Macumazahn will be there to keep guard, and with him the Zulu. Oh come, +my Queen, deny me not.' + +'It is not seemly,' she murmured, 'and tomorrow--' + +Just then the music began to die in the last wail of the refrain, and +Sorais slowly turned her round. + +'I will be there,' said Nyleptha, hurriedly; 'on thy life see that thou +fail me not.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVI BEFORE THE STATUE + + + +It was night--dead night--and the silence lay on the Frowning City like +a cloud. + +Secretly, as evildoers, Sir Henry Curtis, Umslopogaas, and myself +threaded our way through the passages towards a by-entrance to the great +Throne Chamber. Once we were met by the fierce rattling challenge of the +sentry. I gave the countersign, and the man grounded his spear and let +us pass. Also we were officers of the Queens' bodyguard, and in that +capacity had a right to come and go unquestioned. + +We gained the hall in safety. So empty and so still was it, that even +when we had passed the sound of our footsteps yet echoed up the lofty +walls, vibrating faintly and still more faintly against the carven roof, +like ghosts of the footsteps of dead men haunting the place that once +they trod. + +It was an eerie spot, and it oppressed me. The moon was full, and threw +great pencils and patches of light through the high windowless openings +in the walls, that lay pure and beautiful upon the blackness of the +marble floor, like white flowers on a coffin. One of these silver arrows +fell upon the statue of the sleeping Rademas, and of the angel form bent +over him, illumining it, and a small circle round it, with a soft clear +light, reminding me of that with which Catholics illumine the altars of +their cathedrals. + +Here by the statue we took our stand, and waited. Sir Henry and I close +together, Umslopogaas some paces off in the darkness, so that I could +only just make out his towering outline leaning on the outline of an +axe. + +So long did we wait that I almost fell asleep resting against the cold +marble, but was suddenly aroused by hearing Curtis give a quick catching +breath. Then from far away there came a little sound as though the +statues that lined the walls were whispering to each other some message +of the ages. + +It was the faint sweep of a lady's dress. Nearer it grew, and nearer +yet. We could see a figure steal from patch to patch of moonlight, and +even hear the soft fall of sandalled feet. Another second and I saw +the black silhouette of the old Zulu raise its arm in mute salute, and +Nyleptha was before us. + +Oh, how beautiful she looked as she paused a moment just within the +circle of the moonlight! Her hand was pressed upon her heart, and her +white bosom heaved beneath it. Round her head a broidered scarf was +loosely thrown, partially shadowing the perfect face, and thus rendering +it even more lovely; for beauty, dependent as it is to a certain extent +upon the imagination, is never so beautiful as when it is half hid. +There she stood radiant but half doubting, stately and yet so sweet. It +was but a moment, but I then and there fell in love with her myself, +and have remained so to this hour; for, indeed, she looked more like +an angel out of heaven than a loving, passionate, mortal woman. Low we +bowed before her, and then she spoke. + +'I have come,' she whispered, 'but it was at great risk. Ye know not how +I am watched. The priests watch me. Sorais watches me with those great +eyes of hers. My very guards are spies upon me. Nasta watches me too. +Oh, let him be careful!' and she stamped her foot. 'Let him be careful; +I am a woman, and therefore hard to drive. Ay, and I am a Queen, too, +and can still avenge. Let him be careful, I say, lest in place of giving +him my hand I take his head,' and she ended the outburst with a little +sob, and then smiled up at us bewitchingly and laughed. + +'Thou didst bid me come hither, my Lord Incubu' (Curtis had taught her +to call him so). 'Doubtless it is about business of the State, for I +know that thou art ever full of great ideas and plans for my welfare +and my people's. So even as a Queen should I have come, though I greatly +fear the dark alone,' and again she laughed and gave him a glance from +her grey eyes. + +At this point I thought it wise to move a little, since secrets 'of the +State' should not be made public property; but she would not let me go +far, peremptorily stopping me within five yards or so, saying that she +feared surprise. So it came to pass that, however unwillingly, I heard +all that passed. + +'Thou knowest, Nyleptha,' said Sir Henry, 'that it was for none of these +things that I asked thee to meet me at this lonely place. Nyleptha, +waste not the time in pleasantry, but listen to me, for--I love thee.' + +As he said the words I saw her face break up, as it were, and change. +The coquetry went out of it, and in its place there shone a great light +of love which seemed to glorify it, and make it like that of the marble +angel overhead. I could not help thinking that it must have been a touch +of prophetic instinct which made the long dead Rademas limn, in the +features of the angel of his inspiring vision, so strange a likeness of +his own descendant. Sir Henry, also, must have observed and been struck +by the likeness, for, catching the look upon Nyleptha's face, he glanced +quickly from it to the moonlit statue, and then back again at his +beloved. + +'Thou sayest thou dost love me,' she said in a low voice, 'and thy voice +rings true, but how am I to know that thou dost speak the truth?' + +'Though,' she went on with proud humility, and in the stately third +person which is so largely used by the Zu-Vendi, 'I be as nothing in the +eyes of my lord,' and she curtseyed towards him, 'who comes from among +a wonderful people, to whom my people are but children, yet here am I +a queen and a leader of men, and if I would go to battle a hundred +thousand spears shall sparkle in my train like stars glimmering down the +path of the bent moon. And although my beauty be a little thing in +the eyes of my lord,' and she lifted her broidered skirt and curtseyed +again, 'yet here among my own people am I held right fair, and ever +since I was a woman the great lords of my kingdom have made quarrel +concerning me, as though forsooth,' she added with a flash of passion, +'I were a deer to be pulled down by the hungriest wolf, or a horse to +be sold to the highest bidder. Let my lord pardon me if I weary my lord, +but it hath pleased my lord to say that he loves me, Nyleptha, a Queen +of the Zu-Vendi, and therefore would I say that though my love and my +hand be not much to my lord, yet to me are they all.' + +'Oh!' she cried, with a sudden and thrilling change of voice, and +modifying her dignified mode of address. 'Oh, how can I know that thou +lovest but me? How can I know that thou wilt not weary of me and seek +thine own place again, leaving me desolate? Who is there to tell me but +that thou lovest some other woman, some fair woman unknown to me, but +who yet draws breath beneath this same moon that shines on me tonight? +Tell me _how_ am I to know?' And she clasped her hands and stretched +them out towards him and looked appealingly into his face. + +'Nyleptha,' answered Sir Henry, adopting the Zu-Vendi way of speech; 'I +have told thee that I love thee; how am I to tell thee how much I love +thee? Is there then a measure for love? Yet will I try. I say not that I +have never looked upon another woman with favour, but this I say that +I love thee with all my life and with all my strength; that I love thee +now and shall love thee till I grow cold in death, ay, and as I believe +beyond my death, and on and on for ever: I say that thy voice is music +to my ear, and thy touch as water to a thirsty land, that when thou art +there the world is beautiful, and when I see thee not it is as though +the light was dead. Oh, Nyleptha, I will never leave thee; here and now +for thy dear sake I will forget my people and my father's house, yea, +I renounce them all. By thy side will I live, Nyleptha, and at thy side +will I die.' + +He paused and gazed at her earnestly, but she hung her head like a lily, +and said never a word. + +'Look!' he went on, pointing to the statue on which the moonlight played +so brightly. 'Thou seest that angel woman who rests her hand upon the +forehead of the sleeping man, and thou seest how at her touch his soul +flames up and shines out through his flesh, even as a lamp at the touch +of the fire, so is it with me and thee, Nyleptha. Thou hast awakened my +soul and called it forth, and now, Nyleptha, it is not mine, not mine, +but _thine_ and thine only. There is no more for me to say; in thy hands +is my life.' And he leaned back against the pedestal of the statue, +looking very pale, and his eyes shining, but proud and handsome as a +god. + +Slowly, slowly she raised her head, and fixed her wonderful eyes, all +alight with the greatness of her passion, full upon his face, as though +to read his very soul. Then at last she spoke, low indeed, but clearly +as a silver bell. + +'Of a truth, weak woman that I am, I do believe thee. Ill will be the +day for thee and for me also if it be my fate to learn that I have +believed a lie. And now hearken to me, oh man, who hath wandered here +from far to steal my heart and make me all thine own. I put my hand upon +thy hand thus, and thus I, whose lips have never kissed before, do kiss +thee on the brow; and now by my hand and by that first and holy kiss, +ay, by my people's weal and by my throne that like enough I shall lose +for thee--by the name of my high House, by the sacred Stone and by the +eternal majesty of the Sun, I swear that for thee will I live and die. +And I swear that I will love thee and thee only till death, ay, and +beyond, if as thou sayest there be a beyond, and that thy will shall be +my will, and thy ways my ways. + +'Oh see, see, my lord! thou knowest not how humble is she who loves; I, +who am a Queen, I kneel before thee, even at thy feet I do my homage;' +and the lovely impassioned creature flung herself down on her knees on +the cold marble before him. And after that I really do not know, for +I could stand it no longer, and cleared off to refresh myself with a +little of old Umslopogaas' society, leaving them to settle it their own +way, and a very long time they were about it. + +I found the old warrior leaning on Inkosi-kaas as usual, and surveying +the scene in the patch of moonlight with a grim smile of amusement. + +'Ah, Macumazahn,' he said, 'I suppose it is because I am getting old, +but I don't think that I shall ever learn to understand the ways of you +white people. Look there now, I pray thee, they are a pretty pair of +doves, but what is all the fuss about, Macumazahn? He wants a wife, and +she wants a husband, then why does he not pay his cows down {Endnote 17} +like a man and have done with it? It would save a deal of trouble, and +we should have had our night's sleep. But there they go, talk, talk, +talk, and kiss, kiss, kiss, like mad things. Eugh!' + +Some three-quarters of an hour afterwards the 'pair of doves' came +strolling towards us, Curtis looking slightly silly, and Nyleptha +remarking calmly that the moonlight made very pretty effects on the +marble. Then, for she was in a most gracious mood, she took my hand and +said that I was 'her Lord's' dear friend, and therefore most dear to +her--not a word for my own sake, you see. Next she lifted Umslopogaas' +axe, and examined it curiously, saying significantly as she did so that +he might soon have cause to use it in defence of her. + +After that she nodded prettily to us all, and casting a tender glance at +her lover, glided off into the darkness like a beautiful vision. + +When we got back to our quarters, which we did without accident, Curtis +asked me jocularly what I was thinking about. + +'I am wondering,' I answered, 'on what principle it is arranged that +some people should find beautiful queens to fall in love with them, +while others find nobody at all, or worse than nobody; and I am also +wondering how many brave men's lives this night's work will cost.' It +was rather nasty of me, perhaps, but somehow all the feelings do not +evaporate with age, and I could not help being a little jealous of my +old friend's luck. Vanity, my sons; vanity of vanities! + +On the following morning, Good was informed of the happy occurrence, +and positively rippled with smiles that, originating somewhere about the +mouth, slowly travelled up his face like the rings in a duckpond, till +they flowed over the brim of his eyeglass and went where sweet smiles +go. The fact of the matter, however, was that not only was Good rejoiced +about the thing on its own merits but also for personal reasons. He +adored Sorais quite as earnestly as Sir Henry adored Nyleptha, and his +adoration had not altogether prospered. Indeed, it had seemed to him and +to me also that the dark Cleopatra-like queen favoured Curtis in her own +curious inscrutable way much more than Good. Therefore it was a +relief to him to learn that his unconscious rival was permanently and +satisfactorily attached in another direction. His face fell a little, +however, when he was told that the whole thing was to be kept as secret +as the dead, above all from Sorais for the present, inasmuch as the +political convulsion which would follow such an announcement at the +moment would be altogether too great to face and would very possibly, if +prematurely made, shake Nyleptha from her throne. + +That morning we again attended in the Throne Hall, and I could not help +smiling to myself when I compared the visit to our last, and reflecting +that, if walls could speak, they would have strange tales to tell. + +What actresses women are! There, high upon her golden throne, draped in +her blazoned 'kaf' or robe of state, sat the fair Nyleptha, and when Sir +Henry came in a little late, dressed in the full uniform of an officer +of her guard and humbly bent himself before her, she merely acknowledged +his salute with a careless nod and turned her head coldly aside. It was +a very large Court, for not only did the signing of the laws attract +many outside of those whose duty it was to attend, but also the rumour +that Nasta was going to publicly ask the hand of Nyleptha in marriage +had gone abroad, with the result that the great hall was crowded to its +utmost capacity. There were our friends the priests in force, headed by +Agon, who regarded us with a vindictive eye; and a most imposing band +they were, with their long white embroidered robes girt with a golden +chain from which hung the fish-like scales. There, too, were a number +of the lords, each with a band of brilliantly attired attendants, and +prominent among them was Nasta, stroking his black beard meditatively +and looking unusually pleasant. It was a splendid and impressive sight, +especially when the officer after having read out each law handed them +to the Queens to sign, whereon the trumpets blared out and the Queens' +guard grounded their spears with a crash in salute. This reading and +signing of the laws took a long time, but at length it came to an end, +the last one reciting that 'whereas distinguished strangers, etc.', and +proceeding to confer on the three of us the rank of 'lords', together +with certain military commands and large estates bestowed by the Queen. +When it was read the trumpets blared and the spears clashed down as +usual, but I saw some of the lords turn and whisper to each other, while +Nasta ground his teeth. They did not like the favour that was shown to +us, which under all the circumstances was not perhaps unnatural. + +Then there came a pause, and Nasta stepped forward and bowing humbly, +though with no humility in his eye, craved a boon at the hands of the +Queen Nyleptha. + +Nyleptha turned a little pale, but bowed graciously, and prayed the +'well-beloved lord' to speak on, whereon in a few straightforward +soldier-like words he asked her hand in marriage. + +Then, before she could find words to answer, the High Priest Agon took +up the tale, and in a speech of real eloquence and power pointed out the +many advantages of the proposed alliance; how it would consolidate the +kingdom, for Nasta's dominions, of which he was virtually king, were to +Zu-Vendis much what Scotland used to be to England; how it would gratify +the wild mountaineers and be popular among the soldiery, for Nasta was +a famous general; how it would set her dynasty firmly on the throne, and +would gain the blessing and approval of the 'Sun', i.e. of the office +of the High Priest, and so on. Many of his arguments were undoubtedly +valid, and there was, looking at it from a political point of view, +everything to be said for the marriage. But unfortunately it is +difficult to play the game of politics with the persons of young and +lovely queens as though they were ivory effigies of themselves on a +chessboard. Nyleptha's face, while Agon spouted away, was a perfect +study; she smiled indeed, but beneath the smile it set like a stone, and +her eyes began to flash ominously. + +At last he stopped, and she prepared herself to answer. Before she did +so, however, Sorais leant towards her and said in a voice sufficiently +loud for me to catch what she said, 'Bethink thee well, my sister, ere +thou dost speak, for methinks that our thrones may hang upon thy words.' + +Nyleptha made no answer, and with a shrug and a smile Sorais leant back +again and listened. + +'Of a truth a great honour has been done to me,' she said, 'that my poor +hand should not only have been asked in marriage, but that Agon here +should be so swift to pronounce the blessing of the Sun upon my union. +Methinks that in another minute he would have wed us fast ere the bride +had said her say. Nasta, I thank thee, and I will bethink me of thy +words, but now as yet I have no mind for marriage, that is a cup of +which none know the taste until they begin to drink it. Again I thank +thee, Nasta,' and she made as though she would rise. + +The great lord's face turned almost as black as his beard with fury, for +he knew that the words amounted to a final refusal of his suit. + +'Thanks be to the Queen for her gracious words,' he said, restraining +himself with difficulty and looking anything but grateful, 'my heart +shall surely treasure them. And now I crave another boon, namely, the +royal leave to withdraw myself to my own poor cities in the north till +such time as the Queen shall say my suit nay or yea. Mayhap,' he added, +with a sneer, 'the Queen will be pleased to visit me there, and to bring +with her these stranger lords,' and he scowled darkly towards us. 'It is +but a poor country and a rough, but we are a hardy race of mountaineers, +and there shall be gathered thirty thousand swordsmen to shout a welcome +to her.' + +This speech, which was almost a declaration of rebellion, was received +in complete silence, but Nyleptha flushed up and answered it with +spirit. + +'Oh, surely, Nasta, I will come, and the strange lords in my train, and +for every man of thy mountaineers who calls thee Prince, will I bring +two from the lowlands who call me Queen, and we will see which is the +staunchest breed. Till then farewell.' + +The trumpets blared out, the Queens rose, and the great assembly broke +up in murmuring confusion, and for myself I went home with a heavy heart +foreseeing civil war. + +After this there was quiet for a few weeks. Curtis and the Queen did +not often meet, and exercised the utmost caution not to allow the true +relation in which they stood to each other to leak out; but do what they +would, rumours as hard to trace as a buzzing fly in a dark room, and yet +quite as audible, began to hum round and round, and at last to settle on +her throne. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII THE STORM BREAKS + + + +And now it was that the trouble which at first had been but a cloud as +large as a man's hand began to loom very black and big upon our horizon, +namely, Sorais' preference for Sir Henry. I saw the storm drawing nearer +and nearer; and so, poor fellow, did he. The affection of so lovely and +highly-placed a woman was not a thing that could in a general way be +considered a calamity by any man, but, situated as Curtis was, it was a +grievous burden to bear. + +To begin with, Nyleptha, though altogether charming, was, it must be +admitted, of a rather jealous disposition, and was sometimes apt to +visit on her lover's head her indignation at the marks of what Alphonse +would have called the 'distinguished consideration' with which her +royal sister favoured him. Then the enforced secrecy of his relation +to Nyleptha prevented Curtis from taking some opportunity of putting a +stop, or trying to put a stop, to this false condition of affairs, by +telling Sorais, in a casual but confidential way, that he was going to +marry her sister. A third sting in Sir Henry's honey was that he knew +that Good was honestly and sincerely attached to the ominous-looking +but most attractive Lady of the Night. Indeed, poor Bougwan was wasting +himself to a shadow of his fat and jolly self about her, his face +getting so thin that his eyeglass would scarcely stick in it; while she, +with a sort of careless coquetry, just gave him encouragement enough +to keep him going, thinking, no doubt, that he might be useful as a +stalking-horse. I tried to give him a hint, in as delicate a way as +I could, but he flew into a huff and would not listen to me, so I was +determined to let ill along, for fear of making it worse. Poor Good, he +really was very ludicrous in his distress, and went in for all sorts +of absurdities, under the belief that he was advancing his suit. One +of them was the writing--with the assistance of one of the grave and +revered signiors who instructed us, and who, whatever may have been the +measure of his erudition, did not understand how to scan a line--of a +most interminable Zu-Vendi love-song, of which the continually recurring +refrain was something about 'I will kiss thee; oh yes, I will kiss +thee!' Now among the Zu-Vendi it is a common and most harmless thing +for young men to serenade ladies at night, as I believe they do in the +southern countries of Europe, and sing all sorts of nonsensical songs to +them. The young men may or may not be serious; but no offence is meant +and none is taken, even by ladies of the highest rank, who accept the +whole thing as an English girl would a gracefully-turned compliment. + +Availing himself of this custom, Good bethought him that would serenade +Sorais, whose private apartments, together with those of her maidens, +were exactly opposite our own, on the further side of a narrow courtyard +which divided one section of the great palace from another. Accordingly, +having armed himself with a native zither, on which, being an adept +with the light guitar, he had easily learned to strum, he proceeded at +midnight--the fashionable hour for this sort of caterwauling--to make +night hideous with his amorous yells. I was fast asleep when they began, +but they soon woke me up--for Good possesses a tremendous voice and +has no notion of time--and I ran to my window-place to see what was the +matter. And there, standing in the full moonlight in the courtyard, I +perceived Good, adorned with an enormous ostrich feather head-dress and +a flowing silken cloak, which it is the right thing to wear upon these +occasions, and shouting out the abominable song which he and the old +gentleman had evolved, to a jerky, jingling accompaniment. From the +direction of the quarters of the maids of honour came a succession of +faint sniggerings; but the apartments of Sorais herself--whom I devoutly +pitied if she happened to be there--were silent as the grave. There +was absolutely no end to that awful song, with its eternal 'I will kiss +thee!' and at last neither I nor Sir Henry, whom I had summoned to +enjoy the sight, could stand it any longer; so, remembering the dear old +story, I put my head to the window opening, and shouted, 'For Heaven's +sake, Good, don't go on talking about it, but _kiss_ her and let's all +go to sleep!' That choked him off, and we had no more serenading. + +The whole thing formed a laughable incident in a tragic business. How +deeply thankful we ought to be that even the most serious matters have +generally a silver lining about them in the shape of a joke, if only +people could see it. The sense of humour is a very valuable possession +in life, and ought to be cultivated in the Board schools--especially in +Scotland. + +Well, the more Sir Henry held off the more Sorais came on, as is not +uncommon in such cases, till at last things got very queer indeed. +Evidently she was, by some strange perversity of mind, quite blinded to +the true state of the case; and I, for one, greatly dreaded the moment +of her awakening. Sorais was a dangerous woman to be mixed up with, +either with or without one's consent. At last the evil moment came, as I +saw it must come. One fine day, Good having gone out hawking, Sir Henry +and I were sitting quietly talking over the situation, especially with +reference to Sorais, when a Court messenger arrived with a written note, +which we with some difficulty deciphered, and which was to the effect +that 'the Queen Sorais commanded the attendance of the Lord Incubu in +her private apartments, whither he would be conducted by the bearer'. + +'Oh my word!' groaned Sir Henry. 'Can't you go instead, old fellow?' + +'Not if I know it,' I said with vigour. 'I had rather face a wounded +elephant with a shot-gun. Take care of your own business, my boy. If you +will be so fascinating you must take the consequences. I would not be in +your place for an empire.' + +'You remind me of when I was going to be flogged at school and the other +boys came to console me,' he said gloomily. 'What right has this Queen +to command my attendance, I should like to know? I won't go.' + +'But you must; you are one of her officers and bound to obey her, and +she knows it. And after all it will soon be over.' + +'That's just what they used to say,' he said again. 'I only hope she +won't put a knife into me. I believe that she is quite capable of it.' +And off he started very faintheartedly, and no wonder. + +I sat and waited, and at the end of about forty-five minutes he +returned, looking a good deal worse than when he went. + +'Give me something to drink,' he said hoarsely. + +I got him a cup of wine, and asked what was the matter. + +'What is the matter? Why if ever there was trouble there's trouble +now. You know when I left you? Well, I was shown straight into Sorais' +private chamber, and a wonderful place it is; and there she sat, quite +alone, upon a silken couch at the end of the room, playing gently upon +that zither of hers. I stood before her, and for a while she took no +notice of me, but kept on playing and singing a little, and very sweet +music it was. At last she looked up and smiled. + +'"So thou art come," she said. "I thought perchance thou hadst gone +about the Queen Nyleptha's business. Thou art ever on her business, and +I doubt not a good servant and a true." + +'To this I merely bowed, and said I was there to receive the Queen's +word. + +'"Ah yes, I would talk with thee, but be thou seated. It wearies me to +look so high," and she made room for me beside her on the couch, placing +herself with her back against the end, so as to have a view of my face. + +'"It is not meet," I said, "that I should make myself equal with the +Queen." + +'"I said be seated," was her answer, so I sat down, and she began to +look at me with those dark eyes of hers. There she sat like an incarnate +spirit of beauty, hardly talking at all, and when she did, very low, but +all the while looking at me. There was a white flower in her black hair, +and I tried to keep my eyes on it and count the petals, but it was of +no use. At last, whether it was her gaze, or the perfume in her hair, or +what I do not know, but I almost felt as though I was being mesmerized. +At last she roused herself. + +'"Incubu," she said, "lovest thou power?" + +'I replied that I supposed all men loved power of one sort or another. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "Lovest thou wealth?" + +'I said I liked wealth for what it brought. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "And lovest thou beauty?" + +'To this I replied that I was very fond of statuary and architecture, +or something silly of that sort, at which she frowned, and there was a +pause. By this time my nerves were on such a stretch that I was shaking +like a leaf. I knew that something awful was going to happen, but she +held me under a kind of spell, and I could not help myself. + +'"Incubu," she said at length, "wouldst thou be a king? Listen, wouldst +thou be a king? Behold, stranger, I am minded to make thee king of all +Zu-Vendis, ay and husband of Sorais of the Night. Nay, peace and hear +me. To no man among my people had I thus opened out my secret heart, but +thou art an outlander and therefore I speak without shame, knowing all I +have to offer and how hard it had been thee to ask. See, a crown lies at +thy feet, my lord Incubu, and with that fortune a woman whom some have +wished to woo. Now mayst thou answer, oh my chosen, and soft shall thy +words fall upon mine ears." + +'"Oh Sorais," I said, "I pray thee speak not thus"--you see I had +not time to pick and choose my words--"for this thing cannot be. I am +betrothed to thy sister Nyleptha, oh Sorais, and I love her and her +alone." + +'Next moment it struck me that I had said an awful thing, and I looked +up to see the results. When I spoke, Sorais' face was hidden in her +hands, and as my words reached her she slowly raised it, and I shrank +back dismayed. It was ashy white, and her eyes were flaming. She rose to +her feet and seemed to be choking, but the awful thing was that she was +so quiet about it all. Once she looked at a side table, on which lay a +dagger, and from it to me, as though she thought of killing me; but she +did not take it up. At last she spoke one word, and one only-- + +'"_Go!_" + +'And I went, and glad enough I was to get out of it, and here I am. Give +me another cup of wine, there's a good fellow, and tell me, what is to +be done?' + +I shook my head, for the affair was indeed serious. As one of the poets +says, + + +'Hell hath no fury like a woman scorned', + + +more especially if the woman is a queen and a Sorais, and indeed I +feared the very worst, including imminent danger to ourselves. + +'Nyleptha had better be told of this at once,' I said, 'and perhaps I +had better tell her; she might receive your account with suspicion.' + +'Who is captain of her guard tonight?' I went on. + +'Good.' + +'Very well then, there will be no chance of her being got at. Don't look +surprised. I don't think that her sister would stick at that. I suppose +one must tell Good of what has happened.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' said Sir Henry. 'It would hurt his feelings, poor +fellow! You see, he takes a lively personal interest in Sorais.' + +'That's true; and after all, perhaps there is no need to tell him. He +will find out the truth soon enough. Now, you mark my words, Sorais will +throw in her lot with Nasta, who is sulking up in the North there, +and there will be such a war as has not been known in Zu-Vendis for +centuries. Look there!' and I pointed to two Court messengers, who were +speeding away from the door of Sorais' private apartments. 'Now follow +me,' and I ran up a stairway into an outlook tower that rose from the +roof of our quarters, taking the spyglass with me, and looked out +over the palace wall. The first thing we saw was one of the messengers +speeding towards the Temple, bearing, without any doubt, the Queen's +word to the High Priest Agon, but for the other I searched in vain. +Presently, however, I spied a horseman riding furiously through the +northern gate of the city, and in him I recognized the other messenger. + +'Ah!' I said, 'Sorais is a woman of spirit. She is acting at once, and +will strike quick and hard. You have insulted her, my boy, and the blood +will flow in rivers before the stain is washed away, and yours with it, +if she can get hold of you. Well, I'm off to Nyleptha. Just you stop +where you are, old fellow, and try to get your nerves straight again. +You'll need them all, I can tell you, unless I have observed human +nature in the rough for fifty years for nothing.' And off I went +accordingly. + +I gained audience of the Queen without trouble. She was expecting +Curtis, and was not best pleased to see my mahogany-coloured face +instead. + +'Is there aught wrong with my Lord, Macumazahn, that he waits not upon +me? Say, is he sick?' + +I said that he was well enough, and then, without further ado, I plunged +into my story and told it from beginning to end. Oh, what a rage she +flew into! It was a sight to see her, she looked so lovely. + +'How darest thou come to me with such a tale?' she cried. 'It is a lie +to say that my Lord was making love to Sorais, my sister.' + +'Pardon me, oh Queen,' I answered, 'I said that Sorais was making love +to thy lord.' + +'Spin me no spiders' webs of words. Is not the thing the same thing? The +one giveth, the other taketh; but the gift passes, and what matters it +which is the most guilty? Sorais! oh, I hate her--Sorais is a queen +and my sister. She had not stooped so low had he not shown the way. +Oh, truly hath the poet said that man is like a snake, whom to touch is +poison, and whom none can hold.' + +'The remark, oh Queen, is excellent, but methinks thou hast misread the +poet. Nyleptha,' I went on, 'thou knowest well that thy words are empty +foolishness, and that this is no time for folly.' + +'How darest thou?' she broke in, stamping her foot. 'Hast my false lord +sent thee to me to insult me also? Who art thou, stranger, that thou +shouldst speak to me, the Queen, after this sort? How darest thou?' + +'Yea, I dare. Listen. The moments which thou dost waste in idle anger +may well cost thee thy crown and all of us our lives. Already Sorais' +horsemen go forth and call to arms. In three days' time Nasta will rouse +himself in his fastnesses like a lion in the evening, and his growling +will be heard throughout the North. The "Lady of the Night" (Sorais) +hath a sweet voice, and she will not sing in vain. Her banner will be +borne from range to range and valley to valley, and warriors will spring +up in its track like dust beneath a whirlwind; half the army will echo +her war-cry; and in every town and hamlet of this wide land the priests +will call out against the foreigner and will preach her cause as holy. I +have spoken, oh Queen!' + +Nyleptha was quite calm now; her jealous anger had passed; and putting +off the character of a lovely headstrong lady, with a rapidity and +completeness that distinguished her, she put on that of a queen and a +woman of business. The transformation was sudden but entire. + +'Thy words are very wise, Macumazahn. Forgive me my folly. Ah, what a +Queen I should be if only I had no heart! To be heartless--that is to +conquer all. Passion is like the lightning, it is beautiful, and it +links the earth to heaven, but alas it blinds! + +'And thou thinkest that my sister Sorais would levy war upon me. So be +it. She shall not prevail against me. I, too, have my friends and my +retainers. There are many, I say, who will shout "Nyleptha!" when my +pennon runs up on peak and pinnacle, and the light of my beacon fires +leaps tonight from crag to crag, bearing the message of my war. I will +break her strength and scatter her armies. Eternal night shall be the +portion of Sorais of the Night. Give me that parchment and the ink. So. +Now summon the officer in the ante-room. He is a trusty man.' + +I did as I was bid! and the man, a veteran and quiet-looking gentleman +of the guard, named Kara, entered, bowing low. + +'Take this parchment,' said Nyleptha; 'it is thy warrant; and guard +every place of in and outgoing in the apartments of my sister Sorais, +the "Lady of the Night", and a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. Let none come in +and none go out, or thy life shall pay the cost.' + +The man looked startled, but he merely said, 'The Queen's word be done,' +and departed. Then Nyleptha sent a messenger to Sir Henry, and presently +he arrived looking uncommonly uncomfortable. I thought that another +outburst was about to follow, but wonderful are the ways of woman; she +said not a word about Sorais and his supposed inconstancy, greeting him +with a friendly nod, and stating simply that she required his advice +upon high matters. All the same there was a look in her eye, and a sort +of suppressed energy in her manner towards him, that makes me think +that she had not forgotten the affair, but was keeping it for a private +occasion. + +Just after Curtis arrived the officer returned, and reported that Sorais +was _gone_. The bird had flown to the Temple, stating that she was +going, as was sometimes the custom among Zu-Vendi ladies of rank, to +spend the night in meditation before the altar. We looked at each other +significantly. The blow had fallen very soon. + +Then we set to work. + +Generals who could be trusted were summoned from their quarters, and +as much of the State affairs as was thought desirable was told to each, +strict injunctions being given to them to get all their available force +together. The same was done with such of the more powerful lords as +Nyleptha knew she could rely on, several of whom left that very day for +distant parts of the country to gather up their tribesmen and retainers. +Sealed orders were dispatched to the rulers of far-off cities, and some +twenty messengers were sent off before nightfall with instructions to +ride early and late till they reached the distant chiefs to whom their +letters were addressed: also many spies were set to work. All the +afternoon and evening we laboured, assisted by some confidential +scribes, Nyleptha showing an energy and resource of mind that astonished +me, and it was eight o'clock before we got back to our quarters. Here we +heard from Alphonse, who was deeply aggrieved because our non-return had +spoilt his dinner (for he had turned cook again now), that Good had come +back from his hawking and gone on duty. As instructions had already been +given to the officer of the outer guard to double the sentries at the +gate, and as we had no reason to fear any immediate danger, we did not +think it worth while to hunt him up and tell him anything of what had +passed, which at best was, under the peculiar circumstances of the case, +one of those tasks that one prefers to postpone, so after swallowing +our food we turned in to get some much-needed rest. Before we did +so, however, it occurred to Curtis to tell old Umslopogaas to keep +a look-out in the neighbourhood of Nyleptha's private apartments. +Umslopogaas was now well known about the place, and by the Queen's order +allowed to pass whither he would by the guards, a permission of which he +often availed himself by roaming about the palace during the still +hours in a nocturnal fashion that he favoured, and which is by no means +uncommon amongst black men generally. His presence in the corridors +would not, therefore, be likely to excite remark. Without any comment +the Zulu took up his axe and departed, and we also departed to bed. + +I seemed to have been asleep but a few minutes when I was awakened by a +peculiar sensation of uneasiness. I felt that somebody was in the room +and looking at me, and instantly sat up, to see to my surprise that it +was already dawn, and that there, standing at the foot of my couch and +looking peculiarly grim and gaunt in the grey light, was Umslopogaas +himself. + +'How long hast thou been there?' I asked testily, for it is not pleasant +to be aroused in such a fashion. + +'Mayhap the half of an hour, Macumazahn. I have a word for thee.' + +'Speak on,' I said, now wide enough awake. + +'As I was bid I went last night to the place of the White Queen and +hid myself behind a pillar in the second anteroom, beyond which is the +sleeping-place of the Queen. Bougwan (Good) was in the first anteroom +alone, and outside the curtain of that room was a sentry, but I had a +mind to see if I could pass in unseen, and I did, gliding behind them +both. There I waited for many hours, when suddenly I perceived a dark +figure coming secretly towards me. It was the figure of a woman, and in +her hand she held a dagger. Behind that figure crept another unseen by +the woman. It was Bougwan following in her tracks. His shoes were off, +and for so fat a man he followed very well. The woman passed me, and the +starlight shone upon her face.' + +'Who was it?' I asked impatiently. + +'The face was the face of the "Lady of the Night", and of a truth she is +well named. + +'I waited, and Bougwan passed me also. Then I followed. So we went +slowly and without a sound up the long chamber. First the woman, then +Bougwan, and then I; and the woman saw not Bougwan, and Bougwan saw not +me. At last the "Lady of the Night" came to the curtains that shut off +the sleeping place of the White Queen, and put out her left hand to part +them. She passed through, and so did Bougwan, and so did I. At the far +end of the room is the bed of the Queen, and on it she lay very fast +asleep. I could hear her breathe, and see one white arm lying on the +coverlid like a streak of snow on the dry grass. The "Lady of the Night" +doubled herself thus, and with the long knife lifted crept towards the +bed. So straight did she gaze thereat that she never thought to look +behind her. When she was quite close Bougwan touched her on the arm, and +she caught her breath and turned, and I saw the knife flash, and heard +it strike. Well was it for Bougwan that he had the skin of iron on him, +or he had been pierced. Then for the first time he saw who the woman +was, and without a word he fell back astonished, and unable to speak. +She, too, was astonished, and spoke not, but suddenly she laid her +finger on her lip, thus, and walked towards and through the curtain, +and with her went Bougwan. So close did she pass to me that her dress +touched me, and I was nigh to slaying her as she went. In the first +outer room she spoke to Bougwan in a whisper and, clasping her hands +thus, she pleaded with him, but what she said I know not. And so they +passed on to the second outer room, she pleading and he shaking his +head, and saying, "Nay, nay, nay". And it seemed to me that he was about +to call the guard, when she stopped talking and looked at him with great +eyes, and I saw that he was bewitched by her beauty. Then she stretched +out her hand and he kissed it, whereon I gathered myself together to +advance and take her, seeing that now had Bougwan become a woman, and no +longer knew the good from the evil, when behold! she was gone.' + +'Gone!' I ejaculated. + +'Ay, gone, and there stood Bougwan staring at the wall like one asleep, +and presently he went too, and I waited a while and came away also.' + +'Art thou sure, Umslopogaas,' said I, 'that thou hast not been a dreamer +this night?' + +In reply he opened his left hand, and produced about three inches of a +blade of a dagger of the finest steel. 'If I be, Macumazahn, behold what +the dream left with me. The knife broke upon Bougwan's bosom and as I +passed I picked this up in the sleeping-place of the White Queen.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII WAR! RED WAR! + + + +Telling Umslopogaas to wait, I tumbled into my clothes and went off +with him to Sir Henry's room, where the Zulu repeated his story word for +word. It was a sight to watch Curtis' face as he heard it. + +'Great Heavens!' he said: 'here have I been sleeping away while Nyleptha +was nearly murdered--and all through me, too. What a fiend that Sorais +must be! It would have served her well if Umslopogaas had cut her down +in the act.' + +'Ay,' said the Zulu. 'Fear not; I should have slain her ere she struck. +I was but waiting the moment.' + +I said nothing, but I could not help thinking that many a thousand +doomed lives would have been saved if he had meted out to Sorais the +fate she meant for her sister. And, as the issue proved, I was right. + +After he had told his tale Umslopogaas went off unconcernedly to get his +morning meal, and Sir Henry and I fell to talking. + +At first he was very bitter against Good, who, he said, was no longer +to be trusted, having designedly allowed Sorais to escape by some secret +stair when it was his duty to have handed her over to justice. Indeed, +he spoke in the most unmeasured terms on the matter. I let him run +on awhile, reflecting to myself how easy we find it to be hard on the +weaknesses of others, and how tender we are to our own. + +'Really, my dear fellow,' I said at length, 'one would never think, to +hear you talk, that you were the man who had an interview with this +same lady yesterday, and found it rather difficult to resist her +fascinations, notwithstanding your ties to one of the loveliest and most +loving women in the world. Now suppose it was Nyleptha who had tried to +murder Sorais, and _you_ had caught her, and she had pleaded with you, +would you have been so very eager to hand her over to an open shame, and +to death by fire? Just look at the matter through Good's eyeglass for a +minute before you denounce an old friend as a scoundrel.' + +He listened to this jobation submissively, and then frankly acknowledged +that he had spoken hardly. It is one of the best points in Sir Henry's +character that he is always ready to admit it when he is in the wrong. + +But, though I spoke up thus for Good, I was not blind to the fact that, +however natural his behaviour might be, it was obvious that he was being +involved in a very awkward and disgraceful complication. A foul and +wicked murder had been attempted, and he had let the murderess escape, +and thereby, among other things, allowed her to gain a complete +ascendency over himself. In fact, he was in a fair way to become her +tool--and no more dreadful fate can befall a man than to become the tool +of an unscrupulous woman, or indeed of any woman. There is but one +end to it: when he is broken, or has served her purpose, he is thrown +away--turned out on the world to hunt for his lost self-respect. Whilst +I was pondering thus, and wondering what was to be done--for the whole +subject was a thorny one--I suddenly heard a great clamour in the +courtyard outside, and distinguished the voice of Umslopogaas and +Alphonse, the former cursing furiously, and the latter yelling in +terror. + +Hurrying out to see what was the matter, I was met by a ludicrous sight. +The little Frenchman was running up the courtyard at an extraordinary +speed, and after him sped Umslopogaas like a great greyhound. Just as I +came out he caught him, and, lifting him right off his legs, carried him +some paces to a beautiful but very dense flowering shrub which bore a +flower not unlike the gardenia, but was covered with short thorns. Next, +despite his howls and struggles, he with one mighty thrust plunged poor +Alphonse head first into the bush, so that nothing but the calves of his +legs and heels remained in evidence. Then, satisfied with what he +had done, the Zulu folded his arms and stood grimly contemplating the +Frenchman's kicks, and listening to his yells, which were awful. + +'What art thou doing?' I said, running up. 'Wouldst thou kill the man? +Pull him out of the bush!' + +With a savage grunt he obeyed, seizing the wretched Alphonse by the +ankle, and with a jerk that must have nearly dislocated it, tearing +him out of the heart of the shrub. Never did I see such a sight as he +presented, his clothes half torn off his back, and bleeding as he was +in every direction from the sharp thorns. There he lay and yelled and +rolled, and there was no getting anything out of him. + +At last, however, he got up and, ensconcing himself behind me, cursed +old Umslopogaas by every saint in the calendar, vowing by the blood of +his heroic grandfather that he would poison him, and 'have his revenge'. + +At last I got to the truth of the matter. It appeared that Alphonse +habitually cooked Umslopogaas's porridge, which the latter ate for +breakfast in the corner of the courtyard, just as he would have done at +home in Zululand, from a gourd, and with a wooden spoon. Now Umslopogaas +had, like many Zulus, a great horror of fish, which he considered a +species of water-snake; so Alphonse, who was as fond of playing tricks +as a monkey, and who was also a consummate cook, determined to make him +eat some. Accordingly he grated up a quantity of white fish very finely, +and mixed it with the Zulu's porridge, who swallowed it nearly all down +in ignorance of what he was eating. But, unfortunately for Alphonse, he +could not restrain his joy at this sight, and came capering and peering +round, till at last Umslopogaas, who was very clever in his way, +suspected something, and, after a careful examination of the remains of +his porridge, discovered 'the buffalo heifer's trick', and, in revenge, +served him as I have said. Indeed, the little man was fortunate not +to get a broken neck for his pains; for, as one would have thought, he +might have learnt from the episode of his display of axemanship that 'le +Monsieur noir' was an ill person to play practical jokes upon. + +This incident was unimportant enough in itself, but I narrate it because +it led to serious consequences. As soon as he had stanched the bleeding +from his scratches and washed himself, Alphonse went off still cursing, +to recover his temper, a process which I knew from experience would take +a very long time. When he had gone I gave Umslopogaas a jobation and +told him that I was ashamed of his behaviour. + +'Ah, well, Macumazahn,' he said, 'you must be gentle with me, for +here is not my place. I am weary of it, weary to death of eating and +drinking, of sleeping and giving in marriage. I love not this soft +life in stone houses that takes the heart out of a man, and turns his +strength to water and his flesh to fat. I love not the white robes and +the delicate women, the blowing of trumpets and the flying of hawks. +When we fought the Masai at the kraal yonder, ah, then life was worth +the living, but here is never a blow struck in anger, and I begin to +think I shall go the way of my fathers and lift Inkosi-kaas no more,' +and he held up the axe and gazed at it in sorrow. + +'Ah,' I said, 'that is thy complaint, is it? Thou hast the +blood-sickness, hast thou? And the Woodpecker wants a tree. And at thy +age, too. Shame on thee! Umslopogaas.' + +'Ay, Macumazahn, mine is a red trade, yet is it better and more honest +than some. Better is it to slay a man in fair fight than to suck out his +heart's blood in buying and selling and usury after your white fashion. +Many a man have I slain, yet is there never a one that I should fear to +look in the face again, ay, many are there who once were friends, and +whom I should be right glad to snuff with. But there! there! thou hast +thy ways, and I mine: each to his own people and his own place. The +high-veldt ox will die in the fat bush country, and so is it with me, +Macumazahn. I am rough, I know it, and when my blood is warm I know not +what to do, but yet wilt thou be sorry when the night swallows me and +I am utterly lost in blackness, for in thy heart thou lovest me, my +father, Macumazahn the fox, though I be nought but a broken-down Zulu +war-dog--a chief for whom there is no room in his own kraal, an outcast +and a wanderer in strange places: ay, I love thee, Macumazahn, for we +have grown grey together, and there is that between us that cannot be +seen, and yet is too strong for breaking;' and he took his snuff-box, +which was made of an old brass cartridge, from the slit in his ear where +he always carried it, and handed it to me for me to help myself. + +I took the pinch of snuff with some emotion. It was quite true, I was +much attached to the bloodthirsty old ruffian. I do not know what was +the charm of his character, but it had a charm; perhaps it was its +fierce honesty and directness; perhaps one admired his almost superhuman +skill and strength, or it may have been simply that he was so absolutely +unique. Frankly, with all my experience of savages, I never knew a man +quite like him, he was so wise and yet such a child with it all; and +though it seems laughable to say so, like the hero of the Yankee parody, +he 'had a tender heart'. Anyway, I was very fond of him, though I should +never have thought of telling him so. + +'Ay, old wolf,' I said, 'thine is a strange love. Thou wouldst split me +to the chin if I stood in thy path tomorrow.' + +'Thou speakest truth, Macumazahn, that would I if it came in the way of +duty, but I should love thee all the same when the blow had gone fairly +home. Is there any chance of some fighting here, Macumazahn?' he went on +in an insinuating voice. 'Methought that what I saw last night did show +that the two great Queens were vexed one with another. Else had the +"Lady of the Night" not brought that dagger with her.' + +I agreed with him that it showed that more or less pique and irritation +existed between the ladies, and told him how things stood, and that they +were quarrelling over Incubu. + +'Ah, is it so?' he exclaimed, springing up in delight; 'then will there +be war as surely as the rivers rise in the rains--war to the end. Women +love the last blow as well as the last word, and when they fight for +love they are pitiless as a wounded buffalo. See thou, Macumazahn, a +woman will swim through blood to her desire, and think nought of it. +With these eyes have I seen it once, and twice also. Ah, Macumazahn, +we shall see this fine place of houses burning yet, and hear the battle +cries come ringing up the street. After all, I have not wandered for +nothing. Can this folk fight, think ye?' + +Just then Sir Henry joined us, and Good arrived, too, from another +direction, looking very pale and hollow-eyed. The moment Umslopogaas saw +the latter he stopped his bloodthirsty talk and greeted him. + +'Ah, Bougwan,' he cried, 'greeting to thee, Inkoos! Thou art surely +weary. Didst thou hunt too much yesterday?' Then, without waiting for an +answer, he went on-- + +'Listen, Bougwan, and I will tell thee a story; it is about a woman, +therefore wilt thou hear it, is it not so? + +'There was a man and he had a brother, and there was a woman who loved +the man's brother and was beloved of the man. But the man's brother had +a favourite wife and loved not the woman, and he made a mock of her. +Then the woman, being very cunning and fierce-hearted for revenge, took +counsel with herself and said to the man, "I love thee, and if thou wilt +make war upon thy brother I will marry thee." And he knew it was a lie, +yet because of his great love of the woman, who was very fair, did he +listen to her words and made war. And when many people had been killed +his brother sent to him, saying, "Why slayest thou me? What hurt have I +done unto thee? From my youth up have I not loved thee? When thou wast +little did I not nurture thee, and have we not gone down to war together +and divided the cattle, girl by girl, ox by ox, and cow by cow? Why +slayest thou me, my brother, son of my own mother?" + +'Then the man's heart was heavy, and he knew that his path was evil, +and he put aside the tempting of the woman and ceased to make war on his +brother, and lived at peace in the same kraal with him. And after a time +the woman came to him and said, "I have lost the past, I will be thy +wife." And in his heart he knew that it was a lie and that she thought +the evil thing, yet because of his love did he take her to wife. + +'And the very night that they were wed, when the man was plunged into a +deep sleep, did the woman arise and take his axe from his hand and creep +into the hut of his brother and slay him in his rest. Then did she slink +back like a gorged lioness and place the thong of the red axe back upon +his wrist and go her ways. + +'And at the dawning the people came shouting, "Lousta is slain in the +night," and they came unto the hut of the man, and there he lay asleep +and by him was the red axe. Then did they remember the war and say, "Lo! +he hath of a surety slain his brother," and they would have taken and +killed him, but he rose and fled swiftly, and as he fleeted by he slew +the woman. + +'But death could not wipe out the evil she had done, and on him rested +the weight of all her sin. Therefore is he an outcast and his name a +scorn among his own people; for on him, and him only, resteth the burden +of her who betrayed. And, therefore, does he wander afar, without a +kraal and without an ox or a wife, and therefore will he die afar like a +stricken buck and his name be accursed from generation to generation, +in that the people say that he slew his brother, Lousta, by treachery in +the night-time.' + +The old Zulu paused, and I saw that he was deeply agitated by his own +story. Presently he lifted his head, which he had bowed to his breast, +and went on: + +'I was the man, Bougwan. Ou! I was that man, and now hark thou! Even as +I am so wilt thou be--a tool, a plaything, an ox of burden to carry the +evil deeds of another. Listen! When thou didst creep after the "Lady +of the Night" I was hard upon thy track. When she struck thee with the +knife in the sleeping place of the White Queen I was there also; when +thou didst let her slip away like a snake in the stones I saw thee, and +I knew that she had bewitched thee and that a true man had abandoned the +truth, and he who aforetime loved a straight path had taken a crooked +way. Forgive me, my father, if my words are sharp, but out of a full +heart are they spoken. See her no more, so shalt thou go down with +honour to the grave. Else because of the beauty of a woman that weareth +as a garment of fur shalt thou be even as I am, and perchance with more +cause. I have said.' + +Throughout this long and eloquent address Good had been perfectly +silent, but when the tale began to shape itself so aptly to his own +case, he coloured up, and when he learnt that what had passed between +him and Sorais had been overseen he was evidently much distressed. And +now, when at last he spoke, it was in a tone of humility quite foreign +to him. + +'I must say,' he said, with a bitter little laugh, 'that I scarcely +thought that I should live to be taught my duty by a Zulu; but it just +shows what we can come to. I wonder if you fellows can understand how +humiliated I feel, and the bitterest part of it is that I deserve it +all. Of course I should have handed Sorais over to the guard, but +I could not, and that is a fact. I let her go and I promised to say +nothing, more is the shame to me. She told me that if I would side +with her she would marry me and make me king of this country, but thank +goodness I did find the heart to say that even to marry her I could not +desert my friends. And now you can do what you like, I deserve it all. +All I have to say is that I hope that you may never love a woman with +all your heart and then be so sorely tempted of her,' and he turned to +go. + +'Look here, old fellow,' said Sir Henry, 'just stop a minute. I have a +little tale to tell you too.' And he went on to narrate what had taken +place on the previous day between Sorais and himself. + +This was a finishing stroke to poor Good. It is not pleasant to any man +to learn that he has been made a tool of, but when the circumstances are +as peculiarly atrocious as in the present case, it is about as bitter a +pill as anybody can be called on to swallow. + +'Do you know,' he said, 'I think that between you, you fellows have +about worked a cure,' and he turned and walked away, and I for one felt +very sorry for him. Ah, if the moths would always carefully avoid the +candle, how few burnt wings there would be! + +That day was a Court day, when the Queens sat in the great hall and +received petitions, discussed laws, money grants, and so forth, and +thither we adjourned shortly afterwards. On our way we were joined by +Good, who was looking exceedingly depressed. + +When we got into the hall Nyleptha was already on her throne and +proceeding with business as usual, surrounded by councillors, courtiers, +lawyers, priests, and an unusually strong guard. It was, however, +easy to see from the air of excitement and expectation on the faces +of everybody present that nobody was paying much attention to ordinary +affairs, the fact being that the knowledge that civil war was imminent +had now got abroad. We saluted Nyleptha and took our accustomed places, +and for a little while things went on as usual, when suddenly the +trumpets began to call outside the palace, and from the great crowd that +was gathered there in anticipation of some unusual event there rose a +roar of '_Sorais! Sorais!_' + +Then came the roll of many chariot wheels, and presently the great +curtains at the end of the hall were drawn wide and through them entered +the 'Lady of the Night' herself. Nor did she come alone. Preceding her +was Agon, the High Priest, arrayed in his most gorgeous vestments, and +on either side were other priests. The reason for their presence was +obvious--coming with them it would have been sacrilege to attempt to +detain her. Behind her were a number of the great lords, and behind them +a small body of picked guards. A glance at Sorais herself was enough to +show that her mission was of no peaceful kind, for in place of her gold +embroidered 'kaf' she wore a shining tunic formed of golden scales, and +on her head a little golden helmet. In her hand, too, she bore a toy +spear, beautifully made and fashioned of solid silver. Up the hall she +came, looking like a lioness in her conscious pride and beauty, and as +she came the spectators fell back bowing and made a path for her. By the +sacred stone she halted, and laying her hand on it, she cried out with a +loud voice to Nyleptha on the throne, 'Hail, oh Queen!' + +'All hail, my royal sister!' answered Nyleptha. 'Draw thou near. Fear +not, I give thee safe conduct.' + +Sorais answered with a haughty look, and swept on up the hall till she +stood right before the thrones. + +'A boon, oh Queen!' she cried again. + +'Speak on, my sister; what is there that I can give thee who hath half +our kingdom?' + +'Thou canst tell me a true word--me and the people of Zu-Vendis. Art +thou, or art thou not, about to take this foreign wolf,' and she pointed +to Sir Henry with her toy spear, 'to be a husband to thee, and share thy +bed and throne?' + +Curtis winced at this, and turning towards Sorais, said to her in a low +voice, 'Methinks that yesterday thou hadst other names than wolf to call +me by, oh Queen!' and I saw her bite her lips as, like a danger flag, +the blood flamed red upon her face. As for Nyleptha, who is nothing if +not original, she, seeing that the thing was out, and that there was +nothing further to be gained by concealment, answered the question in +a novel and effectual manner, inspired thereto, as I firmly believe, by +coquetry and a desire to triumph over her rival. + +Up she rose and, descending from the throne, swept in all the glory +of her royal grace on to where her lover stood. There she stopped and +untwined the golden snake that was wound around her arm. Then she bade +him kneel, and he dropped on one knee on the marble before her, and +next, taking the golden snake with both her hands, she bent the pure +soft metal round his neck, and when it was fast, deliberately kissed him +on the brow and called him her 'dear lord'. + +'Thou seest,' she said, when the excited murmur of the spectators had +died away, addressing her sister as Sir Henry rose to his feet, 'I +have put my collar round the "wolf's" neck, and behold! he shall be my +watchdog, and that is my answer to thee, Queen Sorais, my sister, and to +those with thee. Fear not,' she went on, smiling sweetly on her lover, +and pointing to the golden snake she had twined round his massive +throat, 'if my yoke be heavy, yet is it of pure gold, and it shall not +gall thee.' + +Then, turning to the audience, she continued in a clear proud tone, 'Ay, +Lady of the Night, Lords, Priests, and People here gathered together, by +this sign do I take the foreigner to husband, even here in the face of +you all. What, am I a Queen, and yet not free to choose the man whom +I will love? Then should I be lower than the meanest girl in all my +provinces. Nay, he hath won my heart, and with it goes my hand, and +throne, and all I have--ay, had he been a beggar instead of a great lord +fairer and stronger than any here, and having more wisdom and knowledge +of strange things, I had given him all, how much more so being what he +is!' And she took his hand and gazed proudly on him, and holding it, +stood there boldly facing the people. And such was her sweetness and the +power and dignity of her person, and so beautiful she looked standing +hand in hand there at her lover's side, so sure of him and of herself, +and so ready to risk all things and endure all things for him, that most +of those who saw the sight, which I am sure no one of them will ever +forget, caught the fire from her eyes and the happy colour from her +blushing face, and cheered her like wild things. It was a bold stroke +for her to make, and it appealed to the imagination; but human nature +in Zu-Vendis, as elsewhere, loves that which is bold and not afraid to +break a rule, and is moreover peculiarly susceptible to appeals to its +poetical side. + +And so the people cheered till the roof rang; but Sorais of the Night +stood there with downcast eyes, for she could not bear to see her +sister's triumph, which robbed her of the man whom she had hoped to win, +and in the awfulness of her jealous anger she trembled and turned white +like an aspen in the wind. I think I have said somewhere of her that she +reminded me of the sea on a calm day, having the same aspect of sleeping +power about her. Well, it was all awake now, and like the face of the +furious ocean it awed and yet fascinated me. A really handsome woman +in a royal rage is always a beautiful sight, but such beauty and such +a rage I never saw combined before, and I can only say that the effect +produced was well worthy of the two. + +She lifted her white face, the teeth set, and there were purple rings +beneath her glowing eyes. Thrice she tried to speak and thrice she +failed, but at last her voice came. Raising her silver spear, she shook +it, and the light gleamed from it and from the golden scales of her +cuirass. + +'And thinkest thou, Nyleptha,' she said in notes which pealed through +the great hall like a clarion, 'thinkest thou that I, Sorais, a Queen +of the Zu-Vendi, will brook that this base outlander shall sit upon my +father's throne and rear up half-breeds to fill the place of the great +House of the Stairway? Never! never! while there is life in my bosom and +a man to follow me and a spear to strike with. Who is on my side? Who? + +'Now hand thou over this foreign wolf and those who came hither to prey +with him to the doom of fire, for have they not committed the deadly sin +against the sun? or, Nyleptha, I give thee War--red War! Ay, I say to +thee that the path of thy passion shall be marked out by the blazing of +thy towns and watered with the blood of those who cleave to thee. On thy +head rest the burden of the deed, and in thy ears ring the groans of the +dying and the cries of the widows and those who are left fatherless for +ever and for ever. + +'I tell thee I will tear thee, Nyleptha, the White Queen, from thy +throne, and that thou shalt be hurled--ay, hurled even from the topmost +stair of the great way to the foot thereof, in that thou hast covered +the name of the House of him who built it with black shame. And I tell +ye strangers--all save Bougwan, whom because thou didst do me a service +I will save alive if thou wilt leave these men and follow me' (here +poor Good shook his head vigorously and ejaculated 'Can't be done' in +English)--'that I will wrap you in sheets of gold and hang you yet alive +in chains from the four golden trumpets of the four angels that fly east +and west and north and south from the giddiest pinnacles of the Temple, +so that ye may be a token and a warning to the land. And as for thee, +Incubu, thou shalt die in yet another fashion that I will not tell thee +now.' + +She ceased, panting for breath, for her passion shook her like a storm, +and a murmur, partly of horror and partly of admiration, ran through the +hall. Then Nyleptha answered calmly and with dignity: + +'Ill would it become my place and dignity, oh sister, so to speak as +thou hast spoken and so to threat as thou hast threatened. Yet if thou +wilt make war, then will I strive to bear up against thee, for if my +hand seem soft, yet shalt thou find it of iron when it grips thine +armies by the throat. Sorais, I fear thee not. I weep for that which +thou wilt bring upon our people and on thyself, but for myself I say--I +fear thee not. Yet thou, who but yesterday didst strive to win my lover +and my lord from me, whom today thou dost call a "foreign wolf", to be +_thy_ lover and _thy_ lord' (here there was an immense sensation in the +hall), 'thou who but last night, as I have learnt but since thou didst +enter here, didst creep like a snake into my sleeping-place--ay, even by +a secret way, and wouldst have foully murdered me, thy sister, as I lay +asleep--' + +'It is false, it is false!' rang out Agon's and a score of other voices. + +'It is _not_ false,' said I, producing the broken point of the dagger +and holding it up. 'Where is the haft from which this flew, oh Sorais?' + +'It is not false,' cried Good, determined at last to act like a loyal +man. 'I took the Lady of the Night by the White Queen's bed, and on my +breast the dagger broke.' + +'Who is on my side?' cried Sorais, shaking her silver spear, for she +saw that public sympathy was turning against her. 'What, Bougwan, thou +comest not?' she said, addressing Good, who was standing close to her, +in a low, concentrated voice. 'Thou pale-souled fool, for a reward thou +shalt eat out thy heart with love of me and not be satisfied, and thou +mightest have been my husband and a king! At least I hold _thee_ in +chains that cannot be broken. + +'_War! War! War!_' she cried. 'Here, with my hand upon the sacred stone +that shall endure, so runs the prophecy, till the Zu-Vendi set their +necks beneath an alien yoke, I declare war to the end. Who follows +Sorais of the Night to victory and honour?' + +Instantly the whole concourse began to break up in indescribable +confusion. Many present hastened to throw in their lot with the 'Lady of +the Night', but some came from her following to us. Amongst the former +was an under officer of Nyleptha's own guard, who suddenly turned and +made a run for the doorway through which Sorais' people were already +passing. Umslopogaas, who was present and had taken the whole scene in, +seeing with admirable presence of mind that if this soldier got away +others would follow his example, seized the man, who drew his sword +and struck at him. Thereon the Zulu sprang back with a wild shout, and, +avoiding the sword cuts, began to peck at his foe with his terrible axe, +till in a few seconds the man's fate overtook him and he fell with a +clash heavily and quite dead upon the marble floor. + +This was the first blood spilt in the war. + +'Shut the gates,' I shouted, thinking that we might perhaps catch Sorais +so, and not being troubled with the idea of committing sacrilege. But +the order came too late, her guards were already passing through them, +and in another minute the streets echoed with the furious galloping of +horses and the rolling of her chariots. + +So, drawing half the people after her, Sorais was soon passing like a +whirlwind through the Frowning City on her road to her headquarters at +M'Arstuna, a fortress situated a hundred and thirty miles to the north +of Milosis. + +And after that the city was alive with the endless tramp of regiments +and preparations for the gathering war, and old Umslopogaas once +more began to sit in the sunshine and go through a show of sharpening +Inkosi-kaas's razor edge. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX A STRANGE WEDDING + + + +One person, however, did not succeed in getting out in time before the +gates were shut, and that was the High Priest Agon, who, as we had every +reason to believe, was Sorais' great ally, and the heart and soul of her +party. This cunning and ferocious old man had not forgiven us for those +hippopotami, or rather that was what he said. What he meant was that +he would never brook the introduction of our wider ways of thought and +foreign learning and influence while there was a possibility of stamping +us out. Also he knew that we possessed a different system of religion, +and no doubt was in daily terror of our attempting to introduce it into +Zu-Vendis. One day he asked me if we had any religion in our country, +and I told him that so far as I could remember we had ninety-five +different ones. You might have knocked him down with a feather, and +really it is difficult not to pity a high priest of a well-established +cult who is haunted by the possible approach of one or all of +ninety-five new religions. + +When we knew that Agon was caught, Nyleptha, Sir Henry, and I discussed +what was to be done with him. I was for closely incarcerating him, +but Nyleptha shook her head, saying that it would produce a disastrous +effect throughout the country. 'Ah!' she added, with a stamp of her +foot, 'if I win and am once really Queen, I will break the power of +those priests, with their rites and revels and dark secret ways.' I only +wished that old Agon could have heard her, it would have frightened him. + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, 'if we are not to imprison him, I suppose that +we may as well let him go. He is of no use here.' + +Nyleptha looked at him in a curious sort of way, and said in a dry +little voice, 'Thinkest thou so, my lord?' + +'Eh?' said Curtis. 'No, I do not see what is the use of keeping him.' + +She said nothing, but continued looking at him in a way that was as shy +as it was sweet. + +Then at last he understood. + +'Forgive me, Nyleptha,' he said, rather tremulously. 'Dost thou mean +that thou wilt marry me, even now?' + +'Nay, I know not; let my lord say,' was her rapid answer; 'but if my +lord wills, the priest is there and the altar is there'--pointing to the +entrance to a private chapel--'and am I not ready to do the will of my +lord? Listen, oh my lord! In eight days or less thou must leave me and +go down to war, for thou shalt lead my armies, and in war--men sometimes +fall, and so I would for a little space have had thee all my own, if +only for memory's sake;' and the tears overflowed her lovely eyes and +rolled down her face like heavy drops of dew down the red heart of a +rose. + +'Mayhap, too,' she went on, 'I shall lose my crown, and with my crown my +life and thine also. Sorais is very strong and very bitter, and if she +prevails she will not spare. Who can read the future? Happiness is the +world's White Bird, that alights seldom, and flies fast and far till one +day he is lost in the clouds. Therefore should we hold him fast if by +any chance he rests for a little space upon our hand. It is not wise to +neglect the present for the future, for who knows what the future will +be, Incubu? Let us pluck our flowers while the dew is on them, for when +the sun is up they wither and on the morrow will others bloom that we +shall never see.' And she lifted her sweet face to him and smiled into +his eyes, and once more I felt a curious pang of jealousy and turned and +went away. They never took much notice of whether I was there or not, +thinking, I suppose, that I was an old fool, and that it did not matter +one way or the other, and really I believe that they were right. + +So I went back to our quarters and ruminated over things in general, and +watched old Umslopogaas whetting his axe outside the window as a vulture +whets his beak beside a dying ox. + +And in about an hour's time Sir Henry came tearing over, looking +very radiant and wildly excited, and found Good and myself and even +Umslopogaas, and asked us if we should like to assist at a real wedding. +Of course we said yes, and off we went to the chapel, where we found +Agon looking as sulky as any High Priest possibly could, and no wonder. +It appeared that he and Nyleptha had a slight difference of opinion +about the coming ceremony. He had flatly refused to celebrate it, or to +allow any of his priests to do so, whereupon Nyleptha became very angry +and told him that she, as Queen, was head of the Church, and meant to +be obeyed. Indeed, she played the part of a Zu-Vendi Henry the Eighth to +perfection, and insisted that, if she wanted to be married, she would be +married, and that he should marry her. {Endnote 18} + +He still refused to go through the ceremony, so she clinched her +argument thus-- + +'Well, I cannot execute a High Priest, because there is an absurd +prejudice against it, and I cannot imprison him because all his +subordinates would raise a crying that would bring the stars down on +Zu-Vendis and crush it; but I _can_ leave him to contemplate the +altar of the Sun without anything to eat, because that is his natural +vocation, and if thou wilt not marry me, O Agon! thou shalt be placed +before the altar yonder with nought but a little water till such time as +thou hast reconsidered the matter.' + +Now, as it happened, Agon had been hurried away that morning without his +breakfast, and was already exceedingly hungry, so he presently modified +his views and consented to marry them, saying at the same time that he +washed his hands of all responsibility in the matter. + +So it chanced that presently, attended only by two of her favourite +maidens, came the Queen Nyleptha, with happy blushing face and downcast +eyes, dressed in pure white, without embroidery of any sort, as seems +to be the fashion on these occasions in most countries of the world. She +did not wear a single ornament, even her gold circlets were removed, +and I thought that if possible she looked more lovely than ever without +them, as really superbly beautiful women do. + +She came, curtseyed low to Sir Henry, and then took his hand and led him +up before the altar, and after a little pause, in a slow, clear voice +uttered the following words, which are customary in Zu-Vendis if the +bride desires and the man consents:-- + +'Thou dost swear by the Sun that thou wilt take no other woman to wife +unless I lay my hand upon her and bid her come?' + +'I swear it,' answered Sir Henry; adding in English, 'One is quite +enough for me.' + +Then Agon, who had been sulking in a corner near the altar, came forward +and gabbled off something into his beard at such a rate that I could not +follow it, but it appeared to be an invocation to the Sun to bless +the union and make it fruitful. I observed that Nyleptha listened very +closely to every word, and afterwards discovered that she was afraid +lest Agon should play her a trick, and by going through the invocations +backwards divorce them instead of marry them. At the end of the +invocations they were asked, as in our service, if they took each other +for husband and wife, and on their assenting they kissed each other +before the altar, and the service was over, so far as their rites were +concerned. But it seemed to me that there was yet something wanting, and +so I produced a Prayer-Book, which has, together with the 'Ingoldsby +Legends', that I often read when I lie awake at night, accompanied me in +all my later wanderings. I gave it to my poor boy Harry years ago, and +after his death I found it among his things and took it back again. + +'Curtis,' I said, 'I am not a clergyman, and I do not know if what I am +going to propose is allowable--I know it is not legal--but if you and +the Queen have no objection I should like to read the English marriage +service over you. It is a solemn step which you are taking, and I think +that you ought, so far as circumstances will allow, to give it the +sanction of your own religion.' + +'I have thought of that,' he said, 'and I wish you would. I do not feel +half married yet.' + +Nyleptha raised no objection, fully understanding that her husband +wished to celebrate the marriage according to the rites prevailing in +his own country, and so I set to work and read the service, from 'Dearly +beloved' to 'amazement', as well as I could; and when I came to 'I, +Henry, take thee, Nyleptha,' I translated, and also 'I, Nyleptha, take +thee, Henry,' which she repeated after me very well. Then Sir Henry took +a plain gold ring from his little finger and placed it on hers, and so +on to the end. The ring had been Curtis' mother's wedding-ring, and I +could not help thinking how astonished the dear old Yorkshire lady would +have been if she could have foreseen that her wedding-ring was to serve +a similar purpose for Nyleptha, a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. + +As for Agon, he was with difficulty kept calm while this second ceremony +was going on, for he at once understood that it was religious in its +nature, and doubtless bethought him of the ninety-five new faiths which +loomed so ominously in his eyes. Indeed, he at once set me down as a +rival High Priest, and hated me accordingly. However, in the end off he +went, positively bristling with indignation, and I knew that we might +look out for danger from his direction. + +And off went Good and I, and old Umslopogaas also, leaving the happy +pair to themselves, and very low we all felt. Marriages are supposed +to be cheerful things, but my experience is that they are very much the +reverse to everybody, except perhaps the two people chiefly interested. +They mean the breaking-up of so many old ties as well as the undertaking +of so many new ones, and there is always something sad about the passing +away of the old order. Now to take this case for instance: Sir Henry +Curtis is the best and kindest fellow and friend in the world, but he +has never been quite the same since that little scene in the chapel. +It is always Nyleptha this and Nyleptha that--Nyleptha, in short, +from morning till night in one way or another, either expressed or +understood. And as for the old friends--well, of course they have taken +the place that old friends ought to take, and which ladies are as a rule +very careful to see they do take when a man marries, and that is, the +second place. Yes, he would be angry if anybody said so, but it is a +fact for all that. He is not quite the same, and Nyleptha is very sweet +and very charming, but I think that she likes him to understand that she +has married _him_, and not Quatermain, Good, and Co. But there! what is +the use of grumbling? It is all very right and proper, as any married +lady would have no difficulty in explaining, and I am a selfish, jealous +old man, though I hope I never show it. + +So Good and I went and ate in silence and then indulged in an extra fine +flagon of old Zu-Vendian to keep our spirits up, and presently one of +our attendants came and told a story that gave us something to think +about. + +It may, perhaps, be remembered that, after his quarrel with Umslopogaas, +Alphonse had gone off in an exceedingly ill temper to sulk over his +scratches. Well, it appears that he walked right past the Temple to the +Sun, down the wide road on the further side of the slope it crowns, and +thence on into the beautiful park, or pleasure gardens, which are laid +out just beyond the outer wall. After wandering about there for a little +he started to return, but was met near the outer gate by Sorais' train +of chariots, which were galloping furiously along the great northern +road. When she caught sight of Alphonse, Sorais halted her train and +called to him. On approaching he was instantly seized and dragged +into one of the chariots and carried off, 'crying out loudly', as our +informant said, and as from my general knowledge of him I can well +believe. + +At first I was much puzzled to know what object Sorais could have had in +carrying off the poor little Frenchman. She could hardly stoop so low +as to try to wreak her fury on one whom she knew was only a servant. At +last, however, an idea occurred to me. We three were, as I think I have +said, much revered by the people of Zu-Vendis at large, both because +we were the first strangers they had ever seen, and because we were +supposed to be the possessors of almost supernatural wisdom. Indeed, +though Sorais' cry against the 'foreign wolves'--or, to translate it +more accurately, 'foreign hyenas'--was sure to go down very well with +the nobles and the priests, it was not as we learnt, likely to be +particularly effectual amongst the bulk of the population. The Zu-Vendi +people, like the Athenians of old, are ever seeking for some new thing, +and just because we were so new our presence was on the whole acceptable +to them. Again, Sir Henry's magnificent personal appearance made a deep +impression upon a race who possess a greater love of beauty than any +other I have ever been acquainted with. Beauty may be prized in other +countries, but in Zu-Vendis it is almost worshipped, as indeed +the national love of statuary shows. The people said openly in the +market-places that there was not a man in the country to touch Curtis in +personal appearance, as with the exception of Sorais there was no woman +who could compete with Nyleptha, and that therefore it was meet that +they should marry; and that he had been sent by the Sun as a husband for +their Queen. Now, from all this it will be seen that the outcry against +us was to a considerable extent fictitious, and nobody knew it better +than Sorais herself. Consequently it struck me that it might have +occurred to her that down in the country and among the country people, +it would be better to place the reason of her conflict with her sister +upon other and more general grounds than Nyleptha's marriage with the +stranger. It would be easy in a land where there had been so many civil +wars to rake out some old cry that would stir up the recollection of +buried feuds, and, indeed, she soon found an effectual one. This being +so, it was of great importance to her to have one of the strangers with +her whom she could show to the common people as a great Outlander, who +had been so struck by the justice of her cause that he had elected to +leave his companions and follow her standard. + +This, no doubt, was the cause of her anxiety to get a hold of Good, whom +she would have used till he ceased to be of service and then cast off. +But Good having drawn back she grasped at the opportunity of securing +Alphonse, who was not unlike him in personal appearance though smaller, +no doubt with the object of showing him off in the cities and country as +the great Bougwan himself. I told Good that I thought that that was her +plan, and his face was a sight to see--he was so horrified at the idea. + +'What,' he said, 'dress up that little wretch to represent me? Why, I +shall have to get out of the country! My reputation will be ruined for +ever.' + +I consoled him as well as I could, but it is not pleasant to be +personated all over a strange country by an arrant little coward, and I +can quite sympathize with his vexation. + +Well, that night Good and I messed as I have said in solitary grandeur, +feeling very much as though we had just returned from burying a friend +instead of marrying one, and next morning the work began in good +earnest. The messages and orders which had been despatched by Nyleptha +two days before now began to take effect, and multitudes of armed men +came pouring into the city. We saw, as may be imagined, but very little +of Nyleptha and not too much of Curtis during those next few days, +but Good and I sat daily with the council of generals and loyal +lords, drawing up plans of action, arranging commissariat matters, the +distribution of commands, and a hundred and one other things. Men came +in freely, and all the day long the great roads leading to Milosis were +spotted with the banners of lords arriving from their distant places to +rally round Nyleptha. + +After the first few days it became clear that we should be able to +take the field with about forty thousand infantry and twenty thousand +cavalry, a very respectable force considering how short was the time we +had to collect it, and that about half the regular army had elected to +follow Sorais. + +But if our force was large, Sorais' was, according to the reports +brought in day by day by our spies, much larger. She had taken up her +headquarters at a very strong town called M'Arstuna, situated, as I have +said, to the north of Milosis, and all the countryside was flocking to +her standard. Nasta had poured down from his highlands and was on +his way to join her with no less than twenty-five thousand of his +mountaineers, the most terrible soldiers to face in all Zu-Vendis. +Another mighty lord, named Belusha, who lived in the great +horse-breeding district, had come in with twelve thousand cavalry, and +so on. Indeed, what between one thing and another, it seemed certain +that she would gather a fully armed host of nearly one hundred thousand +men. + +And then came news that Sorais was proposing to break up her camp and +march on the Frowning City itself, desolating the country as she came. +Thereon arose the question whether it would be best to meet her at +Milosis or to go out and give her battle. When our opinion was asked +upon the subject, Good and I unhesitatingly gave it in favour of an +advance. If we were to shut ourselves up in the city and wait to be +attacked, it seemed to us that our inaction would be set down to fear. +It is so important, especially on an occasion of this sort, when a very +little will suffice to turn men's opinions one way or the other, to be +up and doing something. Ardour for a cause will soon evaporate if the +cause does not move but sits down to conquer. Therefore we cast our vote +for moving out and giving battle in the open, instead of waiting till we +were drawn from our walls like a badger from a hole. + +Sir Henry's opinion coincided with ours, and so, needless to say, did +that of Nyleptha, who, like a flint, was always ready to flash out fire. +A great map of the country was brought and spread out before her. About +thirty miles this side of M'Arstuna, where Sorais lay, and ninety odd +miles from Milosis, the road ran over a neck of land some two and a half +miles in width, and flanked on either side by forest-clad hills +which, without being lofty, would, if the road were blocked, be quite +impracticable for a great baggage-laden army to cross. She looked +earnestly at the map, and then, with a quickness of perception that in +some women amounts almost to an instinct, she laid her finger upon this +neck of rising ground, and turning to her husband, said, with a proud +air of confidence and a toss of the golden head-- + +'Here shalt thou meet Sorais' armies. I know the spot, here shalt thou +meet them, and drive them before thee like dust before the storm.' + +But Curtis looked grave and said nothing. + + + + +CHAPTER XX THE BATTLE OF THE PASS + + + +It was on the third morning after this incident of the map that Sir +Henry and I started. With the exception of a small guard, all the great +host had moved on the night before, leaving the Frowning City very +silent and empty. Indeed, it was found impossible to leave any garrison +with the exception of a personal guard for Nyleptha, and about a +thousand men who from sickness or one cause or another were unable to +proceed with the army; but as Milosis was practically impregnable, and +as our enemy was in front of and not behind us, this did not so much +matter. + +Good and Umslopogaas had gone on with the army, but Nyleptha accompanied +Sir Henry and myself to the city gates, riding a magnificent white horse +called Daylight, which was supposed to be the fleetest and most enduring +animal in Zu-Vendis. Her face bore traces of recent weeping, but there +were no tears in her eyes now, indeed she was bearing up bravely against +what must have been a bitter trial to her. At the gate she reined in +her horse and bade us farewell. On the previous day she had reviewed and +addressed the officers of the great army, speaking to them such high, +eloquent words, and expressing so complete a confidence in their valour +and in their ultimate victory, that she quite carried their hearts +away, and as she rode from rank to rank they cheered her till the ground +shook. And now today the same mood seemed to be on her. + +'Fare thee well, Macumazahn!' she said. 'Remember, I trust to thy wits, +which are as a needle to a spear-handle compared to those of my people, +to save us from Sorais. I know that thou wilt do thy duty.' + +I bowed and explained to her my horror of fighting, and my fear lest I +should lose my head, at which she laughed gently and turned to Curtis. + +'Fare thee well, my lord!' she said. 'Come back with victory, and as a +king, or on thy soldiers' spears.' {Endnote 19} + +Sir Henry said nothing, but turned his horse to go; perhaps he had a bit +of a lump in his throat. One gets over it afterwards, but these sort of +partings are trying when one has only been married a week. + +'Here,' added Nyleptha, 'will I greet thee when ye return in triumph. +And now, my lords, once more, farewell!' + +Then we rode on, but when we had gone a hundred and fifty yards or so, +we turned and perceived her still sitting on her horse at the same spot, +and looking out after us beneath her hand, and that was the last we saw +of her. About a mile farther on, however, we heard galloping behind +us, and looking round, saw a mounted soldier coming towards us, leading +Nyleptha's matchless steed--Daylight. + +'The Queen sends the white stallion as a farewell gift to her Lord +Incubu, and bids me tell my lord that he is the fleetest and most +enduring horse in all the land,' said the soldier, bending to his +saddle-bow before us. + +At first Sir Henry did not want to take the horse, saying that he was +too good for such rough work, but I persuaded him to do so, thinking +that Nyleptha would be hurt if he did not. Little did I guess at the +time what service that noble horse would render in our sorest need. It +is curious to look back and realize upon what trivial and apparently +coincidental circumstances great events frequently turn as easily and +naturally as a door on its hinges. + +Well, we took the horse, and a beauty he was, it was a perfect pleasure +to see him move, and Curtis having sent back his greetings and thanks, +we proceeded on our journey. + +By midday we overtook the rear-guard of the great army of which +Sir Henry then formally took over the command. It was a heavy +responsibility, and it oppressed him very much, but the Queen's +injunctions on the point were such as did not admit of being +trifled with. He was beginning to find out that greatness has its +responsibilities as well as its glories. + +Then we marched on without meeting with any opposition, almost indeed +without seeing anybody, for the populations of the towns and villages +along our route had for the most part fled, fearing lest they should +be caught between the two rival armies and ground to powder like grain +between the upper and the nether stones. + +On the evening of the fourth day, for the progress of so great a +multitude was necessarily slow, we camped two miles this side of the +neck or ridge I have spoken of, and our outposts brought us word that +Sorais with all her power was rolling down upon us, and had pitched her +camp that night ten miles the farther side of the neck. + +Accordingly before dawn we sent forward fifteen hundred cavalry to seize +the position. Scarcely had they occupied it, however, before they were +attacked by about as many of Sorais' horsemen, and a very smart little +cavalry fight ensued, with a loss to us of about thirty men killed. On +the advance of our supports, however, Sorais' force drew off, carrying +their dead and wounded with them. + +The main body of the army reached the neck about dinner-time, and I must +say that Nyleptha's judgment had not failed her, it was an admirable +place to give battle in, especially to a superior force. + +The road ran down a mile or more, through ground too broken to admit of +the handling of any considerable force, till it reached the crest of a +great green wave of land, that rolled down a gentle slope to the banks +of a little stream, and then rolled away again up a still gentler slope +to the plain beyond, the distance from the crest of the land-wave down +to the stream being a little over half a mile, and from the stream up to +the plain beyond a trifle less. The length of this wave of land at its +highest point, which corresponded exactly with the width of the neck of +the land between the wooded hills, was about two miles and a quarter, +and it was protected on either side by dense, rocky, bush-clad ground, +that afforded a most valuable cover to the flanks of the army and +rendered it almost impossible for them to be turned. + +It was on the hither slope of this neck of land that Curtis encamped +his army in the same formation that he had, after consultation with the +various generals, Good, and myself, determined that they should occupy +in the great pitched battle which now appeared to be imminent. + +Our force of sixty thousand men was, roughly speaking, divided +as follows. In the centre was a dense body of twenty thousand +foot-soldiers, armed with spears, swords, and hippopotamus-hide shields, +breast and back plates. {Endnote 20} These formed the chest of the army, +and were supported by five thousand foot, and three thousand horse in +reserve. On either side of this chest were stationed seven thousand +horse arranged in deep, majestic squadrons; and beyond and on either +side but slightly in front of them again were two bodies, each numbering +about seven thousand five hundred spearmen, forming the right and left +wings of the army, and each supported by a contingent of some fifteen +hundred cavalry. This makes in all sixty thousand men. + +Curtis commanded in chief, I was in command of the seven thousand horse +between the chest and right wing, which was commanded by Good, and the +other battalions and squadrons were entrusted to Zu-Vendis generals. + +Scarcely had we taken up our positions before Sorais' vast army began to +swarm on the opposite slope about a mile in front of us, till the whole +place seemed alive with the multitude of her spearpoints, and the ground +shook with the tramp of her battalions. It was evident that the spies +had not exaggerated; we were outnumbered by at least a third. At first +we expected that Sorais was going to attack us at once, as the clouds +of cavalry which hung upon her flanks executed some threatening +demonstrations, but she thought better of it, and there was no fight +that day. As for the formation of her great forces I cannot now describe +it with accuracy, and it would only serve to bewilder if I did, but I +may say, generally, that in its leading features it resembled our own, +only her reserve was much greater. + +Opposite our right wing, and forming Sorais' left wing, was a great army +of dark, wild-looking men, armed with sword and shield only, which, +I was informed, was composed of Nasta's twenty-five thousand savage +hillsmen. + +'My word, Good,' said I, when I saw them, 'you will catch it tomorrow +when those gentlemen charge!' whereat Good not unnaturally looked rather +anxious. + +All day we watched and waited, but nothing happened, and at last night +fell, and a thousand watch-fires twinkled brightly on the slopes, to +wane and die one by one like the stars they resembled. As the hours wore +on, the silence gradually gathered more deeply over the opposing hosts. + +It was a very wearying night, for in addition to the endless things that +had to be attended to, there was our gnawing suspense to reckon +with. The fray which tomorrow would witness would be so vast, and the +slaughter so awful, that stout indeed must the heart have been that was +not overwhelmed at the prospect. And when I thought of all that hung +upon it, I own I felt ill, and it made me very sad to reflect that +these mighty forces were gathered for destruction, simply to gratify the +jealous anger of a woman. This was the hidden power which was to send +those dense masses of cavalry, flashing like human thunderbolts across +the plain, and to roll together the fierce battalions as clouds when +hurricane meets hurricane. It was a dreadful thought, and set one +wondering about the responsibilities of the great ones of the earth. +Deep into the night we sat, with pale faces and heavy hearts, and took +counsel, whilst the sentries tramped up and down, down and up, and the +armed and plumed generals came and went, grim and shadow-like. + +And so the time wore away, till everything was ready for the coming +slaughter; and I lay down and thought, and tried to get a little rest, +but could not sleep for fear of the morrow--for who could say what the +morrow would bring forth? Misery and death, this was certain; beyond +that we knew not, and I confess I was very much afraid. But as I +realized then, it is useless to question that eternal Sphinx, the +future. From day to day she reads aloud the riddles of the yesterday, of +which the puzzled wordlings of all ages have not answered one, nor ever +will, guess they never so wildly or cry they never so loud. + +And so at length I gave up wondering, being forced humbly to leave the +issue in the balancing hands of Providence and the morrow. + +And at last up came the red sun, and the huge camps awoke with a clash, +and a roar, and gathered themselves together for battle. It was a +beautiful and awe-inspiring scene, and old Umslopogaas, leaning on his +axe, contemplated it with grim delight. + +'Never have I seen the like, Macumazahn, never,' he said. 'The battles +of my people are as the play of children to what this will be. Thinkest +thou that they will fight it out?' + +'Ay,' I answered sadly, 'to the death. Content thyself, "Woodpecker", +for once shalt thou peck thy fill.' + +Time went on, and still there was no sign of an attack. A force of +cavalry crossed the brook, indeed, and rode slowly along our front, +evidently taking stock of our position and numbers. With this we did +not attempt to interfere, as our decision was to stand strictly on the +defensive, and not to waste a single man. The men breakfasted and stood +to their arms, and the hours wore on. About midday, when the men were +eating their dinner, for we thought they would fight better on full +stomachs, a shout of '_Sorais, Sorais_' arose like thunder from the +enemy's extreme right, and taking the glass, I was able to clearly +distinguish the 'Lady of the Night' herself, surrounded by a glittering +staff, and riding slowly down the lines of her battalions. And as she +went, that mighty, thundering shout rolled along before her like the +rolling of ten thousand chariots, or the roaring of the ocean when the +gale turns suddenly and carries the noise of it to the listener's ears, +till the earth shook, and the air was full of the majesty of sound. + +Guessing that this was a prelude to the beginning of the battle, we +remained still and made ready. + +We had not long to wait. Suddenly, like flame from a cannon's mouth, out +shot two great tongue-like forces of cavalry, and came charging down the +slope towards the little stream, slowly at first, but gathering speed +as they came. Before they got to the stream, orders reached me from Sir +Henry, who evidently feared that the shock of such a charge, if allowed +to fall unbroken upon our infantry, would be too much for them, to send +five thousand sabres to meet the force opposite to me, at the moment +when it began to mount the stiffest of the rise about four hundred yards +from our lines. This I did, remaining behind myself with the rest of my +men. + +Off went the five thousand horsemen, drawn up in a wedge-like form, and +I must say that the general in command handled them very ably. Starting +at a hand gallop, for the first three hundred yards he rode straight at +the tip of the tongue-shaped mass of cavalry which, numbering, so far as +I could judge, about eight thousand sabres, was advancing to charge us. +Then he suddenly swerved to the right and put on the pace, and I saw the +great wedge curl round, and before the foe could check himself and turn +to meet it, strike him about halfway down his length, with a crashing +rending sound, like that of the breaking-up of vast sheets of ice. In +sank the great wedge, into his heart, and as it cut its way hundreds +of horsemen were thrown up on either side of it, just as the earth is +thrown up by a ploughshare, or more like still, as the foaming water +curls over beneath the bows of a rushing ship. In, yet in, vainly does +the tongue twist its ends round in agony, like an injured snake, +and strive to protect its centre; still farther in, by Heaven! right +through, and so, amid cheer after cheer from our watching thousands, +back again upon the severed ends, beating them down, driving them as +a gale drives spray, till at last, amidst the rushing of hundreds of +riderless horses, the flashing of swords, and the victorious clamour of +their pursuers, the great force crumples up like an empty glove, then +turns and gallops pell-mell for safety back to its own lines. + +I do not think it reached them more than two-thirds as strong as it +went out ten minutes before. The lines which were now advancing to the +attack, opened and swallowed them up, and my force returned, having +only suffered a loss of about five hundred men--not much, I thought, +considering the fierceness of the struggle. I could also see that the +opposing bodies of cavalry on our left wing were drawing back, but how +the fight went with them I do not quite know. It is as much as I can do +to describe what took place immediately around me. + +By this time the dense masses of the enemy's left, composed almost +entirely of Nasta's swordsmen, were across the little stream, and +with alternate yells of 'Nasta' and 'Sorais', with dancing banners and +gleaming swords, were swarming up towards us like ants. + +Again I received orders to try and check this movement, and also the +main advance against the chest of our army, by means of cavalry charges, +and this I did to the best of my ability, by continually sending +squadrons of about a thousand sabres out against them. These squadrons +did the enemy much damage, and it was a glorious sight to see them flash +down the hillside, and bury themselves like a living knife in the heart +of the foe. But, also, we lost many men, for after the experience of a +couple of these charges, which had drawn a sort of bloody St Andrew's +cross of dead and dying through the centre of Nasta's host, our foes +no longer attempted to offer an unyielding front to their irresistible +weight, but opened out to let the rush go through, throwing themselves +on the ground and hamstringing hundreds of horses as they passed. + +And so, notwithstanding all that we could do, the enemy drew nearer, +till at last he hurled himself upon Good's force of seven thousand five +hundred regulars, who were drawn up to receive them in three strong +squares. About the same time, too, an awful and heartshaking roar told +me that the main battle had closed in on the centre and extreme left. I +raised myself in my stirrups and looked down to my left; so far as the +eye could see there was a long dazzling shimmer of steel as the sun +glanced upon falling sword and thrusting spear. + +To and fro swung the contending lines in that dread struggle, now giving +way, now gaining a little in the mad yet ordered confusion of attack +and defence. But it was as much as I could do to keep count of what was +happening to our own wing; and, as for the moment the cavalry had fallen +back under cover of Good's three squares, I had a fair view of this. + +Nasta's wild swordsmen were now breaking in red waves against the sullen +rock-like squares. Time after time did they yell out their war-cries, +and hurl themselves furiously against the long triple ridges of spear +points, only to be rolled back as billows are when they meet the cliff. + +And so for four long hours the battle raged almost without a pause, and +at the end of that time, if we had gained nothing we had lost nothing. +Two attempts to turn our left flank by forcing a way through the wood by +which it was protected had been defeated; and as yet Nasta's swordsmen +had, notwithstanding their desperate efforts, entirely failed to break +Good's three squares, though they had thinned their numbers by quite a +third. + +As for the chest of the army where Sir Henry was with his staff and +Umslopogaas, it had suffered dreadfully, but it had held its own with +honour, and the same may be said of our left battle. + +At last the attacks slackened, and Sorais' army drew back, having, I +began to think, had enough of it. On this point, however, I was soon +undeceived, for splitting up her cavalry into comparatively small +squadrons, she charged us furiously with them, all along the line, +and then once more sullenly rolled her tens of thousands of sword and +spearmen down upon our weakened squares and squadrons; Sorais herself +directing the movement, as fearless as a lioness heading the main +attack. On they came like an avalanche--I saw her golden helm gleaming +in the van--our counter charges of cavalry entirely failing to check +their forward sweep. Now they had struck us, and our centre bent in like +a bow beneath the weight of their rush--it parted, and had not the ten +thousand men in reserve charged down to its support it must have +been utterly destroyed. As for Good's three squares, they were swept +backwards like boats upon an incoming tide, and the foremost one was +burst into and lost half its remaining men. But the effort was too +fierce and terrible to last. Suddenly the battle came, as it were, to a +turning-point, and for a minute or two stood still. + +Then it began to move towards Sorais' camp. Just then, too, Nasta's +fierce and almost invincible highlanders, either because they were +disheartened by their losses or by way of a ruse, fell back, and the +remains of Good's gallant squares, leaving the positions they had held +for so many hours, cheered wildly, and rashly followed them down the +slope, whereon the swarms of swordsmen turned to envelop them, and once +more flung themselves upon them with a yell. Taken thus on every side, +what remained of the first square was quickly destroyed, and I perceived +that the second, in which I could see Good himself mounted on a large +horse, was on the point of annihilation. A few more minutes and it was +broken, its streaming colours sank, and I lost sight of Good in the +confused and hideous slaughter that ensued. + +Presently, however, a cream-coloured horse with a snow-white mane +and tail burst from the ruins of the square and came rushing past me +riderless and with wide streaming reins, and in it I recognized the +charger that Good had been riding. Then I hesitated no longer, but +taking with me half my effective cavalry force, which now amounted to +between four and five thousand men, I commended myself to God, and, +without waiting for orders, I charged straight down upon Nasta's +swordsmen. Seeing me coming, and being warned by the thunder of my +horses' hoofs, the majority of them faced round, and gave us a right +warm welcome. Not an inch would they yield; in vain did we hack and +trample them down as we ploughed a broad red furrow through their +thousands; they seemed to re-arise by hundreds, driving their terrible +sharp swords into our horses, or severing their hamstrings, and then +hacking the troopers who came to the ground with them almost into +pieces. My horse was speedily killed under me, but luckily I had a fresh +one, my own favourite, a coal-black mare Nyleptha had given me, being +held in reserve behind, and on this I afterwards mounted. Meanwhile I +had to get along as best I could, for I was pretty well lost sight of +by my men in the mad confusion of the moment. My voice, of course, could +not be heard in the midst of the clanging of steel and the shrieks of +rage and agony. Presently I found myself mixed up with the remnants of +the square, which had formed round its leader Good, and was fighting +desperately for existence. I stumbled against somebody, and glancing +down, caught sight of Good's eyeglass. He had been beaten to his knee. +Over him was a great fellow swinging a heavy sword. Somehow I managed to +run the man through with the sime I had taken from the Masai whose hand +I had cut off; but as I did so, he dealt me a frightful blow on the left +side and breast with the sword, and though my chain shirt saved my life, +I felt that I was badly hurt. For a minute I fell on to my hands and +knees among the dead and dying, and turned sick and faint. When I +came to again I saw that Nasta's spearmen, or rather those of them who +remained, were retreating back across the stream, and that Good was +there by me smiling sweetly. + +'Near go that,' he shouted; 'but all's well that ends well.' + +I assented, but I could not help feeling that it had not ended well for +me. I was sorely hurt. + +Just then we saw the smaller bodies of cavalry stationed on our extreme +right and left, and which were now reinforced by the three thousand +sabres which we had held in reserve, flash out like arrows from their +posts and fall upon the disordered flanks of Sorais' forces, and that +charge decided the issue of the battle. In another minute or two the +enemy was in slow and sullen retreat across the little stream, where +they once more re-formed. Then came another lull, during which I managed +to get a second horse, and received my orders to advance from Sir Henry, +and then with one fierce deep-throated roar, with a waving of banners +and a wide flashing of steel, the remains of our army took the offensive +and began to sweep down, slowly indeed, but irresistibly from the +positions they had so gallantly held all day. + +At last it was our turn to attack. + +On we moved, over the piled-up masses of dead and dying, and were +approaching the stream, when suddenly I perceived an extraordinary +sight. Galloping wildly towards us, his arms tightly clasped around his +horse's neck, against which his blanched cheek was tightly pressed, was +a man arrayed in the full costume of a Zu-Vendi general, but in whom, as +he came nearer, I recognized none other than our lost Alphonse. It was +impossible even then to mistake those curling mustachios. In a minute he +was tearing through our ranks and narrowly escaped being cut down, till +at last somebody caught his horse's bridle, and he was brought to me +just as a momentary halt occurred in our advance to allow what remained +of our shattered squares to form into line. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he gasped out in a voice that was nearly inarticulate +with fright, 'grace to the sky, it is you! Ah, what I have endured! +But you win, monsieur, you win; they fly, the laches. But listen, +monsieur--I forget, it is no good; the Queen is to be murdered tomorrow +at the first light in the palace of Milosis; her guards will leave +their posts, and the priests are going to kill her. Ah yes! they little +thought it, but I was ensconced beneath a banner, and I heard it all.' + +'What?' I said, horror-struck; 'what do you mean?' + +'What I say, monsieur; that devil of a Nasta he went last night to +settle the affair with the Archbishop [Agon]. The guard will leave open +the little gate leading from the great stair and go away, and Nasta and +Agon's priests will come in and kill her. Themselves they would not kill +her.' + +'Come with me,' I said, and, shouting to the staff-officer next to me to +take over the command, I snatched his bridle and galloped as hard as I +could for the spot, between a quarter and half a mile off, where I saw +the royal pennon flying, and where I knew that I should find Curtis if +he were still alive. On we tore, our horses clearing heaps of dead and +dying men, and splashing through pools of blood, on past the long broken +lines of spearmen to where, mounted on the white stallion Nyleptha had +sent to him as a parting gift, I saw Sir Henry's form towering above the +generals who surrounded him. + +Just as we reached him the advance began again. A bloody cloth was bound +around his head, but I saw that his eye was as bright and keen as ever. +Beside him was old Umslopogaas, his axe red with blood, but looking +quite fresh and uninjured. + +'What's wrong, Quatermain?' he shouted. + +'Everything. There is a plot to murder the Queen tomorrow at dawn. +Alphonse here, who has just escaped from Sorais, has overheard it all,' +and I rapidly repeated to him what the Frenchman had told me. + +Curtis' face turned deadly pale and his jaw dropped. + +'At dawn,' he gasped, 'and it is now sunset; it dawns before four and we +are nearly a hundred miles off--nine hours at the outside. What is to be +done?' + +An idea entered into my head. 'Is that horse of yours fresh?' I said. + +'Yes, I have only just got on to him--when my last was killed, and he +has been fed.' + +'So is mine. Get off him, and let Umslopogaas mount; he can ride well. +We will be at Milosis before dawn, or if we are not--well, we cannot +help it. No, no; it is impossible for you to leave now. You would be +seen, and it would turn the fate of the battle. It is not half won yet. +The soldiers would think you were making a bolt of it. Quick now.' + +In a moment he was down, and at my bidding Umslopogaas sprang into the +empty saddle. + +'Now farewell,' I said. 'Send a thousand horsemen with remounts after +us in an hour if possible. Stay, despatch a general to the left wing to +take over the command and explain my absence.' + +'You will do your best to save her, Quatermain?' he said in a broken +voice. + +'Ay, that I will. Go on; you are being left behind.' + +He cast one glance at us, and accompanied by his staff galloped off to +join the advance, which by this time was fording the little brook that +now ran red with the blood of the fallen. + +As for Umslopogaas and myself, we left that dreadful field as arrows +leave a bow, and in a few minutes had passed right out of the sight of +slaughter, the smell of blood, and the turmoil and shouting, which only +came to our ears as a faint, far-off roaring like the sound of distant +breakers. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI AWAY! AWAY! + + + +At the top of the rise we halted for a second to breathe our horses; +and, turning, glanced at the battle beneath us, which, illumined as it +was by the fierce rays of the sinking sun staining the whole scene red, +looked from where we were more like some wild titanic picture than an +actual hand-to-hand combat. The distinguishing scenic effect from that +distance was the countless distinct flashes of light reflected from the +swords and spears, otherwise the panorama was not so grand as might have +been expected. The great green lap of sward in which the struggle was +being fought out, the bold round outline of the hills behind, and +the wide sweep of the plain beyond, seemed to dwarf it; and what was +tremendous enough when one was in it, grew insignificant when viewed +from the distance. But is it not thus with all the affairs and doings of +our race about which we blow the loud trumpet and make such a fuss and +worry? How utterly antlike, and morally and physically insignificant, +must they seem to the calm eyes that watch them from the arching depths +above! + +'We win the day, Macumazahn,' said old Umslopogaas, taking in the whole +situation with a glance of his practised eye. 'Look, the Lady of the +Night's forces give on every side, there is no stiffness left in them, +they bend like hot iron, they are fighting with but half a heart. But +alas! the battle will in a manner be drawn, for the darkness gathers, +and the regiments will not be able to follow and slay!'--and he shook +his head sadly. 'But,' he added, 'I do not think that they will fight +again. We have fed them with too strong a meat. Ah! it is well to have +lived! At last I have seen a fight worth seeing.' + +By this time we were on our way again, and as we went side by side I +told him what our mission was, and how that, if it failed, all the lives +that had been lost that day would have been lost in vain. + +'Ah!' he said, 'nigh on a hundred miles and no horses but these, and to +be there before the dawn! Well--away! away! man can but try, Macumazahn; +and mayhap we shall be there in time to split that old "witch-finder's" +[Agon's] skull for him. Once he wanted to burn us, the old "rain-maker", +did he? And now he would set a snare for my mother [Nyleptha], would he? +Good! So sure as my name is the name of the Woodpecker, so surely, be +my mother alive or dead, will I split him to the beard. Ay, by T'Chaka's +head I swear it!' and he shook Inkosi-kaas as he galloped. By now the +darkness was closing in, but fortunately there would be a moon later, +and the road was good. + +On we sped through the twilight, the two splendid horses we bestrode +had got their wind by this, and were sweeping along with a wide steady +stride that neither failed nor varied for mile upon mile. Down the side +of slopes we galloped, across wide vales that stretched to the foot +of far-off hills. Nearer and nearer grew the blue hills; now we were +travelling up their steeps, and now we were over and passing towards +others that sprang up like visions in the far, faint distance beyond. + +On, never pausing or drawing rein, through the perfect quiet of the +night, that was set like a song to the falling music of our horses' +hoofs; on, past deserted villages, where only some forgotten starving +dog howled a melancholy welcome; on, past lonely moated dwellings; on, +through the white patchy moonlight, that lay coldly upon the wide bosom +of the earth, as though there was no warmth in it; on, knee to knee, for +hour after hour! + +We spake not, but bent us forward on the necks of those two glorious +horses, and listened to their deep, long-drawn breaths as they filled +their great lungs, and to the regular unfaltering ring of their round +hoofs. Grim and black indeed did old Umslopogaas look beside me, mounted +upon the great white horse, like Death in the Revelation of St John, as +now and again lifting his fierce set face he gazed out along the road, +and pointed with his axe towards some distant rise or house. + +And so on, still on, without break or pause for hour after hour. + +At last I felt that even the splendid animal that I rode was beginning +to give out. I looked at my watch; it was nearly midnight, and we were +considerably more than half way. On the top of a rise was a little +spring, which I remembered because I had slept by it a few nights +before, and here I motioned to Umslopogaas to pull up, having determined +to give the horses and ourselves ten minutes to breathe in. He did so, +and we dismounted--that is to say, Umslopogaas did, and then helped me +off, for what with fatigue, stiffness, and the pain of my wound, I could +not do so for myself; and then the gallant horses stood panting there, +resting first one leg and then another, while the sweat fell drip, drip, +from them, and the steam rose and hung in pale clouds in the still night +air. + +Leaving Umslopogaas to hold the horses, I hobbled to the spring and +drank deep of its sweet waters. I had had nothing but a single mouthful +of wine since midday, when the battle began, and I was parched up, +though my fatigue was too great to allow me to feel hungry. Then, having +laved my fevered head and hands, I returned, and the Zulu went and +drank. Next we allowed the horses to take a couple of mouthfuls each--no +more; and oh, what a struggle we had to get the poor beasts away from +the water! There were yet two minutes, and I employed it in hobbling +up and down to try and relieve my stiffness, and in inspecting the +condition of the horses. My mare, gallant animal though she was, was +evidently much distressed; she hung her head, and her eye looked sick +and dull; but Daylight, Nyleptha's glorious horse--who, if he is served +aright, should, like the steeds who saved great Rameses in his need, +feed for the rest of his days out of a golden manger--was still +comparatively speaking fresh, notwithstanding the fact that he had had +by far the heavier weight to carry. He was 'tucked up', indeed, and +his legs were weary, but his eye was bright and clear, and he held his +shapely head up and gazed out into the darkness round him in a way that +seemed to say that whoever failed _he_ was good for those five-and-forty +miles that yet lay between us and Milosis. Then Umslopogaas helped me +into the saddle and--vigorous old savage that he was!--vaulted into his +own without touching a stirrup, and we were off once more, slowly at +first, till the horses got into their stride, and then more swiftly. So +we passed over another ten miles, and then came a long, weary rise of +some six or seven miles, and three times did my poor black mare nearly +come to the ground with me. But on the top she seemed to gather herself +together, and rattled down the slope with long, convulsive strides, +breathing in gasps. We did that three or four miles more swiftly than +any since we had started on our wild ride, but I felt it to be a last +effort, and I was right. Suddenly my poor horse took the bit between +her teeth and bolted furiously along a stretch of level ground for some +three or four hundred yards, and then, with two or three jerky strides, +pulled herself up and fell with a crash right on to her head, I rolling +myself free as she did so. As I struggled to my feet the brave beast +raised her head and looked at me with piteous bloodshot eyes, and then +her head dropped with a groan and she was dead. Her heart was broken. + +Umslopogaas pulled up beside the carcase, and I looked at him in dismay. +There were still more than twenty miles to do by dawn, and how were we +to do it with one horse? It seemed hopeless, but I had forgotten the old +Zulu's extraordinary running powers. + +Without a single word he sprang from the saddle and began to hoist me +into it. + +'What wilt thou do?' I asked. + +'Run,' he answered, seizing my stirrup-leather. + +Then off we went again, almost as fast as before; and oh, the relief +it was to me to get that change of horses! Anybody who has ever ridden +against time will know what it meant. + +Daylight sped along at a long stretching hand-gallop, giving the +gaunt Zulu a lift at every stride. It was a wonderful thing to see +old Umslopogaas run mile after mile, his lips slightly parted and his +nostrils agape like the horse's. Every five miles or so we stopped for a +few minutes to let him get his breath, and then flew on again. + +'Canst thou go farther,' I said at the third of these stoppages, 'or +shall I leave thee to follow me?' + +He pointed with his axe to a dim mass before us. It was the Temple of +the Sun, now not more than five miles away. + +'I reach it or I die,' he gasped. + +Oh, that last five miles! The skin was rubbed from the inside of my +legs, and every movement of my horse gave me anguish. Nor was that all. +I was exhausted with toil, want of food and sleep, and also suffering +very much from the blow I had received on my left side; it seemed as +though a piece of bone or something was slowly piercing into my lung. +Poor Daylight, too, was pretty nearly finished, and no wonder. But there +was a smell of dawn in the air, and we might not stay; better that all +three of us should die upon the road than that we should linger while +there was life in us. The air was thick and heavy, as it sometimes is +before the dawn breaks, and--another infallible sign in certain parts of +Zu-Vendis that sunrise is at hand--hundreds of little spiders pendant on +the end of long tough webs were floating about in it. These early-rising +creatures, or rather their webs, caught upon the horse's and our own +forms by scores, and, as we had neither the time nor the energy to brush +them off, we rushed along covered with hundreds of long grey threads +that streamed out a yard or more behind us--and a very strange +appearance they must have given us. + +And now before us are the huge brazen gates of the outer wall of the +Frowning City, and a new and horrible doubt strikes me: What if they +will not let us in? + +'_Open! open!_' I shout imperiously, at the same time giving the royal +password. '_Open! open!_ a messenger, a messenger with tidings of the +war!' + +'What news?' cried the guard. 'And who art thou that ridest so madly, +and who is that whose tongue lolls out'--and it actually did--'and who +runs by thee like a dog by a chariot?' + +'It is the Lord Macumazahn, and with him is his dog, his black dog. +_Open! open!_ I bring tidings.' + +The great gates ran back on their rollers, and the drawbridge fell with +a rattling crash, and we dashed on through the one and over the other. + +'What news, my lord, what news?' cried the guard. + +'Incubu rolls Sorais back, as the wind a cloud,' I answered, and was +gone. + +One more effort, gallant horse, and yet more gallant man! + +So, fall not now, Daylight, and hold thy life in thee for fifteen short +minutes more, old Zulu war-dog, and ye shall both live for ever in the +annals of the land. + +On, clattering through the sleeping streets. We are passing the Flower +Temple now--one mile more, only one little mile--hold on, keep your +life in thee, see the houses run past of themselves. Up, good horse, +up, there--but fifty yards now. Ah! you see your stables and stagger on +gallantly. + +'Thank God, the palace at last!' and see, the first arrows of the dawn +are striking on the Temple's golden dome. {Endnote 21} But shall I get +in here, or is the deed done and the way barred? + +Once more I give the password and shout '_Open! open!_' + +No answer, and my heart grows very faint. + +Again I call, and this time a single voice replies, and to my joy +I recognize it as belonging to Kara, a fellow-officer of Nyleptha's +guards, a man I know to be as honest as the light--indeed, the same whom +Nyleptha had sent to arrest Sorais on the day she fled to the temple. + +'Is it thou, Kara?' I cry; 'I am Macumazahn. Bid the guard let down the +bridge and throw wide the gate. Quick, quick!' + +Then followed a space that seemed to me endless, but at length the +bridge fell and one half of the gate opened and we got into the +courtyard, where at last poor Daylight fell down beneath me, as I +thought, dead. Except Kara, there was nobody to be seen, and his look +was wild, and his garments were all torn. He had opened the gate and let +down the bridge alone, and was now getting them up and shut again (as, +owing to a very ingenious arrangement of cranks and levers, one man +could easily do, and indeed generally did do). + +'Where are the guard?' I gasped, fearing his answer as I never feared +anything before. + +'I know not,' he answered; 'two hours ago, as I slept, was I seized and +bound by the watch under me, and but now, this very moment, have I freed +myself with my teeth. I fear, I greatly fear, that we are betrayed.' + +His words gave me fresh energy. Catching him by the arm, I staggered, +followed by Umslopogaas, who reeled after us like a drunken man, through +the courtyards, up the great hall, which was silent as the grave, +towards the Queen's sleeping-place. + +We reached the first ante-room--no guards; the second, still no guards. +Oh, surely the thing was done! we were too late after all, too late! The +silence and solitude of those great chambers was dreadful, and weighed +me down like an evil dream. On, right into Nyleptha's chamber we rushed +and staggered, sick at heart, fearing the very worst; we saw there was +a light in it, ay, and a figure bearing the light. Oh, thank God, it +is the White Queen herself, the Queen unharmed! There she stands in +her night gear, roused, by the clatter of our coming, from her bed, the +heaviness of sleep yet in her eyes, and a red blush of fear and shame +mantling her lovely breast and cheek. + +'Who is it?' she cries. 'What means this? Oh, Macumazahn, is it thou? +Why lookest thou so wildly? Thou comest as one bearing evil tidings--and +my lord--oh, tell me not my lord is dead--not dead!' she wailed, +wringing her white hands. + +'I left Incubu wounded, but leading the advance against Sorais last +night at sundown; therefore let thy heart have rest. Sorais is beaten +back all along her lines, and thy arms prevail.' + +'I knew it,' she cried in triumph. 'I knew that he would win; and they +called him Outlander, and shook their wise heads when I gave him the +command! Last night at sundown, sayest thou, and it is not yet dawn? +Surely--' + +'Throw a cloak around thee, Nyleptha,' I broke in, 'and give us wine +to drink; ay, and call thy maidens quick if thou wouldst save thyself +alive. Nay, stay not.' + +Thus adjured she ran and called through the curtains towards some room +beyond, and then hastily put on her sandals and a thick cloak, by which +time a dozen or so of half-dressed women were pouring into the room. + +'Follow us and be silent,' I said to them as they gazed with wondering +eyes, clinging one to another. So we went into the first ante-room. + +'Now,' I said, 'give us wine to drink and food, if ye have it, for we +are near to death.' + +The room was used as a mess-room for the officers of the guards, and +from a cupboard some flagons of wine and some cold flesh were brought +forth, and Umslopogaas and I drank, and felt life flow back into our +veins as the good red wine went down. + +'Hark to me, Nyleptha,' I said, as I put down the empty tankard. 'Hast +thou here among these thy waiting-ladies any two of discretion?' + +'Ay,' she said, 'surely.' + +'Then bid them go out by the side entrance to any citizens whom thou +canst bethink thee of as men loyal to thee, and pray them come armed, +with all honest folk that they can gather, to rescue thee from death. +Nay, question not; do as I say, and quickly. Kara here will let out the +maids.' + +She turned, and selecting two of the crowd of damsels, repeated the +words I had uttered, giving them besides a list of the names of the men +to whom each should run. + +'Go swiftly and secretly; go for your very lives,' I added. + +In another moment they had left with Kara, whom I told to rejoin us at +the door leading from the great courtyard on to the stairway as soon as +he had made fast behind the girls. Thither, too, Umslopogaas and I made +our way, followed by the Queen and her women. As we went we tore off +mouthfuls of food, and between them I told her what I knew of the danger +which encompassed her, and how we found Kara, and how all the guards and +men-servants were gone, and she was alone with her women in that great +place; and she told me, too, that a rumour had spread through the town +that our army had been utterly destroyed, and that Sorais was marching +in triumph on Milosis, and how in consequence thereof all men had fallen +away from her. + +Though all this takes some time to tell, we had not been but six or +seven minutes in the palace; and notwithstanding that the golden roof of +the temple being very lofty was ablaze with the rays of the rising sun, +it was not yet dawn, nor would be for another ten minutes. We were in +the courtyard now, and here my wound pained me so that I had to take +Nyleptha's arm, while Umslopogaas rolled along after us, eating as he +went. + +Now we were across it, and had reached the narrow doorway through the +palace wall that opened on to the mighty stair. + +I looked through and stood aghast, as well I might. The door was gone, +and so were the outer gates of bronze--entirely gone. They had been +taken from their hinges, and as we afterwards found, hurled from the +stairway to the ground two hundred feet beneath. There in front of us +was the semicircular standing-space, about twice the size of a large +oval dining-table, and the ten curved black marble steps leading on to +the main stair--and that was all. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR + + + +We looked at one another. + +'Thou seest,' I said, 'they have taken away the door. Is there aught +with which we may fill the place? Speak quickly for they will be on us +ere the daylight.' I spoke thus, because I knew that we must hold this +place or none, as there were no inner doors in the palace, the rooms +being separated one from another by curtains. I also knew that if +we could by any means defend this doorway the murderers could get in +nowhere else; for the palace is absolutely impregnable, that is, since +the secret door by which Sorais had entered on that memorable night of +attempted murder had, by Nyleptha's order, been closed up with masonry. + +'I have it,' said Nyleptha, who, as usual with her, rose to the +emergency in a wonderful way. 'On the farther side of the courtyard are +blocks of cut marble--the workmen brought them there for the bed of the +new statue of Incubu, my lord; let us block the door with them.' + +I jumped at the idea; and having despatched one of the remaining maidens +down the great stair to see if she could obtain assistance from the +docks below, where her father, who was a great merchant employing +many men, had his dwelling-place, and set another to watch through the +doorway, we made our way back across the courtyard to where the hewn +marble lay; and here we met Kara returning from despatching the first +two messengers. There were the marble blocks, sure enough, broad, +massive lumps, some six inches thick, and weighing about eighty pounds +each, and there, too, were a couple of implements like small stretchers, +that the workmen used to carry them on. Without delay we got some of the +blocks on to the stretchers, and four of the girls carried them to the +doorway. + +'Listen, Macumazahn,' said Umslopogaas, 'if those low fellows come, it +is I who will hold the stair against them till the door is built up. +Nay, nay, it will be a man's death: gainsay me not, old friend. It has +been a good day, let it now be good night. See, I throw myself down to +rest on the marble there; when their footsteps are nigh, wake thou me, +not before, for I need my strength,' and without a word he went outside +and flung himself down on the marble, and was instantly asleep. + +At this time, I too was overcome, and was forced to sit down by the +doorway, and content myself with directing operations. The girls +brought the block, while Kara and Nyleptha built them up across the +six-foot-wide doorway, a triple row of them, for less would be useless. +But the marble had to be brought forty yards and then there were forty +yards to run back, and though the girls laboured gloriously, even +staggering along alone, each with a block in her arms, it was slow work, +dreadfully slow. + +The light was growing now, and presently, in the silence, we heard a +commotion at the far-bottom of the stair, and the faint clinking of +armed men. As yet the wall was only two feet high, and we had been eight +minutes at the building of it. So they had come. Alphonse had heard +aright. + +The clanking sound came nearer, and in the ghostly grey of the dawning +we could make out long files of men, some fifty or so in all, slowly +creeping up the stair. They were now at the half-way standing place that +rested on the great flying arch; and here, perceiving that something +was going on above, they, to our great gain, halted for three or four +minutes and consulted, then slowly and cautiously advanced again. + +We had been nearly a quarter of an hour at the work now, and it was +almost three feet high. + +Then I woke Umslopogaas. The great man rose, stretched himself, and +swung Inkosi-kaas round his head. + +'It is well,' he said. 'I feel as a young man once more. My strength has +come back to me, ay, even as a lamp flares up before it dies. Fear not, +I shall fight a good fight; the wine and the sleep have put a new heart +into me. + +'Macumazahn, I have dreamed a dream. I dreamed that thou and I stood +together on a star, and looked down on the world, and thou wast as a +spirit, Macumazahn, for light flamed through thy flesh, but I could not +see what was the fashion of mine own face. The hour has come for us, +old hunter. So be it: we have had our time, but I would that in it I had +seen some more such fights as yesterday's. + +'Let them bury me after the fashion of my people, Macumazahn, and set +my eyes towards Zululand;' and he took my hand and shook it, and then +turned to face the advancing foe. + +Just then, to my astonishment, the Zu-Vendi officer Kara clambered over +our improvised wall in his quiet, determined sort of way, and took his +stand by the Zulu, unsheathing his sword as he did so. + +'What, comest thou too?' laughed out the old warrior. 'Welcome--a +welcome to thee, brave heart! Ow! for the man who can die like a man; +ow! for the death grip and the ringing of steel. Ow! we are ready. We +wet our beaks like eagles, our spears flash in the sun; we shake our +assegais, and are hungry to fight. Who comes to give greeting to the +Chieftainess [Inkosi-kaas]? Who would taste her kiss, whereof the fruit +is death? I, the Woodpecker, I, the Slaughterer, I the Swiftfooted! I, +Umslopogaas, of the tribe of the Maquilisini, of the people of Amazulu, +a captain of the regiment of the Nkomabakosi: I, Umslopogaas, the son +of Indabazimbi, the son of Arpi the son of Mosilikaatze, I of the royal +blood of T'Chaka, I of the King's House, I the Ringed Man, I the Induna, +I call to them as a buck calls, I challenge them, I await them. Ow! it +is thou, it is thou!' + +As he spake, or rather chanted, his wild war-song, the armed men, +among whom in the growing light I recognized both Nasta and Agon, came +streaming up the stair with a rush, and one big fellow, armed with a +heavy spear, dashed up the ten semicircular steps ahead of his comrades +and struck at the great Zulu with the spear. Umslopogaas moved his +body but not his legs, so that the blow missed him, and next instant +Inkosi-kaas crashed through headpiece, hair and skull, and the +man's corpse was rattling down the steps. As he dropped, his round +hippopotamus-hide shield fell from his hand on to the marble, and the +Zulu stooped down and seized it, still chanting as he did so. + +In another second the sturdy Kara had also slain a man, and then began a +scene the like of which has not been known to me. + +Up rushed the assailants, one, two, three at a time, and as fast as they +came, the axe crashed and the sword swung, and down they rolled again, +dead or dying. And ever as the fight thickened, the old Zulu's eye +seemed to get quicker and his arm stronger. He shouted out his war-cries +and the names of chiefs whom he had slain, and the blows of his awful +axe rained straight and true, shearing through everything they fell on. +There was none of the scientific method he was so fond of about this +last immortal fight of his; he had no time for it, but struck with his +full strength, and at every stroke a man sank in his tracks, and went +rattling down the marble steps. + +They hacked and hewed at him with swords and spears, wounding him in a +dozen places till he streamed red with blood; but the shield protected +his head and the chain-shirt his vitals, and for minute after minute, +aided by the gallant Zu-Vendi, he still held the stair. + +At last Kara's sword broke, and he grappled with a foe, and they rolled +down together, and he was cut to pieces, dying like the brave man that +he was. + +Umslopogaas was alone now, but he never blenched or turned. Shouting +out some wild Zulu battle-cry, he beat down a foe, ay, and another, and +another, till at last they drew back from the slippery blood-stained +steps, and stared at him with amazement, thinking that he was no mortal +man. + +The wall of marble block was four feet six high now, and hope rose in my +teeth as I leaned there against it a miserable helpless log, and ground +my teeth, and watched that glorious struggle. I could do no more for I +had lost my revolver in the battle. + +And old Umslopogaas, he leaned too on his good axe, and, faint as he +was with wounds, he mocked them, he called them 'women'--the grand old +warrior, standing there one against so many! And for a breathing space +none would come against him, notwithstanding Nasta's exhortations, till +at last old Agon, who, to do him justice, was a brave man, mad with +baffled rage, and seeing that the wall would soon be built and his plans +defeated, shook the great spear he held, and rushed up the dripping +steps. + +'Ah, ah!' shouted the Zulu, as he recognized the priest's flowing white +beard, 'it is thou, old "witch-finder"! Come on! I await thee, white +"medicine man"; come on! come on! I have sworn to slay thee, and I ever +keep my faith.' + +On he came, taking him at his word, and drave the big spear with such +force at Umslopogaas that it sunk right through the tough shield and +pierced him in the neck. The Zulu cast down the transfixed shield, and +that moment was Agon's last, for before he could free his spear +and strike again, with a shout of '_There's for thee, Rain-maker!_' +Umslopogaas gripped Inkosi-kaas with both hands and whirled on high and +drave her right on to his venerable head, so that Agon rolled down dead +among the corpses of his fellow-murderers, and there was an end to him +and his plots altogether. And even as he fell, a great cry rose from the +foot of the stair, and looking out through the portion of the doorway +that was yet unclosed, we saw armed men rushing up to the rescue, and +called an answer to their shouts. Then the would-be murderers who yet +remained on the stairway, and amongst whom I saw several priests, turned +to fly, but, having nowhere to go, were butchered as they fled. Only one +man stayed, and he was the great lord Nasta, Nyleptha's suitor, and +the father of the plot. For a moment the black-bearded Nasta stood with +bowed face leaning on his long sword as though in despair, and then, +with a dreadful shout, he too rushed up at the Zulu, and, swinging the +glittering sword around his head, dealt him such a mighty blow beneath +his guard, that the keen steel of the heavy blade bit right through the +chain armour and deep into Umslopogaas' side, for a moment paralysing +him and causing him to drop his axe. + +Raising the sword again, Nasta sprang forward to make an end of him, +but little he knew his foe. With a shake and a yell of fury, the Zulu +gathered himself together and sprang straight at Nasta's throat, as I +have sometimes seen a wounded lion spring. He struck him full as his +foot was on the topmost stair, and his long arms closing round him like +iron bands, down they rolled together struggling furiously. Nasta was a +strong man and a desperate, but he could not match the strongest man in +Zululand, sore wounded though he was, whose strength was as the strength +of a bull. In a minute the end came. I saw old Umslopogaas stagger +to his feet--ay, and saw him by a single gigantic effort swing up the +struggling Nasta and with a shout of triumph hurl him straight over the +parapet of the bridge, to be crushed to powder on the rocks two hundred +feet below. + +The succour which had been summoned by the girl who had passed down the +stair before the assassins passed up was at hand, and the loud shouts +which reached us from the outer gates told us that the town was also +aroused, and the men awakened by the women were calling to be admitted. +Some of Nyleptha's brave ladies, who in their night-shifts and with +their long hair streaming down their backs, just as they had been +aroused from rest, went off to admit them at the side entrance, whilst +others, assisted by the rescuing party outside, pushed and pulled down +the marble blocks they had placed there with so much labour. + +Soon the wall was down again, and through the doorway, followed by a +crowd of rescuers, staggered old Umslopogaas, an awful and, in a way, a +glorious figure. The man was a mass of wounds, and a glance at his wild +eye told me that he was dying. The 'keshla' gum-ring upon his head was +severed in two places by sword-cuts, one just over the curious hole in +his skull, and the blood poured down his face from the gashes. Also on +the right side of his neck was a stab from a spear, inflicted by +Agon; there was a deep cut on his left arm just below where the mail +shirt-sleeve stopped, and on the right side of his body the armour was +severed by a gash six inches long, where Nasta's mighty sword had bitten +through it and deep into its wearer's vitals. + +On, axe in hand, he staggered, that dreadful-looking, splendid savage, +and the ladies forgot to turn faint at the scene of blood, and +cheered him, as well they might, but he never stayed or heeded. With +outstretched arms and tottering gait he pursued his way, followed by us +all along the broad shell-strewn walk that ran through the courtyard, +past the spot where the blocks of marble lay, through the round arched +doorway and the thick curtains that hung within it, down the +short passage and into the great hall, which was now filling with +hastily-armed men, who poured through the side entrance. Straight up +the hall he went, leaving behind him a track of blood on the marble +pavement, till at last he reached the sacred stone, which stood in the +centre of it, and here his strength seemed to fail him, for he stopped +and leaned upon his axe. Then suddenly he lifted up his voice and cried +aloud-- + +'I die, I die--but it was a kingly fray. Where are they who came up the +great stair? I see them not. Art thou there, Macumazahn, or art thou +gone before to wait for me in the dark whither I go? The blood blinds +me--the place turns round--I hear the voice of waters.' + +Next, as though a new thought had struck him, he lifted the red axe and +kissed the blade. + +'Farewell, Inkosi-kaas,' he cried. 'Nay, nay, we will go together; we +cannot part, thou and I. We have lived too long one with another, thou +and I. + +'One more stroke, only one! A good stroke! a straight stroke! a +strong stroke!' and, drawing himself to his full height, with a wild +heart-shaking shout, he with both hands began to whirl the axe round his +head till it looked like a circle of flaming steel. Then, suddenly, with +awful force he brought it down straight on to the crown of the mass +of sacred stone. A shower of sparks flew up, and such was the almost +superhuman strength of the blow, that the massive marble split with +a rending sound into a score of pieces, whilst of Inkosi-kaas there +remained but some fragments of steel and a fibrous rope of shattered +horn that had been the handle. Down with a crash on to the pavement fell +the fragments of the holy stone, and down with a crash on to them, still +grasping the knob of Inkosi-kaas, fell the brave old Zulu--_dead_. + +And thus the hero died. + +A gasp of wonder and astonishment rose from all those who witnessed +the extraordinary sight, and then somebody cried, '_The prophecy! the +prophecy!_ He has shattered the sacred stone!' and at once a murmuring +arose. + +'Ay,' said Nyleptha, with that quick wit which distinguishes her. +'Ay, my people, he has shattered the stone, and behold the prophecy is +fulfilled, for a stranger king rules in Zu-Vendis. Incubu, my lord, hath +beat Sorais back, and I fear her no more, and to him who hath saved the +Crown it shall surely be. And this man,' she said, turning to me and +laying her hand upon my shoulder, 'wot ye that, though wounded in the +fight of yesterday, he rode with that old warrior who lies there, one +hundred miles 'twixt sun set and rise to save me from the plots of cruel +men. Ay, and he has saved me, by a very little, and therefore because of +the deeds that they have done--deeds of glory such as our history cannot +show the like--therefore I say that the name of Macumazahn and the name +of dead Umslopogaas, ay, and the name of Kara, my servant, who aided him +to hold the stair, shall be blazoned in letters of gold above my throne, +and shall be glorious for ever while the land endures. I, the Queen, +have said it.' + +This spirited speech was met with loud cheering, and I said that after +all we had only done our duty, as it is the fashion of both Englishmen +and Zulus to do, and there was nothing to make an outcry about; at +which they cheered still more, and then I was supported across the outer +courtyard to my old quarters, in order that I might be put to bed. As +I went, my eyes lit upon the brave horse Daylight that lay there, his +white head outstretched on the pavement, exactly as he had fallen on +entering the yard; and I bade those who supported me take me near him, +that I might look on the good beast once more before he was dragged +away. And as I looked, to my astonishment he opened his eyes and, +lifting his head a little, whinnied faintly. I could have shouted for +joy to find that he was not dead, only unfortunately I had not a shout +left in me; but as it was, grooms were sent for and he was lifted up +and wine poured down his throat, and in a fortnight he was as well and +strong as ever, and is the pride and joy of all the people of Milosis, +who, whenever they see him, point him out to the little children as the +'horse which saved the White Queen's life'. + +Then I went on and got off to bed, and was washed and had my mail shirt +removed. They hurt me a great deal in getting it off, and no wonder, for +on my left breast and side was a black bruise the size of a saucer. + +The next thing that I remember was the tramp of horsemen outside the +palace wall, some ten hours later. I raised myself and asked what was +the news, and they told me that a large body of cavalry sent by Curtis +to assist the Queen had arrived from the scene of the battle, which they +had left two hours after sundown. When they left, the wreck of Sorais' +army was in full retreat upon M'Arstuna, followed by all our effective +cavalry. Sir Henry was encamping the remains of his worn-out forces on +the site (such is the fortune of war) that Sorais had occupied the night +before, and proposed marching to M'Arstuna on the morrow. Having heard +this, I felt that I could die with a light heart, and then everything +became a blank. + + +When next I awoke the first thing I saw was the round disc of a +sympathetic eyeglass, behind which was Good. + +'How are you getting on, old chap?' said a voice from the neighbourhood +of the eyeglass. + +'What are you doing here?' I asked faintly. 'You ought to be at +M'Arstuna--have you run away, or what?' + +'M'Arstuna,' he replied cheerfully. 'Ah, M'Arstuna fell last +week--you've been unconscious for a fortnight, you see--with all the +honours of war, you know--trumpets blowing, flags flying, just as though +they had had the best of it; but for all that, weren't they glad to go. +Israel made for his tents, I can tell you--never saw such a sight in my +life.' + +'And Sorais?' I asked. + +'Sorais--oh, Sorais is a prisoner; they gave her up, the scoundrels,' he +added, with a change of tone--'sacrificed the Queen to save their skins, +you see. She is being brought up here, and I don't know what will happen +to her, poor soul!' and he sighed. + +'Where is Curtis?' I asked. + +'He is with Nyleptha. She rode out to meet us today, and there was +a grand to-do, I can tell you. He is coming to see you tomorrow; the +doctors (for there is a medical "faculty" in Zu-Vendis as elsewhere) +thought that he had better not come today.' + +I said nothing, but somehow I thought to myself that notwithstanding the +doctors he might have given me a look; but there, when a man is newly +married and has just gained a great victory, he is apt to listen to the +advice of doctors, and quite right too. + +Just then I heard a familiar voice informing me that 'Monsieur must +now couch himself,' and looking up perceived Alphonse's enormous black +mustachios curling away in the distance. + +'So you are here?' I said. + +'Mais oui, Monsieur; the war is now finished, my military instincts are +satisfied, and I return to nurse Monsieur.' + +I laughed, or rather tried to; but whatever may have been Alphonse's +failings as a warrior (and I fear that he did not come up to the level +of his heroic grandfather in this particular, showing thereby how true +is the saying that it is a bad thing to be overshadowed by some great +ancestral name), a better or kinder nurse never lived. Poor Alphonse! I +hope he will always think of me as kindly as I think of him. + +On the morrow I saw Curtis and Nyleptha with him, and he told me the +whole history of what had happened since Umslopogaas and I galloped +wildly away from the battle to save the life of the Queen. It seemed +to me that he had managed the thing exceedingly well, and showed great +ability as a general. Of course, however, our loss had been dreadfully +heavy--indeed, I am afraid to say how many perished in the desperate +battle I have described, but I know that the slaughter has appreciably +affected the male population of the country. He was very pleased to see +me, dear fellow that he is, and thanked me with tears in his eyes +for the little that I had been able to do. I saw him, however, start +violently when his eyes fell upon my face. + +As for Nyleptha, she was positively radiant now that 'her dear lord' had +come back with no other injury than an ugly scar on his forehead. I do +not believe that she allowed all the fearful slaughter that had taken +place to weigh ever so little in the balance against this one fact, or +even to greatly diminish her joy; and I cannot blame her for it, seeing +that it is the nature of loving woman to look at all things through the +spectacles of her love, and little does she reck of the misery of the +many if the happiness of the _one_ be assured. That is human nature, +which the Positivists tell us is just perfection; so no doubt it is all +right. + +'And what art thou going to do with Sorais?' I asked her. + +Instantly her bright brow darkened to a frown. + +'Sorais,' she said, with a little stamp of the foot; 'ah, but Sorais!' + +Sir Henry hastened to turn the subject. + +'You will soon be about and all right again now, old fellow,' he said. + +I shook my head and laughed. + +'Don't deceive yourselves,' I said. 'I may be about for a little, but +I shall never be all right again. I am a dying man, Curtis. I may die +slow, but die I must. Do you know I have been spitting blood all the +morning? I tell you there is something working away into my lung; I can +feel it. There, don't look distressed; I have had my day, and am ready +to go. Give me the mirror, will you? I want to look at myself.' + +He made some excuse, but I saw through it and insisted, and at last he +handed me one of the discs of polished silver set in a wooden frame like +a hand-screen, which serve as looking-glasses in Zu-Vendis. I looked and +put it down. + +'Ah,' I said quietly, 'I thought so; and you talk of my getting all +right!' I did not like to let them see how shocked I really was at my +own appearance. My grizzled stubby hair was turned snow-white, and my +yellow face was shrunk like an aged woman's and had two deep purple +rings painted beneath the eyes. + +Here Nyleptha began to cry, and Sir Henry again turned the subject, +telling me that the artists had taken a cast of the dead body of old +Umslopogaas, and that a great statue in black marble was to be erected +of him in the act of splitting the sacred stone, which was to be matched +by another statue in white marble of myself and the horse Daylight as he +appeared when, at the termination of that wild ride, he sank beneath me +in the courtyard of the palace. I have since seen these statues, which +at the time of writing this, six months after the battle, are nearly +finished; and very beautiful they are, especially that of Umslopogaas, +which is exactly like him. As for that of myself, it is good, but they +have idealized my ugly face a little, which is perhaps as well, seeing +that thousands of people will probably look at it in the centuries to +come, and it is not pleasant to look at ugly things. + +Then they told me that Umslopogaas' last wish had been carried out, and +that, instead of being cremated, as I shall be, after the usual custom +here, he had been tied up, Zulu fashion, with his knees beneath his +chin, and, having been wrapped in a thin sheet of beaten gold, entombed +in a hole hollowed out of the masonry of the semicircular space at the +top of the stair he defended so splendidly, which faces, as far as we +can judge, almost exactly towards Zululand. There he sits, and will sit +for ever, for they embalmed him with spices, and put him in an air-tight +stone coffer, keeping his grim watch beneath the spot he held alone +against a multitude; and the people say that at night his ghost rises +and stands shaking the phantom of Inkosi-kaas at phantom foes. Certainly +they fear during the dark hours to pass the place where the hero is +buried. + +Oddly enough, too, a new legend or prophecy has arisen in the land in +that unaccountable way in which such things to arise among barbarous +and semi-civilized people, blowing, like the wind, no man knows whence. +According to this saying, so long as the old Zulu sits there, looking +down the stairway he defended when alive, so long will the New House of +the Stairway, springing from the union of the Englishman and Nyleptha, +endure and flourish; but when he is taken from thence, or when, ages +after, his bones at last crumble into dust, the House will fall, and the +Stairway shall fall, and the Nation of the Zu-Vendi shall cease to be a +Nation. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII I HAVE SPOKEN + + + +It was a week after Nyleptha's visit, when I had begun to get about +a little in the middle of the day, that a message came to me from Sir +Henry to say that Sorais would be brought before them in the Queen's +first antechamber at midday, and requesting my attendance if possible. +Accordingly, greatly drawn by curiosity to see this unhappy woman once +more, I made shift, with the help of that kind little fellow Alphonse, +who is a perfect treasure to me, and that of another waiting-man, to +reach the antechamber. I got there, indeed, before anybody else, except +a few of the great Court officials who had been bidden to be present, +but I had scarcely seated myself before Sorais was brought in by a party +of guards, looking as beautiful and defiant as ever, but with a worn +expression on her proud face. She was, as usual, dressed in her royal +'kaf', emblazoned with the emblem of the Sun, and in her right hand she +still held the toy spear of silver. A pang of admiration and pity went +through me as I looked at her, and struggling to my feet I bowed deeply, +at the same time expressing my sorrow that I was not able, owing to my +condition, to remain standing before her. + +She coloured a little and then laughed bitterly. 'Thou dost forget, +Macumazahn,' she said, 'I am no more a Queen, save in blood; I am an +outcast and a prisoner, one whom all men should scorn, and none show +deference to.' + +'At least,' I replied, 'thou art still a lady, and therefore one to whom +deference is due. Also, thou art in an evil case, and therefore it is +doubly due.' + +'Ah!' she answered, with a little laugh, 'thou dost forget that I +would have wrapped thee in a sheet of gold and hung thee to the angel's +trumpet at the topmost pinnacle of the Temple.' + +'No,' I answered, 'I assure thee that I forgot it not; indeed, I often +thought of it when it seemed to me that the battle of the Pass was +turning against us; but the trumpet is there, and I am still here, +though perchance not for long, so why talk of it now?' + +'Ah!' she went on, 'the battle! the battle! Oh, would that I were once +more a Queen, if only for one little hour, and I would take such a +vengeance on those accursed jackals who deserted me in my need; that it +should only be spoken of in whispers; those woman, those pigeon-hearted +half-breeds who suffered themselves to be overcome!' and she choked in +her wrath. + +'Ay, and that little coward beside thee,' she went on, pointing at +Alphonse with the silver spear, whereat he looked very uncomfortable; +'he escaped and betrayed my plans. I tried to make a general of him, +telling the soldiers it was Bougwan, and to scourge valour into him' +(here Alphonse shivered at some unhappy recollection), 'but it was of no +avail. He hid beneath a banner in my tent and thus overheard my plans. I +would that I had slain him, but, alas! I held my hand. + +'And thou, Macumazahn, I have heard of what thou didst; thou art brave, +and hast a loyal heart. And the black one too, ah, he was a _man_. I +would fain have seen him hurl Nasta from the stairway.' + +'Thou art a strange woman, Sorais,' I said; 'I pray thee now plead with +the Queen Nyleptha, that perchance she may show mercy unto thee.' + +She laughed out loud. 'I plead for mercy!' she said and at that moment +the Queen entered, accompanied by Sir Henry and Good, and took her seat +with an impassive face. As for poor Good, he looked intensely ill at +ease. + +'Greeting, Sorais!' said Nyleptha, after a short pause. 'Thou hast rent +the kingdom like a rag, thou hast put thousands of my people to the +sword, thou hast twice basely plotted to destroy my life by murder, thou +hast sworn to slay my lord and his companions and to hurl me from the +Stairway. What hast thou to say why thou shouldst not die? Speak, O +Sorais!' + +'Methinks my sister the Queen hath forgotten the chief count of the +indictment,' answered Sorais in her slow musical tones. 'It runs thus: +"Thou didst strive to win the love of my lord Incubu." It is for this +crime that my sister will slay me, not because I levied war. It is +perchance happy for thee, Nyleptha, that I fixed my mind upon his love +too late. + +'Listen,' she went on, raising her voice. 'I have nought to say save +that I would I had won instead of lost. Do thou with me even as +thou wilt, O Queen, and let my lord the King there' (pointing to Sir +Henry)--'for now will he be King--carry out the sentence, as it is meet +he should, for as he is the beginning of the evil, let him also be the +end.' And she drew herself up and shot one angry glance at him from her +deep fringed eyes, and then began to toy with her spear. + +Sir Henry bent towards Nyleptha and whispered something that I could not +catch, and then the Queen spoke. + +'Sorais, ever have I been a good sister to thee. When our father died, +and there was much talk in the land as to whether thou shouldst sit +upon the throne with me, I being the elder, I gave my voice for thee and +said, "Nay, let her sit. She is twin with me; we were born at a birth; +wherefore should the one be preferred before the other?" And so has it +ever been 'twixt thee and me, my sister. But now thou knowest in what +sort thou hast repaid me, but I have prevailed, and thy life is forfeit, +Sorais. And yet art thou my sister, born at a birth with me, and we +played together when we were little and loved each other much, and at +night we slept in the same cot with our arms each around the other's +neck, and therefore even now does my heart go out to thee, Sorais. + +'But not for that would I spare thy life, for thy offence has been too +heavy; it doth drag down the wide wings of my mercy even to the ground. +Also, while thou dost live the land will never be at peace. + +'Yet shalt thou not die, Sorais, because my dear lord here hath begged +thy life of me as a boon; therefore as a boon and as a marriage gift +give I it to him, to do with even as he wills, knowing that, though +thou dost love him, he loves thee not, Sorais, for all thy beauty. Nay, +though thou art lovely as the night in all her stars, O Lady of the +Night, yet it is me his wife whom he loves, and not thee, and therefore +do I give thy life to him.' + +Sorais flushed up to her eyes and said nothing, and I do not think that +I ever saw a man look more miserable than did Sir Henry at that moment. +Somehow, Nyleptha's way of putting the thing, though true and forcible +enough, was not altogether pleasant. + +'I understand,' stammered Curtis, looking at Good, 'I understood that he +were attached--eh--attached to--to the Queen Sorais. I am--eh--not aware +what the--in short, the state of your feelings may be just now; but if +they happened to be that way inclined, it has struck me that--in short, +it might put a satisfactory end to an unpleasant business. The lady also +has ample private estates, where I am sure she would be at liberty to +live unmolested as far as we are concerned, eh, Nyleptha? Of course, I +only suggest.' + +'So far as I am concerned,' said Good, colouring up, 'I am quite willing +to forget the past; and if the Lady of the Night thinks me worth the +taking I will marry her tomorrow, or when she likes, and try to make her +a good husband.' + +All eyes were now turned to Sorais, who stood with that same slow smile +upon her beautiful face which I had noticed the first time that I ever +saw her. She paused a little while, and cleared her throat, and then +thrice she curtseyed low, once to Nyleptha, once to Curtis, and once to +Good, and began to speak in measured tones. + +'I thank thee, most gracious Queen and royal sister, for the +loving-kindness thou hast shown me from my youth up, and especially in +that thou hast been pleased to give my person and my fate as a gift +to the Lord Incubu--the King that is to be. May prosperity, peace and +plenty deck the life-path of one so merciful and so tender, even as +flowers do. Long mayst thou reign, O great and glorious Queen, and hold +thy husband's love in both thy hands, and many be the sons and daughters +of thy beauty. And I thank thee, my Lord Incubu--the King that is to +be--I thank thee a thousand times in that thou hast been pleased to +accept that gracious gift, and to pass it on to thy comrade in arms +and in adventure, the Lord Bougwan. Surely the act is worthy of thy +greatness, my Lord Incubu. And now, lastly, I thank thee also, my Lord +Bougwan, who in thy turn hast deigned to accept me and my poor beauty. +I thank thee a thousand times, and I will add that thou art a good and +honest man, and I put my hand upon my heart and swear that I would that +I could say thee "yea". And now that I have rendered thanks to all in +turn'--and again she smiled--'I will add one short word. + +'Little can you understand of me, Queen Nyleptha and my lords, if ye +know not that for me there is no middle path; that I scorn your pity and +hate you for it; that I cast off your forgiveness as though it were a +serpent's sting; and that standing here, betrayed, deserted, insulted, +and alone, I yet triumph over you, mock you, and defy you, one and all, +and _thus_ I answer you.' And then, of a sudden, before anybody guessed +what she intended to do, she drove the little silver spear she carried +in her hand into her side with such a strong and steady aim that the +keen point projected through her back, and she fell prone upon the +pavement. + +Nyleptha shrieked, and poor Good almost fainted at the sight, while the +rest of us rushed towards her. But Sorais of the Night lifted herself +upon her hand, and for a moment fixed her glorious eyes intently on +Curtis' face, as though there were some message in the glance, then +dropped her head and sighed, and with a sob her dark but splendid spirit +passed. + +Well, they gave her a royal funeral, and there was an end of her. + + +It was a month after the last act of the Sorais tragedy that a great +ceremony was held in the Flower Temple, and Curtis was formally declared +King-Consort of Zu-Vendis. I was too ill to go myself; and indeed, I +hate all that sort of thing, with the crowds and the trumpet-blowing and +banner-waving; but Good, who was there (in his full-dress uniform), came +back much impressed, and told me that Nyleptha had looked lovely, and +Curtis had borne himself in a right royal fashion, and had been received +with acclamations that left no doubt as to his popularity. Also he told +me that when the horse Daylight was led along in the procession, the +populace had shouted '_Macumazahn, Macumazahn!_' till they were hoarse, +and would only be appeased when he, Good, rose in his chariot and told +them that I was too ill to be present. + +Afterwards, too, Sir Henry, or rather the King, came to see me, looking +very tired, and vowing that he had never been so bored in his life; +but I dare say that that was a slight exaggeration. It is not in human +nature that a man should be altogether bored on such an extraordinary +occasion; and, indeed, as I pointed out to him, it was a marvellous +thing that a man, who but little more than one short year before had +entered a great country as an unknown wanderer, should today be +married to its beautiful and beloved Queen, and lifted, amidst public +rejoicings, to its throne. I even went the length to exhort him in the +future not to be carried away by the pride and pomp of absolute +power, but always to strive to remember that he was first a Christian +gentleman, and next a public servant, called by Providence to a great +and almost unprecedented trust. These remarks, which he might fairly +have resented, he was so good as to receive with patience, and even to +thank me for making them. + +It was immediately after this ceremony that I caused myself to be moved +to the house where I am now writing. It is a very pleasant country seat, +situated about two miles from the Frowning City, on to which it looks. +That was five months ago, during the whole of which time I have, being +confined to a kind of couch, employed my leisure in compiling this +history of our wanderings from my journal and from our joint memories. +It is probable that it will never be read, but it does not much matter +whether it is or not; at any rate, it has served to while away many +hours of suffering, for I have suffered a deal of pain lately. Thank +God, however, there will not be much more of it. + + +It is a week since I wrote the above, and now I take up my pen for the +last time, for I know that the end is at hand. My brain is still clear +and I can manage to write, though with difficulty. The pain in my lung, +which has been very bad during the last week, has suddenly quite left +me, and been succeeded by a feeling of numbness of which I cannot +mistake the meaning. And just as the pain has gone, so with it all fear +of that end has departed, and I feel only as though I were going to sink +into the arms of an unutterable rest. Happily, contentedly, and with the +same sense of security with which an infant lays itself to sleep in its +mother's arms, do I lay myself down in the arms of the Angel Death. All +the tremors, all the heart-shaking fears which have haunted me through +a life that seems long as I looked back upon it, have left me now; the +storms have passed, and the Star of our Eternal Hope shines clear and +steady on the horizon that seems so far from man, and yet is so very +near to me tonight. + +And so this is the end of it--a brief space of troubling, a few +restless, fevered, anguished years, and then the arms of that great +Angel Death. Many times have I been near to them, and now it is my turn +at last, and it is well. Twenty-four hours more and the world will be +gone from me, and with it all its hopes and all its fears. The air will +close in over the space that my form filled and my place know me no +more; for the dull breath of the world's forgetfulness will first dim +the brightness of my memory, and then blot it out for ever, and of a +truth I shall be dead. So is it with us all. How many millions have lain +as I lie, and thought these thoughts and been forgotten!--thousands upon +thousands of years ago they thought them, those dying men of the dim +past; and thousands on thousands of years hence will their descendants +think them and be in their turn forgotten. 'As the breath of the oxen +in winter, as the quick star that runs along the sky, as a little shadow +that loses itself at sunset,' as I once heard a Zulu called Ignosi put +it, such is the order of our life, the order that passeth away. + +Well, it is not a good world--nobody can say that it is, save those who +wilfully blind themselves to facts. How can a world be good in which +Money is the moving power, and Self-interest the guiding star? The +wonder is not that it is so bad, but that there should be any good left +in it. + +Still, now that my life is over, I am glad to have lived, glad to have +known the dear breath of woman's love, and that true friendship which +can even surpass the love of woman, glad to have heard the laughter of +little children, to have seen the sun and the moon and the stars, to +have felt the kiss of the salt sea on my face, and watched the wild game +trek down to the water in the moonlight. But I should not wish to live +again! + +Everything is changing to me. The darkness draws near, and the light +departs. And yet it seems to me that through that darkness I can already +see the shining welcome of many a long-lost face. Harry is there, and +others; one above all, to my mind the sweetest and most perfect woman +that ever gladdened this grey earth. But of her I have already written +elsewhere, and at length, so why speak of her now? Why speak of her +after this long silence, now that she is again so near to me, now that I +go where she has gone? + +The sinking sun is turning the golden roof of the great Temple to a +fiery flame, and my fingers tire. + +So to all who have known me, or known of me, to all who can think one +kindly thought of the old hunter, I stretch out my hand from the far-off +shore and bid a long farewell. + +And now into the hands of Almighty God, who sent it, do I commit my +spirit. + +'_I have spoken,_' as the Zulus say. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV BY ANOTHER HAND + + +A year has elapsed since our most dear friend Allan Quatermain wrote the +words '_I have spoken_' at the end of his record of our adventures. Nor +should I have ventured to make any additions to the record had it not +happened that by a most strange accident a chance has arisen of its +being conveyed to England. The chance is but a faint one, it is true; +but, as it is not probable that another will arise in our lifetimes, +Good and myself think that we may as well avail ourselves of it, such as +it is. During the last six months several Frontier Commissions have +been at work on the various boundaries of Zu-Vendis, with a view of +discovering whether there exists any possible means of ingress or egress +from the country, with the result that a channel of communication with +the outer world hitherto overlooked has been discovered. This channel, +apparently the only one (for I have discovered that it was by it that +the native who ultimately reached Mr Mackenzie's mission station, +and whose arrival in the country, together with the fact of his +expulsion--for he _did_ arrive about three years before ourselves--was +for reasons of their own kept a dead secret by the priests to whom he +was brought), is about to be effectually closed. But before this is +done, a messenger is to be despatched bearing with him this manuscript, +and also one or two letters from Good to his friends, and from myself to +my brother George, whom it deeply grieves me to think I shall never see +again, informing them, as our next heirs, that they are welcome to our +effects in England, if the Court of Probate will allow them to take them +{Endnote 22}, inasmuchas we have made up our minds never to return to +Europe. Indeed, it would be impossible for us to leave Zu-Vendis even if +we wished to do so. + +The messenger who is to go--and I wish him joy of his journey--is +Alphonse. For a long while he has been wearied to death of Zu-Vendis +and its inhabitants. 'Oh, oui, c'est beau,' he says, with an expressive +shrug; 'mais je m'ennuie; ce n'est pas chic.' Again, he complains +dreadfully of the absence of cafes and theatres, and moans continually +for his lost Annette, of whom he says he dreams three times a week. But +I fancy his secret cause of disgust at the country, putting aside the +homesickness to which every Frenchman is subject, is that the people +here laugh at him so dreadfully about his conduct on the occasion of the +great battle of the Pass about eighteen months ago, when he hid beneath +a banner in Sorais's tent in order to avoid being sent forth to fight, +which he says would have gone against his conscience. Even the little +boys call out at him in the streets, thereby offending his pride and +making his life unbearable. At any rate, he has determined to brave the +horrors of a journey of almost unprecedented difficulty and danger, and +also to run the risk of falling into the hands of the French police +to answer for a certain little indiscretion of his own some years old +(though I do not consider that a very serious matter), rather than +remain in ce triste pays. Poor Alphonse! we shall be very sorry to part +with him; but I sincerely trust, for his own sake and also for the sake +of this history, which is, I think, worth giving to the world, that he +may arrive in safety. If he does, and can carry the treasure we have +provided him with in the shape of bars of solid gold, he will be, +comparatively speaking, a rich man for life, and well able to marry his +Annette, if she is still in the land of the living and willing to marry +her Alphonse. + +Anyhow, on the chance, I may as well add a word or two to dear old +Quatermain's narrative. + +He died at dawn on the day following that on which he wrote the last +words of the last chapter. Nyleptha, Good and myself were present, and a +most touching and yet in its way beautiful scene it was. An hour before +the daybreak it became apparent to us that he was sinking, and our +distress was very keen. Indeed, Good melted into tears at the idea--a +fact that called forth a last gentle flicker of humour from our dying +friend, for even at that hour he could be humorous. Good's emotion had, +by loosening the muscles, naturally caused his eyeglass to fall from +its accustomed place, and Quatermain, who always observed everything, +observed this also. + +'At last,' he gasped, with an attempt at a smile, 'I have seen Good +without his eyeglass.' + +After that he said no more till the day broke, when he asked to be +lifted up to watch the rising of the sun for the last time. + +'In a very few minutes,' he said, after gazing earnestly at it, 'I shall +have passed through those golden gates.' + +Ten minutes afterwards he raised himself and looked us fixedly in the +face. + +'I am going a stranger journey than any we have ever taken together. +Think of me sometimes,' he murmured. 'God bless you all. I shall wait +for you.' And with a sigh he fell back dead. + +And so passed away a character that I consider went as near perfection +as any it has ever been my lot to encounter. + +Tender, constant, humorous, and possessing of many of the qualities that +go to make a poet, he was yet almost unrivalled as a man of action and +a citizen of the world. I never knew any one so competent to form an +accurate judgment of men and their motives. 'I have studied human nature +all my life,' he would say, 'and I ought to know something about it,' +and he certainly did. He had but two faults--one was his excessive +modesty, and the other a slight tendency which he had to be jealous of +anybody on whom he concentrated his affections. As regards the first of +these points, anybody who reads what he has written will be able to form +his own opinion; but I will add one last instance of it. + +As the reader will doubtless remember, it is a favourite trick of his to +talk of himself as a timid man, whereas really, though very cautious, +he possessed a most intrepid spirit, and, what is more, never lost his +head. Well, in the great battle of the Pass, where he got the wound that +finally killed him, one would imagine from the account which he gives +of the occurrence that it was a chance blow that fell on him in the +scrimmage. As a matter of fact, however, he was wounded in a most +gallant and successful attempt to save Good's life, at the risk and, as +it ultimately turned out, at the cost of his own. Good was down on the +ground, and one of Nasta's highlanders was about to dispatch him, when +Quatermain threw himself on to his prostrate form and received the blow +on his own body, and then, rising, killed the soldier. + +As regards his jealousy, a single instance which I give in justice to +myself and Nyleptha will suffice. The reader will, perhaps, recollect +that in one or two places he speaks as though Nyleptha monopolized me, +and he was left by both of us rather out in the cold. Now Nyleptha is +not perfect, any more than any other woman is, and she may be a little +exigeante at times, but as regards Quatermain the whole thing is pure +imagination. Thus when he complains about my not coming to see him when +he is ill, the fact was that, in spite of my entreaties, the doctors +positively forbade it. Those little remarks of his pained me very much +when I read them, for I loved Quatermain as dearly as though he were +my own father, and should never have dreamed of allowing my marriage to +interfere with that affection. But let it pass; it is, after all, but +one little weakness, which makes no great show among so many and such +lovable virtues. + +Well, he died, and Good read the Burial Service over him in the presence +of Nyleptha and myself; and then his remains were, in deference to the +popular clamour, accorded a great public funeral, or rather cremation. I +could not help thinking, however, as I marched in that long and splendid +procession up to the Temple, how he would have hated the whole thing +could he have been there to see it, for he had a horror of ostentation. + +And so, a few minutes before sunset, on the third night after his death, +they laid him on the brazen flooring before the altar, and waited for +the last ray of the setting sun to fall upon his face. Presently it +came, and struck him like a golden arrow, crowning the pale brows with +glory, and then the trumpets blew, and the flooring revolved, and all +that remained of our beloved friend fell into the furnace below. + +We shall never see his like again if we live a hundred years. He was +the ablest man, the truest gentleman, the firmest friend, the finest +sportsman, and, I believe, the best shot in all Africa. + +And so ended the very remarkable and adventurous life of Hunter +Quatermain. + + +Since then things have gone very well with us. Good has been, and still +is, busily employed in the construction of a navy on Lake Milosis and +another of the large lakes, by means of which we hope to be able to +increase trade and commerce, and also to overcome some very troublesome +and warlike sections of the population who live upon their borders. Poor +fellow! he is beginning to get over the sad death of that misguided but +most attractive woman, Sorais, but it is a sad blow to him, for he was +really deeply attached to her. I hope, however, that he will in time +make a suitable marriage and get that unhappy business out of his head. +Nyleptha has one or two young ladies in view, especially a daughter of +Nasta's (who was a widower), a very fine imperial-looking girl, but with +too much of her father's intriguing, and yet haughty, spirit to suit my +taste. + +As for myself, I should scarcely know where to begin if I set to work +to describe my doings, so I had best leave them undescribed, and content +myself with saying that, on the whole, I am getting on very well in my +curious position of King-Consort--better, indeed, than I had any right +to expect. But, of course, it is not all plain sailing, and I find the +responsibilities very heavy. Still, I hope to be able to do some good in +my time, and I intend to devote myself to two great ends--namely, to the +consolidation of the various clans which together make up the Zu-Vendi +people, under one strong central government, and to the sapping of the +power of the priesthood. The first of these reforms will, if it can +be carried out, put an end to the disastrous civil wars that have for +centuries devastated this country; and the second, besides removing a +source of political danger, will pave the road for the introduction of +true religion in the place of this senseless Sun worship. I yet hope to +see the shadow of the Cross of Christ lying on the golden dome of the +Flower Temple; or, if I do not, that my successors may. + +There is one more thing that I intend to devote myself to, and that is +the total exclusion of all foreigners from Zu-Vendis. Not, indeed, that +any more are ever likely to get here, but if they do, I warn them fairly +that they will be shown the shortest way out of the country. I do not +say this from any sense of inhospitality, but because I am convinced of +the sacred duty that rests upon me of preserving to this, on the +whole, upright and generous-hearted people the blessings of comparative +barbarism. Where would all my brave army be if some enterprising rascal +were to attack us with field-guns and Martini-Henrys? I cannot see that +gunpowder, telegraphs, steam, daily newspapers, universal suffrage, +etc., etc., have made mankind one whit the happier than they used to +be, and I am certain that they have brought many evils in their train. +I have no fancy for handing over this beautiful country to be torn and +fought for by speculators, tourists, politicians and teachers, whose +voice is as the voice of Babel, just as those horrible creatures in the +valley of the underground river tore and fought for the body of the wild +swan; nor will I endow it with the greed, drunkenness, new diseases, +gunpowder, and general demoralization which chiefly mark the progress +of civilization amongst unsophisticated peoples. If in due course it +pleases Providence to throw Zu-Vendis open to the world, that is another +matter; but of myself I will not take the responsibility, and I may add +that Good entirely approves of my decision. Farewell. + +Henry Curtis + + +December 15, 18--. + +PS--I quite forgot to say that about nine months ago Nyleptha (who +is very well and, in my eyes at any rate, more beautiful than ever) +presented me with a son and heir. He is a regular curly-haired, +blue-eyed young Englishman in looks, and, though he is destined, if he +lives, to inherit the throne of Zu-Vendis, I hope I may be able to bring +him up to become what an English gentleman should be, and generally +is--which is to my mind even a prouder and a finer thing than being +born heir apparent to the great House of the Stairway, and, indeed, the +highest rank that a man can reach upon this earth. + +H. C. + + + + +NOTE BY GEORGE CURTIS, Esq. + + + +The MS of this history, addressed to me in the handwriting of my dear +brother Henry Curtis, whom we had given up for dead, and bearing the +Aden postmark, reached me in safety on December 20, 18--, or a little +more than two years after it left his hands in the far centre of Africa, +and I hasten to give the astonishing story it contains to the world. +Speaking for myself, I have read it with very mixed feelings; for though +it is a great relief to know that he and Good are alive and strangely +prosperous, I cannot but feel that for me and for all their friends they +might as well be dead, since we can never hope to see them more. + +They have cut themselves off from old England and from their homes and +their relations for ever, and perhaps, under the circumstances, they +were right and wise to do so. + +How the MS came to be posted I have been quite unable to discover; but +I presume, from the fact of its being posted at all, that the little +Frenchman, Alphonse, accomplished his hazardous journey in safety. I +have, however, advertised for him and caused various inquiries to +be made in Marseilles and elsewhere with a view of discovering his +whereabouts, but so far without the slightest success. Possibly he is +dead, and the packet was posted by another hand; or possibly he is now +happily wedded to his Annette, but still fears the vengeance of the law, +and prefers to remain incognito. I cannot say, I have not yet abandoned +my hopes of finding him, but I am bound to say that they grow fainter +day by day, and one great obstacle to my search is that nowhere in +the whole history does Mr Quatermain mention his surname. He is always +spoken of as 'Alphonse', and there are so many Alphonses. The letters +which my brother Henry says he is sending with the packet of manuscript +have never arrived, so I presume that they are lost or destroyed. + +George Curtis + + + + +AUTHORITIES + + + +A novelist is not usually asked, like a historian, for his 'Quellen'. +As I have, however, judging from certain experiences in the past, +some reason to anticipate such a demand, I wish to acknowledge my +indebtedness to Mr Thomson's admirable history of travel 'Through Masai +Land' for much information as to the habits and customs of the tribes +inhabiting that portion of the East Coast, and the country where +they live; also to my brother, John G. Haggard, RN, HBM's consul at +Madagascar, and formerly consul at Lamu, for many details furnished by +him of the mode of life and war of those engaging people the Masai; also +to my sister-in-law, Mrs John Haggard, who kindly put the lines of p. +183 into rhyme for me; also to an extract in a review from some book of +travel of which I cannot recollect the name, to which I owe the idea of +the great crabs in the valley of the subterranean river. {Endnote 23} +But if I remember right, the crabs in the book when irritated projected +their eyes quite out of their heads. I regret that I was not able to +'plagiarize' this effect, but I felt that, although crabs may, and +doubtless do, behave thus in real life, in romance they 'will not do +so.' + +There is an underground river in 'Peter Wilkins', but at the time of +writing the foregoing pages I had not read that quaint but entertaining +work. + +It has been pointed out to me that there exists a similarity between the +scene of Umslopogaas frightening Alphonse with his axe and a scene in +Far from the Madding Crowd. I regret this coincidence, and believe that +the talented author of that work will not be inclined to accuse me of +literary immorality on its account. + +Finally, I may say that Mr Quatermain's little Frenchman appears to +belong to the same class of beings as those English ladies whose long +yellow teeth and feet of enormous size excite our hearty amusement in +the pages of the illustrated Gallic press. + +The Writer of 'Allan Quatermain' + + +Endnote 1 + +Among the Zulus a man assumes the ring, which is made of a species of +black gum twisted in with the hair, and polished a brilliant black, +when he has reached a certain dignity and age, or is the husband of a +sufficient number of wives. Till he is in a position to wear a ring he +is looked on as a boy, though he may be thirty-five years of age, or +even more.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 2 + +One of the fleetest of the African antelopes.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 3 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom of opening the stomach of a dead foe. They +have a superstition that, if this is not done, as the body of their +enemy swells up so will the bodies of those who killed him swell up.--A. +Q. + + +Endnote 4 + +No doubt this owl was a wingless bird. I afterwards learnt that the +hooting of an owl is a favourite signal among the Masai tribes.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 5 + +Since I saw the above I have examined hundreds of these swords, but +have never been able to discover how the gold plates were inlaid in the +fretwork. The armourers who make them in Zu-vendis bind themselves by +oath not to reveal the secret.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 6 + +The Masai Elmoran or young warriors can own no property, so all the +booty they may win in battle belongs to their fathers alone.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 7 + +As I think I have already said, one of Umslopogaas's Zulu names was the +'Woodpecker'. I could never make out why he was called so until I +saw him in action with Inkosi-kaas, when I at once recognized the +resemblance.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 8 + +By a sad coincidence, since the above was written by Mr Quatermain, the +Masai have, in April 1886, massacred a missionary and his wife--Mr and +Mrs Houghton--on this very Tana River, and at the spot described. These +are, I believe, the first white people who are known to have fallen +victims to this cruel tribe.--Editor. + + +Endnote 9 + +Mr Allan Quatermain misquotes--Pleasure sat at the helm.--Editor. + + +Endnote 10 + +Where Alph the sacred river ran +Through caverns measureless to man +Down to a sunless sea + + +Endnote 11 + +Mr Quatermain does not seem to have been aware that it is common for +animal-worshipping people to annually sacrifice the beasts they adore. +See Herodotus, ii. 45.--Editor. + + +Endnote 12 + +There is another theory which might account for the origin of the +Zu-Vendi which does not seem to have struck my friend Mr Quatermain +and his companions, and that is, that they are descendants of the +Phoenicians. The cradle of the Phoenician race is supposed to have +been on the western shore of the Persian Gulf. Thence, as there is +good evidence to show, they emigrated in two streams, one of which took +possession of the shores of Palestine, while the other is supposed by +savants to have immigrated down the coast of Eastern Africa where, +near Mozambique, signs and remains of their occupation are not wanting. +Indeed, it would have been very extraordinary if they did not, when +leaving the Persian Gulf, make straight for the East Coast, seeing that +the north-east monsoon blows for six months in the year dead in that +direction, while for the other six months it blows back again. And, by +the way of illustrating the probability, I may add that to this day a +very extensive trade is carried on between the Persian Gulf and Lamu and +other East African ports as far south as Madagascar, which is of course +the ancient Ebony Isle of the 'Arabian Nights'.--Editor. + + +Endnote 13 + +There are twenty-two letters in the Phoenician alphabet (see Appendix, +Maspero's Histoire ancienne des peuples de l'Orient, p. 746, etc.) +Unfortunately Mr Quatermain gives us no specimen of the Zu-Vendi +writing, but what he here states seems to go a long way towards +substantiating the theory advanced in the note on p. 149.--Editor. + + +Endnote 14 + +These are internal measurements.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 15 + +Light was also admitted by sliding shutters under the eaves of the dome +and in the roof.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 16 + +This line is interesting as being one of the few allusions to be found +in the Zu-Vendi ritual to a vague divine essence independent of the +material splendour of the orb they worship. 'Taia', the word used +here, has a very indeterminate meaning, and signifies essence, vital +principle, spirit, or even God. + + +Endnote 17 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 18 + +In Zu-Vendis members of the Royal House can only be married by the High +Priest or a formally appointed deputy.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 19 + +Alluding to the Zu-Vendi custom of carrying dead officers on a framework +of spears. + + +Endnote 20 + +The Zu-Vendi people do not use bows.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 21 + +Of course, the roof of the Temple, being so high, caught the light some +time before the breaking of the dawn.--A. Q. + + +Endnote 22 + +Of course the Court of Probate would allow nothing of the sort.--Editor. + + +Endnote 23 + +It is suggested to me that this book is The Cruise of the "Falcon", with +which work I am personally unacquainted. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + +***** This file should be named 711.txt or 711.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/7/1/711/ + +Produced by Ng E-Ching, Singapore + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/old/allnq11.txt b/old/allnq11.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..498d8b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/allnq11.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11426 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard +#1 in our series by H. Rider Haggard + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Allan Quatermain + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: November, 1996 [EBook #711] +[This file was last updated on May 11, 2004] + +Edition: 11 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + + + + +Typed by Ng E-Ching, Singapore <e-ching@geocities.com> + + + + + +I inscribe this book of adventure to my son ARTHUR JOHN RIDER +HAGGARD in the hope that in days to come he, and many other +boys whom I shall never know, may, in the acts and thoughts of +Allan Quatermain and his companions, as herein recorded, +find something to help him and them to reach to what, with Sir +Henry Curtis, I hold to be the highest rank whereto we can +attain -- the state and dignity of English gentlemen. + + + + +CONTENTS + + + + INTRODUCTION +I THE CONSUL'S YARN +II THE BLACK HAND +III THE MISSION STATION +IV ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE +V UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE +VI THE NIGHT WEARS ON +VII A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT +VIII ALPHONSE EXPLAINS +IX INTO THE UNKNOWN +X THE ROSE OF FIRE +XI THE FROWNING CITY +XII THE SISTER QUEENS +XIII ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE +XIV THE FLOWER TEMPLE +XV SORAIS' SONG +XVI BEFORE THE STATUE +XVII THE STORM BREAKS +XVIII WAR! RED WAR! +XIX A STRANGE WEDDING +XX THE BATTLE OF THE PASS +XXI AWAY! AWAY! +XXII HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR +XXIII I HAVE SPOKEN + + + + +INTRODUCTION + + + +December 23 + +'I have just buried my boy, my poor handsome boy of whom I was +so proud, and my heart is broken. It is very hard having only +one son to lose him thus, but God's will be done. Who am I that +I should complain? The great wheel of Fate rolls on like a Juggernaut, +and crushes us all in turn, some soon, some late -- it does not +matter when, in the end, it crushes us all. We do not prostrate +ourselves before it like the poor Indians; we fly hither and +thither -- we cry for mercy; but it is of no use, the black Fate +thunders on and in its season reduces us to powder. + +'Poor Harry to go so soon! just when his life was opening to +him. He was doing so well at the hospital, he had passed his +last examination with honours, and I was proud of them, much +prouder than he was, I think. And then he must needs go to that +smallpox hospital. He wrote to me that he was not afraid of +smallpox and wanted to gain the experience; and now the disease +has killed him, and I, old and grey and withered, am left to +mourn over him, without a chick or child to comfort me. I might +have saved him, too -- I have money enough for both of us, and +much more than enough -- King Solomon's Mines provided me with +that; but I said, "No, let the boy earn his living, let him labour +that he may enjoy rest." But the rest has come to him before +the labour. Oh, my boy, my boy! + +'I am like the man in the Bible who laid up much goods and builded +barns -- goods for my boy and barns for him to store them in; +and now his soul has been required of him, and I am left desolate. +I would that it had been my soul and not my boy's! + +'We buried him this afternoon under the shadow of the grey and +ancient tower of the church of this village where my house is. +It was a dreary December afternoon, and the sky was heavy with +snow, but not much was falling. The coffin was put down by the +grave, and a few big flakes lit upon it. They looked very white +upon the black cloth! There was a little hitch about getting +the coffin down into the grave -- the necessary ropes had been +forgotten: so we drew back from it, and waited in silence watching +the big flakes fall gently one by one like heavenly benedictions, +and melt in tears on Harry's pall. But that was not all. A +robin redbreast came as bold as could be and lit upon the coffin +and began to sing. And then I am afraid that I broke down, and +so did Sir Henry Curtis, strong man though he is; and as for +Captain Good, I saw him turn away too; even in my own distress +I could not help noticing it.' + + +The above, signed 'Allan Quatermain', is an extract from my diary +written two years and more ago. I copy it down here because +it seems to me that it is the fittest beginning to the history +that I am about to write, if it please God to spare me to finish +it. If not, well it does not matter. That extract was penned +seven thousand miles or so from the spot where I now lie painfully +and slowly writing this, with a pretty girl standing by my side +fanning the flies from my august countenance. Harry is there +and I am here, and yet somehow I cannot help feeling that I am +not far off Harry. + +When I was in England I used to live in a very fine house -- +at least I call it a fine house, speaking comparatively, and +judging from the standard of the houses I have been accustomed +to all my life in Africa -- not five hundred yards from the old +church where Harry is asleep, and thither I went after the funeral +and ate some food; for it is no good starving even if one has +just buried all one's earthly hopes. But I could not eat much, +and soon I took to walking, or rather limping -- being permanently +lame from the bite of a lion -- up and down, up and down the +oak-panelled vestibule; for there is a vestibule in my house +in England. On all the four walls of this vestibule were placed +pairs of horns -- about a hundred pairs altogether, all of which +I had shot myself. They are beautiful specimens, as I never +keep any horns which are not in every way perfect, unless it +may be now and again on account of the associations connected +with them. In the centre of the room, however, over the wide +fireplace, there was a clear space left on which I had fixed +up all my rifles. Some of them I have had for forty years, old +muzzle-loaders that nobody would look at nowadays. One was an +elephant gun with strips of rimpi, or green hide, lashed round +the stock and locks, such as used to be owned by the Dutchmen +-- a 'roer' they call it. That gun, the Boer I bought it from +many years ago told me, had been used by his father at the battle +of the Blood River, just after Dingaan swept into Natal and slaughtered +six hundred men, women, and children, so that the Boers named +the place where they died 'Weenen', or the 'Place of Weeping'; +and so it is called to this day, and always will be called. +And many an elephant have I shot with that old gun. She always +took a handful of black powder and a three-ounce ball, and kicked +like the very deuce. + +Well, up and down I walked, staring at the guns and the horns +which the guns had brought low; and as I did so there rose up +in me a great craving: -- I would go away from this place where +I lived idly and at ease, back again to the wild land where I +had spent my life, where I met my dear wife and poor Harry was +born, and so many things, good, bad, and indifferent, had happened +to me. The thirst for the wilderness was on me; I could tolerate +this place no more; I would go and die as I had lived, among +the wild game and the savages. Yes, as I walked, I began to +long to see the moonlight gleaming silvery white over the wide +veldt and mysterious sea of bush, and watch the lines of game +travelling down the ridges to the water. The ruling passion +is strong in death, they say, and my heart was dead that night. +But, independently of my trouble, no man who has for forty years +lived the life I have, can with impunity go coop himself in this +prim English country, with its trim hedgerows and cultivated +fields, its stiff formal manners, and its well-dressed crowds. +He begins to long -- ah, how he longs! -- for the keen breath +of the desert air; he dreams of the sight of Zulu impis breaking +on their foes like surf upon the rocks, and his heart rises up +in rebellion against the strict limits of the civilized life. + +Ah! this civilization, what does it all come to? For forty years +and more I lived among savages, and studied them and their ways; +and now for several years I have lived here in England, and have +in my own stupid manner done my best to learn the ways of the +children of light; and what have I found? A great gulf fixed? +No, only a very little one, that a plain man's thought may spring +across. I say that as the savage is, so is the white man, only +the latter is more inventive, and possesses the faculty of combination; +save and except also that the savage, as I have known him, is +to a large extent free from the greed of money, which eats like +a cancer into the heart of the white man. It is a depressing +conclusion, but in all essentials the savage and the child of +civilization are identical. I dare say that the highly civilized +lady reading this will smile at an old fool of a hunter's simplicity +when she thinks of her black bead-bedecked sister; and so will +the superfine cultured idler scientifically eating a dinner at +his club, the cost of which would keep a starving family for +a week. And yet, my dear young lady, what are those pretty things +round your own neck? -- they have a strong family resemblance, +especially when you wear that _very_ low dress, to the savage woman's +beads. Your habit of turning round and round to the sound of +horns and tom-toms, your fondness for pigments and powders, the +way in which you love to subjugate yourself to the rich warrior +who has captured you in marriage, and the quickness with which +your taste in feathered head-dresses varies -- all these things +suggest touches of kinship; and you remember that in the fundamental +principles of your nature you are quite identical. As for you, +sir, who also laugh, let some man come and strike you in the +face whilst you are enjoying that marvellous-looking dish, and +we shall soon see how much of the savage there is in _you_. + +There, I might go on for ever, but what is the good? Civilization +is only savagery silver-gilt. A vainglory is it, and like a +northern light, comes but to fade and leave the sky more dark. +Out of the soil of barbarism it has grown like a tree, and, +as I believe, into the soil like a tree it will once more, sooner +or later, fall again, as the Egyptian civilization fell, as the +Hellenic civilization fell, and as the Roman civilization and +many others of which the world has now lost count, fell also. +Do not let me, however, be understood as decrying our modern +institutions, representing as they do the gathered experience +of humanity applied for the good of all. Of course they have +great advantages -- hospitals for instance; but then, remember, +we breed the sickly people who fill them. In a savage land they +do not exist. Besides, the question will arise: How many of +these blessings are due to Christianity as distinct from civilization? +And so the balance sways and the story runs -- here a gain, +there a loss, and Nature's great average struck across the two, +whereof the sum total forms one of the factors in that mighty +equation in which the result will equal the unknown quantity +of her purpose. + +I make no apology for this digression, especially as this is +an introduction which all young people and those who never like +to think (and it is a bad habit) will naturally skip. It seems +to me very desirable that we should sometimes try to understand +the limitations of our nature, so that we may not be carried +away by the pride of knowledge. Man's cleverness is almost indefinite, +and stretches like an elastic band, but human nature is like +an iron ring. You can go round and round it, you can polish +it highly, you can even flatten it a little on one side, whereby +you will make it bulge out the other, but you will _never_, while +the world endures and man is man, increase its total circumference. +It is the one fixed unchangeable thing -- fixed as the stars, +more enduring than the mountains, as unalterable as the way of +the Eternal. Human nature is God's kaleidoscope, and the little +bits of coloured glass which represent our passions, hopes, fears, +joys, aspirations towards good and evil and what not, are turned +in His mighty hand as surely and as certainly as it turns the +stars, and continually fall into new patterns and combinations. +But the composing elements remain the same, nor will there be +one more bit of coloured glass nor one less for ever and ever. + +This being so, supposing for the sake of argument we divide ourselves +into twenty parts, nineteen savage and one civilized, we must +look to the nineteen savage portions of our nature, if we would +really understand ourselves, and not to the twentieth, which, +though so insignificant in reality, is spread all over the other +nineteen, making them appear quite different from what they really +are, as the blacking does a boot, or the veneer a table. It +is on the nineteen rough serviceable savage portions that we +fall back on emergencies, not on the polished but unsubstantial +twentieth. Civilization should wipe away our tears, and yet +we weep and cannot be comforted. Warfare is abhorrent to her, +and yet we strike out for hearth and home, for honour and fair +fame, and can glory in the blow. And so on, through everything. + +So, when the heart is stricken, and the head is humbled in the +dust, civilization fails us utterly. Back, back, we creep, and +lay us like little children on the great breast of Nature, she +that perchance may soothe us and make us forget, or at least +rid remembrance of its sting. Who has not in his great grief +felt a longing to look upon the outward features of the universal +Mother; to lie on the mountains and watch the clouds drive across +the sky and hear the rollers break in thunder on the shore, to +let his poor struggling life mingle for a while in her life; +to feel the slow beat of her eternal heart, and to forget his +woes, and let his identity be swallowed in the vast imperceptibly +moving energy of her of whom we are, from whom we came, and with +whom we shall again be mingled, who gave us birth, and will in +a day to come give us our burial also. + +And so in my trouble, as I walked up and down the oak-panelled +vestibule of my house there in Yorkshire, I longed once more +to throw myself into the arms of Nature. Not the Nature which +you know, the Nature that waves in well-kept woods and smiles +out in corn-fields, but Nature as she was in the age when creation +was complete, undefiled as yet by any human sinks of sweltering +humanity. I would go again where the wild game was, back to +the land whereof none know the history, back to the savages, +whom I love, although some of them are almost as merciless as +Political Economy. There, perhaps, I should be able to learn +to think of poor Harry lying in the churchyard, without feeling +as though my heart would break in two. + +And now there is an end of this egotistical talk, and there shall +be no more of it. But if you whose eyes may perchance one day +fall upon my written thoughts have got so far as this, I ask +you to persevere, since what I have to tell you is not without +its interest, and it has never been told before, nor will again. + + + + +CHAPTER I +THE CONSUL'S YARN + + +A week had passed since the funeral of my poor boy Harry, and +one evening I was in my room walking up and down and thinking, +when there was a ring at the outer door. Going down the steps +I opened it myself, and in came my old friends Sir Henry Curtis +and Captain John Good, RN. They entered the vestibule and sat +themselves down before the wide hearth, where, I remember, a +particularly good fire of logs was burning. + +'It is very kind of you to come round,' I said by way of making +a remark; 'it must have been heavy walking in the snow.' + +They said nothing, but Sir Henry slowly filled his pipe and lit +it with a burning ember. As he leant forward to do so the fire +got hold of a gassy bit of pine and flared up brightly, throwing +the whole scene into strong relief, and I thought, What a splendid-looking +man he is! Calm, powerful face, clear-cut features, large grey +eyes, yellow beard and hair -- altogether a magnificent specimen +of the higher type of humanity. Nor did his form belie his face. +I have never seen wider shoulders or a deeper chest. Indeed, +Sir Henry's girth is so great that, though he is six feet two +high, he does not strike one as a tall man. As I looked at him +I could not help thinking what a curious contrast my little dried-up +self presented to his grand face and form. Imagine to yourself +a small, withered, yellow-faced man of sixty-three, with thin +hands, large brown eyes, a head of grizzled hair cut short and +standing up like a half-worn scrubbing-brush -- total weight +in my clothes, nine stone six -- and you will get a very fair +idea of Allan Quatermain, commonly called Hunter Quatermain, +or by the natives 'Macumazahn' -- Anglic/CHAR: e grave/, he who +keeps a bright look-out at night, or, in vulgar English, a sharp +fellow who is not to be taken in. + +Then there was Good, who is not like either of us, being short, +dark, stout -- _very_ stout -- with twinkling black eyes, in one +of which an eyeglass is everlastingly fixed. I say stout, but +it is a mild term; I regret to state that of late years Good +has been running to fat in a most disgraceful way. Sir Henry +tells him that it comes from idleness and over-feeding, and +Good does not like it at all, though he cannot deny it. + +We sat for a while, and then I got a match and lit the lamp that +stood ready on the table, for the half-light began to grow dreary, +as it is apt to do when one has a short week ago buried the hope +of one's life. Next, I opened a cupboard in the wainscoting +and got a bottle of whisky and some tumblers and water. I always +like to do these things for myself: it is irritating to me to +have somebody continually at my elbow, as though I were an +eighteen-month-old baby. All this while Curtis and Good had +been silent, feeling, I suppose, that they had nothing to say +that could do me any good, and content to give me the comfort +of their presence and unspoken sympathy; for it was only their +second visit since the funeral. And it is, by the way, from +the _presence_ of others that we really derive support in our dark +hours of grief, and not from their talk, which often only serves +to irritate us. Before a bad storm the game always herd together, +but they cease their calling. + +They sat and smoked and drank whisky and water, and I stood by +the fire also smoking and looking at them. + +At last I spoke. 'Old friends,' I said, 'how long is it since +we got back from Kukuanaland?' + +'Three years,' said Good. 'Why do you ask?' + +'I ask because I think that I have had a long enough spell of +civilization. I am going back to the veldt.' + +Sir Henry laid his head back in his arm-chair and laughed one +of his deep laughs. 'How very odd,' he said, 'eh, Good?' + +Good beamed at me mysteriously through his eyeglass and murmured, +'Yes, odd -- very odd.' + +'I don't quite understand,' said I, looking from one to the other, +for I dislike mysteries. + +'Don't you, old fellow?' said Sir Henry; 'then I will explain. +As Good and I were walking up here we had a talk.' + +'If Good was there you probably did,' I put in sarcastically, +for Good is a great hand at talking. 'And what may it have been about?' + +'What do you think?' asked Sir Henry. + +I shook my head. It was not likely that I should know what Good +might be talking about. He talks about so many things. + +'Well, it was about a little plan that I have formed -- namely, +that if you were willing we should pack up our traps and go off +to Africa on another expedition.' + +I fairly jumped at his words. 'You don't say so!' I said. + +'Yes I do, though, and so does Good; don't you, Good?' + +'Rather,' said that gentleman. + +'Listen, old fellow,' went on Sir Henry, with considerable animation +of manner. 'I'm tired of it too, dead-tired of doing nothing +more except play the squire in a country that is sick of squires. +For a year or more I have been getting as restless as an old +elephant who scents danger. I am always dreaming of Kukuanaland +and Gagool and King Solomon's Mines. I can assure you I have +become the victim of an almost unaccountable craving. I am sick +of shooting pheasants and partridges, and want to have a go at +some large game again. There, you know the feeling -- when one +has once tasted brandy and water, milk becomes insipid to the +palate. That year we spent together up in Kukuanaland seems +to me worth all the other years of my life put together. I dare +say that I am a fool for my pains, but I can't help it; I long +to go, and, what is more, I mean to go.' He paused, and then +went on again. 'And, after all, why should I not go? I have +no wife or parent, no chick or child to keep me. If anything +happens to me the baronetcy will go to my brother George and +his boy, as it would ultimately do in any case. I am of no importance +to any one.' + +'Ah!' I said, 'I thought you would come to that sooner or later. +And now, Good, what is your reason for wanting to trek; have +you got one?' + +'I have,' said Good, solemnly. 'I never do anything without +a reason; and it isn't a lady -- at least, if it is, it's several.' + +I looked at him again. Good is so overpoweringly frivolous. +'What is it?' I said. + +'Well, if you really want to know, though I'd rather not speak +of a delicate and strictly personal matter, I'll tell you: I'm +getting too fat.' + +'Shut up, Good!' said Sir Henry. 'And now, Quatermain, tell +us, where do you propose going to?' + +I lit my pipe, which had gone out, before answering. + +'Have you people ever heard of Mt Kenia?' I asked. + +'Don't know the place,' said Good. + +'Did you ever hear of the Island of Lamu?' I asked again. + +'No. Stop, though -- isn't it a place about 300 miles north of Zanzibar?' + +'Yes. Now listen. What I have to propose is this. That we +go to Lamu and thence make our way about 250 miles inland to +Mt Kenia; from Mt Kenia on inland to Mt Lekakisera, another 200 +miles, or thereabouts, beyond which no white man has to the best +of my belief ever been; and then, if we get so far, right on +into the unknown interior. What do you say to that, my hearties?' + +'It's a big order,' said Sir Henry, reflectively. + +'You are right,' I answered, 'it is; but I take it that we are +all three of us in search of a big order. We want a change of +scene, and we are likely to get one -- a thorough change. All +my life I have longed to visit those parts, and I mean to do +it before I die. My poor boy's death has broken the last link +between me and civilization, and I'm off to my native wilds. +And now I'll tell you another thing, and that is, that for years +and years I have heard rumours of a great white race which is +supposed to have its home somewhere up in this direction, and +I have a mind to see if there is any truth in them. If you fellows +like to come, well and good; if not, I'll go alone.' + +'I'm your man, though I don't believe in your white race,' said +Sir Henry Curtis, rising and placing his arm upon my shoulder. + +'Ditto,' remarked Good. 'I'll go into training at once. By +all means let's go to Mt Kenia and the other place with an +unpronounceable name, and look for a white race that does not exist. +It's all one to me.' + +'When do you propose to start?' asked Sir Henry. + +'This day month,' I answered, 'by the British India steamboat; +and don't you be so certain that things have no existence because +you do not happen to have heard of them. Remember King Solomon's mines!' + + +Some fourteen weeks or so had passed since the date of this conversation, +and this history goes on its way in very different surroundings. + +After much deliberation and inquiry we came to the conclusion +that our best starting-point for Mt Kenia would be from the neighbourhood +of the mouth of the Tana River, and not from Mombassa, a place +over 100 miles nearer Zanzibar. This conclusion we arrived at +from information given to us by a German trader whom we met upon +the steamer at Aden. I think that he was the dirtiest German +I ever knew; but he was a good fellow, and gave us a great deal +of valuable information. 'Lamu,' said he, 'you goes to Lamu +-- oh ze beautiful place!' and he turned up his fat face and +beamed with mild rapture. 'One year and a half I live there +and never change my shirt -- never at all.' + +And so it came to pass that on arriving at the island we disembarked +with all our goods and chattels, and, not knowing where to go, +marched boldly up to the house of Her Majesty's Consul, where +we were most hospitably received. + +Lamu is a very curious place, but the things which stand out +most clearly in my memory in connection with it are its exceeding +dirtiness and its smells. These last are simply awful. Just +below the Consulate is the beach, or rather a mud bank that is +called a beach. It is left quite bare at low tide, and serves +as a repository for all the filth, offal, and refuse of the town. +Here it is, too, that the women come to bury coconuts in the +mud, leaving them there till the outer husk is quite rotten, +when they dig them up again and use the fibres to make mats with, +and for various other purposes. As this process has been going +on for generations, the condition of the shore can be better +imagined than described. I have smelt many evil odours in the +course of my life, but the concentrated essence of stench which +arose from that beach at Lamu as we sat in the moonlit night +-- not under, but _on_ our friend the Consul's hospitable roof +-- and sniffed it, makes the remembrance of them very poor and +faint. No wonder people get fever at Lamu. And yet the place +was not without a certain quaintness and charm of its own, though +possibly -- indeed probably -- it was one which would quickly +pall. + +'Well, where are you gentlemen steering for?' asked our friend +the hospitable Consul, as we smoked our pipes after dinner. + +'We propose to go to Mt Kenia and then on to Mt Lekakisera,' +answered Sir Henry. 'Quatermain has got hold of some yarn about +there being a white race up in the unknown territories beyond.' + +The Consul looked interested, and answered that he had heard +something of that, too. + +'What have you heard?' I asked. + +'Oh, not much. All I know about it is that a year or so ago +I got a letter from Mackenzie, the Scotch missionary, whose station, +"The Highlands", is placed at the highest navigable point of +the Tana River, in which he said something about it.' + +'Have you the letter?' I asked. + +'No, I destroyed it; but I remember that he said that a man had +arrived at his station who declared that two months' journey +beyond Mt Lekakisera, which no white man has yet visited -- at +least, so far as I know -- he found a lake called Laga, and that +then he went off to the north-east, a month's journey, over desert +and thorn veldt and great mountains, till he came to a country +where the people are white and live in stone houses. Here he +was hospitably entertained for a while, till at last the priests +of the country set it about that he was a devil, and the people +drove him away, and he journeyed for eight months and reached +Mackenzie's place, as I heard, dying. That's all I know; and +if you ask me, I believe that it is a lie; but if you want to +find out more about it, you had better go up the Tana to Mackenzie's +place and ask him for information.' + +Sir Henry and I looked at each other. Here was something tangible. + +'I think that we will go to Mr Mackenzie's,' I said. + +'Well,' answered the Consul, 'that is your best way, but I warn +you that you are likely to have a rough journey, for I hear that +the Masai are about, and, as you know, they are not pleasant +customers. Your best plan will be to choose a few picked men +for personal servants and hunters, and to hire bearers from village +to village. It will give you an infinity of trouble, but perhaps +on the whole it will prove a cheaper and more advantageous course +than engaging a caravan, and you will be less liable to desertion.' + +Fortunately there were at Lamu at this time a part of Wakwafi +Askari (soldiers). The Wakwafi, who are a cross between the +Masai and the Wataveta, are a fine manly race, possessing many +of the good qualities of the Zulu, and a great capacity for civilization. +They are also great hunters. As it happened, these particular +men had recently been on a long trip with an Englishman named +Jutson, who had started from Mombasa, a port about 150 miles +below Lamu, and journeyed right rough Kilimanjaro, one of the +highest known mountains in Africa. Poor fellow, he had died +of fever when on his return journey, and within a day's march +of Mombasa. It does seem hard that he should have gone off thus +when within a few hours of safety, and after having survived +so many perils, but so it was. His hunters buried him, and then +came on to Lamu in a dhow. Our friend the Consul suggested to +us that we had better try and hire these men, and accordingly +on the following morning we started to interview the party, +accompanied by an interpreter. + +In due course we found them in a mud hut on the outskirts of +the town. Three of the men were sitting outside the hut, and +fine frank-looking fellows they were, having a more or less civilized +appearance. To them we cautiously opened the object of our visit, +at first with very scant success. They declared that they could +not entertain any such idea, that they were worn and weary with +long travelling, and that their hearts were sore at the loss +of their master. They meant to go back to their homes and rest +awhile. This did not sound very promising, so by way of effecting +a diversion I asked where the remainder of them were. I was +told there were six, and I saw but three. One of the men said +they slept in the hut, and were yet resting after their labours +-- 'sleep weighed down their eyelids, and sorrow made their hearts +as lead: it was best to sleep, for with sleep came forgetfulness. +But the men should be awakened.' + +Presently they came out of the hut, yawning -- the first two +men being evidently of the same race and style as those already +before us; but the appearance of the third and last nearly made +me jump out of my skin. He was a very tall, broad man, quite +six foot three, I should say, but gaunt, with lean, wiry-looking +limbs. My first glance at him told me that he was no Wakwafi: +he was a pure bred Zulu. He came out with his thin aristocratic-looking +hand placed before his face to hide a yawn, so I could only see +that he was a 'Keshla' or ringed man {Endnote 1}, and that he +had a great three-cornered hole in his forehead. In another +second he removed his hand, revealing a powerful-looking Zulu +face, with a humorous mouth, a short woolly beard, tinged with +grey, and a pair of brown eyes keen as a hawk's. I knew my man +at once, although I had not seen him for twelve years. 'How +do you do, Umslopogaas?' I said quietly in Zulu. + +The tall man (who among his own people was commonly known as +the 'Woodpecker', and also as the 'Slaughterer') started, and +almost let the long-handled battleaxe he held in his hand fall +in his astonishment. Next second he had recognized me, and was +saluting me in an outburst of sonorous language which made his +companions the Wakwafi stare. + +'Koos' (chief), he began, 'Koos-y-Pagete! Koos-y-umcool! (Chief +from of old -- mighty chief) Koos! Baba! (father) Macumazahn, +old hunter, slayer of elephants, eater up of lions, clever one! +watchful one! brave one! quick one! whose shot never misses, +who strikes straight home, who grasps a hand and holds it to +the death (i.e. is a true friend) Koos! Baba! Wise is the voice +of our people that says, "Mountain never meets with mountain, +but at daybreak or at even man shall meet again with man." Behold! +a messenger came up from Natal, "Macumazahn is dead!" cried he. +"The land knows Macumazahn no more." That is years ago. And +now, behold, now in this strange place of stinks I find Macumazahn, +my friend. There is no room for doubt. The brush of the old +jackal has gone a little grey; but is not his eye as keen, and +are not his teeth as sharp? Ha! ha! Macumazahn, mindest thou +how thou didst plant the ball in the eye of the charging buffalo +-- mindest thou --' + +I had let him run on thus because I saw that his enthusiasm was +producing a marked effect upon the minds of the five Wakwafi, +who appeared to understand something of his talk; but now I thought +it time to put a stop to it, for there is nothing that I hate +so much as this Zulu system of extravagant praising -- 'bongering' +as they call it. 'Silence!' I said. 'Has all thy noisy talk +been stopped up since last I saw thee that it breaks out thus, +and sweeps us away? What doest thou here with these men -- thou +whom I left a chief in Zululand? How is it that thou art far +from thine own place, and gathered together with strangers?' + +Umslopogaas leant himself upon the head of his long battleaxe +(which was nothing else but a pole-axe, with a beautiful handle +of rhinoceros horn), and his grim face grew sad. + +'My Father,' he answered, 'I have a word to tell thee, but I +cannot speak it before these low people (umfagozana),' and he +glanced at the Wakwafi Askari; 'it is for thine own ear. My +Father, this will I say,' and here his face grew stern again, +'a woman betrayed me to the death, and covered my name with shame +-- ay, my own wife, a round-faced girl, betrayed me; but I escaped +from death; ay, I broke from the very hands of those who came +to slay me. I struck but three blows with this mine axe Inkosikaas +-- surely my Father will remember it -- one to the right, one +to the left, and one in front, and yet I left three men dead. +And then I fled, and, as my Father knows, even now that I am +old my feet are as the feet of the Sassaby {Endnote 2}, and there +breathes not the man who, by running, can touch me again when +once I have bounded from his side. On I sped, and after me came +the messengers of death, and their voice was as the voice of +dogs that hunt. From my own kraal I flew, and, as I passed, +she who had betrayed me was drawing water from the spring. I +fleeted by her like the shadow of Death, and as I went I smote +with mine axe, and lo! her head fell: it fell into the water +pan. Then I fled north. Day after day I journeyed on; for three +moons I journeyed, resting not, stopping not, but running on +towards forgetfulness, till I met the party of the white hunter +who is now dead, and am come hither with his servants. And nought +have I brought with me. I who was high-born, ay, of the blood +of Chaka, the great king -- a chief, and a captain of the regiment +of the Nkomabakosi -- am a wanderer in strange places, a man +without a kraal. Nought have I brought save this mine axe; of +all my belongings this remains alone. They have divided my cattle; +they have taken my wives; and my children know my face no more. +Yet with this axe' -- and he swung the formidable weapon round +his head, making the air hiss as he clove it -- 'will I cut another +path to fortune. I have spoken.' + +I shook my head at him. 'Umslopogaas,' I said, 'I know thee +from of old. Ever ambitious, ever plotting to be great, I fear +me that thou hast overreached thyself at last. Years ago, when +thou wouldst have plotted against Cetywayo, son of Panda, I warned +thee, and thou didst listen. But now, when I was not by thee +to stay thy hand, thou hast dug a pit for thine own feet to fall +in. Is it not so? But what is done is done. Who can make the +dead tree green, or gaze again upon last year's light? Who can +recall the spoken word, or bring back the spirit of the fallen? +That which Time swallows comes not up again. Let it be forgotten! + +'And now, behold, Umslopogaas, I know thee for a great warrior +and a brave man, faithful to the death. Even in Zululand, where +all the men are brave, they called thee the "Slaughterer", and +at night told stories round the fire of thy strength and deeds. +Hear me now. Thou seest this great man, my friend' -- and I +pointed to Sir Henry; 'he also is a warrior as great as thou, +and, strong as thou art, he could throw thee over his shoulder. +Incubu is his name. And thou seest this one also; him with +the round stomach, the shining eye, and the pleasant face. Bougwan +(glass eye) is his name, and a good man is he and a true, being +of a curious tribe who pass their life upon the water, and live +in floating kraals. + +'Now, we three whom thou seest would travel inland, past Dongo +Egere, the great white mountain (Mt Kenia), and far into the +unknown beyond. We know not what we shall find there; we go +to hunt and seek adventures, and new places, being tired of sitting +still, with the same old things around us. Wilt thou come with +us? To thee shall be given command of all our servants; but +what shall befall thee, that I know not. Once before we three +journeyed thus, in search of adventure, and we took with us a +man such as thou -- one Umbopa; and, behold, we left him the +king of a great country, with twenty Impis (regiments), each +of 3,000 plumed warriors, waiting on his word. How it shall +go with thee, I know not; mayhap death awaits thee and us. +Wilt thou throw thyself to Fortune and come, or fearest thou, +Umslopogaas?' + +The great man smiled. 'Thou art not altogether right, Macumazahn,' +he said; 'I have plotted in my time, but it was not ambition +that led me to my fall; but, shame on me that I should have to +say it, a fair woman's face. Let it pass. So we are going to +see something like the old times again, Macumazahn, when we fought +and hunted in Zululand? Ay, I will come. Come life, come death, +what care I, so that the blows fall fast and the blood runs red? +I grow old, I grow old, and I have not fought enough! And yet +am I a warrior among warriors; see my scars' -- and he pointed +to countless cicatrices, stabs and cuts, that marked the skin +of his chest and legs and arms. 'See the hole in my head; the +brains gushed out therefrom, yet did I slay him who smote, and +live. Knowest thou how many men I have slain, in fair hand-to-hand +combat, Macumazahn? See, here is the tale of them' -- and he +pointed to long rows of notches cut in the rhinoceros-horn handle +of his axe. 'Number them, Macumazahn -- one hundred and three +-- and I have never counted but those whom I have ripped open +{Endnote 3}, nor have I reckoned those whom another man had struck.' + +'Be silent,' I said, for I saw that he was getting the blood-fever +on him; 'be silent; well art thou called the "Slaughterer". +We would not hear of thy deeds of blood. Remember, if thou comest +with us, we fight not save in self-defence. Listen, we need +servants. These men,' and I pointed to the Wakwafi, who had +retired a little way during our 'indaba' (talk), 'say they will not come.' + +'Will not come!' shouted Umslopogaas; 'where is the dog who says +he will not come when my Father orders? Here, thou' -- and with +a single bound he sprang upon the Wakwafi with whom I had first +spoken, and, seizing him by the arm, dragged him towards us. +'Thou dog!' he said, giving the terrified man a shake, 'didst +thou say that thou wouldst not go with my Father? Say it once +more and I will choke thee' -- and his long fingers closed round +his throat as he said it -- 'thee, and those with thee. Hast +thou forgotten how I served thy brother?' + +'Nay, we will come with the white man,' gasped the man. + +'White man!' went on Umslopogaas, in simulated fury, which a +very little provocation would have made real enough; 'of whom +speakest thou, insolent dog?' + +'Nay, we will go with the great chief.' + +'So!' said Umslopogaas, in a quiet voice, as he suddenly released +his hold, so that the man fell backward. 'I thought you would.' + +'That man Umslopogaas seems to have a curious moral ascendency +over his companions,' Good afterwards remarked thoughtfully. + + + + +CHAPTER II +THE BLACK HAND + + + +In due course we left Lamu, and ten days afterwards we found +ourselves at a spot called Charra, on the Tana River, having +gone through many adventures which need not be recorded here. +Amongst other things we visited a ruined city, of which there +are many on this coast, and which must once, to judge from their +extent and the numerous remains of mosques and stone houses, +have been very populous places. These ruined cities are immeasurably +ancient, having, I believe, been places of wealth and importance +as far back as the Old Testament times, when they were centres +of trade with India and elsewhere. But their glory has departed +now -- the slave trade has finished them -- and where wealthy +merchants from all parts of the then civilized world stood and +bargained in the crowded market-places, the lion holds his court +at night, and instead of the chattering of slaves and the eager +voices of the bidders, his awful note goes echoing down the ruined +corridors. At this particular place we discovered on a mound, +covered up with rank growth and rubbish, two of the most beautiful +stone doorways that it is possible to conceive. The carving +on them was simply exquisite, and I only regret that we had no +means of getting them away. No doubt they had once been the +entrances to a palace, of which, however, no traces were now +to be seen, though probably its ruins lay under the rising mound. + +Gone! quite gone! the way that everything must go. Like the +nobles and the ladies who lived within their gates, these cities +have had their day, and now they are as Babylon and Nineveh, +and as London and Paris will one day be. Nothing may endure. +That is the inexorable law. Men and women, empires and cities, +thrones, principalities, and powers, mountains, rivers, and unfathomed +seas, worlds, spaces, and universes, all have their day, and +all must go. In this ruined and forgotten place the moralist +may behold a symbol of the universal destiny. For this system +of ours allows no room for standing still -- nothing can loiter +on the road and check the progress of things upwards towards +Life, or the rush of things downwards towards Death. The stern +policeman Fate moves us and them on, on, uphill and downhill +and across the level; there is no resting-place for the weary +feet, till at last the abyss swallows us, and from the shores +of the Transitory we are hurled into the sea of the Eternal. + +At Charra we had a violent quarrel with the headman of the bearers +we had hired to go as far as this, and who now wished to extort +large extra payment from us. In the result he threatened to +set the Masai -- about whom more anon -- on to us. That night +he, with all our hired bearers, ran away, stealing most of the +goods which had been entrusted to them to carry. Luckily, however, +they had not happened to steal our rifles, ammunition, and personal +effects; not because of any delicacy of feeling on their part, +but owing to the fact that they chanced to be in the charge of +the five Wakwafis. After that, it was clear to us that we had +had enough of caravans and of bearers. Indeed, we had not much +left for a caravan to carry. And yet, how were we to get on? + +It was Good who solved the question. 'Here is water,' he said, +pointing to the Tana River; 'and yesterday I saw a party of natives +hunting hippopotami in canoes. I understand that Mr Mackenzie's +mission station is on the Tana River. Why not get into canoes +and paddle up to it?' + +This brilliant suggestion was, needless to say, received with +acclamation; and I instantly set to work to buy suitable canoes +from the surrounding natives. I succeeded after a delay of three +days in obtaining two large ones, each hollowed out of a single +log of some light wood, and capable of holding six people and +baggage. For these two canoes we had to pay nearly all our +remaining cloth, and also many other articles. + +On the day following our purchase of the two canoes we effected +a start. In the first canoe were Good, Sir Henry, and three +of our Wakwafi followers; in the second myself, Umslopogaas, +and the other two Wakwafis. As our course lay upstream, we had +to keep four paddles at work in each canoe, which meant that +the whole lot of us, except Good, had to row away like galley-slaves; +and very exhausting work it was. I say, except Good, for, of +course, the moment that Good got into a boat his foot was on +his native heath, and he took command of the party. And certainly +he worked us. On shore Good is a gentle, mild-mannered man, +and given to jocosity; but, as we found to our cost, Good in +a boat was a perfect demon. To begin with, he knew all about +it, and we didn't. On all nautical subjects, from the torpedo +fittings of a man-of-war down to the best way of handling the +paddle of an African canoe, he was a perfect mine of information, +which, to say the least of it, we were not. Also his ideas of +discipline were of the sternest, and, in short, he came the royal +naval officer over us pretty considerably, and paid us out amply +for all the chaff we were wont to treat him to on land; but, +on the other hand, I am bound to say that he managed the boats admirably. + +After the first day Good succeeded, with the help of some cloth +and a couple of poles, in rigging up a sail in each canoe, which +lightened our labours not a little. But the current ran very +strong against us, and at the best we were not able to make more +than twenty miles a day. Our plan was to start at dawn, and +paddle along till about half-past ten, by which time the sun +got too hot to allow of further exertion. Then we moored our +canoes to the bank, and ate our frugal meal; after which we ate +or otherwise amused ourselves till about three o'clock, when +we again started, and rowed till within an hour of sundown, when +we called a halt for the night. On landing in the evening, Good +would at once set to work, with the help of the Askari, to build +a little 'scherm', or small enclosure, fenced with thorn bushes, +and to light a fire. I, with Sir Henry and Umslopogaas, would +go out to shoot something for the pot. Generally this was an +easy task, for all sorts of game abounded on the banks of the +Tana. One night Sir Henry shot a young cow-giraffe, of which +the marrow-bones were excellent; on another I got a couple of +waterbuck right and left; and once, to his own intense satisfaction, +Umslopogaas (who, like most Zulus, was a vile shot with a rifle) +managed to kill a fine fat eland with a Martini I had lent him. +Sometimes we varied our food by shooting some guinea-fowl, or +bush-bustard (paau) -- both of which were numerous -- with a +shot-gun, or by catching a supply of beautiful yellow fish, with +which the waters of the Tana swarmed, and which form, I believe, +one of the chief food-supplies of the crocodiles. + +Three days after our start an ominous incident occurred. We +were just drawing in to the bank to make our camp as usual for +the night, when we caught sight of a figure standing on a little +knoll not forty yards away, and intensely watching our approach. +One glance was sufficient -- although I was personally unacquainted +with the tribe -- to tell me that he was a Masai Elmoran, or +young warrior. Indeed, had I had any doubts, they would have +quickly been dispelled by the terrified ejaculation of '_Masai_!' +that burst simultaneously from the lips of our Wakwafi followers, +who are, as I think I have said, themselves bastard Masai. + +And what a figure he presented as he stood there in his savage +war-gear! Accustomed as I have been to savages all my life, +I do not think that I have ever before seen anything quite so +ferocious or awe-inspiring. To begin with, the man was enormously +tall, quite as tall as Umslopogaas, I should say, and beautifully, +though somewhat slightly, shaped; but with the face of a devil. +In his right hand he held a spear about five and a half feet +long, the blade being two and a half feet in length, by nearly +three inches in width, and having an iron spike at the end of +the handle that measured more than a foot. On his left arm was +a large and well-made elliptical shield of buffalo hide, on which +were painted strange heraldic-looking devices. On his shoulders +was a huge cape of hawk's feathers, and round his neck was a +'naibere', or strip of cotton, about seventeen feet long, by +one and a half broad, with a stripe of colour running down the +middle of it. The tanned goatskin robe, which formed his ordinary +attire in times of peace, was tied lightly round his waist, so +as to serve the purposes of a belt, and through it were stuck, +on the right and left sides respectively, his short pear-shaped +sime, or sword, which is made of a single piece of steel, and +carried in a wooden sheath, and an enormous knobkerrie. But +perhaps the most remarkable feature of his attire consisted of +a headdress of ostrich-feathers, which was fixed on the chin, +and passed in front of the ears to the forehead, and, being shaped +like an ellipse, completely framed the face, so that the diabolical +countenance appeared to project from a sort of feather fire-screen. +Round the ankles he wore black fringes of hair, and, projecting +from the upper portion of the calves, to which they were attached, +were long spurs like spikes, from which flowed down tufts of +the beautiful black and waving hair of the Colobus monkey. Such +was the elaborate array of the Masai Elmoran who stood watching +the approach of our two canoes, but it is one which, to be appreciated, +must be seen; only those who see it do not often live to describe +it. Of course I could not make out all these details of his +full dress on the occasion of this my first introduction, being, +indeed, amply taken up with the consideration of the general +effect, but I had plenty of subsequent opportunities of becoming +acquainted with the items that went to make it up. + +Whilst we were hesitating what to do, the Masai warrior drew +himself up in a dignified fashion, shook his huge spear at us, +and, turning, vanished on the further side of the slope. + +'Hulloa!' holloaed Sir Henry from the other boat; 'our friend +the caravan leader has been as good as his word, and set the +Masai after us. Do you think it will be safe to go ashore?' + +I did not think it would be at all safe; but, on the other hand, +we had no means of cooking in the canoes, and nothing that we +could eat raw, so it was difficult to know what to do. At last +Umslopogaas simplified matters by volunteering to go and reconnoitre, +which he did, creeping off into the bush like a snake, while +we hung off in the stream waiting for him. In half an hour he +returned, and told us that there was not a Masai to be seen anywhere +about, but that he had discovered a spot where they had recently +been encamped, and that from various indications he judged that +they must have moved on an hour or so before; the man we saw +having, no doubt, been left to report upon our movements. + +Thereupon we landed; and, having posted a sentry, proceeded to +cook and eat our evening meal. This done, we took the situation +into our serious consideration. Of course, it was possible that +the apparition of the Masai warrior had nothing to do with us, +that he was merely one of a band bent upon some marauding and +murdering expedition against another tribe. But when we recalled +the threat of the caravan leader, and reflected on the ominous +way in which the warrior had shaken his spear at us, this did +not appear very probable. On the contrary, what did seem probable +was that the part was after us and awaiting a favourable opportunity +to attack us. This being so, there were two things that we could +do -- one of which was to go on, and the other to go back. The +latter idea was, however, rejected at once, it being obvious +that we should encounter as many dangers in retreat as in advance; +and, besides, we had made up our minds to journey onwards at +any price. Under these circumstances, however, we did not consider +it safe to sleep ashore, so we got into our canoes, and, paddling +out into the middle of the stream, which was not very wide here, +managed to anchor them by means of big stones fastened to ropes +made of coconut-fibre, of which there were several fathoms in +each canoe. + +Here the mosquitoes nearly ate us up alive, and this, combined +with anxiety as to our position, effectually prevented me from +sleeping as the others were doing, notwithstanding the attacks +of the aforesaid Tana mosquitoes. And so I lay awake, smoking +and reflecting on many things, but, being of a practical turn +of mind, chiefly on how we were to give those Masai villains +the slip. It was a beautiful moonlight night, and, notwithstanding +the mosquitoes, and the great risk we were running from fever +from sleeping in such a spot, and forgetting that I had the cramp +very badly in my right leg from squatting in a constrained position +in the canoe, and that the Wakwafi who was sleeping beside me +smelt horribly, I really began to enjoy myself. The moonbeams +played upon the surface of the running water that speeded unceasingly +past us towards the sea, like men's lives towards the grave, +till it glittered like a wide sheet of silver, that is in the +open where the trees threw no shadows. Near the banks, however, +it was very dark, and the night wind sighed sadly in the reeds. +To our left, on the further side of the river, was a little +sandy bay which was clear of trees, and here I could make out +the forms of numerous antelopes advancing to the water, till +suddenly there came an ominous roar, whereupon they all made +off hurriedly. Then after a pause I caught sight of the massive +form of His Majesty the Lion, coming down to drink his fill after +meat. Presently he moved on, then came a crashing of the reeds +about fifty yards above us, and a few minutes later a huge black +mass rose out of the water, about twenty yards from me, and snorted. +It was the head of a hippopotamus. Down it went without a sound, +only to rise again within five yards of where I sat. This was +decidedly too near to be comfortable, more especially as the +hippopotamus was evidently animated by intense curiosity to know +what on earth our canoes were. He opened his great mouth, to +yawn, I suppose, and gave me an excellent view of his ivories; +and I could not help reflecting how easily he could crunch up +our frail canoe with a single bite. Indeed, I had half a mind +to give him a ball from my eight-bore, but on reflection determined +to let him alone unless he actually charged the boat. Presently +he sank again as noiselessly as before, and I saw no more of +him. Just then, on looking towards the bank on our right, I +fancied that I caught sight of a dark figure flitting between +the tree trunks. I have very keen sight, and I was almost sure +that I saw something, but whether it was bird, beast, or man +I could not say. At the moment, however, a dark cloud passed +over the moon, and I saw no more of it. Just then, too, although +all the other sounds of the forest had ceased, a species of horned +owl with which I was well acquainted began to hoot with great +persistency. After that, save for the rustling of trees and +reeds when the wind caught them, there was complete silence. + +But somehow, in the most unaccountable way, I had suddenly become +nervous. There was no particular reason why I should be, beyond +the ordinary reasons which surround the Central African traveller, +and yet I undoubtedly was. If there is one thing more than another +of which I have the most complete and entire scorn and disbelief, +it is of presentiments, and yet here I was all of a sudden filled +with and possessed by a most undoubted presentiment of approaching +evil. I would not give way to it, however, although I felt the +cold perspiration stand out upon my forehead. I would not arouse +the others. Worse and worse I grew, my pulse fluttered like +a dying man's, my nerves thrilled with the horrible sense of +impotent terror which anybody who is subject to nightmare will +be familiar with, but still my will triumphed over my fears, +and I lay quiet (for I was half sitting, half lying, in the bow +of the canoe), only turning my face so as to command a view of +Umslopogaas and the two Wakwafi who were sleeping alongside of +and beyond me. + +In the distance I heard a hippopotamus splash faintly, then the +owl hooted again in a kind of unnatural screaming note {Endnote 4}, +and the wind began to moan plaintively through the trees, +making a heart-chilling music. Above was the black bosom of +the cloud, and beneath me swept the black flood of the water, +and I felt as though I and Death were utterly alone between them. +It was very desolate. + +Suddenly my blood seemed to freeze in my veins, and my heart +to stand still. Was it fancy, or were we moving? I turned my +eyes to look for the other canoe which should be alongside of +us. I could not see it, but instead I saw a lean and clutching +black hand lifting itself above the gunwale of the little boat. +Surely it was a nightmare! At the same instant a dim but +devilish-looking face appeared to rise out of the water, and +then came a lurch of the canoe, the quick flash of a knife, and +an awful yell from the Wakwafi who was sleeping by my side (the +same poor fellow whose odour had been annoying me), and something +warm spurted into my face. In an instant the spell was broken; +I knew that it was no nightmare, but that we were attacked by +swimming Masai. Snatching at the first weapon that came to hand, +which happened to be Umslopogaas' battleaxe, I struck with all +my force in the direction in which I had seen the flash of the +knife. The blow fell upon a man's arm, and, catching it against +the thick wooden gunwale of the canoe, completely severed it +from the body just above the wrist. As for its owner, he uttered +no sound or cry. Like a ghost he came, and like a ghost he went, +leaving behind him a bloody hand still gripping a great knife, +or rather a short sword, that was buried in the heart of our +poor servant. + +Instantly there arose a hubbub and confusion, and I fancied, +rightly or wrongly, that I made out several dark heads gliding +away towards the right-hand bank, whither we were rapidly drifting, +for the rope by which we were moored had been severed with a +knife. As soon as I had realized this fact, I also realized +that the scheme had been to cut the boat loose so that it should +drift on to the right bank (as it would have done with the natural +swing of the current), where no doubt a party of Masai were waiting +to dig their shovel-headed spears into us. Seizing one paddle +myself, I told Umslopogaas to take another (for the remaining +Askari was too frightened and bewildered to be of any use), and +together we rowed vigorously out towards the middle of the stream; +and not an instant too soon, for in another minute we should +have been aground, and then there would have been an end of us. + +As soon as we were well out, we set to work to paddle the canoe +upstream again to where the other was moored; and very hard and +dangerous work it was in the dark, and with nothing but the notes +of Good's stentorian shouts, which he kept firing off at intervals +like a fog-horn, to guide us. But at last we fetched up, and +were thankful to find that they had not been molested at all. +No doubt the owner of the same hand that severed our rope should +have severed theirs also, but was led away from his purpose by +an irresistible inclination to murder when he got the chance, +which, while it cost us a man and him his hand, undoubtedly saved +all the rest of us from massacre. Had it not been for that ghastly +apparition over the side of the boat -- an apparition that I +shall never forget till my dying hour -- the canoe would undoubtedly +have drifted ashore before I realized what had happened, and +this history would never have been written by me. + + + + +CHAPTER III +THE MISSION STATION + + + +We made the remains of our rope fast to the other canoe, and +sat waiting for the dawn and congratulating ourselves upon our +merciful escape, which really seemed to result more from the +special favour of Providence than from our own care or prowess. +At last it came, and I have not often been more grateful to +see the light, though so far as my canoe was concerned it revealed +a ghastly sight. There in the bottom of the little boat lay +the unfortunate Askari, the sime, or sword, in his bosom, and +the severed hand gripping the handle. I could not bear the sight, +so hauling up the stone which had served as an anchor to the +other canoe, we made it fast to the murdered man and dropped +him overboard, and down he went to the bottom, leaving nothing +but a train of bubbles behind him. Alas! when our time comes, +most of us like him leave nothing but bubbles behind, to show +that we have been, and the bubbles soon burst. The hand of his +murderer we threw into the stream, where it slowly sank. The +sword, of which the handle was ivory, inlaid with gold (evidently +Arab work), I kept and used as a hunting-knife, and very useful +it proved. + +Then, a man having been transferred to my canoe, we once more +started on in very low spirits and not feeling at all comfortable +as to the future, but fondly hoping to arrive at the 'Highlands' +station by night. To make matters worse, within an hour of sunrise +it came on to rain in torrents, wetting us to the skin, and even +necessitating the occasional baling of the canoes, and as the +rain beat down the wind we could not use the sails, and had to +get along as best as we could with our paddles. + +At eleven o'clock we halted on an open piece of ground on the +left bank of the river, and, the rain abating a little, managed +to make a fire and catch and broil some fish. We did not dare +to wander about to search for game. At two o'clock we got off +again, taking a supply of broiled fish with us, and shortly afterwards +the rain came on harder than ever. Also the river began to get +exceedingly difficult to navigate on account of the numerous +rocks, reaches of shallow water, and the increased force of the +current; so that it soon became clear to us that we should not +reach the Rev. Mackenzie's hospitable roof that night -- a prospect +that did not tend to enliven us. Toil as we would, we could +not make more than an average of a mile an hour, and at five +o'clock in the afternoon (by which time we were all utterly worn +out) we reckoned that we were still quite ten miles below the +station. This being so, we set to work to make the best arrangements +we could for the night. After our recent experience, we simply +did not dare to land, more especially as the banks of the Tana +were clothed with dense bush that would have given cover to five +thousand Masai, and at first I thought that we were going to +have another night of it in the canoes. Fortunately, however, +we espied a little rocky islet, not more than fifteen miles of +so square, situated nearly in the middle of the river. For this +we paddled, and, making fast the canoes, landed and made ourselves +as comfortable as circumstances would permit, which was very +uncomfortable indeed. As for the weather, it continued to be +simply vile, the rain coming down in sheets till we were chilled +to the marrow, and utterly preventing us from lighting a fire. +There was, however, one consoling circumstance about this rain; +our Askari declared that nothing would induce the Masai to make +an attack in it, as they intensely disliked moving about in the +wet, perhaps, as Good suggested, because they hate the idea of +washing. We ate some insipid and sodden cold fish -- that is, +with the exception of Umslopogaas, who, like most Zulus, cannot +bear fish -- and took a pull of brandy, of which we fortunately +had a few bottles left, and then began what, with one exception +-- when we same three white men nearly perished of cold on the +snow of Sheba's Breast in the course of our journey to Kukuanaland +-- was, I think, the most trying night I ever experienced. It +seemed absolutely endless, and once or twice I feared that two +of the Askari would have died of the wet, cold, and exposure. +Indeed, had it not been for timely doses of brandy I am sure +that they would have died, for no African people can stand much +exposure, which first paralyses and then kills them. I could +see that even that iron old warrior Umslopogaas felt it keenly; +though, in strange contrast to the Wakwafis, who groaned and +bemoaned their fate unceasingly, he never uttered a single complaint. +To make matters worse, about one in the morning we again heard +the owl's ominous hooting, and had at once to prepare ourselves +for another attack; though, if it had been attempted, I do not +think that we could have offered a very effective resistance. +But either the owl was a real one this time, or else the Masai +were themselves too miserable to think of offensive operations, +which, indeed, they rarely, if ever, undertake in bush veldt. +At any rate, we saw nothing of them. + +At last the dawn came gliding across the water, wrapped in wreaths +of ghostly mist, and, with the daylight, the rain ceased; and +then, out came the glorious sun, sucking up the mists and warming +the chill air. Benumbed, and utterly exhausted, we dragged ourselves +to our feet, and went and stood in the bright rays, and were +thankful for them. I can quite understand how it is that primitive +people become sun worshippers, especially if their conditions +of life render them liable to exposure. + +In half an hour more we were once again making fair progress +with the help of a good wind. Our spirits had returned with +the sunshine, and we were ready to laugh at difficulties and +dangers that had been almost crushing on the previous day. + +And so we went on cheerily till about eleven o'clock. Just as +we were thinking of halting as usual, to rest and try to shoot +something to eat, a sudden bend in the river brought us in sight +of a substantial-looking European house with a veranda round +it, splendidly situated upon a hill, and surrounded by a high +stone wall with a ditch on the outer side. Right against and +overshadowing the house was an enormous pine, the tope of which +we had seen through a glass for the last two days, but of course +without knowing that it marked the site of the mission station. +I was the first to see the house, and could not restrain myself +from giving a hearty cheer, in which the others, including the +natives, joined lustily. There was no thought of halting now. +On we laboured, for, unfortunately, though the house seemed +quite near, it was still a long way off by river, until at last, +by one o'clock, we found ourselves at the bottom of the slope +on which the building stood. Running the canoes to the bank, +we disembarked, and were just hauling them up on to the shore, +when we perceived three figures, dressed in ordinary English-looking +clothes, hurrying down through a grove of trees to meet us. + +'A gentleman, a lady, and a little girl,' ejaculated Good, after +surveying the trio through his eyeglass, 'walking in a civilized +fashion, through a civilized garden, to meet us in this place. +Hang me, if this isn't the most curious thing we have seen yet!' + +Good was right: it certainly did seem odd and out of place -- +more like a scene out of a dream or an Italian opera than a real +tangible fact; and the sense of unreality was not lessened when +we heard ourselves addressed in good broad Scotch, which, however, +I cannot reproduce. + +'How do you do, sirs,' said Mr Mackenzie, a grey-haired, angular +man, with a kindly face and red cheeks; 'I hope I see you very +well. My natives told me an hour ago they spied two canoes with +white men in them coming up the river; so we have just come down +to meet you.' + +'And it is very glad that we are to see a white face again, let +me tell you,' put in the lady -- a charming and refined-looking +person. + +We took off our hats in acknowledgment, and proceeded to introduce +ourselves. + +'And now,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'you must all be hungry and weary; +so come on, gentlemen, come on, and right glad we are to see +you. The last white who visited us was Alphonse -- you will +see Alphonse presently -- and that was a year ago.' + +Meanwhile we had been walking up the slope of the hill, the lower +portion of which was fenced off, sometimes with quince fences +and sometimes with rough stone walls, into Kaffir gardens, just +now full of crops of mealies, pumpkins, potatoes, etc. In the +corners of these gardens were groups of neat mushroom-shaped +huts, occupied by Mr Mackenzie's mission natives, whose women +and children came pouring out to meet us as we walked. Through +the centre of the gardens ran the roadway up which we were walking. +It was bordered on each side by a line of orange trees, which, +although they had only been planted ten years, had in the lovely +climate of the uplands below Mt Kenia, the base of which is about +5,000 feet above the coastline level, already grown to imposing +proportions, and were positively laden with golden fruit. After +a stiffish climb of a quarter of a mile or so -- for the hillside +was steep -- we came to a splendid quince fence, also covered +with fruit, which enclosed, Mr Mackenzie told us, a space of +about four acres of ground that contained his private garden, +house, church, and outbuildings, and, indeed, the whole hilltop. +And what a garden it was! I have always loved a good garden, +and I could have thrown up my hands for joy when I saw Mr Mackenzie's. +First there were rows upon rows of standard European fruit-trees, +all grafted; for on top of this hill the climate was so temperate +that nearly all the English vegetables, trees, and flowers flourished +luxuriantly, even including several varieties of the apple, which, +generally, runs to wood in a warm climate and obstinately refuses +to fruit. Then there were strawberries and tomatoes (such tomatoes!), +and melons and cucumbers, and, indeed, every sort of vegetable +and fruit. + +'Well, you have something like a garden!' I said, overpowered +with admiration not untouched by envy. + +'Yes,' answered the missionary, 'it is a very good garden, and +has well repaid my labour; but it is the climate that I have +to thank. If you stick a peach-stone into the ground it will +bear fruit the fourth year, and a rose-cutting with bloom in +a year. It is a lovely clime.' + +Just then we came to a ditch about ten feet wide, and full of +water, on the other side of which was a loopholed stone wall +eight feet high, and with sharp flints plentifully set in mortar +on the coping. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, pointing to the ditch and wall, 'this +is my magnum opus; at least, this and the church, which is the +other side of the house. It took me and twenty natives two years +to dig the ditch and build the wall, but I never felt safe till +it was done; and now I can defy all the savages in Africa, for +the spring that fills the ditch is inside the wall, and bubbles +out at the top of the hill winter and summer alike, and I always +keep a store of four months' provision in the house.' + +Crossing over a plank and through a very narrow opening in the +wall, we entered into what Mrs Mackenzie called _her_ domain -- +namely, the flower garden, the beauty of which is really beyond +my power to describe. I do not think I ever saw such roses, +gardenias, or camellias (all reared from seeds or cuttings sent +from England); and there was also a patch given up to a collection +of bulbous roots mostly collected by Miss Flossie, Mr Mackenzie's +little daughter, from the surrounding country, some of which +were surpassingly beautiful. In the middle of this garden, and +exactly opposite the veranda, a beautiful fountain of clear water +bubbled up from the ground, and fell into a stone-work basin +which had been carefully built to receive it, whence the overflow +found its way by means of a drain to the moat round the outer +wall, this moat in its turn serving as a reservoir, whence an +unfailing supply of water was available to irrigate all the gardens +below. The house itself, a massively built single-storied building, +was roofed with slabs of stone, and had a handsome veranda in +front. It was built on three sides of a square, the fourth side +being taken up by the kitchens, which stood separate from the +house -- a very good plan in a hot country. In the centre of +this square thus formed was, perhaps, the most remarkable object +that we had yet seen in this charming place, and that was a single +tree of the conifer tribe, varieties of which grow freely on +the highlands of this part of Africa. This splendid tree, which +Mr Mackenzie informed us was a landmark for fifty miles round, +and which we had ourselves seen for the last forty miles of our +journey, must have been nearly three hundred feet in height, +the trunk measuring about sixteen feet in diameter at a yard +from the ground. For some seventy feet it rose a beautiful tapering +brown pillar without a single branch, but at that height splendid +dark green boughs, which, looked at from below, had the appearance +of gigantic fern-leaves, sprang out horizontally from the trunk, +projecting right over the house and flower-garden, to both of +which they furnished a grateful proportion of shade, without +-- being so high up -- offering any impediment to the passage +of light and air. + +'What a beautiful tree!' exclaimed Sir Henry. + +'Yes, you are right; it is a beautiful tree. There is not another +like it in all the country round, that I know of,' answered Mr +Mackenzie. 'I call it my watch tower. As you see, I have a +rope ladder fixed to the lowest bough; and if I want to see anything +that is going on within fifteen miles or so, all I have to do +is to run up it with a spyglass. But you must be hungry, and +I am sure the dinner is cooked. Come in, my friends; it is but +a rough place, but well enough for these savage parts; and I +can tell you what, we have got -- a French cook.' And he led +the way on to the veranda. + +As I was following him, and wondering what on earth he could +mean by this, there suddenly appeared, through the door that +opened on to the veranda from the house, a dapper little man, +dressed in a neat blue cotton suit, with shoes made of tanned +hide, and remarkable for a bustling air and most enormous black +mustachios, shaped into an upward curve, and coming to a point +for all the world like a pair of buffalo-horns. + +'Madame bids me for to say that dinnar is sarved. Messieurs, +my compliments;' then suddenly perceiving Umslopogaas, who was +loitering along after us and playing with his battleaxe, he threw +up his hands in astonishment. 'Ah, mais quel homme!' he ejaculated +in French, 'quel sauvage affreux! Take but note of his huge +choppare and the great pit in his head.' + +'Ay,' said Mr Mackenzie; 'what are you talking about, Alphonse?' + +'Talking about!' replied the little Frenchman, his eyes still +fixed upon Umslopogaas, whose general appearance seemed to fascinate +him; 'why I talk of him' -- and he rudely pointed -- 'of ce monsieur noir.' + +At this everybody began to laugh, and Umslopogaas, perceiving +that he was the object of remark, frowned ferociously, for he +had a most lordly dislike of anything like a personal liberty. + +'Parbleu!' said Alphonse, 'he is angered -- he makes the grimace. +I like not his air. I vanish.' And he did with considerable rapidity. + +Mr Mackenzie joined heartily in the shout of laughter which we +indulged in. 'He is a queer character -- Alphonse,' he said. +'By and by I will tell you his history; in the meanwhile let +us try his cooking.' + +'Might I ask,' said Sir Henry, after we had eaten a most excellent +dinner, 'how you came to have a French cook in these wilds?' + +'Oh,' answered Mrs Mackenzie, 'he arrived here of his own accord +about a year ago, and asked to be taken into our service. +He had got into some trouble in France, and fled to Zanzibar, +where he found an application had been made by the French Government +for his extradition. Whereupon he rushed off up-country, and +fell in, when nearly starved, with our caravan of men, who were +bringing us our annual supply of goods, and was brought on here. +You should get him to tell you the story.' + +When dinner was over we lit our pipes, and Sir Henry proceeded +to give our host a description of our journey up here, over which +he looked very grave. + +'It is evident to me,' he said, 'that those rascally Masai are +following you, and I am very thankful that you have reached this +house in safety. I do not think that they will dare to attack +you here. It is unfortunate, though, that nearly all my men +have gone down to the coast with ivory and goods. There are +two hundred of them in the caravan, and the consequence is that +I have not more than twenty men available for defensive purposes +in case they should attack us. But, still, I will just give +a few orders;' and, calling a black man who was loitering about +outside in the garden, he went to the window, and addressed him +in a Swahili dialect. The man listened, and then saluted and +departed. + +'I am sure I devoutly hope that we shall bring no such calamity +upon you,' said I, anxiously, when he had taken his seat again. +'Rather than bring those bloodthirsty villains about your ears, +we will move on and take our chance.' + +'You will do nothing of the sort. If the Masai come, they come, +and there is an end on it; and I think we can give them a pretty +warm greeting. I would not show any man the door for all the +Masai in the world.' + +'That reminds me,' I said, 'the Consul at Lamu told me that he +had had a letter from you, in which you said that a man had arrived +here who reported that he had come across a white people in the +interior. Do you think that there was any truth in his story? +I ask, because I have once or twice in my life heard rumours +from natives who have come down from the far north of the existence +of such a race.' + +Mr Mackenzie, by way of answer, went out of the room and returned, +bringing with him a most curious sword. It was long, and all +the blade, which was very thick and heavy, was to within a quarter +of an inch of the cutting edge worked into an ornamental pattern +exactly as we work soft wood with a fret-saw, the steel, however, +being invariably pierced in such a way as not to interfere with +the strength of the sword. This in itself was sufficiently curious, +but what was still more so was that all the edges of the hollow +spaces cut through the substance of the blade were most beautifully +inlaid with gold, which was in some way that I cannot understand +welded on to the steel {Endnote 5}. + +'There,' said Mr Mackenzie, 'did you ever see a sword like that?' + +We all examined it and shook our heads. + +'Well, I have got it to show you, because this is what the man +who said he had seen the white people brought with him, and because +it does more or less give an air of truth to what I should otherwise +have set down as a lie. Look here; I will tell you all that +I know about the matter, which is not much. One afternoon, just +before sunset, I was sitting on the veranda, when a poor, miserable, +starved-looking man came limping up and squatted down before +me. I asked him where he came from and what he wanted, and thereon +he plunged into a long rambling narrative about how he belonged +to a tribe far in the north, and how his tribe was destroyed +by another tribe, and he with a few other survivors driven still +further north past a lake named Laga. Thence, it appears, he +made his way to another lake that lay up in the mountains, "a +lake without a bottom" he called it, and here his wife and brother +died of an infectious sickness -- probably smallpox -- whereon +the people drove him out of their villages into the wilderness, +where he wandered miserably over mountains for ten days, after +which he got into dense thorn forest, and was one day found there +by some _white men_ who were hunting, and who took him to a place +where all the people were white and lived in stone houses. Here +he remained a week shut up in a house, till one night a man with +a white beard, whom he understood to be a "medicine-man", came +and inspected him, after which he was led off and taken through +the thorn forest to the confines of the wilderness, and given +food and this sword (at least so he said), and turned loose.' + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, who had been listening with breathless +interest, 'and what did he do then?' + +'Oh! he seems, according to his account, to have gone through +sufferings and hardships innumerable, and to have lived for weeks +on roots and berries, and such things as he could catch and kill. +But somehow he did live, and at last by slow degrees made his +way south and reached this place. What the details of his journey +were I never learnt, for I told him to return on the morrow, +bidding one of my headmen look after him for the night. The +headman took him away, but the poor man had the itch so badly +that the headman's wife would not have him in the hut for fear +of catching it, so he was given a blanket and told to sleep outside. +As it happened, we had a lion hanging about here just then, +and most unhappily he winded this unfortunate wanderer, and, +springing on him, bit his head almost off without the people +in the hut knowing anything about it, and there was an end of +him and his story about the white people; and whether or no there +is any truth in it is more than I can tell you. What do you +think, Mr Quatermain?' + +I shook my head, and answered, 'I don't know. There are so many +queer things hidden away in the heart of this great continent +that I should be sorry to assert that there was no truth in it. +Anyhow, we mean to try and find out. We intend to journey to +Lekakisera, and thence, if we live to get so far, to this Lake +Laga; and, if there are any white people beyond, we will do our +best to find them.' + +'You are very venturesome people,' said Mr Mackenzie, +with a smile, and the subject dropped. + + + + +CHAPTER IV +ALPHONSE AND HIS ANNETTE + + + +After dinner we thoroughly inspected all the outbuildings and +grounds of the station, which I consider the most successful +as well as the most beautiful place of the sort that I have seen +in Africa. We then returned to the veranda, where we found Umslopogaas +taking advantage of this favourable opportunity to clean all +the rifles thoroughly. This was the only _work_ that he ever did +or was asked to do, for as a Zulu chief it was beneath his dignity +to work with his hands; but such as it was he did it very well. +It was a curious sight to see the great Zulu sitting there upon +the floor, his battleaxe resting against the wall behind him, +whilst his long aristocratic-looking hands were busily employed, +delicately and with the utmost care, cleaning the mechanism of +the breech-loaders. He had a name for each gun. One -- a double +four-bore belonging to Sir Henry -- was the Thunderer; another, +my 500 Express, which had a peculiarly sharp report, was 'the +little one who spoke like a whip'; the Winchester repeaters were +'the women, who talked so fast that you could not tell one word +from another'; the six Martinis were 'the common people'; and +so on with them all. It was very curious to hear him addressing +each gun as he cleaned it, as though it were an individual, and +in a vein of the quaintest humour. He did the same with his +battle-axe, which he seemed to look upon as an intimate friend, +and to which he would at times talk by the hour, going over all +his old adventures with it -- and dreadful enough some of them +were. By a piece of grim humour, he had named this axe 'Inkosi-kaas', +which is the Zulu word for chieftainess. For a long while I +could not make out why he gave it such a name, and at last I +asked him, when he informed me that the axe was very evidently +feminine, because of her womanly habit of prying very deep into +things, and that she was clearly a chieftainess because all men +fell down before her, struck dumb at the sight of her beauty +and power. In the same way he would consult 'Inkosi-kaas' if +in any dilemma; and when I asked him why he did so, he informed +me it was because she must needs be wise, having 'looked into +so many people's brains'. + +I took up the axe and closely examined this formidable weapon. +It was, as I have said, of the nature of a pole-axe. The haft, +made out of an enormous rhinoceros horn, was three feet three +inches long, about an inch and a quarter thick, and with a knob +at the end as large as a Maltese orange, left there to prevent +the hand from slipping. This horn haft, though so massive, was +as flexible as cane, and practically unbreakable; but, to make +assurance doubly sure, it was whipped round at intervals of a +few inches with copper wire -- all the parts where the hands +grip being thus treated. Just above where the haft entered the +head were scored a number of little nicks, each nick representing +a man killed in battle with the weapon. The axe itself was made +of the most beautiful steel, and apparently of European manufacture, +though Umslopogaas did not know where it came from, having taken +it from the hand of a chief he had killed in battle many years +before. It was not very heavy, the head weighing two and a half +pounds, as nearly as I could judge. The cutting part was slightly +concave in shape -- not convex, as it generally the case with +savage battleaxes -- and sharp as a razor, measuring five and +three-quarter inches across the widest part. From the back of +the axe sprang a stout spike four inches long, for the last two +of which it was hollow, and shaped like a leather punch, with +an opening for anything forced into the hollow at the punch end +to be pushed out above -- in fact, in this respect it exactly +resembled a butcher's pole-axe. It was with this punch end, +as we afterwards discovered, that Umslopogaas usually struck +when fighting, driving a neat round hole in his adversary's skull, +and only using the broad cutting edge for a circular sweep, or +sometimes in a melee. I think he considered the punch a neater +and more sportsmanlike tool, and it was from his habit of pecking +at his enemy with it that he got his name of 'Woodpecker'. Certainly +in his hands it was a terribly efficient one. + +Such was Umslopogaas' axe, Inkosi-kaas, the most remarkable and +fatal hand-to-hand weapon that I ever saw, and one which he cherished +as much as his own life. It scarcely ever left his hand except +when he was eating, and then he always sat with it under his +leg. + +Just as I returned his axe to Umslopogaas, Miss Flossie came +up and took me off to see her collection of flowers, African +liliums, and blooming shrubs, some of which are very beautiful, +many of the varieties being quite unknown to me and also, I believe, +to botanical science. I asked her if she had ever seen or heard +of the 'Goya' lily, which Central African explorers have told +me they have occasionally met with and whose wonderful loveliness +has filled them with astonishment. This lily, which the natives +say blooms only once in ten years, flourishes in the most arid +soil. Compared to the size of the bloom, the bulb is small, +generally weighing about four pounds. As for the flower itself +(which I afterwards saw under circumstances likely to impress +its appearance fixedly in my mind), I know not how to describe +its beauty and splendour, or the indescribable sweetness of its +perfume. The flower -- for it has only one bloom -- rises from +the crown of the bulb on a thick fleshy and flat-sided stem, +the specimen that I saw measured fourteen inches in diameter, +and is somewhat trumpet-shaped like the bloom of an ordinary +'longiflorum' set vertically. First there is the green sheath, +which in its early stage is not unlike that of a water-lily, +but which as the bloom opens splits into four portions and curls +back gracefully towards the stem. Then comes the bloom itself, +a single dazzling arch of white enclosing another cup of richest +velvety crimson, from the heart of which rises a golden-coloured +pistil. I have never seen anything to equal this bloom in beauty +or fragrance, and as I believe it is but little known, I take +the liberty to describe it at length. Looking at it for the +first time I well remember that I realized how even in a flower +there dwells something of the majesty of its Maker. To my great +delight Miss Flossie told me that she knew the flower well and +had tried to grow it in her garden, but without success, adding, +however, that as it should be in bloom at this time of the year +she thought that she could procure me a specimen. + +After that I fell to asking her if she was not lonely up here +among all these savage people and without any companions of her +own age. + +'Lonely?' she said. 'Oh, indeed no! I am as happy as the day +is long, and besides I have my own companions. Why, I should +hate to be buried in a crowd of white girls all just like myself +so that nobody could tell the difference! Here,' she said, giving +her head a little toss, 'I am I; and every native for miles around +knows the "Water-lily", -- for that is what they call me -- and +is ready to do what I want, but in the books that I have read +about little girls in England it is not like that. Everybody +thinks them a trouble, and they have to do what their schoolmistress +likes. Oh! it would break my heart to be put in a cage like +that and not to be free -- free as the air.' + +'Would you not like to learn?' I asked. + +'So I do learn. Father teaches me Latin and French and arithmetic.' + +'And are you never afraid among all these wild men?' + +'Afraid? Oh no! they never interfere with me. I think they +believe that I am "Ngai" (of the Divinity) because I am so white +and have fair hair. And look here,' and diving her little hand +into the bodice of her dress she produced a double-barrelled +nickel-plated Derringer, 'I always carry that loaded, and if +anybody tried to touch me I should shoot him. Once I shot a +leopard that jumped upon my donkey as I was riding along. It +frightened me very much, but I shot it in the ear and it fell +dead, and I have its skin upon my bed. Look there!' she went +on in an altered voice, touching me on the arm and pointing to +some far-away object, 'I said just now that I had companions; +there is one of them.' + +I looked, and for the first time there burst upon my sight the +glory of Mount Kenia. Hitherto the mountain had always been +hidden in mist, but now its radiant beauty was unveiled for many +thousand feet, although the base was still wrapped in vapour +so that the lofty peak or pillar, towering nearly twenty thousand +feet into the sky, appeared to be a fairy vision, hanging between +earth and heaven, and based upon the clouds. The solemn majesty +and beauty of this white peak are together beyond the power of +my poor pen to describe. There it rose straight and sheer -- +a glittering white glory, its crest piercing the very blue of +heaven. As I gazed at it with that little girl I felt my whole +heart lifted up with an indescribable emotion, and for a moment +great and wonderful thoughts seemed to break upon my mind, even +as the arrows of the setting sun were breaking upon Kenia's snows. +Mr Mackenzie's natives call the mountain the 'Finger of God', +and to me it did seem eloquent of immortal peace and of the pure +high calm that surely lies above this fevered world. Somewhere +I had heard a line of poetry, + + +A thing of beauty is a joy for ever, + + +and now it came into my mind, and for the first time I thoroughly +understood what it meant. Base, indeed, would be the man who +could look upon that mighty snow-wreathed pile -- that white +old tombstone of the years -- and not feel his own utter insignificance, +and, by whatever name he calls Him, worship God in his heart. +Such sights are like visions of the spirit; they throw wide +the windows of the chamber of our small selfishness and let in +a breath of that air that rushes round the rolling spheres, and +for a while illumine our darkness with a far-off gleam of the +white light which beats upon the Throne. + +Yes, such things of beauty are indeed a joy for ever, and I can +well understand what little Flossie meant when she talked of +Kenia as her companion. As Umslopogaas, savage old Zulu that +he was, said when I pointed out to him the peak hanging in the +glittering air: 'A man might look thereon for a thousand years +and yet be hungry to see.' But he gave rather another colour +to his poetical idea when he added in a sort of chant, and with +a touch of that weird imagination for which the man was remarkable, +that when he was dead he should like his spirit to sit upon that +snow-clad peak for ever, and to rush down the steep white sides +in the breath of the whirlwind, or on the flash of the lightning, +and 'slay, and slay, and slay'. + +'Slay what, you old bloodhound?' I asked. + +This rather puzzled him, but at length he answered -- + +'The other shadows.' + +'So thou wouldst continue thy murdering even after death?' I said. + +'I murder not,' he answered hotly; 'I kill in fair fight. Man +is born to kill. He who kills not when his blood is hot is a +woman, and no man. The people who kill not are slaves. I say +I kill in fair fight; and when I am "in the shadow", as you white +men say, I hope to go on killing in fair fight. May my shadow +be accursed and chilled to the bone for ever if it should fall +to murdering like a bushman with his poisoned arrows!' And he +stalked away with much dignity, and left me laughing. + +Just then the spies whom our host had sent out in the morning +to find out if there were any traces of our Masai friends about, +returned, and reported that the country had been scoured for +fifteen miles round without a single Elmoran being seen, and +that they believed that those gentry had given up the pursuit +and returned whence they came. Mr Mackenzie gave a sigh of relief +when he heard this, and so indeed did we, for we had had quite +enough of the Masai to last us for some time. Indeed, the general +opinion was that, finding we had reached the mission station +in safety, they had, knowing its strength, given up the pursuit +of us as a bad job. How ill-judged that view was the sequel +will show. + +After the spies had gone, and Mrs Mackenzie and Flossie had retired +for the night, Alphonse, the little Frenchman, came out, and +Sir Henry, who is a very good French scholar, got him to tell +us how he came to visit Central Africa, which he did in a most +extraordinary lingo, that for the most part I shall not attempt +to reproduce. + +'My grandfather,' he began, 'was a soldier of the Guard, and +served under Napoleon. He was in the retreat from Moscow, and +lived for ten days on his own leggings and a pair he stole from +a comrade. He used to get drunk -- he died drunk, and I remember +playing at drums on his coffin. My father --' + +Here we suggested that he might skip his ancestry and come to +the point. + +'Bien, messieurs!' replied this comical little man, with a polite +bow. 'I did only wish to demonstrate that the military principle +is not hereditary. My grandfather was a splendid man, six feet +two high, broad in proportion, a swallower of fire and gaiters. +Also he was remarkable for his moustache. To me there remains +the moustache and -- nothing more. + +'I am, messieurs, a cook, and I was born at Marseilles. In that +dear town I spent my happy youth. For years and years I washed +the dishes at the Hotel Continental. Ah, those were golden days!' +and he sighed. 'I am a Frenchman. Need I say, messieurs, that +I admire beauty? Nay, I adore the fair. Messieurs, we admire +all the roses in a garden, but we pluck one. I plucked one, +and alas, messieurs, it pricked my finger. She was a chambermaid, +her name Annette, her figure ravishing, her face an angel's, +her heart -- alas, messieurs, that I should have to own it! -- +black and slippery as a patent leather boot. I loved to desperation, +I adored her to despair. She transported me -- in every sense; +she inspired me. Never have I cooked as I cooked (for I had +been promoted at the hotel) when Annette, my adored Annette, +smiled on me. Never' -- and here his manly voice broke into +a sob -- 'never shall I cook so well again.' Here he melted +into tears. + +'Come, cheer up!' said Sir Henry in French, smacking him smartly +on the back. 'There's no knowing what may happen, you know. +To judge from your dinner today, I should say you were in a +fair way to recovery.' + +Alphonse stopped weeping, and began to rub his back. 'Monsieur,' +he said, 'doubtless means to console, but his hand is heavy. +To continue: we loved, and were happy in each other's love. +The birds in their little nest could not be happier than Alphonse +and his Annette. Then came the blow -- sapristi! -- when I think +of it. Messieurs will forgive me if I wipe away a tear. +Mine was an evil number; I was drawn for the conscription. Fortune +would be avenged on me for having won the heart of Annette. + +'The evil moment came; I had to go. I tried to run away, but +I was caught by brutal soldiers, and they banged me with the +butt-end of muskets till my mustachios curled with pain. I had +a cousin a linen-draper, well-to-do, but very ugly. He had drawn +a good number, and sympathized when they thumped me. "To thee, +my cousin," I said, "to thee, in whose veins flows the blue blood +of our heroic grandparent, to thee I consign Annette. Watch +over her whilst I hunt for glory in the bloody field." + +'"Make your mind easy," said he; "I will." As the sequel shows, +he did! + +'I went. I lived in barracks on black soup. I am a refined +man and a poet by nature, and I suffered tortures from the coarse +horror of my surroundings. There was a drill sergeant, and he +had a cane. Ah, that cane, how it curled! Alas, never can I +forget it! + +'One morning came the news; my battalion was ordered to Tonquin. +The drill sergeant and the other coarse monsters rejoiced. +I -- I made enquiries about Tonquin. They were not satisfactory. +In Tonquin are savage Chinese who rip you open. My artistic +tastes -- for I am also an artist -- recoiled from the idea of +being ripped open. The great man makes up his mind quickly. +I made up my mind. I determined not to be ripped open. I deserted. + +'I reached Marseilles disguised as an old man. I went to the +house of my cousin -- he in whom runs my grandfather's heroic +blood -- and there sat Annette. It was the season of cherries. +They took a double stalk. At each end was a cherry. My cousin +put one into his mouth, Annette put the other in hers. Then +they drew the stalks in till their eyes met -- and alas, alas +that I should have to say it! -- they kissed. The game was a +pretty one, but it filled me with fury. The heroic blood of +my grandfather boiled up in me. I rushed into the kitchen. +I struck my cousin with the old man's crutch. He fell -- I had +slain him. Alas, I believe that I did slay him. Annette screamed. +The gendarmes came. I fled. I reached the harbour. I hid +aboard a vessel. The vessel put to sea. The captain found me +and beat me. He took an opportunity. He posted a letter from +a foreign port to the police. He did not put me ashore because +I cooked so well. I cooked for him all the way to Zanzibar. +When I asked for payment he kicked me. The blood of my heroic +grandfather boiled within me, and I shook my fist in his face +and vowed to have my revenge. He kicked me again. At Zanzibar +there was a telegram. I cursed the man who invented telegraphs. +Now I curse him again. I was to be arrested for desertion, +for murder, and que sais-je? I escaped from the prison. I fled, +I starved. I met the men of Monsieur le Cure. They brought +me here. I am full of woe. But I return not to France. Better +to risk my life in these horrible places than to know the Bagne.' + +He paused, and we nearly choked with laughter, having to turn +our faces away. + +'Ah! you weep, messieurs,' he said. 'No wonder -- it is a sad +story.' + +'Perhaps,' said Sir Henry, 'the heroic blood of your +grandparent will triumph after all; perhaps you will still be +great. At any rate we shall see. And now I vote we go to bed. +I am dead tired, and we had not much sleep on that confounded +rock last night.' + +And so we did, and very strange the tidy rooms and clean white +sheets seemed to us after our recent experiences. + + + + +CHAPTER V +UMSLOPOGAAS MAKES A PROMISE + + + +Next morning at breakfast I missed Flossie and asked where she was. + +'Well,' said her mother, 'when I got up this morning I found +a note put outside my door in which -- But here it is, you can +read it for yourself,' and she gave me the slip of paper on which +the following was written: -- + + +'Dearest M--, -- It is just dawn, and I am off to the hills to +get Mr Q-- a bloom of the lily he wants, so don't expect me till +you see me. I have taken the white donkey; and nurse and a couple +of boys are coming with me -- also something to eat, as I may +be away all day, for I am determined to get the lily if I have +to go twenty miles for it. -- Flossie.' + + +'I hope she will be all right,' I said, a little anxiously; +'I never meant her to trouble after the flower.' + +'Ah, Flossie can look after herself,' said her mother; 'she often +goes off in this way like a true child of the wilderness.' But +Mr Mackenzie, who came in just then and saw the note for the +first time, looked rather grave, though he said nothing. + +After breakfast was over I took him aside and asked him whether +it would not be possible to send after the girl and get her back, +having in view the possibility of there still being some Masai +hanging about, at whose hands she might come to harm. + +'I fear it would be of no use,' he answered. 'She may be fifteen +miles off by now, and it is impossible to say what path she has +taken. There are the hills;' and he pointed to a long range +of rising ground stretching almost parallel with the course followed +by the river Tana, but gradually sloping down to a dense bush-clad +plain about five miles short of the house. + +Here I suggested that we might get up the great tree over the +house and search the country round with a spyglass; and this, +after Mr Mackenzie had given some orders to his people to try +and follow Flossie's spoor, we did. + +The ascent of the mighty tree was rather an alarming performance, +even with a sound rope-ladder fixed at both ends to climb up, +at least to a landsman; but Good came up like a lamplighter. + +On reaching the height at which the first fern-shaped boughs +sprang from the bole, we stepped without any difficulty upon +a platform made of boards, nailed from one bough to another, +and large enough to accommodate a dozen people. As for the view, +it was simply glorious. In ever direction the bush rolled away +in great billows for miles and miles, as far as the glass would +show, only here and there broken by the brighter green of patches +of cultivation, or by the glittering surface of lakes. To the +northwest, Kenia reared his mighty head, and we could trace the +Tana river curling like a silver snake almost from his feet, +and far away beyond us towards the ocean. It is a glorious country, +and only wants the hand of civilized man to make it a most productive +one. + +But look as we would, we could see no signs of Flossie and her +donkey, so at last we had to come down disappointed. On reaching +the veranda I found Umslopogaas sitting there, slowly and lightly +sharpening his axe with a small whetstone he always carried with +him. + +'What doest thou, Umslopogaas?' I asked. + +'I smell blood,' was the answer; and I could get no more out +of him. + +After dinner we again went up the tree and searched the surrounding +country with a spyglass, but without result. When we came down +Umslopogaas was still sharpening Inkosi-kaas, although she already +had an edge like a razor. Standing in front of him, and regarding +him with a mixture of fear and fascination, was Alphonse. And +certainly he did seem an alarming object -- sitting there, Zulu +fashion, on his haunches, a wild look upon his intensely savage +and yet intellectual face, sharpening, sharpening, sharpening +at the murderous-looking axe. + +'Oh, the monster, the horrible man!' said the little French cook, +lifting his hands in amazement. 'See but the hole in his head; +the skin beats on it up and down like a baby's! Who would nurse +such a baby?' and he burst out laughing at the idea. + +For a moment Umslopogaas looked up from his sharpening, and a +sort of evil light played in his dark eyes. + +'What does the little "buffalo-heifer" [so named by Umslopogaas, +on account of his mustachios and feminine characteristics] say? +Let him be careful, or I will cut his horns. Beware, little +man monkey, beware!' + +Unfortunately Alphonse, who was getting over his fear of him, +went on laughing at 'ce drole d'un monsieur noir'. I was about +to warn him to desist, when suddenly the huge Zulu bounded off +the veranda on to the open space where Alphonse was standing, +his features alive with a sort of malicious enthusiasm, and began +swinging the axe round and round over the Frenchman's head. + +'Stand still,' I shouted; 'do not move as you value your life +-- he will not hurt you;' but I doubt if Alphonse heard me, being, +fortunately for himself, almost petrified with horror. + +Then followed the most extraordinary display of sword, or rather +of axemanship, that I ever saw. First of all the axe went flying +round and round over the top of Alphonse's head, with an angry +whirl and such extraordinary swiftness that it looked like a +continuous band of steel, ever getting nearer and yet nearer +to that unhappy individual's skull, till at last it grazed it +as it flew. Then suddenly the motion was changed, and it seemed +to literally flow up and down his body and limbs, never more +than an eighth of an inch from them, and yet never striking them. +It was a wonderful sight to see the little man fixed there, +having apparently realized that to move would be to run the risk +of sudden death, while his black tormentor towered over him, +and wrapped him round with the quick flashes of the axe. For +a minute or more this went on, till suddenly I saw the moving +brightness travel down the side of Alphonse's face, and then +outwards and stop. As it did so a tuft of something black fell +to the ground; it was the tip of one of the little Frenchman's +curling mustachios. + +Umslopogaas leant upon the handle of Inkosi-kaas, and broke into +a long, low laugh; and Alphonse, overcome with fear, sank into +a sitting posture on the ground, while we stood astonished at +this exhibition of almost superhuman skill and mastery of a weapon. +'Inkosi-kaas is sharp enough,' he shouted; 'the blow that clipped +the "buffalo-heifer's" horn would have split a man from the crown +to the chin. Few could have struck it but I; none could have +struck it and not taken off the shoulder too. Look, thou little +heifer! Am I a good man to laugh at, thinkest thou? For a space +hast thou stood within a hair's-breadth of death. Laugh not +again, lest the hair's-breadth be wanting. I have spoken.' + +'What meanest thou by such mad tricks?' I asked of Umslopogaas, +indignantly. 'Surely thou art mad. Twenty times didst thou +go near to slaying the man.' + +'And yet, Macumazahn, I slew not. Thrice as Inkosi-kaas flew +the spirit entered into me to end him, and send her crashing +through his skull; but I did not. Nay, it was but a jest; but +tell the "heifer" that it is not well to mock at such as I. +Now I go to make a shield, for I smell blood, Macumazahn -- of +a truth I smell blood. Before the battle hast thou not seen +the vulture grow of a sudden in the sky? They smell the blood, +Macumazahn, and my scent is more keen than theirs. There is +a dry ox-hide down yonder; I go to make a shield.' + +'That is an uncomfortable retainer of yours,' said Mr Mackenzie, +who had witnessed this extraordinary scene. 'He has frightened +Alphonse out of his wits; look!' and he pointed to the Frenchman, +who, with a scared white face and trembling limbs, was making +his way into the house. 'I don't think that he will ever laugh +at "le monsieur noir" again.' + +'Yes,' answered I, 'it is ill jesting with such as he. When +he is roused he is like a fiend, and yet he has a kind heart +in his own fierce way. I remember years ago seeing him nurse +a sick child for a week. He is a strange character, but true +as steel, and a strong stick to rest on in danger.' + +'He says he smells blood,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I only trust +he is not right. I am getting very fearful about my little girl. +She must have gone far, or she would be home by now. It is +half-past three o'clock.' + +I pointed out that she had taken food with her, and very likely +would not in the ordinary course of events return till nightfall; +but I myself felt very anxious, and fear that my anxiety betrayed +itself. + +Shortly after this, the people whom Mr Mackenzie had sent out +to search for Flossie returned, stating that they had followed +the spoor of the donkey for a couple of miles and had then lost +it on some stony ground, nor could they discover it again. They +had, however, scoured the country far and wide, but without success. + +After this the afternoon wore drearily on, and towards evening, +there still being no signs of Flossie, our anxiety grew very +keen. As for the poor mother, she was quite prostrated by her +fears, and no wonder, but the father kept his head wonderfully +well. Everything that could be done was done: people were sent +out in all directions, shots were fired, and a continuous outlook +kept from the great tree, but without avail. + +And then it grew dark, and still no sign of fair-haired little +Flossie. + +At eight o'clock we had supper. It was but a sorrowful meal, +and Mrs Mackenzie did not appear at it. We three also were very +silent, for in addition to our natural anxiety as to the fate +of the child, we were weighed down by the sense that we had brought +this trouble on the head of our kind host. When supper was nearly +at an end I made an excuse to leave the table. I wanted to get +outside and think the situation over. I went on to the veranda +and, having lit my pipe, sat down on a seat about a dozen feet +from the right-hand end of the structure, which was, as the reader +may remember, exactly opposite one of the narrow doors of the +protecting wall that enclosed the house and flower garden. I +had been sitting there perhaps six or seven minutes when I thought +I heard the door move. I looked in that direction and I listened, +but, being unable to make out anything, concluded that I must +have been mistaken. It was a darkish night, the moon not having +yet risen. + +Another minute passed, when suddenly something round fell with +a soft but heavy thud upon the stone flooring of the veranda, +and came bounding and rolling along past me. For a moment I +did not rise, but sat wondering what it could be. Finally, I +concluded it must have been an animal. Just then, however, another +idea struck me, and I got up quick enough. The thing lay quite +still a few feet beyond me. I put down my hand towards it and +it did not move: clearly it was not an animal. My hand touched +it. It was soft and warm and heavy. Hurriedly I lifted it and +held it up against the faint starlight. + +_It was a newly severed human head!_ + +I am an old hand and not easily upset, but I own that that ghastly +sight made me feel sick. How had the thing come there? Whose +was it? I put it down and ran to the little doorway. I could +see nothing, hear nobody. I was about to go out into the darkness +beyond, but remembering that to do so was to expose myself to +the risk of being stabbed, I drew back, shut the door, and bolted it. +Then I returned to the veranda, and in as careless a voice as +I could command called Curtis. I fear, however, that my tones +must have betrayed me, for not only Sir Henry but also Good and +Mackenzie rose from the table and came hurrying out. + +'What is it?' said the clergyman, anxiously. + +Then I had to tell them. + +Mr Mackenzie turned pale as death under his red skin. We were +standing opposite the hall door, and there was a light in it +so that I could see. He snatched the head up by the hair and +held it against the light. + +'It is the head of one of the men who accompanied Flossie,' he +said with a gasp. 'Thank God it is not hers!' + +We all stood and stared at each other aghast. What was to be done? + +Just then there was a knocking at the door that I had bolted, +and a voice cried, 'Open, my father, open!' + +The door was unlocked, and in sped a terrified man. He was one +of the spies who had been sent out. + +'My father,' he cried, 'the Masai are on us! A great body of +them have passed round the hill and are moving towards the old +stone kraal down by the little stream. My father, make strong +thy heart! In the midst of them I saw the white ass, and on +it sat the Water-lily [Flossie]. An Elmoran [young warrior] +led the ass, and by its side walked the nurse weeping. The men +who went with her in the morning I saw not.' + +'Was the child alive?' asked Mr Mackenzie, hoarsely. + +'She was white as the snow, but well, my father. They passed +quite close to me, and looking up from where I lay hid I saw +her face against the sky.' + +'God help her and us!' groaned the clergyman. + +'How many are there of them?' I asked. + +'More than two hundred -- two hundred and half a hundred.' + +'Once more we looked one on the other. What was to be done? +Just then there rose a loud insistent cry outside the wall. + +'Open the door, white man; open the door! A herald -- a herald +to speak with thee.' Thus cried the voice. + +Umslopogaas ran to the wall, and, reaching with his long arms +to the coping, lifted his head above it and gazed over. + +'I see but one man,' he said. 'He is armed, and carries a basket +in his hand.' + +'Open the door,' I said. 'Umslopogaas, take thine axe and stand +thereby. Let one man pass. If another follows, slay.' + +The door was unbarred. In the shadow of the wall stood Umslopogaas, +his axe raised above his head to strike. Just then the moon +came out. There was a moment's pause, and then in stalked a +Masai Elmoran, clad in the full war panoply that I have already +described, but bearing a large basket in his hand. The moonlight +shone bright upon his great spear as he walked. He was physically +a splendid man, apparently about thirty-five years of age. Indeed, +none of the Masai that I saw were under six feet high, though +mostly quite young. When he got opposite to us he halted, put +down the basket, and stuck the spike of his spear into the ground, +so that it stood upright. + +'Let us talk,' he said. 'The first messenger we sent to you +could not talk;' and he pointed to the head which lay upon the +paving of the stoep -- a ghastly sight in the moonlight; 'but +I have words to speak if ye have ears to hear. Also I bring +presents;' and he pointed to the basket and laughed with an air +of swaggering insolence that is perfectly indescribable, and +yet which one could not but admire, seeing that he was surrounded +by enemies. + +'Say on,' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'I am the "Lygonani" [war captain] of a part of the Masai of +the Guasa Amboni. I and my men followed these three white men,' +and he pointed to Sir Henry, Good, and myself, 'but they were +too clever for us, and escaped hither. We have a quarrel with +them, and are going to kill them.' + +'Are you, my friend?' said I to myself. + +'In following these men we this morning caught two black men, +one black woman, a white donkey, and a white girl. One of the +black men we killed -- there is his head upon the pavement; the +other ran away. The black woman, the little white girl, and +the white ass we took and brought with us. In proof thereof +have I brought this basket that she carried. Is it not thy +daughter's basket?' + +Mr Mackenzie nodded, and the warrior went on. + +'Good! With thee and thy daughter we have no quarrel, nor do +we wish to harm thee, save as to thy cattle, which we have already +gathered, two hundred and forty head -- a beast for every man's +father.' {Endnote 6} + +Here Mr Mackenzie gave a groan, as he greatly valued this herd +of cattle, which he bred with much care and trouble. + +'So, save for the cattle, thou mayst go free; more especially,' +he added frankly, glancing at the wall, 'as this place would +be a difficult one to take. But as to these men it is otherwise; +we have followed them for nights and days, and must kill them. +Were we to return to our kraal without having done so, all the +girls would make a mock of us. So, however troublesome it +may be, they must die. + +'Now I have a proposition for thee. We would not harm the +little girl; she is too fair to harm, and has besides a brave spirit. +Give us one of these three men -- a life for a life -- and we +will let her go, and throw in the black woman with her also. +This is a fair offer, white man. We ask but for one, not for +the three; we must take another opportunity to kill the other +two. I do not even pick my man, though I should prefer the big +one,' pointing to Sir Henry; 'he looks strong, and would die +more slowly.' + +'And if I say I will not yield the man?' said Mr Mackenzie. + +'Nay, say not so, white man,' answered the Masai, 'for then thy +daughter dies at dawn, and the woman with her says thou hast +no other child. Were she older I would take her for a servant; +but as she is so young I will slay her with my own hand -- ay, +with this very spear. Thou canst come and see, an' thou wilt. +I give thee a safe conduct;' and the fiend laughed aloud as +his brutal jest. + +Meanwhile I had been thinking rapidly, as one does in emergencies, +and had come to the conclusion that I would exchange myself against +Flossie. I scarcely like to mention the matter for fear it should +be misunderstood. Pray do not let any one be misled into thinking +that there was anything heroic about this, or any such nonsense. +It was merely a matter of common sense and common justice. +My life was an old and worthless one, hers was young and valuable. +Her death would pretty well kill her father and mother also, +whilst nobody would be much the worse for mine; indeed, several +charitable institutions would have cause to rejoice thereat. +It was indirectly through me that the dear little girl was in +her present position. Lastly, a man was better fitted to meet +death in such a peculiarly awful form than a sweet young girl. +Not, however, that I meant to let these gentry torture me to +death -- I am far too much of a coward to allow that, being naturally +a timid man; my plan was to see the girl safely exchanged and +then to shoot myself, trusting that the Almighty would take the +peculiar circumstances of the case into consideration and pardon +the act. All this and more went through my mind in very few +seconds. + +'All right, Mackenzie,' I said, 'you can tell the man that I +will exchange myself against Flossie, only I stipulate that she +shall be safely in this house before they kill me.' + +'Eh?' said Sir Henry and Good simultaneously. 'That you don't.' + +'No, no,' said Mr Mackenzie. 'I will have no man's blood upon +my hands. If it please God that my daughter should die this +awful death, His will be done. You are a brave man (which I +am not by any means) and a noble man, Quatermain, but you shall +not go.' + +'If nothing else turns up I shall go,' I said decidedly. + +'This is an important matter,' said Mackenzie, addressing the +Lygonani, 'and we must think it over. You shall have our answer +at dawn.' + +'Very well, white man,' answered the savage indifferently; 'only +remember if thy answer is late thy little white bud will never +grow into a flower, that is all, for I shall cut it with this,' +and he touched the spear. 'I should have thought that thou wouldst +play a trick and attack us at night, but I know from the woman +with the girl that your men are down at the coast, and that thou +hast but twenty men here. It is not wise, white man,' he added +with a laugh, 'to keep so small a garrison for you "boma" [kraal]. +Well, good night, and good night to you also, other white men, +whose eyelids I shall soon close once and for all. At dawn thou +wilt bring me word. If not, remember it shall be as I have said.' +Then turning to Umslopogaas, who had all the while been standing +behind him and shepherding him as it were, 'Open the door for +me, fellow, quick now.' + +This was too much for the old chief's patience. For the last +ten minutes his lips had been, figuratively speaking, positively +watering over the Masai Lygonani, and this he could not stand. +Placing his long hand on the Elmoran's shoulder he gripped it +and gave him such a twist as brought him face to face with himself. +Then, thrusting his fierce countenance to within a few inches +of the Masai's evil feather-framed features, he said in a low +growling voice: -- + +'Seest thou me?' + +'Ay, fellow, I see thee.' + +'And seest thou this?' and he held Inkosi-kaas before his eyes. + +'Ay, fellow, I see the toy; what of it?' + +'Thou Masai dog, thou boasting windbag, thou capturer of little +girls, with this "toy" will I hew thee limb from limb. Well +for thee that thou art a herald, or even now would I strew thy +members about the grass.' + +The Masai shook his great spear and laughed loud and long as +he answered, 'I would that thou stoodst against me man to man, +and we would see,' and again he turned to go still laughing. + +'Thou shalt stand against me man to man, be not afraid,' replied +Umslopogaas, still in the same ominous voice. 'Thou shalt stand +face to face with Umslopogaas, of the blood of Chaka, of the +people of the Amazulu, a captain in the regiment of the Nkomabakosi, +as many have done before, and bow thyself to Inkosi-kaas, as +many have done before. Ay, laugh on, laugh on! tomorrow night +shall the jackals laugh as they crunch thy ribs.' + +When the Lygonani had gone, one of us thought of opening the +basket he had brought as a proof that Flossie was really their +prisoner. On lifting the lid it was found to contain a most +lovely specimen of both bulb and flower of the Goya lily, which +I have already described, in full bloom and quite uninjured, +and what was more a note in Flossie's childish hand written in +pencil upon a greasy piece of paper that had been used to wrap +up some food in: -- + + +'Dearest Father and Mother,' ran the note, 'The Masai caught +us when we were coming home with the lily. I tried to escape +but could not. They killed Tom: the other man ran away. They +have not hurt nurse and me, but say that they mean to exchange +us against one of Mr Quatermain's party. _I will have nothing +of the sort_. Do not let anybody give his life for me. Try and +attack them at night; they are going to feast on three bullocks +they have stolen and killed. I have my pistol, and if no help +comes by dawn I will shoot myself. They shall not kill me. +If so, remember me always, dearest father and mother. I am very +frightened, but I trust in God. I dare not write any more as +they are beginning to notice. Goodbye. -- Flossie.' + + +Scrawled across the outside of this was 'Love to Mr Quatermain. +They are going to take the basket, so he will get the lily.' + +When I read those words, written by that brave little girl in +an hour of danger sufficiently near and horrible to have turned +the brain of a strong man, I own I wept, and once more in my +heart I vowed that she should not die while my life could be +given to save her. + +Then eagerly, quickly, almost fiercely, we fell to discussing +the situation. Again I said that I would go, and again Mackenzie +negatived it, and Curtis and Good, like the true men that they +are, vowed that, if I did, they would go with me, and die back +to back with me. + +'It is,' I said at last, 'absolutely necessary that an effort +of some sort should be made before the morning.' + +'Then let us attack them with what force we can muster, and take +our chance,' said Sir Henry. + +'Ay, ay,' growled Umslopogaas, in Zulu; 'spoken like a man, Incubu. +What is there to be afraid of? Two hundred and fifty Masai, +forsooth! How many are we? The chief there [Mr Mackenzie] has +twenty men, and thou, Macumazahn, hast five men, and there are +also five white men -- that is, thirty men in all -- enough, +enough. Listen now, Macumazahn, thou who art very clever and +old in war. What says the maid? These men eat and make merry; +let it be their funeral feast. What said the dog whom I hope +to hew down at daybreak? That he feared no attack because we +were so few. Knowest thou the old kraal where the men have camped? +I saw it this morning; it is thus:' and he drew an oval on the +floor; 'here is the big entrance, filled up with thorn bushes, +and opening on to a steep rise. Why, Incubu, thou and I with +axes will hold it against an hundred men striving to break out! +Look, now; thus shall the battle go. Just as the light begins +to glint upon the oxen's horns -- not before, or it will be too +dark, and not later, or they will be awakening and perceive us +-- let Bougwan creep round with ten men to the top end of the +kraal, where the narrow entrance is. Let them silently slay +the sentry there so that he makes no sound, and stand ready. +Then, Incubu, let thee and me and one of the Askari -- the one +with the broad chest -- he is a brave man -- creep to the wide +entrance that is filled with thorn bushes, and there also slay +the sentry, and armed with battleaxes take our stand also one +on each side of the pathway, and one a few paces beyond to deal +with such as pass the twain at the gate. It is there that the +rush will come. That will leave sixteen men. Let these men +be divided into two parties, with one of which shalt thou go, +Macumazahn, and with one the "praying man" [Mr Mackenzie], and, +all armed with rifles, let them make their way one to the right +side of the kraal and one to the left; and when thou, Macumazahn, +lowest like an ox, all shall open fire with the guns upon the +sleeping men, being very careful not to hit the little maid. +Then shall Bougwan at the far end and his ten men raise the +war-cry, and, springing over the wall, put the Masai there to +the sword. And it shall happen that, being yet heavy with food +and sleep, and bewildered by the firing of the guns, the falling +of men, and the spears of Bougwan, the soldiers shall rise and +rush like wild game towards the thorn-stopped entrance, and there +the bullets from either side shall plough through them, and there +shall Incubu and the Askari and I wait for those who break across. +Such is my plan, Macumazahn; if thou hast a better, name it.' + +When he had done, I explained to the others such portions of +his scheme as they had failed to understand, and they all joined +with me in expressing the greatest admiration of the acute and +skilful programme devised by the old Zulu, who was indeed, in +his own savage fashion, the finest general I ever knew. After +some discussion we determined to accept the scheme, as it stood, +it being the only one possible under the circumstances, and giving +the best chance of success that such a forlorn hope would admit +of -- which, however, considering the enormous odds and the character +of our foe, was not very great. + +'Ah, old lion!' I said to Umslopogaas, 'thou knowest how to lie +in wait as well as how to bite, where to seize as well as where +to hang on.' + +'Ay, ay, Macumazahn,' he answered. 'For thirty years have I +been a warrior, and have seen many things. It will be a good fight. +I smell blood -- I tell thee, I smell blood.' + + + + +CHAPTER VI +THE NIGHT WEARS ON + + + +As may be imagined, at the very first sign of a Masai the entire +population of the Mission Station had sought refuge inside the +stout stone wall, and were now to be seen -- men, women, and +countless children -- huddled up together in little groups, and +all talking at once in awed tones of the awfulness of Masai manners +and customs, and of the fate that they had to expect if those +bloodthirsty savages succeeded in getting over the stone wall. + +Immediately after we had settled upon the outline of our plan +of action as suggested by Umslopogaas, Mr Mackenzie sent for +four sharp boys of from twelve to fifteen years of age, and despatched +them to various points where they could keep an outlook upon +the Masai camp, with others to report from time to time what +was going on. Other lads and even women were stationed at intervals +along the wall in order to guard against the possibility of surprise. + +After this the twenty men who formed his whole available fighting +force were summoned by our host into the square formed by the +house, and there, standing by the bole of the great conifer, +he earnestly addressed them and our four Askari. Indeed, it +formed a very impressive scene -- one not likely to be forgotten +by anybody who witnessed it. Immediately by the tree stood the +angular form of Mr Mackenzie, one arm outstretched as he talked, +and the other resting against the giant bole, his hat off, and +his plain but kindly face clearly betraying the anguish of his +mind. Next to him was his poor wife, who, seated on a chair, +had her face hidden in her hand. On the other side of her was +Alphonse, looking exceedingly uncomfortable, and behind him stood +the three of us, with Umslopogaas' grim and towering form in +the background, resting, as usual, on his axe. In front stood +and squatted the group of armed men -- some with rifles in their +hands, and others with spears and shields -- following with eager +attention every word that fell from the speaker's lips. The +white light of the moon peering in beneath the lofty boughs threw +a strange wild glamour over the scene, whilst the melancholy +soughing of the night wind passing through the millions of pine +needles overhead added a sadness of its own to what was already +a sufficiently tragic occasion. + +'Men,' said Mr Mackenzie, after he had put all the circumstances +of the case fully and clearly before them, and explained to them +the proposed plan of our forlorn hope -- 'men, for years I have +been a good friend to you, protecting you, teaching you, guarding +you and yours from harm, and ye have prospered with me. Ye have +seen my child -- the Water-lily, as ye call her -- grow year +by year, from tenderest infancy to tender childhood, and from +childhood on towards maidenhood. She has been your children's +playmate, she has helped to tend you when sick, and ye have loved +her.' + +'We have,' said a deep voice, 'and we will die to save her.' + +'I thank you from my heart -- I thank you. Sure am I that now, +in this hour of darkest trouble; now that her young life is like +to be cut off by cruel and savage men -- who of a truth "know +not what they do" -- ye will strive your best to save her, and +to save me and her mother from broken hearts. Think, too, of +your own wives and children. If she dies, her death will be +followed by an attack upon us here, and at the best, even if +we hold our own, your houses and gardens will be destroyed, and +your goods and cattle swept away. I am, as ye well know, a man +of peace. Never in all these years have I lifted my hand to +shed man's blood; but now I say strike, strike, in the name of +God, Who bade us protect our lives and homes. Swear to me,' +he went on with added fervour -- 'swear to me that whilst a man +of you remains alive ye will strive your uttermost with me and +with these brave white men to save the child from a bloody and +cruel death.' + +'Say no more, my father,' said the same deep voice, that belonged +to a stalwart elder of the Mission; 'we swear it. May we and +ours die the death of dogs, and our bones be thrown to the jackals +and the kites, if we break the oath! It is a fearful thing to +do, my father, so few to strike at so many, yet will we do it +or die in the doing. We swear!' + +'Ay, thus say we all,' chimed in the others. + +'Thus say we all,' said I. + +'It is well,' went on Mr Mackenzie. 'Ye are true men and not +broken reeds to lean on. And now, friends -- white and black +together -- let us kneel and offer up our humble supplication +to the Throne of Power, praying that He in the hollow of Whose +hand lie all our lives, Who giveth life and giveth death, may +be pleased to make strong our arms that we may prevail in what +awaits us at the morning's light.' + +And he knelt down, an example that we all followed except Umslopogaas, +who still stood in the background, grimly leaning on Inkosi-kaas. +The fierce old Zulu had no gods and worshipped nought, unless +it were his battleaxe. + +'Oh God of gods!' began the clergyman, his deep voice, tremulous +with emotion, echoing up in the silence even to the leafy roof; +'Protector of the oppressed, Refuge of those in danger, Guardian +of the helpless, hear Thou our prayer! Almighty Father, to Thee +we come in supplication. Hear Thou our prayer! Behold, one +child hast Thou given us -- an innocent child, nurtured in Thy +knowledge -- and now she lies beneath the shadow of the sword, +in danger of a fearful death at the hands of savage men. Be +with her now, oh God, and comfort her! Save her, oh Heavenly +Father! Oh God of battle, Who teacheth our hands to war and +our fingers to fight, in Whose strength are hid the destinies +of men, be Thou with us in the hour of strife. When we go forth +into the shadow of death, make Thou us strong to conquer. Breathe +Thou upon our foes and scatter them; turn Thou their strength +to water, and bring their high-blown pride to nought; compass +us about with Thy protection; throw over us the shield of Thy +power; forget us not now in the hour of our sore distress; help +us now that the cruel man would dash our little ones against +the stones! Hear Thou our prayer! And for those of us who, +kneeling now on earth in health before Thee, shall at the sunrise +adore Thy Presence on the Throne, hear our prayer! Make them +clean, oh God; wash away their offences in the blood of the Lamb; +and when their spirits pass, oh receive Thou them into the haven +of the just. Go forth, oh Father, go forth with us into the +battle, as with the Israelites of old. Oh God of battle, hear +Thou our prayer!' + +He ceased, and after a moment's silence we all rose, and then +began our preparations in good earnest. As Umslopogaas said, +it was time to stop 'talking' and get to business. The men who +were to form each little party were carefully selected, and still +more carefully and minutely instructed as to what was to be done. +After much consideration it was agreed that the ten men led +by Good, whose duty it was to stampede the camp, were not to +carry firearms; that is, with the exception of Good himself, +who had a revolver as well as a short sword -- the Masai 'sime' +which I had taken from the body of our poor servant who was murdered +in the canoe. We feared that if they had firearms the result +of three cross-fires carried on at once would be that some of +our own people would be shot; besides, it appeared to all of +us that the work they had to do would best be carried out with +cold steel -- especially to Umslopogaas, who was, indeed, a great +advocate of cold steel. We had with us four Winchester repeating +rifles, besides half a dozen Martinis. I armed myself with one +of the repeaters -- my own; an excellent weapon for this kind +of work, where great rapidity of fire is desirable, and fitted +with ordinary flap-sights instead of the cumbersome sliding mechanism +which they generally have. Mr Mackenzie took another, and the +two remaining ones were given to two of his men who understood +the use of them and were noted shots. The Martinis and some +rifles of Mr Mackenzie's were served out, together with a plentiful +supply of ammunition, to the other natives who were to form the +two parties whose duty it was to be to open fire from separate +sides of the kraal on the sleeping Masai, and who were fortunately +all more or less accustomed to the use of a gun. + +As for Umslopogaas, we know how he was armed -- with an axe. +It may be remembered that he, Sir Henry, and the strongest of +the Askari were to hold the thorn-stopped entrance to the kraal +against the anticipated rush of men striving to escape. Of course, +for such a purpose as this guns were useless. Therefore Sir +Henry and the Askari proceeded to arm themselves in like fashion. +It so happened that Mr Mackenzie had in his little store a selection +of the very best and English-made hammer-backed axe-heads. Sir +Henry selected one of these weighing about two and a half pounds +and very broad in the blade, and the Askari took another a size +smaller. After Umslopogaas had put an extra edge on these two +axe-heads, we fixed them to three feet six helves, of which Mr +Mackenzie fortunately had some in stock, made of a light but +exceedingly tough native wood, something like English ash, only +more springy. When two suitable helves had been selected with +great care and the ends of the hafts notched to prevent the hand +from slipping, the axe-heads were fixed on them as firmly as +possible, and the weapons immersed in a bucket of water for half +an hour. The result of this was to swell the wood in the socket +in such a fashion that nothing short of burning would get it +out again. When this important matter had been attended to by +Umslopogaas, I went into my room and proceeded to open a little +tin-lined deal case, which contained -- what do you think? -- +nothing more or less than four mail shirts. + +It had happened to us three on a previous journey that we had +made in another part of Africa to owe our lives to iron shirts +of native make, and remembering this, I had suggested before +we started on our present hazardous expedition that we should +have some made to fit us. There was a little difficulty about +this, as armour-making is pretty well an extinct art, but they +can do most things in the way of steel work in Birmingham if +they are put to it and you will pay the price, and the end of +it was that they turned us out the loveliest steel shirts it +is possible to see. The workmanship was exceedingly fine, the +web being composed of thousands upon thousands of stout but tiny +rings of the best steel made. These shirts, or rather steel-sleeved +and high-necked jerseys, were lined with ventilated wash leather, +were not bright, but browned like the barrel of a gun; and mine +weighed exactly seven pounds and fitted me so well that I found +I could wear it for days next to my skin without being chafed. +Sir Henry had two, one of the ordinary make, viz. a jersey with +little dependent flaps meant to afford some protection to the +upper part of the thighs, and another of his own design fashioned +on the pattern of the garments advertised as 'combinations' and +weighing twelve pounds. This combination shirt, of which the +seat was made of wash-leather, protected the whole body down +to the knees, but was rather more cumbersome, inasmuch as it +had to be laced up at the back and, of course, involved some +extra weight. With these shirts were what looked like four brown +cloth travelling caps with ear pieces. Each of these caps was, +however, quilted with steel links so as to afford a most valuable +protection for the head. + +It seems almost laughable to talk of steel shirts in these days +of bullets, against which they are of course quite useless; but +where one has to do with savages, armed with cutting weapons +such as assegais or battleaxes, they afford the most valuable +protection, being, if well made, quite invulnerable to them. +I have often thought that if only the English Government had +in our savage wars, and more especially in the Zulu war, thought +fit to serve out light steel shirts, there would be many a man +alive today who, as it is, is dead and forgotten. + +To return: on the present occasion we blessed our foresight in +bringing these shirts, and also our good luck, in that they had +not been stolen by our rascally bearers when they ran away with +our goods. As Curtis had two, and after considerable deliberation, +had made up his mind to wear his combination one himself -- the +extra three or four pounds' weight being a matter of no account +to so strong a man, and the protection afforded to the thighs +being a very important matter to a fighting man not armed with +a shield of any kind -- I suggested that he should lend the other +to Umslopogaas, who was to share the danger and the glory of +his post. He readily consented, and called the Zulu, who came +bearing Sir Henry's axe, which he had now fixed up to his satisfaction, +with him. When we showed him the steel shirt, and explained +to him that we wanted him to wear it, he at first declined, saying +that he had fought in his own skin for thirty years, and that +he was not going to begin now to fight in an iron one. Thereupon +I took a heavy spear, and, spreading the shirt upon the floor, +drove the spear down upon it with all my strength, the weapon +rebounding without leaving a mark upon the tempered steel. This +exhibition half converted him; and when I pointed out to him +how necessary it was that he should not let any old-fashioned +prejudices he might possess stand in the way of a precaution +which might preserve a valuable life at a time when men were +scarce, and also that if he wore this shirt he might dispense +with a shield, and so have both hands free, he yielded at once, +and proceeded to invest his frame with the 'iron skin'. And +indeed, although made for Sir Henry, it fitted the great Zulu +like a skin. The two men were almost of a height; and, though +Curtis looked the bigger man, I am inclined to think that the +difference was more imaginary than real, the fact being that, +although he was plumper and rounder, he was not really bigger, +except in the arm. Umslopogaas had, comparatively speaking, +thin arms, but they were as strong as wire ropes. At any rate, +when they both stood, axe in hand, invested in the brown mail, +which clung to their mighty forms like a web garment, showing +the swell of every muscle and the curve of every line, they formed +a pair that any ten men might shrink from meeting. + +It was now nearly one o'clock in the morning, and the spies reported +that, after having drunk the blood of the oxen and eaten enormous +quantities of meat, the Masai were going to sleep round their +watchfires; but that sentries had been posted at each opening +of the kraal. Flossie, they added, was sitting not far from +the wall in the centre of the western side of the kraal, and +by her were the nurse and the white donkey, which was tethered +to a peg. Her feet were bound with a rope, and warriors were +lying about all round her. + +As there was absolutely nothing further that could be done then +we all took some supper, and went to lie down for a couple of +hours. I could not help admiring the way in which old Umslopogaas +flung himself upon the floor, and, unmindful of what was hanging +over him, instantly sank into a deep sleep. I do not know how +it was with the others, but I could not do as much. Indeed, +as is usual with me on these occasions, I am sorry to say that +I felt rather frightened; and, now that some of the enthusiasm +had gone out of me, and I began to calmly contemplate what we +had undertaken to do, truth compels me to add that I did not +like it. We were but thirty men all told, a good many of whom +were no doubt quite unused to fighting, and we were going to +engage two hundred and fifty of the fiercest, bravest, and most +formidable savages in Africa, who, to make matters worse, were +protected by a stone wall. It was, indeed, a mad undertaking, +and what made it even madder was the exceeding improbability +of our being able to take up our positions without attracting +the notice of the sentries. Of course if we once did that -- +and any slight accident, such as the chance discharge of a gun, +might do it -- we were done for, for the whole camp would be +up in a second, and our only hope lay in surprise. + +The bed whereon I lay indulging in these uncomfortable reflections +was near an open window that looked on to the veranda, through +which came an extraordinary sound of groaning and weeping. For +a time I could not make out what it was, but at last I got up +and, putting my head out of the window, stared about. Presently +I saw a dim figure kneeling on the end of the veranda and beating +his breast -- in which I recognized Alphonse. Not being able +to understand his French talk or what on earth he was at, I called +to him and asked him what he was doing. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he sighed, 'I do make prayer for the souls of +those whom I shall slay tonight.' + +'Indeed,' I said, 'then I wish that you would do it a little +more quietly.' + +Alphonse retreated, and I heard no more of his groans. And so +the time passed, till at length Mr Mackenzie called me in a whisper +through the window, for of course everything had now to be done +in the most absolute silence. 'Three o'clock,' he said: 'we +must begin to move at half-past.' + +I told him to come in, and presently he entered, and I am bound +to say that if it had not been that just then I had not got a +laugh anywhere about me, I should have exploded at the sight +he presented armed for battle. To begin with, he had on a clergyman's +black swallow-tail and a kind of broad-rimmed black felt hat, +both of which he had donned on account, he said, of their dark +colour. In his hand was the Winchester repeating rifle we had +lent him; and stuck in an elastic cricketing belt, like those +worn by English boys, were, first, a huge buckhorn-handled carving +knife with a guard to it, and next a long-barrelled Colt's revolver. + +'Ah, my friend,' he said, seeing me staring at his belt, 'you +are looking at my "carver". I thought it might come in handy +if we came to close quarters; it is excellent steel, and many +is the pig I have killed with it.' + +By this time everybody was up and dressing. I put on a light +Norfolk jacket over my mail shirt in order to have a pocket handy +to hold my cartridges, and buckled on my revolver. Good did +the same, but Sir Henry put on nothing except his mail shirt, +steel-lined cap, and a pair of 'veldt-schoons' or soft hide shoes, +his legs being bare from the knees down. His revolver he strapped +on round his middle outside the armoured shirt. + +Meanwhile Umslopogaas was mustering the men in the square under +the big tree and going the rounds to see that each was properly +armed, etc. At the last moment we made one change. Finding +that two of the men who were to have gone with the firing parties +knew little or nothing of guns, but were good spearsmen, we took +away their rifles, supplied them with shields and long spears +of the Masai pattern, and took them off to join Curtis, Umslopogaas, +and the Askari in holding the wide opening; it having become +clear to us that three men, however brave and strong, were too +few for the work. + + + + +CHAPTER VII +A SLAUGHTER GRIM AND GREAT + + + +Then there was a pause, and we stood there in the chilly silent +darkness waiting till the moment came to start. It was, perhaps, +the most trying time of all -- that slow, slow quarter of an +hour. The minutes seemed to drag along with leaden feet, and +the quiet, the solemn hush, that brooded over all -- big, as +it were, with a coming fate, was most oppressive to the spirits. +I once remember having to get up before dawn to see a man hanged, +and I then went through a very similar set of sensations, only +in the present instance my feelings were animated by that more +vivid and personal element which naturally appertains rather +to the person to be operated on than to the most sympathetic +spectator. The solemn faces of the men, well aware that the +short passage of an hour would mean for some, and perhaps all +of them, the last great passage to the unknown or oblivion; the +bated whispers in which they spoke; even Sir Henry's continuous +and thoughtful examination of his woodcutter's axe and the fidgety +way in which Good kept polishing his eyeglass, all told the same +tale of nerves stretched pretty nigh to breaking-point. Only +Umslopogaas, leaning as usual upon Inkosi-kaas and taking an +occasional pinch of snuff, was to all appearance perfectly and +completely unmoved. Nothing could touch his iron nerves. + +The moon went down. For a long while she had been getting nearer +and nearer to the horizon. Now she finally sank and left the +world in darkness save for a faint grey tinge in the eastern +sky that palely heralded the dawn. + +Mr Mackenzie stood, watch in hand, his wife clinging to his arm +and striving to stifle her sobs. + +'Twenty minutes to four,' he said, 'it ought to be light enough +to attack at twenty minutes past four. Captain Good had better +be moving, he will want three or four minutes' start.' + +Good gave one final polish to his eyeglass, nodded to us in a +jocular sort of way -- which I could not help feeling it must +have cost him something to muster up -- and, ever polite, took +off his steel-lined cap to Mrs Mackenzie and started for his +position at the head of the kraal, to reach which he had to make +a detour by some paths known to the natives. + +Just then one of the boys came in and reported that everybody +in the Masai camp, with the exception of the two sentries who +were walking up and down in front of the respective entrances, +appeared to be fast asleep. Then the rest of us took the road. +First came the guide, then Sir Henry, Umslopogaas, the Wakwafi +Askari, and Mr Mackenzie's two mission natives armed with long +spears and shields. I followed immediately after with Alphonse +and five natives all armed with guns, and Mr Mackenzie brought +up the rear with the six remaining natives. + +The cattle kraal where the Masai were camped lay at the foot +of the hill on which the house stood, or, roughly speaking, about +eight hundred yards from the Mission buildings. The first five +hundred yards of this distance we traversed quietly indeed, but +at a good pace; after that we crept forward as silently as a +leopard on his prey, gliding like ghosts from bush to bush and +stone to stone. When I had gone a little way I chanced to look +behind me, and saw the redoubtable Alphonse staggering along +with white face and trembling knees, and his rifle, which was +at full cock, pointed directly at the small of my back. Having +halted and carefully put the rifle at 'safety', we started again, +and all went well till we were within one hundred yards or so +of the kraal, when his teeth began to chatter in the most aggressive way. + +'If you don't stop that I will kill you,' I whispered savagely; +for the idea of having all our lives sacrificed to a tooth-chattering +cook was too much for me. I began to fear that he would betray +us, and heartily wished we had left him behind. + +'But, monsieur, I cannot help it,' he answered, 'it is the cold.' + +Here was a dilemma, but fortunately I devised a plan. In the +pocket of the coat I had on was a small piece of dirty rag that +I had used some time before to clean a gun with. 'Put this in +your mouth,' I whispered again, giving him the rag; 'and if I +hear another sound you are a dead man.' I knew that that would +stifle the clatter of his teeth. I must have looked as if I +meant what I said, for he instantly obeyed me, and continued +his journey in silence. + +Then we crept on again. + +At last we were within fifty yards of the kraal. Between us +and it was an open space of sloping grass with only one mimosa +bush and a couple of tussocks of a sort of thistle for cover. +We were still hidden in fairly thick bush. It was beginning +to grow light. The stars had paled and a sickly gleam played +about the east and was reflected on the earth. We could see +the outline of the kraal clearly enough, and could also make +out the faint glimmer of the dying embers of the Masai camp-fires. +We halted and watched, for the sentry we knew was posted at +the opening. Presently he appeared, a fine tall fellow, walking +idly up and down within five paces of the thorn-stopped entrance. +We had hoped to catch him napping, but it was not to be. He +seemed particularly wide awake. If we could not kill that man, +and kill him silently, we were lost. There we crouched and watched +him. Presently Umslopogaas, who was a few paces ahead of me, +turned and made a sign, and next second I saw him go down on +his stomach like a snake, and, taking an opportunity when the +sentry's head was turned, begin to work his way through the grass +without a sound. + +The unconscious sentry commenced to hum a little tune, and Umslopogaas +crept on. He reached the shelter of the mimosa bush unperceived +and there waited. Still the sentry walked up and down. Presently +he turned and looked over the wall into the camp. Instantly +the human snake who was stalking him glided on ten yards and +got behind one of the tussocks of the thistle-like plant, reaching +it as the Elmoran turned again. As he did so his eye fell upon +this patch of thistles, and it seemed to strike him that it did +not look quite right. He advanced a pace towards it -- halted, +yawned, stooped down, picked up a little pebble and threw it +at it. It hit Umslopogaas upon the head, luckily not upon the +armour shirt. Had it done so the clink would have betrayed us. +Luckily, too, the shirt was browned and not bright steel, which +would certainly have been detected. Apparently satisfied that +there was nothing wrong, he then gave over his investigations +and contented himself with leaning on his spear and standing +gazing idly at the tuft. For at least three minutes did he stand +thus, plunged apparently in a gentle reverie, and there we lay +in the last extremity of anxiety, expecting every moment that +we should be discovered or that some untoward accident would +happen. I could hear Alphonse's teeth going like anything on +the oiled rag, and turning my head round made an awful face at +him. But I am bound to state that my own heart was at much the +same game as the Frenchman's castanets, while the perspiration +was pouring from my body, causing the wash-leather-lined shirt +to stick to me unpleasantly, and altogether I was in the pitiable +state known by schoolboys as a 'blue fright'. + +At last the ordeal came to an end. The sentry glanced at the +east, and appeared to note with satisfaction that his period +of duty was coming to an end -- as indeed it was, once and for +all -- for he rubbed his hands and began to walk again briskly +to warm himself. + +The moment his back was turned the long black snake glided on +again, and reached the other thistle tuft, which was within a +couple of paces of his return beat. + +Back came the sentry and strolled right past the tuft, utterly +unconscious of the presence that was crouching behind it. Had +he looked down he could scarcely have failed to see, but he did +not do so. + +He passed, and then his hidden enemy erected himself, +and with outstretched hand followed in his tracks. + +A moment more, and, just as the Elmoran was about to turn, the +great Zulu made a spring, and in the growing light we could see +his long lean hands close round the Masai's throat. Then followed +a convulsive twining of the two dark bodies, and in another second +I saw the Masai's head bent back, and heard a sharp crack, something +like that of a dry twig snapping, and he fell down upon the ground, +his limbs moving spasmodically. + +Umslopogaas had put out all his iron strength and broken the +warrior's neck. + +For a moment he knelt upon his victim, still gripping his throat +till he was sure that there was nothing more to fear from him, +and then he rose and beckoned to us to advance, which we did +on all fours, like a colony of huge apes. On reaching the kraal +we saw that the Masai had still further choked this entrance, +which was about ten feet wide -- no doubt in order to guard against +attack -- by dragging four or five tops of mimosa trees up to +it. So much the better for us, I reflected; the more obstruction +there was the slower would they be able to come through. Here +we separated; Mackenzie and his party creeping up under the shadow +of the wall to the left, while Sir Henry and Umslopogaas took +their stations one on each side of the thorn fence, the two spearmen +and the Askari lying down in front of it. I and my men crept +on up the right side of the kraal, which was about fifty paces +long. + +When I was two-thirds up I halted, and placed my men at distances +of four paces from one another, keeping Alphonse close to me, +however. Then I peeped for the first time over the wall. It +was getting fairly light now, and the first thing I saw was the +white donkey, exactly opposite to me, and close by it I could +make out the pale face of little Flossie, who was sitting as +the lad had described, some ten paces from the wall. Round her +lay many warriors, sleeping. At distances all over the surface +of the kraal were the remains of fires, round each of which slept +some five-and-twenty Masai, for the most part gorged with food. +Now and then a man would raise himself, yawn, and look at the +east, which was turning primrose; but none got up. I determined +to wait another five minutes, both to allow the light to increase, +so that we could make better shooting, and to give Good and his +party -- of whom we could see or hear nothing -- every opportunity +to make ready. + +The quiet dawn began to throw her ever-widening mantle over plain +and forest and river -- mighty Kenia, wrapped in the silence +of eternal snows, looked out across the earth -- till presently +a beam from the unrisen sun lit upon his heaven-kissing crest +and purpled it with blood; the sky above grew blue, and tender +as a mother's smile; a bird began to pipe his morning song, and +a little breeze passing through the bush shook down the dewdrops +in millions to refresh the waking world. Everywhere was peace +and the happiness of arising strength, everywhere save in the +heart of cruel man! + +Suddenly, just as I was nerving myself for the signal, having +already selected my man on whom I meant to open fire -- a great +fellow sprawling on the ground within three feet of little Flossie +-- Alphonse's teeth began to chatter again like the hoofs of +a galloping giraffe, making a great noise in the silence. The +rag had dropped out in the agitation of his mind. Instantly +a Masai within three paces of us woke, and, sitting up, gazed +about him, looking for the cause of the sound. Moved beyond +myself, I brought the butt-end of my rifle down on to the pit +of the Frenchman's stomach. This stopped his chattering; but, +as he doubled up, he managed to let off his gun in such a manner +that the bullet passed within an inch of my head. + +There was no need for a signal now. From both sides of the kraal +broke out a waving line of fire, in which I myself joined, managing +with a snap shot to knock over my Masai by Flossie, just as he +was jumping up. Then from the top end of the kraal there rang +an awful yell, in which I rejoiced to recognize Good's piercing +notes rising clear and shrill above the din, and in another second +followed such a scene as I have never seen before nor shall again. +With an universal howl of terror and fury the brawny crowd of +savages within the kraal sprang to their feet, many of them to +fall again beneath our well-directed hail of lead before they +had moved a yard. For a moment they stood undecided, and then +hearing the cries and curses that rose unceasingly from the top +end of the kraal, and bewildered by the storm of bullets, they +as by one impulse rushed down towards the thorn-stopped entrance. +As they went we kept pouring our fire with terrible effect into +the thickening mob as fast as we could load. I had emptied my +repeater of the ten shots it contained and was just beginning +to slip in some more when I bethought me of little Flossie. +Looking up, I saw that the white donkey was lying kicking, having +been knocked over either by one of our bullets or a Masai spear-thrust. +There were no living Masai near, but the black nurse was on +her feet and with a spear cutting the rope that bound Flossie's +feet. Next second she ran to the wall of the kraal and began +to climb over it, an example which the little girl followed. +But Flossie was evidently very stiff and cramped, and could +only go slowly, and as she went two Masai flying down the kraal +caught sight of her and rushed towards her to kill her. The +first fellow came up just as the poor little girl, after a desperate +effort to climb the wall, fell back into the kraal. Up flashed +the great spear, and as it did so a bullet from my rifle found +its home in the holder's ribs, and over he went like a shot rabbit. +But behind him was the other man, and, alas, I had only that +one cartridge in the magazine! Flossie had scrambled to her +feet and was facing the second man, who was advancing with raised +spear. I turned my head aside and felt sick as death. I could +not bear to see him stab her. Glancing up again, to my surprise +I saw the Masai's spear lying on the ground, while the man himself +was staggering about with both hands to his head. Suddenly I +saw a puff of smoke proceeding apparently from Flossie, and the +man fell down headlong. Then I remembered the Derringer pistol +she carried, and saw that she had fired both barrels of it at +him, thereby saving her life. In another instant she had made +an effort, and assisted by the nurse, who was lying on the top, +had scrambled over the wall, and I knew that she was, comparatively +speaking, safe. + +All this takes time to tell, but I do not suppose that it took +more than fifteen seconds to enact. I soon got the magazine +of the repeater filled again with cartridges, and once more opened +fire, not on the seething black mass which was gathering at the +end of the kraal, but on fugitives who bethought them to climb +the wall. I picked off several of these men, moving down towards +the end of the kraal as I did so, and arriving at the corner, +or rather the bend of the oval, in time to see, and by means +of my rifle to assist in, the mighty struggle that took place +there. + +By this time some two hundred Masai -- allowing that we had up +to the present accounted for fifty -- had gathered together in +front of the thorn-stopped entrance, drive thither by the spears +of Good's men, whom they doubtless supposed were a large force +instead of being but ten strong. For some reason it never occurred +to them to try and rush the wall, which they could have scrambled +over with comparative ease; they all made for the fence, which +was really a strongly interwoven fortification. With a bound +the first warrior went at it, and even before he touched the +ground on the other side I saw Sir Henry's great axe swing up +and fall with awful force upon his feather head-piece, and he +sank into the middle of the thorns. Then with a yell and a crash +they began to break through as they might, and ever as they came +the great axe swung and Inkosi-kaas flashed and they fell dead +one by one, each man thus helping to build up a barrier against +his fellows. Those who escaped the axes of the pair fell at +the hands of the Askari and the two Mission Kaffirs, and those +who passed scatheless from them were brought low by my own and +Mackenzie's fire. + +Faster and more furious grew the fighting. Single Masai would +spring upon the dead bodies of their comrades, and engage one +or other of the axemen with their long spears; but, thanks chiefly +to the mail shirts, the result was always the same. Presently +there was a great swing of the axe, a crashing sound, and another +dead Masai. That is, if the man was engaged with Sir Henry. +If it was Umslopogaas that he fought with the result indeed +would be the same, but it would be differently attained. It +was but rarely that the Zulu used the crashing double-handed +stroke; on the contrary, he did little more than tap continually +at his adversary's head, pecking at it with the pole-axe end +of the axe as a woodpecker {Endnote 7} pecks at rotten wood. +Presently a peck would go home, and his enemy would drop down +with a neat little circular hole in his forehead or skull, exactly +similar to that which a cheese-scoop makes in a cheese. He never +used the broad blade of the axe except when hard pressed, or +when striking at a shield. He told me afterwards that he did +not consider it sportsmanlike. + +Good and his men were quite close by now, and our people had +to cease firing into the mass for fear of killing some of them +(as it was, one of them was slain in this way). Mad and desperate +with fear, the Masai by a frantic effort burst through the thorn +fence and piled-up dead, and, sweeping Curtis, Umslopogaas, and +the other three before them, into the open. And now it was that +we began to lose men fast. Down went our poor Askari who was +armed with the axe, a great spear standing out a foot behind +his back; and before long the two spearsmen who had stood with +him went down too, dying fighting like tigers; and others of +our party shared their fate. For a moment I feared the fight +was lost -- certainly it trembled in the balance. I shouted +to my men to cast down their rifles, and to take spears and throw +themselves into the melee. They obeyed, their blood being now +thoroughly up, and Mr Mackenzie's people followed their example. + +This move had a momentary good result, but still the fight hung +in the balance. + +Our people fought magnificently, hurling themselves upon the +dark mass of Elmoran, hewing, thrusting, slaying, and being slain. +And ever above the din rose Good's awful yell of encouragement +as he plunged to wherever the fight was thickest; and ever, with +an almost machine-like regularity, the two axes rose and fell, +carrying death and disablement at every stroke. But I could +see that the strain was beginning to tell upon Sir Henry, who +was bleeding from several flesh wounds: his breath was coming +in gasps, and the veins stood out on his forehead like blue and +knotted cords. Even Umslopogaas, man of iron that he was, was +hard pressed. I noticed that he had given up 'woodpecking', +and was now using the broad blade of Inkosi-kaas, 'browning' +his enemy wherever he could hit him, instead of drilling scientific +holes in his head. I myself did not go into the melee, but hovered +outside like the swift 'back' in a football scrimmage, putting +a bullet through a Masai whenever I got a chance. I was more +use so. I fired forty-nine cartridges that morning, and I did +not miss many shots. + +Presently, do as we would, the beam of the balance began to rise +against us. We had not more than fifteen or sixteen effectives +left now, and the Masai had at least fifty. Of course if they +had kept their heads, and shaken themselves together, they could +soon have made an end of the matter; but that is just what they +did not do, not having yet recovered from their start, and some +of them having actually fled from their sleeping-places without +their weapons. Still by now many individuals were fighting with +their normal courage and discretion, and this alone was sufficient +to defeat us. To make matters worse just then, when Mackenzie's +rifle was empty, a brawny savage armed with a 'sime', or sword, +made a rush for him. The clergyman flung down his gun, and drawing +his huge carver from his elastic belt (his revolver had dropped +out in the fight), they closed in desperate struggle. Presently, +locked in a close embrace, missionary and Masai rolled on the +ground behind the wall, and for some time I, being amply occupied +with my own affairs, and in keeping my skin from being pricked, +remained in ignorance of his fate or how the duel had ended. + +To and fro surged the fight, slowly turning round like the vortex +of a human whirlpool, and the matter began to look very bad for +us. Just then, however, a fortunate thing happened. Umslopogaas, +either by accident or design, broke out of the ring and engaged +a warrior at some few paces from it. As he did so, another man +ran up and struck him with all his force between his shoulders +with his great spear, which, falling on the tough steel shirt, +failed to pierce it and rebounded. For a moment the man stared +aghast -- protective armour being unknown among these tribes +-- and then he yelled out at the top of his voice -- + +'_They are devils -- bewitched, bewitched!_' And seized by a +sudden panic, he threw down his spear, and began to fly. I cut +short his career with a bullet, and Umslopogaas brained his man, +and then the panic spread to the others. + +'_Bewitched, bewitched!_' they cried, and tried to escape in every +direction, utterly demoralized and broken-spirited, for the most +part even throwing down their shields and spears. + +On the last scene of that dreadful fight I need not dwell. It +was a slaughter great and grim, in which no quarter was asked +or given. One incident, however, is worth detailing. Just as +I was hoping that it was all done with, suddenly from under a +heap of slain where he had been hiding, an unwounded warrior +sprang up, and, clearing the piles of dying dead like an antelope, +sped like the wind up the kraal towards the spot where I was +standing at the moment. But he was not alone, for Umslopogaas +came gliding on his tracks with the peculiar swallow-like motion +for which he was noted, and as they neared me I recognized in +the Masai the herald of the previous night. Finding that, run +as he would, his pursuer was gaining on him, the man halted and +turned round to give battle. Umslopogaas also pulled up. + +'Ah, ah,' he cried, in mockery, to the Elmoran, 'it is thou whom +I talked with last night -- the Lygonani! the Herald! the capturer +of little girls -- he who would kill a little girl! And thou +didst hope to stand man to man and face to face with Umslopogaas, +an Induna of the tribe of the Maquilisini, of the people of the +Amazulu? Behold, thy prayer is granted! And I didst swear to +hew thee limb from limb, thou insolent dog. Behold, I will do +it even now!' + +The Masai ground his teeth with fury, and charged at the Zulu +with his spear. As he came, Umslopogaas deftly stepped aside, +and swinging Inkosi-kaas high above his head with both hands, +brought the broad blade down with such fearful force from behind +upon the Masai's shoulder just where the neck is set into the +frame, that its razor edge shore right through bone and flesh +and muscle, almost severing the head and one arm from the body. + +'_Ou!_' ejaculated Umslopogaas, contemplating the corpse of his foe; +'I have kept my word. It was a good stroke.' + + + + +CHAPTER VIII +ALPHONSE EXPLAINS + + +And so the fight was ended. On returning from the shocking scene +it sudden struck me that I had seen nothing of Alphonse since +the moment, some twenty minutes before -- for though this fight +has taken a long while to describe, it did not take long in reality +-- when I had been forced to hit him in the wind with the result +of nearly getting myself shot. Fearing that the poor little +man had perished in the battle, I began to hunt among the dead +for his body, but, not being able either to see or hear anything +of it, I concluded that he must have survived, and walked down +the side of the kraal where we had first taken our stand, calling +him by name. Now some fifteen paces back from the kraal wall +stood a very ancient tree of the banyan species. So ancient +was it that all the inside had in the course of ages decayed +away, leaving nothing but a shell of bark. + +'Alphonse,' I called, as I walked down the wall. 'Alphonse!' + +'Oui, monsieur,' answered a voice. 'Here am I.' + +I looked round but could see nobody. 'Where?' I cried. + +'Here am I, monsieur, in the tree.' + +I looked, and there, peering out of a hole in the trunk of the +banyan about five feet from the ground, I saw a pale face and +a pair of large mustachios, one clipped short and the other as +lamentably out of curl as the tail of a newly whipped pug. Then, +for the first time, I realized what I had suspected before -- +namely, that Alphonse was an arrant coward. I walked up to him. +'Come out of that hole,' I said. + +'Is it finished, monsieur?' he asked anxiously; 'quite finished? +Ah, the horrors I have undergone, and the prayers I have uttered!' + +'Come out, you little wretch,' I said, for I did not feel amiable; +'it is all over.' + +'So, monsieur, then my prayers have prevailed? I emerge,' +and he did. + +As we were walking down together to join the others, who were +gathered in a group by the wide entrance to the kraal, which +now resembled a veritable charnel-house, a Masai, who had escaped +so far and been hiding under a bush, suddenly sprang up and charged +furiously at us. Off went Alphonse with a howl of terror, and +after him flew the Masai, bent upon doing some execution before +he died. He soon overtook the poor little Frenchman, and would +have finished him then and there had I not, just as Alphonse +made a last agonized double in the vain hope of avoiding the +yard of steel that was flashing in his immediate rear, managed +to plant a bullet between the Elmoran's broad shoulders, which +brought matters to a satisfactory conclusion so far as the Frenchman +was concerned. But just then he tripped and fell flat, and the +body of the Masai fell right on the top of him, moving convulsively +in the death struggle. Thereupon there arose such a series of +piercing howls that I concluded that before he died the savage +must have managed to stab poor Alphonse. I ran up in a hurry +and pulled the Masai off, and there beneath him lay Alphonse +covered with blood and jerking himself about like a galvanized +frog. Poor fellow! thought I, he is done for, and kneeling down +by him I began to search for his wound as well as his struggles +would allow. + +'Oh, the hole in my back!' he yelled. 'I am murdered. I am +dead. Oh, Annette!' + +I searched again, but could see no wound. Then the truth dawned +on me -- the man was frightened, not hurt. + +'Get up!' I shouted, 'Get up. Aren't you ashamed of yourself? +You are not touched.' + +Thereupon he rose, not a penny the worse. 'But, monsieur, I +thought I was,' he said apologetically; 'I did not know that +I had conquered.' Then, giving the body of the Masai a kick, +he ejaculated triumphantly, 'Ah, dog of a black savage, thou +art dead; what victory!' + +Thoroughly disgusted, I left Alphonse to look after himself, +which he did by following me like a shadow, and proceeded to +join the others by the large entrance. The first thing that +I saw was Mackenzie, seated on a stone with a handkerchief twisted +round his thigh, from which he was bleeding freely, having, indeed, +received a spear-thrust that passed right through it, and still +holding in his hand his favourite carving knife now bent nearly +double, from which I gathered that he had been successful in +his rough and tumble with the Elmoran. + +'Ah, Quatermain!' he sang out in a trembling, excited voice, +'so we have conquered; but it is a sorry sight, a sorry sight;' +and then breaking into broad Scotch and glancing at the bent +knife in his hand, 'It fashes me sair to have bent my best carver +on the breastbone of a savage,' and he laughed hysterically. +Poor fellow, what between his wound and the killing excitement +he had undergone his nerves were much shaken, and no wonder! +It is hard upon a man of peace and kindly heart to be called +upon to join in such a gruesome business. But there, fate puts +us sometimes into very comical positions! + +At the kraal entrance the scene was a strange one. The slaughter +was over by now, and the wounded men had been put out of their +pain, for no quarter had been given. The bush-closed entrance +was trampled flat, and in place of bushes it was filled with +the bodies of dead men. Dead men, everywhere dead men -- they +lay about in knots, they were flung by ones and twos in every +position upon the open spaces, for all the world like the people +on the grass in one of the London parks on a particularly hot +Sunday in August. In front of this entrance, on a space which +had been cleared of dead and of the shields and spears which +were scattered in all directions as they had fallen or been thrown +from the hands of their owners, stood and lay the survivors of +the awful struggle, and at their feet were four wounded men. +We had gone into the fight thirty strong, and of the thirty +but fifteen remained alive, and five of them (including Mr Mackenzie) +were wounded, two mortally. Of those who held the entrance, +Curtis and the Zulu alone remained. Good had lost five men killed, +I had lost two killed, and Mackenzie no less than five out of +the six with him. As for the survivors they were, with the exception +of myself who had never come to close quarters, red from head +to foot -- Sir Henry's armour might have been painted that colour +-- and utterly exhausted, except Umslopogaas, who, as he grimly +stood on a little mound above a heap of dead, leaning as usual +upon his axe, did not seem particularly distressed, although +the skin over the hole in his head palpitated violently. + +'Ah, Macumazahn!' he said to me as I limped up, feeling very +sick, 'I told thee that it would be a good fight, and it has. +Never have I seen a better, or one more bravely fought. As +for this iron shirt, surely it is "tagati" [bewitched]; nothing +could pierce it. Had it not been for the garment I should have +been _there_,' and he nodded towards the great pile of dead men +beneath him. + +'I give it thee; thou art a brave man,' said Sir Henry, briefly. + +'Koos!' answered the Zulu, deeply pleased both at the gift and +the compliment. 'Thou, too, Incubu, didst bear thyself as a +man, but I must give thee some lessons with the axe; thou dost +waste thy strength.' + +Just then Mackenzie asked about Flossie, and we were all greatly +relieved when one of the men said he had seen her flying towards +the house with the nurse. Then bearing such of the wounded as +could be moved at the moment with us, we slowly made our way +towards the Mission-house, spent with toil and bloodshed, but +with the glorious sense of victory against overwhelming odds +glowing in our hearts. We had saved the life of the little maid, +and taught the Masai of those parts a lesson that they will not +forget for ten years -- but at what a cost! + +Painfully we made our way up the hill which, just a little more +than an hour before, we had descended under such different circumstances. +At the gate of the wall stood Mrs Mackenzie waiting for us. +When her eyes fell upon us, however, she shrieked out, and covered +her face with her hands, crying, 'Horrible, horrible!' Nor were +her fears allayed when she discovered her worthy husband being +borne upon an improvized stretcher; but her doubts as to the +nature of his injury were soon set at rest. Then when in a few +brief words I had told her the upshot of the struggle (of which +Flossie, who had arrived in safety, had been able to explain +something) she came up to me and solemnly kissed me on the forehead. + +'God bless you all, Mr Quatermain; you have saved my child's +life,' she said simply. + +Then we went in and got our clothes off and doctored our wounds; +I am glad to say I had none, and Sir Henry's and Good's were, +thanks to those invaluable chain shirts, of a comparatively harmless +nature, and to be dealt with by means of a few stitches and sticking- +plaster. Mackenzie's, however, were serious, though fortunately +the spear had not severed any large artery. After that we had +a bath, and what a luxury it was! And having clad ourselves +in ordinary clothes, proceeded to the dining-room, where breakfast +was set as usual. It was curious sitting down there, drinking +tea and eating toast in an ordinary nineteenth-century sort of +way just as though we had not employed the early hours in a regular +primitive hand-to-hand Middle-Ages kind of struggle. As Good +said, the whole thing seemed more as though one had had a bad +nightmare just before being called, than as a deed done. When +we were finishing our breakfast the door opened, and in came +little Flossie, very pale and tottery, but quite unhurt. She +kissed us all and thanked us. I congratulated her on the presence +of mind she had shown in shooting the Masai with her Derringer +pistol, and thereby saving her own life. + +'Oh, don't talk of it!' she said, beginning to cry hysterically; +'I shall never forget his face as he went turning round and round, +never -- I can see it now.' + +I advised her to go to bed and get some sleep, which she did, +and awoke in the evening quite recovered, so far as her strength +was concerned. It struck me as an odd thing that a girl who +could find the nerve to shoot a huge black ruffian rushing to +kill her with a spear should have been so affected at the thought +of it afterwards; but it is, after all, characteristic of the +sex. Poor Flossie! I fear that her nerves will not get over +that night in the Masai camp for many a long year. She told +me afterwards that it was the suspense that was so awful, having +to sit there hour after hour through the livelong night utterly +ignorant as to whether or not any attempt was to be made to rescue +her. She said that on the whole she did not expect it, knowing +how few of us, and how many of the Masai -- who, by the way, +came continually to stare at her, most of them never having seen +a white person before, and handled her arms and hair with their +filthy paws. She said also that she had made up her mind that +if she saw no signs of succour by the time the first rays of +the rising sun reached the kraal she would kill herself with +the pistol, for the nurse had heard the Lygonani say that they +were to be tortured to death as soon as the sun was up if one +of the white men did not come in their place. It was an awful +resolution to have to take, but she meant to act on it, and I +have little doubt but what she would have done so. Although +she was at an age when in England girls are in the schoolroom +and come down to dessert, this 'child of the wilderness' had +more courage, discretion, and power of mind than many a woman +of mature age nurtured in idleness and luxury, with minds carefully +drilled and educated out of any originality or self-resource +that nature may have endowed them with. + +When breakfast was over we all turned in and had a good sleep, +only getting up in time for dinner; after which meal we once +more adjourned, together with all the available population -- +men, women, youths, and girls -- to the scene of the morning's +slaughter, our object being to bury our own dead and get rid +of the Masai by flinging them into the Tana River, which ran +within fifty yards of the kraal. On reaching the spot we disturbed +thousands upon thousands of vultures and a sort of brown bush +eagle, which had been flocking to the feast from miles and miles +away. Often have I watched these great and repulsive birds, +and marvelled at the extraordinary speed with which they arrive +on a scene of slaughter. A buck falls to your rifle, and within +a minute high in the blue ether appears a speck that gradually +grows into a vulture, then another, and another. I have heard +many theories advanced to account for the wonderful power of +perception nature has given these birds. My own, founded on +a good deal of observation, is that the vultures, gifted as they +are with powers of sight greater than those given by the most +powerful glass, quarter out the heavens among themselves, and +hanging in mid-air at a vast height -- probably from two to three +miles above the earth -- keep watch, each of them, over an enormous +stretch of country. Presently one of them spies food, and instantly +begins to sink towards it. Thereon his next neighbour in the +airy heights sailing leisurely through the blue gulf, at a distance +perhaps of some miles, follows his example, knowing that food +has been sighted. Down he goes, and all the vultures within +sight of him follow after, and so do all those in sight of them. +In this way the vultures for twenty miles round can be summoned +to the feast in a few minutes. + +We buried our dead in solemn silence, Good being selected to +read the Burial Service over them (in the absence of Mr Mackenzie, +confined to bed), as he was generally allowed to possess the +best voice and most impressive manner. It was melancholy in +the extreme, but, as Good said, it might have been worse, for +we might have had 'to bury ourselves'. I pointed out that this +would have been a difficult feat, but I knew what he meant. + +Next we set to work to load an ox-wagon which had been brought +round from the Mission with the dead bodies of the Masai, having +first collected the spears, shields, and other arms. We loaded +the wagon five times, about fifty bodies to the load, and emptied +it into the Tana. From this it was evident that very few of +the Masai could have escaped. The crocodiles must have been +well fed that night. One of the last bodies we picked up was +that of the sentry at the upper end. I asked Good how he managed +to kill him, and he told me that he had crept up much as Umslopogaas +had done, and stabbed him with his sword. He groaned a good +deal, but fortunately nobody heard him. As Good said, it was +a horrible thing to have to do, and most unpleasantly like +cold-blooded murder. + +And so with the last body that floated away down the current +of the Tana ended the incident of our attack on the Masai camp. +The spears and shields and other arms we took up to the Mission, +where they filled an outhouse. One incident, however, I must +not forget to mention. As we were returning from performing +the obsequies of our Masai friends we passed the hollow tree +where Alphonse had secreted himself in the morning. It so happened +that the little man himself was with us assisting in our unpleasant +task with a far better will than he had shown where live Masai +were concerned. Indeed, for each body that he handled he found +an appropriate sarcasm. Alphonse throwing Masai into the Tana +was a very different creature from Alphonse flying for dear life +from the spear of a live Masai. He was quite merry and gay, +he clapped his hands and warbled snatches of French songs as +the grim dead warriors went 'splash' into the running waters +to carry a message of death and defiance to their kindred a hundred +miles below. In short, thinking that he wanted taking down a +peg, I suggested holding a court-martial on him for his conduct +in the morning. + +Accordingly we brought him to the tree where he had hidden, and +proceeded to sit in judgment on him, Sir Henry explaining to +him in the very best French the unheard-of cowardice and enormity +of his conduct, more especially in letting the oiled rag out +of his mouth, whereby he nearly aroused the Masai camp with +teeth-chattering and brought about the failure of our plans: +ending up with a request for an explanation. + +But if we expected to find Alphonse at a loss and put him to +open shame we were destined to be disappointed. He bowed and +scraped and smiled, and acknowledged that his conduct might at +first blush appear strange, but really it was not, inasmuch as +his teeth were not chattering from fear -- oh, dear no! oh, certainly +not! he marvelled how the 'messieurs' could think of such a thing +-- but from the chill air of the morning. As for the rag, if +monsieur could have but tasted its evil flavour, being compounded +indeed of a mixture of stale paraffin oil, grease, and gunpowder, +monsieur himself would have spat it out. But he did nothing +of the sort; he determined to keep it there till, alas! his stomach +'revolted', and the rag was ejected in an access of involuntary +sickness. + +'And what have you to say about getting into the hollow tree?' +asked Sir Henry, keeping his countenance with difficulty. + +'But, monsieur, the explanation is easy; oh, most easy! it was +thus: I stood there by the kraal wall, and the little grey monsieur +hit me in the stomach so that my rifle exploded, and the battle +began. I watched whilst recovering myself from monsieur's cruel +blow; then, messieurs, I felt the heroic blood of my grandfather +boil up in my veins. The sight made me mad. I ground my teeth! +Fire flashed from my eyes! I shouted "En avant!" and longed +to slay. Before my eyes there rose a vision of my heroic grandfather! +In short, I was mad! I was a warrior indeed! But then in my +heart I heard a small voice: "Alphonse," said the voice, "restrain +thyself, Alphonse! Give not way to this evil passion! These +men, though black, are brothers! And thou wouldst slay them? +Cruel Alphonse!" The voice was right. I knew it; I was about +to perpetrate the most horrible cruelties: to wound! to massacre! +to tear limb from limb! And how restrain myself? I looked round; +I saw the tree, I perceived the hole. "Entomb thyself," said +the voice, "and hold on tight! Thou wilt thus overcome temptation +by main force!" It was bitter, just when the blood of my heroic +grandfather boiled most fiercely; but I obeyed! I dragged my +unwilling feet along; I entombed myself! Through the hole I +watched the battle! I shouted curses and defiance on the foe! +I noted them fall with satisfaction! Why not? I had not robbed +them of their lives. Their gore was not upon my head. The blood +of my heroic --' + +'Oh, get along with you, you little cur!' broke out Sir Henry, +with a shout of laughter, and giving Alphonse a good kick which +sent him flying off with a rueful face. + +In the evening I had an interview with Mr Mackenzie, who was +suffering a good deal from his wounds, which Good, who was a +skilful though unqualified doctor, was treating him for. He +told me that this occurrence had taught him a lesson, and that, +if he recovered safely, he meant to hand over the Mission to +a younger man, who was already on his road to join him in his +work, and return to England. + +'You see, Quatermain,' he said, 'I made up my mind to it, this +very morning, when we were creeping down those benighted savages. +"If we live through this and rescue Flossie alive," I said to +myself, "I will go home to England; I have had enough of savages." +Well, I did not think that we should live through it at the +time; but thanks be to God and you four, we have lived through +it, and I mean to stick to my resolution, lest a worse thing +befall us. Another such time would kill my poor wife. And besides, +Quatermain, between you and me, I am well off; it is thirty thousand +pounds I am worth today, and every farthing of it made by honest +trade and savings in the bank at Zanzibar, for living here costs +me next to nothing. So though it will be hard to leave this +place, which I have made to blossom like a rose in the wilderness, +and harder still to leave the people I have taught, I shall go.' + +'I congratulate you on your decision,' answered I, 'for two reasons. +The first is, that you owe a duty to your wife and daughter, +and more especially to the latter, who should receive some education +and mix with girls of her own race, otherwise she will grow up +wild, shunning her kind. The other is, that as sure as I am +standing here, sooner or later the Masai will try to avenge the +slaughter inflicted on them today. Two or three men are sure +to have escaped the confusion who will carry the story back to +their people, and the result will be that a great expedition +will one day be sent against you. It might be delayed for a +year, but sooner or later it will come. Therefore, if only for +that reason, I should go. When once they have learnt that you +are no longer here they may perhaps leave the place alone.' +{Endnote 8} + +'You are quite right,' answered the clergyman. 'I will turn +my back upon this place in a month. But it will be a wrench, +it will be a wrench.' + + + + +CHAPTER IX +INTO THE UNKNOWN + + + +A week had passed, and we all sat at supper one night in the +Mission dining-room, feeling very much depressed in spirits, +for the reason that we were going to say goodbye to our kind +friends, the Mackenzies, and depart upon our way at dawn on the +morrow. Nothing more had been seen or heard of the Masai, and +save for a spear or two which had been overlooked and was rusting +in the grass, and a few empty cartridges where we had stood outside +the wall, it would have been difficult to tell that the old cattle +kraal at the foot of the slope had been the scene of so desperate +a struggle. Mackenzie was, thanks chiefly to his being so temperate +a man, rapidly recovering from his wound, and could get about +on a pair of crutches; and as for the other wounded men, one +had died of gangrene, and the rest were in a fair way to recovery. +Mr Mackenzie's caravan of men had also returned from the coast, +so that the station was now amply garrisoned. + +Under these circumstances we concluded, warm and pressing as +were the invitations for us to stay, that it was time to move +on, first to Mount Kenia, and thence into the unknown in search +of the mysterious white race which we had set our hearts on discovering. +This time we were going to progress by means of the humble but +useful donkey, of which we had collected no less than a dozen, +to carry our goods and chattels, and, if necessary, ourselves. +We had now but two Wakwafis left for servants, and found it +quite impossible to get other natives to venture with us into +the unknown parts we proposed to explore -- and small blame to +them. After all, as Mr Mackenzie said, it was odd that three +men, each of whom possessed many of those things that are supposed +to make life worth living -- health, sufficient means, and position, +etc. -- should from their own pleasure start out upon a wild-goose +chase, from which the chances were they never would return. +But then that is what Englishmen are, adventurers to the backbone; +and all our magnificent muster-roll of colonies, each of which +will in time become a great nation, testify to the extraordinary +value of the spirit of adventure which at first sight looks like +a mild form of lunacy. 'Adventurer' -- he that goes out to meet +whatever may come. Well, that is what we all do in the world +one way or another, and, speaking for myself, I am proud of the +title, because it implies a brave heart and a trust in Providence. +Besides, when many and many a noted Croesus, at whose feet the +people worship, and many and many a time-serving and word-coining +politician are forgotten, the names of those grand-hearted old +adventurers who have made England what she is, will be remembered +and taught with love and pride to little children whose unshaped +spirits yet slumber in the womb of centuries to be. Not that +we three can expect to be numbered with such as these, yet have +we done something -- enough, perhaps, to throw a garment over +the nakedness of our folly. + +That evening, whilst we were sitting on the veranda, smoking +a pipe before turning in, who should come up to us but Alphonse, +and, with a magnificent bow, announce his wish for an interview. +Being requested to 'fire away', he explained at some length +that he was anxious to attach himself to our party -- a statement +that astonished me not a little, knowing what a coward the little +man was. The reason, however, soon appeared. Mr Mackenzie was +going down to the coast, and thence on to England. Now, if he +went down country, Alphonse was persuaded that he would be seized, +extradited, sent to France, and to penal servitude. This was +the idea that haunted him, as King Charles's head haunted Mr +Dick, and he brooded over it till his imagination exaggerated +the danger ten times. As a matter of fact, the probability is +that his offence against the laws of his country had long ago +been forgotten, and that he would have been allowed to pass unmolested +anywhere except in France; but he could not be got to see this. +Constitutional coward as the little man was, he infinitely preferred +to face the certain hardships and great risks and dangers of +such an expedition as ours, than to expose himself, notwithstanding +his intense longing for his native land, to the possible scrutiny +of a police officer -- which is after all only another exemplification +of the truth that, to the majority of men, a far-off foreseen +danger, however shadowy, is much more terrible than the most +serious present emergency. After listening to what he had to +say, we consulted among ourselves, and finally agreed, with Mr +Mackenzie's knowledge and consent, to accept his offer. To begin +with, we were very short-handed, and Alphonse was a quick, active +fellow, who could turn his hand to anything, and cook -- ah, +he _could_ cook! I believe that he would have made a palatable +dish of those gaiters of his heroic grandfather which he was +so fond of talking about. Then he was a good-tempered little +man, and merry as a monkey, whilst his pompous, vainglorious +talk was a source of infinite amusement to us; and what is more, +he never bore malice. Of course, his being so pronounced a coward +was a great drawback to him, but now that we knew his weakness +we could more or less guard against it. So, after warning him +of the undoubted risks he was exposing himself to, we told him +that we would accept his offer on condition that he would promise +implicit obedience to our orders. We also promised to give him +wages at the rate of ten pounds a month should he ever return +to a civilized country to receive them. To all of this he agreed +with alacrity, and retired to write a letter to his Annette, +which Mr Mackenzie promised to post when he got down country. +He read it to us afterwards, Sir Henry translating, and a wonderful +composition it was. I am sure the depth of his devotion and +the narration of his sufferings in a barbarous country, 'far, +far from thee, Annette, for whose adored sake I endure such sorrow,' +ought to have touched the feelings of the stoniest-hearted chambermaid. + +Well, the morrow came, and by seven o'clock the donkeys were +all loaded, and the time of parting was at hand. It was a melancholy +business, especially saying goodbye to dear little Flossie. +She and I were great friends, and often used to have talks together +-- but her nerves had never got over the shock of that awful +night when she lay in the power of those bloodthirsty Masai. +'Oh, Mr Quatermain,' she cried, throwing her arms round my neck +and bursting into tears, 'I can't bear to say goodbye to you. +I wonder when we shall meet again?' + +'I don't know, my dear little girl,' I said, 'I am at one end +of life and you are at the other. I have but a short time before +me at best, and most things lie in the past, but I hope that +for you there are many long and happy years, and everything lies +in the future. By-and-by you will grow into a beautiful woman, +Flossie, and all this wild life will be like a far-off dream +to you; but I hope, even if we never do meet again, that you +will think of your old friend and remember what I say to you +now. Always try to be good, my dear, and to do what is right, +rather than what happens to be pleasant, for in the end, whatever +sneering people may say, what is good and what is happy are the +same. Be unselfish, and whenever you can, give a helping hand +to others -- for the world is full of suffering, my dear, and +to alleviate it is the noblest end that we can set before us. +If you do that you will become a sweet and God-fearing woman, +and make many people's lives a little brighter, and then you +will not have lived, as so many of your sex do, in vain. And +now I have given you a lot of old-fashioned advice, and so I +am going to give you something to sweeten it with. You see this +little piece of paper. It is what is called a cheque. When +we are gone give it to your father with this note -- not before, +mind. You will marry one day, my dear little Flossie, and it +is to buy you a wedding present which you are to wear, and your +daughter after you, if you have one, in remembrance of Hunter +Quatermain. + +Poor little Flossie cried very much, and gave me a lock of her +bright hair in return, which I still have. The cheque I gave +her was for a thousand pounds (which being now well off, and +having no calls upon me except those of charity, I could well +afford), and in the note I directed her father to invest it for +her in Government security, and when she married or came of age +to buy her the best diamond necklace he could get for the money +and accumulated interest. I chose diamonds because I think that +now that King Solomon's Mines are lost to the world, their price +will never be much lower than it is at present, so that if in +after-life she should ever be in pecuniary difficulties, she +will be able to turn them into money. + +Well, at last we got off, after much hand-shaking, hat-waving, +and also farewell saluting from the natives, Alphonse weeping +copiously (for he has a warm heart) at parting with his master +and mistress; and I was not sorry for it at all, for I hate those +goodbyes. Perhaps the most affecting thing of all was to witness +Umslopogaas' distress at parting with Flossie, for whom the grim +old warrior had conceived a strong affection. He used to say +that she was as sweet to see as the only star on a dark night, +and was never tired of loudly congratulating himself on having +killed the Lygonani who had threatened to murder her. And that +was the last we saw of the pleasant Mission-house -- a true oasis +in the desert -- and of European civilization. But I often think +of the Mackenzies, and wonder how they got down country, and +if they are now safe and well in England, and will ever see these +words. Dear little Flossie! I wonder how she fares there where +there are no black folk to do her imperious bidding, and no sky-piercing +snow-clad Kenia for her to look at when she gets up in the morning. +And so goodbye to Flossie. + +After leaving the Mission-house we made our way, comparatively +unmolested, past the base of Mount Kenia, which the Masai call +'Donyo Egere', or the 'speckled mountain', on account of the +black patches of rock that appear upon its mighty spire, where +the sides are too precipitous to allow of the snow lying on them; +then on past the lonely lake Baringo, where one of our two remaining +Askari, having unfortunately trodden on a puff-adder, died of +snake-bite, in spite of all our efforts to save him. Thence +we proceeded a distance of about a hundred and fifty miles to +another magnificent snow-clad mountain called Lekakisera, which +has never, to the best of my belief, been visited before by a +European, but which I cannot now stop to describe. There we +rested a fortnight, and then started out into the trackless and +uninhabited forest of a vast district called Elgumi. In this +forest alone there are more elephants than I ever met with or +heard with before. The mighty mammals literally swarm there +entirely unmolested by man, and only kept down by the natural +law that prevents any animals increasing beyond the capacity +of the country they inhabit to support them. Needless to say, +however, we did not shoot many of them, first because we could +not afford to waste ammunition, of which our stock was getting +perilously low, a donkey loaded with it having been swept away +in fording a flooded river; and secondly, because we could not +carry away the ivory, and did not wish to kill for the mere sake +of slaughter. So we let the great beasts be, only shooting one +or two in self-protection. In this district, the elephants, +being unacquainted with the hunter and his tender mercies, would +allow one to walk up to within twenty yards of them in the open, +while they stood, with their great ears cocked for all the world +like puzzled and gigantic puppy-dogs, and stared at that new +and extraordinary phenomenon -- man. Occasionally, when the +inspection did not prove satisfactory, the staring ended in a +trumpet and a charge, but this did not often happen. When it +did we had to use our rifles. Nor were elephants the only wild +beasts in the great Elgumi forest. All sorts of large game abounded, +including lions -- confound them! I have always hated the sight +of a lion since one bit my leg and lamed me for life. As a consequence, +another thing that abounded was the dreadful tsetse fly, whose +bite is death to domestic animals. Donkeys have, together with +men, hitherto been supposed to enjoy a peculiar immunity from +its attacks; but all I have to say, whether it was on account +of their poor condition, or because the tsetse in those parts +is more poisonous than usual, I do not know, but ours succumbed +to its onslaught. Fortunately, however, that was not till two +months or so after the bites had been inflicted, when suddenly, +after a two days' cold rain, they all died, and on removing the +skins of several of them I found the long yellow streaks upon +the flesh which are characteristic of death from bites from the +tsetse, marking the spot where the insect had inserted his proboscis. +On emerging from the great Elgumi forest, we, still steering +northwards, in accordance with the information Mr Mackenzie had +collected from the unfortunate wanderer who reached him only +to die so tragically, struck the base in due course of the large +lake, called Laga by the natives, which is about fifty miles +long by twenty broad, and of which, it may be remembered, he +made mention. Thence we pushed on nearly a month's journey over +great rolling uplands, something like those in the Transvaal, +but diversified by patches of bush country. + +All this time we were continually ascending at the rate of about +one hundred feet every ten miles. Indeed the country was on +a slope which appeared to terminate at a mass of snow-tipped +mountains, for which we were steering, and where we learnt the +second lake of which the wanderer had spoken as the lake without +a bottom was situated. At length we arrived there, and, having +ascertained that there _was_ a large lake on top of the mountains, +ascended three thousand feet more till we came to a precipitous +cliff or edge, to find a great sheet of water some twenty miles +square lying fifteen hundred feet below us, and evidently occupying +an extinct volcanic crater or craters of vast extent. Perceiving +villages on the border of this lake, we descended with great +difficulty through forests of pine trees, which now clothed the +precipitous sides of the crater, and were well received by the +people, a simple, unwarlike folk, who had never seen or even +heard of a white man before, and treated us with great reverence +and kindness, supplying us with as much food and milk as we could +eat and drink. This wonderful and beautiful lake lay, according +to our aneroid, at a height of no less than 11,450 feet above +sea-level, and its climate was quite cold, and not at all unlike +that of England. Indeed, for the first three days of our stay +there we saw little or nothing of the scenery on account of an +unmistakable Scotch mist which prevailed. It was this rain that +set the tsetse poison working in our remaining donkeys, so that +they all died. + +This disaster left us in a very awkward position, as we had now +no means of transport whatever, though on the other hand we had +not much to carry. Ammunition, too, was very short, amounting +to but one hundred and fifty rounds of rifle cartridges and some +fifty shot-gun cartridges. How to get on we did not know; indeed +it seemed to us that we had about reached the end of our tether. +Even if we had been inclined to abandon the object of our search, +which, shadow as it was, was by no means the case, it was ridiculous +to think of forcing our way back some seven hundred miles to +the coast in our present plight; so we came to the conclusion +that the only thing to be done was to stop where we were -- the +natives being so well disposed and food plentiful -- for the +present, and abide events, and try to collect information as +to the countries beyond. + +Accordingly, having purchased a capital log canoe, large enough +to hold us all and our baggage, from the headman of the village +we were staying in, presenting him with three empty cold-drawn +brass cartridges by way of payment, with which he was perfectly +delighted, we set out to make a tour of the lake in order to +find the most favourable place to make a camp. As we did not +know if we should return to this village, we put all our gear +into the canoe, and also a quarter of cooked water-buck, which +when young is delicious eating, and off we set, natives having +already gone before us in light canoes to warn the inhabitants +of the other villages of our approach. + +As we were puddling leisurely along Good remarked upon the extraordinary +deep blue colour of the water, and said that he understood from +the natives, who were great fishermen -- fish, indeed, being +their principal food -- that the lake was supposed to be wonderfully +deep, and to have a hole at the bottom through which the water +escaped and put out some great fire that was raging below. + +I pointed out to him that what he had heard was probably a legend +arising from a tradition among the people which dated back to +the time when one of the extinct parasitic volcanic cones was +in activity. We saw several round the borders of the lake which +had no doubt been working at a period long subsequent to the +volcanic death of the central crater which now formed the bed +of the lake itself. When it finally became extinct the people +would imagine that the water from the lake had run down and put +out the big fire below, more especially as, though it was constantly +fed by streams running from the snow-tipped peaks about, there +was no visible exit to it. + +The farther shore of the lake we found, on approaching it, to +consist of a vast perpendicular wall of rock, which held the +water without any intermediate sloping bank, as elsewhere. Accordingly +we paddled parallel with this precipice, at a distance of about +a hundred paces from it, shaping our course for the end of the +lake, where we knew that there was a large village. + +As we went we began to pass a considerable accumulation of floating +rushes, weed, boughs of trees, and other rubbish, brought, Good +supposed, to this spot by some current, which he was much puzzled +to account for. Whilst we were speculating about this, Sir Henry +pointed out a flock of large white swans, which were feeding +on the drift some little way ahead of us. Now I had already +noticed swans flying about this lake, and, having never come +across them before in Africa, was exceedingly anxious to obtain +a specimen. I had questioned the natives about them, and learnt +that they came from over the mountain, always arriving at certain +periods of the year in the early morning, when it was very easy +to catch them, on account of their exhausted condition. I also +asked them what country they came from, when they shrugged their +shoulders, and said that on the top of the great black precipice +was stony inhospitable land, and beyond that were mountains with +snow, and full of wild beasts, where no people lived, and beyond +the mountains were hundreds of miles of dense thorn forest, so +thick that even the elephants could not get through it, much +less men. Next I asked them if they had ever heard of white +people like ourselves living on the farther side of the mountains +and the thorn forest, whereat they laughed. But afterwards a +very old woman came and told me that when she was a little girl +her grandfather had told her that in his youth _his_ grandfather +had crossed the desert and the mountains, and pierced the thorn +forest, and seen a white people who lived in stone kraals beyond. +Of course, as this took the tale back some two hundred and fifty +years, the information was very indefinite; but still there it +was again, and on thinking it over I grew firmly convinced that +there was some truth in all these rumours, and equally firmly +determined to solve the mystery. Little did I guess in what +an almost miraculous way my desire was to be gratified. + +Well, we set to work to stalk the swans, which kept drawing, +as they fed, nearer and nearer to the precipice, and at last +we pushed the canoe under shelter of a patch of drift within +forty yards of them. Sir Henry had the shot-gun, loaded with +No. 1, and, waiting for a chance, got two in a line, and, firing +at their necks, killed them both. Up rose the rest, thirty or +more of them, with a mighty splashing; and, as they did so, he +gave them the other barrel. Down came one fellow with a broken +wing, and I saw the leg of another drop and a few feathers start +out of his back; but he went on quite strong. Up went the swans, +circling ever higher till at last they were mere specks level +with the top of the frowning precipice, when I saw them form +into a triangle and head off for the unknown north-east. Meanwhile +we had picked up our two dead ones, and beautiful birds they +were, weighing not less than about thirty pounds each, and were +chasing the winged one, which had scrambled over a mass of driftweed +into a pool of clear water beyond. Finding a difficulty in forcing +the canoe through the rubbish, I told our only remaining Wakwafi +servant, whom I knew to be an excellent swimmer, to jump over, +dive under the drift, and catch him, knowing that as there were +no crocodiles in this lake he could come to no harm. Entering +into the fun of the thing, the man obeyed, and soon was dodging +about after the winged swan in fine style, getting gradually +nearer to the rock wall, against which the water washed as he +did so. + +Presently he gave up swimming after the swan, and began to cry +out that he was being carried away; and, indeed, we saw that, +though he was swimming with all his strength towards us, he was +being drawn slowly to the precipice. With a few desperate strokes +of our paddles we pushed the canoe through the crust of drift +and rowed towards the man as hard as we could, but, fast as we +went, he was drawn faster to the rock. Suddenly I saw that before +us, just rising eighteen inches or so above the surface of the +lake, was what looked like the top of the arch of a submerged +cave or railway tunnel. Evidently, from the watermark on the +rock several feet above it, it was generally entirely submerged; +but there had been a dry season, and the cold had prevented the +snow from melting as freely as usual; so the lake was low and +the arch showed. Towards this arch our poor servant was being +sucked with frightful rapidity. He was not more than ten fathoms +from it, and we were about twenty when I saw it, and with little +help from us the canoe flew along after him. He struggled bravely, +and I thought that we should have saved him, when suddenly I +perceived an expression of despair come upon his face, and there +before our eyes he was sucked down into the cruel swirling blue +depths, and vanished. At the same moment I felt our canoe seized +as with a mighty hand, and propelled with resistless force towards +the rock. + +We realized our danger now and rowed, or rather paddled, furiously +in our attempt to get out of the vortex. In vain; in another +second we were flying straight for the arch like an arrow, and +I thought that we were lost. Luckily I retained sufficient presence +of mind to shout out, instantly setting the example by throwing +myself into the bottom of the canoe, 'Down on your faces -- down!' +and the others had the sense to take the hint. In another instant +there was a grinding noise, and the boat was pushed down till +the water began to trickle over the sides, and I thought that +we were gone. But no, suddenly the grinding ceased, and we could +again feel the canoe flying along. I turned my head a little +-- I dared not lift it -- and looked up. By the feeble light +that yet reached the canoe, I could make out that a dense arch +of rock hung just over our heads, and that was all. In another +minute I could not even see as much as that, for the faint light +had merged into shadow, and the shadows had been swallowed up +in darkness, utter and complete. + +For an hour or so we lay there, not daring to lift our heads +for fear lest the brains should be dashed out of them, and scarcely +able to speak even, on account of the noise of the rushing water +which drowned our voices. Not, indeed, that we had much inclination +to speak, seeing that we were overwhelmed by the awfulness of +our position and the imminent fear of instant death, either by +being dashed against the sides of the cavern, or on a rock, or +being sucked down in the raging waters, or perhaps asphyxiated +by want of air. All of these and many other modes of death presented +themselves to my imagination as I lay at the bottom of the canoe, +listening to the swirl of the hurrying waters which ran whither +we knew not. One only other sound could I hear, and that was +Alphonse's intermittent howl of terror coming from the centre +of the canoe, and even that seemed faint and unnatural. Indeed, +the whole thing overpowered my brain, and I began to believe +that I was the victim of some ghastly spirit-shaking nightmare. + + + + +CHAPTER X +THE ROSE OF FIRE + + + +On we flew, drawn by the mighty current, till at last I noticed +that the sound of the water was not half so deafening as it had +been, and concluded that this must be because there was more +room for the echoes to disperse in. I could now hear Alphonse's +howls much more distinctly; they were made up of the oddest mixture +of invocations to the Supreme Power and the name of his beloved +Annette that it is possible to conceive; and, in short, though +their evident earnestness saved them from profanity, were, to +say the least, very remarkable. Taking up a paddle I managed +to drive it into his ribs, whereon he, thinking that the end +had come, howled louder than ever. Then I slowly and cautiously +raised myself on my knees and stretched my hand upwards, but +could touch no roof. Next I took the paddle and lifted it above +my head as high as I could, but with the same result. I also +thrust it out laterally to the right and left, but could touch +nothing except water. Then I bethought me that there was in +the boat, amongst our other remaining possessions, a bull's-eye +lantern and a tin of oil. I groped about and found it, and having +a match on me carefully lit it, and as soon as the flame had +got a hold of the wick I turned it on down the boat. As it happened, +the first thing the light lit on was the white and scared face +of Alphonse, who, thinking that it was all over at last, and +that he was witnessing a preliminary celestial phenomenon, gave +a terrific yell and was with difficulty reassured with the paddle. +As for the other three, Good was lying on the flat of his back, +his eyeglass still fixed in his eye, and gazing blankly into +the upper darkness. Sir Henry had his head resting on the thwarts +of the canoe, and with his hand was trying to test the speed +of the water. But when the beam of light fell upon old Umslopogaas +I could really have laughed. I think I have said that we had +put a roast quarter of water-buck into the canoe. Well, it so +happened that when we all prostrated ourselves to avoid being +swept out of the boat and into the water by the rock roof, Umslopogaas's +head had come down uncommonly near this roast buck, and so soon +as he had recovered a little from the first shock of our position +it occurred to him that he was hungry. Thereupon he coolly cut +off a chop with Inkosi-kaas, and was now employed in eating it +with every appearance of satisfaction. As he afterwards explained, +he thought that he was going 'on a long journey', and preferred +to start on a full stomach. It reminded me of the people who +are going to be hanged, and who are generally reported in the +English daily papers to have made 'an excellent breakfast'. + +As soon as the others saw that I had managed to light the lamp, +we bundled Alphonse into the farther end of the canoe with a +threat which calmed him down wonderfully, that if he would insist +upon making the darkness hideous with his cries we would put +him out of suspense by sending him to join the Wakwafi and wait +for Annette in another sphere, and began to discuss the situation +as well as we could. First, however, at Good's suggestion, we +bound two paddles mast-fashion in the bows so that they might +give us warning against any sudden lowering of the roof of the +cave or waterway. It was clear to us that we were in an underground +river or, as Alphonse defined it, 'main drain', which carried +off the superfluous waters of the lake. Such rivers are well +known to exist in many parts of the world, but it has not often +been the evil fortune of explorers to travel by them. That the +river was wide we could clearly see, for the light from the bull's-eye +lantern failed to reach from shore to shore, although occasionally, +when the current swept us either to one side or the other, we +could distinguish the rock wall of the tunnel, which, as far +as we could make out, appeared to arch about twenty-five feet +above our heads. As for the current itself, it ran, Good estimated, +at least eight knots, and, fortunately for us, was, as is usual, +fiercest in the middle of the stream. Still, our first act was +to arrange that one of us, with the lantern and a pole there +was in the canoe, should always be in the bows ready, if possible, +to prevent us from being stove in against the side of the cave +or any projecting rock. Umslopogaas, having already dined, took +the first turn. This was absolutely, with one exception, all +that we could do towards preserving our safety. The exception +was that another of us took up a position in the stern with a +paddle by means of which it was possible to steer the canoe more +or less and to keep her from the sides of the cave. These matters +attended to, we made a somewhat sparing meal off the cold buck's +meat (for we did not know how long it might have to last us), +and then feeling in rather better spirits I gave my opinion that, +serious as it undoubtedly was, I did not consider our position +altogether without hope, unless, indeed, the natives were right, +and the river plunged straight down into the bowels of the earth. +If not, it was clear that it must emerge somewhere, probably +on the other side of the mountains, and in that case all we had +to think of was to keep ourselves alive till we got there, wherever +'there' might be. But, of course, as Good lugubriously pointed +out, on the other hand we might fall victims to a hundred unsuspected +horrors -- or the river might go on winding away inside the earth +till it dried up, in which case our fate would indeed be an +awful one. + +'Well, let us hope for the best and prepare ourselves for the +worst,' said Sir Henry, who is always cheerful and even spirited +-- a very tower of strength in the time of trouble. 'We have +come out of so many queer scrapes together, that somehow I almost +fancy we shall come out of this,' he added. + +This was excellent advice, and we proceeded to take it each in +our separate way -- that is, except Alphonse, who had by now +sunk into a sort of terrified stupor. Good was at the helm and +Umslopogaas in the bows, so there was nothing left for Sir Henry +and myself to do except to lie down in the canoe and think. +It certainly was a curious, and indeed almost a weird, position +to be placed in -- rushing along, as we were, through the bowels +of the earth, borne on the bosom of a Stygian river, something +after the fashion of souls being ferried by Charon, as Curtis +said. And how dark it was! The feeble ray from our little lamp +did but serve to show the darkness. There in the bows sat old +Umslopogaas, like Pleasure in the poem, {Endnote 9} watchful +and untiring, the pole ready to his hand, and behind in the shadow +I could just make out the form of Good peering forward at the +ray of light in order to make out how to steer with the paddle +that he held and now and again dipped into the water. + +'Well, well,' thought I, 'you have come in search of adventures, +Allan my boy, and you have certainly got them. At your time +of life, too! You ought to be ashamed of yourself; but somehow +you are not, and, awful as it all is, perhaps you will pull through +after all; and if you don't, why, you cannot help it, you see! +And when all's said and done an underground river will make +a very appropriate burying-place.' + +At first, however, I am bound to say that the strain upon the +nerves was very great. It is trying to the coolest and most +experienced person not to know from one hour to another if he +has five minutes more to live, but there is nothing in this world +that one cannot get accustomed to, and in time we began to get +accustomed even to that. And, after all, our anxiety, though +no doubt natural, was, strictly speaking, illogical, seeing that +we never know what is going to happen to us the next minute, +even when we sit in a well-drained house with two policemen patrolling +under the window --nor how long we have to live. It is all arranged +for us, my sons, so what is the use of bothering? + +It was nearly midday when we made our dive into darkness, and +we had set our watch (Good and Umslopogaas) at two, having agreed +that it should be of a duration of five hours. At seven o'clock, +accordingly, Sir Henry and I went on, Sir Henry at the bow and +I at the stern, and the other two lay down and went to sleep. +For three hours all went well, Sir Henry only finding it necessary +once to push us off from the side; and I that but little steering +was required to keep us straight, as the violent current did +all that was needed, though occasionally the canoe showed a tendency +which had to be guarded against to veer and travel broadside +on. What struck me as the most curious thing about this wonderful +river was: how did the air keep fresh? It was muggy and thick, +no doubt, but still not sufficiently so to render it bad or even +remarkably unpleasant. The only explanation that I can suggest +is that the water of the lake had sufficient air in it to keep +the atmosphere of the tunnel from absolute stagnation, this air +being given out as it proceeded on its headlong way. Of course +I only give the solution of the mystery for what it is worth, +which perhaps is not much. + +When I had been for three hours or so at the helm, I began to +notice a decided change in the temperature, which was getting +warmer. At first I took no notice of it, but when, at the expiration +of another half-hour, I found that it was getting hotter and +hotter, I called to Sir Henry and asked him if he noticed it, +or if it was only my imagination. 'Noticed it!' he answered; +'I should think so. I am in a sort of Turkish bath.' Just about +then the others woke up gasping, and were obliged to begin to +discard their clothes. Here Umslopogaas had the advantage, for +he did not wear any to speak of, except a moocha. + +Hotter it grew, and hotter yet, till at last we could scarcely +breathe, and the perspiration poured out of us. Half an hour +more, and though we were all now stark naked, we could hardly +bear it. The place was like an antechamber of the infernal regions +proper. I dipped my hand into the water and drew it out almost +with a cry; it was nearly boiling. We consulted a little thermometer +we had -- the mercury stood at 123 degrees. From the surface +of the water rose a dense cloud of steam. Alphonse groaned out +that we were already in purgatory, which indeed we were, though +not in the sense that he meant it. Sir Henry suggested that +we must be passing near the seat of some underground volcanic +fire, and I am inclined to think, especially in the light of +what subsequently occurred, that he was right. Our sufferings +for some time after this really pass my powers of description. +We no longer perspired, for all the perspiration had been sweated +out of us. We simply lay in the bottom of the boat, which we +were now physically incapable of directing, feeling like hot +embers, and I fancy undergoing very much the same sensations +that the poor fish do when they are dying on land -- namely, +that of slow suffocation. Our skins began to crack, and the +blood to throb in our heads like the beating of a steam-engine. + +This had been going on for some time, when suddenly the river +turned a little, and I heard Sir Henry call out from the bows +in a hoarse, startled voice, and, looking up, saw a most wonderful +and awful thing. About half a mile ahead of us, and a little +to the left of the centre of the stream -- which we could now +see was about ninety feet broad -- a huge pillar-like jet of +almost white flame rose from the surface of the water and sprang +fifty feet into the air, when it struck the roof and spread out +some forty feet in diameter, falling back in curved sheets of +fire shaped like the petals of a full-blown rose. Indeed this +awful gas jet resembled nothing so much as a great flaming flower +rising out of the black water. Below was the straight stalk, +a foot or more thick, and above the dreadful bloom. And as for +the fearfulness of it and its fierce and awesome beauty, who +can describe it? Certainly I cannot. Although we were now some +five hundred yards away, it, notwithstanding the steam, lit up +the whole cavern as clear as day, and we could see that the roof +was here about forty feet above us, and washed perfectly smooth +with water. The rock was black, and here and there I could make +out long shining lines of ore running through it like great veins, +but of what metal they were I know not. + +On we rushed towards this pillar of fire, which gleamed fiercer +than any furnace ever lit by man. + +'Keep the boat to the right, Quatermain -- to the right,' shouted +Sir Henry, and a minute afterwards I saw him fall forward senseless. +Alphonse had already gone. Good was the next to go. There +they lay as though dead; only Umslopogaas and I kept our senses. +We were within fifty yards of it now, and I saw the Zulu's head +fall forward on his hands. He had gone too, and I was alone. +I could not breathe; the fierce heat dried me up. For yards +and yards round the great rose of fire the rock-roof was red-hot. +The wood of the boat was almost burning. I saw the feathers +on one of the dead swans begin to twist and shrivel up; but I +would not give in. I knew that if I did we should pass within +three or four yards of the gas jet and perish miserably. I set +the paddle so as to turn the canoe as far from it as possible, +and held on grimly. + +My eyes seemed to be bursting from my head, and through my closed +lids I could see the fierce light. We were nearly opposite now; +it roared like all the fires of hell, and the water boiled furiously +around it. Five seconds more. We were past; I heard the roar +behind me. + +Then I too fell senseless. The next thing that I recollect is +feeling a breath of air upon my face. My eyes opened with great +difficulty. I looked up. Far, far above me there was light, +though around me was great gloom. Then I remembered and looked. +The canoe still floated down the river, and in the bottom of +it lay the naked forms of my companions. 'Were they dead?' I +wondered. 'Was I left alone in this awful place?' I knew not. +Next I became conscious of a burning thirst. I put my hand +over the edge of the boat into the water and drew it up again +with a cry. No wonder: nearly all the skin was burnt off the +back of it. The water, however, was cold, or nearly so, and +I drank pints and splashed myself all over. My body seemed to +suck up the fluid as one may see a brick wall suck up rain after +a drought; but where I was burnt the touch of it caused intense +pain. Then I bethought myself of the others, and, dragging myself +towards them with difficulty, I sprinkled them with water, and +to my joy they began to recover -- Umslopogaas first, then the +others. Next they drank, absorbing water like so many sponges. +Then, feeling chilly -- a queer contrast to our recent sensations +-- we began as best we could to get into our clothes. As we +did so Good pointed to the port side of the canoe: it was all +blistered with heat, and in places actually charred. Had it +been built like our civilized boats, Good said that the planks +would certainly have warped and let in enough water to sink us; +but fortunately it was dug out of the soft, willowy wood of a +single great tree, and had sides nearly three inches and a bottom +four inches thick. What that awful flame was we never discovered, +but I suppose that there was at this spot a crack or hole in +the bed of the river through which a vast volume of gas forced +its way from its volcanic home in the bowels of the earth towards +the upper air. How it first became ignited is, of course, impossible +to say -- probably, I should think, from some spontaneous explosion +of mephitic gases. + +As soon as we had got some things together and shaken ourselves +together a little, we set to work to make out where we were now. +I have said that there was light above, and on examination we +found that it came from the sky. Our rive that was, Sir Henry +said, a literal realization of the wild vision of the poet +{Endnote 10}, was no longer underground, but was running on its +darksome way, not now through 'caverns measureless to man', but +between two frightful cliffs which cannot have been less than +two thousand feet high. So high were they, indeed, that though +the sky was above us, where we were was dense gloom -- not darkness +indeed, but the gloom of a room closely shuttered in the daytime. +Up on either side rose the great straight cliffs, grim and forbidding, +till the eye grew dizzy with trying to measure their sheer height. +The little space of sky that marked where they ended lay like +a thread of blue upon their soaring blackness, which was unrelieved +by any tree or creeper. Here and there, however, grew ghostly +patches of a long grey lichen, hanging motionless to the rock +as the white beard to the chin of a dead man. It seemed as though +only the dregs or heavier part of the light had sunk to the bottom +of this awful place. No bright-winged sunbeam could fall so low: +they died far, far above our heads. + +By the river's edge was a little shore formed of round fragments +of rock washed into this shape by the constant action of water, +and giving the place the appearance of being strewn with thousands +of fossil cannon balls. Evidently when the water of the underground +river is high there is no beach at all, or very little, between +the border of the stream and the precipitous cliffs; but now +there was a space of seven or eight yards. And here, on this +beach, we determined to land, in order to rest ourselves a little +after all that we had gone through and to stretch our limbs. +It was a dreadful place, but it would give an hour's respite +from the terrors of the river, and also allow of our repacking +and arranging the canoe. Accordingly we selected what looked +like a favourable spot, and with some little difficulty managed +to beach the canoe and scramble out on to the round, inhospitable +pebbles. + +'My word,' called out Good, who was on shore the first, 'what +an awful place! It's enough to give one a fit.' And he laughed. + +Instantly a thundering voice took up his words, magnifying them +a hundred times. '_Give one a fit -- Ho! ho! ho!' -- 'A fit, +Ho! ho! ho!_' answered another voice in wild accents from far +up the cliff -- _a fit! a fit! a fit!_ chimed in voice after voice +-- each flinging the words to and fro with shouts of awful laughter +to the invisible lips of the other till the whole place echoed +with the words and with shrieks of fiendish merriment, which +at last ceased as suddenly as they had begun. + +'Oh, mon Dieu!' yelled Alphonse, startled quite out of such +self-command as he possessed. + +'_Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu! Mon Dieu!_' the Titanic echoes thundered, +shrieked, and wailed in every conceivable tone. + +'Ah,' said Umslopogaas calmly, 'I clearly perceive that devils +live here. Well, the place looks like it.' + +I tried to explain to him that the cause of all the hubbub was +a very remarkable and interesting echo, but he would not believe it. + +'Ah,' he said, 'I know an echo when I hear one. There was one lived +opposite my kraal in Zululand, and the Intombis [maidens] used +to talk with it. But if what we hear is a full-grown echo, mine +at home can only have been a baby. No, no -- they are devils +up there. But I don't think much of them, though,' he added, +taking a pinch of snuff. 'They can copy what one says, but they +don't seem to be able to talk on their own account, and they +dare not show their faces,' and he relapsed into silence, and +apparently paid no further attention to such contemptible fiends. + +After this we found it necessary to keep our conversation down +to a whisper -- for it was really unbearable to have every word +one uttered tossed to and fro like a tennis-ball, as precipice +called to precipice. + +But even our whispers ran up the rocks in mysterious murmurs +till at last they died away in long-drawn sighs of sound. Echoes +are delightful and romantic things, but we had more than enough +of them in that dreadful gulf. + +As soon as we had settled ourselves a little on the round stones, +we went on to wash and dress our burns as well as we could. +As we had but a little oil for the lantern, we could not spare +any for this purpose, so we skinned one of the swans, and used +the fat off its breast, which proved an excellent substitute. +Then we repacked the canoe, and finally began to take some food, +of which I need scarcely say we were in need, for our insensibility +had endured for many hours, and it was, as our watches showed, +midday. Accordingly we seated ourselves in a circle, and were +soon engaged in discussing our cold meat with such appetite as +we could muster, which, in my case at any rate, was not much, +as I felt sick and faint after my sufferings of the previous +night, and had besides a racking headache. It was a curious +meal. The gloom was so intense that we could scarcely see the +way to cut our food and convey it to our mouths. Still we got +on pretty well, till I happened to look behind me -- my attention +being attracted by a noise of something crawling over the stones, +and perceived sitting upon a rock in my immediate rear a huge +species of black freshwater crab, only it was five times the +size of any crab I ever saw. This hideous and loathsome-looking +animal had projecting eyes that seemed to glare at one, very +long and flexible antennae or feelers, and gigantic claws. +Nor was I especially favoured with its company. From every quarter +dozens of these horrid brutes were creeping up, drawn, I suppose, +by the smell of the food, from between the round stones and out +of holes in the precipice. Some were already quite close to +us. I stared quite fascinated by the unusual sight, and as I +did so I saw one of the beasts stretch out its huge claw and +give the unsuspecting Good such a nip behind that he jumped up +with a howl, and set the 'wild echoes flying' in sober earnest. +Just then, too, another, a very large one, got hold of Alphonse's +leg, and declined to part with it, and, as may be imagined, a +considerable scene ensued. Umslopogaas took his axe and cracked +the shell of one with the flat of it, whereon it set up a horrid +screaming which the echoes multiplied a thousandfold, and began +to foam at the mouth, a proceeding that drew hundreds more of +its friends out of unsuspected holes and corners. Those on the +spot perceiving that the animal was hurt fell upon it like creditors +on a bankrupt, and literally rent it limb from limb with their +huge pincers and devoured it, using their claws to convey the +fragments to their mouths. Seizing whatever weapons were handy, +such as stones or paddles, we commenced a war upon the monsters +-- whose numbers were increasing by leaps and bounds, and whose +stench was overpowering. So fast as we cracked their armour +others seized the injured ones and devoured them, foaming at +the mouth, and screaming as they did so. Nor did the brutes +stop at that. When they could they nipped hold of us -- and +awful nips they were -- or tried to steal the meat. One enormous +fellow got hold of the swan we had skinned and began to drag +it off. Instantly a score of others flung themselves upon the +prey, and then began a ghastly and disgusting scene. How the +monsters foamed and screamed, and rent the flesh, and each other! +It was a sickening and unnatural sight, and one that will haunt +all who saw it till their dying day -- enacted as it was in the +deep, oppressive gloom, and set to the unceasing music of the +many-toned nerve-shaking echoes. Strange as it may seem to say +so, there was something so shockingly human about these fiendish +creatures -- it was as though all the most evil passions and +desires of man had got into the shell of a magnified crab and +gone mad. They were so dreadfully courageous and intelligent, +and they looked as if they _understood_. The whole scene might +have furnished material for another canto of Dante's 'Inferno', +as Curtis said. + + +'I say, you fellows, let's get out of this or we shall all go +off our heads,' sung out Good; and we were not slow to take the +hint. Pushing the canoe, around which the animals were now crawling +by hundreds and making vain attempts to climb, off the rocks, +we bundled into it and got out into mid-stream, leaving behind +us the fragments of our meal and the screaming, foaming, stinking +mass of monsters in full possession of the ground. + +'Those are the devils of the place,' said Umslopogaas with the +air of one who has solved a problem, and upon my word I felt +almost inclined to agree with him. + +Umslopogaas' remarks were like his axe -- very much to the point. + +'What's to be done next?' said Sir Henry blankly. + +'Drift, I suppose,' I answered, and we drifted accordingly. +All the afternoon and well into the evening we floated on in +the gloom beneath the far-off line of blue sky, scarcely knowing +when day ended and night began, for down in that vast gulf the +difference was not marked, till at length Good pointed out a +star hanging right above us, which, having nothing better to +do, we observed with great interest. Suddenly it vanished, the +darkness became intense, and a familiar murmuring sound filled +the air. 'Underground again,' I said with a groan, holding up +the lamp. Yes, there was no doubt about it. I could just make +out the roof. The chasm had come to an end and the tunnel had +recommenced. And then there began another long, long night of +danger and horror. To describe all its incidents would be too +wearisome, so I will simply say that about midnight we struck +on a flat projecting rock in mid-stream and were as nearly as +possible overturned and drowned. However, at last we got off, +and went upon the uneven tenor of our way. And so the hours +passed till it was nearly three o'clock. Sir Henry, Good, and +Alphonse were asleep, utterly worn out; Umslopogaas was at the +bow with the pole, and I was steering, when I perceived that +the rate at which we were travelling had perceptibly increased. +Then, suddenly, I heard Umslopogaas make an exclamation, and +next second came a sound as of parting branches, and I became +aware that the canoe was being forced through hanging bushes +or creepers. Another minute, and the breath of sweet open air +fanned my face, and I felt that we had emerged from the tunnel +and were floating upon clear water. I say felt, for I could +see nothing, the darkness being absolutely pitchy, as it often +is just before the dawn. But even this could scarcely damp my +joy. We were out of that dreadful river, and wherever we might +have got to this at least was something to be thankful for. +And so I sat down and inhaled the sweet night air and waited +for the dawn with such patience as I could command. + + + + +CHAPTER XI +THE FROWNING CITY + + + +For an hour or more I sat waiting (Umslopogaas having meanwhile +gone to sleep also) till at length the east turned grey, and +huge misty shapes moved over the surface of the water like ghosts +of long-forgotten dawns. They were the vapours rising from their +watery bed to greet the sun. Then the grey turned to primrose, +and the primrose grew to red. Next, glorious bars of light sprang +up across the eastern sky, and through them the radiant messengers +of the dawn came speeding upon their arrowy way, scattering the +ghostly vapours and awaking the mountains with a kiss, as they +flew from range to range and longitude to longitude. Another +moment, and the golden gates were open and the sun himself came +forth as a bridegroom from his chamber, with pomp and glory and +a flashing as of ten million spears, and embraced the night and +covered her with brightness, and it was day. + +But as yet I could see nothing save the beautiful blue sky above, +for over the water was a thick layer of mist exactly as though +the whole surface had been covered with billows of cotton wool. +By degrees, however, the sun sucked up the mists, and then I +saw that we were afloat upon a glorious sheet of blue water of +which I could not make out the shore. Some eight or ten miles +behind us, however, there stretched as far as the eye could reach +a range of precipitous hills that formed a retaining wall of +the lake, and I have no doubt but that it was through some entrance +in these hills that the subterranean river found its way into +the open water. Indeed, I afterwards ascertained this to be +the fact, and it will be some indication of the extraordinary +strength and directness of the current of the mysterious river +that the canoe, even at this distance, was still answering to +it. Presently, too, I, or rather Umslopogaas, who woke up just +then, discovered another indication, and a very unpleasant one +it was. Perceiving some whitish object upon the water, Umslopogaas +called my attention to it, and with a few strokes of the paddle +brought the canoe to the spot, whereupon we discovered that the +object was the body of a man floating face downwards. This was +bad enough, but imagine my horror when Umslopogaas having turned +him on to his back with the paddle, we recognized in the sunken +features the lineaments of -- whom do you suppose? None other +than our poor servant who had been sucked down two days before +in the waters of the subterranean river. It quite frightened +me. I thought that we had left him behind for ever, and behold! +borne by the current, he had made the awful journey with us, +and with us had reached the end. His appearance also was dreadful, +for he bore traces of having touched the pillar of fire -- one +arm being completely shrivelled up and all his hair being burnt +off. The features were, as I have said, sunken, and yet they +preserved upon them that awful look of despair that I had seen +upon his living face as the poor fellow was sucked down. Really +the sight unnerved me, weary and shaken as I felt with all that +we had gone through, and I was heartily glad when suddenly and +without any warning the body began to sink just as though it +had had a mission, which having been accomplished, it retired; +the real reason no doubt being that turning it on its back allowed +a free passage to the gas. Down it went to the transparent depths +-- fathom after fathom we could trace its course till at last +a long line of bright air-bubbles, swiftly chasing each other +to the surface, alone remained where it had passed. At length +these, too, were gone, and that was an end of our poor servant. +Umslopogaas thoughtfully watched the body vanish. + +'What did he follow us for?' he asked. ''Tis an ill omen for +thee and me, Macumazahn.' And he laughed. + +I turned on him angrily, for I dislike these unpleasant suggestions. +If people have such ideas, they ought in common decency to keep +them to themselves. I detest individuals who make on the subject +of their disagreeable presentiments, or who, when they dream +that they saw one hanged as a common felon, or some such horror, +will insist upon telling one all about it at breakfast, even +if they have to get up early to do it. + +Just then, however, the others woke up and began to rejoice exceedingly +at finding that we were out of that dreadful river and once more +beneath the blue sky. Then followed a babel of talk and suggestions +as to what we were to do next, the upshot of all of which was +that, as we were excessively hungry, and had nothing whatsoever +left to eat except a few scraps of biltong (dried game-flesh), +having abandoned all that remained of our provisions to those +horrible freshwater crabs, we determined to make for the shore. +But a new difficulty arose. We did not know where the shore +was, and, with the exception of the cliffs through which the +subterranean river made its entry, could see nothing but a wide +expanse of sparkling blue water. Observing, however, that the +long flights of aquatic birds kept flying from our left, we concluded +that they were advancing from their feeding-grounds on shore +to pass the day in the lake, and accordingly headed the boat +towards the quarter whence they came, and began to paddle. Before +long, however, a stiffish breeze sprang up, blowing directly +in the direction we wanted, so we improvized a sail with a blanket +and the pole, which took us along merrily. This done, we devoured +the remnants of our biltong, washed down with the sweet lake +water, and then lit our pipes and awaited whatever might turn up. + +When we had been sailing for an hour, Good, who was searching +the horizon with the spy-glass, suddenly announced joyfully that +he saw land, and pointed out that, from the change in the colour +of the water, he thought we must be approaching the mouth of +a river. In another minute we perceived a great golden dome, +not unlike that of St Paul's, piercing the morning mists, and +while we were wondering what in the world it could be, Good reported +another and still more important discovery, namely, that a small +sailing-boat was advancing towards us. This bit of news, which +we were very shortly able to verify with our own eyes, threw +us into a considerable flutter. That the natives of this unknown +lake should understand the art of sailing seemed to suggest that +they possessed some degree of civilization. In a few more minutes +it became evident that the occupant or occupants of the advancing +boat had made us out. For a moment or two she hung in the wind +as though in doubt, and then came tacking towards us with great +swiftness. In ten more minutes she was within a hundred yards, +and we saw that she was a neat little boat -- not a canoe 'dug +out', but built more or less in the European fashion with planks, +and carrying a singularly large sail for her size. But our attention +was soon diverted from the boat to her crew, which consisted +of a man and a woman, _nearly as white as ourselves_. + +We stared at each other in amazement, thinking that we must be +mistaken; but no, there was no doubt about it. They were not +fair, but the two people in the boat were decidedly of a white +as distinguished from a black race, as white, for instance, as +Spaniards or Italians. It was a patent fact. So it was true, +after all; and, mysteriously led by a Power beyond our own, we +had discovered this wonderful people. I could have shouted for +joy when I thought of the glory and the wonder of the thing; +and as it was, we all shook hands and congratulated each other +on the unexpected success of our wild search. All my life had +I heard rumours of a white race that existed in the highlands +of this vast continent, and longed to put them to the proof, +and now here I saw it with my own eyes, and was dumbfounded. +Truly, as Sir Henry said, the old Roman was right when he wrote +'Ex Africa semper aliquid novi', which he tells me means that +out of Africa there always comes some new thing. + +The man in the boat was of a good but not particularly fine physique, +and possessed straight black hair, regular aquiline features, +and an intelligent face. He was dressed in a brown cloth garment, +something like a flannel shirt without the sleeves, and in an +unmistakable kilt of the same material. The legs and feet were +bare. Round the right arm and left leg he wore thick rings of +yellow metal that I judged to be gold. The woman had a sweet +face, wild and shy, with large eyes and curling brown hair. +Her dress was made of the same material as the man's, and consisted, +as we afterwards discovered, first of a linen under-garment that +hung down to her knee, and then of a single long strip of cloth, +about four feet wide by fifteen long, which was wound round the +body in graceful folds and finally flung over the left shoulder +so that the end, which was dyed blue or purple or some other +colour, according to the social standing of the wearer, hung +down in front, the right arm and breast being, however, left +quite bare. A more becoming dress, especially when, as in the +present case, the wearer was young and pretty, it is quite impossible +to conceive. Good (who has an eye for such things) was greatly +struck with it, and so indeed was I. It was so simple and yet +so effective. + +Meanwhile, if we had been astonished at the appearance of the +man and woman, it was clear that they were far more astonished +at us. As for the man, he appeared to be overcome with fear +and wonder, and for a while hovered round our canoe, but would +not approach. At last, however, he came within hailing distance, +and called to us in a language that sounded soft and pleasing +enough, but of which we could not understand one word. So we +hailed back in English, French, Latin, Greek, German, Zulu, Dutch, +Sisutu, Kukuana, and a few other native dialects that I am acquainted +with, but our visitor did not understand any of these tongues; +indeed, they appeared to bewilder him. As for the lady, she was +busily employed in taking stock of us, and Good was returning +the compliment by staring at her hard through his eyeglass, +a proceeding that she seemed rather to enjoy than otherwise. +At length, the man, being unable to make anything of us, suddenly +turned his boat round and began to head off for the shore, +his little boat skimming away before the wind like a swallow. +As she passed across our bows the man turned to attend to the +large sail, and Good promptly took the opportunity to kiss his hand +to the young lady. I was horrified at this proceeding, both on +general grounds and because I feared that she might take offence, +but to my delight she did not, for, first glancing round and +seeing that her husband, or brother, or whoever he was, was engaged, +she promptly kissed hers back. + +'Ah!' said I. 'It seems that we have at last found a language +that the people of this country understand.' + +'In which case,' said Sir Henry, 'Good will prove an invaluable +interpreter.' + +I frowned, for I do not approve of Good's frivolities, and he +knows it, and I turned the conversation to more serious subjects. +'It is very clear to me,' I said, 'that the man will be back +before long with a host of his fellows, so we had best make up +our minds as to how we are going to receive them.' + +'The question is how will they receive us?' said Sir Henry. + +As for Good he made no remark, but began to extract a small square +tin case that had accompanied us in all our wanderings from under +a pile of baggage. Now we had often remonstrated with Good about +this tin case, inasmuch as it had been an awkward thing to carry, +and he had never given any very explicit account as to its contents; +but he had insisted on keeping it, saying mysteriously that it +might come in very useful one day. + +'What on earth are you going to do, Good?' asked Sir Henry. + +'Do -- why dress, of course! You don't expect me to appear in +a new country in these things, do you?' and he pointed to his +soiled and worn garments, which were however, like all Good's +things, very tidy, and with every tear neatly mended. + +We said no more, but watched his proceedings with breathless +interest. His first step was to get Alphonse, who was thoroughly +competent in such matters, to trim his hair and beard in the +most approved fashion. I think that if he had had some hot water +and a cake of soap at hand he would have shaved off the latter; +but he had not. This done, he suggested that we should lower +the sail of the canoe and all take a bath, which we did, greatly +to the horror and astonishment of Alphonse, who lifted his hands +and ejaculated that these English were indeed a wonderful people. +Umslopogaas, who, though he was, like most high-bred Zulus, +scrupulously cleanly in his person, did not see the fun of swimming +about in a lake, also regarded the proceeding with mild amusement. +We got back into the canoe much refreshed by the cold water, +and sat to dry in the sun, whilst Good undid his tin box, and +produced first a beautiful clean white shirt, just as it had +left a London steam laundry, and then some garments wrapped first +in brown, then in white, and finally in silver paper. We watched +this undoing with the tenderest interest and much speculation. +One by one Good removed the dull husks that hid their splendours, +carefully folding and replacing each piece of paper as he did +so; and there at last lay, in all the majesty of its golden epaulettes, +lace, and buttons, a Commander of the Royal Navy's full-dress +uniform -- dress sword, cocked hat, shiny patent leather boots +and all. We literally gasped. + +'_What!_' we said, '_what!_ Are you going to put those things on?' + +'Certainly,' he answered composedly; 'you see so much depends +upon a first impression, especially,' he added, 'as I observe +that there are ladies about. One at least of us ought to be +decently dressed.' + +We said no more; we were simply dumbfounded, especially when +we considered the artful way in which Good had concealed the +contents of that box for all these months. Only one suggestion +did we make -- namely, that he should wear his mail shirt next +his skin. He replied that he feared it would spoil the set of +his coat, now carefully spread in the sun to take the creases +out, but finally consented to this precautionary measure. The +most amusing part of the affair, however, was to see old Umslopogaas's +astonishment and Alphonse's delight at Good's transformation. +When at last he stood up in all his glory, even down to the +medals on his breast, and contemplated himself in the still waters +of the lake, after the fashion of the young gentleman in ancient +history, whose name I cannot remember, but who fell in love with +his own shadow, the old Zulu could no longer restrain his feelings. + +'Oh, Bougwan!' he said. 'Oh, Bougwan! I always thought thee +an ugly little man, and fat -- fat as the cows at calving time; +and now thou art like a blue jay when he spreads his tail out. +Surely, Bougwan, it hurts my eyes to look at thee.' + +Good did not much like this allusion to his fat, which, to tell +the truth, was not very well deserved, for hard exercise had +brought him down three inches; but on the whole he was pleased +at Umslopogaas's admiration. As for Alphonse, he was quite delighted. + +'Ah! but Monsieur has the beautiful air -- the air of the warrior. +It is the ladies who will say so when we come to get ashore. +Monsieur is complete; he puts me in mind of my heroic grand --' + +Here we stopped Alphonse. + +As we gazed upon the beauties thus revealed by Good, a spirit +of emulation filled our breasts, and we set to work to get ourselves +up as well as we could. The most, however, that we were able +to do was to array ourselves in our spare suits of shooting clothes, +of which we each had several, all the fine clothes in the world +could never make it otherwise than scrubby and insignificant; +but Sir Henry looked what he is, a magnificent man in his nearly +new tweed suit, gaiters, and boots. Alphonse also got himself +up to kill, giving an extra turn to his enormous moustaches. +Even old Umslopogaas, who was not in a general way given to +the vain adorning of his body, took some oil out of the lantern +and a bit of tow, and polished up his head-ring with it till +it shone like Good's patent leather boots. Then he put on the +mail shirt Sir Henry had given him and his 'moocha', and, having +cleaned up Inkosi-kaas a little, stood forth complete. + +All this while, having hoisted the sail again as soon as we had +finished bathing, we had been progressing steadily for the land, +or, rather, for the mouth of a great river. Presently -- in +all about an hour and a half after the little boat had left us +-- we saw emerging from the river or harbour a large number of +boats, ranging up to ten or twelve tons burden. One of these +was propelled by twenty-four oars, and most of the rest sailed. +Looking through the glass we soon made out that the row-boat +was an official vessel, her crew being all dressed in a sort +of uniform, whilst on the half-deck forward stood an old man +of venerable appearance, and with a flowing white beard, and +a sword strapped to his side, who was evidently the commander +of the craft. The other boats were apparently occupied by people +brought out by curiosity, and were rowing or sailing towards +us as quickly as they could. + +'Now for it,' said I. 'What is the betting? Are they going +to be friendly or to put an end to us?' + +Nobody could answer this question, and, not liking the warlike +appearance of the old gentleman and his sword, we felt a +little anxious. + +Just then Good spied a school of hippopotami on the water about +two hundred yards off us, and suggested that it would not be +a bad plan to impress the natives with a sense of our power by +shooting some of them if possible. This, unluckily enough, struck +us as a good idea, and accordingly we at once got out our eight-bore +rifles, for which we still had a few cartridges left, and prepared +for action. There were four of the animals, a big bull, a cow, +and two young ones, one three parts grown. We got up to them +without difficulty, the great animals contenting themselves with +sinking down into the water and rising again a few yards farther +on; indeed, their excessive tameness struck me as being peculiar. +When the advancing boats were about five hundred yards away, +Sir Henry opened the ball by firing at the three parts grown +young one. The heavy bullet struck it fair between the eyes, +and, crashing through the skull, killed it, and it sank, leaving +a long train of blood behind it. At the same moment I fired +at the cow, and Good at the old bull. My shot took effect, but +not fatally, and down went the hippopotamus with a prodigious +splashing, only to rise again presently blowing and grunting +furiously, dyeing all the water round her crimson, when I killed +her with the left barrel. Good, who is an execrable shot, missed +the head of the bull altogether, the bullet merely cutting the +side of his face as it passed. On glancing up, after I had fired +my second shot, I perceived that the people we had fallen among +were evidently ignorant of the nature of firearms, for the consternation +caused by our shots and their effect upon the animals was prodigious. +Some of the parties in the boats began to cry out in fear; others +turned and made off as hard as they could; and even the old gentleman +with the sword looked greatly puzzled and alarmed, and halted +his big row-boat. We had, however, but little time for observation, +for just then the old bull, rendered furious by the wound he +had received, rose fair within forty yards of us, glaring savagely. +We all fired, and hit him in various places, and down he went. +We all fired, and hit him in various places, and down he went, +badly wounded. Curiosity now began to overcome the fear of the +onlookers, and some of them sailed on up close to us, amongst +these being the man and woman whom we had first seen a couple +of hours or so before, who drew up almost alongside. Just then +the great brute rose again within ten yards of their base, and +instantly with a roar of fury made at it open-mouthed. The woman +shrieked, and the man tried to give the boat way, but without +success. In another second I saw the huge red jaws and gleaming +ivories close with a crunch on the frail craft, taking an enormous +mouthful out of its side and capsizing it. Down went the boat, +leaving its occupants struggling in the water. Next moment, +before we could do anything towards saving them, the huge and +furious creature was up again and making open-mouthed at the +poor girl, who was struggling in the water. Lifting my rifle +just as the grinding jaws were about to close on her, I fired +over her head right down the hippopotamus's throat. Over he +went, and commenced turning round and round, snorting, and blowing +red streams of blood through his nostrils. Before he could recover +himself, however, I let him have the other barrel in the side +of the throat, and that finished him. He never moved or struggled +again, but instantly sank. Our next effort was directed towards +saving the girl, the man having swum off towards another boat; +and in this we were fortunately successful, pulling her into +the canoe (amidst the shouts of the spectators) considerably +exhausted and frightened, but otherwise unhurt. + +Meanwhile the boats had gathered together at a distance, and +we could see that the occupants, who were evidently much frightened, +were consulting what to do. Without giving them time for further +consideration, which we thought might result unfavourably to +ourselves, we instantly took our paddles and advanced towards +them, Good standing in the bow and taking off his cocked hat +politely in ever direction, his amiable features suffused by +a bland but intelligent smile. Most of the craft retreated as +we advanced, but a few held their ground, while the big row-boat +came on to meet us. Presently we were alongside, and I could +see that our appearance -- and especially Good's and Umslopogaas's +-- filled the venerable-looking commander with astonishment, +not unmixed with awe. He was dressed after the same fashion +as the man we first met, except that his shirt was not made of +brown cloth, but of pure white linen hemmed with purple. The +kilt, however, was identical, and so were the thick rings of +gold around the arm and beneath the left knee. The rowers wore +only a kilt, their bodies being naked to the waist. Good took +off his hat to the old gentleman with an extra flourish, and +inquired after his health in the purest English, to which he +replied by laying the first two fingers of his right hand horizontally +across his lips and holding them there for a moment, which we +took as his method of salutation. Then he also addressed some +remarks to us in the same soft accents that had distinguished +our first interviewer, which we were forced to indicate we did +not understand by shaking our heads and shrugging our shoulders. +This last Alphonse, being to the manner born, did to perfection, +and in so polite a way that nobody could take any offence. Then +we came a standstill, till I, being exceedingly hungry, thought +I might as well call attention to the fact, and did so first +by opening my mouth and pointing down it, and then rubbing my +stomach. These signals the old gentleman clearly understood, +for he nodded his head vigorously, and pointed towards the harbour; +and at the same time one of the men on his boat threw us a line +and motioned to us to make it fast, which we did. The row-boat +then took us in tow, and went with great rapidity towards the +mouth of the river, accompanied by all the other boats. In about +twenty minutes more we reached the entrance to the harbour, which +was crowded with boats full of people who had come out to see +us. We observed that all the occupants were more or less of +the same type, though some were fairer than others. Indeed, +we noticed certain ladies whose skin was of a most dazzling whiteness; +and the darkest shade of colour which we saw was about that of +a rather swarthy Spaniard. Presently the wide river gave a sweep, +and when it did so an exclamation of astonishment and delight +burst from our lips as we caught our first view of the place +that we afterwards knew as Milosis, or the Frowning City (from +mi, which means city, and losis, a frown). + +At a distance of some five hundred yards from the river's bank +rose a sheer precipice of granite, two hundred feet or so in +height, which had no doubt once formed the bank itself -- the +intermediate space of land now utilized as docks and roadways +having been gained by draining, and deepening and embanking +the stream. + +On the brow of this precipice stood a great building of the same +granite that formed the cliff, built on three sides of a square, +the fourth side being open, save for a kind of battlement pierced +at its base by a little door. This imposing place we afterwards +discovered was the palace of the queen, or rather of the queens. +At the back of the palace the town sloped gently upwards to +a flashing building of white marble, crowned by the golden dome +which we had already observed. The city was, with the exception +of this one building, entirely built of red granite, and laid +out in regular blocks with splendid roadways between. So far +as we could see also the houses were all one-storied and detached, +with gardens round them, which gave some relief to the eye wearied +with the vista of red granite. At the back of the palace a road +of extraordinary width stretched away up the hill for a distance +of a mile and a half or so, and appeared to terminate at an open +space surrounding the gleaming building that crowned the hill. +But right in front of us was the wonder and glory of Milosis +-- the great staircase of the palace, the magnificence of which +took our breath away. Let the reader imagine, if he can, a splendid +stairway, sixty-five feet from balustrade to balustrade, consisting +of two vast flights, each of one hundred and twenty-five steps +of eight inches in height by three feet broad, connected by a +flat resting-place sixty feet in length, and running from the +palace wall on the edge of the precipice down to meet a waterway +or canal cut to its foot from the river. This marvellous staircase +was supported upon a single enormous granite arch, of which the +resting-place between the two flights formed the crown; that +is, the connecting open space lay upon it. From this archway +sprang a subsidiary flying arch, or rather something that resembled +a flying arch in shape, such as none of us had seen in any other +country, and of which the beauty and wonder surpassed all that +we had ever imagined. Three hundred feet from point to point, +and no less than five hundred and fifty round the curve, that +half-arc soared touching the bridge it supported for a space +of fifty feet only, one end resting on and built into the parent +archway, and the other embedded in the solid granite of the side +of the precipice. + +This staircase with its supports was, indeed, a work of which +any living man might have been proud, both on account of its +magnitude and its surpassing beauty. Four times, as we afterwards +learnt, did the work, which was commenced in remote antiquity, +fail, and was then abandoned for three centuries when half-finished, +till at last there rose a youthful engineer named Rademas, who +said that he would complete it successfully, and staked his life +upon it. If he failed he was to be hurled from the precipice +he had undertaken to scale; if he succeeded, he was to be rewarded +by the hand of the king's daughter. Five years was given to +him to complete the work, and an unlimited supply of labour and +material. Three times did his arch fall, till at last, seeing +failure to be inevitable, he determined to commit suicide on +the morrow of the third collapse. That night, however, a beautiful +woman came to him in a dream and touched his forehead, and of +a sudden he saw a vision of the completed work, and saw too through +the masonry and how the difficulties connected with the flying +arch that had hitherto baffled his genius were to be overcome. +Then he awoke and once more commenced the work, but on a different +plan, and behold! he achieved it, and on the last day of the +five years he led the princess his bride up the stair and into +the palace. And in due course he became king by right of his +wife, and founded the present Zu-Vendi dynasty, which is to this +day called the 'House of the Stairway', thus proving once more +how energy and talent are the natural stepping-stones to grandeur. +And to commemorate his triumph he fashioned a statue of himself +dreaming, and of the fair woman who touched him on the forehead, +and placed it in the great hall of the palace, and there it stands +to this day. + +Such was the great stair of Milosis, and such the city beyond. +No wonder they named it the 'Frowning City', for certainly those +mighty works in solid granite did seem to frown down upon our +littleness in their sombre splendour. This was so even in the +sunshine, but when the storm-clouds gathered on her imperial +brow Milosis looked more like a supernatural dwelling-place, +or some imagining of a poet's brain, than what she is -- +a mortal city, carven by the patient genius of generations out +of the red silence of the mountain side. + + + + +CHAPTER XII +THE SISTER QUEENS + + + +The big rowing-boat glided on up the cutting that ran almost +to the foot of the vast stairway, and then halted at a flight +of steps leading to the landing-place. Here the old gentleman +disembarked, and invited us to do so likewise, which, having +no alternative, and being nearly starved, we did without hesitation +-- taking our rifles with us, however. As each of us landed, +our guide again laid his fingers on his lips and bowed deeply, +at the same time ordering back the crowds which had assembled +to gaze on us. The last to leave the canoe was the girl we had +picked out of the water, for whom her companion was waiting. +Before she went away she kissed my hand, I suppose as a token +of gratitude for having saved her from the fury of the hippopotamus; +and it seemed to me that she had by this time quite got over +any fear she might have had of us, and was by no means anxious +to return in such a hurry to her lawful owners. At any rate, +she was going to kiss Good's hand as well as mine, when the young +man interfered and led her off. As soon as we were on shore, +a number of the men who had rowed the big boat took possession +of our few goods and chattels, and started with them up the splendid +staircase, our guide indicating to us by means of motions that +the things were perfectly safe. This done, he turned to the +right and led the way to a small house, which was, as I afterwards +discovered, an inn. Entering into a good-sized room, we saw +that a wooden table was already furnished with food, presumably +in preparation for us. Here our guide motioned us to be seated +on a bench that ran the length of the table. We did not require +a second invitation, but at once fell to ravenously on the viands +before us, which were served on wooden platters, and consisted +of cold goat's-flesh, wrapped up in some kind of leaf that gave +it a delicious flavour, green vegetables resembling lettuces, +brown bread, and red wine poured from a skin into horn mugs. +This wine was peculiarly soft and good, having something of +the flavour of Burgundy. Twenty minutes after we sat down at +that hospitable board we rose from it, feeling like new men. +After all that we had gone through we needed two things, food +and rest, and the food of itself was a great blessing to us. +Two girls of the same charming cast of face as the first whom +we had seen waited on us while we ate, and very nicely they did +it. They were also dressed in the same fashion namely, in a +white linen petticoat coming to the knee, and with the toga-like +garment of brown cloth, leaving bare the right arm and breast. +I afterwards found out that this was the national dress, and +regulated by an iron custom, though of course subject to variations. +Thus, if the petticoat was pure white, it signified that the +wearer was unmarried; if white, with a straight purple stripe +round the edge, that she was married and a first or legal wife; +if with a black stripe, that she was a widow. In the same way +the toga, or 'kaf', as they call it, was of different shades +of colour, from pure white to the deepest brown, according to +the rank of the wearer, and embroidered at the end in various +ways. This also applies to the 'shirts' or tunics worn by the +men, which varied in material and colour; but the kilts were +always the same except as regards quality. One thing, however, +every man and woman in the country wore as the national insignia, +and that was the thick band of gold round the right arm above +the elbow, and the left leg beneath the knee. People of high +rank also wore a torque of gold round the neck, and I observed +that our guide had one on. + +So soon as we had finished our meal our venerable conductor, +who had been standing all the while, regarding us with inquiring +eyes, and our guns with something as like fear as his pride would +allow him to show, bowed towards Good, whom he evidently took +for the leader of the party on account of the splendour of his +apparel, and once more led the way through the door and to the +foot of the great staircase. Here we paused for a moment to +admire two colossal lions, each hewn from a single block of pure +black marble, and standing rampant on the terminations of the +wide balustrades of the staircase. These lions are magnificently +executed, and it is said were sculptured by Rademas, the great +prince who designed the staircase, and who was without doubt, +to judge from the many beautiful examples of his art that we +saw afterwards, one of the finest sculptors who ever lived, either +in this or any other country. Then we climbed almost with a +feeling of awe up that splendid stair, a work executed for all +time and that will, I do not doubt, be admired thousands of years +hence by generations unborn unless an earthquake should throw +it down. Even Umslopogaas, who as a general rule made it a point +of honour not to show astonishment, which he considered undignified, +was fairly startled out of himself, and asked it the 'bridge +had been built by men or devils', which was his vague way of +alluding to any supernatural power. But Alphonse did not care +about it. Its solid grandeur jarred upon the frivolous little +Frenchman, who said that it was all 'tres magnifique, mais triste +-- ah, triste!' and went on to suggest that it would be improved +if the balustrades were _gilt_. + +On we went up the first flight of one hundred and twenty steps, +across the broad platform joining it to the second flight, where +we paused to admire the glorious view of one of the most beautiful +stretches of country that the world can show, edged by the blue +waters of the lake. Then we passed on up the stair till at last +we reached the top, where we found a large standing space to +which there were three entrances, all of small size. Two of +these opened on to rather narrow galleries or roadways cut in +the face of the precipice that ran round the palace walls and +led to the principal thoroughfares of the city, and were used +by the inhabitants passing up and down from the docks. These +were defended by gates of bronze, and also, as we afterwards +learnt, it was possible to let down a portion of the roadways +themselves by withdrawing certain bolts, and thus render it quite +impracticable for an enemy to pass. The third entrance consisted +of a flight of ten curved black marble steps leading to a doorway +cut in the palace wall. This wall was in itself a work of art, +being built of huge blocks of granite to the height of forty +feet, and so fashioned that its face was concave, whereby it +was rendered practically impossible for it to be scaled. To +this doorway our guide led us. The door, which was massive, +and made of wood protected by an outer gate of bronze, was closed; +but on our approach it was thrown wide, and we were met by the +challenge of a sentry, who was armed with a heavy triangular-bladed +spear, not unlike a bayonet in shape, and a cutting sword, and +protected by breast and back plates of skilfully prepared hippopotamus +hide, and a small round shield fashioned of the same tough material. +The sword instantly attracted our attention; it was practically +identical with the one in the possession of Mr Mackenzie which +he had obtained from the ill-starred wanderer. There was no +mistaking the gold-lined fretwork cut in the thickness of the +blade. So the man had told the truth after all. Our guide instantly +gave a password, which the soldier acknowledged by letting the +iron shaft of his spear fall with a ringing sound upon the pavement, +and we passed on through the massive wall into the courtyard +of the palace. This was about forty yards square, and laid out +in flower-beds full of lovely shrubs and plants, many of which +were quite new to me. Through the centre of this garden ran +a broad walk formed of powdered shells brought from the lake +in the place of gravel. Following this we came to another doorway +with a round heavy arch, which is hung with thick curtains, for +there are no doors in the palace itself. Then came another short +passage, and we were in the great hall of the palace, and once +more stood astonished at the simple and yet overpowering grandeur +of the place. + +The hall is, as we afterwards learnt, one hundred and fifty feet +long by eighty wide, and has a magnificent arched roof of carved +wood. Down the entire length of the building there are on either +side, and at a distance of twenty feet from the wall, slender +shafts of black marble springing sheer to the roof, beautifully +fluted, and with carved capitals. At one end of this great place +which these pillars support is the group of which I have already +spoken as executed by the King Rademas to commemorate his building +of the staircase; and really, when we had time to admire it, +its loveliness almost struck us dumb. The group, of which the +figures are in white, and the rest is black marble, is about +half as large again as life, and represents a young man of noble +countenance and form sleeping heavily upon a couch. One arm +is carelessly thrown over the side of this couch, and his head +reposes upon the other, its curling locks partially hiding it. +Bending over him, her hand resting on his forehead, is a draped +female form of such white loveliness as to make the beholder's +breath stand still. And as for the calm glory that shines upon +her perfect face -- well, I can never hope to describe it. But +there it rests like the shadow of an angel's smile; and power, +love, and divinity all have their part in it. Her eyes are fixed +upon the sleeping youth, and perhaps the most extraordinary thing +about this beautiful work is the success with which the artist +has succeeded in depicting on the sleeper's worn and weary face +the sudden rising of a new and spiritual thought as the spell +begins to work within his mind. You can see that an inspiration +is breaking in upon the darkness of the man's soul as the dawn +breaks in upon the darkness of night. It is a glorious piece +of statuary, and none but a genius could have conceived it. +Between each of the black marble columns is some such group of +figures, some allegorical, and some representing the persons +and wives of deceased monarchs or great men; but none of them, +in our opinion, comes up the one I have described, although several +are from the hand of the sculptor and engineer, King Rademas. + +In the exact centre of the hall was a solid mass of black marble +about the size of a baby's arm-chair, which it rather resembled +in appearance. This, as we afterwards learnt, was the sacred +stone of this remarkable people, and on it their monarchs laid +their hand after the ceremony of coronation, and swore by the +sun to safeguard the interests of the empire, and to maintain +its customs, traditions, and laws. This stone was evidently +exceedingly ancient (as indeed all stones are), and was scored +down its sides with long marks or lines, which Sir Henry said +proved it to have been a fragment that at some remote period +in its history had been ground in the iron jaws of glaciers. +There was a curious prophecy about this block of marble, which +was reported among the people to have fallen from the sun, to +the effect that when it was shattered into fragments a king of +alien race should rule over the land. As the stone, however, +looked remarkably solid, the native princes seemed to have a +fair chance of keeping their own for many a long year. + +At the end of the hall is a dais spread with rich carpets, on +which two thrones are set side by side. These thrones are shaped +like great chairs, and made of solid gold. The seats are richly +cushioned, but the backs are left bare, and on each is carved +the emblem of the sun, shooting out his fiery rays in all directions. +The footstools are golden lions couchant, with yellow topazes +set in them for eyes. There are no other gems about them. + +The place is lighted by numerous but narrow windows, placed high +up, cut on the principle of the loopholes to be seen in ancient +castles, but innocent of glass, which was evidently unknown here. + +Such is a brief description of this splendid hall in which we +now found ourselves, compiled of course from our subsequent knowledge +of it. On this occasion we had but little time for observation, +for when we entered we perceived that a large number of men were +gathered together in front of the two thrones, which were unoccupied. +The principal among them were seated on carved wooden chairs +ranged to the right and the left of the thrones, but not in front +of them, and were dressed in white tunics, with various embroideries +and different coloured edgings, and armed with the usual pierced +and gold-inlaid swords. To judge from the dignity of their appearance, +they seemed one and all to be individuals of very great importance. +Behind each of these great men stood a small knot of followers +and attendants. + +Seated by themselves, in a little group to the left of the throne, +were six men of a different stamp. Instead of wearing the ordinary +kilt, they were clothed in long robes of pure white linen, with +the same symbol of the sun that is to be seen on the back of +the chairs, emblazoned in gold thread upon the breast. This +garment was girt up at the waist with a simple golden curb-like +chain, from which hung long elliptic plates of the same metal, +fashioned in shiny scales like those of a fish, that, as their +wearers moved, jingled and reflected the light. They were all +men of mature age and of a severe and impressive cast of features, +which was rendered still more imposing by the long beards they wore. + +The personality of one individual among them, however, impressed +us at once. He seemed to stand out among his fellows and refuse +to be overlooked. He was very old -- eighty at least -- and +extremely tall, with a long snow-white beard that hung nearly +to his waist. His features were aquiline and deeply cut, and +his eyes were grey and cold-looking. The heads of the others +were bare, but this man wore a round cap entirely covered with +gold embroidery, from which we judged that he was a person of +great importance; and indeed we afterwards discovered that he +was Agon, the High Priest of the country. As we approached, +all these men, including the priests, rose and bowed to us with +the greatest courtesy, at the same time placing the two fingers +across the lips in salutation. Then soft-footed attendants advanced +from between the pillars, bearing seats, which were placed in +a line in front of the thrones. We three sat down, Alphonse +and Umslopogaas standing behind us. Scarcely had we done so +when there came a blare of trumpets from some passage to the +right, and a similar blare from the left. Next a man with a +long white wand of ivory appeared just in front of the right-hand +throne, and cried out something in a loud voice, ending with +the word _Nyleptha_, repeated three times; and another man, similarly +attired, called out a similar sentence before the other throne, +but ending with the word _Sorais_, also repeated thrice. Then +came the tramp of armed men from each side entrance, and in filed +about a score of picked and magnificently accoutred guards, who +formed up on each side of the thrones, and let their heavy iron-handled +spears fall simultaneously with a clash upon the black marble +flooring. Another double blare of trumpets, and in from either +side, each attended by six maidens, swept the two Queens of Zu-Vendis, +everybody in the hall rising to greet them as they came. + +I have seen beautiful women in my day, and am no longer thrown +into transports at the sight of a pretty face; but language fails +me when I try to give some idea of the blaze of loveliness that +then broke upon us in the persons of these sister Queens. Both +were young -- perhaps five-and-twenty years of age -- both were +tall and exquisitely formed; but there the likeness stopped. +One, Nyleptha, was a woman of dazzling fairness; her right arm +and breast bare, after the custom of her people, showed like +snow even against her white and gold-embroidered 'kaf', or toga. +And as for her sweet face, all I can say is, that it was one +that few men could look on and forget. Her hair, a veritable +crown of gold, clustered in short ringlets over her shapely head, +half hiding the ivory brow, beneath which eyes of deep and glorious +grey flashed out in tender majesty. I cannot attempt to describe +her other features, only the mouth was most sweet, and curved +like Cupid's bow, and over the whole countenance there shone +an indescribable look of loving-kindness, lit up by a shadow +of delicate humour that lay upon her face like a touch of silver +on a rosy cloud. + +She wore no jewels, but on her neck, arm, and knee were the usual +torques of gold, in this instance fashioned like a snake; and +her dress was of pure white linen of excessive fineness, plentifully +embroidered with gold and with the familiar symbols of the sun. + +Her twin sister, Sorais, was of a different and darker type of +beauty. Her hair was wavy like Nyleptha's but coal-black, and +fell in masses on her shoulders; her complexion was olive, her +eyes large, dark, and lustrous; the lips were full, and I thought +rather cruel. Somehow her face, quiet and even cold as it is, +gave an idea of passion in repose, and caused one to wonder involuntarily +what its aspect would be if anything occurred to break the calm. +It reminded me of the deep sea, that even on the bluest days +never loses its visible stamp of power, and in its murmuring +sleep is yet instinct with the spirit of the storm. Her figure, +like her sister's, was almost perfect in its curves and outlines, +but a trifle more rounded, and her dress was absolutely the same. + +As this lovely pair swept onwards to their respective thrones, +amid the deep attentive silence of the Court, I was bound to +confess to myself that they did indeed fulfil my idea of royalty. +Royal they were in every way -- in form, in grace, and queenly +dignity, and in the barbaric splendour of their attendant pomp. +But methought that they needed no guards or gold to proclaim +their power and bind the loyalty of wayward men. A glance from +those bright eyes or a smile from those sweet lips, and while +the red blood runs in the veins of youth women such as these +will never lack subjects ready to do their biddings to the death. + +But after all they were women first and queens afterwards, and +therefore not devoid of curiosity. As they passed to their seats +I saw both of them glance swiftly in our direction. I saw, too, +that their eyes passed by me, seeing nothing to charm them in +the person of an insignificant and grizzled old man. Then they +looked with evident astonishment on the grim form of old Umslopogaas, +who raised his axe in salutation. Attracted next by the splendour +of Good's apparel, for a second their glance rested on him like +a humming moth upon a flower, then off it darted to where Sir +Henry Curtis stood, the sunlight from a window playing upon his +yellow hair and peaked beard, and marking the outlines of his +massive frame against the twilight of the somewhat gloomy hall. +He raised his eyes, and they met the fair Nyleptha's full, and +thus for the first time the goodliest man and woman that it has +ever been my lot to see looked one upon another. And why it +was I know not, but I saw the swift blood run up Nyleptha's skin +as the pink lights run up the morning sky. Red grew her fair +bosom and shapely arm, red the swanlike neck; the rounded cheeks +blushed red as the petals of a rose, and then the crimson flood +sank back to whence it came and left her pale and trembling. + +I glanced at Sir Henry. He, too, had coloured up to the eyes. + +'Oh, my word!' thought I to myself, 'the ladies have come on +the stage, and now we may look to the plot to develop itself.' +And I sighed and shook my head, knowing that the beauty of a +woman is like the beauty of the lightning -- a destructive thing +and a cause of desolation. By the time that I had finished my +reflections both the Queens were on the thrones, for all this +had happened in about six seconds. Once more the unseen trumpets +blared out, and then the Court seated itself, and Queen Sorais +motioned to us to do likewise. + +Next from among the crowd whither he had withdrawn stepped forward +our guide, the old gentleman who had towed us ashore, holding +by the hand the girl whom we had seen first and afterwards rescued +from the hippopotamus. Having made obeisance he proceeded to +address the Queens, evidently describing to them the way and +place where we had been found. It was most amusing to watch +the astonishment, not unmixed with fear, reflected upon their +faces as they listened to his tale. Clearly they could not understand +how we had reached the lake and been found floating on it, and +were inclined to attribute our presence to supernatural causes. +Then the narrative proceeded, as I judged from the frequent +appeals that our guide made to the girl, to the point where we +had shot the hippopotami, and we at once perceived that there +was something very wrong about those hippopotami, for the history +was frequently interrupted by indignant exclamations from the +little group of white-robed priests and even from the courtiers, +while the two Queens listened with an amazed expression, especially +when our guide pointed to the rifles in our hands as being the +means of destruction. And here, to make matters clear, I may +as well explain at once that the inhabitants of Zu-Vendis are +sun-worshippers, and that for some reason or another the hippopotamus +is sacred among them. Not that they do not kill it, because +at a certain season of the year they slaughter thousands -- which +are specially preserved in large lakes up the country -- and +use their hides for armour for soldiers; but this does not prevent +them from considering these animals as sacred to the sun. {Endnote 11} +Now, as ill luck would have it, the particular hippopotami we +had shot were a family of tame animals that were kept in the +mouth of the port and daily fed by priests whose special duty +it was to attend to them. When we shot them I thought that the +brutes were suspiciously tame, and this was, as we afterwards +ascertained, the cause of it. Thus it came about that in attempting +to show off we had committed sacrilege of a most aggravated nature. + +When our guide had finished his tale, the old man with the long +beard and round cap, whose appearance I have already described, +and who was, as I have said, the High Priest of the country, +and known by the name of Agon, rose and commenced an impassioned +harangue. I did not like the look of his cold grey eye as he +fixed it on us. I should have liked it still less had I known +that in the name of the outraged majesty of his god he was demanding +that the whole lot of us should be offered up as a sacrifice +by means of being burnt alive. + +After he had finished speaking the Queen Sorais addressed him +in a soft and musical voice, and appeared, to judge from his +gestures of dissent, to be putting the other side of the question +before him. Then Nyleptha spoke in liquid accents. Little did +we know that she was pleading for our lives. Finally, she turned +and addressed a tall, soldierlike man of middle age with a black +beard and a long plain sword, whose name, as we afterwards learnt, +was Nasta, and who was the greatest lord in the country; apparently +appealing to him for support. Now when Sir Henry had caught +her eye and she had blushed so rosy red, I had seen that the +incident had not escaped this man's notice, and, what is more, +that it was eminently disagreeable to him, for he bit his lip +and his hand tightened on his sword-hilt. Afterwards we learnt +that he was an aspirant for the hand of this Queen in marriage, +which accounted for it. This being so, Nyleptha could not have +appealed to a worse person, for, speaking in slow, heavy tones, +he appeared to confirm all that the High Priest Agon had said. +As he spoke, Sorais put her elbow on her knee, and, resting +her chin on her hand, looked at him with a suppressed smile upon +her lips, as though she saw through the man, and was determined +to be his match; but Nyleptha grew very angry, her cheek flushed, +her eyes flashed, and she did indeed look lovely. Finally she +turned to Agon and seemed to give some sort of qualified assent, +for he bowed at her words; and as she spoke she moved her hands +as though to emphasize what she said; while all the time Sorais +kept her chin on her hand and smiled. Then suddenly Nyleptha +made a sign, the trumpets blew again, and everybody rose to leave +the hall save ourselves and the guards, whom she motioned to stay. + +When they were all gone she bent forward and, smiling sweetly, +partially by signs and partially by exclamations made it clear +to us that she was very anxious to know where we came from. +The difficulty was how to explain, but at last an idea struck +me. I had my large pocket-book in my pocket and a pencil. Taking +it out, I made a little sketch of a lake, and then as best I +could I drew the underground river and the lake at the other +end. When I had done this I advanced to the steps of the throne +and gave it to her. She understood it at once and clapped her +hands with delight, and then descending from the throne took +it to her sister Sorais, who also evidently understood. Next +she took the pencil from me, and after examining it with curiosity +proceeded to make a series of delightful little sketches, the +first representing herself holding out both hands in welcome, +and a man uncommonly like Sir Henry taking them. Next she drew +a lovely little picture of a hippopotamus rolling about dying +in the water, and of an individual, in whom we had no difficulty +in recognizing Agon the High Priest, holding up his hands in +horror on the bank. Then followed a most alarming picture of +a dreadful fiery furnace and of the same figure, Agon, poking +us into it with a forked stick. This picture perfectly horrified +me, but I was a little reassured when she nodded sweetly and +proceeded to make a fourth drawing -- a man again uncommonly +like Sir Henry, and of two women, in whom I recognized Sorais +and herself, each with one arm around him, and holding a sword +in protection over him. To all of these Sorais, who I saw was +employed in carefully taking us all in -- especially Curtis -- +signified her approval by nodding. + +At last Nyleptha drew a final sketch of a rising sun, indicating +that she must go, and that we should meet on the following morning; +whereat Sir Henry looked so disappointed that she saw it, and, +I suppose by way of consolation, extended her hand to him to +kiss, which he did with pious fervour. At the same time Sorais, +off whom Good had never taken his eyeglass during the whole indaba +[interview], rewarded him by giving him her hand to kiss, though, +while she did so, her eyes were fixed upon Sir Henry. I am glad +to say that I was not implicated in these proceedings; neither +of them gave _me_ her hand to kiss. + +Then Nyleptha turned and addressed the man who appeared to be +in command of the bodyguard, apparently from her manner and his +frequent obeisances, giving him very stringent and careful orders; +after which, with a somewhat coquettish nod and smile, she left +the hall, followed by Sorais and most of the guards. + +When the Queens had gone, the officer whom Nyleptha had addressed +came forward and with many tokens of deep respect led us from +the hall through various passages to a sumptuous set of apartments +opening out of a large central room lighted with brazen swinging +lamps (for it was now dusk) and richly carpeted and strewn with +couches. On a table in the centre of the room was set a profusion +of food and fruit, and, what is more, flowers. There was a delicious +wine also in ancient-looking sealed earthenware flagons, and +beautifully chased golden and ivory cups to drink it from. Servants, +male and female, also were there to minister to us, and whilst +we ate, from some recess outside the apartment + + + 'The silver lute did speak between + The trumpet's lordly blowing;' + + +and altogether we found ourselves in a sort of earthly paradise +which was only disturbed by the vision of that disgusting High +Priest who intended to commit us to the flames. But so very +weary were we with our labours that we could scarcely keep ourselves +awake through the sumptuous meal, and as soon as it was over +we indicated that we desired to sleep. As a further precaution +against surprise we left Umslopogaas with his axe to sleep in +the main chamber near the curtained doorways leading to the apartments +which we occupied respectively, Good and I in the one, and Sir +Henry and Alphonse in the other. Then throwing off our clothes, +with the exception of the mail shirts, which we considered it +safer to keep on, we flung ourselves down upon the low and luxurious +couches, and drew the silk-embroidered coverlids over us. + +In two minutes I was just dropping off when I was aroused by +Good's voice. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he said, 'did you ever see such eyes?' + +'Eyes!' I said, crossly; 'what eyes?' + +'Why, the Queen's, of course! Sorais, I mean -- at least +I think that is her name.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' I yawned; 'I didn't notice them much: +I suppose they are good eyes,' and again I dropped off. + +Five minutes or so elapsed, and I was once more awakened. + +'I say, Quatermain,' said the voice. + +'Well,' I answered testily, 'what is it now?' + +'Did you notice her ankle? The shape --' + +This was more than I could stand. By my bed stood the veldtschoons +I had been wearing. Moved quite beyond myself, I took them up +and threw them straight at Good's head -- and hit it. + +Afterwards I slept the sleep of the just, and a very heavy sleep +it must be. As for Good, I don't know if he went to sleep or +if he continued to pass Sorais' beauties in mental review, and, +what is more, I don't care. + + + + +CHAPTER XIII +ABOUT THE ZU-VENDI PEOPLE + + + +And now the curtain is down for a few hours, and the actors in +this novel drama are plunged in dewy sleep. Perhaps we should +except Nyleptha, whom the reader may, if poetically inclined, +imagine lying in her bed of state encompassed by her maidens, +tiring women, guards, and all the other people and appurtenances +that surround a throne, and yet not able to slumber for thinking +of the strangers who had visited a country where no such strangers +had ever come before, and wondering, as she lay awake, who they +were and what their past has been, and if she was ugly compared +to the women of their native place. I, however, not being poetically +inclined, will take advantage of the lull to give some account +of the people among whom we found ourselves, compiled, needless +to state, from information which we subsequently collected. + +The name of this country, to begin at the beginning, is Zu-Vendis, +from Zu, 'yellow', and Vendis, 'place or country'. Why it is +called the Yellow Country I have never been able to ascertain +accurately, nor do the inhabitants themselves know. Three reasons +are, however, given, each of which would suffice to account for +it. The first is that the name owes its origin to the great +quantity of gold that is found in the land. Indeed, in this +respect Zu-Vendis is a veritable Eldorado, the precious metal +being extraordinarily plentiful. At present it is collected +from purely alluvial diggings, which we subsequently inspected, +and which are situated within a day's journey from Milosis, being +mostly found in pockets and in nuggets weighing from an ounce +up to six or seven pounds in weight. But other diggings of a +similar nature are known to exist, and I have besides seen great +veins of gold-bearing quartz. In Zu-Vendis gold is a much commoner +metal than silver, and thus it has curiously enough come to pass +that silver is the legal tender of the country. + +The second reason given is, that at certain times of the year +the native grasses of the country, which are very sweet and good, +turn as yellow as ripe corn; and the third arises from a tradition +that the people were originally yellow skinned, but grew white +after living for many generations upon these high lands. Zu-Vendis +is a country about the size of France, is, roughly speaking, +oval in shape; and on every side cut off from the surrounding +territory by illimitable forests of impenetrable thorn, beyond +which are said to be hundreds of miles of morasses, deserts, +and great mountains. It is, in short, a huge, high tableland +rising up in the centre of the dark continent, much as in southern +Africa flat-topped mountains rise from the level of the surrounding +veldt. Milosis itself lies, according to my aneroid, at a level +of about nine thousand feet above the sea, but most of the land +is even higher, the greatest elevation of the open country being, +I believe, about eleven thousand feet. As a consequence the +climate is, comparatively speaking, a cold one, being very similar +to that of southern England, only brighter and not so rainy. +The land is, however, exceedingly fertile, and grows all cereals +and temperate fruits and timber to perfection; and in the lower-lying +parts even produces a hardy variety of sugar-cane. Coal is found +in great abundance, and in many places crops out from the surface; +and so is pure marble, both black and white. The same may be +said of almost every metal except silver, which is scarce, and +only to be obtained from a range of mountains in the north. + +Zu-Vendis comprises in her boundaries a great variety of scenery, +including two ranges of snow-clad mountains, one on the western +boundary beyond the impenetrable belt of thorn forest, and the +other piercing the country from north to south, and passing at +a distance of about eighty miles from Milosis, from which town +its higher peaks are distinctly visible. This range forms the +chief watershed of the land. There are also three large lakes +-- the biggest, namely that whereon we emerged, and which is +named Milosis after the city, covering some two hundred square +miles of country -- and numerous small ones, some of them salt. + +The population of this favoured land is, comparatively speaking, +dense, numbering at a rough estimate from ten to twelve millions. +It is almost purely agricultural in its habits, and divided +into great classes as in civilized countries. There is a territorial +nobility, a considerable middle class, formed principally of +merchants, officers of the army, etc.; but the great bulk of +the people are well-to-do peasants who live upon the lands of +the lords, from whom they hold under a species of feudal tenure. +The best bred people in the country are, as I think I have said, +pure whites with a somewhat southern cast of countenance; but +the common herd are much darker, though they do not show any +negro or other African characteristics. As to their descent +I can give no certain information. Their written records, which +extend back for about a thousand years, give no hint of it. +One very ancient chronicler does indeed, in alluding to some +old tradition that existed in his day, talk of it as having probably +originally 'come down with the people from the coast', but that +may mean little or nothing. In short, the origin of the Zu-Vendi +is lost in the mists of time. Whence they came or of what race +they are no man knows. Their architecture and some of their +sculptures suggest an Egyptian or possibly an Assyrian origin; +but it is well known that their present remarkable style of building +has only sprung up within the last eight hundred years, and they +certainly retain no traces of Egyptian theology or customs. +Again, their appearance and some of their habits are rather Jewish; +but here again it seems hardly conceivable that they should have +utterly lost all traces of the Jewish religion. Still, for aught +I know, they may be one of the lost ten tribes whom people are +so fond of discovering all over the world, or they may not. +I do not know, and so can only describe them as I find them, +and leave wiser heads than mine to make what they can out of +it, if indeed this account should ever be read at all, which +is exceedingly doubtful. + +And now after I have said all this, I am, after all, going to +hazard a theory of my own, though it is only a very little one, +as the young lady said in mitigation of her baby. This theory +is founded on a legend which I have heard among the Arabs on +the east coast, which is to the effect that 'more than two thousand +years ago' there were troubles in the country which was known +as Babylonia, and that thereon a vast horde of Persians came +down to Bushire, where they took ship and were driven by the +north-east monsoon to the east coast of Africa, where, according +to the legend, 'the sun and fire worshippers' fell into conflict +with the belt of Arab settlers who even then were settled on +the east coast, and finally broke their way through them, and, +vanishing into the interior, were no more seen. Now, I ask, +is it not at least possible that the Zu-Vendi people are the +descendants of these 'sun and fire worshippers' who broke through +the Arabs and vanished? As a matter of fact, there is a good +deal in their characters and customs that tallies with the somewhat +vague ideas that I have of Persians. Of course we have no books +of reference here, but Sir Henry says that if his memory does +not fail him, there was a tremendous revolt in Babylon about +500 BC, whereon a vast multitude were expelled from the city. +Anyhow, it is a well-established fact that there have been many +separate emigrations of Persians from the Persian Gulf to the +east coast of Africa up to as lately as seven hundred years ago. +There are Persian tombs at Kilwa, on the east coast, still in +good repair, which bear dates showing them to be just seven hundred +years old. {Endnote 12} + +In addition to being an agricultural people, the Zu-Vendi are, +oddly enough, excessively warlike, and as they cannot from the +exigencies of their position make war upon other nations, they +fight among each other like the famed Kilkenny cats, with the +happy result that the population never outgrows the power of +the country to support it. This habit of theirs is largely fostered +by the political condition of the country. The monarchy is nominally +an absolute one, save in so far as it is tempered by the power +of the priests and the informal council of the great lords; but, +as in many other institutions, the king's writ does not run unquestioned +throughout the length and breadth of the land. In short, the +whole system is a purely feudal one (though absolute serfdom +or slavery is unknown), all the great lords holding nominally +from the throne, but a number of them being practically independent, +having the power of life and death, waging war against and making +peace with their neighbours as the whim or their interests lead +them, and even on occasion rising in open rebellion against their +royal master or mistress, and, safely shut up in their castles +and fenced cities, as far from the seat of government, successfully +defying them for years. + +Zu-Vendis has had its king-makers as well as England, a fact +that will be well appreciated when I state that eight different +dynasties have sat upon the throne in the last one thousand years, +every one of which took its rise from some noble family that +succeeded in grasping the purple after a sanguinary struggle. +At the date of our arrival in the country things were a little +better than they had been for some centuries, the last king, +the father of Nyleptha and Sorais, having been an exceptionally +able and vigorous ruler, and, as a consequence, he kept down +the power of the priests and nobles. On his death, two years +before we reached Zu-Vendis, the twin sisters, his children, +were, following an ancient precedent, called to the throne, since +an attempt to exclude either would instantly have provoked a +sanguinary civil war; but it was generally felt in the country +that this measure was a most unsatisfactory one, and could hardly +be expected to be permanent. Indeed, as it was, the various +intrigues that were set on foot by ambitious nobles to obtain +the hand of one or other of the queens in marriage had disquieted +the country, and the general opinion was that there would be +bloodshed before long. + +I will now pass on to the question of the Zu-Vendi religion, +which is nothing more or less than sun-worship of a pronounced +and highly developed character. Around this sun-worship is grouped +the entire social system of the Zu-Vendi. It sends its roots +through every institution and custom of the land. From the cradle +to the grave the Zu-Vendi follows the sun in every sense of the +saying. As an infant he is solemnly held up in its light and +dedicated to 'the symbol of good, the expression of power, and +the hope of Eternity', the ceremony answering to our baptism. +Whilst still a tiny child, his parents point out the glorious +orb as the presence of a visible and beneficent god, and he worships +it at its up-rising and down-setting. Then when still quite +small, he goes, holding fast to the pendent end of his mother's +'kaf' (toga), up to the temple of the Sun of the nearest city, +and there, when at midday the bright beams strike down upon the +golden central altar and beat back the fire that burns thereon, +he hears the white-robed priests raise their solemn chant of +praise and sees the people fall down to adore, and then, amidst +the blowing of the golden trumpets, watched the sacrifice thrown +into the fiery furnace beneath the altar. Here he comes again +to be declared 'a man' by the priests, and consecrated to war +and to good works; here before the solemn altar he leads his +bride; and here too, if differences shall unhappily arise, he +divorces her. + +And so on, down life's long pathway till the last mile is travelled, +and he comes again armed indeed, and with dignity, but no longer +a man. Here they bear him dead and lay his bier upon the falling +brazen doors before the eastern altar, and when the last ray +from the setting sun falls upon his white face the bolts are +drawn and he vanishes into the raging furnace beneath and is ended. + +The priests of the Sun do not marry, but are recruited by young +men specially devoted to the work by their parents and supported +by the State. The nomination to the higher offices of the priesthood +lies with the Crown, but once appointed the nominees cannot be +dispossessed, and it is scarcely too much to say that they really +rule the land. To begin with, they are a united body sworn to +obedience and secrecy, so that an order issued by the High Priest +at Milosis will be instantly and unhesitatingly acted upon by +the resident priest of a little country town three or four hundred +miles off. They are the judges of the land, criminal and civil, +an appeal lying only to the lord paramount of the district, and +from him to the king; and they have, of course, practically unlimited +jurisdiction over religious and moral offences, together with +a right of excommunication, which, as in the faiths of more highly +civilized lands, is a very effective weapon. Indeed, their rights +and powers are almost unlimited, but I may as well state here +that the priests of the Sun are wise in their generation, and +do not push things too far. It is but very seldom that they +go to extremes against anybody, being more inclined to exercise +the prerogative of mercy than run the risk of exasperating the +powerful and vigorous-minded people on whose neck they have set +their yoke, lest it should rise and break it off altogether. + +Another source of the power of the priests is their practical +monopoly of learning, and their very considerable astronomical +knowledge, which enables them to keep a hold on the popular mind +by predicting eclipses and even comets. In Zu-Vendis only a +few of the upper classes can read and write, but nearly all the +priests have this knowledge, and are therefore looked upon as +learned men. + +The law of the country is, on the whole, mild and just, but differs +in several respects from our civilized law. For instance, the +law of England is much more severe upon offences against property +than against the person, as becomes a people whose ruling passion +is money. A man may half kick his wife to death or inflict horrible +sufferings upon his children at a much cheaper rate of punishment +than he can compound for the theft of a pair of old boots. +In Zu-Vendis this is not so, for there they rightly or wrongly look +upon the person as of more consequence than goods and chattels, +and not, as in England, as a sort of necessary appendage to the +latter. For murder the punishment is death, for treason death, +for defrauding the orphan and the widow, for sacrilege, and for +attempting to quit the country (which is looked on as a sacrilege) +death. In each case the method of execution is the same, and +a rather awful one. The culprit is thrown alive into the fiery +furnace beneath one of the altars to the Sun. For all other +offences, including the offence of idleness, the punishment is +forced labour upon the vast national buildings which are always +going on in some part of the country, with or without periodical +floggings, according to the crime. + +The social system of the Zu-Vendi allows considerable liberty +to the individual, provided he does not offend against the laws +and customs of the country. They are polygamous in theory, though +most of them have only one wife on account of the expense. By +law a man is bound to provide a separate establishment for each +wife. The first wife also is the legal wife, and her children +are said to be 'of the house of the Father'. The children of +the other wives are of the houses of their respective mothers. +This does not, however, imply any slur upon either mother or +children. Again, a first wife can, on entering into the married +state, make a bargain that her husband shall marry no other wife. +This, however, is very rarely done, as the women are the great +upholders of polygamy, which not only provides for their surplus +numbers but gives greater importance to the first wife, who is +thus practically the head of several households. Marriage is +looked upon as primarily a civil contract, and, subject to certain +conditions and to a proper provision for children, is dissoluble +at the will of both contracting parties, the divorce, or 'unloosing', +being formally and ceremoniously accomplished by going through +certain portions of the marriage ceremony backwards. + +The Zu-Vendi are on the whole a very kindly, pleasant, and light-hearted +people. They are not great traders and care little about money, +only working to earn enough to support themselves in that class +of life in which they were born. They are exceedingly conservative, +and look with disfavour upon changes. Their legal tender is +silver, cut into little squares of different weights; gold is +the baser coin, and is about of the same value as our silver. +It is, however, much prized for its beauty, and largely used +for ornaments and decorative purposes. Most of the trade, however, +is carried on by means of sale and barter, payment being made +in kind. Agriculture is the great business of the country, and +is really well understood and carried out, most of the available +acreage being under cultivation. Great attention is also given +to the breeding of cattle and horses, the latter being unsurpassed +by any I have ever seen either in Europe or Africa. + +The land belongs theoretically to the Crown, and under the Crown +to the great lords, who again divide it among smaller lords, +and so on down to the little peasant farmer who works his forty +'reestu' (acres) on a system of half-profits with his immediate +lord. In fact the whole system is, as I have said, distinctly +feudal, and it interested us much to meet with such an old friend +far in the unknown heart of Africa. + +The taxes are very heavy. The State takes a third of a man's +total earnings, and the priesthood about five per cent on the +remainder. But on the other hand, if a man through any cause +falls into bona fide misfortune the State supports him in the +position of life to which he belongs. If he is idle, however, +he is sent to work on the Government undertakings, and the State +looks after his wives and children. The State also makes all +the roads and builds all town houses, about which great care +is shown, letting them out to families at a small rent. It also +keeps up a standing army of about twenty thousand men, and provides +watchmen, etc. In return for their five per cent the priests +attend to the service of the temples, carry out all religious +ceremonies, and keep schools, where they teach whatever they +think desirable, which is not very much. Some of the temples +also possess private property, but priests as individuals cannot +hold property. + +And now comes a question which I find some difficulty in answering. +Are the Zu-Vendi a civilized or barbarous people? Sometimes +I think the one, sometimes the other. In some branches of art +they have attained the very highest proficiency. Take for instance +their buildings and their statuary. I do not think that the +latter can be equalled either in beauty or imaginative power +anywhere in the world, and as for the former it may have been +rivalled in ancient Egypt, but I am sure that it has never been +since. But, on the other hand, they are totally ignorant of +many other arts. Till Sir Henry, who happened to know something +about it, showed them how to do it by mixing silica and lime, +they could not make a piece of glass, and their crockery is rather +primitive. A water-clock is their nearest approach to a watch; +indeed, ours delighted them exceedingly. They know nothing about +steam, electricity, or gunpowder, and mercifully for themselves +nothing about printing or the penny post. Thus they are spared +many evils, for of a truth our age has learnt the wisdom of the +old-world saying, 'He who increaseth knowledge, increaseth sorrow.' + +As regards their religion, it is a natural one for imaginative +people who know no better, and might therefore be expected to +turn to the sun and worship him as the all-Father, but it cannot +justly be called elevating or spiritual. It is true that they +do sometimes speak of the sun as the 'garment of the Spirit', +but it is a vague term, and what they really adore is the fiery +orb himself. They also call him the 'hope of eternity', but +here again the meaning is vague, and I doubt if the phrase conveys +any very clear impression to their minds. Some of them do indeed +believe in a future life for the good -- I know Nyleptha does +firmly -- but it is a private faith arising from the promptings +of the spirit, not an essential of their creed. So on the whole +I cannot say that I consider this sun-worship as a religion indicative +of a civilized people, however magnificent and imposing its ritual, +or however moral and high-sounding the maxims of its priests, +many of whom, I am sure, have their own opinions on the whole +subject; though of course they have nothing but praise for a +system which provides them with so many of the good things of +this world. + +There are now only two more matters to which I need allude -- +namely, the language and the system of calligraphy. As for +the former, it is soft-sounding, and very rich and flexible. +Sir Henry says that it sounds something like modern Greek, +but of course it has no connection with it. It is easy to acquire, +being simple in its construction, and a peculiar quality about it +is its euphony, and the way in which the sound of the words +adapts itself to the meaning to be expressed. Long before +we mastered the language, we could frequently make out what +was meant by the ring of the sentence. It is on this account +that the language lends itself so well to poetical declamation, +of which these remarkable people are very fond. The Zu-Vendi +alphabet seems, Sir henry says, to be derived, like every other +known system of letters, from a Phoenician source, and therefore +more remotely still from the ancient Egyptian hieratic writing. +Whether this is a fact I cannot say, not being learned in such +matters. All I know about it is that their alphabet consists +of twenty-two characters, of which a few, notably B, E, and O, +are not very unlike our own. The whole affair is, however, clumsy +and puzzling. {Endnote 13} But as the people of Zu-Vendi are +not given to the writing of novels, or of anything except business +documents and records of the briefest character, it answers their +purpose well enough. + + + + +CHAPTER XIV +THE FLOWER TEMPLE + + + +It was half-past eight by my watch when I woke on the morning +following our arrival at Milosis, having slept almost exactly +twelve hours, and I must say that I did indeed feel better. +Ah, what a blessed thing is sleep! and what a difference twelve +hours of it or so makes to us after days and nights of toil and +danger. It is like going to bed one man and getting up another. + +I sat up upon my silken couch -- never had I slept upon such +a bed before -- and the first thing that I saw was Good's eyeglass +fixed on me from the recesses of his silken couch. There was +nothing else of him to be seen except his eyeglass, but I knew +from the look of it that he was awake, and waiting till I woke +up to begin. + +'I say, Quatermain,' he commenced sure enough, 'did you observe +her skin? It is as smooth as the back of an ivory hairbrush.' + +'Now look here, Good,' I remonstrated, when there came a sound +at the curtain, which, on being drawn, admitted a functionary, +who signified by signs that he was there to lead us to the bath. +We gladly consented, and were conducted to a delightful marble +chamber, with a pool of running crystal water in the centre of +it, into which we gaily plunged. When we had bathed, we returned +to our apartment and dressed, and then went into the central +room where we had supped on the previous evening, to find a morning +meal already prepared for us, and a capital meal it was, though +I should be puzzled to describe the dishes. After breakfast +we lounged round and admired the tapestries and carpets and some +pieces of statuary that were placed about, wondering the while +what was going to happen next. Indeed, by this time our minds +were in such a state of complete bewilderment that we were, as +a matter of fact, ready for anything that might arrive. As for +our sense of astonishment, it was pretty well obliterated. Whilst +we were still thus engaged, our friend the captain of the guard +presented himself, and with many obeisances signified that we +were to follow him, which we did, not without doubts and heart-searchings +-- for we guessed that the time had come when we should have +to settle the bill for those confounded hippopotami with our +cold-eyed friend Agon, the High Priest. However, there was no +help for it, and personally I took great comfort in the promise +of the protection of the sister Queens, knowing that if ladies +have a will they can generally find a way; so off we started +as though we liked it. A minute's walk through a passage and +an outer court brought us to the great double gates of the palace +that open on to the wide highway which runs uphill through the +heart of Milosis to the Temple of the Sun a mile away, and thence +down the slope on the farther side of the temple to the outer +wall of the city. + +These gates are very large and massive, and an extraordinarily +beautiful work in metal. Between them -- for one set is placed +at the entrance to an interior, and one at that of the exterior +wall -- is a fosse, forty-five feet in width. This fosse is +filled with water and spanned by a drawbridge, which when lifted +makes the palace nearly impregnable to anything except siege +guns. As we came, one half of the wide gates were flung open, +and we passed over the drawbridge and presently stood gazing +up one of the most imposing, if not the most imposing, roadways +in the world. It is a hundred feet from curb to curb, and on +either side, not cramped and crowded together, as is our European +fashion, but each standing in its own grounds, and built equidistant +from and in similar style to the rest, are a series of splendid, +single-storied mansions, all of red granite. These are the town +houses of the nobles of the Court, and stretch away in unbroken +lines for a mile or more till the eye is arrested by the glorious +vision of the Temple of the Sun that crowns the hill and heads +the roadway. + +As we stood gazing at this splendid sight, of which more anon, +there suddenly dashed up to the gateway four chariots, each drawn +by two white horses. These chariots are two-wheeled, and made +of wood. They are fitted with a stout pole, the weight of which +is supported by leathern girths that form a portion of the harness. +The wheels are made with four spokes only, are tired with iron, +and quite innocent of springs. In the front of the chariot, +and immediately over the pole, is a small seat for the driver, +railed round to prevent him from being jolted off. Inside the +machine itself are three low seats, one at each side, and one +with the back to the horses, opposite to which is the door. +The whole vehicle is lightly and yet strongly made, and, owing +to the grace of the curves, though primitive, not half so ugly +as might be expected. + +But if the chariots left something to be desired, the horses +did not. They were simply splendid, not very large but strongly +built, and well ribbed up, with small heads, remarkably large +and round hoofs, and a great look of speed and blood. I have +often and often wondered whence this breed, which presents many +distinct characteristics, came, but like that of its owners, +it history is obscure. Like the people the horses have always +been there. The first and last of these chariots were occupied +by guards, but the centre two were empty, except for the driver, +and to these we were conducted. Alphonse and I got into the +first, and Sir Henry, Good, and Umslopogaas into the one behind, +and then suddenly off we went. And we did go! Among the Zu-Vendi +it is not usual to trot horses either riding or driving, especially +when the journey to be made is a short one -- they go at full +gallop. As soon as we were seated the driver called out, the +horses sprang forward, and we were whirled away at a speed sufficient +to take one's breath, and which, till I got accustomed to it, +kept me in momentary fear of an upset. As for the wretched Alphonse, +he clung with a despairing face to the side of what he called +this 'devil of a fiacre', thinking that every moment was his +last. Presently it occurred to him to ask where we were going, +and I told him that, as far as I could ascertain, we were going +to be sacrificed by burning. You should have seen his face as +he grasped the side of the vehicle and cried out in his terror. + +But the wild-looking charioteer only leant forward over his flying +steeds and shouted; and the air, as it went singing past, bore +away the sound of Alphonse's lamentations. + +And now before us, in all its marvellous splendour and dazzling +loveliness, shone out the Temple of the Sun -- the peculiar pride +of the Zu-Vendi, to whom it was what Solomon's, or rather Herod's, +Temple was to the Jews. The wealth, and skill, and labour of +generations had been given to the building of this wonderful +place, which had been only finally completed within the last +fifty years. Nothing was spared that the country could produce, +and the result was indeed worthy of the effort, not so much on +account of its size -- for there are larger fanes in the world +-- as because of its perfect proportions, the richness and beauty +of its materials, and the wonderful workmanship. The building +(that stands by itself on a space of some eight acres of garden +ground on the hilltop, around which are the dwelling-places of +the priests) is built in the shape of a sunflower, with a dome-covered +central hall, from which radiate twelve petal-shaped courts, +each dedicated to one of the twelve months, and serving as the +repositories of statues reared in memory of the illustrious dead. +The width of the circle beneath the dome is three hundred feet, +the height of the dome is four hundred feet, and the length of +the rays is one hundred and fifty feet, and the height of their +roofs three hundred feet, so that they run into the central dome +exactly as the petals of the sunflower run into the great raised +heart. Thus the exact measurement from the centre of the central +altar to the extreme point of any one of the rounded rays would +be three hundred feet (the width of the circle itself), or a +total of six hundred feet from the rounded extremity of one ray +or petal to the extremity of the opposite one. {Endnote 14} + +The building itself is of pure and polished white marble, which +shows out in marvellous contrast to the red granite of the frowning +city, on whose brow it glistens indeed like an imperial diadem +upon the forehead of a dusky queen. The outer surface of the +dome and of the twelve petal courts is covered entirely with +thin sheets of beaten gold; and from the extreme point of the +roof of each of these petals a glorious golden form with a trumpet +in its hand and widespread wings is figured in the very act of +soaring into space. I really must leave whoever reads this to +imagine the surpassing beauty of these golden roofs flashing +when the sun strikes -- flashing like a thousand fires aflame +on a mountain of polished marble -- so fiercely that the reflection +can be clearly seen from the great peaks of the range a hundred +miles away. + +It is a marvellous sight -- this golden flower upborne upon the +cool white marble walls, and I doubt if the world can show such +another. What makes the whole effect even more gorgeous is that +a belt of a hundred and fifty feet around the marble wall of +the temple is planted with an indigenous species of sunflower, +which were at the time when we first saw them a sheet of golden +bloom. + +The main entrance to this wonderful place is between the two +northernmost of the rays or petal courts, and is protected first +by the usual bronze gates, and then by doors made of solid marble, +beautifully carved with allegorical subjects and overlaid with +gold. When these are passed there is only the thickness of the +wall, which is, however, twenty-five feet (for the Zu-Vendi build +for all time), and another slight wall also of white marble, +introduced in order to avoid causing a visible gap in the inner +skin of the wall, and you stand in the circular hall under the +great dome. Advancing to the central altar you look upon as +beautiful a sight as the imagination of man can conceive. You +are in the middle of the holy place, and above you the great +white marble dome (for the inner skin, like the outer, is of +polished marble throughout) arches away in graceful curves something +like that of St Paul's in London, only at a slighter angle, and +from the funnel-like opening at the exact apex a bright beam +of light pours down upon the golden altar. At the east and the +west are other altars, and other beams of light stab the sacred +twilight to the heart. In ever direction, 'white, mystic, wonderful', +open out the ray-like courts, each pierced through by a single +arrow of light that serves to illumine its lofty silence and +dimly to reveal the monuments of the dead. {Endnote 15} + +Overcome at so awe-inspiring a sight, the vast loveliness of +which thrills the nerves like a glance from beauty's eyes, you +turn to the central golden altar, in the midst of which, though +you cannot see it now, there burns a pale but steady flame crowned +with curls of faint blue smoke. It is of marble overlaid with +pure gold, in shape round like the sun, four feet in height, +and thirty-six in circumference. Here also, hinged to the foundations +of the altar, are twelve petals of beaten gold. All night and, +except at one hour, all day also, these petals are closed over +the altar itself exactly as the petals of a water-lily close +over the yellow crown in stormy weather; but when the sun at +midday pierces through the funnel in the dome and lights upon +the golden flower, the petals open and reveal the hidden mystery, +only to close again when the ray has passed. + +Nor is this all. Standing in semicircles at equal distances +from each other on the north and south of the sacred place are +ten golden angels, or female winged forms, exquisitely shaped +and draped. These figures, which are slightly larger than life-size, +stand with bent heads in an attitude of adoration, their faces +shadowed by their wings, and are most imposing and of exceeding +beauty. + +There is but one thing further which calls for description +in this altar, which is, that to the east the flooring in front +of it is not of pure white marble, as elsewhere throughout the +building, but of solid brass, and this is also the case in front +of the other two altars. + +The eastern and western altars, which are semicircular in shape, +and placed against the wall of the building, are much less imposing, +and are not enfolded in golden petals. They are, however, also +of gold, the sacred fire burns on each, and a golden-winged figure +stands on either side of them. Two great golden rays run up +the wall behind them, but where the third or middle one should +be is an opening in the wall, wide on the outside, but narrow +within, like a loophole turned inwards. Through the eastern +loophole stream the first beams of the rising sun, and strike +right across the circle, touching the folded petals of the great +gold flower as they pass till they impinge upon the western altar. +In the same way at night the last rays of the sinking sun rest +for a while on the eastern altar before they die away into darkness. +It is the promise of the dawn to the evening and the evening +to the dawn. + +With the exception of those three altars and the winged figures +about them, the whole space beneath the vast white dome is utterly +empty and devoid of ornamentation -- a circumstance that to my +fancy adds greatly to its splendour. + +Such is a brief description of this wonderful and lovely building, +to the glories of which, to my mind so much enhanced by their +complete simplicity, I only wish I had the power to do justice. +But I cannot, so it is useless talking more about it. But when +I compare this great work of genius to some of the tawdry buildings +and tinsel ornamentation produced in these latter days by European +ecclesiastical architects, I feel that even highly civilized +art might learn something from the Zu-Vendi masterpieces. I +can only say that the exclamation which sprang to my lips as +soon as my eyes first became accustomed to the dim light of that +glorious building, and its white and curving beauties, perfect +and thrilling as those of a naked goddess, grew upon me one by +one, was, 'Well! a dog would feel religious here.' It is vulgarly +put, but perhaps it conveys my meaning more clearly than any +polished utterance. + +At the temple gates our party was received by a guard of soldiers, +who appeared to be under the orders of a priest; and by them +we were conducted into one of the ray or 'petal' courts, as the +priests call them, and there left for at least half-an-hour. +Here we conferred together, and realizing that we stood in great +danger of our lives, determined, if any attempt should be made +upon us, to sell them as dearly as we could -- Umslopogaas announcing +his fixed intention of committing sacrilege on the person of +Agon, the High Priest, by splitting his head with Inkosi-kaas. +From where we stood we could perceive that an immense multitude +were pouring into the temple, evidently in expectation of some +unusual event, and I could not help fearing that we had to do +with it. And here I may explain that every day, when the sunlight +falls upon the central altar, and the trumpets sound, a burnt +sacrifice is offered to the Sun, consisting generally of the +carcase of a sheep or ox, or sometimes of fruit or corn. This +even comes off about midday; of course, not always exactly at +that hour, but as Zu-Vendis is situated not far from the Line, +although -- being so high above the sea it is very temperate +-- midday and the falling of the sunlight on the altar were generally +simultaneous. Today the sacrifice was to take place at about +eight minutes past twelve. + +Just at twelve o'clock a priest appeared, and made a sign, and +the officer of the guard signified to us that we were expected +to advance, which we did with the best grace that we could muster, +all except Alphonse, whose irrepressible teeth instantly began +to chatter. In a few seconds we were out of the court and looking +at a vast sea of human faces stretching away to the farthest +limits of the great circle, all straining to catch a glimpse +of the mysterious strangers who had committed sacrilege; the +first strangers, mind you, who, to the knowledge of the multitude, +had ever set foot in Zu-Vendis since such time that the memory +of man runneth not to the contrary. + +As we appeared there was a murmur through the vast crowd that +went echoing away up the great dome, and we saw a visible blush +of excitement grow on the thousands of faces, like a pink light +on a stretch of pale cloud, and a very curious effect it was. +On we passed down a lane cut through the heart of the human +mass, till presently we stood upon the brazen patch of flooring +to the east of the central altar, and immediately facing it. +For some thirty feet around the golden-winged figures the space +was roped off, and the multitudes stood outside the ropes. Within +were a circle of white-robed gold-cinctured priests holding long +golden trumpets in their hands, and immediately in front of us +was our friend Agon, the High Priest, with his curious cap upon +his head. His was the only covered head in that vast assemblage. +We took our stand upon the brazen space, little knowing what +was prepared for us beneath, but I noticed a curious hissing +sound proceeding apparently from the floor for which I could +not account. Then came a pause, and I looked around to see if +there was any sign of the two Queens, Nyleptha and Sorais, but +they were not there. To the right of us, however, was a bare +space that I guessed was reserved for them. + +We waited, and presently a far-off trumpet blew, apparently high +up in the dome. Then came another murmur from the multitude, +and up a long lane, leading to the open space to our right, we +saw the two Queens walking side by side. Behind them were some +nobles of the Court, among whom I recognized the great lord Nasta, +and behind them again a body of about fifty guards. These last +I was very glad to see. Presently they had all arrived and taken +their stand, the two Queens in the front, the nobles to the right +and left, and the guards in a double semicircle behind them. + +Then came another silence, and Nyleptha looked up and caught +my eye; it seemed to me that there was meaning in her glance, +and I watched it narrowly. From my eye it travelled down to +the brazen flooring, on the outer edge of which we stood. Then +followed a slight and almost imperceptible sidelong movement +of the head. I did not understand it, and it was repeated. +Then I guessed that she meant us to move back off the brazen +floor. One more glance and I was sure of it -- there was danger +in standing on the floor. Sir Henry was placed on one side of +me, Umslopogaas on the other. Keeping my eyes fixed straight +before me, I whispered to them, first in Zulu and then in English, +to draw slowly back inch by inch till half their feet were resting +on the marble flooring where the brass ceased. Sir Henry whispered +on to Good and Alphonse, and slowly, very very slowly, we shifted +backwards; so slowly that nobody, except Nyleptha and Sorais, +who saw everything seemed to notice the movement. Then I glanced +again at Nyleptha, and saw that, by an almost imperceptible nod, +she indicated approval. All the while Agon's eyes were fixed +upon the altar before him apparently in an ecstasy of contemplation, +and mine were fixed upon the small of his back in another sort +of ecstasy. Suddenly he flung up his long arm, and in a solemn +and resounding voice commenced a chant, of which for convenience' +sake I append a rough, a _very_ rough, translation here, though, +of course, I did not then comprehend its meaning. It was +an invocation to the Sun, and ran somewhat as follows: -- + + + There is silence upon the face of the Earth and the waters thereof! + Yea, the silence doth brood on the waters like a nesting bird; + The silence sleepeth also upon the bosom of the profound darkness, + Only high up in the great spaces star doth speak unto star, + The Earth is faint with longing and wet with the tears of her desire; + The star-girdled night doth embrace her, but she is not comforted. + She lies enshrouded in mists like a corpse in the grave-clothes, + And stretches her pale hands to the East. + + Lo! away in the farthest East there is the shadow of a light; + The Earth seeth and lifts herself. She looks out from beneath + the hollow of her hand. + Then thy great angels fly forth from the Holy Place, oh Sun, + They shoot their fiery swords into the darkness and shrivel it up. + They climb the heavens and cast down the pale stars from their thrones; + Yea, they hurl the changeful stars back into the womb of the night; + They cause the moon to become wan as the face of a dying man, + And behold! Thy glory comes, oh Sun! + + Oh, Thou beautiful one, Thou drapest thyself in fire. + The wide heavens are thy pathway: thou rollest o'er them as a chariot. + The Earth is thy bride. Thou dost embrace her and + she brings forth children; + Yea, Thou favourest her, and she yields her increase. + Thou art the All Father and the giver of life, oh Sun. + The young children stretch out their hands and grow in thy brightness; + The old men creep forth and seeing remember their strength. + Only the dead forget Thee, oh Sun! + + When Thou art wroth then Thou dost hide Thy face; + Thou drawest around Thee a thick curtain of shadows. + Then the Earth grows cold and the Heavens are dismayed; + They tremble, and the sound thereof is the sound of thunder: + They weep, and their tears are outpoured in the rain; + They sigh, and the wild winds are the voice of their sighing. + The flowers die, the fruitful fields languish and turn pale; + The old men and the little children go unto their appointed place + When Thou withdrawest thy light, oh Sun! + + Say, what art Thou, oh Thou matchless Splendour -- + Who set Thee on high, oh Thou flaming Terror? + When didst Thou begin, and when is the day of Thy ending? + Thou art the raiment of the living Spirit. {Endnote 16} + None did place Thee on high, for Thou was the Beginning. + Thou shalt not be ended when thy children are forgotten; + Nay, Thou shalt never end, for thy hours are eternal. + Thou sittest on high within thy golden house and + measurest out the centuries. + Oh Father of Life! oh dark-dispelling Sun! + + +He ceased this solemn chant, which, though it seems a poor enough +thing after going through my mill, is really beautiful and impressive +in the original; and then, after a moment's pause, he glanced up +towards the funnel-sloped opening in the dome and added -- + + +Oh Sun, descend upon thine Altar! + + +As he spoke a wonderful and a beautiful thing happened. Down +from on high flashed a splendid living ray of light, cleaving +the twilight like a sword of fire. Full upon the closed petals +it fell and ran shimmering down their golden sides, and then +the glorious flower opened as though beneath the bright influence. +Slowly it opened, and as the great petals fell wide and revealed +the golden altar on which the fire ever burns, the priests blew +a blast upon the trumpets, and from all the people there rose +a shout of praise that beat against the domed roof and came echoing +down the marble walls. And now the flower altar was open, and +the sunlight fell full upon the tongue of sacred flame and beat +it down, so that it wavered, sank, and vanished into the hollow +recesses whence it rose. As it vanished, the mellow notes of +the trumpets rolled out once more. Again the old priest flung +up his hands and called aloud -- + + +We sacrifice to thee, oh Sun! + + +Once more I caught Nyleptha's eye; it was fixed upon the brazen flooring. + +'Look out,' I said, aloud; and as I said it, I saw Agon bend +forward and touch something on the altar. As he did so, the +great white sea of faces around us turned red and then white +again, and a deep breath went up like a universal sigh. +Nyleptha leant forward, and with an involuntary movement covered +her eyes with her hand. Sorais turned and whispered to the officer +of the royal bodyguard, and then with a rending sound the whole +of the brazen flooring slid from before our feet, and there in +its place was suddenly revealed a smooth marble shaft terminating +in a most awful raging furnace beneath the altar, big enough +and hot enough to heat the iron stern-post of a man-of-war. + +With a cry of terror we sprang backwards, all except the wretched +Alphonse, who was paralysed with fear, and would have fallen +into the fiery furnace which had been prepared for us, had not +Sir Henry caught him in his strong hand as he was vanishing and +dragged him back. + +Instantly there arose the most fearful hubbub, and we four got +back to back, Alphonse dodging frantically round our little circle +in his attempts to take shelter under our legs. We all had our +revolvers on -- for though we had been politely disarmed of our +guns on leaving the palace, of course these people did not know +what a revolver was. Umslopogaas, too, had his axe, of which +no effort had been made to deprive him, and now he whirled it +round his head and sent his piercing Zulu war-shout echoing up +the marble walls in fine defiant fashion. Next second, the priests, +baffled of their prey, had drawn swords from beneath their white +robes and were leaping on us like hounds upon a stag at bay. +I saw that, dangerous as action might be, we must act or be +lost, so as the first man came bounding along -- and a great +tall fellow he was -- I sent a heavy revolver ball through him, +and down he fell at the mouth of the shaft, and slid, shrieking +frantically, into the fiery gulf that had been prepared for us. + +Whether it was his cries, or the, to them, awful sound and effect +of the pistol shot, or what, I know not, but the other priests +halted, paralysed and dismayed, and before they could come on +again Sorais had called out something, and we, together with +the two Queens and most of the courtiers, were being surrounded +with a wall of armed men. In a moment it was done, and still +the priests hesitated, and the people hung in the balance like +a herd of startled buck as it were, making no sign one way or +the other. + +The last yell of the burning priest had died away, the fire had +finished him, and a great silence fell upon the place. + +Then the High Priest Agon turned, and his face was as the face +of a devil. 'Let the sacrifice be sacrificed,' he cried to the +Queens. 'Has not sacrilege enough been done by these strangers, +and would ye, as Queens, throw the cloak of your majesty over +evildoers? Are not the creatures sacred to the Sun dead? And +is not a priest of the Sun also dead, but now slain by the magic +of these strangers, who come as the winds out of heaven, whence +we know not, and who are what we know not? Beware, oh Queens, +how ye tamper with the great majesty of the God, even before +His high altar! There is a Power that is more than your power; +there is a Justice that is higher than your justice. Beware +how ye lift an impious hand against it! Let the sacrifice be +sacrificed, oh Queens.' + +Then Sorais made answer in her deep quiet tones, that always +seemed to me to have a suspicion of mockery about them, however +serious the theme: 'Oh, Agon, thou hast spoken according to thy +desire, and thou hast spoken truth. But it is thou who wouldst +lift an impious hand against the justice of thy God. Bethink +thee the midday sacrifice is accomplished; the Sun hath claimed +his priest as a sacrifice.' + +This was a novel idea, and the people applauded it. + +'Bethink thee what are these men? They are strangers found floating +on the bosom of a lake. Who brought them here? How came they +here? How know you that they also are not servants of the Sun? + Is this the hospitality that ye would have our nation show to +those whom chance brings to them, to throw them to the flames? + Shame on you! Shame on you! What is hospitality? To receive +the stranger and show him favour. To bind up his wounds, and +find a pillow for his head, and food for him to eat. But thy +pillow is the fiery furnace, and thy food the hot savour of the +flame. Shame on thee, I say!' + +She paused a little to watch the effect of her speech upon the +multitude, and seeing that it was favourable, changed her tone +from one of remonstrance to one of command. + +'Ho! place there,' she cried; 'place, I say; make way for the +Queens, and those whom the Queens cover with their "kaf" (mantle).' + +'And if I refuse, oh Queen?' said Agon between his teeth. + +'Then will I cut a path with my guards,' was the proud answer; +'ay, even in the presence of thy sanctuary, and through the bodies +of thy priests.' + +Agon turned livid with baffled fury. He glanced at the people +as though meditating an appeal to them, but saw clearly that +their sympathies were all the other way. The Zu-Vendi are a +very curious and sociable people, and great as was their sense +of the enormity that we had committed in shooting the sacred +hippopotami, they did not like the idea of the only real live +strangers they had seen or heard of being consigned to a fiery +furnace, thereby putting an end for ever to their chance of extracting +knowledge and information from, and gossiping about us. Agon +saw this and hesitated, and then for the first time Nyleptha +spoke in her soft sweet voice. + +'Bethink thee, Agon,' she said, 'as my sister Queen has said, +these men may also be servants of the Sun. For themselves they +cannot speak, for their tongues are tied. Let the matter be +adjourned till such time as they have learnt our language. Who +can be condemned without a hearing? When these men can plead +for themselves, then it will be time to put them to the proof.' + +Here was a clever loophole of escape, and the vindictive old +priest took it, little as he liked it. + +'So be it, oh Queens,' he said. 'Let the men go in peace, and +when they have learnt our tongue then let them speak. And I, +even I, will make humble supplication at the altar lest pestilence +fall on the land by cause of the sacrilege.' + +These words were received with a murmur of applause, and in another +minute we were marching out of the temple surrounded by the royal +guards. + +But it was not till long afterwards that we learnt the exact +substance of what had passed, and how hardly our lives had been +wrung out of the cruel grip of the Zu-Vendi priesthood, in the +face of which even the Queens were practically powerless. Had +it not been for their strenuous efforts to protect us we should +have been slain even before we set foot in the Temple of the +Sun. The attempt to drop us bodily into the fiery pit as an +offering was a last artifice to attain this end when several +others quite unsuspected by us had already failed. + + + + +CHAPTER XV +SORAIS' SONG + + + +After our escape from Agon and his pious crew we returned to +our quarters in the palace and had a very good time. The two +Queens, the nobles and the people vied with each other in doing +us honour and showering gifts upon us. As for that painful little +incident of the hippopotami it sank into oblivion, where we were +quite content to leave it. Every day deputations and individuals +waited on us to examine our guns and clothing, our chain shirts, +and our instruments, especially our watches, with which they +were much delighted. In short, we became quite the rage, so +much so that some of the fashionable young swells among the Zu-Vendi +began to copy the cut of some of our clothes, notably Sir Henry's +shooting jacket. One day, indeed, a deputation waited on us +and, as usual, Good donned his full-dress uniform for the occasion. +This deputation seemed somehow to be a different class to those +who generally came to visit us. They were little insignificant +men of an excessively polite, not to say servile, demeanour; +and their attention appeared to be chiefly taken up with observing +the details of Good's full-dress uniform, of which they took +copious notes and measurements. Good was much flattered at the +time, not suspecting that he had to deal with the six leading +tailors of Milosis. A fortnight afterwards, however, when on +attending court as usual he had the pleasure of seeing some seven +or eight Zu-Vendi 'mashers' arrayed in all the glory of a very +fair imitation of his full-dress uniform, he changed his mind. +I shall never forget his face of astonishment and disgust. +It was after this, chiefly to avoid remark, and also because +our clothes were wearing out and had to be saved up, that we +resolved to adopt the native dress; and a very comfortable one +we found it, though I am bound to say that I looked sufficiently +ridiculous in it, and as for Alphonse! Only Umslopogaas would +have none of these things; when his moocha was worn out the fierce +old Zulu made him a new one, and went about unconcerned, as grim +and naked as his own battleaxe. + +Meanwhile we pursued our study of the language steadily and made +very good progress. On the morning following our adventure in +the temple, three grave and reverend signiors presented themselves +armed with manuscript books, ink-horns and feather pens, and +indicated that they had been sent to teach us. So, with the +exception of Umslopogaas, we all buckled to with a will, doing +four hours a day. As for Umslopogaas, he would have none of +that either. He did not wish to learn that 'woman's talk', not +he; and when one of the teachers advanced on him with a book +and an ink-horn and waved them before him in a mild persuasive +way, much as a churchwarden invitingly shakes the offertory bag +under the nose of a rich but niggardly parishioner, he sprang +up with a fierce oath and flashed Inkosi-kaas before the eyes +of our learned friend, and there was an end of the attempt to +teach _him_ Zu-Vendi. + +Thus we spent our mornings in useful occupation which grew more +and more interesting as we proceeded, and the afternoons were +given up to recreation. Sometimes we made trips, notably one +to the gold mines and another to the marble quarries both of +which I wish I had space and time to describe; and sometimes +we went out hunting buck with dogs trained for that purpose, +and a very exciting sport it is, as the country is full of agricultural +enclosures and our horses were magnificent. This is not to be +wondered at, seeing that the royal stables were at our command, +in addition to which we had four splendid saddle horses given +to us by Nyleptha. + +Sometimes, again, we went hawking, a pastime that is in great +favour among the Zu-Vendi, who generally fly their birds at a +species of partridge which is remarkable for the swiftness and +strength of its flight. When attacked by the hawk this bird +appears to lose its head, and, instead of seeking cover, flies +high into the sky, thus offering wonderful sport. I have seen +one of these partridges soar up almost out of sight when followed +by the hawk. Still better sport is offered by a variety of solitary +snipe as big as a small woodcock, which is plentiful in this +country, and which is flown at with a very small, agile, and +highly-trained hawk with an almost red tail. The zigzagging +of the great snipe and the lightning rapidity of the flight and +movements of the red-tailed hawk make the pastime a delightful +one. Another variety of the same amusement is the hunting of +a very small species of antelope with trained eagles; and it +certainly is a marvellous sight to see the great bird soar and +soar till he is nothing but a black speck in the sunlight, and +then suddenly come dashing down like a cannon-ball upon some +cowering buck that is hidden in a patch of grass from everything +but that piercing eye. Still finer is the spectacle when the +eagle takes the buck running. + +On other days we would pay visits to the country seats at some +of the great lords' beautiful fortified places, and the villages +clustering beneath their walls. Here we saw vineyards and corn-fields +and well-kept park-like grounds, with such timber in them as +filled me with delight, for I do love a good tree. There it +stands so strong and sturdy, and yet so beautiful, a very type +of the best sort of man. How proudly it lifts its bare head +to the winter storms, and with what a full heart it rejoices +when the spring has come again! How grand its voice is, too, +when it talks with the wind: a thousand aeolian harps cannot +equal the beauty of the sighing of a great tree in leaf. All +day it points to the sunshine and all night to the stars, and +thus passionless, and yet full of life, it endures through the +centuries, come storm, come shine, drawing its sustenance from +the cool bosom of its mother earth, and as the slow years roll +by, learning the great mysteries of growth and of decay. And +so on and on through generations, outliving individuals, customs, +dynasties -- all save the landscape it adorns and human nature +-- till the appointed day when the wind wins the long battle +and rejoices over a reclaimed space, or decay puts the last stroke +to his fungus-fingered work. + +Ah, one should always think twice before one cuts down a tree! + +In the evenings it was customary for Sir Henry, Good, and myself +to dine, or rather sup, with their Majesties -- not every night, +indeed, but about three or four times a week, whenever they had +not much company, or the affairs of state would allow of it. +And I am bound to say that those little suppers were quite the +most charming things of their sort that I ever had to do with. +How true is the saying that the very highest in rank are always +the most simple and kindly. It is from your half-and-half sort +of people that you get pomposity and vulgarity, the difference +between the two being very much what you one sees every day in +England between the old, out-at-elbows, broken-down county family, +and the overbearing, purse-proud people who come and 'take the +place'. I really think that Nyleptha's greatest charm is her +sweet simplicity, and her kindly genuine interest even in little +things. She is the simplest woman I ever knew, and where her +passions are not involved, one of the sweetest; but she can look +queenly enough when she likes, and be as fierce as any savage too. + +For instance, never shall I forget that scene when I for the +first time was sure that she was really in love with Curtis. +It came about in this way -- all through Good's weakness for +ladies' society. When we had been employed for some three months +in learning Zu-Vendi, it struck Master Good that he was getting +rather tired of the old gentlemen who did us the honour to lead +us in the way that we should go, so he proceeded, without saying +a word to anybody else, to inform them that it was a peculiar +fact, but that we could not make any real progress in the deeper +intricacies of a foreign language unless we were taught by ladies +-- young ladies, he was careful to explain. In his own country, +he pointed out, it was habitual to choose the very best-looking +and most charming girls who could be found to instruct any strangers +who happened to come that way, etc. + +All of this the old gentlemen swallowed open-mouthed. There +was, they admitted, reason in what he said, since the contemplation +of the beautiful, as their philosophy taught, induced a certain +porosity of mind similar to that produced upon the physical body +by the healthful influences of sun and air. Consequently it +was probable that we might absorb the Zu-Vendi tongue a little +faster if suitable teachers could be found. Another thing was +that, as the female sex was naturally loquacious, good practice +would be gained in the viva voce department of our studies. + +To all of this Good gravely assented, and the learned gentlemen +departed, assuring him that their orders were to fall in with +our wishes in every way, and that, if possible, our views should +be met. + +Imagine, therefore the surprise and disgust of myself, and I +trust and believe Sir Henry, when, on entering the room where +we were accustomed to carry on our studies the following morning, +we found, instead of our usual venerable tutors, three of the +best-looking young women whom Milosis could produce -- and that +is saying a good deal -- who blushed and smiled and curtseyed, +and gave us to understand that they were there to carry on our +instruction. Then Good, as we gazed at one another in bewilderment, +thought fit to explain, saying that it had slipped his memory +before -- but the old gentlemen had told him, on the previous +evening, that it was absolutely necessary that our further education +should be carried on by the other sex. I was overwhelmed, and +appealed to Sir Henry for advice in such a crisis. + +'Well,' he said, 'you see the ladies are here, ain't they? If +we sent them away, don't you think it might hurt their feelings, +eh? One doesn't like to be rough, you see; and they look regular +_blues_, don't they, eh?' + +By this time Good had already begun his lessons with the handsomest +of the three, and so with a sigh I yielded. That day everything +went very well: the young ladies were certainly very clever, +and they only smiled when we blundered. I never saw Good so +attentive to his books before, and even Sir Henry appeared to +tackle Zu-Vendi with a renewed zest. 'Ah,' thought I, 'will +it always be thus?' + +Next day we were much more lively, our work was pleasingly interspersed +with questions about our native country, what the ladies were +like there, etc., all of which we answered as best as we could +in Zu-Vendi, and I heard Good assuring his teacher that her loveliness +was to the beauties of Europe as the sun to the moon, to which +she replied with a little toss of the head, that she was a plain +teaching woman and nothing else, and that it was not kind 'to +deceive a poor girl so'. Then we had a little singing that was +really charming, so natural and unaffected. The Zu-Vendi love-songs +are most touching. On the third day we were all quite intimate. +Good narrated some of his previous love affairs to his fair +teacher, and so moved was she that her sighs mingled with his +own. I discoursed with mine, a merry blue-eyed girl, upon Zu-Vendian +art, and never saw that she was waiting for an opportunity to +drop a specimen of the cockroach tribe down my back, whilst in +the corner Sir Henry and his governess appeared, so far as I +could judge, to be going through a lesson framed on the great +educational principles laid down by Wackford Squeers Esq., though +in a very modified or rather spiritualized form. The lady softly +repeated the Zu-Vendi word for 'hand', and he took hers; 'eyes', +and he gazed deep into her brown orbs; 'lips', and -- but just +at that moment _my_ young lady dropped the cockroach down my back +and ran away laughing. Now if there is one thing I loathe more +than another it is cockroaches, and moved quite beyond myself, +and yet laughing at her impudence, I took up the cushion she +had been sitting on and threw it after her. Imagine then my +shame -- my horror, and my distress -- when the door opened, +and, attended by two guards only, in walked _Nyleptha_. The cushion +could not be recalled (it missed the girl and hit one of the +guards on the head), but I instantly and ineffectually tried +to look as though I had not thrown it. Good ceased his sighing, +and began to murder Zu-Vendi at the top of his voice, and Sir +Henry whistled and looked silly. As for the poor girls, they +were utterly dumbfounded. + +And Nyleptha! she drew herself up till her frame seemed to tower +even above that of the tall guards, and her face went first red, +and then pale as death. + +'Guards,' she said in a quiet choked voice, and pointing at the fair +but unconscious disciple of Wackford Squeers, 'slay me that woman.' + +The men hesitated, as well they might. + +'Will ye do my bidding,' she said again in the same voice, +'or will ye not?' + +Then they advanced upon the girl with uplifted spears. +By this time Sir Henry had recovered himself, and saw that +the comedy was likely to turn into a tragedy. + +'Stand back,' he said in a voice of thunder, at the same time +getting in front of the terrified girl. 'Shame on thee, +Nyleptha -- shame! Thou shalt not kill her.' + +'Doubtless thou hast good reason to try to protect her. +Thou couldst hardly do less in honour,' answered the +infuriated Queen; 'but she shall die -- she shall die,' +and she stamped her little foot. + +'It is well,' he answered; 'then will I die with her. I am thy +servant, oh Queen; do with me even as thou wilt.' And he bowed +towards her, and fixed his clear eyes contemptuously on her face. + +'I could wish to slay thee too,' she answered; 'for thou dost +make a mock of me;' and then feeling that she was mastered, and +I suppose not knowing what else to do, she burst into such a +storm of tears and looked so royally lovely in her passionate +distress, that, old as I am, I must say I envied Curtis his task +of supporting her. It was rather odd to see him holding her +in his arms considering what had just passed -- a thought that +seemed to occur to herself, for presently she wrenched herself +free and went, leaving us all much disturbed. + +Presently, however, one of the guards returned with a message +to the girls that they were, on pain of death, to leave the city +and return to their homes in the country, and that no further +harm would come to them; and accordingly they went, one of them +remarking philosophically that it could not be helped, and that +it was a satisfaction to know that they had taught us a little +serviceable Zu-Vendi. Mine was an exceedingly nice girl, and, +overlooking the cockroach, I made her a present of my favourite +lucky sixpence with a hole in it when she went away. After that +our former masters resumed their course of instruction, needless +to say to my great relief. + +That night, when in fear and trembling we attended the royal +supper table, we found that Nyleptha was laid up with a bad headache. +That headache lasted for three whole days; but on the fourth +she was present at supper as usual, and with the most gracious +and sweet smile gave Sir Henry her hand to lead her to the table. +No allusion was made to the little affair described above beyond +her saying, with a charming air of innocence, that when she came +to see us at our studies the other day she had been seized with +a giddiness from which she had only now recovered. She supposed, +she added with a touch of the humour that was common to her, +that it was the sight of people working so hard which had affected her. + +In reply Sir Henry said, dryly, that he had thought she did not +look quite herself on that day, whereat she flashed one of those +quick glances of hers at him, which if he had the feelings of +a man must have gone through him like a knife, and the subject +dropped entirely. Indeed, after supper was over Nyleptha condescended +to put us through an examination to see what we had learnt, and +to express herself well satisfied with the results. Indeed, +she proceeded to give us, especially Sir Henry, a lesson on her +own account, and very interesting we found it. + +And all the while that we talked, or rather tried to talk, and +laughed, Sorais would sit there in her carven ivory chair, and +look at us and read us all like a book, only from time to time +saying a few words, and smiling that quick ominous smile of hers +which was more like a flash of summer lightning on a dark cloud +than anything else. And as near to her as he dared would sit +Good, worshipping through his eyeglass, for he really was getting +seriously devoted to this sombre beauty, of whom, speaking personally, +I felt terribly afraid. I watched her keenly, and soon I found +out that for all her apparent impassibility she was at heart +bitterly jealous of Nyleptha. Another thing I found out, and +the discovery filled me with dismay, and that was, that she _also_ +was growing devoted to Sir Henry Curtis. Of course I could not +be sure; it is not easy to read so cold and haughty a woman; +but I noticed one or two little things, and, as elephant hunters +know, dried grass shows which way the wind has set. + +And so another three months passed over us, by which time we +had all attained to a very considerable mastery of the Zu-Vendi +language, which is an easy one to learn. And as the time went +on we became great favourites with the people, and even with +the courtiers, gaining an enormous reputation for cleverness, +because, as I think I have said, Sir Henry was able to show them +how to make glass, which was a national want, and also, by the +help of a twenty-year almanac that we had with us, to predict +various heavenly combinations which were quite unsuspected by +the native astronomers. We even succeeded in demonstrating the +principle of the steam-engine to a gathering of the learned men, +who were filled with amazement; and several other things of the +same sort we did. And so it came about that the people made +up their minds that we must on no account be allowed to go out +of the country (which indeed was an apparent impossibility even +if we had wished it), and we were advanced to great honour and +made officers to the bodyguards of the sister Queens while permanent +quarters were assigned to us in the palace, and our opinion was +asked upon questions of national policy. + +But blue as the sky seemed, there was a cloud, and a big one, +on the horizon. We had indeed heard no more of those confounded +hippopotami, but it is not on that account to be supposed that +our sacrilege was forgotten, or the enmity of the great and powerful +priesthood headed by Agon appeased. On the contrary, it was +burning the more fiercely because it was necessarily suppressed, +and what had perhaps begun in bigotry was ending in downright +direct hatred born of jealousy. Hitherto, the priests had been +the wise men of the land, and were on this account, as well as +from superstitious causes, looked on with peculiar veneration. +But our arrival, with our outlandish wisdom and our strange +inventions and hints of unimagined things, dealt a serious blow +to this state of affairs, and, among the educated Zu-Vendi, went +far towards destroying the priestly prestige. A still worse +affront to them, however, was the favour with which we were regarded, +and the trust that was reposed in us. All these things tended +to make us excessively obnoxious to the great sacerdotal clan, +the most powerful because the most united faction in the kingdom. + +Another source of imminent danger to us was the rising envy of +some of the great lords headed by Nasta, whose antagonism to +us had at best been but thinly veiled, and which now threatened +to break out into open flame. Nasta had for some years been +a candidate for Nyleptha's hand in marriage, and when we appeared +on the scene I fancy, from all I could gather, that though there +were still many obstacles in his path, success was by no means +out of his reach. But now all this had changed; the coy Nyleptha +smiled no more in his direction, and he was not slow to guess +the cause. Infuriated and alarmed, he turned his attention to +Sorais, only to find that he might as well try to woo a mountain +side. With a bitter jest or two about his fickleness, that door +was closed on him for ever. So Nasta bethought himself of the +thirty thousand wild swordsmen who would pour down at his bidding +through the northern mountain passes, and no doubt vowed to adorn +the gates of Milosis with our heads. + +But first he determined, as I learned, to make one more attempt +and to demand the hand of Nyleptha in the open Court after the +formal annual ceremony of the signing of the laws that had been +proclaimed by the Queens during the year. + +Of this astounding fact Nyleptha heard with simulated nonchalance, +and with a little trembling of the voice herself informed us +of it as we sat at supper on the night preceding the great ceremony +of the law-giving. + +Sir Henry bit his lip, and do what he could to prevent it plainly +showed his agitation. + +'And what answer will the Queen be pleased to give to the +great Lord?' asked I, in a jesting manner. + +'Answer, Macumazahn' (for we had elected to pass by our Zulu +names in Zu-Vendis), she said, with a pretty shrug of her ivory +shoulder. 'Nay, I know not; what is a poor woman to do, when +the wooer has thirty thousand swords wherewith to urge his love?' + And from under her long lashes she glanced at Curtis. + +Just then we rose from the table to adjourn into another room. +'Quatermain, a word, quick,' said Sir Henry to me. 'Listen. +I have never spoken about it, but surely you have guessed: I +love Nyleptha. What am I to do?' + +Fortunately, I had more or less already taken the question into +consideration, and was therefore able to give such answer as +seemed the wisest to me. + +'You must speak to Nyleptha tonight,' I said. 'Now is your time, +now or never. Listen. In the sitting-chamber get near to her, +and whisper to her to meet you at midnight by the Rademas statue +at the end of the great hall. I will keep watch for you there. +Now or never, Curtis.' + +We passed on into the other room. Nyleptha was sitting, her +hands before her, and a sad anxious look upon her lovely face. +A little way off was Sorais talking to Good in her slow measured +tones. + +The time went on; in another quarter of an hour I knew that, +according to their habit, the Queens would retire. As yet, Sir +Henry had had no chance of saying a word in private: indeed, +though we saw much of the royal sisters, it was by no means easy +to see them alone. I racked my brains, and at last an idea came +to me. + +'Will the Queen be pleased,' I said, bowing low before Sorais, +'to sing to her servants? Our hearts are heavy this night; sing +to us, oh Lady of the Night' (Sorais' favourite name among the +people). + +'My songs, Macumazahn, are not such as to lighten the heavy heart, +yet will I sing if it pleases thee,' she answered; and she rose +and went a few paces to a table whereon lay an instrument not +unlike a zither, and struck a few wandering chords. + +Then suddenly, like the notes of some deep-throated bird, her +rounded voice rang out in song so wildly sweet, and yet with +so eerie and sad a refrain, that it made the very blood stand +still. Up, up soared the golden notes, that seemed to melt far +away, and then to grow again and travel on, laden with all the +sorrow of the world and all the despair of the lost. It was +a marvellous song, but I had not time to listen to it properly. +However, I got the words of it afterwards, and here is a translation +of its burden, so far as it admits of being translated at all. + + + SORAIS' SONG + + As a desolate bird that through darkness its lost way is winging, + As a hand that is helplessly raised when Death's sickle is swinging, + So is life! ay, the life that lends passion and breath to my singing. + + As the nightingale's song that is full of a sweetness unspoken, + As a spirit unbarring the gates of the skies for a token, + So is love! ay, the love that shall fall when his pinion is broken. + + As the tramp of the legions when trumpets their challenge are sending, + As the shout of the Storm-god when lightnings the black sky are rending, + So is power! ay, the power that shall lie in the dust at its ending. + + So short is our life; yet with space for all things to forsake us, + A bitter delusion, a dream from which nought can awake us, + Till Death's dogging footsteps at morn or at eve shall o'ertake us. + + +Refrain + +Oh, the world is fair at the dawning -- dawning -- dawning, +But the red sun sinks in blood -- the red sun sinks in blood. + + +I only wish that I could write down the music too. + +'Now, Curtis, now,' I whispered, when she began the second verse, +and turned my back. + +'Nyleptha,' he said -- for my nerves were so much on the stretch +that I could hear every word, low as it was spoken, even through +Sorais' divine notes -- 'Nyleptha, I must speak with thee this +night, upon my life I must. Say me not nay; oh, say me not nay!' + +'How can I speak with thee?' she answered, looking fixedly before +her; 'Queens are not like other people. I am surrounded and watched.' + +'Listen, Nyleptha, thus. I will be before the statue of Rademas +in the great hall at midnight. I have the countersign and can +pass in. Macumazahn will be there to keep guard, and with him +the Zulu. Oh come, my Queen, deny me not.' + +'It is not seemly,' she murmured, 'and tomorrow --' + +Just then the music began to die in the last wail of the refrain, +and Sorais slowly turned her round. + +'I will be there,' said Nyleptha, hurriedly; 'on thy life see +that thou fail me not.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVI +BEFORE THE STATUE + + + +It was night -- dead night -- and the silence lay on the +Frowning City like a cloud. + +Secretly, as evildoers, Sir Henry Curtis, Umslopogaas, and myself +threaded our way through the passages towards a by-entrance to +the great Throne Chamber. Once we were met by the fierce rattling +challenge of the sentry. I gave the countersign, and the man +grounded his spear and let us pass. Also we were officers of +the Queens' bodyguard, and in that capacity had a right to come +and go unquestioned. + +We gained the hall in safety. So empty and so still was it, +that even when we had passed the sound of our footsteps yet echoed +up the lofty walls, vibrating faintly and still more faintly +against the carven roof, like ghosts of the footsteps of dead +men haunting the place that once they trod. + +It was an eerie spot, and it oppressed me. The moon was full, +and threw great pencils and patches of light through the high +windowless openings in the walls, that lay pure and beautiful +upon the blackness of the marble floor, like white flowers on +a coffin. One of these silver arrows fell upon the statue of +the sleeping Rademas, and of the angel form bent over him, illumining +it, and a small circle round it, with a soft clear light, reminding +me of that with which Catholics illumine the altars of their +cathedrals. + +Here by the statue we took our stand, and waited. Sir Henry +and I close together, Umslopogaas some paces off in the darkness, +so that I could only just make out his towering outline leaning +on the outline of an axe. + +So long did we wait that I almost fell asleep resting against +the cold marble, but was suddenly aroused by hearing Curtis give +a quick catching breath. Then from far away there came a little +sound as though the statues that lined the walls were whispering +to each other some message of the ages. + +It was the faint sweep of a lady's dress. Nearer it grew, and +nearer yet. We could see a figure steal from patch to patch +of moonlight, and even hear the soft fall of sandalled feet. +Another second and I saw the black silhouette of the old Zulu +raise its arm in mute salute, and Nyleptha was before us. + +Oh, how beautiful she looked as she paused a moment just within +the circle of the moonlight! Her hand was pressed upon her heart, +and her white bosom heaved beneath it. Round her head a broidered +scarf was loosely thrown, partially shadowing the perfect face, +and thus rendering it even more lovely; for beauty, dependent +as it is to a certain extent upon the imagination, is never so +beautiful as when it is half hid. There she stood radiant but +half doubting, stately and yet so sweet. It was but a moment, +but I then and there fell in love with her myself, and have remained +so to this hour; for, indeed, she looked more like an angel out +of heaven than a loving, passionate, mortal woman. Low we bowed +before her, and then she spoke. + +'I have come,' she whispered, 'but it was at great risk. Ye +know not how I am watched. The priests watch me. Sorais watches +me with those great eyes of hers. My very guards are spies upon +me. Nasta watches me too. Oh, let him be careful!' and she +stamped her foot. 'Let him be careful; I am a woman, and therefore +hard to drive. Ay, and I am a Queen, too, and can still avenge. +Let him be careful, I say, lest in place of giving him my hand +I take his head,' and she ended the outburst with a little sob, +and then smiled up at us bewitchingly and laughed. + +'Thou didst bid me come hither, my Lord Incubu' (Curtis had taught +her to call him so). 'Doubtless it is about business of the +State, for I know that thou art ever full of great ideas and +plans for my welfare and my people's. So even as a Queen should +I have come, though I greatly fear the dark alone,' and again +she laughed and gave him a glance from her grey eyes. + +At this point I thought it wise to move a little, since secrets +'of the State' should not be made public property; but she would +not let me go far, peremptorily stopping me within five yards +or so, saying that she feared surprise. So it came to pass that, +however unwillingly, I heard all that passed. + +'Thou knowest, Nyleptha,' said Sir Henry, 'that it was for none +of these things that I asked thee to meet me at this lonely place. +Nyleptha, waste not the time in pleasantry, but listen to me, +for -- I love thee.' + +As he said the words I saw her face break up, as it were, and +change. The coquetry went out of it, and in its place there +shone a great light of love which seemed to glorify it, and make +it like that of the marble angel overhead. I could not help +thinking that it must have been a touch of prophetic instinct +which made the long dead Rademas limn, in the features of the +angel of his inspiring vision, so strange a likeness of his own +descendant. Sir Henry, also, must have observed and been struck +by the likeness, for, catching the look upon Nyleptha's face, +he glanced quickly from it to the moonlit statue, and then back +again at his beloved. + +'Thou sayest thou dost love me,' she said in a low voice, 'and +thy voice rings true, but how am I to know that thou dost speak +the truth?' + +'Though,' she went on with proud humility, and in the stately +third person which is so largely used by the Zu-Vendi, 'I be +as nothing in the eyes of my lord,' and she curtseyed towards +him, 'who comes from among a wonderful people, to whom my people +are but children, yet here am I a queen and a leader of men, +and if I would go to battle a hundred thousand spears shall sparkle +in my train like stars glimmering down the path of the bent moon. +And although my beauty be a little thing in the eyes of my lord,' +and she lifted her broidered skirt and curtseyed again, 'yet +here among my own people am I held right fair, and ever since +I was a woman the great lords of my kingdom have made quarrel +concerning me, as though forsooth,' she added with a flash of +passion, 'I were a deer to be pulled down by the hungriest wolf, +or a horse to be sold to the highest bidder. Let my lord pardon +me if I weary my lord, but it hath pleased my lord to say that +he loves me, Nyleptha, a Queen of the Zu-Vendi, and therefore +would I say that though my love and my hand be not much to my +lord, yet to me are they all.' + +'Oh!' she cried, with a sudden and thrilling change of voice, +and modifying her dignified mode of address. 'Oh, how can I +know that thou lovest but me? How can I know that thou wilt +not weary of me and seek thine own place again, leaving me desolate? + Who is there to tell me but that thou lovest some other woman, +some fair woman unknown to me, but who yet draws breath beneath +this same moon that shines on me tonight? Tell me _how_ am I to +know?' And she clasped her hands and stretched them out towards +him and looked appealingly into his face. + +'Nyleptha,' answered Sir Henry, adopting the Zu-Vendi way of +speech; 'I have told thee that I love thee; how am I to tell +thee how much I love thee? Is there then a measure for love? + Yet will I try. I say not that I have never looked upon another +woman with favour, but this I say that I love thee with all my +life and with all my strength; that I love thee now and shall +love thee till I grow cold in death, ay, and as I believe beyond +my death, and on and on for ever: I say that thy voice is music +to my ear, and thy touch as water to a thirsty land, that when +thou art there the world is beautiful, and when I see thee not +it is as though the light was dead. Oh, Nyleptha, I will never +leave thee; here and now for thy dear sake I will forget my people +and my father's house, yea, I renounce them all. By thy side +will I live, Nyleptha, and at thy side will I die.' + +He paused and gazed at her earnestly, but she hung her head like +a lily, and said never a word. + +'Look!' he went on, pointing to the statue on which the moonlight +played so brightly. 'Thou seest that angel woman who rests her +hand upon the forehead of the sleeping man, and thou seest how +at her touch his soul flames up and shines out through his flesh, +even as a lamp at the touch of the fire, so is it with me and +thee, Nyleptha. Thou hast awakened my soul and called it forth, +and now, Nyleptha, it is not mine, not mine, but _thine_ and thine +only. There is no more for me to say; in thy hands is my life.' + And he leaned back against the pedestal of the statue, looking +very pale, and his eyes shining, but proud and handsome as a god. + +Slowly, slowly she raised her head, and fixed her wonderful eyes, +all alight with the greatness of her passion, full upon his face, +as though to read his very soul. Then at last she spoke, low +indeed, but clearly as a silver bell. + +'Of a truth, weak woman that I am, I do believe thee. Ill will +be the day for thee and for me also if it be my fate to learn +that I have believed a lie. And now hearken to me, oh man, who +hath wandered here from far to steal my heart and make me all +thine own. I put my hand upon thy hand thus, and thus I, whose +lips have never kissed before, do kiss thee on the brow; and +now by my hand and by that first and holy kiss, ay, by my people's +weal and by my throne that like enough I shall lose for thee +-- by the name of my high House, by the sacred Stone and by the +eternal majesty of the Sun, I swear that for thee will I live +and die. And I swear that I will love thee and thee only till +death, ay, and beyond, if as thou sayest there be a beyond, and +that thy will shall be my will, and thy ways my ways. + +'Oh see, see, my lord! thou knowest not how humble is she who +loves; I, who am a Queen, I kneel before thee, even at thy feet +I do my homage;' and the lovely impassioned creature flung herself +down on her knees on the cold marble before him. And after that +I really do not know, for I could stand it no longer, and cleared +off to refresh myself with a little of old Umslopogaas' society, +leaving them to settle it their own way, and a very long time +they were about it. + +I found the old warrior leaning on Inkosi-kaas as usual, and +surveying the scene in the patch of moonlight with a grim smile +of amusement. + +'Ah, Macumazahn,' he said, 'I suppose it is because I am getting +old, but I don't think that I shall ever learn to understand +the ways of you white people. Look there now, I pray thee, they +are a pretty pair of doves, but what is all the fuss about, Macumazahn? + He wants a wife, and she wants a husband, then why does he not +pay his cows down {Endnote 17} like a man and have done with +it? It would save a deal of trouble, and we should have had +our night's sleep. But there they go, talk, talk, talk, and +kiss, kiss, kiss, like mad things. Eugh!' + +Some three-quarters of an hour afterwards the 'pair of doves' +came strolling towards us, Curtis looking slightly silly, and +Nyleptha remarking calmly that the moonlight made very pretty +effects on the marble. Then, for she was in a most gracious +mood, she took my hand and said that I was 'her Lord's' dear +friend, and therefore most dear to her -- not a word for my own +sake, you see. Next she lifted Umslopogaas' axe, and examined +it curiously, saying significantly as she did so that he might +soon have cause to use it in defence of her. + +After that she nodded prettily to us all, and casting a +tender glance at her lover, glided off into the darkness +like a beautiful vision. + +When we got back to our quarters, which we did without accident, +Curtis asked me jocularly what I was thinking about. + +'I am wondering,' I answered, 'on what principle it is arranged +that some people should find beautiful queens to fall in love +with them, while others find nobody at all, or worse than nobody; +and I am also wondering how many brave men's lives this night's +work will cost.' It was rather nasty of me, perhaps, but somehow +all the feelings do not evaporate with age, and I could not help +being a little jealous of my old friend's luck. Vanity, my sons; +vanity of vanities! + +On the following morning, Good was informed of the happy occurrence, +and positively rippled with smiles that, originating somewhere +about the mouth, slowly travelled up his face like the rings +in a duckpond, till they flowed over the brim of his eyeglass +and went where sweet smiles go. The fact of the matter, however, +was that not only was Good rejoiced about the thing on its own +merits but also for personal reasons. He adored Sorais quite +as earnestly as Sir Henry adored Nyleptha, and his adoration +had not altogether prospered. Indeed, it had seemed to him and +to me also that the dark Cleopatra-like queen favoured Curtis +in her own curious inscrutable way much more than Good. Therefore +it was a relief to him to learn that his unconscious rival was +permanently and satisfactorily attached in another direction. +His face fell a little, however, when he was told that the whole +thing was to be kept as secret as the dead, above all from Sorais +for the present, inasmuch as the political convulsion which would +follow such an announcement at the moment would be altogether +too great to face and would very possibly, if prematurely made, +shake Nyleptha from her throne. + +That morning we again attended in the Throne Hall, and I could +not help smiling to myself when I compared the visit to our last, +and reflecting that, if walls could speak, they would have strange +tales to tell. + +What actresses women are! There, high upon her golden throne, +draped in her blazoned 'kaf' or robe of state, sat the fair Nyleptha, +and when Sir Henry came in a little late, dressed in the full +uniform of an officer of her guard and humbly bent himself before +her, she merely acknowledged his salute with a careless nod and +turned her head coldly aside. It was a very large Court, for +not only did the signing of the laws attract many outside of +those whose duty it was to attend, but also the rumour that Nasta +was going to publicly ask the hand of Nyleptha in marriage had +gone abroad, with the result that the great hall was crowded +to its utmost capacity. There were our friends the priests in +force, headed by Agon, who regarded us with a vindictive eye; +and a most imposing band they were, with their long white embroidered +robes girt with a golden chain from which hung the fish-like +scales. There, too, were a number of the lords, each with a +band of brilliantly attired attendants, and prominent among them +was Nasta, stroking his black beard meditatively and looking +unusually pleasant. It was a splendid and impressive sight, +especially when the officer after having read out each law handed +them to the Queens to sign, whereon the trumpets blared out and +the Queens' guard grounded their spears with a crash in salute. +This reading and signing of the laws took a long time, but at +length it came to an end, the last one reciting that 'whereas +distinguished strangers, etc.', and proceeding to confer on the +three of us the rank of 'lords', together with certain military +commands and large estates bestowed by the Queen. When it was +read the trumpets blared and the spears clashed down as usual, +but I saw some of the lords turn and whisper to each other, while +Nasta ground his teeth. They did not like the favour that was +shown to us, which under all the circumstances was not perhaps +unnatural. + +Then there came a pause, and Nasta stepped forward and bowing +humbly, though with no humility in his eye, craved a boon at +the hands of the Queen Nyleptha. + +Nyleptha turned a little pale, but bowed graciously, and prayed +the 'well-beloved lord' to speak on, whereon in a few +straightforward soldier-like words he asked her hand in marriage. + +Then, before she could find words to answer, the High Priest +Agon took up the tale, and in a speech of real eloquence and +power pointed out the many advantages of the proposed alliance; +how it would consolidate the kingdom, for Nasta's dominions, +of which he was virtually king, were to Zu-Vendis much what Scotland +used to be to England; how it would gratify the wild mountaineers +and be popular among the soldiery, for Nasta was a famous general; +how it would set her dynasty firmly on the throne, and would +gain the blessing and approval of the 'Sun', i.e. of the office +of the High Priest, and so on. Many of his arguments were undoubtedly +valid, and there was, looking at it from a political point of +view, everything to be said for the marriage. But unfortunately +it is difficult to play the game of politics with the persons +of young and lovely queens as though they were ivory effigies +of themselves on a chessboard. Nyleptha's face, while Agon spouted +away, was a perfect study; she smiled indeed, but beneath the +smile it set like a stone, and her eyes began to flash ominously. + +At last he stopped, and she prepared herself to answer. Before +she did so, however, Sorais leant towards her and said in a voice +sufficiently loud for me to catch what she said, 'Bethink thee +well, my sister, ere thou dost speak, for methinks that our thrones +may hang upon thy words.' + +Nyleptha made no answer, and with a shrug and a smile Sorais +leant back again and listened. + +'Of a truth a great honour has been done to me,' she said, 'that +my poor hand should not only have been asked in marriage, but +that Agon here should be so swift to pronounce the blessing of +the Sun upon my union. Methinks that in another minute he would +have wed us fast ere the bride had said her say. Nasta, I thank +thee, and I will bethink me of thy words, but now as yet I have +no mind for marriage, that as a cup of which none know the taste +until they begin to drink it. Again I thank thee, Nasta,' and +she made as though she would rise. + +The great lord's face turned almost as black as his beard with +fury, for he knew that the words amounted to a final refusal +of his suit. + +'Thanks be to the Queen for her gracious words,' he said, restraining +himself with difficulty and looking anything but grateful, 'my +heart shall surely treasure them. And now I crave another boon, +namely, the royal leave to withdraw myself to my own poor cities +in the north till such time as the Queen shall say my suit nay +or yea. Mayhap,' he added, with a sneer, 'the Queen will be +pleased to visit me there, and to bring with her these stranger +lords,' and he scowled darkly towards us. 'It is but a poor +country and a rough, but we are a hardy race of mountaineers, +and there shall be gathered thirty thousand swordsmen to shout +a welcome to her.' + +This speech, which was almost a declaration of rebellion, was +received in complete silence, but Nyleptha flushed up and answered +it with spirit. + +'Oh, surely, Nasta, I will come, and the strange lords in my +train, and for every man of thy mountaineers who calls thee Prince, +will I bring two from the lowlands who call me Queen, and we +will see which is the staunchest breed. Till then farewell.' + +The trumpets blared out, the Queens rose, and the great assembly +broke up in murmuring confusion, and for myself I went home with +a heavy heart foreseeing civil war. + +After this there was quiet for a few weeks. Curtis and the Queen +did not often meet, and exercised the utmost caution not to allow +the true relation in which they stood to each other to leak out; +but do what they would, rumours as hard to trace as a buzzing +fly in a dark room, and yet quite as audible, began to hum +round and round, and at last to settle on her throne. + + + + +CHAPTER XVII +THE STORM BREAKS + + + +And now it was that the trouble which at first had been but a +cloud as large as a man's hand began to loom very black and big +upon our horizon, namely, Sorais' preference for Sir Henry. +I saw the storm drawing nearer and nearer; and so, poor fellow, +did he. The affection of so lovely and highly-placed a woman +was not a thing that could in a general way be considered a calamity +by any man, but, situated as Curtis was, it was a grievous burden +to bear. + +To begin with, Nyleptha, though altogether charming, was, it must +be admitted, of a rather jealous disposition, and was sometimes +apt to visit on her lover's head her indignation at the marks +of what Alphonse would have called the 'distinguished consideration' +with which her royal sister favoured him. Then the enforced +secrecy of his relation to Nyleptha prevented Curtis from taking +some opportunity of putting a stop, or trying to put a stop, +to this false condition of affairs, by telling Sorais, in a casual +but confidential way, that he was going to marry her sister. +A third sting in Sir Henry's honey was that he knew that Good +was honestly and sincerely attached to the ominous-looking but +most attractive Lady of the Night. Indeed, poor Bougwan was +wasting himself to a shadow of his fat and jolly self about her, +his face getting so thin that his eyeglass would scarcely stick +in it; while she, with a sort of careless coquetry, just gave +him encouragement enough to keep him going, thinking, no doubt, +that he might be useful as a stalking-horse. I tried to give +him a hint, in as delicate a way as I could, but he flew into +a huff and would not listen to me, so I was determined to let +ill along, for fear of making it worse. Poor Good, he really +was very ludicrous in his distress, and went in for all sorts +of absurdities, under the belief that he was advancing his suit. +One of them was the writing -- with the assistance of one of +the grave and revered signiors who instructed us, and who, whatever +may have been the measure of his erudition, did not understand +how to scan a line -- of a most interminable Zu-Vendi love-song, +of which the continually recurring refrain was something about +'I will kiss thee; oh yes, I will kiss thee!' Now among the +Zu-Vendi it is a common and most harmless thing for young men +to serenade ladies at night, as I believe they do in the southern +countries of Europe, and sing all sorts of nonsensical songs +to them. The young men may or may not be serious; but no offence +is meant and none is taken, even by ladies of the highest rank, +who accept the whole thing as an English girl would a +gracefully-turned compliment. + +Availing himself of this custom, Good bethought him that would +serenade Sorais, whose private apartments, together with those +of her maidens, were exactly opposite our own, on the further +side of a narrow courtyard which divided one section of the great +palace from another. Accordingly, having armed himself with +a native zither, on which, being an adept with the light guitar, +he had easily learned to strum, he proceeded at midnight -- the +fashionable hour for this sort of caterwauling -- to make night +hideous with his amorous yells. I was fast asleep when they +began, but they soon woke me up -- for Good possesses a tremendous +voice and has no notion of time -- and I ran to my window-place +to see what was the matter. And there, standing in the full +moonlight in the courtyard, I perceived Good, adorned with an +enormous ostrich feather head-dress and a flowing silken cloak, +which it is the right thing to wear upon these occasions, and +shouting out the abominable song which he and the old gentleman +had evolved, to a jerky, jingling accompaniment. From the direction +of the quarters of the maids of honour came a succession of faint +sniggerings; but the apartments of Sorais herself -- whom I devoutly +pitied if she happened to be there -- were silent as the grave. +There was absolutely no end to that awful song, with its eternal +'I will kiss thee!' and at last neither I nor Sir Henry, whom +I had summoned to enjoy the sight, could stand it any longer; +so, remembering the dear old story, I put my head to the window +opening, and shouted, 'For Heaven's sake, Good, don't go on talking +about it, but _kiss_ her and let's all go to sleep!' That choked +him off, and we had no more serenading. + +Then whole thing formed a laughable incident in a tragic business. +How deeply thankful we ought to be that even the most serious +matters have generally a silver lining about them in the shape +of a joke, if only people could see it. The sense of humour +is a very valuable possession in life, and ought to be cultivated +in the Board schools -- especially in Scotland. + +Well, the more Sir Henry held off the more Sorais came on, as +is not uncommon in such cases, till at last things got very queer +indeed. Evidently she was, by some strange perversity of mind, +quite blinded to the true state of the case; and I, for one, +greatly dreaded the moment of her awakening. Sorais was a dangerous +woman to be mixed up with, either with or without one's consent. +At last the evil moment came, as I saw it must come. One fine +day, Good having gone out hawking, Sir Henry and I were sitting +quietly talking over the situation, especially with reference +to Sorais, when a Court messenger arrived with a written note, +which we with some difficulty deciphered, and which was to the +effect that 'the Queen Sorais commanded the attendance of the +Lord Incubu in her private apartments, whither he would be conducted +by the bearer'. + +'Oh my word!' groaned Sir Henry. 'Can't you go instead, old fellow?' + +'Not if I know it,' I said with vigour. 'I had rather face a +wounded elephant with a shot-gun. Take care of your own business, +my boy. If you will be so fascinating you must take the consequences. +I would not be in your place for an empire.' + +'You remind me of when I was going to be flogged at school and +the other boys came to console me,' he said gloomily. 'What +right has this Queen to command my attendance, I should like +to know? I won't go.' + +'But you must; you are one of her officers and bound to obey +her, and she knows it. And after all it will soon be over.' + +'That's just what they used to say,' he said again. 'I only +hope she won't put a knife into me. I believe that she is quite +capable of it.' And off he started very faintheartedly, +and no wonder. + +I sat and waited, and at the end of about forty-five minutes +he returned, looking a good deal worse than when he went. + +'Give me something to drink,' he said hoarsely. + +I got him a cup of wine, and asked what was the matter. + +'What is the matter? Why if ever there was trouble there's trouble +now. You know when I left you? Well, I was shown straight into +Sorais' private chamber, and a wonderful place it is; and there +she sat, quite alone, upon a silken couch at the end of the room, +playing gently upon that zither of hers. I stood before her, +and for a while she took no notice of me, but kept on playing +and singing a little, and very sweet music it was. At last she +looked up and smiled. + +'"So thou art come," she said. "I thought perchance thou hadst +gone about the Queen Nyleptha's business. Thou art ever on her +business, and I doubt not a good servant and a true." + +'To this I merely bowed, and said I was there to receive the +Queen's word. + +'"Ah yes, I would talk with thee, but be thou seated. It wearies +me to look so high," and she made room for me beside her on the +couch, placing herself with her back against the end, so as to +have a view of my face. + +'"It is not meet," I said, "that I should make myself equal with +the Queen." + +'"I said be seated," was her answer, so I sat down, and she began +to look at me with those dark eyes of hers. There she sat like +an incarnate spirit of beauty, hardly talking at all, and when +she did, very low, but all the while looking at me. There was +a white flower in her black hair, and I tried to keep my eyes +on it and count the petals, but it was of no use. At last, whether +it was her gaze, or the perfume in her hair, or what I do not +know, but I almost felt as though I was being mesmerized. At +last she roused herself. + +'"Incubu," she said, "lovest thou power?" + +'I replied that I supposed all men loved power of one sort or another. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "Lovest thou wealth?" + +'I said I liked wealth for what it brought. + +'"Thou shalt have it," she said. "And lovest thou beauty?" + +'To this I replied that I was very fond of statuary and architecture, +or something silly of that sort, at which she frowned, and there +was a pause. By this time my nerves were on such a stretch that +I was shaking like a leaf. I knew that something awful was going +to happen, but she held me under a kind of spell, and I could +not help myself. + +'"Incubu," she said at length, "wouldst thou be a king? Listen, +wouldst thou be a king? Behold, stranger, I am minded to make +thee king of all Zu-Vendis, ay and husband of Sorais of the Night. +Nay, peace and hear me. To no man among my people had I thus +opened out my secret heart, but thou art an outlander and therefore +I speak without shame, knowing all I have to offer and how hard +it had been thee to ask. See, a crown lies at thy feet, my lord +Incubu, and with that fortune a woman whom some have wished to +woo. Now mayst thou answer, oh my chosen, and soft shall thy +words fall upon mine ears." + +'"Oh Sorais," I said, "I pray thee speak not thus" -- you see +I had not time to pick and choose my words -- "for this thing +cannot be. I am bethrothed to thy sister Nyleptha, oh Sorais, +and I love her and her alone." + +'Next moment it struck me that I had said an awful thing, and +I looked up to see the results. When I spoke, Sorais' face was +hidden in her hands, and as my words reached her she slowly raised +it, and I shrank back dismayed. It was ashy white, and her eyes +were flaming. She rose to her feet and seemed to be choking, +but the awful thing was that she was so quiet about it all. +Once she looked at a side table, on which lay a dagger, and from +it to me, as though she thought of killing me; but she did not +take it up. At last she spoke one word, and one only -- + +'"_Go!_" + +'And I went, and glad enough I was to get out of it, and here +I am. Give me another cup of wine, there's a good fellow, +and tell me, what is to be done?' + +I shook my head, for the affair was indeed serious. As one of the +poets says, + + +'Hell hath no fury like a woman scorned', + + +more especially if the woman is a queen and a Sorais, and indeed +I feared the very worst, including imminent danger to ourselves. + +'Nyleptha had better be told of this at once,' I said, 'and perhaps +I had better tell her; she might receive your account with suspicion.' + +'Who is captain of her guard tonight?' I went on. + +'Good.' + +'Very well then, there will be no chance of her being got at. +Don't look surprised. I don't think that her sister would stick +at that. I suppose one must tell Good of what has happened.' + +'Oh, I don't know,' said Sir Henry. 'It would hurt his feelings, +poor fellow! You see, he takes a lively personal interest in Sorais.' + +'That's true; and after all, perhaps there is no need to tell him. +He will find out the truth soon enough. Now, you mark my words, +Sorais will throw in her lot with Nasta, who is sulking up in +the North there, and there will be such a war as has not been +known in Zu-Vendis for centuries. Look there!' and I pointed +to two Court messengers, who were speeding away from the door +of Sorais' private apartments. 'Now follow me,' and I ran up +a stairway into an outlook tower that rose from the roof of our +quarters, taking the spyglass with me, and looked out over the +palace wall. The first thing we saw was one of the messengers +speeding towards the Temple, bearing, without any doubt, the +Queen's word to the High Priest Agon, but for the other I searched +in vain. Presently, however, I spied a horseman riding furiously +through the northern gate of the city, and in him I recognized +the other messenger. + +'Ah!' I said, 'Sorais is a woman of spirit. She is acting at +once, and will strike quick and hard. You have insulted her, +my boy, and the blood will flow in rivers before the stain is +washed away, and yours with it, if she can get hold of you. +Well, I'm off to Nyleptha. Just you stop where you are, old +fellow, and try to get your nerves straight again. You'll need +them all, I can tell you, unless I have observed human nature +in the rough for fifty years for nothing.' And off I went accordingly. + +I gained audience of the Queen without trouble. She was expecting +Curtis, and was not best pleased to see my mahogany-coloured +face instead. + +'Is there aught wrong with my Lord, Macumazahn, that he waits +not upon me? Say, is he sick?' + +I said that he was well enough, and then, without further ado, +I plunged into my story and told it from beginning to end. Oh, +what a rage she flew into! It was a sight to see her, she looked +so lovely. + +'How darest thou come to me with such a tale?' she cried. 'It +is a lie to say that my Lord was making love to Sorais, my sister.' + +'Pardon me, oh Queen,' I answered, 'I said that Sorais was making +love to thy lord.' + +'Spin me no spiders' webs of words. Is not the thing the same +thing? The one giveth, the other taketh; but the gift passes, +and what matters it which is the most guilty? Sorais! oh, I +hate her -- Sorais is a queen and my sister. She had not stooped +so low had he not shown the way. Oh, truly hath the poet said +that man is like a snake, whom to touch is poison, and whom none +can hold.' + +'The remark, oh Queen, is excellent, but methinks thou hast misread +the poet. Nyleptha,' I went on, 'thou knowest well that thy +words are empty foolishness, and that this is no time for folly.' + +'How darest thou?' she broke in, stamping her foot. 'Hast my +false lord sent thee to me to insult me also? Who art thou, +stranger, that thou shouldst speak to me, the Queen, after this +sort? How darest thou?' + +'Yea, I dare. Listen. The moments which thou dost waste in +idle anger may well cost thee thy crown and all of us our lives. +Already Sorais' horsemen go forth and call to arms. In thee +days' time Nasta will rouse himself in his fastnesses like a +lion in the evening, and his growling will be heard throughout +the North. The "Lady of the Night" (Sorais) hath a sweet voice, +and she will not sing in vain. Her banner will be borne from +range to range and valley to valley, and warriors will spring +up in its track like dust beneath a whirlwind; half the army +will echo her war-cry; and in every town and hamlet of this wide +land the priests will call out against the foreigner and will +preach her cause as holy. I have spoken, oh Queen!' + +Nyleptha was quite calm now; her jealous anger had passed; and +putting off the character of a lovely headstrong lady, with a +rapidity and completeness that distinguished her, she put on +that of a queen and a woman of business. The transformation +was sudden but entire. + +'Thy words are very wise, Macumazahn. Forgive me my folly. +Ah, what a Queen I should be if only I had no heart! To be heartless +-- that is to conquer all. Passion is like the lightning, it +is beautiful, and it links the earth to heaven, but alas it blinds! + +'And thou thinkest that my sister Sorais would levy war upon +me. So be it. She shall not prevail against me. I, too, have +my friends and my retainers. There are many, I say, who will +shout "Nyleptha!" when my pennon runs up on peak and pinnacle, +and the light of my beacon fires leaps tonight from crag to crag, +bearing the message of my war. I will break her strength and +scatter her armies. Eternal night shall be the portion of Sorais +of the Night. Give me that parchment and the ink. So. +Now summon the officer in the ante-room. He is a trusty man.' + +I did as I was bid! and the man, a veteran and quiet-looking +gentleman of the guard, named Kara, entered, bowing low. + +'Take this parchment,' said Nyleptha; 'it is thy warrant; and +guard every place of in and outgoing in the apartments of my +sister Sorais, the "Lady of the Night", and a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. +Let none come in and none go out, or thy life shall pay the +cost.' + +The man looked startled, but he merely said, 'The Queen's word +be done,' and departed. Then Nyleptha sent a messenger to Sir +Henry, and presently he arrived looking uncommonly uncomfortable. +I thought that another outburst was about to follow, but wonderful +are the ways of woman; she said not a word about Sorais and his +supposed inconstancy, greeting him with a friendly nod, and stating +simply that she required his advice upon high matters. All the +same there was a look in her eye, and a sort of suppressed energy +in her manner towards him, that makes me think that she had not +forgotten the affair, but was keeping it for a private occasion. + +Just after Curtis arrived the officer returned, and reported +that Sorais was _gone_. The bird had flown to the Temple, stating +that she was going, as was sometimes the custom among Zu-Vendi +ladies of rank, to spend the night in meditation before the altar. +We looked at each other significantly. The blow had fallen +very soon. + +Then we set to work. + +Generals who could be trusted were summoned from their quarters, +and as much of the State affairs as was thought desirable was +told to each, strict injunctions being given to them to get all +their available force together. The same was done with such +of the more powerful lords as Nyleptha knew she could rely on, +several of whom left that very day for distant parts of the country +to gather up their tribesmen and retainers. Sealed orders were +dispatched to the rulers of far-off cities, and some twenty messengers +were sent off before nightfall with instructions to ride early +and late till they reached the distant chiefs to whom their letters +were addressed: also many spies were set to work. All the afternoon +and evening we laboured, assisted by some confidential scribes, +Nyleptha showing an energy and resource of mind that astonished +me, and it was eight o'clock before we got back to our quarters. +Here we heard from Alphonse, who was deeply aggrieved because +our non-return had spoilt his dinner (for he had turned cook +again now), that Good had come back from his hawking and gone +on duty. As instructions had already been given to the officer +of the outer guard to double the sentries at the gate, and as +we had no reason to fear any immediate danger, we did not think +it worth while to hunt him up and tell him anything of what had +passed, which at best was, under the peculiar circumstances of +the case, one of those tasks that one prefers to postpone, so +after swallowing our food we turned in to get some much-needed +rest. Before we did so, however, it occurred to Curtis to tell +old Umslopogaas to keep a look-out in the neighbourhood of Nyleptha's +private apartments. Umslopogaas was now well known about the +place, and by the Queen's order allowed to pass whither he would +by the guards, a permission of which he often availed himself +by roaming about the palace during the still hours in a nocturnal +fashion that he favoured, and which is by no means uncommon amongst +black men generally. His presence in the corridors would not, +therefore, be likely to excite remark. Without any comment the +Zulu took up his axe and departed, and we also departed to bed. + +I seemed to have been asleep but a few minutes when I was awakened +by a peculiar sensation of uneasiness. I felt that somebody +was in the room and looking at me, and instantly sat up, to see +to my surprise that it was already dawn, and that there, standing +at the foot of my couch and looking peculiarly grim and gaunt +in the grey light, was Umslopogaas himself. + +'How long hast thou been there?' I asked testily, for it is not +pleasant to be aroused in such a fashion. + +'Mayhap the half of an hour, Macumazahn. I have a word for thee.' + +'Speak on,' I said, now wide enough awake. + +'As I was bid I went last night to the place of the White Queen +and hid myself behind a pillar in the second anteroom, beyond +which is the sleeping-place of the Queen. Bougwan (Good) was +in the first anteroom alone, and outside the curtain of that +room was a sentry, but I had a mind to see if I could pass in +unseen, and I did, gliding behind them both. There I waited +for many hours, when suddenly I perceived a dark figure coming +secretly towards me. It was the figure of a woman, and in her +hand she held a dagger. Behind that figure crept another unseen +by the woman. It was Bougwan following in her tracks. His shoes +were off, and for so fat a man he followed very well. The woman +passed me, and the starlight shone upon her face.' + +'Who was it?' I asked impatiently. + +'The face was the face of the "Lady of the Night", and of a truth +she is well named. + +'I waited, and Bougwan passed me also. Then I followed. +So we went slowly and without a sound up the long chamber. +First the woman, then Bougwan, and then I; and the woman saw +not Bougwan, and Bougwan saw not me. At last the "Lady of the +Night" came to the curtains that shut off the sleeping place +of the White Queen, and put out her left hand to part them. +She passed through, and so did Bougwan, and so did I. At the +far end of the room is the bed of the Queen, and on it she lay +very fast asleep. I could hear her breathe, and see one white +arm lying on the coverlid like a streak of snow on the dry grass. +The "Lady of the Night" doubled herself thus, and with the long +knife lifted crept towards the bed. So straight did she gaze +thereat that she never thought to look behind her. When she +was quite close Bougwan touched her on the arm, and she caught +her breath and turned, and I saw the knife flash, and heard it +strike. Well was it for Bougwan that he had the skin of iron +on him, or he had been pierced. Then for the first time he saw +who the woman was, and without a word he fell back astonished, +and unable to speak. She, too, was astonished, and spoke not, +but suddenly she laid her finger on her lip, thus, and walked +towards and through the curtain, and with her went Bougwan. +So close did she pass to me that her dress touched me, and I +was nigh to slaying her as she went. In the first outer room +she spoke to Bougwan in a whisper and, clasping her hands thus, +she pleaded with him, but what she said I know not. And so they +passed on to the second outer room, she pleading and he shaking +his head, and saying, "Nay, nay, nay". And it seemed to me that +he was about to call the guard, when she stopped talking and +looked at him with great eyes, and I saw that he was bewitched +by her beauty. Then she stretched out her hand and he kissed +it, whereon I gathered myself together to advance and take her, +seeing that now had Bougwan become a woman, and no longer knew +the good from the evil, when behold! she was gone.' + +'Gone!' I ejaculated. + +'Ay, gone, and there stood Bougwan staring at the wall like one +asleep, and presently he went too, and I waited a while and came +away also.' + +'Art thou sure, Umslopogaas,' said I, 'that thou hast not been +a dreamer this night?' + +In reply he opened his left hand, and produced about three inches +of a blade of a dagger of the finest steel. 'If I be, Macumazahn, +behold what the dream left with me. The knife broke upon Bougwan's +bosom and as I passed I picked this up in the sleeping-place +of the White Queen.' + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII +WAR! RED WAR! + + + +Telling Umslopogaas to wait, I tumbled into my clothes and went +off with him to Sir Henry's room, where the Zulu repeated his +story word for word. It was a sight to watch Curtis' face as +he heard it. + +'Great Heavens!' he said: 'here have I been sleeping away while +Nyleptha was nearly murdered -- and all through me, too. What +a fiend that Sorais must be! It would have served her well if +Umslopogaas had cut her down in the act.' + +'Ay,' said the Zulu. 'Fear not; I should have slain her ere +she struck. I was but waiting the moment. + +I said nothing, but I could not help thinking that many a thousand +doomed lives would have been saved if he had meted out to Sorais +the fate she meant for her sister. And, as the issue proved, +I was right. + +After he had told his tale Umslopogaas went off unconcernedly +to get his morning meal, and Sir Henry and I fell to talking. + +At first he was very bitter against Good, who, he said, was no +longer to be trusted, having designedly allowed Sorais to escape +by some secret stair when it was his duty to have handed her +over to justice. Indeed, he spoke in the most unmeasured terms +on the matter. I let him run on awhile, reflecting to myself +how easy we find it to be hard on the weaknesses of others, and +how tender we are to our own. + +'Really, my dear fellow,' I said at length, 'one would never +think, to hear you talk, that you were the man who had an interview +with this same lady yesterday, and found it rather difficult +to resist her fascinations, notwithstanding your ties to one +of the loveliest and most loving women in the world. Now suppose +it was Nyleptha who had tried to murder Sorais, and _you_ had +caught her, and she had pleaded with you, would you have been +so very eager to hand her over to an open shame, and to death +by fire? Just look at the matter through Good's eyeglass for +a minute before you denounce an old friend as a scoundrel.' + +He listened to this jobation submissively, and then frankly +acknowledged that he had spoken hardly. It is one of the +best points in Sir Henry's character that he is always ready +to admit it when he is in the wrong. + +But, though I spoke up thus for Good, I was not blind to the +fact that, however natural his behaviour might be, it was obvious +that he was being involved in a very awkward and disgraceful +complication. A foul and wicked murder had been attempted, and +he had let the murderess escape, and thereby, among other things, +allowed her to gain a complete ascendency over himself. In fact, +he was in a fair way to become her tool -- and no more dreadful +fate can befall a man than to become the tool of an unscrupulous +woman, or indeed of any woman. There is but one end to it: when +he is broken, or has served her purpose, he is thrown away -- +turned out on the world to hunt for his lost self-respect. Whilst +I was pondering thus, and wondering what was to be done -- for +the whole subject was a thorny one -- I suddenly heard a great +clamour in the courtyard outside, and distinguished the voice +of Umslopogaas and Alphonse, the former cursing furiously, and +the latter yelling in terror. + +Hurrying out to see what was the matter, I was met by a ludicrous +sight. The little Frenchman was running up the courtyard at +an extraordinary speed, and after him sped Umslopogaas like a +great greyhound. Just as I came out he caught him, and, lifting +him right off his legs, carried him some paces to a beautiful +but very dense flowering shrub which bore a flower not unlike +the gardenia, but was covered with short thorns. Next, despite +his howls and struggles, he with one mighty thrust plunged poor +Alphonse head first into the bush, so that nothing but the calves +of his legs and heels remained in evidence. Then, satisfied +with what he had done, the Zulu folded his arms and stood grimly +contemplating the Frenchman's kicks, and listening to his yells, +which were awful. + +'What art thou doing?' I said, running up. 'Wouldst thou kill +the man? Pull him out of the bush!' + +With a savage grunt he obeyed, seizing the wretched Alphonse +by the ankle, and with a jerk that must have nearly dislocated +it, tearing him out of the heart of the shrub. Never did I see +such a sight as he presented, his clothes half torn off his back, +and bleeding as he was in every direction from the sharp thorns. +There he lay and yelled and rolled, and there was no getting +anything out of him. + +At last, however, he got up and, ensconcing himself behind me, +cursed old Umslopogaas by every saint in the calendar, vowing +by the blood of his heroic grandfather that he would poison him, +and 'have his revenge'. + +At last I got to the truth of the matter. It appeared that Alphonse +habitually cooked Umslopogaas's porridge, which the latter ate +for breakfast in the corner of the courtyard, just as he would +have done at home in Zululand, from a gourd, and with a wooden +spoon. Now Umslopogaas had, like many Zulus, a great horror +of fish, which he considered a species of water-snake; so Alphonse, +who was as fond of playing tricks as a monkey, and who was also +a consummate cook, determined to make him eat some. Accordingly +he grated up a quantity of white fish very finely, and mixed +it with the Zulu's porridge, who swallowed it nearly all down +in ignorance of what he was eating. But, unfortunately for Alphonse, +he could not restrain his joy at this sight, and came capering +and peering round, till at last Umslopogaas, who was very clever +in his way, suspected something, and, after a careful examination +of the remains of his porridge, discovered 'the buffalo heifer's +trick', and, in revenge, served him as I have said. Indeed, +the little man was fortunate not to get a broken neck for his +pains; for, as one would have thought, he might have learnt from +the episode of his display of axemanship that 'le Monsieur noir' +was an ill person to play practical jokes upon. + +This incident was unimportant enough in itself, but I narrate +it because it led to serious consequences. As soon as he had +stanched the bleeding from his scratches and washed himself, +Alphonse went off still cursing, to recover his temper, a process +which I knew from experience would take a very long time. When +he had gone I gave Umslopogaas a jobation and told him that I +was ashamed of his behaviour. + +'Ah, well, Macumazahn,' he said, 'you must be gentle with me, +for here is not my place. I am weary of it, weary to death of +eating and drinking, of sleeping and giving in marriage. I love +not this soft life in stone houses that takes the heart out of +a man, and turns his strength to water and his flesh to fat. +I love not the white robes and the delicate women, the blowing +of trumpets and the flying of hawks. When we fought the Masai +at the kraal yonder, ah, then life was worth the living, but +here is never a blow struck in anger, and I begin to think I +shall go the way of my fathers and lift Inkosi-kaas no more,' +and he held up the axe and gazed at it in sorrow. + +'Ah,' I said, 'that is thy complaint, is it? Thou hast the +blood-sickness, hast thou? And the Woodpecker wants a tree. +And at thy age, too. Shame on thee! Umslopogaas.' + +'Ay, Macumazahn, mine is a red trade, yet is it better and more +honest than some. Better is it to slay a man in fair fight than +to suck out his heart's blood in buying and selling and usury +after your white fashion. Many a man have I slain, yet is there +never a one that I should fear to look in the face again, ay, +many are there who once were friends, and whom I should be right +glad to snuff with. But there! there! thou hast thy ways, and +I mine: each to his own people and his own place. The high-veldt +ox will die in the fat bush country, and so is it with me, Macumazahn. +I am rough, I know it, and when my blood is warm I know not +what to do, but yet wilt thou be sorry when the night swallows +me and I am utterly lost in blackness, for in thy heart thou +lovest me, my father, Macumazahn the fox, though I be nought +but a broken-down Zulu war-dog -- a chief for whom there is no +room in his own kraal, an outcast and a wanderer in strange places: +ay, I love thee, Macumazahn, for we have grown grey together, +and there is that between us that cannot be seen, and yet is +too strong for breaking;' and he took his snuff-box, which was +made of an old brass cartridge, from the slit in his ear where +he always carried it, and handed it to me for me to help myself. + +I took the pinch of snuff with some emotion. It was quite true, +I was much attached to the bloodthirsty old ruffian. I do not +know what was the charm of his character, but it had a charm; +perhaps it was its fierce honesty and directness; perhaps one +admired his almost superhuman skill and strength, or it may have +been simply that he was so absolutely unique. Frankly, with +all my experience of savages, I never knew a man quite like him, +he was so wise and yet such a child with it all; and though it +seems laughable to say so, like the hero of the Yankee parody, +he 'had a tender heart'. Anyway, I was very fond of him, though +I should never have thought of telling him so. + +'Ay, old wolf,' I said, 'thine is a strange love. Thou wouldst +split me to the chin if I stood in thy path tomorrow.' + +'Thou speakest truth, Macumazahn, that would I if it came in +the way of duty, but I should love thee all the same when the +blow had gone fairy home. Is there any chance of some fighting +here, Macumazahn?' he went on in an insinuating voice. 'Methought +that what I saw last night did show that the two great Queens +were vexed one with another. Else had the "Lady of the Night" +not brought that dagger with her.' + +I agreed with him that it showed that more or less pique and +irritation existed between the ladies, and told him how things +stood, and that they were quarrelling over Incubu. + +'Ah, is it so?' he exclaimed, springing up in delight; 'then +will there be war as surely as the rivers rise in the rains -- +war to the end. Women love the last blow as well as the last +word, and when they fight for love they are pitiless as a wounded +buffalo. See thou, Macumazahn, a woman will swim through blood +to her desire, and think nought of it. With these eyes have +I seen it once, and twice also. Ah, Macumazahn, we shall see +this fine place of houses burning yet, and hear the battle cries +come ringing up the street. After all, I have not wandered for +nothing. Can this folk fight, think ye?' + +Just then Sir Henry joined us, and Good arrived, too, from another +direction, looking very pale and hollow-eyed. The moment Umslopogaas +saw the latter he stopped his bloodthirsty talk and greeted him. + +'Ah, Bougwan,' he cried, 'greeting to thee, Inkoos! Thou art +surely weary. Didst thou hunt too much yesterday?' Then, without +waiting for an answer, he went on -- + +'Listen, Bougwan, and I will tell thee a story; it is about a +woman, therefore wilt thou hear it, is it not so? + +'There was a man and he had a brother, and there was a woman +who loved the man's brother and was beloved of the man. But +the man's brother had a favourite wife and loved not the woman, +and he made a mock of her. Then the woman, being very cunning +and fierce-hearted for revenge, took counsel with herself and +said to the man, "I love thee, and if thou wilt make war upon +thy brother I will marry thee." And he knew it was a lie, yet +because of his great love of the woman, who was very fair, did +he listen to her words and made war. And when many people had +been killed his brother sent to him, saying, "Why slayest thou +me? What hurt have I done unto thee? From my youth up have +I not loved thee? When thou wast little did I not nurture thee, +and have we not gone down to war together and divided the cattle, +girl by girl, ox by ox, and cow by cow? Why slayest thou me, +my brother, son of my own mother?" + +'Then the man's heart was heavy, and he knew that his path was +evil, and he put aside the tempting of the woman and ceased to +make war on his brother, and lived at peace in the same kraal +with him. And after a time the woman came to him and said, "I +have lost the past, I will be thy wife." And in his heart he +knew that it was a lie and that she thought the evil thing, +yet because of his love did he take her to wife. + +'And the very night that they were wed, when the man was plunged +into a deep sleep, did the woman arise and take his axe from +his hand and creep into the hut of his brother and slay him in +his rest. Then did she slink back like a gorged lioness and +place the thong of the red axe back upon his wrist and go her ways. + +'And at the dawning the people came shouting, "Lousta is slain +in the night," and they came unto the hut of the man, and there +he lay asleep and by him was the red axe. Then did they remember +the war and say, "Lo! he hath of a surety slain his brother," +and they would have taken and killed him, but he rose and fled +swiftly, and as he fleeted by he slew the woman. + +'But death could not wipe out the evil she had done, and on him +rested the weight of all her sin. Therefore is he an outcast +and his name a scorn among his own people; for on him, and him +only, resteth the burden of her who betrayed. And, therefore, +does he wander afar, without a kraal and without an ox or a wife, +and therefore will he die afar like a stricken buck and his name +be accursed from generation to generation, in that the people +say that he slew his brother, Lousta, by treachery in the night-time.' + +The old Zulu paused, and I saw that he was deeply agitated by +his own story. Presently he lifted his head, which he had bowed +to his breast, and went on: + +'I was the man, Bougwan. Ou! I was that man, and now hark +thou! Even as I am so wilt thou be -- a tool, a plaything, an +ox of burden to carry the evil deeds of another. Listen! When +thou didst creep after the "Lady of the Night" I was hard upon +thy track. When she struck thee with the knife in the sleeping +place of the White Queen I was there also; when thou didst +let her slip away like a snake in the stones I saw thee, and +I knew that she had bewitched thee and that a true man had abandoned +the truth, and he who aforetime loved a straight path had taken +a crooked way. Forgive me, my father, if my words are sharp, +but out of a full heart are they spoken. See her no more, so +shalt thou go down with honour to the grave. Else because of +the beauty of a woman that weareth as a garment of fur shalt +thou be even as I am, and perchance with more cause. I have +said.' + +Throughout this long and eloquent address Good had been perfectly +silent, but when the tale began to shape itself so aptly to his +own case, he coloured up, and when he learnt that what had passed +between him and Sorais had been overseen he was evidently much +distressed. And now, when at last he spoke, it was in a tone +of humility quite foreign to him. + +'I must say,' he said, with a bitter little laugh, 'that I scarcely +thought that I should live to be taught my duty by a Zulu; but +it just shows what we can come to. I wonder if you fellows can +understand how humiliated I feel, and the bitterest part of it +is that I deserve it all. Of course I should have handed Sorais +over to the guard, but I could not, and that is a fact. I let +her go and I promised to say nothing, more is the shame to me. +She told me that if I would side with her she would marry me +and make me king of this country, but thank goodness I did find +the heart to say that even to marry her I could not desert my +friends. And now you can do what you like, I deserve it all. +All I have to say is that I hope that you may never love a woman +with all your heart and then be so sorely tempted of her,' and +he turned to go. + +'Look here, old fellow,' said Sir Henry, 'just stop a minute. +I have a little tale to tell you too.' And he went on to narrate +what had taken place on the previous day between Sorais and himself. + +This was a finishing stroke to poor Good. It is not pleasant +to any man to learn that he has been made a tool of, but when +the circumstances are as peculiarly atrocious as in the present +case, it is about as bitter a pill as anybody can be called on +to swallow. + +'Do you know,' he said, 'I think that between you, you fellows +have about worked a cure,' and he turned and walked away, and +I for one felt very sorry for him. Ah, if the moths would always +carefully avoid the candle, how few burnt wings there would be! + +That day was a Court day, when the Queens sat in the great hall +and received petitions, discussed laws, money grants, and so +forth, and thither we adjourned shortly afterwards. On our way +we were joined by Good, who was looking exceedingly depressed. + +When we got into the hall Nyleptha was already on her throne +and proceeding with business as usual, surrounded by councillors, +courtiers, lawyers, priests, and an unusually strong guard. +It was, however, easy to see from the air of excitement and expectation +on the faces of everybody present that nobody was paying much +attention to ordinary affairs, the fact being that the knowledge +that civil war was imminent had now got abroad. We saluted Nyleptha +and took our accustomed places, and for a little while things +went on as usual, when suddenly the trumpets began to call outside +the palace, and from the great crowd that was gathered there +in anticipation of some unusual event there rose a roar of +'_Sorais! Sorais!_' + +Then came the roll of many chariot wheels, and presently the +great curtains at the end of the hall were drawn wide and through +them entered the 'Lady of the Night' herself. Nor did she come +alone. Preceding her was Agon, the High Priest, arrayed in his +most gorgeous vestments, and on either side were other priests. +The reason for their presence was obvious -- coming with them +it would have been sacrilege to attempt to detain her. Behind +her were a number of the great lords, and behind them a small +body of picked guards. A glance at Sorais herself was enough +to show that her mission was of no peaceful kind, for in place +of her gold embroidered 'kaf' she wore a shining tunic formed +of golden scales, and on her head a little golden helmet. In +her hand, too, she bore a toy spear, beautifully made and fashioned +of solid silver. Up the hall she came, looking like a lioness +in her conscious pride and beauty, and as she came the spectators +fell back bowing and made a path for her. By the sacred stone +she halted, and laying her hand on it, she cried out with a loud +voice to Nyleptha on the throne, 'Hail, oh Queen!' + +'All hail, my royal sister!' answered Nyleptha. 'Draw thou near. +Fear not, I give thee safe conduct.' + +Sorais answered with a haughty look, and swept on up the hall +till she stood right before the thrones. + +'A boon, oh Queen!' she cried again. + +'Speak on, my sister; what is there that I can give thee who +hath half our kingdom?' + +'Thou canst tell me a true word -- me and the people of Zu-Vendis. +Art thou, or art thou not, about to take this foreign wolf,' +and she pointed to Sir Henry with her toy spear, 'to be a husband +to thee, and share thy bed and throne?' + +Curtis winced at this, and turning towards Sorais, said to her +in a low voice, 'Methinks that yesterday thou hadst other names +than wolf to call me by, oh Queen!' and I saw her bite her lips +as, like a danger flag, the blood flamed red upon her face. +As for Nyleptha, who is nothing if not original, she, seeing +that the thing was out, and that there was nothing further to +be gained by concealment, answered the question in a novel and +effectual manner, inspired thereto, as I firmly believe, by coquetry +and a desire to triumph over her rival. + +Up she rose and, descending from the throne, swept in all the +glory of her royal grace on to where her lover stood. There +she stopped and untwined the golden snake that was wound around +her arm. Then she bade him kneel, and he dropped on one knee +on the marble before her, and next, taking the golden snake with +both her hands, she bent the pure soft metal round his neck, +and when it was fast, deliberately kissed him on the brow and +called him her 'dear lord'. + +'Thou seest,' she said, when the excited murmur of the spectators +had died away, addressing her sister as Sir Henry rose to his +feet, 'I have put my collar round the "wolf's" neck, and behold! +he shall be my watchdog, and that is my answer to thee, Queen +Sorais, my sister, and to those with thee. Fear not,' she went +on, smiling sweetly on her lover, and pointing to the golden +snake she had twined round his massive throat, 'if my yoke be +heavy, yet is it of pure gold, and it shall not gall thee.' + +Then, turning to the audience, she continued in a clear proud +tone, 'Ay, Lady of the Night, Lords, Priests, and People here +gathered together, by this sign do I take the foreigner to husband, +even here in the face of you all. What, am I a Queen, and yet +not free to choose the man whom I will love? Then should I be +lower than the meanest girl in all my provinces. Nay, he hath +won my heart, and with it goes my hand, and throne, and all I +have -- ay, had he been a beggar instead of a great lord fairer +and stronger than any here, and having more wisdom and knowledge +of strange things, I had given him all, how much more so being +what he is!' And she took his hand and gazed proudly on him, +and holding it, stood there boldly facing the people. And such +was her sweetness and the power and dignity of her person, and +so beautiful she looked standing hand in hand there at her lover's +side, so sure of him and of herself, and so ready to risk all +things and endure all things for him, that most of those who +saw the sight, which I am sure no one of them will ever forget, +caught the fire from her eyes and the happy colour from her blushing +face, and cheered her like wild things. It was a bold stroke +for her to make, and it appealed to the imagination; but human +nature in Zu-Vendis, as elsewhere, loves that which is bold and +not afraid to break a rule, and is moreover peculiarly susceptible +to appeals to its poetical side. + +And so the people cheered till the roof rang; but Sorais of the +Night stood there with downcast eyes, for she could not bear +to see her sister's triumph, which robbed her of the man whom +she had hoped to win, and in the awfulness of her jealous anger +she trembled and turned white like an aspen in the wind. I think +I have said somewhere of her that she reminded me of the sea +on a calm day, having the same aspect of sleeping power about +her. Well, it was all awake now, and like the face of the furious +ocean it awed and yet fascinated me. A really handsome woman +in a royal rage is always a beautiful sight, but such beauty +and such a rage I never saw combined before, and I can only say +that the effect produced was well worthy of the two. + +She lifted her white face, the teeth set, and there were purple +rings beneath her glowing eyes. Thrice she tried to speak and +thrice she failed, but at last her voice came. Raising her silver +spear, she shook it, and the light gleamed from it and from the +golden scales of her cuirass. + +'And thinkest thou, Nyleptha,' she said in notes which pealed +through the great hall like a clarion, 'thinkest thou that I, +Sorais, a Queen of the Zu-Vendi, will brook that this base outlander +shall sit upon my father's throne and rear up half-breeds to +fill the place of the great House of the Stairway? Never! never! +while there is life in my bosom and a man to follow me and a +spear to strike with. Who is on my side? Who? + +'Now hand thou over this foreign wolf and those who came hither +to prey with him to the doom of fire, for have they not committed +the deadly sin against the sun? or, Nyleptha, I give thee War +-- red War! Ay, I say to thee that the path of thy passion shall +be marked out by the blazing of thy towns and watered with the +blood of those who cleave to thee. On thy head rest the burden +of the deed, and in thy ears ring the groans of the dying and +the cries of the widows and those who are left fatherless for +ever and for ever. + +'I tell thee I will tear thee, Nyleptha, the White Queen, from +thy throne, and that thou shalt be hurled -- ay, hurled even +from the topmost stair of the great way to the foot thereof, +in that thou hast covered the name of the House of him who built +it with black shame. And I tell ye strangers -- all save Bougwan, +whom because thou didst do me a service I will save alive if +thou wilt leave these men and follow me' (here poor Good shook +his head vigorously and ejaculated 'Can't be done' in English) +-- 'that I will wrap you in sheets of gold and hang you yet alive +in chains from the four golden trumpets of the four angels that +fly east and west and north and south from the giddiest pinnacles +of the Temple, so that ye may be a token and a warning to the +land. And as for thee, Incubu, thou shalt die in yet another +fashion that I will not tell thee now.' + +She ceased, panting for breath, for her passion shook her like +a storm, and a murmur, partly of horror and partly of admiration, +ran through the hall. Then Nyleptha answered calmly and with +dignity: + +'Ill would it become my place and dignity, oh sister, so to speak +as thou hast spoken and so to threat as thou hast threatened. +Yet if thou wilt make war, then will I strive to bear up against +thee, for if my hand seem soft, yet shalt thou find it of iron +when it grips thine armies by the throat. Sorais, I fear thee +not. I weep for that which thou wilt bring upon our people and +on thyself, but for myself I say -- I fear thee not. Yet thou, +who but yesterday didst strive to win my lover and my lord from +me, whom today thou dost call a "foreign wolf", to be _thy_ lover +and _thy_ lord' (here there was an immense sensation in the hall), +'thou who but last night, as I have learnt but since thou didst +enter here, didst creep like a snake into my sleeping-place -- +ay, even by a secret way, and wouldst have foully murdered me, +thy sister, as I lay asleep --' + +'It is false, it is false!' rang out Agon's and a score of other voices. + +'It is _not_ false,' said I, producing the broken point of the +dagger and holding it up. 'Where is the haft from which +this flew, oh Sorais?' + +'It is not false,' cried Good, determined at last to act like +a loyal man. 'I took the Lady of the Night by the White Queen's +bed, and on my breast the dagger broke.' + +'Who is on my side?' cried Sorais, shaking her silver spear, +for she saw that public sympathy was turning against her. 'What, +Bougwan, thou comest not?' she said, addressing Good, who was +standing close to her, in a low, concentrated voice. 'Thou pale-souled +fool, for a reward thou shalt eat out thy heart with love of +me and not be satisfied, and thou mightest have been my husband +and a king! At least I hold _thee_ in chains that cannot be +broken. + +'_War! War! War!_' she cried. 'Here, with my hand upon the +sacred stone that shall endure, so runs the prophecy, till the +Zu-Vendi set their necks beneath an alien yoke, I declare war +to the end. Who follows Sorais of the Night to victory and honour?' + +Instantly the whole concourse began to break up in indescribable +confusion. Many present hastened to throw in their lot with +the 'Lady of the Night', but some came from her following to +us. Amongst the former was an under officer of Nyleptha's own +guard, who suddenly turned and made a run for the doorway through +which Sorais' people were already passing. Umslopogaas, who +was present and had taken the whole scene in, seeing with admirable +presence of mind that if this soldier got away others would follow +his example, seized the man, who drew his sword and struck at +him. Thereon the Zulu sprang back with a wild shout, and, avoiding +the sword cuts, began to peck at his foe with his terrible axe, +till in a few seconds the man's fate overtook him and he fell +with a clash heavily and quite dead upon the marble floor. + +This was the first blood spilt in the war. + +'Shut the gates,' I shouted, thinking that we might perhaps catch +Sorais so, and not being troubled with the idea of committing +sacrilege. But the order came too late, her guards were already +passing through them, and in another minute the streets echoed +with the furious galloping of horses and the rolling of her chariots. + +So, drawing half the people after her, Sorais was soon passing +like a whirlwind through the Frowning City on her road to her +headquarters at M'Arstuna, a fortress situated a hundred and +thirty miles to the north of Milosis. + +And after that the city was alive with the endless tramp of regiments +and preparations for the gathering war, and old Umslopogaas once +more began to sit in the sunshine and go through a show of sharpening +Inkosi-kaas's razor edge. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX +A STRANGE WEDDING + + + +One person, however, did not succeed in getting out in time before +the gates were shut, and that was the High Priest Agon, who, +as we had every reason to believe, was Sorais' great ally, and +the heart and soul of her party. This cunning and ferocious +old man had not forgiven us for those hippopotami, or rather +that was what he said. What he meant was that he would never +brook the introduction of our wider ways of thought and foreign +learning and influence while there was a possibility of stamping +us out. Also he knew that we possessed a different system of +religion, and no doubt was in daily terror of our attempting +to introduce it into Zu-Vendis. One day he asked me if we had +any religion in our country, and I told him that so far as I +could remember we had ninety-five different ones. You might +have knocked him down with a feather, and really it is difficult +not to pity a high priest of a well-established cult who is haunted +by the possible approach of one or all of ninety-five new religions. + +When we knew that Agon was caught, Nyleptha, Sir Henry, and I +discussed what was to be done with him. I was for closely incarcerating +him, but Nyleptha shook her head, saying that it would produce +a disastrous effect throughout the country. 'Ah!' she added, +with a stamp of her foot, 'if I win and am once really Queen, +I will break the power of those priests, with their rites and +revels and dark secret ways.' I only wished that old Agon could +have heard her, it would have frightened him. + +'Well,' said Sir Henry, 'if we are not to imprison him, I suppose +that we may as well let him go. He is of no use here.' + +Nyleptha looked at him in a curious sort of way, and said in +a dry little voice, 'Thinkest thou so, my lord?' + +'Eh?' said Curtis. 'No, I do not see what is the use of keeping him.' + +She said nothing, but continued looking at him in a way that +was as shy as it was sweet. + +Then at last he understood. + +'Forgive me, Nyleptha,' he said, rather tremulously. 'Dost thou +mean that thou wilt marry me, even now?' + +'Nay, I know not; let my lord say,' was her rapid answer; 'but +if my lord wills, the priest is there and the altar is there' +-- pointing to the entrance to a private chapel -- 'and am I +not ready to do the will of my lord? Listen, oh my lord! In +eight days or less thou must leave me and go down to war, for +thou shalt lead my armies, and in war -- men sometimes fall, +and so I would for a little space have had thee all my own, if +only for memory's sake;' and the tears overflowed her lovely +eyes and rolled down her face like heavy drops of dew down the +red heart of a rose. + +'Mayhap, too,' she went on, 'I shall lose my crown, and with +my crown my life and thine also. Sorais is very strong and very +bitter, and if she prevails she will not spare. Who can read +the future? Happiness is the world's White Bird, that alights +seldom, and flies fast and far till one day he is lost in the +clouds. Therefore should we hold him fast if by any chance he +rests for a little space upon our hand. It is not wise to neglect +the present for the future, for who knows what the future will +be, Incubu? Let us pluck our flowers while the dew is on them, +for when the sun is up they wither and on the morrow will others +bloom that we shall never see.' And she lifted her sweet face +to him and smiled into his eyes, and once more I felt a curious +pang of jealousy and turned and went away. They never took much +notice of whether I was there or not, thinking, I suppose, that +I was an old fool, and that it did not matter one way or the +other, and really I believe that they were right. + +So I went back to our quarters and ruminated over things in general, +and watched old Umslopogaas whetting his axe outside the window +as a vulture whets his beak beside a dying ox. + +And in about an hour's time Sir Henry came tearing over, looking +very radiant and wildly excited, and found Good and myself and +even Umslopogaas, and asked us if we should like to assist at +a real wedding. Of course we said yes, and off we went to the +chapel, where we found Agon looking as sulky as any High Priest +possibly could, and no wonder. It appeared that he and Nyleptha +had a slight difference of opinion about the coming ceremony. +He had flatly refused to celebrate it, or to allow any of his +priests to do so, whereupon Nyleptha became very angry and told +him that she, as Queen, was head of the Church, and meant to +be obeyed. Indeed, she played the part of a Zu-Vendi Henry the +Eighth to perfection, and insisted that, if she wanted to be +married, she would be married, and that he should marry her. +{Endnote 18} + +He still refused to go through the ceremony, so she clinched +her argument thus -- + +'Well, I cannot execute a High Priest, because there is an absurd +prejudice against it, and I cannot imprison him because all his +subordinates would raise a crying that would bring the stars +down on Zu-Vendis and crush it; but I _can_ leave him to contemplate +the altar of the Sun without anything to eat, because that is +his natural vocation, and if thou wilt not marry me, O Agon! +thou shalt be placed before the altar yonder with nought but +a little water till such time as thou hast reconsidered the matter.' + +Now, as it happened, Agon had been hurried away that morning +without his breakfast, and was already exceedingly hungry, so +he presently modified his views and consented to marry them, +saying at the same time that he washed his hands of all responsibility +in the matter. + +So it chanced that presently, attended only by two of her favourite +maidens, came the Queen Nyleptha, with happy blushing face and +downcast eyes, dressed in pure white, without embroidery of any +sort, as seems to be the fashion on these occasions in most countries +of the world. She did not wear a single ornament, even her gold +circlets were removed, and I thought that if possible she looked +more lovely than ever without them, as really superbly beautiful +women do. + +She came, curtseyed low to Sir Henry, and then took his hand +and led him up before the altar, and after a little pause, in +a slow, clear voice uttered the following words, which are customary +in Zu-Vendis if the bride desires and the man consents: -- + +'Thou dost swear by the Sun that thou wilt take no other woman +to wife unless I lay my hand upon her and bid her come?' + +'I swear it,' answered Sir Henry; adding in English, 'One is +quite enough for me.' + +Then Agon, who had been sulking in a corner near the altar, came +forward and gabbled off something into his beard at such a rate +that I could not follow it, but it appeared to be an invocation +to the Sun to bless the union and make it fruitful. I observed +that Nyleptha listened very closely to every word, and afterwards +discovered that she was afraid lest Agon should play her a trick, +and by going through the invocations backwards divorce them instead +of marry them. At the end of the invocations they were asked, +as in our service, if they took each other for husband and wife, +and on their assenting they kissed each other before the altar, +and the service was over, so far as their rites were concerned. +But it seemed to me that there was yet something wanting, and +so I produced a Prayer-Book, which has, together which the 'Ingoldsby +Legends', that I often read when I lie awake at night, accompanied +me in all my later wanderings. I gave it to my poor boy Harry +years ago, and after his death I found it among his things and +took it back again. + +'Curtis,' I said, 'I am not a clergyman, and I do not know if +what I am going to propose is allowable -- I know it is not legal +-- but if you and the Queen have no objection I should like to read +the English marriage service over you. It is a solemn step which +you are taking, and I think that you ought, so far as circumstances +will allow, to give it the sanction of your own religion.' + +'I have thought of that,' he said, 'and I wish you would. +I do not feel half married yet.' + +Nyleptha raised no objection, fully understanding that her husband +wished to celebrate the marriage according to the rites prevailing +in his own country, and so I set to work and read the service, +from 'Dearly beloved' to 'amazement', as well as I could; and +when I came to 'I, Henry, take thee, Nyleptha,' I translated, +and also 'I, Nyleptha, take thee, Henry,' which she repeated +after me very well. Then Sir Henry took a plain gold ring from +his little finger and placed it on hers, and so on to the end. +The ring had been Curtis' mother's wedding-ring, and I could +not help thinking how astonished the dear old Yorkshire lady +would have been if she could have foreseen that her wedding-ring +was to serve a similar purpose for Nyleptha, a Queen of the Zu-Vendi. + +As for Agon, he was with difficulty kept calm while this second +ceremony was going on, for he at once understood that it was +religious in its nature, and doubtless bethought him of the ninety-five +new faiths which loomed so ominously in his eyes. Indeed, he +at once set me down as a rival High Priest, and hated me accordingly. +However, in the end off he went, positively bristling with indignation, +and I knew that we might look out for danger from his direction. + +And off went Good and I, and old Umslopogaas also, leaving the +happy pair to themselves, and very low we all felt. Marriages +are supposed to be cheerful things, but my experience is that +they are very much the reverse to everybody, except perhaps the +two people chiefly interested. They mean the breaking-up of +so many old ties as well as the undertaking of so many new ones, +and there is always something sad about the passing away of the +old order. Now to take this case for instance: Sir Henry Curtis +is the best and kindest fellow and friend in the world, but he +has never been quite the same since that little scene in the +chapel. It is always Nyleptha this and Nyleptha that -- Nyleptha, +in short, from morning till night in one way or another, either +expressed or understood. And as for the old friends -- well, +of course they have taken the place that old friends ought to +take, and which ladies are as a rule very careful to see they +do take when a man marries, and that is, the second place. Yes, +he would be angry if anybody said so, but it is a fact for all +that. He is not quite the same, and Nyleptha is very sweet and +very charming, but I think that she likes him to understand that +she has married _him_, and not Quatermain, Good, and Co. But +there! what is the use of grumbling? It is all very right and +proper, as any married lady would have no difficulty in explaining, +and I am a selfish, jealous old man, though I hope I never show +it. + +So Good and I went and ate in silence and then indulged in an +extra fine flagon of old Zu-Vendian to keep our spirits up, and +presently one of our attendants came and told a story that gave +us something to think about. + +It may, perhaps, be remembered that, after his quarrel with +Umslopogaas, Alphonse had gone off in an exceedingly ill temper +to sulk over his scratches. Well, it appears that he walked +right past the Temple to the Sun, down the wide road on the further +side of the slope it crowns, and thence on into the beautiful +park, or pleasure gardens, which are laid out just beyond the +outer wall. After wandering about there for a little he started +to return, but was met near the outer gate by Sorais' train of +chariots, which were galloping furiously along the great northern +road. When she caught sight of Alphonse, Sorais halted her train +and called to him. On approaching he was instantly seized and +dragged into one of the chariots and carried off, 'crying out +loudly', as our informant said, and as from my general knowledge +of him I can well believe. + +At first I was much puzzled to know what object Sorais could +have had in carrying off the poor little Frenchman. She could +hardly stoop so low as to try to wreak her fury on one whom she +knew was only a servant. At last, however, an idea occurred +to me. We three were, as I think I have said, much revered by +the people of Zu-Vendis at large, both because we were the first +strangers they had ever seen, and because we were supposed to +be the possessors of almost supernatural wisdom. Indeed, though +Sorais' cry against the 'foreign wolves' -- or, to translate +it more accurately, 'foreign hyenas' -- was sure to go down very +well with the nobles and the priests, it was not as we learnt, +likely to be particularly effectual amongst the bulk of the population. +The Zu-Vendi people, like the Athenians of old, are ever seeking +for some new thing, and just because we were so new our presence +was on the whole acceptable to them. Again, Sir Henry's magnificent +personal appearance made a deep impression upon a race who possess +a greater love of beauty than any other I have ever been acquainted +with. Beauty may be prized in other countries, but in Zu-Vendis +it is almost worshipped, as indeed the national love of statuary +shows. The people said openly in the market-places that there +was not a man in the country to touch Curtis in personal appearance, +as with the exception of Sorais there was no woman who could +compete with Nyleptha, and that therefore it was meet that they +should marry; and that he had been sent by the Sun as a husband +for their Queen. Now, from all this it will be seen that the +outcry against us was to a considerable extent fictitious, and +nobody knew it better than Sorais herself. Consequently it struck +me that it might have occurred to her that down in the country +and among the country people, it would be better to place the +reason of her conflict with her sister upon other and more general +grounds than Nyleptha's marriage with the stranger. It would +be easy in a land where there had been so many civil wars to +rake out some old cry that would stir up the recollection of +buried feuds, and, indeed, she soon found an effectual one. +This being so, it was of great importance to her to have one +of the strangers with her whom she could show to the common people +as a great Outlander, who had been so struck by the justice of +her cause that he had elected to leave his companions and follow +her standard. + +This, no doubt, was the cause of her anxiety to get a hold of +Good, whom she would have used till he ceased to be of service +and then cast off. But Good having drawn back she grasped at +the opportunity of securing Alphonse, who was not unlike him +in personal appearance though smaller, no doubt with the object +of showing him off in the cities and country as the great Bougwan +himself. I told Good that I thought that that was her plan, +and his face was a sight to see -- he was so horrified at the +idea. + +'What,' he said, 'dress up that little wretch to represent me? +Why, I shall have to get out of the country! My reputation +will be ruined for ever.' + +I consoled him as well as I could, but it is not pleasant to +be personated all over a strange country by an arrant little +coward, and I can quite sympathize with his vexation. + +Well, that night Good and I messed as I have said in solitary +grandeur, feeling very much as though we had just returned from +burying a friend instead of marrying one, and next morning the +work began in good earnest. The messages and orders which had +been despatched by Nyleptha two days before now began to take +effect, and multitudes of armed men came pouring into the city. +We saw, as may be imagined, but very little of Nyleptha and +not too much of Curtis during those next few days, but Good and +I sat daily with the council of generals and loyal lords, drawing +up plans of action, arranging commissariat matters, the distribution +of commands, and a hundred and one other things. Men came in +freely, and all the day long the great roads leading to Milosis +were spotted with the banners of lords arriving from their distant +places to rally round Nyleptha. + +After the first few days it became clear that we should be able +to take the field with about forty thousand infantry and twenty +thousand cavalry, a very respectable force considering how short +was the time we had to collect it, and that about half the regular +army had elected to follow Sorais. + +But if our force was large, Sorais' was, according to the reports +brought in day by day by our spies, much larger. She had taken +up her headquarters at a very strong town called M'Arstuna, situated, +as I have said, to the north of Milosis, and all the countryside +was flocking to her standard. Nasta had poured down from his +highlands and was on his way to join her with no less than twenty-five +thousand of his mountaineers, the most terrible soldiers to face +in all Zu-Vendis. Another mighty lord, named Belusha, who lived +in the great horse-breeding district, had come in with twelve +thousand cavalry, and so on. Indeed, what between one thing +and another, it seemed certain that she would gather a fully +armed host of nearly one hundred thousand men. + +And then came news that Sorais was proposing to break up her +camp and march on the Frowning City itself, desolating the country +as she came. Thereon arose the question whether it would be +best to meet her at Milosis or to go out and give her battle. +When our opinion was asked upon the subject, Good and I unhesitatingly +gave it in favour of an advance. If we were to shut ourselves +up in the city and wait to be attacked, it seemed to us that +our inaction would be set down to fear. It is so important, +especially on an occasion of this sort, when a very little will +suffice to turn men's opinions one way or the other, to be up +and doing something. Ardour for a cause will soon evaporate +if the cause does not move but sits down to conquer. Therefore +we cast our vote for moving out and giving battle in the open, +instead of waiting till we were drawn from our walls like a badger +from a hole. + +Sir Henry's opinion coincided with ours, and so, needless to +say, did that of Nyleptha, who, like a flint, was always ready +to flash out fire. A great map of the country was brought and +spread out before her. About thirty miles this side of M'Arstuna, +where Sorais lay, and ninety odd miles from Milosis, the road +ran over a neck of land some two and a half miles in width, and +flanked on either side by forest-clad hills which, without being +lofty, would, if the road were blocked, be quite impracticable +for a great baggage-laden army to cross. She looked earnestly +at the map, and then, with a quickness of perception that in +some women amounts almost to an instinct, she laid her finger +upon this neck of rising ground, and turning to her husband, +said, with a proud air of confidence and a toss of the golden +head -- + +'Here shalt thou meet Sorais' armies. I know the spot, here +shalt thou meet them, and drive them before thee like dust before +the storm.' + +But Curtis looked grave and said nothing. + + + + +CHAPTER XX +THE BATTLE OF THE PASS + + + +It was on the third morning after this incident of the map that +Sir Henry and I started. With the exception of a small guard, +all the great host had moved on the night before, leaving the +Frowning City very silent and empty. Indeed, it was found impossible +to leave any garrison with the exception of a personal guard +for Nyleptha, and about a thousand men who from sickness or one +cause or another were unable to proceed with the army; but as +Milosis was practically impregnable, and as our enemy was in +front of and not behind us, this did not so much matter. + +Good and Umslopogaas had gone on with the army, but Nyleptha +accompanied Sir Henry and myself to the city gates, riding a +magnificent white horse called Daylight, which was supposed to +be the fleetest and most enduring animal in Zu-Vendis. Her face +bore traces of recent weeping, but there were no tears in her +eyes now, indeed she was bearing up bravely against what must +have been a bitter trail to her. At the gate she reined in her +horse and bade us farewell. On the previous day she had reviewed +and addressed the officers of the great army, speaking to them +such high, eloquent words, and expressing so complete a confidence +in their valour and in their ultimate victory, that she quite +carried their hearts away, and as she rode from rank to rank +they cheered her till the ground shook. And now today the same +mood seemed to be on her. + +'Fare thee well, Macumazahn!' she said. 'Remember, I trust to +thy wits, which are as a needle to a spear-handle compared to +those of my people, to save us from Sorais. I know that thou +wilt do thy duty.' + +I bowed and explained to her my horror of fighting, and my fear +lest I should lose my head, at which she laughed gently and turned +to Curtis. + +'Fare thee well, my lord!' she said. 'Come back with victory, +and as a king, or on thy soldiers' spears.' {Endnote 19} + +Sir Henry said nothing, but turned his horse to go; perhaps he +had a bit of a lump in his throat. One gets over it afterwards, +but these sort of partings are trying when one has only been +married a week. + +'Here,' added Nyleptha, 'will I greet thee when ye return in +triumph. And now, my lords, once more, farewell!' + +Then we rode on, but when we had gone a hundred and fifty yards +or so, we turned and perceived her still sitting on her horse +at the same spot, and looking out after us beneath her hand, +and that was the last we saw of her. About a mile farther on, +however, we heard galloping behind us, and looking round, saw +a mounted soldier coming towards us, leading Nyleptha's matchless +steed -- Daylight. + +'The Queen sends the white stallion as a farewell gift to her +Lord Incubu, and bids me tell my lord that he is the fleetest +and most enduring horse in all the land,' said the soldier, bending +to his saddle-bow before us. + +At first Sir Henry did not want to take the horse, saying that +he was too good for such rough work, but I persuaded him to do +so, thinking that Nyleptha would be hurt if he did not. Little +did I guess at the time what service that noble horse would render +in our sorest need. It is curious to look back and realize upon +what trivial and apparently coincidental circumstances great +events frequently turn as easily and naturally as a door on its +hinges. + +Well, we took the horse, and a beauty he was, it was a perfect +pleasure to see him move, and Curtis having sent back his greetings +and thanks, we proceeded on our journey. + +By midday we overtook the rear-guard of the great army of which +Sir Henry then formally took over the command. It was a heavy +responsibility, and it oppressed him very much, but the Queen's +injunctions on the point were such as did not admit of being +trifled with. He was beginning to find out that greatness has +its responsibilities as well as its glories. + +Then we marched on without meeting with any opposition, almost +indeed without seeing anybody, for the populations of the towns +and villages along our route had for the most part fled, fearing +lest they should be caught between the two rival armies and ground +to powder like grain between the upper and the nether stones. + +On the evening of the fourth day, for the progress of so great +a multitude was necessarily slow, we camped two miles this side +of the neck or ridge I have spoken of, and our outposts brought +us word that Sorais with all her power was rolling down upon +us, and had pitched her camp that night ten miles the farther +side of the neck. + +Accordingly before dawn we sent forward fifteen hundred cavalry +to seize the position. Scarcely had they occupied it, however, +before they were attacked by about as many of Sorais' horsemen, +and a very smart little cavalry fight ensued, with a loss to +us of about thirty men killed. On the advance of our supports, +however, Sorais' force drew off, carrying their dead and wounded +with them. + +The main body of the army reached the neck about dinner-time, +and I must say that Nyleptha's judgment had not failed her, it +was an admirable place to give battle in, especially to a superior +force. + +The road ran down a mile or more, through ground too broken to +admit of the handling of any considerable force, till it reached +the crest of a great green wave of land, that rolled down a gentle +slope to the banks of a little stream, and then rolled away again +up a still gentler slope to the plain beyond, the distance from +the crest of the land-wave down to the stream being a little +over half a mile, and from the stream up to the plain beyond +a trifle less. The length of this wave of land at its highest +point, which corresponded exactly with the width of the neck +of the land between the wooded hills, was about two miles and +a quarter, and it was protected on either side by dense, rocky, +bush-clad ground, that afforded a most valuable cover to the +flanks of the army and rendered it almost impossible for them +to be turned. + +It was on the hither slope of this neck of land that Curtis encamped +his army in the same formation that he had, after consultation +with the various generals, Good, and myself, determined that +they should occupy in the great pitched battle which now appeared +to be imminent. + +Our force of sixty thousand men was, roughly speaking, divided +as follows. In the centre was a dense body of twenty thousand +foot-soldiers, armed with spears, swords, and hippopotamus-hide +shields, breast and back plates. {Endnote 20} These formed the +chest of the army, and were supported by five thousand foot, +and three thousand horse in reserve. On either side of this +chest were stationed seven thousand horse arranged in deep, majestic +squadrons; and beyond and on either side but slightly in front +of them again were two bodies, each numbering about seven thousand +five hundred spearmen, forming the right and left wings of the +army, and each supported by a contingent of some fifteen hundred +cavalry. This makes in all sixty thousand men. + +Curtis commanded in chief, I was in command of the seven thousand +horse between the chest and right wing, which was commanded by +Good, and the other battalions and squadrons were entrusted to +Zu-Vendis generals. + +Scarcely had we taken up our positions before Sorais' vast army +began to swarm on the opposite slope about a mile in front of +us, till the whole place seemed alive with the multitude of her +spearpoints, and the ground shook with the tramp of her battalions. +It was evident that the spies had not exaggerated; we were outnumbered +by at least a third. At first we expected that Sorais was going +to attack us at once, as the clouds of cavalry which hung upon +her flanks executed some threatening demonstrations, but she +thought better of it, and there was no fight that day. As for +the formation of her great forces I cannot now describe it with +accuracy, and it would only serve to bewilder if I did, but I +may say, generally, that in its leading features it resembled +our own, only her reserve was much greater. + +Opposite our right wing, and forming Sorais' left wing, was a +great army of dark, wild-looking men, armed with sword and shield +only, which, I was informed, was composed of Nasta's twenty-five +thousand savage hillsmen. + +'My word, Good,' said I, when I saw them, 'you will catch it +tomorrow when those gentlemen charge!' whereat Good not unnaturally +looked rather anxious. + +All day we watched and waited, but nothing happened, and at last +night fell, and a thousand watch-fires twinkled brightly on the +slopes, to wane and die one by one like the stars they resembled. +As the hours wore on, the silence gradually gathered more deeply +over the opposing hosts. + +It was a very wearying night, for in addition to the endless +things that had to be attended to, there was our gnawing suspense +to reckon with. The fray which tomorrow would witness would +be so vast, and the slaughter so awful, that stout indeed must +the heart have been that was not overwhelmed at the prospect. +And when I thought of all that hung upon it, I own I felt ill, +and it made me very sad to reflect that these mighty forces were +gathered for destruction, simply to gratify the jealous anger +of a woman. This was the hidden power which was to send those +dense masses of cavalry, flashing like human thunderbolts across +the plain, and to roll together the fierce battalions as clouds +when hurricane meets hurricane. It was a dreadful thought, and +set one wondering about the responsibilities of the great ones +of the earth. Deep into the night we sat, with pale faces and +heavy hearts, and took counsel, whilst the sentries tramped up +and down, down and up, and the armed and plumed generals came +and went, grim and shadow-like. + +And so the time wore away, till everything was ready for the +coming slaughter; and I lay down and thought, and tried to get +a little rest, but could not sleep for fear of the morrow -- +for who could say what the morrow would bring forth? Misery +and death, this was certain; beyond that we knew not, and I confess +I was very much afraid. But as I realized then, it is useless +to question that eternal Sphinx, the future. From day to day +she reads aloud the riddles of the yesterday, of which the puzzled +wordlings of all ages have not answered one, nor ever will, guess +they never so wildly or cry they never so loud. + +And so at length I gave up wondering, being forced humbly to +leave the issue in the balancing hands of Providence and the +morrow. + +And at last up came the red sun, and the huge camps awoke with +a clash, and a roar, and gathered themselves together for battle. +It was a beautiful and awe-inspiring scene, and old Umslopogaas, +leaning on his axe, contemplated it with grim delight. + +'Never have I seen the like, Macumazahn, never,' he said. 'The +battles of my people are as the play of children to what this +will be. Thinkest thou that they will fight it out?' + +'Ay,' I answered sadly, 'to the death. Content thyself, "Woodpecker", +for once shalt thou peck thy fill.' + +Time went on, and still there was no sign of an attack. A force +of cavalry crossed the brook, indeed, and rode slowly along our +front, evidently taking stock of our position and numbers. With +this we did not attempt to interfere, as our decision was to +stand strictly on the defensive, and not to waste a single man. +The men breakfasted and stood to their arms, and the hours wore +on. About midday, when the men were eating their dinner, for +we thought they would fight better on full stomachs, a shout +of '_Sorais, Sorais_' arose like thunder from the enemy's extreme +right, and taking the glass, I was able to clearly distinguish +the 'Lady of the Night' herself, surrounded by a glittering staff, +and riding slowly down the lines of her battalions. And as she +went, that mighty, thundering shout rolled along before her like +the rolling of ten thousand chariots, or the roaring of the ocean +when the gale turns suddenly and carries the noise of it to the +listener's ears, till the earth shook, and the air was full of +the majesty of sound. + +Guessing that this was a prelude to the beginning of the battle, +we remained still and made ready. + +We had not long to wait. Suddenly, like flame from a cannon's +mouth, out shot two great tongue-like forces of cavalry, and +came charging down the slope towards the little stream, slowly +at first, but gathering speed as they came. Before they got +to the stream, orders reached me from Sir Henry, who evidently +feared that the shock of such a charge, if allowed to fall unbroken +upon our infantry, would be too much for them, to send five thousand +sabres to meet the force opposite to me, at the moment when it +began to mount the stiffest of the rise about four hundred yards +from our lines. This I did, remaining behind myself with the +rest of my men. + +Off went the five thousand horsemen, drawn up in a wedge-like +form, and I must say that the general in command handled them +very ably. Starting at a hand gallop, for the first three hundred +yards he rode straight at the tip of the tongue-shaped mass of +cavalry which, numbering, so far as I could judge, about eight +thousand sabres, was advancing to charge us. Then he suddenly +swerved to the right and put on the pace, and I saw the great +wedge curl round, and before the foe could check himself and +turn to meet it, strike him about halfway down his length, with +a crashing rending sound, like that of the breaking-up of vast +sheets of ice. In sank the great wedge, into his heart, and +as it cut its way hundreds of horsemen were thrown up on either +side of it, just as the earth is thrown up by a ploughshare, +or more like still, as the foaming water curls over beneath the +bows of a rushing ship. In, yet in, vainly does the tongue twist +its ends round in agony, like an injured snake, and strive to +protect its centre; still farther in, by Heaven! right through, +and so, amid cheer after cheer from our watching thousands, back +again upon the severed ends, beating them down, driving them +as a gale drives spray, till at last, amidst the rushing of hundreds +of riderless horses, the flashing of swords, and the victorious +clamour of their pursuers, the great force crumples up like an +empty glove, then turns and gallops pell-mell for safety back +to its own lines. + +I do not think it reached them more than two-thirds as strong +as it went out ten minutes before. The lines which were now +advancing to the attack, opened and swallowed them up, and my +force returned, having only suffered a loss of about five hundred +men -- not much, I thought, considering the fierceness of the +struggle. I could also see that the opposing bodies of cavalry +on our left wing were drawing back, but how the fight went with +them I do not quite know. It is as much as I can do to describe +what took place immediately around me. + +By this time the dense masses of the enemy's left, composed almost +entirely of Nasta's swordsmen, were across the little stream, +and with alternate yells of 'Nasta' and 'Sorais', with dancing +banners and gleaming swords, were swarming up towards us like +ants. + +Again I received orders to try and check this movement, and also +the main advance against the chest of our army, by means of cavalry +charges, and this I did to the best of my ability, by continually +sending squadrons of about a thousand sabres out against them. +These squadrons did the enemy much damage, and it was a glorious +sight to see them flash down the hillside, and bury themselves +like a living knife in the heart of the foe. But, also, we lost +many men, for after the experience of a couple of these charges, +which had drawn a sort of bloody St Andrew's cross of dead and +dying through the centre of Nasta's host, our foes no longer +attempted to offer an unyielding front to their irresistible +weight, but opened out to let the rush go through, throwing themselves +on the ground and hamstringing hundreds of horses as they passed. + +And so, notwithstanding all that we could do, the enemy drew +nearer, till at last he hurled himself upon Good's force of seven +thousand five hundred regulars, who were drawn up to receive +them in three strong squares. About the same time, too, an awful +and heartshaking roar told me that the main battle had closed +in on the centre and extreme left. I raised myself in my stirrups +and looked down to my left; so far as the eye could see there +was a long dazzling shimmer of steel as the sun glanced upon +falling sword and thrusting spear. + +To and fro swung the contending lines in that dread struggle, +now giving way, now gaining a little in the mad yet ordered confusion +of attack and defence. But it was as much as I could do to keep +count of what was happening to our own wing; and, as for the +moment the cavalry had fallen back under cover of Good's three +squares, I had a fair view of this. + +Nasta's wild swordsmen were now breaking in red waves against +the sullen rock-like squares. Time after time did they yell +out their war-cries, and hurl themselves furiously against the +long triple ridges of spear points, only to be rolled back as +billows are when they meet the cliff. + +And so for four long hours the battle raged almost without a +pause, and at the end of that time, if we had gained nothing +we had lost nothing. Two attempts to turn our left flank by +forcing a way through the wood by which it was protected had +been defeated; and as yet Nasta's swordsmen had, notwithstanding +their desperate efforts, entirely failed to break Good's three +squares, though they had thinned their numbers by quite a third. + +As for the chest of the army where Sir Henry was with his staff +and Umslopogaas, it had suffered dreadfully, but it had held +its own with honour, and the same may be said of our left battle. + +At last the attacks slackened, and Sorais' army drew back, having, +I began to think, had enough of it. On this point, however, +I was soon undeceived, for splitting up her cavalry into comparatively +small squadrons, she charged us furiously with them, all along +the line, and then once more sullenly rolled her tens of thousands +of sword and spearmen down upon our weakened squares and squadrons; +Sorais herself directing the movement, as fearless as a lioness +heading the main attack. On they came like an avalanche -- I saw +her golden helm gleaming in the van -- our counter charges of cavalry +entirely failing to check their forward sweep. Now they had +struck us, and our centre bent in like a bow beneath the weight +of their rush -- it parted, and had not the ten thousand men +in reserve charged down to its support it must have been utterly +destroyed. As for Good's three squares, they were swept backwards +like boats upon an incoming tide, and the foremost one was burst +into and lost half its remaining men. But the effort was too +fierce and terrible to last. Suddenly the battle came, as it +were, to a turning-point, and for a minute or two stood still. + +Then it began to move towards Sorais' camp. Just then, too, +Nasta's fierce and almost invincible highlanders, either because +they were disheartened by their losses or by way of a ruse, fell +back, and the remains of Good's gallant squares, leaving the +positions they had held for so many hours, cheered wildly, and +rashly followed them down the slope, whereon the swarms of swordsmen +turned to envelop them, and once more flung themselves upon them +with a yell. Taken thus on every side, what remained of the +first square was quickly destroyed, and I perceived that the +second, in which I could see Good himself mounted on a large +horse, was on the point of annihilation. A few more minutes +and it was broken, its streaming colours sank, and I lost sight +of Good in the confused and hideous slaughter that ensued. + +Presently, however, a cream-coloured horse with a snow-white +mane and tail burst from the ruins of the square and came rushing +past me riderless and with wide streaming reins, and in it I +recognized the charger that Good had been riding. Then I hesitated +no longer, but taking with me half my effective cavalry force, +which now amounted to between four and five thousand men, I commended +myself to God, and, without waiting for orders, I charged straight +down upon Nasta's swordsmen. Seeing me coming, and being warned +by the thunder of my horses' hoofs, the majority of them faced +round, and gave us a right warm welcome. Not an inch would they +yield; in vain did we hack and trample them down as we ploughed +a broad red furrow through their thousands; they seemed to re-arise +by hundreds, driving their terrible sharp swords into our horses, +or severing their hamstrings, and then hacking the troopers who +came to the ground with them almost into pieces. My horse was +speedily killed under me, but luckily I had a fresh one, my own +favourite, a coal-black mare Nyleptha had given me, being held +in reserve behind, and on this I afterwards mounted. Meanwhile +I had to get along as best I could, for I was pretty well lost +sight of by my men in the mad confusion of the moment. My voice, +of course, could not be heard in the midst of the clanging of +steel and the shrieks of rage and agony. Presently I found myself +mixed up with the remnants of the square, which had formed round +its leader Good, and was fighting desperately for existence. +I stumbled against somebody, and glancing down, caught sight +of Good's eyeglass. He had been beaten to his knee. Over him +was a great fellow swinging a heavy sword. Somehow I managed +to run the man through with the sime I had taken from the Masai +whose hand I had cut off; but as I did so, he dealt me a frightful +blow on the left side and breast with the sword, and though my +chain shirt saved my life, I felt that I was badly hurt. For +a minute I fell on to my hands and knees among the dead and dying, +and turned sick and faint. When I came to again I saw that Nasta's +spearmen, or rather those of them who remained, were retreating +back across the stream, and that Good was there by me smiling sweetly. + +'Near go that,' he shouted; 'but all's well that ends well.' + +I assented, but I could not help feeling that it had not ended +well for me. I was sorely hurt. + +Just then we saw the smaller bodies of cavalry stationed on our +extreme right and left, and which were now reinforced by the +three thousand sabres which we had held in reserve, flash out +like arrows from their posts and fall upon the disordered flanks +of Sorais' forces, and that charge decided the issue of the battle. +In another minute or two the enemy was in slow and sullen retreat +across the little stream, where they once more re-formed. Then +came another lull, during which I managed to get a second horse, +and received my orders to advance from Sir Henry, and then with +one fierce deep-throated roar, with a waving of banners and a +wide flashing of steel, the remains of our army took the offensive +and began to sweep down, slowly indeed, but irresistibly from +the positions they had so gallantly held all day. + +At last it was our turn to attack. + +On we moved, over the piled-up masses of dead and dying, and +were approaching the stream, when suddenly I perceived an extraordinary +sight. Galloping wildly towards us, his arms tightly clasped +around his horse's neck, against which his blanched cheek was +tightly pressed, was a man arrayed in the full costume of a Zu-Vendi +general, but in whom, as he came nearer, I recognized none other +than our lost Alphonse. It was impossible even then to mistake +those curling mustachios. In a minute he was tearing through +our ranks and narrowly escaped being cut down, till at last somebody +caught his horse's bridle, and he was brought to me just as a +momentary halt occurred in our advance to allow what remained +of our shattered squares to form into line. + +'Ah, monsieur,' he gasped out in a voice that was nearly inarticulate +with fright, 'grace to the sky, it is you! Ah, what I have endured! + But you win, monsieur, you win; they fly, the laches. But listen, +monsieur -- I forget, it is no good; the Queen is to be murdered +tomorrow at the first light in the palace of Milosis; her guards +will leave their posts, and the priests are going to kill her. +Ah yes! they little thought it, but I was ensconced beneath +a banner, and I heard it all.' + +'What?' I said, horror-struck; 'what do you mean?' + +'What I say, monsieur; that devil of a Nasta he went last night +to settle the affair with the Archbishop [Agon]. The guard will +leave open the little gate leading from the great stair and go +away, and Nasta and Agon's priests will come in and kill her. +Themselves they would not kill her.' + +'Come with me,' I said, and, shouting to the staff-officer next +to me to take over the command, I snatched his bridle and galloped +as hard as I could for the spot, between a quarter and half a +mile off, where I saw the royal pennon flying, and where I knew +that I should find Curtis if he were still alive. On we tore, +our horses clearing heaps of dead and dying men, and splashing +through pools of blood, on past the long broken lines of spearmen +to where, mounted on the white stallion Nasta had sent to him +as a parting gift, I saw Sir Henry's form towering above the +generals who surrounded him. + +Just as we reached him the advance began again. A bloody cloth +was bound around his head, but I saw that his eye was as bright +and keen as ever. Beside him was old Umslopogaas, his axe red +with blood, but looking quite fresh and uninjured. + +'What's wrong, Quatermain?' he shouted. + +'Everything. There is a plot to murder the Queen tomorrow at +dawn. Alphonse here, who has just escaped from Sorais, has overheard +it all,' and I rapidly repeated to him what the Frenchman had +told me. + +Curtis' face turned deadly pale and his jaw dropped. + +'At dawn,' he gasped, 'and it is now sunset; it dawns before +four and we are nearly a hundred miles off -- nine hours at the +outside. What is to be done?' + +An idea entered into my head. 'Is that horse of yours fresh?' +I said. + +'Yes, I have only just got on to him -- when my last was killed, +and he has been fed.' + +'So is mine. Get off him, and let Umslopogaas mount; he can +ride well. We will be at Milosis before dawn, or if we are not +-- well, we cannot help it. No, no; it is impossible for you +to leave now. You would be seen, and it would turn the fate +of the battle. It is not half won yet. The soldiers would think +you were making a bolt of it. Quick now.' + +In a moment he was down, and at my bidding Umslopogaas sprang +into the empty saddle. + +'Now farewell,' I said. 'Send a thousand horsemen with remounts +after us in an hour if possible. Stay, despatch a general to +the left wing to take over the command and explain my absence.' + +'You will do your best to save her, Quatermain?' he said in a +broken voice. + +'Ay, that I will. Go on; you are being left behind.' + +He cast one glance at us, and accompanied by his staff galloped +off to join the advance, which by this time was fording the little +brook that now ran red with the blood of the fallen. + +As for Umslopogaas and myself, we left that dreadful field as +arrows leave a bow, and in a few minutes had passed right out +of the sight of slaughter, the smell of blood, and the turmoil +and shouting, which only came to our ears as a faint, far-off +roaring like the sound of distant breakers. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI +AWAY! AWAY! + + + +At the top of the rise we halted for a second to breathe our +horses; and, turning, glanced at the battle beneath us, which, +illumined as it was by the fierce rays of the sinking sun staining +the whole scene red, looked from where we were more like some +wild titanic picture than an actual hand-to-hand combat. The +distinguishing scenic effect from that distance was the countless +distinct flashes of light reflected from the swords and spears, +otherwise the panorama was not so grand as might have been expected. +The great green lap of sward in which the struggle was being +fought out, the bold round outline of the hills behind, and the +wide sweep of the plain beyond, seemed to dwarf it; and what +was tremendous enough when one was in it, grew insignificant +when viewed from the distance. But is it not thus with all the +affairs and doings of our race about which we blow the loud trumpet +and make such a fuss and worry? How utterly antlike, and morally +and physically insignificant, must they seem to the calm eyes +that watch them from the arching depths above! + +'We win the day, Macumazahn,' said old Umslopogaas, taking in +the whole situation with a glance of his practised eye. 'Look, +the Lady of the Night's forces give on every side, there is no +stiffness left in them, they bend like hot iron, they are fighting +with but half a heart. But alas! the battle will in a manner +be drawn, for the darkness gathers, and the regiments will not +be able to follow and slay!' -- and he shook his head sadly. +'But,' he added, 'I do not think that they will fight again. +We have fed them with too strong a meat. Ah! it is well to +have lived! At last I have seen a fight worth seeing.' + +By this time we were on our way again, and as we went side by +side I told him what our mission was, and how that, if it failed, +all the lives that had been lost that day would have been lost +in vain. + +'Ah!' he said, 'nigh on a hundred miles and no horses but these, +and to be there before the dawn! Well -- away! away! man can +but try, Macumazahn; and mayhap we shall be there in time to +split that old "witch-finder's" [Agon's] skull for him. Once +he wanted to burn us, the old "rain-maker", did he? And now +he would set a snare for my mother [Nyleptha], would he? Good! + So sure as my name is the name of the Woodpecker, so surely, +be my mother alive or dead, will I split him to the beard. Ay, +by T'Chaka's head I swear it!' and he shook Inkosi-kaas as he +galloped. By now the darkness was closing in, but fortunately +there would be a moon later, and the road was good. + +On we sped through the twilight, the two splendid horses we bestrode +had got their wind by this, and were sweeping along with a wide +steady stride that neither failed nor varied for mile upon mile. +Down the side of slopes we galloped, across wide vales that +stretched to the foot of far-off hills. Nearer and nearer grew +the blue hills; now we were travelling up their steeps, and now +we were over and passing towards others that sprang up like visions +in the far, faint distance beyond. + +On, never pausing or drawing rein, through the perfect quiet +of the night, that was set like a song to the falling music of +our horses' hoofs; on, past deserted villages, where only some +forgotten starving dog howled a melancholy welcome; on, past +lonely moated dwellings; on, through the white patchy moonlight, +that lay coldly upon the wide bosom of the earth, as though there +was no warmth in it; on, knee to knee, for hour after hour! + +We spake not, but bent us forward on the necks of those two glorious +horses, and listened to their deep, long-drawn breaths as they +filled their great lungs, and to the regular unfaltering ring +of their round hoofs. Grim and black indeed did old Umslopogaas +look beside me, mounted upon the great white horse, like Death +in the Revelation of St John, as now and again lifting his fierce +set face he gazed out along the road, and pointed with his axe +towards some distant rise or house. + +And so on, still on, without break or pause for hour after hour. + +At last I felt that even the splendid animal that I rode was +beginning to give out. I looked at my watch; it was nearly midnight, +and we were considerably more than half way. On the top of a +rise was a little spring, which I remembered because I had slept +by it a few nights before, and here I motioned to Umslopogaas +to pull up, having determined to give the horses and ourselves +ten minutes to breathe in. He did so, and we dismounted -- that +is to say, Umslopogaas did, and then helped me off, for what +with fatigue, stiffness, and the pain of my wound, I could not +do so for myself; and then the gallant horses stood panting there, +resting first one leg and then another, while the sweat fell +drip, drip, from them, and the steam rose and hung in pale clouds +in the still night air. + +Leaving Umslopogaas to hold the horses, I hobbled to the spring +and drank deep of its sweet waters. I had had nothing but a +single mouthful of wine since midday, when the battle began, +and I was parched up, though my fatigue was too great to allow +me to feel hungry. Then, having laved my fevered head and hands, +I returned, and the Zulu went and drank. Next we allowed the +horses to take a couple of mouthfuls each -- no more; and oh, +what a struggle we had to get the poor beasts away from the water! + There were yet two minutes, and I employed it in hobbling up +and down to try and relieve my stiffness, and in inspecting the +condition of the horses. My mare, gallant animal though she +was, was evidently much distressed; she hung her head, and her +eye looked sick and dull; but Daylight, Nyleptha's glorious horse +-- who, if he is served aright, should, like the steeds who saved +great Rameses in his need, feed for the rest of his days out +of a golden manger -- was still comparatively speaking fresh, +notwithstanding the fact that he had had by far the heavier weight +to carry. He was 'tucked up', indeed, and his legs were weary, +but his eye was bright and clear, and he held his shapely head up +and gazed out into the darkness round him in a way that seemed to +say that whoever failed _he_ was good for those five-and-forty miles +that yet lay between us and Milosis. Then Umslopogaas helped me +into the saddle and -- vigorous old savage that he was! -- vaulted +into his own without touching a stirrup, and we were off once more, +slowly at first, till the horses got into their stride, and then +more swiftly. So we passed over another ten miles, and then came +a long, weary rise of some six or seven miles, and three times +did my poor black mare nearly come to the ground with me. But on +the top she seemed to gather herself together, and rattled down +the slope with long, convulsive strides, breathing in gasps. +We did that three or four miles more swiftly than any since we +had started on our wild ride, but I felt it to be a last effort, +and I was right. Suddenly my poor horse took the bit between her +teeth and bolted furiously along a stretch of level ground for +some three or four hundred yards, and then, with two or three +jerky strides, pulled herself up and fell with a crash right on +to her head, I rolling myself free as she did so. As I struggled +to my feet the brave beast raised her head and looked at me with +piteous bloodshot eyes, and then her head dropped with a groan +and she was dead. Her heart was broken. + +Umslopogaas pulled up beside the carcase, and I looked at him +in dismay. There were still more than twenty miles to do by +dawn, and how were we to do it with one horse? It seemed hopeless, +but I had forgotten the old Zulu's extraordinary running powers. + +Without a single word he sprang from the saddle and began to +hoist me into it. + +'What wilt thou do?' I asked. + +'Run,' he answered, seizing my stirrup-leather. + +Then off we went again, almost as fast as before; and oh, the +relief it was to me to get that change of horses! Anybody who +has ever ridden against time will know what it meant. + +Daylight sped along at a long stretching hand-gallop, giving +the gaunt Zulu a lift at every stride. It was a wonderful thing +to see old Umslopogaas run mile after mile, his lips slightly +parted and his nostrils agape like the horse's. Every five miles +or so we stopped for a few minutes to let him get his breath, +and then flew on again. + +'Canst thou go farther,' I said at the third of these stoppages, +'or shall I leave thee to follow me?' + +He pointed with his axe to a dim mass before us. It was the +Temple of the Sun, now not more than five miles away. + +'I reach it or I die,' he gasped. + +Oh, that last five miles! The skin was rubbed from the inside +of my legs, and every movement of my horse gave me anguish. +Nor was that all. I was exhausted with toil, want of food and +sleep, and also suffering very much from the blow I had received +on my left side; it seemed as though a piece of bone or something +was slowly piercing into my lung. Poor Daylight, too, was pretty +nearly finished, and no wonder. But there was a smell of dawn +in the air, and we might not stay; better that all three of us +should die upon the road than that we should linger while there +was life in us. The air was thick and heavy, as it sometimes +is before the dawn breaks, and -- another infallible sign in +certain parts of Zu-Vendis that sunrise is at hand -- hundreds +of little spiders pendant on the end of long tough webs were +floating about in it. These early-rising creatures, or rather +their webs, caught upon the horse's and our own forms by scores, +and, as we had neither the time nor the energy to brush them +off, we rushed along covered with hundreds of long grey threads +that streamed out a yard or more behind us -- and a very strange +appearance they must have given us. + +And now before us are the huge brazen gates of the outer wall +of the Frowning City, and a new and horrible doubt strikes me: +What if they will not let us in? + +'_Open! open!_' I shout imperiously, at the same time giving +the royal password. '_Open! open!_ a messenger, a messenger +with tidings of the war!' + +'What news?' cried the guard. 'And who art thou that ridest +so madly, and who is that whose tongue lolls out' -- and it actually +did -- 'and who runs by thee like a dog by a chariot?' + +'It is the Lord Macumazahn, and with him is his dog, his black dog. +_Open! open!_ I bring tidings.' + +The great gates ran back on their rollers, and the drawbridge +fell with a rattling crash, and we dashed on through the one +and over the other. + +'What news, my lord, what news?' cried the guard. + +'Incubu rolls Sorais back, as the wind a cloud,' I answered, +and was gone. + +One more effort, gallant horse, and yet more gallant man! + +So, fall not now, Daylight, and hold thy life in thee for fifteen +short minutes more, old Zulu war-dog, and ye shall both live +for ever in the annals of the land. + +On, clattering through the sleeping streets. We are passing +the Flower Temple now -- one mile more, only one little mile +-- hold on, keep your life in thee, see the houses run past of +themselves. Up, good horse, up, there -- but fifty yards now. +Ah! you see your stables and stagger on gallantly. + +'Thank God, the palace at last!' and see, the first arrows of +the dawn are striking on the Temple's golden dome. {Endnote 21} + But shall I get in here, or is the deed done and the way barred? + +Once more I give the password and shout '_Open! open!_' + +No answer, and my heart grows very faint. + +Again I call, and this time a single voice replies, and to my +joy I recognize it as belonging to Kara, a fellow-officer of +Nyleptha's guards, a man I know to be as honest as the light +-- indeed, the same whom Nyleptha had sent to arrest Sorais on +the day she fled to the temple. + +'Is it thou, Kara?' I cry; 'I am Macumazahn. Bid the guard let +down the bridge and throw wide the gate. Quick, quick!' + +Then followed a space that seemed to me endless, but at length +the bridge fell and one half of the gate opened and we got into +the courtyard, where at last poor Daylight fell down beneath +me, as I thought, dead. Except Kara, there was nobody to be +seen, and his look was wild, and his garments were all torn. +He had opened the gate and let down the bridge alone, and was +now getting them up and shut again (as, owing to a very ingenious +arrangement of cranks and levers, one man could easily do, and +indeed generally did do). + +'Where are the guard?' I gasped, fearing his answer as I never +feared anything before. + +'I know not,' he answered; 'two hours ago, as I slept, was I +seized and bound by the watch under me, and but now, this very +moment, have I freed myself with my teeth. I fear, I greatly +fear, that we are betrayed. + +His words gave me fresh energy. Catching him by the arm, I staggered, +followed by Umslopogaas, who reeled after us like a drunken man, +through the courtyards, up the great hall, which was silent as +the grave, towards the Queen's sleeping-place. + +We reached the first ante-room -- no guards; the second, still +no guards. Oh, surely the thing was done! we were too late after +all, too late! The silence and solitude of those great chambers +was dreadful, and weighed me down like an evil dream. On, right +into Nyleptha's chamber we rushed and staggered, sick at heart, +fearing the very worst; we saw there was a light in it, ay, and +a figure bearing the light. Oh, thank God, it is the White Queen +herself, the Queen unharmed! There she stands in her night gear, +roused, by the clatter of our coming, from her bed, the heaviness +of sleep yet in her eyes, and a red blush of fear and shame mantling +her lovely breast and cheek. + +'Who is it?' she cries. 'What means this? Oh, Macumazahn, is +it thou? Why lookest thou so wildly? Thou comest as one bearing +evil tidings -- and my lord -- oh, tell me not my lord is dead +-- not dead!' she wailed, wringing her white hands. + +'I left Incubu wounded, but leading the advance against Sorais +last night at sundown; therefore let thy heart have rest. +Sorais is beaten back all along her lines, and thy arms prevail.' + +'I knew it,' she cried in triumph. 'I knew that he would win; +and they called him Outlander, and shook their wise heads when +I gave him the command! Last night at sundown, sayest thou, +and it is not yet dawn? Surely --' + +'Throw a cloak around thee, Nyleptha,' I broke in, 'and give +us wine to drink; ay, and call thy maidens quick if thou wouldst +save thyself alive. Nay, stay not.' + +Thus adjured she ran and called through the curtains towards +some room beyond, and then hastily put on her sandals and a thick +cloak, by which time a dozen or so of half-dressed women were +pouring into the room. + +'Follow us and be silent,' I said to them as they gazed with +wondering eyes, clinging one to another. So we went into the +first ante-room. + +'Now,' I said, 'give us wine to drink and food, if ye have it, +for we are near to death.' + +The room was used as a mess-room for the officers of the guards, +and from a cupboard some flagons of wine and some cold flesh +were brought forth, and Umslopogaas and I drank, and felt life +flow back into our veins as the good red wine went down. + +'Hark to me, Nyleptha,' I said, as I put down the empty tankard. +'Hast thou here among these thy waiting-ladies any two of discretion?' + +'Ay,' she said, 'surely.' + +'Then bid them go out by the side entrance to any citizens whom +thou canst bethink thee of as men loyal to thee, and pray them +come armed, with all honest folk that they can gather, to rescue +thee from death. Nay, question not; do as I say, and quickly. +Kara here will let out the maids.' + +She turned, and selecting two of the crowd of damsels, repeated +the words I had uttered, giving them besides a list of the names +of the men to whom each should run. + +'Go swiftly and secretly; go for your very lives,' I added. + +In another moment they had left with Kara, whom I told to rejoin +us at the door leading from the great courtyard on to the stairway +as soon as he had made fast behind the girls. Thither, too, +Umslopogaas and I made our way, followed by the Queen and her +women. As we went we tore off mouthfuls of food, and between +them I told her what I knew of the danger which encompassed her, +and how we found Kara, and how all the guards and men-servants +were gone, and she was alone with her women in that great place; +and she told me, too, that a rumour had spread through the town +that our army had been utterly destroyed, and that Sorais was +marching in triumph on Milosis, and how in consequence thereof +all men had fallen away from her. + +Though all this takes some time to tell, we had not been but +six or seven minutes in the palace; and notwithstanding that +the golden roof of the temple being very lofty was ablaze with +the rays of the rising sun, it was not yet dawn, nor would be +for another ten minutes. We were in the courtyard now, and here +my wound pained me so that I had to take Nyleptha's arm, while +Umslopogaas rolled along after us, eating as he went. + +Now we were across it, and had reached the narrow doorway through +the palace wall that opened on to the mighty stair. + +I looked through and stood aghast, as well I might. The door +was gone, and so were the outer gates of bronze -- entirely gone. +They had been taken from their hinges, and as we afterwards +found, hurled from the stairway to the ground two hundred feet +beneath. There in front of us was the semicircular standing-space, +about twice the size of a large oval dining-table, and the ten +curved black marble steps leading on to the main stair -- +and that was all. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII +HOW UMSLOPOGAAS HELD THE STAIR + + + +We looked at one another. + +'Thou seest,' I said, 'they have taken away the door. Is there +aught with which we may fill the place? Speak quickly for they +will be on us ere the daylight.' I spoke thus, because I knew +that we must hold this place or none, as there were no inner +doors in the palace, the rooms being separated one from another +by curtains. I also knew that if we could by any means defend +this doorway the murderers could get in nowhere else; for the +palace is absolutely impregnable, that is, since the secret door +by which Sorais had entered on that memorable night of attempted +murder had, by Nyleptha's order, been closed up with masonry. + +'I have it,' said Nyleptha, who, as usual with her, rose to the +emergency in a wonderful way. 'On the farther side of the courtyard +are blocks of cut marble -- the workmen brought them there for +the bed of the new statue of Incubu, my lord; let us block the +door with them.' + +I jumped at the idea; and having despatched one of the remaining +maidens down the great stair to see if she could obtain assistance +from the docks below, where her father, who was a great merchant +employing many men, had his dwelling-place, and set another to +watch through the doorway, we made our way back across the courtyard +to where the hewn marble lay; and here we met Kara returning +from despatching the first two messengers. There were the marble +blocks, sure enough, broad, massive lumps, some six inches thick, +and weighing about eighty pounds each, and there, too, were a +couple of implements like small stretchers, that the workmen +used to carry them on. Without delay we got some of the blocks +on to the stretchers, and four of the girls carried them to the +doorway. + +'Listen, Macumazahn,' said Umslopogaas, 'if those low fellows +come, it is I who will hold the stair against them till the door +is built up. Nay, nay, it will be a man's death: gainsay me +not, old friend. It has been a good day, let it now be good +night. See, I throw myself down to rest on the marble there; +when their footsteps are nigh, wake thou me, not before, for +I need my strength,' and without a word he went outside and flung +himself down on the marble, and was instantly asleep. + +At this time, I too was overcome, and was forced to sit down +by the doorway, and content myself with directing operations. +The girls brought the block, while Kara and Nyleptha built them +up across the six-foot-wide doorway, a triple row of them, for +less would be useless. But the marble had to be brought forty +yards and then there were forty yards to run back, and though +the girls laboured gloriously, even staggering along alone, each +with a block in her arms, it was slow work, dreadfully slow. + +The light was growing now, and presently, in the silence, we +heard a commotion at the far-bottom of the stair, and the faint +clinking of armed men. As yet the wall was only two feet high, +and we had been eight minutes at the building of it. So they +had come. Alphonse had heard aright. + +The clanking sound came nearer, and in the ghostly grey of the +dawning we could make out long files of men, some fifty or so +in all, slowly creeping up the stair. They were now at the half-way +standing place that rested on the great flying arch; and here, +perceiving that something was going on above, they, to our great +gain, halted for three or four minutes and consulted, then slowly +and cautiously advanced again. + +We had been nearly a quarter of an hour at the work now, and +it was almost three feet high. + +Then I woke Umslopogaas. The great man rose, stretched himself, +and swung Inkosi-kaas round his head. + +'It is well,' he said. 'I feel as a young man once more. My +strength has come back to me, ay, even as a lamp flares up before +it dies. Fear not, I shall fight a good fight; the wine and +the sleep have put a new heart into me.' + +'Macumazahn, I have dreamed a dream. I dreamed that thou and +I stood together on a star, and looked down on the world, and +thou wast as a spirit, Macumazahn, for light flamed through thy +flesh, but I could not see what was the fashion of mine own face. +The hour has come for us, old hunter. So be it: we have had +our time, but I would that in it I had seen some more such fights +as yesterday's. + +'Let them bury me after the fashion of my people, Macumazahn, +and set my eyes towards Zululand;' and he took my hand and shook it, +and then turned to face the advancing foe. + +Just then, to my astonishment, the Zu-Vendi officer Kara clambered +over our improvised wall in his quiet, determined sort of way, +and took his stand by the Zulu, unsheathing his sword as he did +so. + +'What, comest thou too?' laughed out the old warrior. 'Welcome +-- a welcome to thee, brave heart! Ow! for the man who can die +like a man; ow! for the death grip and the ringing of steel. +Ow! we are ready. We wet our beaks like eagles, our spears +flash in the sun; we shake our assegais, and are hungry to fight. +Who comes to give greeting to the Chieftainess [Inkosi-kaas]? + Who would taste her kiss, whereof the fruit is death? I, the +Woodpecker, I, the Slaughterer, I the Swiftfooted! I, Umslopogaas, +of the tribe of the Maquilisini, of the people of Amazulu, a +captain of the regiment of the Nkomabakosi: I, Umslopogaas, the +son of Indabazimbi, the son of Arpi the son of Mosilikaatze, +I of the royal blood of T'Chaka, I of the King's House, I the +Ringed Man, I the Induna, I call to them as a buck calls, I challenge +them, I await them. Ow! it is thou, it is thou!' + +As he spake, or rather chanted, his wild war-song, the armed +men, among whom in the growing light I recognized both Nasta +and Agon, came streaming up the stair with a rush, and one big +fellow, armed with a heavy spear, dashed up the ten semicircular +steps ahead of his comrades and struck at the great Zulu with +the spear. Umslopogaas moved his body but not his legs, so that +the blow missed him, and next instant Inkosi-kaas crashed through +headpiece, hair and skull, and the man's corpse was rattling +down the steps. As he dropped, his round hippopotamus-hide shield +fell from his hand on to the marble, and the Zulu stooped down +and seized it, still chanting as he did so. + +In another second the sturdy Kara had also slain a man, and then +began a scene the like of which has not been known to me. + +Up rushed the assailants, one, two, three at a time, and as fast +as they came, the axe crashed and the sword swung, and down they +rolled again, dead or dying. And ever as the fight thickened, +the old Zulu's eye seemed to get quicker and his arm stronger. +He shouted out his war-cries and the names of chiefs whom he +had slain, and the blows of his awful axe rained straight and +true, shearing through everything they fell on. There was none +of the scientific method he was so fond of about this last immortal +fight of his; he had no time for it, but struck with his full +strength, and at every stroke a man sank in his tracks, and went +rattling down the marble steps. + +They hacked and hewed at him with swords and spears, wounding +him in a dozen places till he streamed red with blood; but the +shield protected his head and the chain-shirt his vitals, and +for minute after minute, aided by the gallant Zu-Vendi, he still +held the stair. + +At last Kara's sword broke, and he grappled with a foe, and they +rolled down together, and he was cut to pieces, dying like the +brave man that he was. + +Umslopogaas was alone now, but he never blenched or turned. +Shouting out some wild Zulu battle-cry, he beat down a foe, ay, +and another, and another, till at last they drew back from the +slippery blood-stained steps, and stared at him with amazement, +thinking that he was no mortal man. + +The wall of marble block was four feet six high now, and hope +rose in my teeth as I leaned there against it a miserable helpless +log, and ground my teeth, and watched that glorious struggle. +I could do no more for I had lost my revolver in the battle. + +And old Umslopogaas, he leaned too on his good axe, and, faint +as he was with wounds, he mocked them, he called them 'women' +-- the grand old warrior, standing there one against so many! + And for a breathing space none would come against him, notwithstanding +Nasta's exhortations, till at last old Agon, who, to do him justice, +was a brave man, made with baffled rage, and seeing that the +wall would soon be built and his plans defeated, shook the great +spear he held, and rushed up the dripping steps. + +'Ah, ah!' shouted the Zulu, as he recognized the priest's flowing +white beard, 'it is thou, old "witch-finder"! Come on! I await +thee, white "medicine man"; come on! come on! I have sworn to +slay thee, and I ever keep my faith.' + +On he came, taking him at his word, and drave the big spear with +such force at Umslopogaas that it sunk right through the tough +shield and pierced him in the neck. The Zulu cast down the transfixed +shield, and that moment was Agon's last, for before he could +free his spear and strike again, with a shout of '_There's for +thee, Rain-maker!_' Umslopogaas gripped Inkosi-kaas with both +hands and whirled on high and drave her right on to his venerable +head, so that Agon rolled down dead among the corpses of his +fellow-murderers, and there was an end to him and his plots altogether. +And even as he fell, a great cry rose from the foot of the stair, +and looking out through the portion of the doorway that was yet +unclosed, we saw armed men rushing up to the rescue, and called +an answer to their shouts. Then the would-be murderers who yet +remained on the stairway, and amongst whom I saw several priests, +turned to fly, but, having nowhere to go, were butchered as they +fled. Only one man stayed, and he was the great lord Nasta, +Nyleptha's suitor, and the father of the plot. For a moment +the black-bearded Nasta stood with bowed face leaning on his +long sword as though in despair, and then, with a dreadful shout, +he too rushed up at the Zulu, and, swinging the glittering sword +around his head, dealt him such a mighty blow beneath his guard, +that the keen steel of the heavy blade bit right through the +chain armour and deep into Umslopogaas' side, for a moment +paralysing him and causing him to drop his axe. + +Raising the sword again, Nasta sprang forward to make an end +of him, but little he knew his foe. With a shake and a yell +of fury, the Zulu gathered himself together and sprang straight +at Nasta's throat, as I have sometimes seen a wounded lion spring. +He struck him full as his foot was on the topmost stair, and +his long arms closing round him like iron bands, down they rolled +together struggling furiously. Nasta was a strong man and a +desperate, but he could not match the strongest man in Zululand, +sore wounded though he was, whose strength was as the strength +of a bull. In a minute the end came. I saw old Umslopogaas +stagger to his feet -- ay, and saw him by a single gigantic effort +swing up the struggling Nasta and with a shout of triumph hurl +him straight over the parapet of the bridge, to be crushed to +powder on the rocks two hundred feet below. + +The succour which had been summoned by the girl who had passed +down the stair before the assassins passed up was at hand, and +the loud shouts which reached us from the outer gates told us +that the town was also aroused, and the men awakened by the women +were calling to be admitted. Some of Nyleptha's brave ladies, +who in their night-shifts and with their long hair streaming +down their backs, just as they had been aroused from rest, went +off to admit them at the side entrance, whilst others, assisted +by the rescuing party outside, pushed and pulled down the marble +blocks they had placed there with so much labour. + +Soon the wall was down again, and through the doorway, followed +by a crowd of rescuers, staggered old Umslopogaas, an awful and, +in a way, a glorious figure. The man was a mass of wounds, and +a glance at his wild eye told me that he was dying. The 'keshla' +gum-ring upon his head was severed in two places by sword-cuts, +one just over the curious hold in his skull, and the blood poured +down his face from the gashes. Also on the right side of his +neck was a stab from a spear, inflicted by Agon; there was a +deep cut on his left arm just below where the mail shirt-sleeve +stopped, and on the right side of his body the armour was severed +by a gash six inches long, where Nasta's mighty sword had bitten +through it and deep into its wearer's vitals. + +On, axe in hand, he staggered, that dreadful-looking, splendid +savage, and the ladies forgot to turn faint at the scene of blood, +and cheered him, as well they might, but he never stayed or heeded. +With outstretched arms and tottering gait he pursued his way, +followed by us all along the broad shell-strewn walk that ran +through the courtyard, past the spot where the blocks of marble +lay, through the round arched doorway and the thick curtains +that hung within it, down the short passage and into the great +hall, which was now filling with hastily-armed men, who poured +through the side entrance. Straight up the hall he went, leaving +behind him a track of blood on the marble pavement, till at last +he reached the sacred stone, which stood in the centre of it, +and here his strength seemed to fail him, for he stopped and +leaned upon his axe. Then suddenly he lifted up his voice and +cried aloud -- + +'I die, I die -- but it was a kingly fray. Where are they who +came up the great stair? I see them not. Art thou there, Macumazahn, +or art thou gone before to wait for me in the dark whither I +go? The blood blinds me -- the place turns round -- I hear the +voice of waters.' + +Next, as though a new thought had struck him, he lifted the red +axe and kissed the blade. + +'Farewell, Inkosi-kaas,' he cried. 'Nay, nay, we will go together; +we cannot part, thou and I. We have lived too long one with +another, thou and I. + +'One more stroke, only one! A good stroke! a straight stroke! +a strong stroke!' and, drawing himself to his full height, with +a wild heart-shaking shout, he with both hands began to whirl +the axe round his head till it looked like a circle of flaming steel. +Then, suddenly, with awful force he brought it down straight +on to the crown of the mass of sacred stone. A shower of sparks +flew up, and such was the almost superhuman strength of the blow, +that the massive marble split with a rending sound into a score +of pieces, whilst of Inkosi-kaas there remained but some fragments +of steel and a fibrous rope of shattered horn that had been the +handle. Down with a crash on to the pavement fell the fragments +of the holy stone, and down with a crash on to them, still grasping +the knob of Inkosi-kaas, fell the brave old Zulu -- _dead_. + +And thus the hero died. + +A gasp of wonder and astonishment rose from all those who witnessed +the extraordinary sight, and then somebody cried, '_The prophecy! +the prophecy!_ He has shattered the sacred stone!' and at once +a murmuring arose. + +'Ay,' said Nyleptha, with that quick wit which distinguishes +her. 'Ay, my people, he has shattered the stone, and behold +the prophecy is fulfilled, for a stranger king rules in Zu-Vendis. +Incubu, my lord, hath beat Sorais back, and I fear her no more, +and to him who hath saved the Crown it shall surely be. And +this man,' she said, turning to me and laying her hand upon my +shoulder, 'wot ye that, though wounded in the fight of yesterday, +he rode with that old warrior who lies there, one hundred miles +'twixt sun set and rise to save me from the plots of cruel men. +Ay, and he has saved me, by a very little, and therefore because +of the deeds that they have done -- deeds of glory such as our +history cannot shot the like -- therefore I say that the name +of Macumazahn and the name of dead Umslopogaas, ay, and the name +of Kara, my servant, who aided him to hold the stair, shall be +blazoned in letters of gold above my throne, and shall be glorious +for ever while the land endures. I, the Queen, have said it.' + +This spirited speech was met with loud cheering, and I said that +after all we had only done our duty, as it is the fashion of +both Englishmen and Zulus to do, and there was nothing to make +an outcry about; at which they cheered still more, and then I +was supported across the outer courtyard to my old quarters, +in order that I might be put to bed. As I went, my eyes lit +upon the brave horse Daylight that lay there, his white head +outstretched on the pavement, exactly as he had fallen on entering +the yard; and I bade those who supported me take me near him, +that I might look on the good beast once more before he was dragged +away. And as I looked, to my astonishment he opened his eyes +and, lifting his head a little, whinnied faintly. I could have +shouted for joy to find that he was not dead, only unfortunately +I had not a shout left in me; but as it was, grooms were sent +for and he was lifted up and wine poured down his throat, and +in a fortnight he was as well and strong as ever, and is the +pride and joy of all the people of Milosis, who, whenever they +see him, point him out to the little children as the 'horse which +saved the White Queen's life'. + +Then I went on and got off to bed, and was washed and had my +mail shirt removed. They hurt me a great deal in getting it +off, and no wonder, for on my left breast and side was a black +bruise the size of a saucer. + +The next thing that I remember was the tramp of horsemen outside +the palace wall, some ten hours later. I raised myself and asked +what was the news, and they told me that a large body of cavalry +sent by Curtis to assist the Queen had arrived from the scene +of the battle, which they had left two hours after sundown. +When they left, the wreck of Sorais' army was in full retreat +upon M'Arstuna, followed by all our effective cavalry. Sir Henry +was encamping the remains of his worn-out forces on the site +(such is the fortune of war) that Sorais had occupied the night +before, and proposed marching to M'Arstuna on the morrow. Having +heard this, I felt that I could die with a light heart, and then +everything became a blank. + + +When next I awoke the first thing I saw was the round disc of +a sympathetic eyeglass, behind which was Good. + +'How are you getting on, old chap?' said a voice from the +neighbourhood of the eyeglass. + +'What are you doing here?' I asked faintly. 'You ought to be +at M'Arstuna -- have you run away, or what?' + +'M'Arstuna,' he replied cheerfully. 'Ah, M'Arstuna fell last +week -- you've been unconscious for a fortnight, you see -- with +all the honours of war, you know -- trumpets blowing, flags flying, +just as though they had had the best of it; but for all that, +weren't they glad to go. Israel made for his tents, I can tell +you -- never saw such a sight in my life.' + +'And Sorais?' I asked. + +'Sorais -- oh, Sorais is a prisoner; they gave her up, the scoundrels,' +he added, with a change of tone -- 'sacrificed the Queen to save +their skins, you see. She is being brought up here, and I don't +know what will happen to her, poor soul!' and he sighed. + +'Where is Curtis?' I asked. + +'He is with Nyleptha. She rode out to meet us today, and there +was a grand to-do, I can tell you. He is coming to see you tomorrow; +the doctors (for there is a medical "faculty" in Zu-Vendis as +elsewhere) thought that he had better not come today.' + +I said nothing, but somehow I thought to myself that notwithstanding +the doctors he might have given me a look; but there, when a +man is newly married and has just gained a great victory, he +is apt to listen to the advice of doctors, and quite right too. + +Just then I heard a familiar voice informing me that 'Monsieur +must now couch himself,' and looking up perceived Alphonse's +enormous black mustachios curling away in the distance. + +'So you are here?' I said. + +'Mais oui, Monsieur; the war is now finished, my military instincts +are satisfied, and I return to nurse Monsieur.' + +I laughed, or rather tried to; but whatever may have been Alphonse's +failings as a warrior (and I fear that he did not come up to +the level of his heroic grandfather in this particular, showing +thereby how true is the saying that it is a bad thing to be +overshadowed by some great ancestral name), a better or kinder +nurse never lived. Poor Alphonse! I hope he will always think +of me as kindly as I think of him. + +On the morrow I saw Curtis and Nyleptha with him, and he told +me the whole history of what had happened since Umslopogaas and +I galloped wildly away from the battle to save the life of the +Queen. It seemed to me that he had managed the thing exceedingly +well, and showed great ability as a general. Of course, however, +our loss had been dreadfully heavy -- indeed, I am afraid to +say how many perished in the desperate battle I have described, +but I know that the slaughter has appreciably affected the male +population of the country. He was very pleased to see me, dear +fellow that he is, and thanked me with tears in his eyes for +the little that I had been able to do. I saw him, however, start +violently when his eyes fell upon my face. + +As for Nyleptha, she was positively radiant now that 'her dear +lord' had come back with no other injury than an ugly scar on +his forehead. I do not believe that she allowed all the fearful +slaughter that had taken place to weigh ever so little in the +balance against this one fact, or even to greatly diminish her +joy; and I cannot blame her for it, seeing that it is the nature +of loving woman to look at all things through the spectacles +of her love, and little does she reck of the misery of the many +if the happiness of the _one_ be assured. That is human nature, +which the Positivists tell us is just perfection; so no doubt +it is all right. + +'And what art thou going to do with Sorais?' I asked her. + +Instantly her bright brow darkened to a frown. + +'Sorais,' she said, with a little stamp of the foot; +'ah, but Sorais!' + +Sir Henry hastened to turn the subject. + +'You will soon be about and all right again now, old fellow,' +he said. + +I shook my head and laughed. + +'Don't deceive yourselves,' I said. 'I may be about for a little, +but I shall never be all right again. I am a dying man, Curtis. +I may die slow, but die I must. Do you know I have been spitting +blood all the morning? I tell you there is something working +away into my lung; I can feel it. There, don't look distressed; +I have had my day, and am ready to go. Give me the mirror, will you? +I want to look at myself.' + +He made some excuse, but I saw through it and insisted, and at +last he handed me one of the discs of polished silver set n a +wooden frame like a hand-screen, which serve as looking-glasses +in Zu-Vendis. I looked and put it down. + +'Ah,' I said quietly, 'I thought so; and you talk of my getting +all right!' I did not like to let them see how shocked I really +was at my own appearance. My grizzled stubby hair was turned +snow-white, and my yellow face was shrunk like an aged woman's +and had two deep purple rings painted beneath the eyes. + +Here Nyleptha began to cry, and Sir Henry again turned the subject, +telling me that the artists had taken a cast of the dead body +of old Umslopogaas, and that a great statue in black marble was +to be erected of him in the act of splitting the sacred stone, +which was to be matched by another statue in white marble of +myself and the horse Daylight as he appeared when, at the termination +of that wild ride, he sank beneath me in the courtyard of the +palace. I have since seen these statues, which at the time of +writing this, six months after the battle, are nearly finished; +and very beautiful they are, especially that of Umslopogaas, +which is exactly like him. As for that of myself, it is good, +but they have idealized my ugly face a little, which is perhaps +as well, seeing that thousands of people will probably look at +it in the centuries to come, and it is not pleasant to look at +ugly things. + +Then they told me that Umslopogaas' last wish had been carried +out, and that, instead of being cremated, as I shall be, after +the usual custom here, he had been tied up, Zulu fashion, with +his knees beneath his chin, and, having been wrapped in a thin +sheet of beaten gold, entombed in a hole hollowed out of the +masonry of the semicircular space at the top of the stair he +defended so splendidly, which faces, as far as we can judge, +almost exactly towards Zululand. There he sits, and will sit +for ever, for they embalmed him with spices, and put him in an +air-tight stone coffer, keeping his grim watch beneath the spot +he held alone against a multitude; and the people say that at +night his ghost rises and stands shaking the phantom of Inkosi-kaas +at phantom foes. Certainly they fear during the dark hours to +pass the place where the hero is buried. + +Oddly enough, too, a new legend or prophecy has arisen in the +land in that unaccountable way in which such things to arise +among barbarous and semi-civilized people, blowing, like the +wind, no man knows whence. According to this saying, so long +as the old Zulu sits there, looking down the stairway he defended +when alive, so long will the New House of the Stairway, springing +from the union of the Englishman and Nyleptha, endure and flourish; +but when he is taken from thence, or when, ages after, his bones +at last crumble into dust, the House will fall, and the Stairway +shall fall, and the Nation of the Zu-Vendi shall cease to be +a Nation. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII +I HAVE SPOKEN + + + +It was a week after Nyleptha's visit, when I had begun to get +about a little in the middle of the day, that a message came +to me from Sir Henry to say that Sorais would be brought before +them in the Queen's first antechamber at midday, and requesting +my attendance if possible. Accordingly, greatly drawn by curiosity +to see this unhappy woman once more, I made shift, with the help +of that kind little fellow Alphonse, who is a perfect treasure +to me, and that of another waiting-man, to reach the antechamber. +I got there, indeed, before anybody else, except a few of the +great Court officials who had been bidden to be present, but +I had scarcely seated myself before Sorais was brought in by +a party of guards, looking as beautiful and defiant as ever, +but with a worn expression on her proud face. She was, as usual, +dressed in her royal 'kaf', emblazoned with the emblem of the +Sun, and in her right hand she still held the toy spear of silver. +A pang of admiration and pity went through me as I looked at +her, and struggling to my feet I bowed deeply, at the same time +expressing my sorrow that I was not able, owing to my condition, +to remain standing before her. + +She coloured a little and then laughed bitterly. 'Thou dost +forget, Macumazahn,' she said, 'I am no more a Queen, save in +blood; I am an outcast and a prisoner, one whom all men should +scorn, and none show deference to.' + +'At least,' I replied, 'thou art still a lady, and therefore +one to whom deference is due. Also, thou art in an evil case, +and therefore it is doubly due.' + +'Ah!' she answered, with a little laugh, 'thou dost forget that +I would have wrapped thee in a sheet of gold and hung thee to +the angel's trumpet at the topmost pinnacle of the Temple.' + +'No,' I answered, 'I assure thee that I forgot it not; indeed, +I often thought of it when it seemed to me that the battle of +the Pass was turning against us; but the trumpet is there, and +I am still here, though perchance not for long, so why talk of +it now?' + +'Ah!' she went on, 'the battle! the battle! Oh, would that I +were once more a Queen, if only for one little hour, and I would +take such a vengeance on those accursed jackals who deserted +me in my need; that it should only be spoken of in whispers; +those woman, those pigeon-hearted half-breeds who suffered +temselves to be overcome!' and she choked in her wrath. + +'Ay, and that little coward beside thee,' she went on, pointing +at Alphonse with the silver spear, whereat he looked very +uncomfortable; 'he escaped and betrayed my plans. I tried to +make a general of him, telling the soldiers it was Bougwan, +and to scourge valour into him' (here Alphonse shivered at +some unhappy recollection), 'but it was of no avail. He hid +beneath a banner in my tent and thus overheard my plans. +I would that I had slain him, but, alas! I held my hand. + +'And thou, Macumazahn, I have hard of what thou didst; thou art +brave, and hast a loyal heart. And the black one too, ah, he was +a _man_. I would fain have seen him hurl Nasta from the stairway.' + +'Thou art a strange woman, Sorais,' I said; 'I pray thee now +plead with the Queen Nyleptha, that perchance she may show mercy +unto thee.' + +She laughed out loud. 'I plead for mercy!' she said and at +that moment the Queen entered, accompanied by Sir Henry and Good, +and took her seat with an impassive face. As for poor Good, +he looked intensely ill at ease. + +'Greeting, Sorais!' said Nyleptha, after a short pause. 'Thou +hast rent the kingdom like a rag, thou hast put thousands of +my people to the sword, thou hast twice basely plotted to destroy +my life by murder, thou hast sworn to slay my lord and his companions +and to hurl me from the Stairway. What hast thou to say why +thou shouldst not die? Speak, O Sorais!' + +'Methinks my sister the Queen hath forgotten the chief count +of the indictment,' answered Sorais in her slow musical tones. +'It runs thus: "Thou didst strive to win the love of my lord +Incubu." It is for this crime that my sister will slay me, not +because I levied war. It is perchance happy for thee, Nyleptha, +that I fixed my mind upon his love too late. + +'Listen,' she went on, raising her voice. 'I have nought to +say save that I would I had won instead of lost. Do thou with +me even as thou wilt, O Queen, and let my lord the King there' +(pointing to Sir Henry) -- 'for now will he be King -- carry +out the sentence, as it is meet he should, for as he is the beginning +of the evil, let him also be the end.' And she drew herself +up and shot one angry glance at him from her deep fringed eyes, +and then began to toy with her spear. + +Sir Henry bent towards Nyleptha and whispered something that +I could not catch, and then the Queen spoke. + +'Sorais, ever have I been a good sister to thee. When our father +died, and there was much talk in the land as to whether thou +shouldst sit upon the throne with me, I being the elder, I gave +my voice for thee and said, "Nay, let her sit. She is twin with +me; we were born at a birth; wherefore should the one be preferred +before the other?" And so has it ever been 'twixt thee and me, +my sister. But now thou knowest in what sort thou hast repaid +me, but I have prevailed, and thy life is forfeit, Sorais. And +yet art thou my sister, born at a birth with me, and we played +together when we were little and loved each other much, and at +night we slept in the same cot with our arms each around the +other's neck, and therefore even now does my heart go out to +thee, Sorais. + +'But not for that would I spare thy life, for thy offence has +been too heavy; it doth drag down the wide wings of my mercy +even to the ground. Also, while thou dost live the land will +never be at peace. + +'Yet shalt thou not die, Sorais, because my dear lord here hath +begged thy life of me as a boon; therefore as a boon and as a +marriage gift give I it to him, to do with even as he wills, +knowing that, though thou dost love him, he loves thee not, Sorais, +for all thy beauty. Nay, though thou art lovely as the night +in all her stars, O Lady of the Night, yet it is me his wife +whom he loves, and not thee, and therefore do I give thy life +to him.' + +Sorais flushed up to her eyes and said nothing, and I do not +think that I ever saw a man look more miserable than did Sir +Henry at that moment. Somehow, Nyleptha's way of putting the +thing, though true and forcible enough, was not altogether pleasant. + +'I understand,' stammered Curtis, looking at Good, 'I understood +that he were attached -- eh -- attached to -- to the Queen Sorais. +I am -- eh -- not aware what the -- in short, the state of your +feelings may be just now; but if they happened to be that way +inclined, it has struck me that -- in short, it might put a satisfactory +end to an unpleasant business. The lady also has ample private +estates, where I am sure she would be at liberty to live unmolested +as far as we are concerned, eh, Nyleptha? Of course, I only +suggest.' + +'So far as I am concerned,' said Good, colouring up, 'I am quite +willing to forget the past; and if the Lady of the Night thinks +me worth the taking I will marry her tomorrow, or when she likes, +and try to make her a good husband.' + +All eyes were now turned to Sorais, who stood with that same +slow smile upon her beautiful face which I had noticed the first +time that I ever saw her. She paused a little while, and cleared +her throat, and then thrice she curtseyed low, once to Nyleptha, +once to Curtis, and once to Good, and began to speak in measured tones. + +'I thank thee, most gracious Queen and royal sister, for the +loving-kindness thou hast shown me from my youth up, and especially +in that thou hast been pleased to give my person and my fate +as a gift to the Lord Incubu -- the King that is to be. May +prosperity, peace and plenty deck the life-path of one so merciful +and so tender, even as flowers do. Long mayst thou reign, O +great and glorious Queen, and hold thy husband's love in both +thy hands, and many be the sons and daughters of thy beauty. +And I thank thee, my Lord Incubu -- the King that is to be -- +I thank thee a thousand times in that thou hast been pleased +to accept that gracious gift, and to pass it on to thy comrade +in arms and in adventure, the Lord Bougwan. Surely the act is +worthy of thy greatness, my Lord Incubu. And now, lastly, I +thank thee also, my Lord Bougwan, who in thy turn hast deigned +to accept me and my poor beauty. I thank thee a thousand times, +and I will add that thou art a good and honest man, and I put +my hand upon my heart and swear that I would that I could say +thee "yea". And now that I have rendered thanks to all in turn' +-- and again she smiled -- 'I will add one short word. + +'Little can you understand of me, Queen Nyleptha and my lords, +if ye know not that for me there is no middle path; that I scorn +your pity and hate you for it; that I cast off your forgiveness +as though it were a serpent's sting; and that standing here, +betrayed, deserted, insulted, and alone, I yet triumph over you, +mock you, and defy you, one and all, and _thus_ I answer you.' + And then, of a sudden, before anybody guessed what she intended +to do, she drove the little silver spear she carried in her hand +into her side with such a strong and steady aim that the keen +point projected through her back, and she fell prone upon the +pavement. + +Nyleptha shrieked, and poor Good almost fainted at the sight, +while the rest of us rushed towards her. But Sorais of the Night +lifted herself upon her hand, and for a moment fixed her glorious +eyes intently on Curtis' face, as though there were some message +in the glance, then dropped her head and sighed, and with a sob +her dark but splendid spirit passed. + +Well, they gave her a royal funeral, and there was an end of her. + + +It was a month after the last act of the Sorais tragedy that +a great ceremony was held in the Flower Temple, and Curtis was +formally declared King-Consort of Zu-Vendis. I was too ill to +go myself; and indeed, I hate all that sort of thing, with the +crowds and the trumpet-blowing and banner-waving; but Good, who +was there (in his full-dress uniform), came back much impressed, +and told me that Nyleptha had looked lovely, and Curtis had borne +himself in a right royal fashion, and had been received with +acclamations that left no doubt as to his popularity. Also he +told me that when the horse Daylight was led along in the procession, +the populace had shouted '_Macumazahn, Macumazahn!_' till they +were hoarse, and would only be appeased when he, Good, rose in +his chariot and told them that I was too ill to be present. + +Afterwards, too, Sir Henry, or rather the King, came to see me, +looking very tired, and vowing that he had never been so bored +in his life; but I dare say that that was a slight exaggeration. +It is not in human nature that a man should be altogether bored +on such an extraordinary occasion; and, indeed, as I pointed +out to him, it was a marvellous thing that a man, who but little +more than one short year before had entered a great country as +an unknown wanderer, should today be married to its beautiful +and beloved Queen, and lifted, amidst public rejoicings, to its +throne. I even went the length to exhort him in the future not +to be carried away by the pride and pomp of absolute power, but +always to strive to remember that he was first a Christian gentleman, +and next a public servant, called by Providence to a great and +almost unprecedented trust. These remarks, which he might fairly +have resented, he was so good as to receive with patience, and +even to thank me for making them. + +It was immediately after this ceremony that I caused myself to +be moved to the house where I am now writing. It is a very pleasant +country seat, situated about two miles from the Frowning City, +on to which it looks. That was five months ago, during the whole +of which time I have, being confined to a kind of couch, employed +my leisure in compiling this history of our wanderings from my +journal and from our joint memories. It is probable that it +will never be read, but it does not much matter whether it is +or not; at any rate, it has served to while away many hours of +suffering, for I have suffered a deal of pain lately. Thank God, +however, there will not be much more of it. + + +It is a week since I wrote the above, and now I take up my pen +for the last time, for I know that the end is at hand. My brain +is still clear and I can manage to write, though with difficulty. +The pain in my lung, which has been very bad during the last +week, has suddenly quite left me, and been succeeded by a feeling +of numbness of which I cannot mistake the meaning. And just +as the pain has gone, so with it all fear of that end has departed, +and I feel only as though I were going to sink into the arms +of an unutterable rest. Happily, contentedly, and with the same +sense of security with which an infant lays itself to sleep in +its mother's arms, do I lay myself down in the arms of the Angel +Death. All the tremors, all the heart-shaking fears which have +haunted me through a life that seems long as I looked back upon +it, have left me now; the storms have passed, and the Star of +our Eternal Hope shines clear and steady on the horizon that +seems so far from man, and yet is so very near to me tonight. + +And so this is the end of it -- a brief space of troubling, +a few restless, fevered, anguished years, and then the arms of +that great Angel Death. Many times have I been near to them, +and now it is my turn at last, and it is well. Twenty-four hours +more and the world will be gone from me, and with it all its +hopes and all its fears. The air will close in over the space +that my form filled and my place know me no more; for the dull +breath of the world's forgetfulness will first dim the brightness +of my memory, and then blot it out for ever, and of a truth I +shall be dead. So is it with us all. How many millions have +lain as I lie, and thought these thoughts and been forgotten! +-- thousands upon thousands of years ago they thought them, those +dying men of the dim past; and thousands on thousands of years +hence will their descendants think them and be in their turn +forgotten. 'As the breath of the oxen in winter, as the quick +star that runs along the sky, as a little shadow that loses itself +at sunset,' as I once heard a Zulu called Ignosi put it, such +is the order of our life, the order that passeth away. + +Well, it is not a good world -- nobody can say that it is, save +those who wilfully blind themselves to facts. How can a world +be good in which Money is the moving power, and Self-interest +the guiding star? The wonder is not that it is so bad, but that +there should be any good left in it. + +Still, now that my life is over, I am glad to have lived, glad +to have known the dear breath of woman's love, and that true +friendship which can even surpass the love of woman, glad to +have heard the laughter of little children, to have seen the +sun and the moon and the stars, to have felt the kiss of the +salt sea on my face, and watched the wild game trek down to the +water in the moonlight. But I should not wish to live again! + +Everything is changing to me. The darkness draws near, and the +light departs. And yet it seems to me that through that darkness +I can already see the shining welcome of many a long-lost face. +Harry is there, and others; one above all, to my mind the sweetest +and most perfect woman that ever gladdened this grey earth. +But of her I have already written elsewhere, and at length, so +why speak of her now? Why speak of her after this long silence, +now that she is again so near to me, now that I go where she +has gone? + +The sinking sun is turning the golden roof of the great Temple +to a fiery flame, and my fingers tire. + +So to all who have known me, or known of me, to all who can think +one kindly thought of the old hunter, I stretch out my hand from +the far-off shore and bid a long farewell. + +And now into the hands of Almighty God, who sent it, do I commit +my spirit. + +'_I have spoken,_' as the Zulus say. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV +BY ANOTHER HAND + + + +A year has elapsed since our most dear friend Allan Quatermain +wrote the words '_I have spoken_' at the end of his record of +our adventures. Nor should I have ventured to make any additions +to the record had it not happened that by a most strange accident +a chance has arisen of its being conveyed to England. The chance +is but a faint one, it is true; but, as it is not probable that +another will arise in our lifetimes, Good and myself think that +we may as well avail ourselves of it, such as it is. During the +last six months several Frontier Commissions have been at work +on the various boundaries of Zu-Vendis, with a view of discovering +whether there exists any possible means of ingress or egress from +the country, with the result that a channel of communication +with the outer world hitherto overlooked has been discovered. +This channel, apparently the only one (for I have discovered that +it was by it that the native who ultimately reached Mr Mackenzie's +mission station, and whose arrival in the country, together with +the fact of his expulsion -- for he _did_ arrive about three +years before ourselves -- was for reasons of their own kept a +dead secret by the priests to whom he was brought), is about +to be effectually closed. But before this is done, a messenger +is to be despatched bearing with him this manuscript, and also +one or two letters from Good to his friends, and from myself +to my brother George, whom it deeply grieves me to think I shall +never see again, informing them, as our next heirs, that they +are welcome to our effects in England, if the Court of Probate +will allow them to take them {Endnote 22}, inasmuchas we have +made up our minds never to return to Europe. Indeed, it would +be impossible for us to leave Zu-Vendis even if we wished to do so. + +The messenger who is to go -- and I wish him joy of his journey +-- is Alphonse. For a long while he has been wearied to death +of Zu-Vendis and its inhabitants. 'Oh, oui, c'est beau,' he +says, with an expressive shrug; 'mais je m'ennuie; ce n'est pas +chic.' Again, he complains dreadfully of the absence of cafes +and theatres, and moans continually for his lost Annette, of +whom he says he dreams three times a week. But I fancy his secret +cause of disgust at the country, putting aside the homesickness +to which ever Frenchman is subject, is that the people here laugh +at him so dreadfully about his conduct on the occasion of the +great battle of the Pass about eighteen months ago, when he hid +beneath a banner in Sorais's tent in order to avoid being sent +forth to fight, which he says would have gone against his conscience. +Even the little boys call out at him in the streets, thereby +offending his pride and making his life unbearable. At any rate, +he has determined to brave the horrors of a journey of almost +unprecedented difficulty and danger, and also to run the risk +of falling into the hands of the French police to answer for +a certain little indiscretion of his own some years old (though +I do not consider that a very serious matter), rather than remain +in ce triste pays. Poor Alphonse! we shall be very sorry to +part with him; but I sincerely trust, for his own sake and also +for the sake of this history, which is, I think, worth giving +to the world, that he may arrive in safety. If he does, and +can carry the treasure we have provided him with in the shape +of bars of solid gold, he will be, comparatively speaking, a +rich man for life, and well able to marry his Annette, if she +is still in the land of the living and willing to marry her Alphonse. + +Anyhow, on the chance, I may as well add a word or two to +dear old Quatermain's narrative. + +He died at dawn on the day following that on which he wrote the +last words of the last chapter. Nyleptha, Good and myself were +present, and a most touching and yet in its way beautiful scene +it was. An hour before the daybreak it became apparent to us +that he was sinking, and our distress was very keen. Indeed, +Good melted into tears at the idea -- a fact that called forth +a last gentle flicker of humour from our dying friend, for even +at that hour he could be humorous. Good's emotion had, by loosening +the muscles, naturally caused his eyeglass to fall from its accustomed +place, and Quatermain, who always observed everything, observed +this also. + +'At last,' he gasped, with an attempt at a smile, 'I have seen +Good without his eyeglass.' + +After that he said no more till the day broke, when he asked +to be lifted up to watch the rising of the sun for the last time. + +'In a very few minutes,' he said, after gazing earnestly at it, +'I shall have passed through those golden gates.' + +Ten minutes afterwards he raised himself and looked us fixedly +in the face. + +'I am going a stranger journey than any we have ever taken together. +Think of me sometimes,' he murmured. 'God bless you all. +I shall wait for you.' And with a sigh he fell back dead. + +And so passed away a character that I consider went as near perfection +as any it has ever been my lot to encounter. + +Tender, constant, humorous, and possessing of many of the qualities +that go to make a poet, he was yet almost unrivalled as a man +of action and a citizen of the world. I never knew any one so +competent to form an accurate judgment of men and their motives. +'I have studied human nature all my life,' he would say, 'and +I ought to know something about it,' and he certainly did. +He had but two faults -- one was his excessive modesty, and the +other a slight tendency which he had to be jealous of anybody +on whom he concentrated his affections. As regards the first +of these points, anybody who reads what he has written will be +able to form his own opinion; but I will add one last instance of it. + +As the reader will doubtless remember, it is a favourite trick +of his to talk of himself as a timid man, whereas really, thought +very cautious, he possessed a most intrepid spirit, and, what +is more, never lost his head. Well, in the great battle of the +Pass, where he got the wound that finally killed him, one would +imagine from the account which he gives of the occurrence that +it was a chance blow that fell on him in the scrimmage. As a +matter of fact, however, he was wounded in a most gallant and +successful attempt to save Good's life, at the risk and, as it +ultimately turned out, at the cost of his own. Good was down +on the ground, and one of Nasta's highlanders was about to dispatch +him, when Quatermain threw himself on to his prostrate form and +received the blow on his own body, and then, rising, killed the +soldier. + +As regards his jealousy, a single instance which I give in justice +to myself and Nyleptha will suffice. The reader will, perhaps, +recollect that in one or two places he speaks as though Nyleptha +monopolized me, and he was left by both of us rather out in the +cold. Now Nyleptha is not perfect, any more than any other woman +is, and she may be a little exigeante at times, but as regards +Quatermain the whole thing is pure imagination. Thus when he +complains about my not coming to see him when he is ill, the +fact was that, in spite of my entreaties, the doctors positively +forbade it. Those little remarks of his pained me very much +when I read them, for I loved Quatermain as dearly as though +he were my own father, and should never have dreamed of allowing +my marriage to interfere with that affection. But let it pass; +it is, after all, but one little weakness, which makes no great +show among so many and such lovable virtues. + +Well, he died, and Good read the Burial Service over him in the +presence of Nyleptha and myself; and then his remains were, in +deference to the popular clamour, accorded a great public funeral, +or rather cremation. I could not help thinking, however, as +I marched in that long and splendid procession up to the Temple, +how he would have hated the whole thing could he have been there +to see it, for he had a horror of ostentation. + +And so, a few minutes before sunset, on the third night after +his death, they laid him on the brazen flooring before the altar, +and waited for the last ray of the setting sun to fall upon his +face. Presently it came, and struck him like a golden arrow, +crowning the pale brows with glory, and then the trumpets blew, +and the flooring revolved, and all that remained of our beloved +friend fell into the furnace below. + +We shall never see his like again if we live a hundred years. +He was the ablest man, the truest gentleman, the firmest friend, +the finest sportsman, and, I believe, the best shot in all Africa. + +And so ended the very remarkable and adventurous life of +Hunter Quatermain. + + +Since then things have gone very well with us. Good has been, +and still is, busily employed in the construction of a navy on +Lake Milosis and another of the large lakes, by means of which +we hope to be able to increase trade and commerce, and also to +overcome some very troublesome and warlike sections of the population +who live upon their borders. Poor fellow! he is beginning to +get over the sad death of that misguided but most attractive +woman, Sorais, but it is a sad blow to him, for he was really +deeply attached to her. I hope, however, that he will in time +make a suitable marriage and get that unhappy business out of +his head. Nyleptha has one or two young ladies in view, especially +a daughter of Nasta's (who was a widower), a very fine imperial-looking +girl, but with too much of her father's intriguing, and yet haughty, +spirit to suit my taste. + +As for myself, I should scarcely know where to begin if I set +to work to describe my doings, so I had best leave them undescribed, +and content myself with saying that, on the whole, I am getting +on very well in my curious position of King-Consort -- better, +indeed, than I had any right to expect. But, of course, it is +not all plain sailing, and I find the responsibilities very heavy. +Still, I hope to be able to do some good in my time, and I intend +to devote myself to two great ends -- namely, to the consolidation +of the various clans which together make up the Zu-Vendi people, +under one strong central government, and to the sapping of the +power of the priesthood. The first of these reforms will, if +it can be carried out, put an end to the disastrous civil wars +that have for centuries devastated this country; and the second, +besides removing a source of political danger, will pave the +road for the introduction of true religion in the place of this +senseless Sun worship. I yet hope to see the shadow of the Cross +of Christ lying on the golden dome of the Flower Temple; or, +if I do not, that my successors may. + +There is one more thing that I intend to devote myself to, and +that is the total exclusion of all foreigners from Zu-Vendis. +Not, indeed, that any more are ever likely to get here, but +if they do, I warn them fairly that they will be shown the shortest +way out of the country. I do not say this from any sense of +inhospitality, but because I am convinced of the sacred duty +that rests upon me of preserving to this, on the whole, upright +and generous-hearted people the blessings of comparative barbarism. +Where would all my brave army be if some enterprising rascal +were to attack us with field-guns and Martini-Henrys? I cannot +see that gunpowder, telegraphs, steam, daily newspapers, universal +suffrage, etc., etc., have made mankind one whit the happier +than they used to be, and I am certain that they have brought +many evils in their train. I have no fancy for handing over +this beautiful country to be torn and fought for by speculators, +tourists, politicians and teachers, whose voice is as the voice +of Babel, just as those horrible creatures in the valley of the +underground river tore and fought for the body of the wild swan; +nor will I endow it with the greed, drunkenness, new diseases, +gunpowder, and general demoralization which chiefly mark the +progress of civilization amongst unsophisticated peoples. If +in due course it pleases Providence to throw Zu-Vendis open to +the world, that is another matter; but of myself I will not take +the responsibility, and I may add that Good entirely approves +of my decision. Farewell. + +Henry Curtis + + +December 15, 18--. + +PS -- I quite forgot to say that about nine months ago Nyleptha +(who is very well and, in my eyes at any rate, more beautiful +than ever) presented me with a son and heir. He is a regular +curly-haired, blue-eyed young Englishman in looks, and, though +he is destined, if he lives, to inherit the throne of Zu-Vendis, +I hope I may be able to bring him up to become what an English +gentleman should be, and generally is -- which is to my mind +even a prouder and a finer thing than being born heir apparent +to the great House of the Stairway, and, indeed, the highest +rank that a man can reach upon this earth. + +H. C. + + + + +NOTE BY GEORGE CURTIS, Esq. + + + +The MS of this history, addressed to me in the handwriting of +my dear brother Henry Curtis, whom we had given up for dead, +and bearing the Aden postmark, reached me in safety on December +20, 18--, or a little more than two years after it left his hands +in the far centre of Africa, and I hasten to give the astonishing +story it contains to the world. Speaking for myself, I have +read it with very mixed feelings; for though it is a great relief +to know that he and Good are alive and strangely prosperous, +I cannot but feel that for me and for all their friends they +might as well be dead, since we can never hope to see them more. + +They have cut themselves off from old England and from their +homes and their relations for ever, and perhaps, under the +circumstances, they were right and wise to do so. + +How the MS came to be posted I have been quite unable to discover; +but I presume, from the fact of its being posted at all, that +the little Frenchman, Alphonse, accomplished his hazardous journey +in safety. I have, however, advertised for him and caused various +inquiries to be made in Marseilles and elsewhere with a view +of discovering his whereabouts, but so far without the slightest +success. Possibly he is dead, and the packet was posted by another +hand; or possibly he is now happily wedded to his Annette, but +still fears the vengeance of the law, and prefers to remain incognito. +I cannot say, I have not yet abandoned my hopes of finding him, +but I am bound to say that they grow fainter day by day, and +one great obstacle to my search is that nowhere in the whole +history does Mr Quatermain mention his surname. He is always +spoken of as 'Alphonse', and there are so many Alphonses. +The letters which my brother Henry says he is sending with the +packet of manuscript have never arrived, so I presume that they +are lost or destroyed. + +George Curtis + + + + +AUTHORITIES + + + +A novelist is not usually asked, like a historian, for his 'Quellen'. +As I have, however, judging from certain experiences in the +past, some reason to anticipate such a demand, I wish to acknowledge +my indebtedness to Mr Thomson's admirable history of travel 'Through +Masai Land' for much information as to the habits and customs +of the tribes inhabiting that portion of the East Coast, and +the country where they live; also to my brother, John G. Haggard, +RN, HBM's consul at Madagascar, and formerly consul at Lamu, +for many details furnished by him of the mode of life and war +of those engaging people the Masai; also to my sister-in-law, +John Haggard, who kindly put the lines of p. 183 into rhyme for +me; also to an extract in a review from some book of travel of +which I cannot recollect the name, to which I owe the idea of +the great crabs in the valley of the subterranean river. {Endnote 23} +But if I remember right, the crabs in the book when irritated +projected their eyes quite out of their heads. I regret that I +was not able to 'plagiarize' this effect, but I felt that, +although crabs may, and doubtless do, behave thus in real life, +in romance they 'will not do so.' + +There is an underground river in 'Peter Wilkins', but at the +time of writing the foregoing pages I had not read that quaint +but entertaining work. + +It has been pointed out to me that there exists a similarity +between the scene of Umslopogaas frightening Alphonse with his +axe and a scene in Far from the Madding Crowd. I regret this +coincidence, and believe that the talented author of that work +will not be inclined to accuse me of literary immorality on +its account. + +Finally, I may say that Mr Quatermain's little Frenchman appears +to belong to the same class of beings as those English ladies +whose long yellow teeth and feet of enormous size excite our +hearty amusement in the pages of the illustrated Gallic press. + +The Writer of 'Allan Quatermain' + + +Endnote 1 + +Among the Zulus a man assumes the ring, which is made of a species +of black gum twisted in with the hair, and polished a brilliant +black, when he has reached a certain dignity and age, or is the +husband of a sufficient number of wives. Till he is in a position +to wear a ring he is looked on as a boy, though he may be thirty-five +years of age, or even more. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 2 + +One of the fleetest of the African antelopes. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 3 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom of opening the stomach of a dead +foe. They have a superstition that, if this is not done, as +the body of their enemy swells up so will the bodies of those +who killed him swell up. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 4 + +No doubt this owl was a wingless bird. I afterwards learnt that +the hooting of an owl is a favourite signal among the Masai tribes. +-- A. Q. + + +Endnote 5 + +Since I saw the above I have examined hundreds of these swords, +but have never been able to discover how the gold plates were +inlaid in the fretwork. The armourers who make them in Zu-vendis +bind themselves by oath not to reveal the secret. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 6 + +The Masai Elmoran or young warriors can own no property, so all +the booty they may win in battle belongs to their fathers +alone. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 7 + +As I think I have already said, one of Umslopogaas's Zulu names +was the 'Woodpecker'. I could never make out why he was called +so until I saw him in action with Inkosi-kaas, when I at once +recognized the resemblance. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 8 + +By a sad coincidence, since the above was written by Mr Quatermain, +the Masai have, in April 1886, massacred a missionary and his +wife -- Mr and Mrs Houghton -- on this very Tana River, and at +the spot described. These are, I believe, the first white people +who are known to have fallen victims to this cruel tribe. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 9 + +Mr Allan Quatermain misquotes -- Pleasure sat at the helm. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 10 + +Where Alph the sacred river ran +Through caverns measureless to man +Down to a sunless sea + + +Endnote 11 + +Mr Quatermain does not seem to have been aware that it is common +for animal-worshipping people to annually sacrifice the beasts +they adore. See Herodotus, ii. 45. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 12 + +There is another theory which might account for the origin of +the Zu-Vendi which does not seem to have struck my friend Mr +Quatermain and his companions, and that is, that they are descendants +of the Phoenicians. The cradle of the Phoenician race is supposed +to have been have been on the western shore of the Persian Gulf. +Thence, as there is good evidence to show, they emigrated in +two streams, one of which took possession of the shores of Palestine, +while the other is supposed by savants to have immigrated down +the coast of Eastern Africa where, near Mozambique, signs and +remains of their occupation are not wanting. Indeed, it would +have been very extraordinary if they did not, when leaving the +Persian Gulf, make straight for the East Coast, seeing that the +north-east monsoon blows for six months in the year dead in that +direction, while for the other six months it blows back again. +And, by the way of illustrating the probability, I may add that +to this day a very extensive trade is carried on between the +Persian Gulf and Lamu and other East African ports as far south +as Madagascar, which is of course the ancient Ebony Isle of the +'Arabian Nights'. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 13 + +There are twenty-two letters in the Phoenician alphabet +(see Appendix, Maspero's Histoire ancienne des peuples de +l'Orient, p. 746, etc.) Unfortunately Mr Quatermain gives us +no specimen of the Zu-Vendi writing, but what he here states +seems to go a long way towards substantiating the theory advanced +in the note on p. 149. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 14 + +These are internal measurements. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 15 + +Light was also admitted by sliding shutters under the eaves of +the dome and in the roof. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 16 + +This line is interesting as being one of the few allusions to +be found in the Zu-Vendi ritual to a vague divine essence independent +of the material splendour of the orb they worship. 'Taia', +the word used here, has a very indeterminate meaning, and signifies +essence, vital principle, spirit, or even God. + + +Endnote 17 + +Alluding to the Zulu custom. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 18 + +In Zu-Vendis members of the Royal House can only be married by +the High Priest or a formally appointed deputy. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 19 + +Alluding to the Zu-Vendi custom of carrying dead officers on +a framework of spears. + + +Endnote 20 + +The Zu-Vendi people do not use bows. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 21 + +Of course, the roof of the Temple, being so high, caught the +light some time before the breaking of the dawn. -- A. Q. + + +Endnote 22 + +Of course the Court of Probate would allow nothing of the +sort. -- Editor. + + +Endnote 23 + +It is suggested to me that this book is The Cruise of the "Falcon", +with which work I am personally unacquainted. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Allan Quatermain, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK ALLAN QUATERMAIN *** + +This file should be named allnq11.txt or allnq11.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, allnq12.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, allnq11a.txt + +Typed by Ng E-Ching, Singapore <e-ching@geocities.com> + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's +eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII, +compressed (zipped), HTML and others. + +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over +the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed. +VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving +new filenames and etext numbers. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + +EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000, +are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to +download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular +search system you may utilize the following addresses and just +download by the etext year. For example: + + http://www.gutenberg.net/etext06 + + (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99, + 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90) + +EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are +filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part +of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is +identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single +digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For +example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at: + + http://www.gutenberg.net/1/0/2/3/10234 + +or filename 24689 would be found at: + http://www.gutenberg.net/2/4/6/8/24689 + +An alternative method of locating eBooks: + http://www.gutenberg.net/GUTINDEX.ALL + + diff --git a/old/allnq11.zip b/old/allnq11.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4e95a68 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/allnq11.zip |